:
i

a Seated _

THE ANNALS ~— Rg
foe (20)
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

" INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
| CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

P. J. SELBY, Eso., F.L.S., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D.,
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.GS.,
J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S.

f
Oy
. A

OPAL AAL A

VOL. IX.—SECOND SERIES.

— eee

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

SOLD BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS; S. HIGHLEY AND SON;
“SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; PIPER, BROTHERS, AND CO.; W. WOOD,
TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET,

AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND
STEWART, EDINBURGH : CURRY, DUBLIN:

AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1852.

‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientic et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis
et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”— ’
LINNZUs.

“ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir
qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre ‘de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent
toutes ses opérations.”—BrucKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

, ‘

o ee sie 12 to ere spe ane sylvan powers
Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cayern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL. IX.

[SECOND SERIES.]

NUMBER XLIX.

___I. Notes on the Diatomacee ; with descriptions of British species
included in the genus Pleurosigma. By the Rev. Wm. Smrru, F.L.S.
RE an oe nai acre caugcde edensienaintavagnoessse:

II. Notice of a new British Viola. By Cuarues C. BaBINGTON,
MNT a cee eee Ta reccu uth Ulta Gh once tehcsh Ucsck insta véakdse.ameess

Ill. A Catalogue of British Spiders, mcluding remarks on their
_ Structure, Functions, Economy, and Systematic Arrangement. By
MRAM WORIWT ASAE D0 UNa S95 0a a weed is clap ude ndkiad conidia cacsnkes cxoeidetseds

IV. Upon the Development of Mollusks in Holothurie. By
SIEEIEEE ic... dugnscsen0¢ anerabers savevdacabovssseatsncLiave eiliteceensees

V. Notes on Chalcidites, and descriptions of various new species.
By FRANCIS WALKER, F.L.S. 2c. ccssneteees secnnecsoescesersceserceecetes

VI. Descriptions of some Hymenopterous Insects captured in India,
with notes on their (iconomy. By Frepericx Smiru, Assistant
Zoological Department, British Museum _.......... ‘yess PR ce

New Books :—A Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica, by P. H. Gosse.—
Man and his Migrations, by R. G. Latham, M.D., F.R.S. &e.—

The Ethnology of the British Colonies and Dependencies, by R.

. G. Latham, Esq., M.D. &c.—Revue des Odonates ou Libellules
d@’ Europe, par Edm. de Selys-Longchamps. Avec la collaboration

Page

I

12

15

22

de M. le Docteur Hagen .......-...-s+se00+s tiv ceile's deeds dua eeseees 50—57

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

MEENA | Scvedavdlodbdunl ads ce Wdvel\ vesBev des tstoevsbueeedserevvsdetesscoes 58—73

Notice of the Occurrence of the Black Tern, Sterna nigra, Linn., near
Coldstream, by John Alexander Smith, M.D. ; On the Circulation
of the Blood, and Nutrition in Insects, by M. Emile Blanchard

iv CONTENTS.

On the Occurrence of Eolis Landsburgii, by the Rev. T. Hincks,
B.A.; Discovery of the Remains of several Orders of Reptiles in
the Old Red Sandstone and Shales of Scotland; Notes on the

Habits of the Crustacea of the Antilles, by Dr. P. Duchassaing of

Panama; Obituary—Mr. Samuel Veall; Meteorological Observa-

Page

tions snd "Pable srs... co 3-5 5B 5 STR Le a ahok avs Gad coats 73—80

NUMBER L.

VII. On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of some
new species of that family. By THomas Wricut, M.D. &c. (With

SOP AME: PO ce cdactlctesssdvsccekcodseddyss ebsatessiesoneiscebiees suueeGgnanatr 81
VIII. Upon the Production of Mollusks in Holothurie. By Prof.
REDE 6055 a5, 055 vavena cas esnbendecoeies sks (ued ddeuanauecadssuKAb@anpeaunmeteess 103
IX. Brief Diagnostic Notices of new Maderan Land Shells. By
Rie We RMIWE TRL, Sonsceutanncebevedsss bodbunecesscdeaaeasvenceacuuusetinashth 112
X. On the probable Dimensions of Carcharodon Megalodon from
the Crag. By J. S. BowerBank, F.R.S., LS. &. oo. .eereeeeonees 120
XI. Descriptions of Rubi. By Cuar.tes C. Basineton, M.A.,,
BARS. BoC 65 oppo es panegyagipre NE ee a PT REET RE eS 123
XII. Observations on the Affinities of the Olacacee. By Joun
Mans, Fag., F-RS. F.LS. 56. ceseacegescenye €a0.1y 2 ghion sh shay cagsy tapes 128
New Books :—Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, during
the years 1846-50, by John MacGillivray, F.R.G.S., Naturalist to
the Expedition.—The Geology and Fossils of the Tertiary and
Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, by Frederick Dixon, F.G.S.—
A Popular History of British Ferns and the allied Plants, by T.
Boore, F765 Be. ee eae T eck i RUS Eel sae 132—141
Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-
WINDS a sas ectnscenicgsanshevepsape sos snadateisehaeensdss tc Cane 142—152

Observations on the genus Acostea of D’Orbigny, by J. E. Gray,
F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c.; Notice of the Sea Bream, Pagellus centro-
dontus, Cuv., taken in the Firth of Forth, by John Alexander
Smith, M.D.; On the Circulation and Respiration of the Anne-
lida, by M. A. de Quatrefages ; On the Organ of Smell in the
Fluviatile and Terrestrial Gasteropodous Mollusca, by M. Moquin-
Tandon; Monstrosity in the Petals of Honkeneja peploides, by
Charles C. Babington, M.A.; On Anas glacialis, by William
Thompson ; Mollusca dredged m Cork Harbour durimg the Sum-
mer of 1851, by Samuel Wright and J. Carroll; On the General

s

Se Re AE a mE
- ee ele Ae are ie See :

CONTENTS. v
el 5 Page
Cavity of the Body of Invertebrate Animals, by M. A. de Quatre-

fages ; Early Flowers; Dr. Grant, F.R.S.; Meteorological Obser-
vations and Table .......1+.-0ssesse0ecsss000 Stites hieddsd 152—160

J NUMBER LI.

XIII. On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricur,
Professor at the University of Copenhagen. From the Danish by

Dr. WALLICcH, F.R.S... (With three Plates.) .........0-csseresceecseesrees 161
XIV. Observations on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide. By

ALBANY Hancock, Wink: caanetiandrgan-sach BAS ea CS 188
XV. On a new British species of Lepton. By Wi1Lii1aM CLARK,

Esq. <ceeeeess-sesscersseesneeneccsseeesteesersessateneseganeenasanenssasensesens 191

_ XVL. Enumeration of some Fungi from St. Domingo. By the Rev.

M. J. Berxevey, M.A., F.L.S. (With a Plate.) ........ © ewes aeenaig 192

XVI. Descriptions of two new British genera of Insects, and of
two new species, belonging to the family Curculionide. By JouN
Warton, eet ge carn coat cae wadadaamessaceea gubasenns 204

XVIII. On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of
some new species of that family. By Taomas Wricut, M.D. &c. 206

XIX. Observations on Professor Loyén’s Homologies of Mollusca.

By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e. ...2cccccsecceseeeseeenenseeenereeeees 215
XX. Observations on the Affinities a the Icacinacee. By JoHN
ga dire F.R.S., BLS. Ueeti eesveseecseseeeeseneenerensnaneesseesseees 218

New Books :—The British species of Angiocarpous Lichens, elucidated
by their Sporidia, by the Rey. W. A. Leighton, B.A.—Nereis
_ Boreali-Americana ; or Contributions towards a History of the
_ Marine Alge of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North America,
by William Henry Harvey, M.D., M.R.LA. &c. Part I. Mela-

nospermee@ Ree tee ete eens Prrerer rr rereeeerrere ieee tee) Pe eeeeeteeee 226 —231

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Edin-
Durgh cessesseseeesseesseesseessersseseecesaeersceeseeesnettneenaes 231—240

Note on a Monstrosity observed in the Cockchafer (Melolontha vul-
garis), by M. Lereboullet, M.D.; Description of a new species of
Macgillivrayia, by A. Adams, F.L.S.; Onthe Anatomy and Phy-
siology of Salpa and Pyrosoma, by Thomas H, Huxley, F.R.S. ;
Larus glaucus, by William Thompson ; Algz taken in Cork Har-
bour or along the coast during the Summers of 1850 and 1851,
by J. Carroll ; Anatomical Observations on the Dasyurus (Sarco-

vi CONTENTS.

Page
philus) ursinus, by M. W. Vrolik; On the Nervous System of
Insects, by M. Dujardin; Obituary—William Thompson, F.L.S.

&c. ; Meteorological Observations and Table.............-.400 240—248

NUMBER LII.

XXI. Notes and Descriptions of a few Brachiopoda; including a
Monograph of the French Liasic Spirifers. By THomas Davipson,
Member of the Geol. Soc. of France, &e. (With three Plates.) «..... 249

XXII. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Functions, G@conomy, and Systematic Arrangement. By

JOHNGBLACKWV AGES UTS. in Sdccd se aetes csdeds badass es 3phe0 elodey dapiunisaat 268
XXIII. Brief Diagnostie Notices of new Maderan Land Shells. By

hie Hilts Birth et AoW ws ME Ac SV %. Bis dee tbabide haven ets bia dksa cand Wes eave yey B7D

XXIV. On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricurt, *
Professor at the University of Copenhagen. From the Danish by

PW REACH, AUS) “iv siive's o's sidenue odébssbie Spneeuds saree nev LaaaeD abbee 279
XXV. Further Observations on Lepton Clarkie. By Wiiu1aM
CLARK; Esq. «4.2.10. ei Ae ee dot ai tackle 293

XXVI. On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of
some new species of that family. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &e. 294

XXVII. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BerKEeLey,
M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. (With four Plates.) .......+. 317

XXVIII. Rambles in Ceylon. By E. L. LAYARD ..........ce00ee0e 329

New Books :—Prodromus Flore Batavee. Vol. I. Plantz Vasculares.
In sociorum imprimis usum edendum curavit Societas promo-
vendo Flore Batavise studio ::cic3isiccccseJereccccceassdecceddedece wis. 340

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-
burgh eee eeererseee COOKER eee eee ree S HE Hee EH seeeeeHeeEesevaseeeser ee eens 342—354

On a new genus of Chitonide, by Henry and Arthur Adams; On the
Appearance of large Swarms of Butterflies, by M. Ghiliani; Rare
Trish Mollusca, by William White Walpole ; On the Insects inju-
rious to the Rape Crops, by M. Ad. Focillon; Note on a species

- of Coecus, indigenous to France, which lives on the Common
Bean, and appears to be capable of furnishing an abundant Colour-
ing Matter which may be used in the Arts, by M. Guérin-Méne-
ville; Obituary—H. N. Turner, Jun. ; Meteorological Observa-
OE OOD LOC 5.5 5 <a000y 2005s nasimaghaheossccntibers pirat eeenanl 355—360

CONTENTS. os vii
: Page
et 6 - NUMBER LIII.
XXIX. Sketch of a Classification of Recent Brachiopoda; based

upon Internal Organization. By Toomas Davipson, Member of the
SOC WME SPOS Ge 2 51-5 - cc. decenecagcess sciecescavcncivoadesweiaece cok 361

XXX. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BerKexey,
M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With four Plates.) ......... 377
XXXIJ. On some genera of the Icacinacee. By Joun Miers, Esq.,
F. R.S5:F.L.8. Seetddsaiok eee eeeeene eee ee eee Ree ee eS 387
XXXII. On the Venus undata of authors. By Wriiriam Ciark,
BG SOMES Sie ce Sasittins niisicces essisasin’ hig deeFet ap chaneind esac Pn Taey 400
XXXII. Notes on some Scotch Zoophytes and Polyzoa. By
Wyvinte T. C. Tomson, Sec. R-P.S., F.B.S.E., Lecturer on Bo-
tany, King’s College, Aberdeen. (With a Plate.) ...........eeceeeesseee 403
3 Sicie. Characters of new species of Helix from Southern India
: and Bengal. By W. H. BENSON, Esq. ......-.++seeseseeseneeeenes Pas 404
}

ee es, | en Se eee ee

XXXV. Observations on Hyperoodon latifrons. By J. E. Gray,
urge FRS., FP DBRS. BRR iia k. tL 407

New Books :—The Vegetation of Eurepe, its Conditions and Causes,
by A. Henfrey, F.L.S.—Conspectus Cyclostomaceorum emendatus
| ~ et auctus Pneumonopomorum Monographie Prodromus, auctore
Dr. Ludovico Pfeiffer ..............+++-+-s08 Saket tebdinnte cove esas 411—413

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Cork Cuvierian Society. 413—434

Notice of a twin Mushroom, by Mr. Anderson (with a Plate); On the
Circulation of the Blood in Insects, by M. Léon Dufour; On the
Transmigration of Worms, by Charles Vogt; Meteorological

Observations and Table ....0200.-...-<sisevtsaervernesb oneardate 435—440
| NUMBER LIV.

4 XXXVI. On the Reproduction of the Higher Cryptogamia and the

; Phanerogamia. By ArrHuR Henrrey, F.L.S. &c. (With a Plate.) 441

XXXVII. Upon the Mode of Generation of an Hymenopterous
Insect of the family of the Pteromalide. By Dr. Pu. px Finreri,
Professor of Zoology at Turin. _ (With a Plate:) 0... cere seeeeb he seein 461

XXXVIII. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on
their Structure, Functions, Economy, and Systematic Arrangemen
By Joun BLACKWALT, FUSE IVA A. 464
XXXIX. Contributions to the History of the Development and to
the Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. By Prof. Stein of Tharand.
AGMA Parl ZEAE ss sn aniwesrber esd deyesienils epdecbonenaseaccnegneceesescenaie 471

)
\
Vili CONTENTS.
Page
XL. On some genera of the Icacinacee. By Joun Miers, Esq.,
PB hig RANG | Biles inde ts ycii od cutesy bas vay steons due sd ate Wassagee meena 481
XLI. Note upon the Male of the Argonaut and the Hectocotylus.
By Dr. HENRY MULLER of Wurzburg ......cccsscscsseseoncssenvesnonacee 492
XLII. On the Ergot of Rye, Sclerotium Clavus, D.C. By M. L. R.
TULASNE ...... Mane Seno sn anew seasenhap esis vwees¢ 4a sagas sna vesekssun ti auamenaens 494

New Books :—Class Book of Botany ; being an Introduction to the
Study of the Vegetable Kingdom, by J. H. Balfour, M.D. &c., and
Professor of Botany in the University of Edinburgh. Part I. Struc-
tural.and Morphological Botany ..........1000nescesessesnensennnensne 497

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-
PUNE: ALOVOL INStEION | cass, panes. csacchceasceneen meeateeeniay 498—509

The Collared Snake, Coluber natriz; Note on the most important
Result of the Sericicultural Experiments made with the assistance
of M. Eugéne Robert at the Experimental Silkworm Establishment
at Sainte-Tulle, by M. Guérin-Méneville ; On the Petrifaction of
Organized Bodies (especially Shells) in the existing Seas, by M.
Marcel de Serres; Additions and Corrections to Mr. Davidson’s
paper on some Brachiopoda; Meteorological Observations and
BRI satin aetansKh scinbjiesnvicre onset rons erkassnts chennepy nine -- 509—515

PLATES IN VOL. IX.
igi } British Diatomacee.

~ FV } Cidaridse and Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

¥. :
at i Osteology of the Gangetic Dolphin.
Vil.
VIII. New Fungi from St. Domingo.
IX.

em fxn British Fungi.

XI.
ig } New Brachiopoda.
XV. French Liasic Spirifers.
XVI. Twin Mushroom.—Avenella Dalyellii.—Generation of an Hyme-
nopterous Insect.—Development and Anatomy of Infusoria.
XVII. Reproduction of the Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia.

ee ee ee ee

a eo
ee te

eo

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

66 ccssanscoussonsns per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes :
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
ee [eater e rupibus, et = coaches

erte, Dee i, et pingui conchylia succo.”
Pee ee ee ON. Parthenii Ghaanettasit Ei...

No. 49. JANUARY 1852.

1.—Notes on the Diatomacez ; with descriptions of British spe-
cies included in the genus Pleurosigma. By the Rev. Wm.
Samira, F.L.S.
[With two Plates. }

{Continued from vol. vii. p. 14.]

IN all systematic descriptions of the Diatomacee, the genus Na-
vicula occupies a prominent place ; in some arrangements, indeed,
the terms Naviculacee or Naviculee are adopted as the designa-
tions of the entire tribe, in others as the titles of an extensive
family, and, even when most circumscribed, embrace a vast
number of closely allied species whose distinction and identifica-
-tion present grave difficulties to the progress of the systematist.
In Prof. Kiitzing’s latest work on the Diatomacee (Species Alga-
rum, 1849), the genus Navicula includes 174 species ; and when
it is remembered that these minute organisms require the careful
employment of the microscope for their detection, and vary from
each other by diversities in form so slight, or valvular markings
so delicate, that the highest powers of our best instruments are
called into constant requisition, it will not appear remarkable
that the most judicious descriptions, aided by carefully prepared
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 1 ;

2 Rey. W. Smith on the Diatomacex, with descriptions

figures, sometimes fail in enabling the student to arrive at the
satisfactory determination of species.

It appears to me that somewhat of this difficulty might be re-
moved by a subdivision of this extensive genus, and by adopting
as generic distinctions those minuter diversities of structure
which the latest improvements in our microscopes have enabled
us to detect, and which seem to me not less important than those
upon which former observers have relied.

In pursuing this course I shall restore the genus Pinnularia of

Ehrenberg, rejected by Kiitzing, and adopt the term Pleurosigma,
as descriptive of another group.

The genus Navicula of Kiitzing and other writers will then be
resolved into three, whose characters may be given as follows:

Pievrosiema, mili.
Valves convex, sigmoid, striated ; strie resolvable into dots.

Navicu.a, Bory.

Valves convex, lanceolate or elliptical, smooth or striated ; strize
resolvable into dots.

PinnutartiA, Ehren.

Valves convex, oblong or elliptical, ribbed or pinnated with

distinct cost, not resolvable into dots.

The first of these genera is well distinguished by its sigmoid
form ; the two latter contain species which approach each other
in outline, but may easily be discriminated by the character of
their striz, which invariably present in Pinnularia the appearance
of continuous ridges or costee, and which no increase of magnify-
ing power enables us to resolve into separate markings; while
in Pleurosigma and Navicula, the striz which are apparent with
a low.magnifying power as simple lines, become on the applica-
tion of more powerful glasses, or the careful adjustment of the
light under which the valves are viewed, distinct series of dots or
beads probably arising from elevations on the surface of the valves.
In Navicula it occasionally happens that the elevations are com-
paratively distant, and may be recognized with a power of 200
diameters or under; but in Pleurosigma the resolution of the strize
into their constituent beads becomes a task of extreme difficulty,
and has from this circumstance been very generally adopted. by

microscopists as a means of testing the defining power of the .

object-glass. It now seems to be generally admitted, that
although the detection of the strize on Pleurosigma requires the
object-glass to be of accurate construction and considerable power,
yet the resolution of these striz into beads depends chiefly on

of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. 3

the angular aperture of the lens, and the judicious adjustment
of the light ; and that an imstrument which may be brought by
the skilful manipulator to exhibit the most delicate markings of
these beautiful objects, may in the hands of a less familiar ob-
server altogether fail in the performance of its work, and appear

' inferior to another of equal power under more experienced ma-

nagement.

It must also be observed, that the employment of the high
powers required is liable to the intrusion of optical error, and
cannot be altogether depended upon. I am not indeed prepared

| to subscribe to Schleiden’s assertion, that, “if any one should af-
firm that he saw something magnified 3000 diameters that could
not be seen at a much lower power, it may safely be pronounced
to be mere imagination ;” yet I am persuaded that the use of
powers such as he alludes to can only be obtained under very
unfavourable conditions of light, is not available under ordinary
circumstances, and should not be made a requisite for the detec-
P tion of genera or species. I have, therefore, thought it better
to confine myself, as far as the discrimination of species is con-
cerned in the figures and descriptions I am about to give, to such
circumstances as may be easily noted by any observer provided
‘ with an instrument magnifying 400 diameters, giving however,
; for the gratification of the more curious, a few sketches (PI. I.
: fig. 2, & Pl. II. figs. 17, 18, 19), drawn on a larger scale, which
; have been kindly furnished by the Rev. W. Kingsley of Cam-
bridge, who has devoted great attention to this interesting sub-
ject, and succeeded in availing himself of powers hitherto con-
sidered unmanageable.

The presence of strize on the valves of Pleurosigma and Navi-
cula may be known, even when the power employed is insufficient
to detect lines, by the colour of the desiccated frustules viewed

by transmitted light. This colour differs in each species, and
slightly varies with the age of the individual specimen. It
arises from the refraction of the rays passing through the siliceous
plate, and its shades depend on the direction of the strie, and
their distance from each other; its aid may therefore be evoked
in the discrimination of species, and will sometimes be found to
be the most facile and certain means of identification. Another
means of detecting species is furnished by the direction of the
striz, whether oblique, perpendicular, or parallel to the median
line. These circumstances are not difficult of recognition with
the power I have adopted, and are shown by the greater amplifi-
cation of Mr. Kingsley to depend upon the position of the beads
in reference to each other, the striz appearing as oblique when
the beads of two contiguous rows are arranged alternately or in
-. quincunx, and transverse and longitudinal when these dots are

1*

Sa a ol atin

oS i Se) Ee ey eee

f Rey. W. Smith on the Diatomacez, with descriptions

placed in regular squares or in direct opposition to each other.
It may be as well to remark in this connection, that in the follow-
ing descriptions when the distance between the strize is mentioned,
the distance between the beads in the same row may be known
by reversing the application of the terms longitudinal and trans-
verse : thus when the longitudinal striz are said to be z54 qth
of an inch apart, it follows that this fraction denotes the distance
between the beads in a transverse direction and vice versd.

In all the forms described in this paper, and in the Naviculee

generally, we may observe that each valve is traversed by a me-
dian line across which the striz do not pass. The centre and
extremities of this line are somewhat enlarged, and these enlarge-
ments have been regarded by many writers as openings in the
siliceous plates. I have never been able to satisfy myself that
such openings exist, and am disposed to regard the line itself and
its enlargements as peculiarities little connected with the essen-
tial structure or functions of the cell. More important in a
structural point of view is the form of the connecting membrane,
which in Pleurosigma consists of a narrow ring of silex, and
which in no period of its growth appears to have any very con-
siderable development. The consequence is that the front view
of the frustule is uniformly of a linear, or when the convexity of
the valves is considerable, of a linear-lanceolate form, while in
Navicula and Pinnularia, as the connecting membrane is often
more fully developed, the front view of their frustules is
frequently oblong or quadrilateral. Too much importance must
not, however, be attributed to this aspect of the Diatomaceous
frustule, as its form greatly depends upon the stage to which self-
division has arrived, and may vary from linear to oblong, or from
very narrow to very broadly-lanceolate in the same individuals.
The reproduction, or more strictly speaking, the multiplication
of these organisms, has been noticed only under the form of self-
division, the phenomena connected with which I have detailed
in a former paper (Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. vol. vii. p. 4); I
give an example in the present connected with Pleurosigma at-
tenuatum (P\. II. fig. 13). By means of self-division the numbers
of these minute objects increase with amazing rapidity, and the
consequence is that when found they generally occur in multi-
tudes so vast that their aggregation forms a brownish film on

the surface of the mud, or a visible covering to the stones or ©

plants to which they attach themselves. That these great
numbers frequently arise from self-division is evident from the
circumstance of their being nearly all of exactly the same size, in
the same locality; and that they may have originated within a
brief period, will not appear surprising if we consider the rapidity
with which increase in geometrical progression advances even

i a

wee se eee

Se

of British species of the genus vieurosigina. 5

from unity when each step doubles upon the preceding. Thus,
supposing self-division to be perfected in twenty-four hours,
a single frustule will in one month have increased to up-
wards of a thousand millions! But it is also certain that the
Naviculee, like some other Diatomacee, have a specific mode of
reproduction, since we often find frustules in various stages of
growth, as is evident from the diversities of their size (Pl. I.
figs. 7 & 9; Pl. Il. figs. 1, 2 & 3,9 & 10, 11 & 12), and from
the greater delicacy of the stric in individuals of the same species ;
circumstances which are incompatible with the process of self-
division, where the half-new frustules must of necessity be pre-
cisely counterparts of the old. The mode in which the germi-
native power is renewed, when exhausted by self-division, remains
still to be discovered ; it will probably be found to be a process
analogous to that of conjugation in the Desmidiee, and which
is known to obtain in some of the families belonging to the
Diatomacee. In the genus under review, the most careful search,
at all seasons, and during every stage of growth, has failed in
any case to recognise the slightest indications of such a phzno-
menon.

It may be as well that I should repeat, that the descriptions
I am about to give depend upon observations made with a
Z-inch object-glass and eye-piece giving together a power of
400 diameters, and that the figures, unless otherwise stated, are
drawn with the camera lucida exactly to this scale. The colours
mentioned are those of the desiccated valves not immersed in
balsam, or any other refracting medium, and are of course only
loose and imperfect modes of designating shades and varieties of
aspect, which it is impossible to define with accuracy.

PLEUROSIGMA.
Section I. Beads alternate, strie oblique : all marine.

1. Pleurosigma formosum, nu. sp. Valve limear-lanceolate, gra-
dually attenuated to the somewhat obtuse ends, twisted ;
median line broad, not central: colour bright chestnut-brown.
Average length of valve 2. of an inch, greatest breadth of
ditto ,4, of aninch. Oblique strie 55355 of an inch apart

(v. v.).
Shoreham Harbour, 1850.

This species is well distinguished by the position of its me-
dian line, which, owing to a twist in the valves, appears nearly
to coincide with the edge for a considerable distance at either
end, and then crosses the valve in a diagonal direction, giving a
peculiarly beautiful appearance to the frustule, especially when
mounted in balsam. Mr. Kingsley has furnished me with a

6 Rey. W. Smith on the Diatomaceee, with descriptions

carefully executed drawing of this species under a power of 5500
diameters ; I give a portion of it in Plate I. fig. 2: he remarks,
that “the figure of the frustule, produced by the twist in the
valves, might be represented by joining together the tip ends of
two feathers taken from opposite wings.”

Puate I. fig. 1. A valve of P. formosum; fig. 2. a portion of the same
magnified 5500 diameters.

2. Pleurosigma speciosum, n.sp. Valve linear, slightly attenuated,
somewhat twisted, extremities obtuse, median line not central :
colour a pale straw. Average length of valve ,, of an inch,
greatest breadth of ditto g3, of an inch. Strie zy545, of an
inch apart (v. s.).

Locality unknown.

A slide containing this species was sent to me by Messrs.
Smith and Beck, but without any precise information as to the
locality where the specimens had-been found. It is a near ally
of the former, but of a straighter and stouter habit and more
delicately marked ; it wants however the gracefulness of the cur-
vature so eminently characteristic of the species first described.

Puate I. fig. 3. A valve of P. speciosum.

3. Pleurosigma elongatum, n. sp. Valve linear-lanceolate, flexure
slight, extremities acute, median line central: colour a clear
straw. Average length of valve 1, of an inch, greatest breadth
of ditto 54, of aninch. Strie 7,45, of an inch apart (v. v.).
Poole Bay, 1848. Brackish water near Lewes, 1850. Hull, Mr.

R. Harrison!

Not uncommon in pools at half-tide level, and in brackish
ditches mixed with other species. It has been distributed by
Mr. Harrison under the name of “ Navicula lineata,’ but this
term, if at all admissible, approaches too nearly the “ lineolata”’
of Ehrenberg, which refers to a species wholly different.

PuaTE I. fig. 4. Valve of P. elongatum.

4. Pleurosigma delicatulum, n. sp. Valve narrow lanceolate,
flexure slight, extremities acute: colour very pale straw with
a slight tinge of pink. Average length of valve ;4, of an inch,
greatest breadth of ditto ;s155 of aninch. Strie z5355 of an
inch apart (v. v.).
Brackish water ; Lewes, 1850.

Very close to the last in outline, but much more delicate, and
easily distinguished by its size and colour: it requires the most
careful manipulation to discover the striz with the power I have
employed. i
Puiate I, fig. 5. Valve of P. delicatulum.

CT ee

ws | ie eee | Fs ~~ oe, , a oe Ce Oe, eR eS
Pe Oe eee eee FER

. of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. 7

5. Pleurosigma strigosum, n. sp. Valve lanceolate, flexure slight,
extremities obtuse: colour straw. Average length of the
valve ;1, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto g55 of an inch.
Strie 5,45, of an inch apart (v. v-).

Rye, Mr. Jenner, 1849. Coast of Sussex, 1850. Hull, Mr. R.

Harrison!

Its stouter habit, darker colour, and more distant striz di-
stinguish this species from P. elongatum.

Puate I. fig. 6. Valve of P. strigosum.

6. Pleurosigma angulatum, mihi. Valve broadly lanceolate or
quadrangular, extremities acute, flexure moderate: colour a
bright chestnut. Average length of valve ;}5 of an inch,
greatest breadth of ditto 3, of aninch. Strie gsjg5 of an
inch apart (v. v.).

B. Valve narrow lanceolate, slightly quadrangular.
y. Valve much smaller, quadrangular.

Var. §. Navicula angulata, Quekett on the Microscope, 1848, p. 438.
pl. 8. figs. 4,5,6&7. Nav. Hstuarii, Kitz. Sp. Alg. 1849, p. 490.
On the mud of tidal harbours; very common. Poole Bay; Bel-

fast Bay, Liverpool ; Coast of Sussex, &c.; Coast of Lancashire,

Chr. Johnson, Esq.! Rye, Mr. Jenner! Hull, Mr. R. Harrison!

Norfolk, Thos. Brightwell, Esq. !

This species has long been a favourite test with the micro-
scopist, and the fineness of its striz renders its desiccated valve
very suitable for such a purpose. The strize may be detected
with a power of 400 diameters, but to resolve them into beads
usually requires a higher power, and the youngerfrustules demand
the best glasses and most careful manipulation for their resolu-
tion. The quadrangular form of this species is always more or
less present, and seems to distinguish it from all its allies; but
for this circumstance var. 8. might be confounded with the last
species ; it is however quite distinct.

Puarts I. fig. 7. Valve of P. angulatum; fig. 8. valve of ditto var. 8; fig. 9.
valve of ditto var. y.

7. Pleurosigma distortum, n. sp. Valve lanceolate, abruptly bent
towards the obtuse extremities: colour a very pale pink ; strize
obscure. Average length of valve 5}, of an inch, greatest
breadth of ditto ;;,5 of an inch (v. v.).

With P. angulatum, coast of Sussex, 1850.
Probably the young of some other species.
- Pare IL. fig. 10. Valve of P. distortum.

8 Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacer, with descriptions

8. Pleurosigma obscurum, n. sp. Valve linear, slightly attenuated
towards the obtuse extremities ; median line not central: co-
lour a very pale pink; strie obscure. Average length of
valve +3 of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto gg55 of an inch
(v. v.).

8. much smaller, more gradually attenuated.

Tn brackish water, Poole Bay, 1849. Lewes, 1851. 8. Poole Bay,
covering a sponge. :

No power I have applied has brought the strie into view either
in this or the last species, but the colour of the dry valves indi-
cates their presence in both cases.

Puarte I. fig. 11. Valve of P. obscurum; fig. 12. ditto, var. B.

Section II. Beads opposite, strie transverse and longitudinal.
a. Marine.

9. Pleurosigma Balticum, mihi. Valve linear, straight, suddenly
attenuated towards the sigmoid extremities, which are some-
what obtuse: colour dark brown. Average length of the valve
gz of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 1, of an inch. Strize
suao0 Of an inch apart (v. v.).

B. smaller, gradually attenuated.
y- much smaller, attenuated throughout ; strize obscure.

Navicula Baltica, Ehr., Pritchard’s Hist. of Animalcules, 1843, pl. 3.
fig. 143; Kiitz. Bacill. p. 102. pl. 4. fig. 22; Phy. Ger. p. 95;
Sp. Alg. p. 85.

Very common, mixed with P. angulatum, in all the localities of that
species mentioned above.

A large and handsome species, distinguished by the parallelism
of its sides and the great convexity of its valves: the front view
is almost linear. It varies much in size from var. y, which is
probably a very young specimen, and does not exceed 54, of an
inch in length, to others reaching ;, of an inch. I cannot ac-
count for the absence of a central enlargement of the median line
in all the figures of this species given by Ehrenberg and Kiitzing,
as in no other of the tribe is this character more plainly discern-
ible. ,

*Puate II. fig. 1. Valve of P. Balticum; fig. 2. ditto var. B; fig. 3. ditto
var. y; fig. 17. portion of fig. 1 mag. 3200 diameters (Rev. W. Kingsley).

10. Pleurosigma Strigilis, n. sp. Valve lanceolate, uniformly at-
tenuated towards the somewhat acute extremities : colour some-
what paler than the last. Average length of valve ,’5 of an

_ of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. 9

‘inch, greatest breadth of ditto géy Of an inch. - Transverse
strie 3535, of an inch apart (v. s.).
Hull, Mr. R. Harrison!

A very distinct species, notable for its graceful form and
strongly marked transverse striz.

Pate Il. fig. 4. Valve of P. Strigilis.

11. Pleurosigma acuminatum, mihi. Valve broadly lanceolate,
much attenuated towards the extremities : colour a light brown.
Average length of the valve ;4, of an inch, greatest breadth
of ditto +355 of aninch. Strie 7545, of an inch apart (v. v.).

Navicula sigma, Ehr. 1833; Pritchard, Hist. of Animal. pl. 3. fig. 146.
‘Nav. acuminata, Kiitz. Linn. 1833 ; Bacill. p. 102. tab. 4. fig. 26 ;
Phy. Ger. p. 95; Sp. Alg. p. 86. '

Shoreham Harbour, 1850.

I have Prof. Kiitzing’s authority, in a letter dated July 1851,
for the synonyms of this species, which has occasionally been
confounded with the N. Hippocampus of Ehrenberg by British
microscopists. It differs from it in habitat, in colour, in the
delicacy of its striz, and in its form, which is more slender and
attenuated.

Puate II. fig. 5. Valve of P. acuminatum.

12. Pleurosigma Fasciola, mihi. Valve lanceolate, extremities
produced, flexure considerable: colour very pale. Average
length of valve 54,5 of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 3,7
of aninch. Striz 55455 of an inch apart (v. v.).

Ceratoneis Fasciola, Ehr. ; Kiitz. Bacill. p. 104. tab. 4. fig. 4 ; Phy.

Ger. p. 96; Sp. Alg. p. 88.

On the mud of tidal harbours. Belfast Bay, 1849. Poole Bay,
1850. Coast of Sussex, 1850. Hull, Mr. R. Harrison!

I have restored this species to the same genus as its allies, the
elongation of its valves not appearing to require its separation,
and the more careful examination of its surface showing the

central and terminal enlargements of its median line characteristic
of the true Naviculee.

PuiateE II. fig. 6. Valve of P. Fasciola.
13. Pleurosigma prolongatum, n. sp. Valve much elongated, very
narrow lanceolate; flexure moderate; striz obscure: colour very

pale. Average length of valve =4, of an inch, greatest breadth
of ditto 5755 of an inch (v. v.).

Poole Bay, 1849.

10 = Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze, with descriptions

_ Very like the last, but much more gradually attenuated to the
extremities ; the striz are imperceptible.

Puare II. fig. 7. Valve of P. prolongatum.

14. Pleurosigma littorale, n. sp. Valve broadly lanceolate, acute ;
flexure considerable ; longitudinal striz very distinct: colour
bluish gray. Average length of valve 73, of an inch, greatest
breadth of ditto ,3,5- Long. strie +,355 of an inch apart:

(v. v.).
Coast of Sussex, 1850.

A very distinct and curious species. The valves in the broadest
part are marked with about fourteen longitudinal strize, which
can be resolved by a moderate power into rows of beads about
40000 Of an inch apart. When the light is thrown upon the
object so as to exhibit these beads as transverse strive, the sur-
face-appears marked with a succession of short lines or furrows
crossing the longitudinal striz, which still continue visible, and
the frustule assumes a very peculiar and beautiful appearance.
These effects may perhaps be owing to the circumstance, thus
mentioned by Mr. Kingsley: “There are beads on both sides
of this valve, and the distances are not the same for both sides,
so that with oblique light and imperfect definition, the two sets
in some degree obliterate each other and cause a confusion in the
image.”

Pure II. fig. 8. Valve of P. littorale ; fig. 19. portion of same magnified

5500 diameters (Rev. W. Kingsley).

15. Pleurosigma Hippocampus, mihi. Valve broadly lanceolate,
obtuse ; flexure considerable ; strice distinct : colour pale brown.
Average length of valve ;4, of an inch, greatest breadth of
ditto ;;55 of an inch. Strive 5,155 of an inch apart (v.v.).

Navicula Hippocampus, Ehr., Pritchard, Hist. of Animal. pl. 3.
fig. 145; Kiitz. Bacill. p. 102. tab. 4. fig. 29; Phy. Ger. p. 95;
Sp. Alg. p. 86.

On muddy shores and in brackish pools. Lewes, 1850. Hull,

Mr. R. Harrison!

The specific name of this species has been given to almost
every sigmoid Navicula which has fallen under the notice of the
non-scientific observer, whether found in the sea or fresh water.
It seems however desirable to confine a term borrowed from a
marine object to a species of a similar habitat, and I have there-
fore adopted it for the present, although it is probable that
the next species was the one to which Ehrenberg originally
attached the name, as it certainly is the one usually esteemed the

of British species of the genus Pleurosigma. ll

Hippocampus by English microscopists. The figure given by
Pritchard from Ehrenberg, and apparently copied by Hassall in
his ‘Brit. Freshwater Alge, pl. 102. fig. 11, approaches the
form of the present species, but the localities assigned by Ehren-
berg are inland. Kiitzing, as cited above, has the same figure,
and quotes Ehrenberg as his authority for it, but gives a habitat
exclusively marine, and having submitted specimens of the follow-
ing species to his notice, I have his sanction for regarding it as
distinct. Under these circumstances I am disposed to believe
that the two species have been frequently confounded, and their
close resemblance might easily occasion the mistake; their
habitats are however quite distinct ; the Hippocampus is a shorter
and stouter species, and when full-grown specimens of each are
compared, presents more delicate striz, requiring higher powers
of the microscope, and more careful adjustment for their detection
and resolution into beads.

Puate II. fig. 9. Valve of P. Hippocampus; fig. 10. ditto in a young state.

b. Freshwater Species.

16. Pleurosigma atienuatum, mihi. Valve elongated, lanceolate,
obtuse ; flexure moderate ; striz very distinct: colour purplish
brown. Average length of valve ;3, of an inch; greatest
breadth of ditto +55. Longitudinal strie 5535, of an inch
apart, transverse ditto z545, of an inch apart (v. v.).

Navicula Hippocampus, Ehr.? Quekett on the Microscope, p. 238.
pl. 8. figs. 1, 2,3. Gyrosigma Hippocampa, Hassall’s B. F. W.
Alg. p.435. Nav. attenuata, Kitz. Bacill. p. 102. tab. 4. fig. 28 ;
Phy. Ger. p. 95 ; Sp. Alg. p. 86.

Very common in streams and ditches mixed with Oscillatoriee.
Froome near Dorchester, 1849. Sussex in many places, 1850. Near
Guildford, J. R. Capron, Esq.! Fossil in deposit from Lough Mourne,
Co. Antrim, described in ‘ Ann. Nat. Hist.’ for Feb. 1850. In deposit
at Peterhead, Aberdeenshire, described by Dr. Dickie in ‘ Annals,’
Aug. 1848!

In the description and figure of this species given by Mr.
Quekett, in other respects excellent, an error has been committed
in representing the beads as transversely confluent towards the
margin of the valve. Mr. Kingsley has judiciously remarked to
me, that “this mistake is occasioned by the great convexity of
the shell, which causes an apparent overlapping of the beads at
the edge ; they are however perfectly distinct and may be defined,
though not easily so.”

Puate II. fig. 11. Valve of P. attenuatum ; fig. 12. ditto of a young speci-
men; fig. 13. P. attenuatum in front view showing self-division ; fig. 18.
portion of fig. 11 magnified 3200 diameters (Rev. W. Kingsley).

12 Mr. C. C. Babington on a new British Viola.

17. Pleurosigma lacustre,n.sp. Valve lanceolate, much attenuated
towards the acute extremities: colour pale brown. Average
length of valve ;, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto +755
of aninch. Longitudinal and transverse strie zzA 55 of an inch
apart (v. v.).

In ponds and clear ditches near Lewes, 1851.

Its freshwater habitat separates this species from P. Hippo-
campus ; its more slender outline, acute extremities, and delicate
strie from both the former species ; it is less common than either
of them.

Puate II. fig. 14. Valve of P. lacustre.

18. Pleurosigma Spencerii, mihi. Valve lanceolate, slightly at-
tenuated, obtuse; flexure slight: colour very pale brown.
Average length of valve 74, of an inch, greatest breadth of
ditto. sy55 of an inch. Strize 55359 of an inch apart (v. v.).

Navicula Spencerii, Bailey, Quekett on the Microscope, p. 440. pl. 9.

Not uncommon in ditches, mixed with Oscillatoriee, near Lewes,
1850. Mr. C. Poulton, Reading!

This minute species closely resembles a young specimen of P.
Hippocampus or P. attenuatum, and should probably not be se-
parated from the latter. I can find no difference between the
British and American specimens, except that those of the latter
in my possession are slightly larger.

PuatTeE II. fig. 15. Valve of P. Spencerii (British); fig. 16. ditto of an
American specimen.

Landport Cottage, Lewes, Noy. 1851.

Note.—Since the above was written, I have been informed by
Mr. Kingsley, that P. speciosum has been found by Mr. Topping
at Walton in Essex.

IIl.— Notice of a new British Viola. By Cuartus C. Basrnerton,
M.A., F.R.S.*

Ir gives me much pleasure to have to record the discovery of
another violet to be added to the British flora, which I have re-
cently obtained from my friend Mr. A. G. More of Trinity College,
Cambridge. He gathered it in June 1851 on peaty ground in
Garry Land Wood near Gort, co. Galway.

It is only recently that we have learned, from the writings of

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Dee. 11, 1851.

ee ee ee ee ee ee een

Mr. C. C. Babington on a new British Viola. 13

Fries and of Grenier, to distinguish the several species which,
being apparently rare in Britain, may have been confounded
under the name of V. lactea (Sm.) ; and more especially disco-
vered the necessity of separating those of them which possess
rhizomes from the non-rhizomatous species. Or possibly it would
be more correct to say, that we did not“know of the existence of
any of the former as native plants. It is curious to observe that
Fries (Summa Veg. Scand. p. 34) stated in the year 1846 as a
well-ascertained fact, that the whole of his group of “ Pratenses
in Anglia desunt.” At that recent date the remark was justly
made, for not one species of this well-marked section of Violets
had then been recorded from any British locality. In the third
edition of my ‘ Manual’ and also in the ‘ Botanical Gazette’
(ii. 144 and 178), I have introduced V. stagnina as our only
uative representative of the group, but it had previously been
noticed by Mr. H. C. Watson in his valuable ‘ Cybele Britannica’
(iii. 179). The following is the species now to be added to that
group :—

Viola stricta (Hornem.) ; anther-spur short broadly lancet-shaped
blunt (about twice as long as broad), corolla-spur short blunt
(green), leaves cordate-ovate, petioles winged at the top, sti-
pules obtong-lanceolate leaflike incise-serrate (1-) shorter than
the petioles “on the middle of the stem,” primary and lateral
stems flowering and elongated.

Y. stricta var. humilis, Fries Mant. iii. 124.
VY. stricta, Gren. et Godr. Fl. Fran. i. 180.
V. Ruppii, Reichenb. Icon. Fl. Germ. iii. t. 14. fig. min.

The habit is apparently very much like that of V. stagnina.
Stems erect, in the rather young specimens before me they are
3 or 4 inches in height, slender, glabrous. Leaves shorter and
broader than those of V. stagnina, and cordate at their base.
Stipules, when well developed, large and broad, oblong or ob-
long-lanceolate, all (on our specimens) about half as long as the
petioles, as they are stated to be upon the middle of the stem on
the continental more fully grown plants, on the upper part of
which they are described as being longer than the petioles. It
is highly probable that if our specimens had been allowed to ad-
vance beyond the commencement of the flowering state in which
they were gathered, they would have produced longer stipules
and shorter petioles than those which they now exhibit, and so
have quite agreed with the character given in foreign books.
The fiowers are stated by Fries to be “ccerulescentibus,” by
Grenier “ blue violet ;” on the dried specimens they are cream-

-. coloured, but had a slight tinge of blue when fresh; this differ-

14 Mr. C. C. Babington on a new British Viola.

ence need not present any difficulty, as those of V. stagnina are
~ pale blue when fresh but nearly white when dried: their spur is
short, but manifestly longer than the appendages of the calyx,
very blunt, and nearly as green as the calyx. This greenness of
the spur is stated to be constant in this and one or two other
species, but I have had no experience of it. The spurs of the
anthers are decidedly blunt. The capsules I have not seen, but

they are stated to be truncate-obtuse and without elevated

nerves.

This species consists, as do most of its allies, of two forms, a
larger and a smaller, between which there is often so much differ-
ence of appearance as at first sight to lead to the opinion that
they are distinct specifically ; but an examination of them shows
that such is not the fact. Our present plant is the smaller form
of what in its larger state is rather extensively distributed in
Germany and France, and in its smaller is not very unfrequent
in Scandinavia.

This plant is far more nearly allied to V. stagnina than to any
of our other violets, but the green colour of the corolla-spur, the
differently shaped leaves, and remarkably different stipules clearly
distinguish it. The short corolla-spur, and also that of the
anthers, would be quite a sufficient cause for separating it from
V. canina, even if the presence of a rhizome (which however I
have not had an opportunity of seeing) in V. stricta had not
afforded so manifest a distinction between them. In V. pratensis
(Koch), which is very nearly allied to our plant, the central sti-
pules are longer than the petioles (not 3 of their length), the
limb of the leaves is markedly decurrent on to the petioles, and
the spur of the corolla is not green.

In his invaluable ‘ Herbarium Normale’ (iv. 44) Fries states
that specimens of V. lactea from Smith himself are exactly V.
pratensis which is there named by him V. Jactea accordingly,
but in his ‘ Mantissa tertia’ (123) he corrects that error, which
originated from his not having then learned to distinguish V. lanci-
folia (his V. pumila, not that of Villars, which is V. pratensis),
my V. canina B. lancifolia, from V. pratensis.

In Hooker and Arnott’s ‘ British Flora’ (Addenda) I am stated
to give the name of V. stagnina to the violet which they “ and
most others call V. dactea,” but it seems to me that great diffi-
culty exists in determining what “most” botanists really do call
V. lactea. It is even difficult to tell what is the true plant of
Hooker and Arnott, as in their text they seem to include under
that name V. lancifolia and V. stagnina, but in their Addenda
they state that their V. lactea is what I call V. stagnina, although
many of the localities given for it manifestly are those of V. len-
cifola. The V. lactea of British botanists is most frequently

ee

ee ee ee

lel een at ee
a tess i “.
4 f

On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 15

V. lancifolia, if specimens are to be trusted, and that is certainly

the plant primarily intended by Smith. Continental authors do
not show any such uniformity, for Smith’s name has been applied
to V. pratensis (V. pumila, Vill., not of Hook. and Arn., which is
the true V. canina, Linn.), V. stagnina, and V. lancifolia.

Il.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Functions, Ciconomy and Systematic Arrangement.
By Joun Bracxwa tt, F.LS.

[Continued from vol. viii. p. 450.]

107. Linyphia minuta.
Linyphia minuta, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 191 ; Research. in Zool. p. 384.
—— domestica, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B.i. p. 265. taf. 18. fig.1 ;
Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 255.

The interior of buildings, shrubs trained against walls, crevices
in the bark of old trees, and lichens growing upon their trunks
and branches are the haunts frequented by this common spider,
which is widely distributed in England and Wales. In September
the female constructs several subglobose cocoons of white silk of
a slight texture, the largest of which measures about ith of an
inch in diameter, and contains from 30 to 40 spherical eggs of a
yellowish white colour. The cocoons are generally attached to
objects situated near the snare.

108. Linyphia cauta.

Linyphia cauta, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 655; Walck.
Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.iv. p. 499.

Angles of walls, overhanging banks, and depressions in the
trunks of large trees are the situations in which Linyphia cauta
fabricates its extensive snare. Though rarely seen, in conse-
quence of the habit of remaining in its retreat during the day,
yet it is rather abundant in many parts of England and Wales.

The Linyphia thoracica of M. Wider (Museum Senckenbergi-
anum, B.i. p. 261. taf. 17. fig. 10) appears to be nearly allied to
this species, but as no description or figure is given of the male,
I am unable to determine whether they are identical or not.

109. Linyphia vivaz.

Linyphia vivaz, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 657; Walck. Hist.
Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.

Both sexes of this spider, which bears a striking resemblance

16 = Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

to Linyphia cauta, were discovered in the greenhouse and melon-
_ pits belonging to Mrs. Darbishire, of Green Heys, near Man-
chester, in September 1836.

In the account of Linyphia vivax given in the eighteenth vo-
lume of the ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ a doubt is
implied as to its being distinct from the Linyphia globosa of M.
Wider (Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 259. taf. 17. fig. 9) ;

however, having attentively perused the description and inspected

the figure of the latter, I am now thoroughly convinced that they
are different species.

110. Linyphia socialis.

Linyphia socialis, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 160.
annulipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. ili. p. 348; Research. in Zool. p. 398.

I concur entirely in the opinion communicated to me by Pro-
fessor Sundevall (private letter), that Linyphia socialis and Liny-
phia annulipes are identical ; the former name therefore, imposed
upon this species by the Professor, must take precedence of the
latter.

This spider, which occurs in autumn on the trunks of trees in
woods at Oakland, M. Walckenaer has portrayed in his ‘ Hist.
Nat. des Insect. Apt.’ pl. 21. fig. F.2D, under the name of Thé-
ridion gonflé ; hut has prefixed to his description of it, t. ii. p.274,
the appellation of Linyphia bucculenta, conferred by Professor
Sundevall on a very different species ; namely on that designated
Linyphia reticulata by M. Walckenaer (Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831,

. 109).
. 111. Linyphia cripticolens.

Linyphia cripticolens, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 275.
nebulosa, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 218.
pallidula, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 403.

When my attention was first directed to this spider in the
summer of 1834, I perceived that it possessed the essential cha-
racters of a Linyphia, and described it in_my ‘ Researches in
Zoology’ as new to science, under the specific name of pallidula,
not being aware that M. Walckenaer had included it among the
Theridia, in his ‘ Tableau des Aranéides,’ p. 75, or that Professor
Sundevall had described it previously, having, at that time, no
opportunity of consulting his excellent publications in this de-
partment of zoology.

Linyphia cripticolens is found in North Wales under stones,
and in cellars, vaults, and other obscure damp places. In June
or July the female constructs a globular cocoon of yellowish
brown silk of a loose texture, measuring }th of an inch in dia-

——— ee

ee ie oan
a =e, :
a r

Se

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 17

meter ; it is commonly attached to her spinners by fine lines, and
contains about 98 spherical eggs of a brown colour, not adherent
among themselves.
112. Linyphia alticeps.
Linyphia alticeps, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 261.
luteola, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 192; Research. in Zool. p. 390.

The conclusion arrived at by Professor Sundevall, that Liny-
phia alticeps and Linyphia luteola are the same species, is per-
fectly correct (private letter); but M. Walckenaer is certainly
mistaken in regarding it as identical with his Argus cornutus
(Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 368), from which it differs
remarkably in structure, colour, habits and ceconomy.

I have procured specimens of this interesting Linyphia in
Lancashire and Denbighshire, and Mr. R. H. Meade has taken it
in Yorkshire. The male has the palpal organs fully developed in
autumn, at which season both sexes are plentiful in the planta-
tions about Crumpsall Hall, near Manchester, constructing snares
of moderate extent among coarse grass beneath the trees. Ike
other species of the genus, they are usually seen on the under
side of the horizontal sheet of web in an inverted position.

113. Linyphia longidens.
Linyphia longidens, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 270. taf. 18.
fig. 5; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. il. p. 264.
tardipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. vii. p. 488.

On obtaining a copy of the first volume of the ‘Museum
Senckenbergianum,’ I imniediately perceived that Linyphia lon-
gidens and Linyphia tardipes are specifically the same. See the
synonyma.

This spider is found in Denbighshire, Yorkshire, and Lanca-
shire under stones and detached pieces of rock, and in December
1848 Mr. J. Hardy forwarded an adult female to me from Ber-
wickshire. It pairs in August and September, and the female
fabricates several cocoons of white silk of a fine but compact
texture, which she attaches to the inferior surface of stones by a
small web ; they are flat on the side in contact with the stones,
and convex, with a depressed margin, on the opposite side. The
largest of these cocoons measures 4th of an inch in diameter and
contains about 40 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, not
agglutinated together, but enveloped in delicately soft silk. The
snare of this species consists of a small, compact, horizontal sheet
of web constructed in cavities beneath stones, on the under side
of which it takes its station in an inverted position. In the dis.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. ix. 2

18 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

_ position and relative size of its eyes an approximation to the The-
ridia may be traced.

114. Linyphia frenata.

Linyphia frenata, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 269. taf. 18.
fig. 4; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 279.
pallida, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 126.

Theridium pallidum, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 64. tab. 94. fig. 216.

Not perceiving that the Theridium pallidum of M. Koch is"
identical with the Linyphia frenata of M. Wider, M. Walckenaer
has included it among the synonyma of Theridion sisyphum (Hist.
Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 299).

In autumn this rare species spins among grass growing in the
grounds about Oakland an extensive horizontal sheet of web
supported by fine lines united to its superior surface and to each
other at various angles, and attached by their upper extremities to
objects situated above it. Like its congeners, it takes its station
on the under side of the web in an inverted position, and there
watches for its prey. Mr. R. H. Meade transmitted to me an
adult male Linyphia frenata from Yorkshire in 1851.

115. Linyphia tenuis.
. Linyphia pusilla, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 392.

I have been under the necessity of changing the specific name
of this spider, the appellation of pusilla having been previously
conferred on a small Swedish Linyphia by Professor Sundevall
(Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 214).

Linyphia tenuis is of frequeut occurrence among grass and
under stones, and is widely distributed in England and Wales.

116. Linyphia insignis.
Linyphia insignis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 662; Walck.
Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.iv. p. 499.

A single adult female of this species was sent to me from
Lancashire in the autumn of 1837 by Mr. John Parry, who cap-
tured it at Trafford, near Manchester; and in 1851 two adult
females and an immature male which had to undergo its final
change of integument were submitted to my inspection by Mr.
R.H. Meade, who informs me that he found them on the fronds
of fern growing in woods near Bradford in Yorkshire,

117. Linyphia nigella.

Linyphia nigella, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
- vol, viii. p. 487.

Specimens of Linyphia nigella were found under fragments of

ee ee “~~

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 19

rock in woods at Oakland, in September 1835 ; they were all
males, and had the palpal organs completely developed.

118. Linyphia pulchella.
Linyphia pulchella, Blackw. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii.
p- 301.

An adult male of this Linyphia was discovered among grass in
a pasture at Oakland in September 1845.

119. Linyphia furva.
Linyphia furva, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 663.

In May 1838 both sexes of this spider were detected under
stones in a moist pasture at Oakland.

- 120. Linyphia Claytonie.
Linyphia Claytonie, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 664 ; Walck.
_ Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.
I am indebted to Miss Ellen Clayton for the only specimens

of this species which I have seen ; they were two adult males,
captured near Garstang in Lancashire.

121. Linyphia obseura.
Linyphia obscura, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 665; Walck.
Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.
Males of this spider, having the palpal organs fully developed,
were taken in June 1836 on rails at Oakland.

122. Linyphia gracilis.
Linyphia gracilis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 666; Walck.
Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 499.

Mature males of Linyphia gracilis were found on rails near
Crumpsall Hall in November 1836.

Genus NeriEneg, Blackw.

123. Neriéne marginata.

Neriéne marginata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. iii. p. 188; Research. Zool. p. 363. pl. 3. fig. 6, 7.

This species constructs snares, similar in design to those of
the Linyphia, among grass growing in and near woods in Lan-
eashire and Denbighshire. I have also inspected specimens
which were taken in Devonshire by Miss Ellen Clayton in 1845,
and others captured in Yorkshire by Mr. R. H. Meade in 1851.
The sexes arrive at maturity in autumn, and are sometimes abun-
dant in localities suited to their habits. If this spider be com-

oO

20 Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

pared with Linyphia marginata, it will immediately be seen how
" easy the transition is from the genus Linyphia to that of Neriéne.

124. Neriéne bicolor.

Neriéne bicolor, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 344; Research. in Zool. p. 366.

Neriéne bicolor is common in many parts of England and

Wales. It appears to prefer well-wooded districts, constructing |

among grass a snare similar to that of Neriéne marginata. Not
unfrequently it may be found on rails or concealed under stones
partially imbedded in earth. The male has the palpal organs
developed in autumn.

125. Neriéne rufipes.

Neriéne rufipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iti. p. 345; Research. in Zool. p. 368.

Specimens of this spider were obtained in 1832 under stones
and on rails in the township of Crumpsall. In June the female
fabricates several globular cocoons of yellowish white silk of a
slight texture, which she attaches to the inferior surface of
stones ; the largest of them measures ith of an inch in diameter,
and contains about 50 spherical eggs of a yellowish white colour,
not adherent among themselves.

126. Neriéne livida.

Neriéne livida, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. viii. p. 486.

Mr. J. Hardy forwarded to me from Berwickshire, in December
1848, an adult male of this species, which is plentiful im the val-
ley of the Conway, where it conceals itself under stones. In Jul
the female spins several globular cocoons of white silk of a slight
texture, attaching them to some depression in the stone selected
for her retreat; the largest of these cocoons measures 7th of an
inch in diameter, and comprises about 30 spherical eggs of a pale
yellowish white colour, not agglutinated together.

127. Neriéne furva.

Neriéne furva, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. viii. p. 486.

One adult male is the only specimen of this spider that I have
seen; it was discovered under a fragment of rock in a wood at
Oakland in June 1835.

128. Neriéne errans.

Neriéne errans, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 643.
Argus errans, Walck. Hist. Nat, des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 511.

ee an ee ee” ee a

ee ee ee ae ae

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 21.

Neriéne errans is not uncommon among grass and on rails in

North Wales and in the south of Lancashire.

129. Neriéne sylvatica.
Neriéne sylvatica, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 644.

Adult males of this species were taken in February 1837 under
detached pieces of rock, slightly imbedded in earth, in woods
about Llanrwst.

130. Neriéne viaria.
Neriéne viaria, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 645.
Argus viarius, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

A male of this spider, which had the palpal organs perfectly
developed, was found running on a footpath at Oakland in May
1838. ;

181. Neriéne pulla.

Neriéne pulla, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 646.
Argus pullus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

Males of Neriéne pulla, in a state of maturity, were captured
in June 1836 on rails near Llanrwst.

132. Neriéne gracilis.
Neriéne gracilis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 646.
Argus gracilis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

Both sexes of this species were taken on rails at Crumpsall
Hall, and at Capel Garmon, in the parish of Llanrwst, Denbigh-
shire, in the autumn of 1836.

133. Neriéne vagans.
Neriéne vagans, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 374.

This is an aéronautic spider, and is very common among the
grass of meadows and pastures in North Wales and in Lancashire.

134. Neriéne pygmea.
Neriéne pygmea, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 376.

Neriéne pygmea is plentiful among the grass of old pastures
in Lancashire and North Wales, and may frequently be seen
running on rails and on footpaths.

135. Neriéne lugubris.

Neriéne lugubris, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 380.

In June 1834 I captured adult males of this species on iron
- rails at Crumpsall Hall.

22 Prof. Miller on the Development

136. Neriéne saxatilis.

Neriéne saxatilis, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.
p- 183.

A male of this Neriéne, having the palpal organs fully deve-
loped, was discovered among loose fragments of rock in a wood
at Hendre House, near Llanrwst, in June 1841.

137. Neriéne avida.
Neriéne avida, Blackw. Annals and Mag, Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 185.

Males and females of this spider were found on rails at Oak-

land in April 1839.
138. Neriéne timida.
Neriéne timida, Blackw. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 183.

Both sexes of this species were taken on rails at Oakland in
April 1841. ,
139. Neriéne flavipes.
Neriéne flavipes, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.
p- 182.

In February 1841 adult males of Neriéne flavipes were cap-
_ tured on rails at Oakland.

140. Neriéne parva.

Neriéne parva, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 647.

Argus minimus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

_ Specimens of this very minute spider were detected on rails at
Oakland in January 1837 ; they were all males, and had the pal-
pal organs perfectly developed.

IV.—Upon the Development of Mollusks in Holothurie.
By Prof. MULiER*.

In the Bay of Muggia, at Trieste, a Holothuria of the genus
Synapta is very abundant. It was first discovered by Montague
upon the English coast, and was by him called the Holothuria
digitata, and so much of its anatomy as could be made out
from specimens preserved in spirits has been set forth in the
‘ Anatomische Studien tiber die Echinoderment.’ In the living
Synapta digitata I first discovered those suckers upon the ten-
tacles, which Quatrefages had described in another Synapta, and
some other anatomical peculiarities not observed by that writer,

* Read before the Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, Oct. 16, 1851.
+ Miiller’s Archiv, 1850.

ee re

ee

ee Sere Ke) en gee ee ee se ae ee
ff. = ‘ okt
;

of Melfleks'in Wolutharite 23

such, for example, as the muscular stomach, the muscular bundles
in the mesentery (with whose movements Quatrefages was ac-
quainted), and the existence of many peculiar ciliary organs,
Zoth of a line in length, attached to the mesentery, the general
surface of which is not ciliated.

The pedicles of these organs have the same structure as the
peritoneum, consisting of a simple glassy membrane in which
nuclei are scattered, and which is continued over the outer sur-
face of the organs. The structure of these organs is complicated,
and could be more readily explained by figures than by any de-
scription ; to call them slipper-shaped, or like a cornucopia, would
perhaps give the best general idea of their outward form and
of their cayities clothed with long active cilia.

When at the commencement of the present year I had an op-
portunity of procuring this Synapta digitata in great numbers at
Trieste, I found ova in all the individuals, whence the statement
of Quatrefages, that these animals are hermaphrodite, seemed
confirmed ; a circumstance which surprised me no little, inasmuch
as the other families of Echinoderms are without exception di-
ecious. .

In summer, when I renewed my investigations at the same
place, I found the several organs of almost all in nearly the same
condition as in spring, but less turgid.

The ova were about z, to =, of a line in diameter ; in spring
they measured as much as ;4th of aline. The yelk is very finely
granulous, and contains a germinal vesicle—which has no ger-
minal spot such as Quatrefages depicts. The dichotomously

branched ovarium is rendered yellow by the ova; its innermost

layer was formed as in spring by cells ;3;th to 51,th of a line
in diameter, from which, according to Quatrefages, the sperma-
tozoa are developed.

About the middle of August I met for the first time with an
individual with a totally different generative organ. This was
much thicker and unbranched, of a green colour for one moiety
of its length, while the other was orange ; the latter portion con-
tained ova with a germinal vesicle, and without any germinal
spot, but they were larger (;;th line), and very different in ap-
pearance ; their yelk was coarsely granular, the granules being
partly round and partly oval, dark-coloured, and having the ap-
pearance of the so-called stearine-granules of the frog’s ovum:
they were <4, to z4,th of a line in diameter.

When I observed this, I began again to doubt the herma-
phrodism of the Synapte, and I conceived that either these, or
the other more numerous individuals, must be the males ; I there-
fore caused great numbers of Synapte to be brought to me daily,
and soon found individuals similar to those last described ; but to

24 Prof. Miiller on the Development

my infinite astonishment, while in one individual I found in the
‘ anomalous genital organ, sacs containing ova undergoing the
process of yelk-division, in another the same organ contained
similar vesicles in which young mollusks with spiral shells 4th
of a line in diameter were included.

This was the commencement of the researches which I con-
tinued uninterruptedly for two months, and in the course of
which I observed sixty-nine times the oecurrence of mollusks or —
mollusk-yelks in this Holothuria.

The individuals which contain mollusks agree in all respects
with the normal individuals of Synapta digitata ; they possess the
same twelve four-fingered tentacles, the same structure of the
integument, the same calcareous plates and “ anchors” to which
their adhesive power is due. Another kind of Synapta, the
S. inherens, occurs also, but more rarely, in the Bay of Muggia ;
it is however certain, that all I have to say concerning the pro-
duction of mollusks in Holothurie relates to S. digitata.

The Synapte were taken at a depth of from 6-8 fathoms in
fine mud not far from Muggia, and were regularly brought to me
every day from Zaole*. These Synapte, like all their congeners,
have the habit of breaking up spontaneously when roughly
handled, and were not to be obtained in an entire state;
the daily supply therefore consisted of fragments of Synapta
which had a maximum length of 8 to 10 or 12 inches. Among
them anterior portions with the head were to be found.

The head once separated, the fragments, however long they
may be, do not break up again, but remain living and moving
for a day or more; a piece with a head, however, redivides as _
often as it is irritated, and it is only by longitudinally dividing
the head that this process can be finally stopped.

It is, hence, impossible for me to say exactly how long the
Synapta digitata is, but I estimate its length at 15 to 20 inches.
From the same cause also, it is impossible to determine with any
certainty, what is the proportion of individuals with molluski-
gerous organs to those with normal ovaria. Ali that I could do
was to put the various fragments of my daily collection together
and measure the whole. In this manner a conception may be
formed upon how large a mass of materials the labours of these
two months were expended. On one day when the quantity of
the worms was less than usual, the length of the fragments,
placed end to end, was 60 feet ; on another occasion when there
were more, it was 79 feet. In so large a mass of fragments
one readily found 15 to 20 short pieces with heads, and a still
greater number with normal ovaria; at times, though rarely,

* The fisherman was Mattia Frusing of Zaole.

ae

ee es

of ‘Mollisks'in Holothurie. 25

there were no molluskigerous individuals; generally, however,
there was one, two or three, and sometimes even four such.
These were neither larger (or older) nor smaller (or younger)
than the others—young and old were found of each kind.

The individuals with normal ovaria never possessed the un-
branched molluskigerous organ, and those possessing the latter
organ were never provided with the ordinary branched ovarium
of Synapta.

The molluskigerous individuals may be very easily distin-
guished externally from the others, the semitransparency of the
body permitting us readily to see whether it contain the common
ovarium or the thick molluskigerous organ.

On. the spontaneous fission of these animals, it of course readily
happens, that the generative organs, which open externally at the
head end, become torn, and are found partly in the separated
head-portions, partly in the headless fragments. In the same
manner the molluskigerous organ is found, either torn from its
connexions, and lying loosely coiled up in the abdominal cavity; -
or still attached to, and in organic connexion with, the Syn-
apta. 1 have so frequently observed this organic connexion
(twenty times), that it is beyond doubt, and must be supposed
to exist in all cases. The connexion is a double one—by both
ends; the ordinary ovaria are attached only to the head, where
they open, while in the opposite direction they float perfectly
free in the abdominal cavity ; but the molluskigerous organ when
uninjured is attached not only to the head where it opens exter-
nally, but by its lower end to the intestine in the manner to be
described immediately. There may be from one to three mol-
luskigerous sacs in the same individual.

The structure of this molluskigerous one nowise resembles
that of the ordinary generative organs. The tube is uninter-
ruptedly continuous throughout, but is differently coloured in its
two halves. The portion attached to the intestine is always
green, the other is coloured yellow by its contained yelks. So
far as the sac is green, it contains an intus-suscepted portion of
itself, with a blind end, like the inverted finger of a glove; and
at the point of intus-susception it is connected with the intestine,
or rather with the intestinal blood-vessel, which gives off a branch
to invest the open end of the intus-susception. The mode of
this connexion is very extraordinary. Where the sac is embraced
by the vessel it is enlarged into a sort of knob, from the middle
of which the involuted portion passes into the interior of the sac.
The open mouth of the cavity of this portion therefore projects
into the cavity of the blood-vessel, and the blood not merely
bathes the knob, behind which walls of the vessel are attached to

26 Prof. Miller on the Development

_ those of the sac, but the blood must also penetrate into the ea-
vity of the intus-suscepted portion as far as its blind end.

There are two intestinal vessels, as in other Holothuria; both
are very capacious, and they lie one on the free side of the intes-
tine, the other along the line of attachment of the mesentery.

It is always the former which is connected with the molluski-
gerous sac, and the mode of connexion is always the same. The
place at which the attachment takes place is anteriorly, a short
distance (at the most 13 inch) behind the muscular stomach
possessed by the Synapte in common with many Dendrochirote.
If there be two sacs, they are attached one behind the other in
just the same manner.

The two intestinal vessels present under the microscope violent
undulating contractions of their walls, such as may be seen in
the intestinal vessels and vascular plexuses of Holothuria tubulosa.

The undulatory movement is continued on to the vascular
branch which invests the knob of the molluskigerous sac. There
- is no ciliary motion in the interior of the intestinal vessels, the
blood-corpuscles rolling hither and thither only in consequence
of the undulatory contractions ; on the other hand, the vessels
and the intestinal walls are ciliated upon their outer surface, and
this ciliary investment is continued on to the outer surface of the
vascular branch which invests the “knob,” but it stops short
where the wall of the vessel unites with that of the sac, and the
latter has no cilia upon its outer surface. In this it is distin-
guished from the ordinary ovarial sacs of the Synapta, for these
are externally ciliated.

The mollusks are not produced within that portion of the sac
which contains the intus-susception, but in the other part. In
this more capacious portion, both the male and the female ele-
ments of the mollusks, and subsequently the mollusks themselves,
are found. The organ which contains the female elements may
be called an ovarium, and that which contains the male elements
may be called a testis, but in structure they have no resemblance
whatever to ordinary testes or ovaria ; their products however are
identical with the ova and spermatozoa of other animals. Both
ovarium and sperm-sacs lie free within the molluskigerous sac,
and are in no way attached to it. The ovary lies next to the
intus-susception, and thereupon follow the numerous sperm-sacs ;
but before describing these, it will be necessary to enter into the
minute structure of the walls of the molluskigerous sac.

The outer layer of this sac and the inner of the intus-suscep-
tion consists of perpendicular elongated (palisaden-formig) cells,
from whose contents the green colour of the green portion arises,
for they contain yellowish granules which in the green part are

ow yy.)

es a.
eo a -

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 27°

more richly developed, and here form complete series in the
cells. Similar cells, however, everywhere form the outer layer.
Below these lies the muscular membrane, consisting of transverse
and longitudinal fibres, on which the slow worm-like movements
of the sac, which may commonly be observed, depend. Internal
to this muscular coat perfectly transparent cells are scattered.
The innermost layer is formed by a membrane which presents a
lively ciliary motion everywhere—save in the green part. It is
in this ciliated part of the sac that the ovarium and the sperm-
saes lie perfectly free, like the charge in a gun.

_ The ovary again has its peculiar investment. This is a long
tubular capsule, everywhere closed and ciliated upon its whole
surface. The ciliated inner surface of the sac therefore is turned
towards the ciliated outer surface of this capsule of the ovary.

The ovarian capsule is for the most part, but not wholly, filled
by the ovary. The end which is turned towards the intus-sus-
ception of the sac is always empty and much thinner than the
other part of the capsule, and this thimner end is always bent
back upon itself, so that not its end, but its knee-shaped bend, is
in contact with the extremity of the green intus-susception.

It is here that the structure of the capsule may best be made
out. Beside the ciliated membrane there is an internal layer of
small elongated cells with scattered clear globules about ;3;th
of a line in length. In all the rest of the capsule, so far as it is
filled by the ovary, scattered agglomerations of yellow fat gra-
nules may be perceived upon its inner surface between it and the

The orange-coloured ovary lies in the capsule, but does not fol-
low its shape. It is dendritic, so that the capsule passes over the
branched mass ; and in an ovary which is not quite fully-formed,
little clear gaps may be observed here and there between the
branches of the ovary. The dendritic figure is that of a central
stem, from which branches are given off on each side and divide
and subdivide.

The central stem lies against the mner surface of the ovarian
capsule, so that in the imperfectly developed ovary, a hollow
space exists within the capsule which disappears in the course of
further development. If the capsule be carefully opened, the ova-
rium may be extracted and its structure further examined. It
consists, in all its parts, of egg-like masses th of a line in dia-
meter, inclosed in membranes ; the contents are coarse stearine-
like yelk-granules (of 54,5 to 4, of a line in diameter), and a
germinal vesicle of 7,th of a line in diameter without a germinal
spot. The germinal vesicle is viscid throughout, and is more similar
to what Von Baer calls the “ nucleus of the ovum ” in the perfect
ova of Echinus. The yelk-granules are frequently aggregated

28 Prof. Muller on the Development

into small round masses, and among them are found many ex-
-cessively minute particles which exhibit the molecular motion.
The yelk-granules are for the most part naked; a few of the
larger ones are however surrounded by an albuminous area
such as has been remarked in the ova of sharks and frogs. The
ova cannot be separated from one another; on pressure, their
membranous investment bursts,and some become no longer round,
but elongated or pyriform ; it would appear, that the membrane |
investing the yelks belongs rather to the ovarian capsule, which
it serves to divide into compartments, and that the ovum has no
proper vitellary membrane. The ovum which has left the
ovarium has certainly no vitellary membrane, in this respect
resembling the ovum of Actgon as described by Vogt. When the .
ovary is perfectly developed, it and its capsule dehisce, and give
exit to the ova which thus are found within the molluskigerous
sac. Here fifteen to thirty together become invested by a
common vesicle, and these vesicles occupy partly that portion of
the sac which follows the ovary, partly the space between the
capsule of the ovary and the sac.

Under these circumstances the development of the mollusks
commences, and is first recognizable by the oceurrence of the
phenomena of yelk-division. For a long time, with so much else
that was incomprehensible, I was unable especially to comprehend
how it was that the yelks began at once to develope their em-
bryos, since as a general rule the division-process arises as a
consequence of fecundation, and is never observed in gemme.

Towards the beginning of September, however, I discovered
the fecundating organs of the mollusk-ova in the same sac which
contains the ovarium with its capsule.

There are generally many sperm-capsules present ; in most
cases there are four to five or eight, and there may be as many
as eighteen. They lie perfectly free in a rather wide portion
of the molluskigerous sac, not far from the ovary and somewhat
nearer to its aperture.

The sperm-capsules are elliptical bodies 4th to 2ths of a line
in diameter, which are not ciliated upon their surface. Hach ~
consists of two membranous sacs, one inclosed within the other ;
the outer is the larger, and projects beyond the inner anteriorly
and posteriorly. An epithelial layer lines the simply mem-
branous outer sac, and between it and the inner sac there are
clear cell-like globules of different sizes, together with solitary
and aggregated yellow fat-granules, like those of the ovarian
capsule. The internal sac is a perfectly transparent, simple,
structureless membrane, though I have repeatedly observed
sudden contractions of its walls under the microscope. Its inner
surface is clothed with a layer of cells 54,th of a line in diameter,

5 itt Sea pe

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 29

which seem to take part in the development of the spermatozoa.
With these latter the whole capsule is filled; they are partly
united into moving bundles by their heads, and partly they swim
about separately. Their heads are sometimes rounded, some-
times elliptical, not uncommonly somewhat pointed anteriorly ;
the tail is very long, and at times seems to be the prolongation
of a sort of ridge upon the head. The end of the tail always

resents a longish enlargement. The head is about z4;th of a line
in diameter ; the whole spermatozoon =,th of a line or more.

I have so often (eight times) observed the sperm-capsules, that
their occurrence is perfectly certaim. They are found for the
most part only in those sacs which do not contain free and
fecundated ova, but I have also found them in sacs in which the
mollusks had commenced their development.

In these, however, some remains of the ovary are always to be
found.

The spermatozoa may become free by the dissolution of their
capsules. I have seen them free in a single case; here they
whirled about in great quantities in the ciliated sac round the
ovary close to its inner end, that is to say, as far as possible from
the place of their development in the neighbourhood of its outer
end.

The development of the mollusks from these yelks proceeds
thus: in those sacs in which the contents of the ovary have
already passed into the common sac, we find the developing
germ mass always inclosed in vesicles of ;5,, +4 to 45 of a line
in diameter, which are developed with the sac. Lach vesicle will
contain fifteen to thirty or more germs, or already developed
mollusks. If the germs be not yet developed into mollusks, the
characteristic yelk-granules are immediately recognizable in the
yelk, together with the germinal vesicle and the finely granular
mass with molecular motion of which it was composed in the
ovary. Even in the interior of the mollusks, the remnants of the

_yelk possess the same characteristic yelk-granules.

I have seen the germ mass within the vesicles in the following
states :—

1. In every vesicle (there may be more than 100 of them in
the sac) there are no single yelks or germs, but the yelk-mass is
quite diffused ; many round masses of yelk-granules may indeed
exist in it, as in the ovary, but these are much smaller than the
pre-existing yelks of the ovary. The germinal vesicles, answer-
ing in number to the embryos to be formed in the vesicle (therefore
some fifteen to thirty), are scattered through its contents and
have still the same constitution and size as in the ovary. Those
vesicles in which the yelk-mass is in this finely divided condition
always have a white appearance ; the yelk-granules are still as in

30 Prof. Miiller on the Development

the ovary, but the number of those which present an albuminous
~ area has very much increased, and the area is proportionally larger.
This stage has been observed seven times.

2. In each vesicle are fifteen to thirty separate yelks of th of
a line in diameter, each containing a germinal vesicle. In this
state the yelks always appear of an orange colour as in the ovary.
Hither no traces remain of the diffused yelk-mass, or at times
some of its granules and granule-aggregations are left unap- |
propriated. This stage was observed five times.

3. In every vesicle there are fifteen to thirty separate yelks,
which have begun to divide, e. g. all the yelks consist of four
globular masses. This stage was observed eleven times.

4, All the yelks of a vesicle have developed a ciliated cortical
or embryonic layer. Observed six times.

5. In every vesicle, fifteen to thirty embryos of mollusks with
shells are contained. Observed seventeen times. In such a brood
as this, some 2400 mollusks come into the world. They all possess
a calcareous shell about ;1,th of a line in diameter, more or less,
which effervesces with acids ; they have an operculum upon the
foot, and a respiratory cavity similar to that of the Pectinibran-
chiata, which are well known to be all unisexual.

For a long time I did not know how the mollusks made their
way out of the Synapta, because I could procure no head portion
with the outer end of the sac ; for when the Synapta breaks up,
the sac commonly remains in that part which separates from the
head. Once, however, I had the good fortune to find a piece
with the head in which not merely two molluskigerous saes (one
containing developed mollusks), and a third in a rudimentary state,
were present, but where also the two larger sacs had suffered no
injury at either their point of connexion with the intestinal
vesicle, or at that where they opened externally.

The third sac was easily distinguishable by its structure from
the vesicula Poliana, the walls of which contam the same
elongated calcareous discs as the integument of the tentacles. In.
this still very small sac, the ovarian capsule with its bent end
was readily distinguishable ; its external end was firmly connected
with the place of opening of the two other sacs, but the other end
was free.

The facts of which I have now given an accurate, though a
very general account, differ so widely from the ordinary course
of things, that I should myself place no credence in them, had
they not almost daily been forced upon my notice. The first
complete account of them is now before the Academy, for until
the present time I have only communicated them orally in Trieste
to a few naturalists, to M. Heckel of Vienna, to Prof. Boeck of
Christiana, and to Prof. R. Wagner of Gottingen. I consider it

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 31

a most fortunate circumstance that one of the most celebrated
physiologists of the day was working for a considerable time,
with a few of his pupils, in Trieste, so that I was enabled to de-
monstrate the most important of the phenomena in question to
him. [have opened the Synapte in the presence of Prof. Wagner,
and he could see for himself that the molluskigerous sac was
connected with the intestine, or rather with its vessel. I could
further show him this sac in two conditions: first, while still

containing the ovarium ; secondly, when the contents were the
vesicles with living mollusks, in which the motion of the otolithes
was very beautifully visible. I was also fortunate enough to be
able to demonstrate to M. Wagner the sperm-capsules with their
moving spermatozoa. My son has likewise observed all the more
important facts.

The development of the mollusks from the yelk closely re-
sembles that of other mollusks, e.g. Acteon (according to Vogt’s
observations). As in this, there is no vitellary membrane, and
two kinds of spheroidal masses are formed by the process of yelk-
division, viz. large opake masses, with many yelk-granules, and
smaller more transparent spheroids, which also contain stearine-
granules, and finely granular molecular masses, but in smaller
quantity ; in addition these have their small clear nucleus. In
some respects, however, the process of division is peculiar. Be-
fore the division of the yelk into two masses takes place, and in
yelks which are still quite round, that of the germinal vesicle or
clear nucleus occurs. In such round fecundated yelks we
find, instead of the germinal vesicle, two somewhat smaller, but
otherwise quite similar bodies. Besides, the germinal vesicle
does not disappear at all, but in the course of yelk-division is
used up to form the clear bodies in the interior of the division-
masses. It is perfectly similar in the ovarian ovum and in the
fecundated ovum. In the vesicles containing yelks, we find both
such as are perfectly spherical and such as begin to show a divi-
sion ; this commencing division I regard as the indication that
the fecundation of all the yelks which are contained in the
vesicle has taken place, but yet all still contain the germinal
vesicle, and it is either of the same size as in the ovarian ovum
and possesses the same viscidity, or there are two smaller ones
which must have proceeded from its division. When yelk-divi-
sion sets in, first two and then four large yelk-spheroids are
formed, each of which has its clear, central nucleus. When the
four large spheroids exist, four small transparent spheroids are
seen at the intersection of the lines of division upon one side ;
these soon become divided into eight, sixteen and more, the four
large opake spheroids remaining unchanged.

In the small transparent yelk-spheroids, the stearine-granules

32 Prof, Miller dn thé Development

appear very soon to break up and become dissolved. The four
‘ large spheroids are even yet present when the whole surface of
the yelk has become invested with a layer of transparent cells,
and when the moving cilia are developed upon these. The four
large spheroids thus remain in the interior of the yelk, and only
become more closely appressed, remaining otherwise unchanged
superficially. If however they be crushed at the time when the
cortical layer of the yelk is already developed and begins to ex-
hibit ciliary motion, we find-in their interior a great number of
elear nuclei, and I enumerated as many as twelve or more of
these simply inclosed within the large spheroids. It follows then
that the division of the clear nucleus of a yelk-spheroid precedes
the division itself in our mollusks.

The greater number of my observations relate to the period
when the mollusks contained in the sacs were almost perfect, and
possessed a spiral shell of one turn and a half, out of which they
could protrude themselves and into which they could retire. The
shell resembles that of Natica more than any other, but the aper-
ture is as long as it is broad. By the friendly aid of the Director,
M. Koch, I was enabled to examine extensively the mollusks of
the local fauna contained in the collection of the Zoological Mu-
seum of Trieste. The aperture of the shell is as large as the rest
of the shell, or larger. The columella is almost straight, and
thence the operculum has one edge more rectilinear. The shell
appears also to be umbilicated. The body of the mollusk is, for
the most part, made up of the richly-ciliated foot and head. The
foot is transversely notched in the middle, and thence consists of
two lobes, an anterior and a posterior, which carries the opercu-
lum. In the middle of the notch of the foot there is a kind of
papilla with an aperture, in which a ciliary motion is perceptible,
and which I can only interpret as an opening of the so-called
water-vascular system. Above the anterior lobe of the foot is the
mouth, which is covered by a peculiar, sometimes rounded, some-
times notched lobe. This lobe has much smaller cilia than the
foot, and stiff immoveable cilia or hairs; whenever I observed
them, these large cilia were motionless; like the lobes, they re-
minded one strongly of the cephalic velum of so many mollusk-
larvee, and perhaps at an earlier or a later period they are active.
In this stage the young mollusks move about but little in the ve-
sicles. Between the mouth and the foot there comes forth at
times a peculiar, generally-hidden lobe, which possesses only short
cilia, not larger than those upon the dorsal surface of the head.
In the head we see the two auditory organs, vesicles, containing
a constantly oscillating otolithe. Above this, upon the head,
there are two short projections, the future tentacles ; but no trace
of the eyes is to be seen. Within the shell is the respiratory

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 33

cavity, a space which exists independently of the movements of
the mollusk ; within it, two series of long vibrating filaments are
visible; one series runs longitudinally down the cavity of the
shell, following its curvature, and then bending round towards
the body of the mollusk ; the second series runs in a more trans-
verse direction. The mouth leads into a wide cesophagus, which
passes above the two auditory organs. The stomach and in-
testine are similar to those of other young mollusks. The intestine
forms a loop in the shell, whose returning limb, the rectum, bends
to the right. The liver consists of relatively small cells. In the
vicinity of the rectum, a few yellow granules may always be seen,
like remnants of the yelk. The innermost part of the shell, nearer
the apex, is filled by a transparent vesicular part of the body,
which is penetrated by several thread-like cords, and thence ap-
pears vesicular. Yellow granules, similar to those just described,
often lie among the threads, as if in the interspaces of vesicles,
Sometimes the animals come out of their shells, and then the
structure of this part is still clearer. In animals which have
been freed by injury of the shell, or the like, the gill-cavity is
torn, and the remains of the vibrating gill-filaments remain at-
tached and uncovered.

The mollusks could be kept alive many hours by placing the
vesicles containing them, or the sacs, in the abdominal fluid ob-
tained by cutting open a Synapta. In the water they died
sooner.

It would be extremely difficult to decide upon the exact zoolo-
gical affinities of this mollusk. The presence of the operculum
is not a character on which any great reliance can be placed,
since mollusk-larve with deciduous shells, such as the Nudi-
branchiata and Tectibranchiata, possess one. But the possession
of a respiratory cavity, the calcareous nature of the shell, the
more developed spire, and its decidedly symmetrical curvature,
seem to me to indicate that we have to do with one of the Pectini-
branchiata. If, however, the shell of this mollusk be deciduous,
the gill-cavity, which now extends far into the shell, must become
wholly changed.

That the mollusks are developed within the Holothuria is
clearly made out ; how it is possible that they are so developed,
I know not. All that I know is the fact, and the mode in which
it occurs ; and I may further add, that it is impossible the mol-
lusks should have been introduced by any one from without.
The Holothuria has not eaten them, for it eats nothing but fine
earthy mud, and nothing else is ever found in its intestine; and
even if it had, how could they get out of the intestine into the
abdominal cavity and the molluskigerous sac? Neither have
-. they crept into the abdominal cavity of the Synapta-fragments,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 3

34 Prof. Miiller on the Development

for all these are spasmodically contracted at their extremities, so
that nothing can either pass from or into that cavity with its
normally-contained saline fluid. Besides, how could a thousand
or more mollusks creep in, particularly as they must have entered
as yelks?

Neither have they crept into the sac from without, since they
have arisen from their elements in it. It follows then that the
sac must either itself be the equivalent of a mollusk, a vermiform
metamorphosis of a mollusk as it were, which has made its way
into the Holothuria; or it must be an organ of the Holothuria,
which instead of Holothurie produces mollusks. If the mol-
luskigerous sac be itself an animal, the intus-susception must be
regarded as an intestine, the interior of the sac as an abdominal
cavity, the ovarium and the sperm-sacs as the generative organs
of the animal. The whole difficulty, however, does not consist
in conceiving the sac to be an animal.

A grand difficulty for every theory is, that the molluskigerous
sac is organically connected with the Holothuria. The knob-like
end is not merely adherent by a sucker, or otherwise, to the Ho-
lothuria and its vessel, but the vessel of the Holothuria embraces
and is grown to the knob of the sac.

Has this sac, then, perhaps arisen as a bud in the Holothuria,
remaining in connexion with it, and perhaps having the same
relation to the production of the mollusks as the proembryo of
certain plants has to their production ? Against this view, how-
ever, we have the fact, that the sac opens at the same place as
the ordinary generative organs of the Holothuria.

Perhaps it is a case of the alternation of generations, the Ho-
lothuria producing mollusks, from which again Holothurie are
produced, though it is highly improbable that the alternation of
generations ever goes so far; and besides, the Holothuria has its
own peculiar mode of reproduction, its own ova, with whose pro-
duct indeed we are not yet acquainted, but which indubitably is
wholly different from a mollusk, and without question is again a
Synapta.

The mollusks are produced only in certain rare individuals of
the Holothuria, which, instead of the normal generative organs,
have others specially adapted for the production of mollusks.

Again, the essence of the alternation of generations is, that the
form B, produced from, and dissimilar to, A, reproduces the form
A. How would it be, however, if B propagated itself as B, and A
as B, but alsoas A? Such a possibility had long since presented
itself to my mind; and it seemed to me, that in the further
development of the phenomena of alternation lay the possi-
bility of an insight into the mode in which new forms have been
introduced into the creation. From this point of view, then, the

Se ee

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 35

newly-discovered facts might be regarded. They do not admit of
further explanation, but must be considered as ultimate facts, by
means of which many other phenomena, equally remote from
the ordinary course, but equally unquestionable, may perhaps be

lained. In the natural sciences, the inexplicable becomes by
observation the basis of our explanations. The origin of different
species in the creation is an indubitable fact of paleontology, but
remains in the region of the supernatural so long as the very act
of origin is not seen, and traced out into its elements. As soon
as this is possible, it ceases to be supernatural, and falls among
that higher order of phenomena, whose laws also observation will
one day discover. 4

Whoso would give his imagination license to deduce a few
further consequences from my observations, might thus specu-
late :—Till now it has been an idle question, whether the hen
were created first or her egg; but from these observations it
seems to follow that the egg had precedence, and further, that
the semen of the cock existed before the cock. Further, might
he say, that if the egg be primordial, the semen is contempora-
neous with it. It is thence needless to suppose the origin of a
double being consisting of male and female united, because we
are led to suppose a primitive contemporaneous origin of
males and females. From these observations, he would say, it
is explicable how animals with separate sexes were created by the
origin of ova and semen close together at the same place; they
do not arise in the air, nor in the mud of the sea, but in an or-
gan ad hoc within a pre-existing animal; and by means of an
already present organic Artificer, who indeed for his own ends
produces like from like, but also, obedient to a higher law, works
in the history of creation according to laws of which we have as
yet caught no glimpse.

Such might be the speculations of one who thought fit to make
4 observations a basis for the discussion of general metaphysi-

questions.

From my place as observer, I have simply to discuss all possi-
bilities ; but, as may be readily supposed, I repudiate all analogy
between my observations and the theory of the equivocal genera-
tion of intestinal worms, which has long since taken its place
in the category of errors. It is fortunate that these observations
upon Synapta were not made sooner, since they might readily
have disturbed the course of science, and have given origin to
confused notions.

The discoveries of R. Wagner, Lovén, Sars, Krohn, Van
Beneden, and Dujardin, upon the production of Meduse by
Polypes, have been very generally explained by the alternation
of generations, which certainly occurs, indeed, in the Meduse

3*

36 Prof. Miiller on the Development

produced from Strobila, as described by Sars. For the young
of Medusa aurita, Cyanea capillata, and Cephea Wagner, is in
part polype-like, and the young of the two former multiplies by
the production of larve, 7. e. by means of budding and fission,
before it attains the perfect sexual form. Some have believed,
that, as a consequence, the class of Polypes and Medusze must be
united; and I was myself of the same opinion. - Now, however,
from my observations upon Synapta, and their necessary conse-
quences, it would seem that these deductions have been pushed
too far, and that we must draw a preliminary distinction between
the alternation of generations and heterogony. The facts dis-
covered by Sars belong to the proper alternation of generations.
When the young Medusa aurita has a polype-like form, and fixes
itself, it is by no means a Polype; it rather deserves the name
of a Polype-like Medusa-larva.

As to the facts discovered by R. Wagner, Lovén, Krohn, and
Van Beneden, it is for the present uncertain whether they are
cases of alternation or of heterogony.

For although the Polypes of the genera Coryne, Syncoryne,
Campanularia, Tubularia, Eudendrium, produce by gemmation true
Medusee with gastric vessels, and even in part with the otolithe
of Medusz, yet no one has ever seen what sort of young these
Medusz produce, nor whether their sexual brood consists of
Polypes of these genera.

n the other hand, the sexual propagation of these Polypes is
already known. J.ovén has seen the ova of Campanularia geni-
culata, and the ciliated Polype-embryo which proceeds from them,
and (which is still more important) has traced the development
of the Polype from the latter.

The seminal organs of Tubularia and of Eudendrium have been
discovered by Krohn and KoOlliker, those of Coryne squamata by
Rathke, those of Campanularia geniculata by Max. Schulze.

It follows, then, that these genera of Polypes produce two
quite distinct generations, of which one is homogonous, the
other heterogonous. The heterogonous products of those spe-
cies of Polypes form a connected series of Medusz, so that the
homogonous and heterogoncus generations of the Polypes form
parallel series. Do different kinds of Synapte also possess hete-
rogonous generations, do they produce mollusks, and do these
also form parallel series ?

The attention of naturalists must now be especially directed
to the nature of the brood produced by those Medusze which
proceed from Polypes. The young, formed by gemmation, of a
few allied Medusz (Sars, Forbes), which I have myself observed,
are again Medusz ; but do the former also produce similar Me-
dusz by their sexual generation ?

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 37

Certain observations which I have made upon very young
Medusz show, at all events, that there exist very young Meduse
with all the attributes of a Medusa, which however move by em-
bryonic ciliary motion only, and evince none of the pulsating
contractions of adult Meduse.

It seems to follow thence that they may be the result of
sexual generation, and not of gemmation ; for the ciliated young
in Medusz, as well as in Polypes, is the product of sexual gene-
ration.

Since, however, this ciliated young has already the form and

of a Medusa, it appears to proceed directly from the
Medusa itself; for the Meduse proceeding from the buds of
Polypes have no ciliary motion, and swim by the contraction of
their umbrella.

To such forms as these belong the ciliated young of ginopsis
mediterranea, Nob., described by me in the ‘Archiv’ for 1851;
and further, the young ciliated form described in the third Me-
moir upon the Echinoderm-larve, pl. 7. figs. 9-11, and whose
nature, whether Echinoderm or Medusa, is there left undecided.
Lately, in Trieste, I have determined it to be a young Medusa
with otolithes; the auditory vesicles are pedunculated, and con-
tain a round otolithe. A third young ciliated Medusa, with
6-10 unequal stiff marginal cirri, and 2-4 auditory organs with
otolithes, was observed by me in Trieste. The number of the
marginal cirri and pedunculated otolithe-sacs seems to increase
successively in this young form. The otolithes are simple and
round. The marginal cirri are divided by transverse partitions,
as in Polyxenia leucostyla of Will, the young of which it probably
is. The body of the animal is 4,th of a line in diameter.

From all this we may conclude, that there exist young Me-
dusz, with all the characters of Medusz, in a very nearly em-
bryonic state, swimming merely by means of cilia, and not arising
by gemmation from Polypes, but very probably by direct sexual
generation from certam Meduse.

Observations on the preceding Article.

The well-known care and accuracy of Prof. Miiller, and the
lucid manner in which he has detailed his observations, render
it impossible to entertain any doubts with regard to the facts
which he has discovered, and of which we have above endea-
voured to give an account as closely representing the original
as the peculiarities of a foreign tongue would permit.

It is another affair, however, with regard to the deductions
from those facts, and (supposing the whole evidence in Prof.
Miiller’s possession to be before the public) we must confess to

38 On the Development of Mollusks in Holothurie.

being anything but convinced, that the Professor’s conclusions
are either necessary or even well-founded.

Prof. Miiller considers that his discoveries have established
the occurrence in Synapta digitata of what he calls “hetero-
gony,” or “heterogonous generation,” that is, the production
by a given species of offspring similar to itself, and of offspring
dissimilar to itself, by true sexual generation ; such offspring in
each case being able to produce young like itself by sexual ge-
neration. Prof. Muller further points out, that this process is
very distinct from the “alternation of generations;’” and he
suggests that it may explain the mode of the introduction of new
species upon the surface of our planet.

There is of. course no “d-priori reason why this “ hetero-
gony” should not occur; but it is only reasonable to require
that so novel and startling a theory should at least be based
upon very strong evidence, and that the insufficiency of any at-
tempt at a simpler method of explanation should be clearly de-
monstrated.

Now, we cannot think that Prof. Miiller has done this. Take,
for instance, a possibility which he himself suggests (only, how-
ever, summarily to dismiss again), that the molluskigerous sac
may be the “ equivalent of a mollusk—a vermiform metamor-
phosis of a mollusk as it were.” How much might be said in
favour of this supposition! The mode of development of very
few mollusks is yet known, and their parasitism has been still less
inquired into. Before the discoveries of Nordmann, who could
have anticipated the extraordinary forms in which Crustacea are
found parasitic? Lerneocera and Pennella are as little like crabs
as the molluskigerous sac is like a mollusk.

Again, in considering the probability of a mollusk taking on
a worm-like parasitic form, we must not forget that Hectocotylus
is the male of the Argonaut, and yet that its form and habits
led Cuvier to place it among the worms.

As to the “grand difficulty for every theory,”’—the organic
connexion of the sac with the Holothuria,—consider some cases
of insect parasitism detailed by Dufour (Annals, Noy. 1851), in
which there is an “ organo-plastic” union between the stigmata
of the parasite and those of the insect in which it dwells.

We do not, of course, offer such analogies as these, as in
themselves an explanation of the facts observed by Prof. Miiller,
but merely to justify our belief that such an explanation may
yet be found without recourse to the doctrine of “ heterogony.”

On one subject Prof. Miller appears to us to be decidedly in
error; we mean in supposing that “ heterogony ” occurs among
the Polypes and Meduse. He says, ‘ These genera of Polypes
(i.e. Tubularia, Eudendrium, Campanularia, &c.) produce two

a ee oe

’

Pee ee es ee cw eee a

Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 39

quite distinct generations, of which one is homogonous, the other
heterogonous.” Now we must distinctly deny that any such
case as this occurs :—There is no Polype yet known which has true
enerative organs and also produces Medusiform bodies. It may
tte one or the other, but never both ; and whenever the Medu-
siform bodies are developed, they represent the generative organs.
Nor is there any case known im which (as in Synapéta) certain
individuals of a species of Polype possess generative organs
producing Polype ova, while others develope Medusiform bodies.
It may be true that certain Meduse arise from the ova of
other Medusz, but this is no evidence of heterogony ; for we have
no right to assume, as is commonly done, that all Medusz pro-
ceed from Polypes by gemmation.
There is no evidence whatsoever in favour of the supposition
that the ova of. Polypes may become Meduse, but the con-
It must then be admitted, that if Synapta possesses this
“heterogonous” generation, it stands alone as an instance of a
physiological phenomenon without analogy or parallel in the
animal king¢dom.—TRanst.

V.—WNotes on Chalcidites, and Descriptions of various new species.
By Francis Warxer, F.LS.

{Continued from vol. vii. p. 216.]

Megastigmus giganteus, Kollar MSS. Flavus, vertice thoracisque
disco viridibus, abdomine fulvo vitta fusca ornato, antennis
nigris, pedibus flavis, tarsis anticis fulvis, alis subfulvis apud
stigma fusco maculatis.

Fem. Head yellow, brown behind around the insertion of the
throat which is also yellow; crown bright green, with transverse
furrows which differ in size: eyes bright red: mouth tawny : feelers
black, very slightly increasing in thickness to the tips, full as long
as the chest; first jot long, linear, tawny ; second cup-shaped,
pear b brown above and at the base; third and fourth very short ;
the following joints from the fifth to the eleventh long, linear, suc-
cessively decreasing in length ; club long-conical, full twice the length
of the eleventh joint: chest bright green, adorned here and there
with copper-blue and purple-colour ; breast and sides of the chest
pale tawny: fore-chest rather large, subquadrate, completely sculp-
tured with transverse irregular furrows, which are one of the charac-
teristics of the Torymide ; its length more than half its breadth:
shield of the mid-chest very long, another peculiarity of this group ;
it is also deeply furrowed, but its fore-part appears almost smooth,
the furrows being extremely small : sutures of the parapsides strongly
marked, p< slightly converging towards the hind-border of the
shield, and there parted from each other by much more than half the
breadth of the chest ; axille separated by one-third of the breadth

490 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites.

of the chest; a rim on the hind-border of the shield; scutcheon
nearly truncate-conical, convex behind, divided into two parts by a
slight transverse ridge, which formation in the Chalcidites is a cha-
racter of the development of that segment ; the scutcheon is rugulose,
coarsely so round the border, but the inequalities diminish im size
towards the middle where the sculpture is minute and beautiful: the
hind-chest is rather large, nearly obconical, declining ; it is divided
into three compartments by a transverse ridge which forms in the
middle an angle joining the fore-border; the fore-compartments are
short, and have each about six regular longitudinal ridges ; the hind-
compartment is longer and its ridges are more irregular, and it is
subdivided by two slight furrows, and in the space between them
there are two or three little transverse ridges: petiole extremely
short: abdomen convex, spindle-shaped, smooth, shining, tawny, a
little shorter and broader than the chest ; sides yellow; metapodeon
truncate-conical, concave towards the fore-border where it has three
brown spots; the middle spot is heart-shaped, the side spots are tri-
angular ; along the back of the abdomen there is a brown stripe irre-
gular in outline, and divided by the variations of its breadth into
three parts; the first is cup-shaped, the second is nearly round, the
third is spindle-shaped ; the octoon is brvad on each side, narrow in
the middle of the back where a fissure divides it into two parts ; it
is free, or is not anchylosed with the following segment, which
arrangement, a character of the Torymide, enables the abdomen to
enjoy more freedom of motion for its functions, and to direct the
movements of the ovipositor; ennaton, decaton and protelum large
and of nearly equal size ; paratelum and telum very short: sheaths of
the ovipositor black, pubescent, as long as the body: legs yellow;
hind hips tawny, brown at the base, much longer than the rest ;
thighs furnished with rows of white hairs; knees tawny ; shanks
pubescent ; fore-shanks a little darker than the rest ; fore-feet tawny ;
the peculiar dark colour of the fore-feet is very general among the
Chalcidites ; tips of the feet brown: wings with a very slight tawny
tinge; veins dark brown, tawny towards the base of the wing; hu-
merus beset with bristles towards its base, joining the fore-border by
a very gentle curve ; before this communication it sends forth a short
slender curved tawny vein that descends into the dise of the wing ; it
is darker towards its tip, where it is traversed by a tawny stripe whose
course is marked by a line of hairs ; the ulna is about one-third of the
length of the humerus; the radius is more than twice the length of
the ulna; the cubitus is not more than one-fourth of the length of
the ulna; the brand is large, oblong, emitting a short branch inclosed
in a brown spot which is continued along the sides of the cubitus :
the vein of the hind-wing after sinking below the fore-border during
part of its course again joins it at its tip where it is furnished with
the little hooks by which the fore-wings are attached to the hind-
wings: the wings are pubescent, except at the base, where there are
hardly any hairs. This species is distinguished from M. dorsalis by
its larger size, its longer ulna and shorter radius, and by some slight
differences in sculpture and colour.
South of Europe.

Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 41

Eupelmus Tubatius, fem. Vi Grids; metathoracis lateribus niten-
tibus, abdomine purpureo, oviductu brevi, vaginis fulvis, pedibus
cupreis, tarsis flavis, alis fuscis, basi medioque limpidis.

Head wanting: chest elliptical, green, slightly hairy, in structure
like that of Z. urozonus: hind-chest bright green on each side: ab-
domen spindle-shaped, depressed, purple, hairy, very much longer
than the chest : sheaths of the oviduct tawny, very short : legs copper-
colour, rather stout ; knees tawny ; feet yellow, with brown tips ; tip
of each middle shank armed with a long black spine; middle feet
dilated, brown beneath: wings rather narrow: fore-wings brown,
colourless at the base, and having an almost colourless band across
the middle; veins piceous; ulna much longer than the humerus ;
radius shorter than the ulna ; cubitus rather long, curved ; wing-brand
very small. Length of the body 3 lines; of the wings 5 lines.

a. Hong-Kong, China. In the British Museum.

Eulophus Harcalo, mas. Nigro-eneus, antennis nigris, tarsis flavis,
alis nigro-fuscis.

Male. Small, zneous-black : feelers black, moniliform, and more
than half the length of the body ; first joint zeneous-black, fusiform,
long and slender; second cyathiform ; third, fourth and fifth short-

athiform, rather dilated, each emitting a short clavate branch at
the base ; seventh, eighth and ninth joints shorter and narrower than
the preceding: chest elliptic, rather short and broad: abdomen
linear and depressed, rather narrower but not longer than the chest :
legs zeneous-black ; feet yellow with black tips; fore-feet darker :
wings dark brown, rather short, somewhat paler at the base and
at the tips; veins piceous; ulna rather longer than the humerus;
radius much shorter than the ulna; cubitus much shorter than
the radius, declining rather abruptly into the disc of the wing ; stigma
brand small. Length of the body J line ; of the wings 3 line.

September ; Bleasdale, near Lancaster.

Leucospis leucotelus, fem. Nigra, capite antico antennisque ferru-
gineis, prothoracis marginibus scutellique margine postico flavis,
alis nigricantibus apice albis.

Body black, rather narrow, coarsely punctured, thinly clothed with
short whitish hairs which are most prevalent on the face: face and
mouth ferruginous ; palpi brown: feelers dark ferruginous ; sutures
of the joints brown ; first joint tawny beneath : fore-border and hind-
border of the fore-chest and hind-border of the scutcheon yellow :
abdomen compressed ; sheaths of the oviduct ferruginous, extending
to the fore-border of the scutcheon : legs pitchy ; hind-thighs coarsely
punctured, armed beneath with one long and with seven or eight
small teeth ; spines of the hind-shanks tawny : wings blackish ; gray
along the hind-borders ; tips of the fore-wings white ; veins black.
Length of the body 5 lines ; of the wings 10 lines.

Para. In the British Museum.

42 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites.

Chalcis fervida, fem. Fulva, nigro fasciata et vittata, antennis
nigris, pedibus fulvis, alis subfulvis.

Body tawny, roughly punctured: feelers black, ferruginous at
the tips; first joint tawny beneath: fore-chest short, narrower in
front, concave along the hind-border, with a brown spot on each side :
shield adorned on each side with two oblique black stripes which
widen and unite towards the hind-border ; the inner pair after a short
interruption also converge and unite in front: a short black band on
the scutcheon: propodeon large, obconical, reticulated with ridges ; -
the compartments quadrilateral ; a slight ridge along the middle, and
a short black band at the base: petiole very short : abdomen smooth,
shining, tapering from the base to the tip or clavate, narrower and
much longer than the chest, compressed and hairy towards the tip ;
metapodeon large, conical, with a black band near the tip; octoon
not half the length of the metapodeon ; ennaton a little shorter than
the octoon; decaton as long as the ennaton, traversed by a black
band; protelum a little longer than the decaton, also traversed by a
black band ; paratelum much longer than the protelum ; telum with
a black tip, rather more than twice the length of the paratelum : legs

tawny ; hind-thighs armed beneath with one long sharp tawny and
six small black blunt teeth; the fifth and sixth teeth double: wings
slightly tawny; veins brown ; humerus much less than half the
length of the fore-border ; ulna ‘nearly half the length of the humerus ;
radius a little longer than the ulna ; cubitus not one-fourth the length
of the ulna, sending forth a very short branch ; spurious vein tawny,
indistinct. Length of the body 5} lines; of the wings 8 lines.

Para. In the British Museum,

Decatoma Neesii, Foérster. Fulva, thoracis apice nigro, abdominis
disco fusco, antennis pedibusque fulvis, alis anticis fusco semi-
Sasciatis.

Fem. Body tawny: head and thorax punctured, slightly squameous:
head transverse, a little broader than the thorax: eyes and ocelli
piceous: feelers clavate, tawny, brown towards the base: base of
the propodeon black: a broad irregular brown stripe along the back
of the abdomen: legs tawny: wings colourless; veins tawny; ulna
and radius very short; a pitchy spot beneath the ulna diffused into
a broader brown band which descends into the dise of the wing.
Nearly allied to D. flavicollis. Length of the body 2 line; of the
wings | line.

Inhabits Germany.

Palmon Sinensis, mas et fem. Viridi-cyaneus, abdomine subtus fulvo,
vaginis corpore fere duplo longioribus, antennis nigris, pedibus
viridibus, tibiis anterioribus tarsisque anticis fulvis, tarsis pos-
terioribus flavis, alis limpidis.

Head and chest finely shagreened: head green, as broad as the

chest: eyes red: mouth dark tawny: feelers black, club-shaped,
much shorter than the chest: chest long and narrow, blue with a

Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 43

green tinge: petiole short: abdomen compressed, smooth, shining,
blue, b with a tawny tinge beneath, a little shorter than the
chest : lect yellow, its sheaths black, nearly twice the length of
the body: legs green; trochanters, four front shanks and fore-feet
tawny ; hind-hips and hind-thighs very large; the latter elliptical,
armed beneath with six stout teeth; hind-shanks much curved,
pitchy, tawny at the base, applied to the thighs; four hind-feet
pale yellow with tawny tips: wings colourless; veins pitchy; ulna
much shorter than the humerus; radius not more than one-sixth of
the length of the ulna; cubitus very short, hardly half the length of
the radius; brand very small. Length of the body 14 line; of th
wings 3 lines. .

- Hong-Kong, China. In the British Museum.

Monodontomerus Anthophore, Newport, mas et fem. Viridis,
capite antico eyaneo, vertice maculis duabus cupreis ornato, ab-
dominis fascia purpureo-cuprea, antennis nigris, pedibus viridi-
bus, tarsis fulvis, tarsis anticis tibiisque ferrugineis, alis sub-
cinereis.

Male. Head and chest convex, finely shagreened : head green, full
as broad as the chest, blue and nearly smooth in front, and having a
large bright copper spot on each side of the crown between the eyes :
eyes and eyelets red: feelers black, stout, compact, nearly filiform,
much shorter than the chest ; first joint long, slender, green ; second
cup-shaped ; third and fourth extremely minute ; the following joints
from the fifth to the tenth successively but slightly decreasing in
length ; club conical, nearly thrice the length of the tenth joint:
chest green, nearly spindle-shaped : fore-chest rather large, angular,
but slightly narrower and rounded in front ; its length a little more
than half its breadth: shield of the mid-chest rather long; sutures
of the parapsides strongly marked ; axillee coppery, parted by about
one-fourth of the breadth of the chest: scutcheon conical, rather
long, purplish coppery towards the tip ; hind-scutcheon rather large :
hind-chest transverse, short, declining : petiole very short: abdomen
convex, slightly compressed, nearly spindle-shaped, shorter and
rather narrower than the chest, purplish bronze, clothed with a few
white hairs especially towards the tip; metapodeon bright green,
coppery along the hind-border, about one-fifth of the length of the
abdomen ; octoon purplish bronze, not half the length of the meta-
podeon ; ennaton longer than the octoon; decaton a little longer
than the ennaton; protelum almost as long as the ennaton ; para-
telum shorter; telum very short: legs green; trochanters pitchy ;
knees tawny ; shanks dark ferruginous with tawny tips; feet tawny ;
fore-feet and tips of four hinder feet ferruginous : wings slightly grey,
pubescent, rather short; veins pitchy; ulna hardly half the length
of the humerus ; radius much less than half the length of the ulna ;
cubitus very short, about half the length of the radius ; brand small,
forked. Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 3 lines.

England.

44 Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India.

_ VI.—Descriptions of some Hymenopterous Insects captured in
India, with notes on their Giconomy, by Ezra T. Downzs, Esq.,
who presented them to the Honourable the East India Company.
By Freperickx Smiru, Assistant Zoological Department, Bri-
tish Museum.

Genus TETRAPONERA.

Heap elongate, sides parallel, the vertex slightly emarginate; _
eyes ovate, lateral, stemmata three, situated on the vertex ; the
antenne 12-jointed, geniculate, subclavate, inserted in the sides
of a raised prominence above the base of the clypeus; the man-
dibles stout, dentate, subarcuate, very broad at their apex, apical
teeth crossing, slightly narrowed at their base. Thorax elongate,
obtusely rounded at base and apex; legs moderate in length.
Abdomen elongate, the two basal segments constricted, forming
two nodes, the first half the width of the second ; petiole elongate
ovate, the second segment globose, the remaining portion of the
abdomen elongate ovate.

Tetraponera atrata.

Female (length 43 lines) black,
shining, the antenne dark fusco-fer-
ruginous, the basal joint one-third of
their entire length; the mandibles
rugose, pubescent, their apical tooth
long and acute ; the prothorax trans-
yerse in front, the anterior coxe di-
lated, compressed at their sides, the
claws rufo-testaceous, the calcaria
testaceous. The abdomen has here
and there a long hair or bristle, parti-
cularly on the first node of the abdo-
men and at the apex, the margins of
the fourth and fifth segments narrowly
piceous at their apical margins.

Hab. Bombay.

This msect as far as I know is
unique, nor will it fall into any
established genus ; in some characters it approaches Myrmecia,
the abdomen closely resembling that of the insects of that ge-
nus, but the head and thorax are totally different, there bemg
no constriction between the meso- and meta-thorax; it also ap-
proaches the Condylodon of Lund in having short stout toothed
mandibles, but it has small lateral eyes similar to Ponera. I
should therefore assign it a place between Ponera and Condy-
lodon.

on) it 1 Ss ee ae ee

Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India. 45

I am only acquainted with one other species belonging to this
genus ; it is from South America, and is in the National Collec-
tion at the British Museum. I subjoin a description of the in-
sect in a note *.

Genus HEDYCHRUM.
Hedychrum rugosa, n. s.

Length 3 lines. Head and thorax golden green, rugose-punc-
tate; the eyes, antenne and tegule black, the scape of the
antennz tinged with green ; the tarsi rufo-piceous, the punctures
on the scutellum and metathorax very large. The abdomen is
green with a blue reflection, much more finely punctured than
the thorax, except the sides of the basal segment which are rugose.

Hab. Poona.

Genus Curysis.
Chrysis pubescens, n. 8.

Length 3 lines. Head and thorax brassy-green, rugose-punc-
tate; the eyes and antennz black, except the basal joint, which
is brassy-green; the anterior margin of the prothorax deeply
incurved, receiving the vertex of the head, the metathorax pro-
duced laterally into obtuse spines; the tegulz and legs brassy-
green, the tarsi rufo-testaceous ; the wings dark fuscous, some-
what paler at their apical margins. Abdomen green, with a blue
reflection, the apical segment chalybeous, quadridentate; the
whole abdomen deeply punctured, and having, as well as the
head and thorax, a short thin pubescence.

Hab. Bombay.

This species is parasitic on Pelopeus ; the following are Capt.
Downes’s remarks: “ A nest of Pelopeus was taken on the wall
of my room; several of the cells were broken down whilst re-
moving them, and various sorts of spiders fell out ; one of the
cells was a little denuded of its mud, so that I could see inside ;
this hole was repaired next day by a thin substance like talc, and

* Tetraponera testacea.

Female (length 33 lines) testaceous, smooth and shining ; the head elon-
gate, truncate in front and behind, slightly emarginate at the vertex, a
shallow impressed line running from the anterior stemma to the base of the
antennz, where it terminates in a deep sulcation carinate on its sides; the
eyes black, the mandibles ferruginous, roughly channelled longitudinally
with irregular striations, the teeth black ; the mesothorax is darker than
the rest of the thorax, and has a longitudinal scratch on each side; the
metathorax is rounded posteriorly, very smooth and shining ; the abdomen
has a few scattered long hairs at its apex, and also on both its nodes; the
third ent is also slightly constricted.

Hab. Napo, S. America.

In the collection of the British Museum.

46 Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India.

_ if the cell reaches you safely, you will see what I mean; although
the substance has been broken a little, it was quite perfect, and
had the appearance of a little window. In another exposed cell was
a Chrysis: by some means those enemies to everything, the red
ant, found it out, and soon exposed the pupa ; however, it was in a
sufficiently forward state to show what it would have been. The
Pelopeus made its appearance on the 4th of July ; the nest just
finished was taken on the 11th June 1848.”
The “thin substance like talc” was the pupa-case spun by the
Pelopeus ; it still lines the mud cell, is transparent, and of brown
colour.

Genus Scorta.
Scola fervida, n. s.

Female (length 8 to 9 lines) black, the face coarsely punc-
tured ; eyes ovate, notched within, between the eyes in a fossulet
a single ocellus and a curved impressed line above it; the mar-
gin of the vertex is punctured, but between this and the curved
impression it is smooth and shining. Thorax deeply punctured,
having two parallel smooth oblong spaces on the mesothorax
smooth and shining; the wings dark fuscous, having a purple
reflection, and having two submarginal and one recurrent ner-
vure ; the legs short, stout, and densely clothed with coarse black
pubescence. Abdomen, the second segment has two lateral red
macule varying in size, sometimes united ; the second and third
red, as also in some instances the base of the fourth.

Hab. Poona. .

This species is one that presents variable characters as follows :
one or two red spots in front of the ocellus, a red spot at the
vertex of the eyes, also on each side of the collar, a lateral dark
stain on the spots and segments of the abdomen; all these are
more or less present in different individuals: im general ap-
pearance it approaches the Scolia 4-pustulata of Fabricius, but -
differs so much in the sculpture of the head and thorax as to re-
move all doubt of its being distinct.

Genus AMMOPHILA.
Ammophila atripes, n. 8.

Female (length 10 lines) black, the face adorned with silvery
pile; the scape of the antenne ferruginous in front; the pro-
thorax and mesothorax transversely irregularly striate ; the meta-
thorax rugose ; the tubercles covered with silvery pile, the tegulz
rufo-piceous, the wings fusco-hyaline, darkest at their tips; the
femora, tibiz, and basal joint of the tarsi red, the apical joints
black; claws red, metathorax transversely striate. Abdomen,

Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India. 47

the basal joint red, the second joint dark fusco-ferruginous, the
rest of the segments of a violet blue. -
Hab. Khandala ; 1800 feet above the level of the sea.

Genus PELopzvs.
Pelopeus bilineatus, n. s.
Female (length 8} lines) black, the scape of the antennz yel-

low in front ; the prothorax has two yellow transverse spots nearly
touching ; the tegule, a perpendicular line beneath them, the
post-scutellum, and two parallel oblong stripes on the metathorax,
yellow ; the apical half of the anterior femora and the tibie, the
apical half of the intermediate femora, the tibiz, the apical half
of the basal joint of the tarsi, the trochanters, base of the femora
and tibiz, and basal joint of the tarsi of the posterior legs, yel-
low. Abdomen, the petiole yellow, the other segments beauti-
fully aciculate.

Hab. Bombay.

I cannot find any description answering to the present species,
and although some other species have the surface of the abdomen
aciculate, still it is more beautiful and conspicuously so in this
than im any species which I have seen. It was upon this insect
that the Chrysis pubescens, described above, was parasitic. This
fact, if any were wanting, since I have already published «an ac-
count of Chrysis being reared from the nests of Odynerus and
also of Osmia, proves that the parasite feeds on the larva, and
not on the food stored up. Pelopeus provisions its nest with
spiders ; Odynerus, with lepidopterous larve; and Osmia, with
the pollen of flowers.

Pelopeus separatus.

- This insect only differs from the preceding in wanting the
yellow spots on the collar and the two oblong stripes on the
metathorax ; the abdomen is sculptured precisely as in P. bi-
lineatus, and the present insect is very probably only a variety.

Hab. Bombay.

In a letter, Col. Downes states that the ‘nests of this species
were constructed in his apartment, and he discovered one day
that they were partly destroyed by red ants. In a partly demo-
lished cell he observed an insect nearly matured ; this proved to
be the Hedychrum rugosa described above; thus we learn that
species of Hedychrum and also of its ally Chrysis are parasites on
the Pelopai.

Genus Errrona.
Epipona marginata, St. Farg. Hist. Nat. Ins. i. 541. 3.

Of this species Col. Downes says, “I must call your attention

48 Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India.

_ to one of the Hymenoptera, which you will find with its cells: I
have confirmed what I never had an opportunity of doing before,
although it has been stated by authors that the young are fed
by the parent ; such was the case in this instance, as I had daily
opportunities of seeing the larva fed. A single egg is deposited
in each cell very soon after the commencement of it, and the
cell is built up as the larva grows, not finished at once; and the
parent possesses the necessary instinct to close the cells when the .
larvee are ready to undergo their change.”

This is a very interesting note, and shows how closely these
smaller communities of wasps resemble those of the more popu-
lous species of Vespide. The common wasp of Europe, the
V. vulgaris, deposits her eggs in cells which are only raised about
the eighth of an inch; and as the larva grows the cells are built
up. But I do not feel at all satisfied that the working wasps
close the cells as soon as the larve are full-fed. On dissolving
the comb of a wasp’s nest, it will be found that the covering is
not merely over the mouth of the cell, but that it is continued
down the sides within, varying in extent in different species. I
cannot but think that the cells are closed by the larve them-
selves, not only in wasp communities, but also in those of the
social Apidae.

The nest of this species is similar to that of Polistes, being
merely’a comb of exposed cells twenty-five in number, from six
of which the perfect insect has come forth, the other cells being
of different heights ; but all contain either an egg, a larva, or a
pupa.

Epipona variegata.

Female (length 3} lines) ferruginous, a line within the eyes
reaching the emargination, the clypeus and a spot above it be-
tween the antenne, the scape in front, the mandibles and a
broad line behind the eyes, yellow; the clypeus has a ferru-
ginous stain in the centre. ‘Thorax, the anterior margin of the
metathorax, the collar, tegule, a spot beneath the wings, the an-
terior margin of scutellum, the post-scutellum, two ovate maculz
on the metathorax, two spots on the breast, the coxee in front,
and a line on the anterior and intermediate femora beneath, and
also a line on all the tibia above, yellow. Abdomen, a minute
spot at the apical margin of the peduncle, two ovate macule at
the base of the second segment and a broad band at its apical
margin, yellow; a fuscous spot occupies the apical half of the
marginal cell.

Hab. Poona.

This species was accompanied by its nest, which consists of a
single comb of cells about an inch in length and half an inch

|
i
A

Mr. F. Smith on Hymenopterous Insects captured in India. 49

broad ; it has nineteen cells, nine of which are perfect : from five
have emerged perfect insects, and four contain pupz more or less
advanced towards perfection : the comb is attached to a leaf by a
slender footstalk.

Genus ANCISTROCERUS.

Ancistrocerus ornatus, 0. 8.

Male (length 4 lines) ferruginous, the clypeus and face as
high as the top of the notch of the eyes, the scape of the an-
tenn in front, the mandibles and cheeks yellow; the stemmata
are inclosed in a coronet-shaped black spot on the vertex; the
margin of the prothorax, the tegul and posterior portion of
the tubercles, the anterior and intermediate tibia and tarsi, also
their coxz in front, yellow ; the lateral margins of the scutellum
and post-scutellum and also the margin of the collar narrowly
stamed more or less with yellow ; all the impressed divisions of
the parts of the thorax are stained more or less black ; a dark
fuscous spot occupies the marginal cell, extending a little
beyond; abdomen, the apical margins of the segments are
more or less of a yellowish tinge, as is also the second segment
beneath ; the second and third segments above are black at their
basal margins.

Hab. Bombay.

This is a very beautiful and apparently undescribed species ;
it is from Bombay.

Ancistrocerus guttatus.

Female (length 44 lines) black: the clypeus, base of the man-
dibles, the scape of the antennz, a line running from the clypeus
and filling the notch of the eyes, and an elongate-ovate macula
behind the eyes near the vertex, bright yellow ; a black line on
the scape behind at its apex; the clypeus bidentate at its apex ;
a broad macula on each side of the prothorax touching in the
centre, the tegulz, a round spot beneath the wings, the scu-
tellum and post-scutellum, a large ovate macula on each side of
the metathorax, the intermediate and posterior cox, spotted
with yellow ; all the femora, tibiz and tarsi vellow ; the posterior
femora are only yellow towards the apex beneath, and the tarsi
are stained ferruginous ; the costal and externo-medial cell have
a slight fuscous cloud as well as the apical margins; a dark fus-
cous spot is inclosed in the marginal cell. Abdomen, the mar-
gins of all the segments and a large round macula on each side
ot the second segment yellow ; beneath, a broad yellow fascia oc-
cupies the apical margin of the second segment and is bisinuate.

Hab. Khandala.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Voll. ix. 4

50 Bibliographical Notices.

Genus Prosortis.
Prosopis mixtus.

Female (length 2} lines) black; the clypeus cream-coloured ;
the tubercles and tegule white ; the wings white, hyaline; all
the tarsi pale ferruginous ; the pubescence on the posterior legs
white; the margins of the abdominal segments testaceous ; the
disk of the thorax is very smooth and shining.

Hab. Ind.

Although I have placed this insect in the genus Prosopis, I do
not feel quite satisfied that it belongs to it; in the neuration of
the wings it exactly corresponds with that genus. I cannot ex-
amine the tongue, and the specimen described is much mutilated
and gummed to a piece of card, and is altogether in bad con-
dition. I have described it, believing it to be an Hyleus, as it is
to me a new habitat for the genus.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Naturalists Sojourn in Jamaica. By P. H. Gosse. 1851. 12mo.
Longman and Co.

THERE are perhaps few parts of the world of whose natural pro-
ductions we know less than those of our own West Indian Colonies.
At first sight this may appear ratber surprising, considering the
number of Europeans constantly residing in those beautiful islands ;
but as most of these regard the old country as their home, and their
sojourn in the West Indies only as a means of making money, they
are still, as in the time of Bancroft, “more attentive to the acqui-
sition of wealth than natural knowledge.” Occasionally indeed some
clergyman or medical man does pay a little attention to the natural
objects which surround him; but the number of these exceptions is
but small, whilst few of them ever do more for the preservation and
publication of their observations than the insertion of a notice of
some remarkable occurrence in one of the innumerable ‘ St. George’s
Chronicles’ or ‘ Kingston Gazettes,’ or an occasional article in one of
those red-covered almanacs, which, to European eyes, have such a
curiously exotic appearance.

The natural history of Jamaica has once or twice engaged the at-_
tention of naturalists and been made the subject of a special treatise,
but much remained to be done,—how much, the present delightful
volume, the result, or rather part of the result, of a ‘“sojourn”’ of
only nineteen months in the island, will abundantly show.

Mr. Gosse is too well known as an acute observer of nature, and
his reputation as an agreeable writer is too well established, to leave
much doubt in the minds of our readers that a book from his pen on
the natural history of Jamaica, perhaps the most beautiful of tropical
islands, will contain an abundance both of information and entertain-

Bibliographical Notices. 51

ment, and we believe we cannot do better, either for our readers or
Mr. Gosse, than by letting that gentleman speak for himself.

Speaking of Lizards (p. 74), he says—

** One feature with which a stranger cannot fail to be struck on his
arrival in the island, and which is essentially tropical, is the abun-
dance of the lizards that everywhere meet his eye. As soon as ever
he sets foot on the beach, the rustlings among the dry leaves, and
the dartings hither and thither among the spiny bushes that fringe
the shore, arrest his attention* ; and he sees on every hand the beau-
tifully coloured and meek-faced Ground Lizard (Ameiva dorsalis)
scratching like a bird among the sand, or peering at him from be-
neath the shadow of a great leaf, or creeping stealthily along with its
chin and belly upon the earth, or shooting over the turf with such a
rapidity that it seems to fly rather than run. By the roadsides and
in the open pastures, and in the provision-grounds of the negroes,
still he sees this elegant and agile lizard ; and his prejudices against
the reptile races must be inveterate indeed, if he can behoid its gentle
countenance, and timid but bright eyes, its chaste but beautiful hues,
its graceful form and action, and its bird-like motions, with any other
feeling than admiration.

«* As he walks along the roads and lanes that divide the properties,
he will perceive at every turn the smooth and trim little figures of
the Wood-slaves (Mabouya agilis), basking on the loose stones of the
dry walls; their glossy fish-like scales glistening in the sun with
metallic brilliance. They lie as still as ifasleep ; but on the intruder’s
approach they are ready in a moment to dart into the crevices of the
stones and disappear until the danger is past.

“Tf he looks into the outbuildings of the estates, the mill-house,
or the boiling-house, or the cattle-sheds, a singular croaking sound
above his head causes him to look up; and then he sees clinging to
the rafters, or crawling sluggishly along with the back downward,
three or four lizards, of form, colour, and action very diverse from
those he has seen before. It is the Gecko, or Croaking Lizard (Theca-
dactylus levis), a nocturnal animal in its chief activity, but always
to be seen in these places, or in hollow trees, even by day. Its ap-
aap is repulsive, [ allow, but its reputation for venom is libel-

us and groundless.

“The stranger walks into the dwelling-house. Lizards, lizards,
still meet his eye. The little Anoles (4. iodurus, A. opalinus, &c.)
are chasing each other in and out between the jalousies, now stopping
to protrude from the throat a broad disk of brilliant colour, crimson
or orange, like the petal of a flower, then withdrawing it, and again
displaying it in coquettish play. Then one leaps a yard or two
through the air, and alights on the back of his playfellow ; and both
struggle and twist about in unimaginable contortions. Another is
running up and down on the plastered wall, catching the ants as they
roam in black lines over its whited surface; and another leaps from
the top of some piece of furniture upon the back of the visitor’s

* “ Nunc virides etiam occultant spineta lacertos.”—VirG.
4*

52 Bibliographical Notices.

chair, and scampers nimbly along the collar of his coat. It jumps on
the table ;—can it be the same? An instant ago it was of the most
beautiful golden green, except the base of the tail, which was of a
soft, light, purple hue: now, as if changed by an enchanter’s wand,
it is of a sordid sooty brown all over, and becomes momentarily
darker and darker, or mottled with dark and pale patches of a most
unpleasing aspect. Presently, however, the mental emotion, what-
ever it was, anger, or fear, or dislike, has passed away, and the lovely
green hue sparkles in the glancing sunlight as before.

“ He lifts the window-sash ; and instantly there run out on the sill
two or three minute lizards of a new kind, allied to the Gecko, the
common Pallette-tip (Spheriodactylus Argus). It is scarcely more
than 2 inches long, more nimble than fleet in its movements, and not
very attractive.

‘In the woods he would meet with other kinds. On the trunks
of the trees he might frequently see the Venus (Dactyloa Edwardsii),
as it is provincially called; a lizard much like the Anoles of the
houses, of a rich grass-green colour, with orange throat-disk, but
much larger and fiercer: or in the eastern parts of the island the
great Iguana (Cyclura lophoma), with its dorsal crest like the teeth
of a saw running all down its back, might be seen lying out on the
branches of the trees, or playing bo-peep from a hole in the trunk :
or in the swamps and morasses of Westmoreland the yellow Galliwasp
(Celestus occiduus), so much dreaded and abhorred, yet without rea-
son, might be observed sitting idly in the mouth of its burrow, or
feeding on the wild fruits and marshy plants that constitute its
food.”

As might be expected from this extract, the natural history of the
lizards forms a very important portion of Mr. Gosse’s work, which
accordingly contains many interesting observations on this somewhat
despised class of animals, including a long and valuable communi-
cation from the author’s friend, Mr. Hill, on the Alligator or native
Crocodile. Let us turn now toa class more generally attractive, and
see one of the most beautiful of the feathered inhabitants of the air
in a state of nature :—

** While I was up in the calabash-tree,” says Mr. Gosse (p. 48),

*‘ engaged in detaching the bunches of Oncidium, the beautiful Long-.

tailed Humming-bird (Trochilus polytmus) came shooting by, with
its two long velvet-black feathers fluttering like streamers behind it,
and began to suck at the blossoms of the tree in which I was. Quite
regardless of my presence, consciously secure in its power of wing,
the lovely little gem hovered around the trunk, and threaded the
branches, now probing here, now there, its cloudy wings on each side
vibrating with a noise like that of a spinning-wheel, and its emerald
breast for a moment flashing brilliantly in the sun’s ray ; then appa-
rently black, all the light being absorbed ; then, as it slightly turned,
becoming a dark olive ; then in an instant blazing forth again with
emerald effulgence. Several times it came close to me, as I sat mo-
tionless with delight, and holding my breath for fear of alarming it and
driving it away ; it seemed almost worth a voyage across the sea to

——

Bibliographical Notices. 53

behold so radiant a creature in all the wildness of its native free-
dom.”

With one more extract, also relating to birds, we mustconclude our
notice of this interesting book ; it is headed—-V oices of early Birds :—

* April 29th.—I rose some hours before the sun, and proceeded
to the Peaks of Bluefields. Passing through the wooded pastures
and grass-pieces of Pinnock-Shafton, I was interested in the voices of
‘earliest birds.’ While as yet no indication of day appeared over
the dark mountain, no ruddy tinge streamed along the east ; while
Venus was blazing like a lamp, and shedding as much light asa
gens moon, as she climbed up the clear dark heaven among her fel-
ow-stars ;—the Piramidigs or Nightjars were unusually vociferous,
and careering in great numbers ; they flew low, as I could perceive

_ by listening to their sounds, but were utterly undistinguishable to the

sight from the darkness of the sky across which they flitted in their
angular traverses. _ Presently the Flat-bill uttered his plaintive wail,
occasionally relieved by a note rather less mournful. When the ad-
vancing light began to break over the black and frowning peaks, and
Venus waned, the Peadove commenced from the neighbouring woods
her fivefold coo, hollow and moaning. Then the Petchary cackled
his three or four rapid notes ; and from a distant wooded hill, as yet
shrouded in darkness, proceeded the rich, mellow, but broken song
of the Hopping Dick. Now the whole east was ruddy, and the rug-
ged points and trees on the summit of the mountain-ridge, interrupt-
ing the flood of crimson light, produced the singularly beautiful phee-
nomenon of a series of rose-coloured beams, diverging from the east-
ern quarter, and spreading like an expanded fan across the whole
arch of heaven, each ray dilating as it advanced. Then mocking-
birds all around broke into song, pouring forth their rich gushes and
powerful bursts of melody, filling the ear, and overpowering all the
other varied voices, which now helped to swell the morning concert
of awakening birds.”’ :

In another passage, Mr. Gosse has well refuted the erroneous idea
that the birds and flowers of the tropics are destitute of song and
scent, and furnished us with a long list of marked exceptions to this
so-called rule ; whilst in many other places, in descriptions of the
various scenes in which his researches were carried on, he has com-
municated a great deal of information on tropical vegetation which
will be exceedingly interesting to the botanist. A considerable num-
ber of new species of animals are described in various places, some of
them illustrated by coloured figures, and the work is also adorned
with views of several of the scenes described : it is certainly a most in-
teresting and valuable addition to our stock of information on tropical
natural history.

In conclusion, however, we cannot but express our regret, that
Mr. Gosse should have allowed himself to fall into the common cant
of soi-disant field-naturalists in speaking against all branches of na-
tural history except theirown. We should have thought that one who
in his own department can work so well, might have rested his claim
to be regarded as a naturalist on the merits of his works, without re-

54 Bibliographical Notices.

sorting to any illiberal depreciation of the equally valuable labours
of others. And indeed, without the assistance of these despised eloset-
naturalists, what would the works of Mr. Gosse and other field-natu-
ralists become ?—a mere chaos! a mass of inextricable confusion !
Mr. Gosse may rest assured, that other and far higher powers than
those of the mere observer are required by those who endeavour to
bring the disjointed materials furnished by field-naturalists and spe-
cies-describers into something like order,—to make them subservient
to the progress of science towards its ‘true object, the development of
our knowledge of the system of nature. “ This is natural history.”

Man and his Migrations. By R. G. Laruam, M.D., F.R.S. &e.
Van Voorst, 1851, fe. 8vo, pp. 250.

The Ethnology of the British Colonies and Dependencies. By

R. G. Laraam, Esq., M.D. &c. London: Van Voorst, 1851,
fe. 8vo, pp. 264.

Few things testify more strongly to the contracted views and the
want of philosophic insight, which result from the systems of edu-
cation generally adopted in this country, than the excessive estimation
of ‘ practical’ science, as it is termed, in contradistinction to that
form of inquiry which is content to go forward in the simple hope of
discovering truth, with the purpose of bringing the laws regulating
all cosmical phenomena into the domain of human knowledge.
That short-sightedness which approves only of the pursuit of trains
of investigation likely to result speedily in the acquisition of means
of increasmg material wealth, may be pardoned in the uneducated,
whose sole conceptions of science are derived from the vague im-
pressions made upon their minds by the astonishing applications of
abstract theory now so abundantly met with in all civilized com-
munities ; but to those who have the opportunity of knowing the
history of human progress in any one department, it cannot be par-
doned that they should shut their eyes to the universal fact of
‘practical’ value being a quality which science can only exhibit in
an advanced stage of its cultivation ; and further, it may be assumed
that they have but a very imperfect idea of the nature and object of
human endowments, who do not recognize that that power of culti-
vating intellect necessarily involves a corresponding amount of duty.

The most satisfactory signs of a more liberal tone, of a more com-
prehensive spirit in the exercise of thought, are furnished by the
growing interest among educated persons generally in those depart-
ments of knowledge which are conversant with the progressive
changes of the earth and its inhabitants. And it would seem as
though physical science, not content with its own wonderful deve-
lopment, had pressed over into the domain of moral science, disturbing
history in its endless coiling inward upon itself, and was striving to
wrest from it facts which were once its undisputed property, to build
a new science of progress upon them. It is however the ‘method’
which leads us to this fancy ; the real case is that a new science has
grown up, in which physical science and history go hand in hand in

in

oe

lie

_——— ee

4, a ail

Bibliographical Notices. 55

an endeavour to trace back the past phenomena of human existence,
and to derive from this the laws which will regulate its future

Z The natural history of the human race, or Ethnology, taking rank
as it now does from its method among the mductive sciences, has

wn up rapidly in recent years, and now claims a place, which must

assigned to it, at the head of those studies which deal with the
external pheenomena of the world we live in, in virtue of its subject,
the last and highest prodact of creation. Those who would know
how it has arrived at its present position will find a clear and brief
history of the growth of this science in the first of the two books
mentioned at the head of our notice. ‘Man and his Migrations’
forms a compendious introduction to ethnology, which will be hailed
with exceeding satisfaction by neophytes; and by the terse, nervous
exposition of principles, and the pregnant suggestions of paths to be
opened and problems to be solved, is calculated to exercise no little
influence upon students reading with knowledge. In the first
three chapters are given the history, definition and method of the
science, treated in an eminently philosophical and logical manner ;
the three succeeding chapters contain an outline of the distribution of
the various races, so far as is at present known or reasonably sup-
posed ; so that in the brief compass of this little volume are traced
all the principal features of the science ; a sketch, it is true, but this
marked with such decision as to convey to the thinking reader a
clearer and more complete impression than could have been expressed
in a more diffuse and finished style within the space of half a dozen
such volumes.

There is one point to which we may perhaps advert here, though one
of little importance practically speaking. This occurs in the definition
of the science. Dr. Latham draws a distinct line between a so-called
science of anthropology and ethnology proper, illustrating the differ-
ence between them by several striking examples; but it seems to us
that the anthropology, which is confined, as Dr. Latham would confine
it, to the study of the natural history of man as compared with the
lower animals (while ethnology treats of the characteristics of his

- yarieties) is in fact a part of zoology, and not scientifically to be

separated from it. We can only understand anthropology as a sub-
stantive science when it is built upon both psychology and physiology.
In a word, we demur to the separation of anthropology and ethnology,
as given by Dr. Latham, since the natural history of the varieties
of a species (ethnology) is strictly speaking only the complete natural
history of the species (anthropology).

Leaving this question of words, we have only space to say, that the
second work is a development of the subject-matter of the latter
chapters of ‘Man and his Migrations,’ into the details of the distri-
bution of the races peopling Britam and its wide dependencies. In
this very interesting dissertation, fuller particulars are given respecting
the races treated of, than was possible in the limited compass of the
former work ; the interest attaching to these details will be more felt
by the professed ethnologist than by the general reader, from the

56 Bibliographical Notices.
necessarily fragmentary and unsettled state of many most important
branches of the subject.

One thing is quite certain—no one will rise from reading either of
these works with the idea of knowing more than he actually does ;
on the contrary, close attention is necessary to follow the close
reasoning of the author. But if, as few will doubt, the chief value
of scientific study, to any but professed inquirers, is the discipline it
exercises upon the mind, such a characterization is praise ; while, it
may be added, the professed student who is repulsed by too severe
a logic in his teacher, must not expect to go far.

Revue des Odonates ou Libellules d’ Europe. Par Epm. pr Sretys-
Lonecuamps, Membre de plusieurs Socictés savantes. Avec la
collaboration de M. le Docteur Hagen. Bruxelles et Leipzig,
chez C. Murquardt : 4 Paris, chez Roret. 8vo. Mars 1850.

In our 7th vol. p. 141, we gave a review of the ‘ Monographie des
Libellulides d’ Europe’ by the same author in 1840, and this may be
considered as a second edition of that work, with additions and im-
provements, such as might be expected from the known zeal and in-
defatigable industry he has manifested in this greatly neglected but
very beautiful family—the difficulties attending on these being much
greater than many of the other groups, from the strong power of wing
eluding often the grasp of our most active collectors, as well as the
fragile nature of their legs and the evanescent quality of the colours

when taken (unless carefully prepared).
The work consists of 408 pages and 11 lithographic plates illustra-

tive of the genera and species: viz.

Libellula trinacria, De Selys.
*4-maculata, L.
*depressa, L.

*fulva, Mill. (conspurcata,
Chp.)
*cancellata, L.
albistyla, De Selys.
nitidinervis, De Selys.
sardosa, Ramb.
cyenos, De Selys.
brunnea, Fonse.
Ramburii, De Selys.
*eserulescens, Fab.
erythrea, Brulle.
rubrinervis, De Selys.
pedemontana, Allioni.
depressiuscula, De Selys.
*saneuinea, Miill. (Reeselii,
Curt.)
*flaveola, L.
2*Fonscolombii, De Selys.
*meridionalis, De Selys.
*striolata, Chp.

(* before are British.)

*Libellula vulgata, L. (near Hull.)
*Scotica, Donov.
* dubia, Vand. Lind.(Yorks.),
Brit. Ent.pl.712 as next.
[The Epping specimen is
either a large one of du-
bia or small one of next.
De Selys could not
quite determine, but he
thought the latter. ]
?*rubicunda, L. (Epping.)
pectoralis, Chp.
albifrons, Burm.
caudalis, Chp.
nigra, Vand. Lind.
Epitheca bimaculata, Chp.
Cordulia metallica, Vand. Lind.
alpestris, De Selys.
*arctica, Zetterst. (Scotland
and Ireland.)
flavomaculata, Vand. Lind.
*eenea, L.

*Curtisii, Dale, B. E. pl.616.

*

Bibliographical Notices.

Macromia splendens, Pictet.
Gomphus *vulgatissimus, L.
*flavipes, Chp. (Dover ?,
i 2 or Sand-
geet) Three localities
we been given for
one specimen, having
been mistaken for the
former. }
Graslini, Ramb.
simillimus, De Selys.
pulchellus, De Selys.
serpentinus, Chp.
uncatus, Chp.
2?*forcipatus, L.

' Genei, De Selys.
Lindenia tetraphylla, Vand. Lind.
Cordulegaster *annulatus, Lair.

f bidentatus, De Selys.
Anax *formosus, Vand. Lind.

parthenope, De Selys.
ZEschna *pratensis, Miill. (teretius-
* eula, Leach.)

*cyanea, Latr. (varia, Haw.)
*juncea, L.
*mixta, Latr. (anglicana,
Leach.)
*borealis, Zett. (Scotland,
two examples.)
affinis, Vand. Lind.
alpma, De Selys.
viridis, Eversm. -
*rufescens, Vand. Lind.
* dis, Linn.
e, Fonse.
Callo *virgo, L.
ede Pententaes Harris.

57
Callopteryx hemorrhoidalis, Vand.

Epallage Fatime, Chp.
Lestes ?* viridis, Vand. Lind.
macrosti Eversm.
*nympha, De Selys.
*sponsa, Hans.
*virens, Chp. (New Forest?)
?*barbara, Fab. (Ireland ?)
fusea, Vand. Lind.
Platyenemis acutipennis, De Selys.
latipes, Ramb.
Hagen.
*pennipes, Pallas.
ion speciosum, Chp.
ve eiiicken Chp.

*najas, Hans. (Whittlesea, &e.,

and Ireland.)

*minium, Harris.

*tenellum, Vill. (Dorset, &c.)

*pumilio, Chp. (New Forest,

&e., Qvar. B. E. pl. 732.)
Graeslii, Ramb.
Genei, Pictet.

*elegans, Vand. Lind.
armatum, Heyn.
elegantulum, Zetterst.

*pulchellum, Vand. Lind.

*puella (L.), Vand. Lind.
ornatum, Heyn.

*cyathigerum, Chp.
hastulatum, Chp.
lunulatum, Chp.
scitulum, Ramb.
cerulescens, Fonsce.

*mercuriale, Chp. (Dorset.)
Lindenii, De Selys.

A few follow which have been found in Asia Minor and Algiers
which probably visit Europe ?, and those found in a fossil state, some

of which appear to be quite of an extra-Euro

form. Thus the

total number of ascertained European Libellule are 98 species, of
which we have 46 British only, 3 or 4 of which are doubtful.
The geographical distribution of them is given for the different

countries of Europe. But the numbers from the other quarters of the
globe may be expected to be far more numerous, if we can form an
. Opinion from the examples received from the river Amazon collected
there by Messrs. Bates and Wallace ; and we have reasons for knowing
that the Baron de Selys is now preparing materials for a much larger
work on the Order Nevroprera, but which will necessarily take a
long time to accomplish, from the extreme difficulty in visiting the
various collections of Europe to ascertain a// the species, several of
which are unique. We will only further recommend these works to
__ all who wish to study this order as indispensable.

58 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
July 9, 1851.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS OF THE Famity MELANIANA,
AND OF MANY NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS MELANIA,

CHIEFLY COLLECTED By HuGu Cumine, Esa. By Isaac

Lea AND Henry ©. Lea, PHILADELPHIA *.

Genus PacHycHILus f.

Testa conica. Apertura ovata, basi integro. Labrum crassum.
Columella supern? incrassata. Operculum suborbiculare, corneum.

The genus Melania has been found to embrace such a vast number
of species in various parts of the globe, that it has become very de-
sirable to separate any definite group with sufficient persistent cha-
racteristics. The thickened lip sufficiently distinguishes the proposed
genus from Melanopsis and Melaniat. It differs from Melanopsis
also in its having no sinus, while it resembles it in the possession of
a thickened columella above. From Melania it differs also in having
this callous columella. The species on which it is proposed to found
this genus has a mouth looking like a thick-lipped Bulimus. The
operculum differs somewhat from that of any Melanian I have seen.
Its polar point is subcentral, from which two or three spiral revolu-
tions are made ; then a thinner margin surrounds these spirals.

The animal has not been observed, and may and probably will
prove very different from Melania. Its proper position, however, in
the system will most likely be found to be between Melanopsis and
Melania, and there I would at present place it.

A second and very distinct species may be added to this genus—
the Melania levissima, Sowerby, described in Deshayes’ edition of
Lamarck. It inhabits Colombia, and is a shorter, wider, and much
thicker shell, with a large white mouth.

Pacuycuitus Cumineit. P. testd levi, elevato-conicd, sub-
crassd, nitidd, fusco-nebulosd ; spird elevatd, acuminatd ; anfrac-
tibus undecim, convexiusculis ; suturis linearibus ; aperturd par-
viusculd, subrotundd, ad basim rotundd, intus fused ; labro vaide
expanso ; columelld superne incrassatd.

Hab. Large rivers, Copan, Central America.

Length 1°4, diam. °5 of an inch. :

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable shell among the Mélaniens.

It is of fine symmetry, the whorls being very regular to the apex.

The brownish cloudiness gives the whole surface a dark hue, while

the smoothness of the whorls gives it almost a polished appearance.
It differs very much in form from Melania levissima, Sow., which
naturally belongs to the same genus, and which is adopted above ;

* All the species described are in the Cabinets of Hugh Cuming and Isaac Lea.

+ Hayds, thick, and yeiXos, lip.

+ Lamarck describes the family Mélaniens as having a sharp outer lip, “le
droit toujours tranchant ;” but this genus naturally belongs to Melania, Mela-
nopsis, and Pirena.

Oe ee

ry

Lee ee Se Pee oe

Zoological Society. 59

but it has the same character of mouth and exterior colour. Both
species under the microscope exhibit very minute revolving striz.
The aperture is rather more than one-fourth the length of the shell.
The operculum has its polar point subcentral.

The genus Melania of Lamarck abounds in a most extensive
number of species, and is undoubtedly the most imteresting of the
genera of the family Melaniana. It is distributed round the whole
circumference of the globe, and inhabits the fresh waters of America
at least as far north as 45° latitude, and it probably exists quite as
far south, as it is found in New Zealand. In the north of Europe
there is not a single species known, while very few are found in

the southern part of that quarter of the world. In the middle,
southern and south-western portions of the United States, the
number of species seem to be developed on this continent ;
and in the States of Kentucky, Ohio, Tennessee and Alabama they
are the most profuse, and present an almost endless variety of forms,
extending to an incredible number of species. The rivers and lakes
of India and Africa have not yet been well explored ; but while they
resent some of the most striking and beautiful species, it may be
doubted if they abound in the variety of forms which are found in
the United States. The Philippine Islands form a most prolific
district, where the development of these forms seems to have been
greatly extended. Mr. Cuming, with an industry, energy and per-
severance which portray the true naturalist, devoted several years
to the Mollusca of this remarkable group of islands, and his reward
has been, the discovery of a vast number of species heretofore un-
known to science ; and he well deserves the gratitude of all students
of this branch of natural history for his devotion to the collection of
a museum, almost, if not quite, unequalled in the Mollusca.

MetLaniA CANALIS. MM. testd levi, acuto-conoided, subtenui, tene-

broso-castaned, flammis longitudinalibus ferrugineis ornatd ; spird

_ elevatd, ad apicem costatd ; suturis impressis canaliculatisque ; an-

Ffractibus duodecim, subconvezis ; aperturd ovatd, ad basim patuld,
intus albidd.

Hab. Small streams, island of Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 2-1, diam. -6 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is rather a large and somewhat robust species.
The full-grown specimens are of a dark chestnut-brown, the younger
sometimes a pale horn-colour, with longitudinal flammate marks,
nearly equidistant, and with distinct minute transverse strie. The
most remarkable character of this species is the impressed and rather
sharp channel at the junction of the whorls. The aperture is nearly

* one-third the length of the shell, and the base is expanded, the co-
lumella below being flattened.

Meania Fava. M. testd levi, conoided, subcrassd, tenebroso-
Suscd, rufo-nebulosd ; spird subelevatd ; suturis subimpressis ;
anfractibus decem, planulatis; aperturd ellipticd, subcontractd, ad
basim subangulatd, intus tenebroso-castaned ; labro margine ceru-
lescente.

Hab. Rocky stream, Java.

60 Zoological Society.

Length 1°6, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—In the adult specimens the edge of the aperture is
bluish white, and within more or less brown. In all cases the colu-
mella is white in the four specimens under examination. They are
covered nearly over the whole surface with a black deposit of oxide
of iron. Near the base there are seven to ten indistinct strie. The
aperture is about one-third the length of the shell. The operculum
is ovate, and does not present any peculiar character.

MeELAniA sopria. MM. testd levi, acuto-conoided, subcrassd,
luteo-corned ; spird elevatd, ad apicem costatd ; suturis impressis ;
anfractibus duodecim, planulatis ; aperturd parvd, subovatd, intus
albidd, ad basim rotundatd ; columella regulariter curvatd.

Hab. Very small streams, Siquijor, Philippines.

Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—A very regularly formed, light-coloured species. There

are a few indistinct strize near the base. The sutures are very regu-

_lar and thread-like. The upper whorls are slightly maculate, and
those nearest to the apex minutely plicate. The aperture is rather
more than the fourth of the length of the shell, and is rounded at
the base of the columella.

MELANIA suBULA. WM. testd levi, acuto-conoided, tenui, castaned ;
spird valde elevatd, acuminaté ; suturis impressis; anfractibus
duodecim, subconvezis ; aperturd parvd, contractd, intus vel albidd
vel rufo-castaned.

Hab. Small river in the province of Ho Ho, isle of Panay, Phi-

lippines.

Length 1°8, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a delicately formed species, very much atte-
nuated, with six or eight impressed, small strive at the base. In the
darker specimens, the upper part of the whorl at the suture is lighter-
coloured than the other part. The upper whorls are finely striate.
The aperture is small, about one-fourth the length of the shell, and
rounded at the base of the columella.

Metania acus. WM. testd levi, conoided, subtenui, corned ; spird
acuminatd, ad apicem costatd ; suturis subimpressis ; anfractibus
undecim planulatis ; aperturd parvd, ovatd, intus cerulescente ;
columella regulariter curvatd.

Hab. Small stream, Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 1-1, diam. *3 of an incb.

Remarks.—This is a regularly formed, small species. The speci-
mens under examination are nearly covered with a deposit of oxide
of iron, which on removal displays a horn-coloured epidermis. The
aperture is nearly one-third the length of the shell, and is rounded
at the base.

MELANIA DERMESTOIDEA. MM. testd levi, politd, subcylindraced,
crassd, tenebroso-castaned ; spird subelevatd ; suturis impressis ;
anfractibus sex, subplanulatis ; aperturd ovatd, ad basim canali-
culatd, intus rufescente ; labro incrassato.

ee tn,

aoa se F

*
a

Zoological Society. 61

Hab. Seychelles Islands.

Length °6, diam. ‘2 of an inch.

Remarks.—The most marked character of ‘this species is the
notched channel of the base, where the colour is rather darker. The
outer lip is thick and rounded. The superior part of the whorl in
some specimens is lighter in colour. In its general aspect this species
resembles Melania simplex, Say. The epidermis is very lustrous.
The aperture is nearly one-half the length of the shell.

Mexanra contracta. WM. testd levi, ovato-elongatd, pallida,
tenui ; spird elevata ; anfractibus novem, planulatis ; apertura
ovatd, constrictd, ad basim canaliculatd, intus vel albidd vel
rufa ; columella contortd reflexrdque.

Hab. Seychelles Islands.

Length 8, diam. °3 of an inch.

Remarks.—This, like the dermestoidea, herein described, from the
same locality, is remarkable for the notched channel at the base.
They may easily be distinguished by the contracta having a more
elevated spire, greater number of whorls, being of a lighter colour,
and in the aperture being longer and more twisted. There is a
disposition in the upper part of the columella to be thickened and
rufous, and the twist and backward turn are very remarkable. The
aperture is about one-third the length of the shell.

MELANIA FERRUGINEA. UM. testdé levi, nitidd, ventricoso-conoi-
ded, inflatd, crassd, ferrugined ; spird subelevatd; suturis valde
impressis ; anfractibus sex, convezxis ; aperturd magnd, subro-
tundd, intus albidd.

* Hab. Zanzibar, East Africa.

Length -9, diam. -4 of an inch.

, Remarks.—The rather inflated form of this species gives it the

| aspect of some of the Paludine. A single specimen, and not an
entirely perfect one, has only been submitted for examination. It
seems to differ from any described species, while it has no very di-
stinctive character. The aperture is very nearly one half the length
of the shell.

Mexania impuraA. UM. testd levi, subcylindraced, compressd,
subcrassd, viridi-corned ; spird subelevatd; suturis valde im-
pressis ; anfractibus planulatis, supra geniculatis ; aperturd ellip-
ticd, subcontractd, ad basim retusd, intus albidd ; columelld re-
gulariter incurva.

Hab. Naga, province of South Cumarines, Luzon, Philippines.

Length *9, diam. *35 of an inch.

Remarks.—The angle on the superior portion of the whorls gives
this species a very distinct aspect. This angle is not very acute, but
it is very marked in all the four specimens under examination. The
apex in each being decollate, the number of whorls cannot of course
be correctly ascertained ; there may be about seven. The colour of
the epidermis is uniform and of a greenish horn-colour. The aper-
ture is rather more than one-third the length of the shell, and is

_ rounded and retuse at the base.

62 Zoological Society.

MELANIA COCHLIDIUM. M. testd levi, subulatd, subcrassd, rufo-
corned ; spird elevatd, acuminatd, ad apicem minut? plicatd ; sutu-
ris regulariter impressis ; anfractibus tredecim, subcompressis, an-
Sractu ultimo supra angulato, magno ; aperturd late ovatd, parva,
ad basim retusd, intus albidd ; columelld regulariter incurvd.

Hab. Very small streams, islands of Siquijor and Guimaras, Phi-
lippines.

Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable species, having a single ele-
vated, revolving rib on the superior part of the last whorl, which
causes a somewhat impressed channel above. The four specimens
under examination from Siquijor are fresh and with perfect epi-
dermis, which varies on the younger specimens to rather a pale horn-
colour, while the more mature ones are of a reddish horn-colour.
The four from Guimaras are “dead shells,” rather more robust,
with a portion only of the epidermis remaining, which is rufous.
The aperture is about one-fourth of the length of the shell. The
operculum has its polar point near the base on the left side.

Mevania cincta. WM. testd levi, subulatd, subtenui, rufo-cas-
taned ; spird valde elevatd, acuminata, ad apicem plicatd ; sutu-
ris impressis, linearibus ; anfractibus tredecim, subconvewis ; an-
Sractu ultimo uno-vitiato ; aperturd dilatatd, ovatd, intus fusco
Sfasciatd, ad basim rotunda ; columella contortd.

Hab. India.

Length 22, diam. ‘6 of an inch.

Remarks.—The form of this species is very much like that of
Melania aculeus (nobis), but it is a more attenuate species. The
single light band on the lower whorl seems to be peculiar to this
species. It is below the middle part of the whorl, and is distinctly
visible on the inside in the three specimens under examination. The
upper whorls have regular, oblique, somewhat distant folds, on two
of the specimens, which are crossed by minute strie. The lower
part of the whorl has indistinct striz. The aperture is not large,
being less than one-fourth the length of the shell, and it is rounded
at the base. The columella is much incurved.

MeLantA LANCEA. WM. testd levi, subulatd, subtenui, corned ;
spird elevatd, ad apicem striata; suturis impressis ; anfractibus
duodecim, convexis ; aperturd ovatd, intus albidd, ad basim ro-
tundd ; columelld angulariter incurvd.

Hab. Ohcataroa, Society Islands.

Length 1°6, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—This species is in form somewhat like the M. aculeus
(nobis), but is a smaller shell and not quite so attenuate. In the
four specimens under examination small strize are distinctly marked
on the superior or younger whorls, and on two of them some of the
strie are continuous on the lower whorls. The aperture is not
large, being not quite one-third the length of the shell. The colu-
mella is much incurved and recurved.

:
_
3
&
2

Zoological Society. 63

Metania eEpiscopatis. WM. testa plicatd, turritd, subcrassd,
tenebroso-castaned ; spird elevatd ; suturis impressis ; anfrac-
tibus subconvexis, prope suturam superiorem concavis ; plicis raris,
subacuminatis ; aperturd magnd, ellipticd, intus c@rulescente ;
columella contortd.

Hab. A sluggish river, Malacca.

2-4, diam. *8 of an inch.
Remarks.—This is a remarkable and interesting species, and differs

_from any which has been described, in having rather large and

somewhat distant folds rising on the upper part into nodular points,
in all the four specimens submitted for examination. The apex of
these specimens being truncated, the number of whorls cannot be
ascertained. A perfect adult would probably present about ten. The
folds are distinct on the four lower whorls only. On the middle of
the lower whorl there is a slightly elevated line, below which are about
six obscure strie. The aperture is large, and more than one-third the
length of the shell ; it is twisted, and has an elongated base. The
columella is whitish and very much incurved. The operculum is
more spiral than usual, and the polar point more toward the
centre.

Mevania siatta. WM. testd plicatd, elongate conoided, crassd,
castaneo-nigricante ; spird elevatd, crebr2 costatd ; anfractibus
planulatis, infra suturas concavis ; plicis crebris ornatis ; aper-
turd magnd, ovatd, superne angulatd, ad basim rotundd, intus
c@ruled ; columella tortd, superne incrassaid.

Hab. Rapid river and small streams, Luzon, Philippines.

Length 2°6, diam. «7 of an inch.

Remarks.—A very dark-coloured and remarkably fine species,
with numerous, nearly parallel, perpendicular folds, which number
some eighteen or twenty, and exist on every whorl in the eight speci-
mens under examination. The four large ones are truncate, but the
younger and more perfect would indicate the existence of about ten
whorls. It differs from the episcopalis in being more attenuate, in
having more folds and a much less twisted columella. The aper-
ture is large, and rather more than one-fourth the length of the
shell.

MELANIA CosTELLARIS. WM. testd plicatd, superné striata, acu-
minatd, subcrassd, tenebroso-castaned ; spird elevatd ; suturis line-
aribus ; anfractibus decem, subplanulatis ; anfractu ultimo magno,
geniculato; plicis numerosis; aperturd parvd, dilatatd, ovatd,
superné angulatd, ad basim rotundd, intus cerulescente ; columella
incurvd.

Hat. Small streams in the islands of Negros, Tanhay, Siquijor ;

Philippines.

Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—The last whorl being angular gives this species a
culiar and remarkable mit gg comes deiranl spstasdiatels
below the suture. Several of the specimens under examination have
beautiful delicate impressed lines immediately above the sutures. In

64 Zoological Society.

_ the superior whorls these lines cover the whole surface. The folds
terminate on the angle, and are disposed to be nodulous there. The
aperture is rounded, angular above, and not quite one-third the length
of the shell. The base of the shell is rounded.
Metania recTA. WM. testd plicatd, attenuatd, subcrassd, tenebroso-
castaned ; spird valde elevatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis, sub-
canaliculatis ; anfractibus tredecim, subplanulatis ; plicis numero-

sis ; aperturd parvd, ovatd, ad basim rotundd, intus cerulescente;

columella incurvd.
Hab. Very small streams, Siquijor and isle of Negros, Philippines.
Length 1°7, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—In many of its characteristics this species is like the ~

M. costellaris. It differs entirely, however, in the enlargement of the
last whorl, the angle on the superior part of it, and in the channel
below the suture, which are important characters in the costellaris.
Nor has it the minute revolving lines. The folds are remarkably
regular anid distinct, and number about eleven on each whorl in the
eight specimens under examination. On two individuals the epi-
dermis remains quite perfect, and is deposited in regular, revolvin,
strie. The aperture is about one-third the length of the shell; it
is rounded below and angular aboye, where it is slightly set off from
the body of the whorl. The columella is but slightly curved.

Mewania Austratis. WM. testd plicatd, conicd, tenui, diaphand,
rubiginoso-corned ; spird costatd, prope apicem turbinatd ; suturis
impressis ; anfractibus septem, convewis, ad basim striatis ; plicis
numerosis ; aperturd magnd, ellipticd, intus salmonid ; columelld
tortd ; labro superné emarginato.

Hab. Victoria river, North Australia.

Length *9, diam. °4 of an inch. ;

Remarks.—This is a very distinct little species, and the sudden

enlargement of the third whorl below the apex gives it a somewhat
turbinated appearance. The folds do not on the lower whorl reach
the suture, and above and below these folds there are minute re-
volving strie. The aperture is more than one-third the length of
the shell. The outer lip is slightly crenulate and remarkably in-
curved near to its junction with the body whorl.

MELANIA TORNATELLA. WM. testd plicatd, fusiformi, crassd, corned,
inferne lineatd ; spird acuminatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis ;
anfractibus novem, convexiusculis, ad apicem mucronatis, in medio
concavis ; plicis numerosis, crebris ; aperturd constrictd, elongatd,
intus albd; labro superné incisd ; columelld levi, crassd, coutortd,
reflexd.

Hab. Shallow rivers, Tanhay, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length ‘9, diam. 35 of an inch.

Remarks.—This belongs to a very remarkable group of Melania.
The emargination of the outer lip, above the middle of the whorl, is
strikingly characteristic of the group. It causes a slight flatness or
convexity of the whorl, as well as a curve in the numerous ribs, whieh
cover the whole surface in this species, except where it is superseded

ee ere FT
ica eos sail

Zoological Society. 65

by the transverse lines on the lower part of the whorl. These lines
are remarkably parallel, regular and well-impressed, and in the four
specimens under examination are six in number. The folds are like
ribs, very numerous, closely set, and very distinct. The form of this
species, described above, is very like Tornatella, and the twist in the
columella also resembles that genus. The ribs continue on the apex
and give it a scalariform appearance. The aperture is nearly one-
half the length of the shell. The edge of the lip, below the emargina-
tion, is slightly crenulate. The columella is very thick towards and
at the base, where it is so retuse as to permit the inside to be seen.
One of the specimens is rubiginose at the base. No operculum ac-
companied the specimens.

MELAnNIA RUDIS. WM. testd plicatd, subfusiformi, crassd, corned ;
spird subelevatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus pla-
nulatis transversim lineis impressis cinctis, superné canaliculatis ;
plicis numerosis, crebris; aperturd parvd, ovatd, intus albidd ;
labro superné emarginato ; columelld levi, subcrassd, tortd.

Hab. Amboyna.

1-1, diam. *4 of an inch.

Remarks.—Allied to Melania tornatella, it forms one of the
inate group, but differs im the size of the aperture and in the
form of the ribs, which are transversely cut by numerous fine lines,
in groups, which lines traverse the whole whorls. The aperture is
about one-third the length of the shell, and the lip is crenulate. The
three specimens under examination are all truncate at the apex, and
the number of whorls therefore not ascertained. It has the spiral

operculum usual to Melania.

Mexania microstoma. WM. testd plicatd, subfusiformi, subcrassd,
luteo-corned ; spird elevatd ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; an-
Fractibus octo, planulatis, transversim lineis impressis cinctis, su-
perne canaliculatis ; plicis numerosis, crebris ; aperturd maximd,
ovatd, ad basim truncatd, intus cerulescente ; labro superné emar-
ginato ; columelld levi, ad basim subcrassd tortdque.

Hab. Mountain streams, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length °9, diam. *3 of an inch.

Remarks.—This belongs to the group with emarginate lip, along
with M. rudis and M. tornatella. It is a more slender species, more
subulate, and has a smaller aperture than either. It takes more the
form of Terebra. It has groups of lines which decussate the ribs as
in the rudis. The aperture is not one-third the length of the shell,
and the lip is crenulate. No operculum was received with the shells.

MELANIA TRANSVERSA. M. testd plicatd, pyramidatd, crassd, cor-
ned, castaneo-maculatd ; spird elevatd ; suturis irregulariter impres-
sis ; anfractibus subconvezis, transversim lineis impressis cinctis ;
costellis verticalibus raris; aperturd parvd, oblique transversd,
rhomboided, intus maculatd et cerulescente ; labro terebreformi,
crenulato ; columella contortd, superné incrassatd, inferne emar-

Z ginatd,
~ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 5

66 Zoological Society.

Hab, Guiana.

Length 1:6, diam. *5 of an inch,

Remarks.—This species is remarkable for the unusual obliquity of
its aperture and its auger-shaped lip. In its ribs and decussate strive
it resembles the group consisting of M. tornatella, M. rudis and M.
microstoma, but it has not the emarginate lip and therefore does not
belong to them. The emargination at the base of the columella is
quite a different character, and is very remarkable in this species,
representing as it does the bite of the auger. The chestnut-coloured —
spots are small, but so distinct as to mark the interior of the shell,
which is white and thick. The two specimens under examination are
both truncate at the apex, and the number of whorls not ascertained,

robably about ten. The aperture is rather more than one-fourth the
fem of the shell. The opera um is spiral, with the polar point
nearly in the centre and with at least five revolutions, which is un- |
usual with Melanie. It is allied to M. truncata, Lam. (semiplicata,
Fer.), but is less cylindrical and differs somewhat in the aperture.

MrLaniA MAXIMA. WM. testd striatd, elevato-conoided, crassd,
corned; spird valde elevatd ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus duo-
decim, planulatis ; striis magnis, raris, tenebrosis; aperturd magnd,
rhomboided, intus albidé ; columella valde contortd.

Hab. Copan, Central America.

Length 3, diam. 1°1 inches.

Remarks.—This very large species has a remarkable outline, form-
ing a perfectly regular, rather obtuse cone above. The aperture is very
large, and in the youngest of the three specimens the coloured strize
are very distinct within. Under the microscope minute revolving
lines may be observed over all the whorls. The aperture is rather
more than one-third the length of the shell. The operculum has
five revolutions and is very much like that of M. transversa, the
polar point being nearly central.

MenantaA Minvortensis. WM. testd striatd, elevato-conoided, sub-
tenui, pallidd, ad apicem acuminatd ; spird elevatd ; suturis impres-
sis; anfractibus duodecim, subconveais, striis crebris ; aperturd
magnd, ellipticd, intus albd; columella incurvata tortdque,

Hab. Small streams, Puerto Galero, isle of Mindoro, Philippines.

Length 1-9, diam. *7 of an inch.

Remarks.—The outline of this species is very regular, tapering to

a fine point. There are five specimens under examination, all of
which have raised striee over the whole of the body whorl. Some of
the specimens have the two next whorls ribbed, which ribs, the striee
decussating, form granular elevations. The remaining whorls are
perfectly smooth, with a few delicately impressed transverse lines.
Some have brown spots, which towards the apex are more numerous
and flammate. The aperture is more than one-third the length of
the shell. The seieroutaat has its polar point on the lower edge, and
the curved lines of growth do not make one-eighth of a revolution.

MELANIA INDEFINITA. M. testd striatd, elevato-conied, sub-

crassa, tenebroso-corned; spird subelevatd; suturis valde im-
pressis ; anfractibus convezis, infra suturas impressis, striis cre-
bris impressis ; aperturd parvd, ovatd, intus cerulescente, ad basim
rotunda ; columella regulariter incurvatd.

_ Hab. Naga, Luzon, Philippines.

1°6, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—The species has a very close resemblance to the striate
varieties of M. Virvinica, Say. The three adult specimens under
examination are truncate, and the number of whorls therefore not
ascertaiable, but probably about nine. The impressed revolving
lines are somewhat distant, regular and delicate. Between these,
under the microscope, may be seen very minute revolving strie. The

is about one-fourth the length of the shell. The operculum
has its polar point near to the edge of the lower margin.

Mexanza Luzonsensis. M. testd striatd, conicd, subtenui, tene-
broso-corned ; spird erosd; suturis impressis ; anfractibus sez,
conveziusculis, transversim lineis rugosis impressis cinctis ; aper-
turaé magna, elongato-ellipticd, intus rubiginosd ; columella alba
tortdque.

Hab. Small age Calanang, province of Bai, Philippines.

Length 1-1, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—There is no peculiarity in the outline of this species,
and the most striking character is perhaps in the impressed lines,
which are somewhat distant, having minute numerous wrinkles across
the groove. They are very distinctly visible under the microscope,
and do not seem to have been observed in any other species. The
superior part of the whorls is disposed to be granose, and one speci-
men has four rows of granules. Immediately under the sutures there
A a a line. The aperture is one-half the length of the shell.

The operculum has its polar point close to the lower margin.

MexaniA atpescens. WM. testd striatd, elevato-conicd, subtenni,
albidd, lineis rufis interruptis ornatd; spird acuminatd ; suturis
impressis ; anfractibus undecim, planiusculis, lineis transversis

__ vie impressis ; aperturd ovato-oblongd, intus albidd, rufo-macu-
lata, ad basim rotunda; columella incurvad.

Hab. Small streams, isles of Guimaras, Negros and Siquijor, Phi-

i a diam. ‘9 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very regularly formed and graceful species,
with rather a high and tapering spire. The impressed ek iat
strize are chiefly on the body whorl. The most striking character-
istic is the numerous interrupted delicate brown lines, which cover
nearly the whole of the whorls and are closer and better defined
towards the apex. In some specimens there are beautiful brown
spots on a white ground, below the sutures, The aperture is about
one-third the length of the shell. The operculum has its polar point
close to the lower yk oe on the left. There 3 is a very great differ-
ence in the size and thickness of the specimens. Some of the old
are yery large, heavy, and covered with the oxide of iron, showing

5*

68 Zoological Society.

beneath a brown epidermis and white nacre. In these the peritreme
is very thick, and the columella more remarkably thick than hereto-
fore noticed in any Melanian.

Mexania wAstTuLA. WM. testd striatd, nonnunquam plicatd, elon-
gate subulatd, diaphand, tenui, fuscd, striis transversis crebris
costulas decussantibus ; spird acuminatd ; suturis linearibus ; an-
Sractibus plano-convexis ; aperturd parvuld ; ovatd, intus vel fuscd
vel albidd ; columella incurvd tortdque.

Hab, Various streams of Siquijor, Cagayan, Mindanao, and other

Philippine Islands.

Length 3:3, diam. °8 of an inch.

Remarks.—A very attenuate and greatly varied species, some
being smooth with few striee, others with strize over the whole sur-
face, and others again with numerous folds. In some of the speci-
mens under examination the apex is eroded in a very unusual manner,
the outer portion of the whorls there being so much decomposed as
to present little more than the central column. Some of the speci-
mens are dark brown, others are horn-colour with brown spots.
There are probably about twelve whorls. Although some of the
specimens have more or less distinct, somewhat distant folds, there
are others which have no folds whatever. This species is placed
among the striate group, as striee are found more or less developed
on every specimen. ‘The stricee immediately below the suture are
more deeply impressed and cause a slight groove. A variety from
Camiguing is flatter on the whorls and less disposed to plication.
The aperture is not quite one-fourth the length of the shell, is rather
open and somewhat patulous below. The operculum has its polar
point near to the margin on the left.

MELANIA gUNCEA. WM. testd striatd, elongate subulatd, tenui,
tenebroso-fuscd, infra suturas luteo-lineatd; spird attenuatd ;
suturis valde impressis, anfractibus undecim, convewis, lineis trans-
versis impressis ; aperturd parvuld, ovatd, intus fused ; columella
valde incurvd contortdque.

Hab. Lake of Taal, province of Batanos, and small streams in

Luzon, Philippines. :

Length 2, diam. 5 of an inch.

Remarks.—An attenuate and gracefully formed species. Some of
the specimens are of a dark rich brown, others are flammate. Two
have very small incipient folds on nearly all the whorls, others have
a few towards the apex. From the same locality are four specimens,
which, while they differ but little in form, are very different in colour,
being yellowish, with longitudinal flammate brown marks. This variety
answers very closely to M. fammulata, Von dem Busch, ‘Conchylien,’
&c. by Dr. Philippi, tab. 1. fig. 3,4. The aperture is about one-
fourth the length of the shell and is rather small, with a patulous lip
having a whitish border. The operculum has its polar point rather
near to the margin. Gualtierus (tab. 6. fig. G) gives a drawing of a
freshwater shell closely resembling this variety. Another variety is
rather thinner, diaphanous, horn-colour, and obscurely maculate.

a

a
a
5
i
44

Zoological Society. 69
+ Mexanra conutus. M. testd minute et crebrissim? striatd, co-
nicd, subtenui, fuscd ; spird obtusd ; suturis linearibus ; anfrac-
tibus septem, planulatis, uno-vittatis ; aperturd elongato-ovatd,
ad basim angulatd, intus fuscd ; columella tortd.
_ Hab. Small streams, Fernando Po, West Africa.

Remarks.—This interesting species is remarkable for its peculiar
striee, which cover the whole surface of all the whorls. The lines
are irregular, and so minute as to require the microscope to detect
them. A little above the middle of the whorl there is an obscure,

‘Mezanta opruta. WM. testd striatd, concided, crassd, bivitiatd,
fused ; spird subelevatd ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septem,
conveziusculis, lineis crebris elevatis; aperturdé parvuld, sub-

intus albd et bivittatd, ad basim emarginatd et retusd ;
___ fabro crenulato et arcuato.
_ Hab. ——?

1-3, diam. -5 of an inch.
__ Remarks.—In general form and outline this species is very like to

and in having a crenulate and patulous lip. In the four specimens
submitted, the two dark brown bands are beautifully distinct imside,

eng
the shell, is very much curved on bat edat of "thr lip, end Seeobacd
to be canaliculate at the base. The strize are coarse and elevated.

Mexanta turricutus. M. testd striaté, conoided, subtenui,
__, obscure maculatd, corned, spird subelevatd ; suturis impressis ;
anfractibus novem, conveziusculis, lineis subraris impressis, su-
_perne angulatis; aperturd parvd, subconstrictd, intus albidd et
obscure maculatd, ad basim rotund ; columelld regulariter cur-

vatd.
Hab. Small rivers, Calanang, province of Bai, Luzon,
Length 1-2, diam. -4 of an inch. Sonim
Remarks.—This species, like M. obruta, resembles in size and

outline very closely M. Virginica, Say. It differs from the =

en saasi mmmethetsly under the suture. The th
Seen: dhe, eupthenl the length ta The ape

The operculum has its polar ¢ somewhat re-
moved from the lower margin. porta

Mexanta apis. WM. testd striatd, conicd, tenui, obscur? granosd,
rufo-castaned ; spird obtusd ; suturis irregulariter i impressis ; an-
Jractibus convezis, lineis paucis elevatis ; aperturd parva, sub-

70 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

rotundd, intus rufd, ad basim angulatd; labro repando, rufo-
marginato ; columella incrassatd.
Hab. Marshy places, Vera Cruz, Mexico.
Length ‘8, diam. °3 of an inch.
Remarks.—Neither of the four specimens under examination are
perfect, all being much eroded at the apex. Under the microscope
the surface may be observed to be papillose, a character rarely found
in this genus, though not very uncommon in Helix. The aperture is
rather more than one-third the length of the shell and is unusually
rotund. The rufous line surrounds the peritreme. The aperture is
reddish inside.
(To be continued. |

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
Thursday, 13th Nov., 1851.—Prof. Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1, “On the Gulf Weed (Sargassum bacciferum),” by Mr, Samuel
Mossman.

This was a lecture giving an account of all that is known on the
subject of the Gulf Weed and Sargasso Sea, and professedly contained
little or no original information. We have therefore thought that an
abstract would unnecessarily oceupy space.

2. “On the Correspondence between the Angles formed by the
Veins of the Leaves, and those formed by the Branches of the Stem,’’
by Mr. William Mitchell. Communicated by the Rev. Dr. M‘Cosh.

Having been informed that the Rey. Dr. M‘Cosh had thrown out
the idea that a plant, considered morphologically, may be regarded as
a unity; and, in proof of this view, had produced many examples
among forest trees, pointing to the similarity of the ramification
of the branches and the venation of the leaves, the general cor-
respondence of the angles in both, and the agreement of the
form of the leaf, or leafage from one point, with that of the
whole tree, I felt inclined to test the truth of the theory, so far as I
was able, by its application to herbaceous plants. For this purpose
I examined a great number of these plants, and found the results,
generally, the same as those given in the following list, which contains
a few of the most carefully measured of our common wild flowers :—

Tanacetum vulgare—The angle which the branches make with the
stem is 45 deg. ; and it is equal to that which the side veins of the
leaf make with the central vein. In the other examples we shall
express the two equal angles by the term “normal angle.”’

Luphrasia officinalis—Normal angle, 45 deg. average.

Scabiosa succisa—N. A., 40 deg. upper branches and veins; 35
deg. lower veins and root-leaves.

Centaurea nigra—N. A., 55 deg. average.

Fumaria officinalis—N. A., 60 deg.

Spirea ulmaria—N. A., 35 deg.; terminal branches and veins
somewhat less.

Senecio vulgaris—N. A., 30 deg.

Gentiana campestris—N. A., about 20 deg.

el Ps eee ey

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 71

_ Chrysanthemum segetum—N. A., 35 deg.

Veronica Beccabunga—N. A., 45 deg.

Polygonum Persicaria—N. A., 40 deg.

Apargia autumnalis—N. A., about 50 deg.
Carduus arvensis—N. A., 35 deg.

Lapsana communis—N. A,, about 40 deg.

_ Lamium album and L. purpureum—N. A., 45 deg. average.

Geum urbanum—N. A., 35 deg. average.

Vicia lutea—N. A., for branches and leaflets, about 45 deg.

_ Achillea Milléfolium—N. A., for branches and divisions of leaflets,
35 deg.

Ve in Chamedrys—N. A. varies from 35 deg. to 45 deg.

Teuerium Scorodonia—N. A., 35 deg.

Anthriscus sylvestris—N. A., about 45 deg.

Mentha arvensis—N. A., 40 deg. average.

Urtica urens—N. A., 49 deg.

Atriplex patula—N. A., 45 deg. average.

These angles haye been deduced from the measurement of numerous
specimens in different localities, and where the word ‘average’ is added,
it is to be understood that the angles of branches and veins of leaves
vary equally, and the one stated is taken about the middle of the
plant and the middle of the leaf.

Assuming the foregoing observations to haye been aecurately made,
it would appear that Dr. M‘Cosh’s views are borne out in a very re-
markable manner, and demand still further investigation. We find in

‘plants divisions and subdivisions carried out with surprising regularity,

so as often to give the leaf a form resembling that of the whole plant,
and we find on measuring these successive divisions that equal angles

_ have generally been maintained throughout.

In sending the paper, Dr. M‘Cosh writes as follows :—

In July I spoke with considerable hesitation of the angular mea-
surements. I can now state with great confidence, that there is a
most wonderful correspondence between the angle of the venation of
the leaf and that of the ramification of the stems. My plan is to ¢ake
a freely growing branch from a healthy tree, and measure the angle
of the branchlets. The careful measurement of a few such branches
will give the normal angle of ramification, and it will be found to be
much the same as the angle of venation. I have also an idea, that
all spines are at a wide angle, and that branches tending to become
Spines are at a wider angle than the normal one.

Mr, Mitchell is a schoolmaster at Edzell ; he is possessed of exten-
sive scientific knowledge, and is a respectable botanist.

3. ‘ Tables illustrative of the Morphology of Plants,” by the Rev.
Dr. M‘Cosh.

I. Woody Plants whose leaves haye little or no petiole, and which
have branches along the axis from near the root.

Boxwood. Holly Beech,
Privet. Philadelphus. Oak.
Bay Laurel. Laurustinus. Elm.

Portugal Laurel. Arbutus. Alder (very small).

72 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

_ The Portugal Laurel has a short petiole, and also a short unbranched

axis.
The Beech and Oak are acknowledged by all woodmen to be
branched from the root or near the root, when growing freely. .

II. Woody Plants, whose leaves have a pretty long petiole, and which
have a considerable extent of unbranched axis from the root up-
wards.

Cherry. Sycamore. Laburnum.
Apple. Maple. Birch.
Pear. Horse Chestnut. Lilac.
Lime. Service-tree.

I cannot say how this law applies to plants which have not a woody
structure. .

III. Plants whose leaves have several ribs or main veins proceeding
from the base of the leaf, and whose branches tend to form a whorl
round the axis.

Sycamore.. Ivy. Nettle.
Maple. Ground Ivy. Alchemilla.
Currant. Pelargonium. Mallow.
Gooseberry. Geranium. Potentilla.
Guelder Rose. Hollyhock. Tussilago.
Philadelphus. § Rhubarb. Cineraria.
Vine. Indian Cress. Violet.

IV. Plants with separate leaves or leaflets springing from nearly one
point, and with branches of a similar kind.

Laburnum (leaflets in threes). Common Barberry. Ranunculus.
Broom (leaflets in threes). Alchemilla alpina. Fuchsia.
Rhododendron ponticum. Lupin. Columbine.
Azalea (tendency to verticilla- Wood Anemone.

tion in the leaves).

In speaking of whorled branches, I mean, that either the leafstalk,
or the branches, properly so called, one or both, tend to form a whorl
round the axis.

V. Plants of which the branches and the veins of the leaves spring at
the same angle.

TREES,

; Deg. Deg. Deg.
Horse Chestnut ......... oo 50°55 Privet ....sssse00s 50 ~— Rose...... 50
Service-tree ..........0..s00e 48 Bird Cherry ... 60°64 Sycamore 45
Siberian Lilac .............4. 40s Lime ns. csecece 40 Cherry ... 50
White Lilac (at widest)...... 6S. SHGSEl ci eieascan 42°43 Ash ....... 60
Broad-leaved Spindle-tree .40 Jessamine ...... 40°45 Elm ...... 50
Raspberry .........e0essseecees 42 Mountain Ash .45 Alder...... 50
Portugal Laurel ............ 50°60 Rhododendron .60 Box ...... 60
Bay Laurel ..... ......00000 50°60 Holly ......0+00s. 55... Oak. snie 50
Laburnum (small branches)60 Red Dog-wood.45 — Beech ... 45
Grey Willow nsscsesccusars.ses 60°64 Osier Willow ... 45°50 Orange ... 55
Pyrus domestica ...e+.sse00s 35 Guelder Rose... 45 —_ Birch...... 48°35

piel ial cata

Miscellaneous. 73

HERBACEOUS PLANTS,

Deg. ; Deg. ; Deg.
China Aster ....2.cceseoeesoee 28°30 See 38°40 Lupin ... 40°44
Antirrhinum ....+0...0esee0+ 28°30 Rose Willow ... 30°35 Phlox ... 40°48
Ten-week Stock .......++++- 35°38 Zimnia.....2...++- 23°25 Poppy ... 20°25
Xeranthemum lucidum...... 18°20 Fuchsia ......... 60 Verbena . 35°38
Solidago Virgaurea ......... 30 ~—- Vallerian......... 25 Columbine 25°28
Clarkia elegans..........++... 36°40 Salvia (red) ...35 Mallow ... 36°38

Queen of the Meadow ...... 30°35 Pentstemon ... 38 Alonsoa... 38°40
Wild Geranium............++ 50°64

In the leaves of many trees the small veins come off at a wider angle
than the large veins. But it may be observed that in several trees, the
small branches come off at a wider angle than the large branches, as
in the oak for instance. What woodmen in this part of the country
call spray, seems in the tree to correspond to the small veins in the
leaf.

4. “On Fossil- Woods from Antigua and Australia.” by Mr. R.
Bryson. The author made some remarks on the process of silicifi-
cation, and pointed out the difference of appearance presented by the
woods. Some were completely opalized and hard throughout ; others
had portions either external or internal which were less completely
silicified, and in a friable state.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Notice of the Occurrence of the Black Tern, Sterna nigra, Linn., near
Coldstream. By Joun ALEXANDER Situ, M.D.*

Tue specimen of the black tern, Sterna nigra, Linn., which I now
exhibit to the Society was killed in the beginning of July last, near
Wark boat-house on the river Tweed, about two miles or so above
the town of Coldstream ; the person who shot it informed me that
it was flying in company with several other birds apparently of the
same kind, but the bird itself was quite unknown to him. It is
easily distinguished from the other terns by the dark character of its
plumage, and its tail being only slightly forked; some naturalists
indeed, from this last character, and other slighter peculiarities, are
inclined to separate it into a distinct genus. In this individual the
bill, head and neck are black ; the upper parts of the body and tail
of a dingy bluish gray, very slightly tinged with brown; outer web
of first quill nearly black, rest of quills grayish black, their shafts like
those of the tail-feathers white ; throat, breast, sides and abdomen of a
grayish black ; lower wing-coverts white, with a slight brownish tinge ;
vent and lower tail-coverts white ; legs and feet dark reddish brown,
and feet less webbed than other terns. The bird is about 92 inches in
length, and the length of wing from carpal joint to extremity of first

rimary is about 8} inches. The male and female are said to be alike
in their plumage ; and the young have the forehead, cheeks, throat
and whole of the under surface pure white, and the colours of the

* Read to the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 3, 1851.

74 Miscellaneous.

upper parts mixed with brown. Though this, therefore, seems to be
an'adult bird, still the colours are not so pure and dark as in other
specimens which I have examined from the south of England; and I
am inclined to consider it as an adult that has just assumed the ma-
ture plumage. Like the other terns itis asummer visitor to Britain,
and unlike them it frequents rivers, freshwater .ponds, and marshes,
in preference to the sea-coast, breeding among the grass and rushes of
their borders, and feeding principally on the varied insect-food which
abounds there.

It is described as being common on the marshes of Holland and
other northern parts of Europe, extending even as far as the Arctic
circle ; but in Britain it is found principally in the south-eastern di-
stricts of England, where it is now by no means so common as it
formerly was, It ‘is a rare bird in the north of England, and is not
found in Scotland.” (Yarrell’s Brit. Birds.) Jardine and MacGil-
livray both allude to it as not having been met with in Scotland; so
that, as far as I am aware, this is the first specimen which has been
described as occurring so far to the north in Britain; and I am in-
clined of course to claim it for Scotland, as in pursuit of its insect
prey it hunted over both sides of the river Tweed, which there forms
the southern boundary of our ancient northern kingdom !

P.S.—I was informed by a friend at the meeting of the Society,
that a specimen of this bird had been shot some years ago in East
Lothian ; so there can be no doubt of its occurrence at least occa-
sionally in Scotland.

On the Circulation of the Blood, and Nutrition in Insects.
By M. Emits BLancuarp,

It has long been known that silkworms fed upon leayes powdered
with madder produced rose-coloured cocoons, whilst those fed upon
leaves sprinkled with indigo produced blue cocoons; but these larvae
had never been examined anatomically. At the scientific congress
held at Genoa a few years since, however, Prof. Alessandrini of
Bologna stated that he had detected the blue colour in the tracheze
of some silkworms which had been fed on leaves powdered with in-
digo. He brought forward this fact as being unable to explain it,
requesting his colleagues to repeat the oe M. Bassi, having
undertaken this work, announced the following year, that silkworms
which had eaten coloured substances certainly exhibited the same
eolour in their tracheze, but that the colour was not in the interior of
the respiratory tubes, but rather between the membranes forming
their walls.

When I became acquainted with these inquiries, they appeared to
me to be of too much importance to be allowed to pass without re-
petition. I therefore took a quantity of caterpillars, particularly
those of the peacock butterfly (Vanessa Io), and placed them in two

boxes, furnished with leaves, powdered, in the one with madder, in -

the other with indigo. After continuing this diet for several days, I
dissected some of my caterpillars, and was convinced that some of

a
.
E

Miscellaneous. 75
them presented rose-coloured, and others blue tracheze; the viscera
and the muscles had preserved their natural colour. This was M.
Bassi’s experiment, and I had verified his result; but I wished to
follow out this experiment in a more complete manner. Many cater-
pillars have the blood of a slight greenish tint, or of a brownish green,
which appears in some respects unfavourable for showing the effects of
coloured substances introduced by the alimentary canal. - So, although
I did not doubt in the least that in my caterpillars the blood was
charged with the colour of the indigo or madder, and that this tint
i ac in the tracheze because there alone the liquid was im-
pri I thought it better to choose for my further experiments
insects in which the blood is colourless and of which the white inte-

ts would render observation more easy. The larve of the
cockchafer (Melolontha vulgaris) appeared to me to fulfill these con-
ditions pretty well. I placed several of these in some earth filled with
vegetable matter and mixed partly with madder and partly with in-
digo. At the end of several days, the blood of those which had eaten
madder had acquired a rosy tint, although this colour was but faint,
the digestive juices having acted less powerfully upon this substance
in these insects than in the larvee of Lepidoptera ; but the blood of
those which had eaten indigo had acquired a very marked blue tint,
this colour being perfectly distinet through the integuments of the
insects, It was evident immediately that the dorsal vessel was filled
with perfectly blue blood, and the nutritious fluid was distinctly visi-
ble in all the cavities of the body, coloured in a similar manner.
When an insect has been subjected to an indigo diet only for a few
days, the blood becomes perceptibly blue; this is particularly mani-
fest in those parts where it is present in considerable quantity, as in
the abdominal cavity and eyen in the dorsal vessel; but in the space
between the membranes of the tracheze where it can only form a very
thin stratum, the tint is still very faint. By continuing the same diet,
the blood becomes more and more coloured, and then shows itself
throughout in the most distinct manner ; but still, neither the muscles
nor the viscera become tinged, these parts retaining their usual white-
ness. The tracheze constantly present the deepest tint at their base,
becoming gradually paler to the extremity ; this is readily explained

ay the fetid diminution of the quantity of fluid interposed between

e trachean membranes.

Thus the passage of the blood between the walls of the trachez,
as well as the entire course of the circulation, as I had proved by
means of injections, made either through the dorsal vessel or through
one of the large cavities of the body into which the blood flows, be-
comes as evident as possible ; for it is the blood itself, in the living
insect, which, charged with colouring matter, renders the facts visible
to every one.

It is clear that observations on these processes of alimentation will
soon leave not the least doubt on the course of the blood in insects ;
for perhaps no demonstration can render the facts more evident, than
that furnished by the experiments that I have just detailed. We see
clearly that nutritive matters pass into the blood contained in the

76 Miscellaneous.

abdominal cavity by transuding through the walls of the intestinal
canal. Through the integuments of the larvee of Melolontha, of
which the blood has been charged with colouring matter, we may
perceive, without difficulty, that the nutritive fluid bathes the viscera,
that there exists on each side of the body a tolerably distinctly cir-
cumscribed current, and that the blood returns to the heart through
the transverse canals which I have formerly described and which run
through the grooves formed by the junction of the segments, where
they are bounded by a certain quantity of cellular tissue. And here
I have been able to perceive that these canals are in communication
with the pericardiac chamber, from which the blood re-enters the
heart, as in the Arachnida and Crustacea.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 6,
1851.
ON THE OCCURRENCE OF EOLIS LANDSBURGII.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
GENTLEMEN,

The rare and beautiful Holis Landsburgii of Messrs. Alder and
Hancock’s Monograph on the Nudibranchiata, has lately occurred to
me on the Devonshire coast ; and as two specimens only, I believe, have
been previously discovered, and those in different parts of the kingdom,
the capture may perhaps be worth a record in the ‘Annals.’ A
single specimen of this exquisite little mollusk was taken in a rock-
pool near Exmouth. — Its bright amethystine colour at once attracted
my notice. It appeared like a brilliant little gem on the dark foliage
of the weed.

In the course of two or three days it deposited on the side of the
bottle in which it was confined a delicate coil of ova.

The specimen from which the description and figure in the ‘ British
Nudibranchiata’ were taken, was obtained on the Ayrshire coast, and
Mr. Alder informs me that a second has since been procured on the
Cheshire shore.

I remain, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

Exeter. Tuomas Hincxs.

DISCOVERY OF THE REMAINS OF SEVERAL ORDERS OF REPTILES
IN THE OLD RED SANDSTONE AND SHALES OF SCOTLAND.

At the meeting of the Geological Society on the 17th, a memoir on
the discovery of fossil footsteps by Capt. Lambart Brickenden, and
of a reptile by Patrick Duff, Esq., and described by Dr. Mantell, was
announced for reading ; but in consequence of the protracted discus-
sion on a most important paper on Climate by the President, the title
only of this communication was read, and the consideration of the
novel and highly interesting subject was postponed till the next
meeting, January 7. The specimen discovered by Mr. Duff is a
small four-footed reptile, not exceeding, when living, 6 or 7 inches,
and was exhibited, with drawings illustrative of its anatomy, by Dr.
Mantell, to whom Mr. Duff had transmitted it for examination and
description. The fossil is a distinct impression of a great part of the

‘
;

Misaiiisnesii: 77

skeleton, with a mutilated portion of the cranium ; its general aspect
is that of a small land lizard, but its osteological characters are pe-
culiar, exhibiting a blending of true lacertian with batrachian attri-
butes. If the animal prove upon the discovery of bones to be a
true lizard, it must have closely resembled the green lizards ; if, on
the other hand, it turn out to be an aquatic salamander, it must
have been very similar in form, and doubtless in habits, to our Tri-
tons, but with better-formed limbs, and more expanded dorsal and
costal regions. Dr. Mantell has named it Telerpeton* Elginense, to
indicate its remote antiquity, and the locality whence it was obtained.
Dr. Mantell also placed before the Society specimens of fossil ova,
hitherto supposed to be eggs of gasteropodous mollusks, from the
Lower Devonian shales of Forfarshire. These Dr. Mantell stated le
had reason to conclude are unquestionably ova of batrachian reptiles :
those in clusters belong to animals of the frog-tribe ; and others that
occur singly or in pairs, and often attached to a leaf, resemble those
of aquatic salamanders.

Notes on the Habits of the Crustacea of the Antilles.
By Dr. P. Ducuassaine of Panama.

During his sojourn in the Antilles, Dr. Duchassaing studied the
habits of several Crustacea, principally those of the terrestrial crabs.
The following facts are extracted from his work.

The Cardisomata of Uatreille, known at the Antilles under the
name of Land Crabs or White Crabs, are omnivorous, devouring every-
thing they chance to meet with; they live generally in the muddy
ground of the mangrove swamps, where their nourishment consists
almost exclusively of the sweet fruit of the corkwood (Annona pa-
lustris), which grows in quantities in those places. They dig them-
selves holes in the mud and withdraw into them at the least noise.
Those which live in the vicinity of the cemeteries dig burrows which
go to the bodies and make these their food. The places of sepulture
in the Antilles are thus pierced in all directions by the burrows of these
animals. Nevertheless the Cardisoma carnifex is much sought after
as food in the Antilles; its flesh is more delicate than that of the
Geearcini. Care is taken only to use those for eating which live in
the mangrove swamps, far from the burial-places ; these are kept
in close places where they are fattened with broken victuals. The
are caught with the same trap that is used for taking rats ; this con-
sists of a box with a sliding door, in which a piece of the fruit of the
Annona is placed as bait, and when the animal touches this, the door
falls and it is caught in the box. But the time when their pursuit is
most productive is during the heavy rains of the winter, when the
swamps are inundated ; the animals then being unable to remain in
their holes, withdraw in thousands to the nearest dry places, when they
are taken in great quantities, and their flesh is particularly esteemed.

The Uce of Latreille are also very abundant in the Antilles; they

* spre, procul ; €pzreroy. reptilis.

78 Miscellaneous.

live in the same localities as the preceding, and in the same manner.
They are taken in the same traps and in great quantities, but their
flesh has a strong taste, and is only eaten by the negroes.

The Gecareini, frequently called violet crabs, painted crabs, and
*‘¢ourlouroux,” are of numerous species. The Gecarcinus lateralis
is the most common, and to it the name of “ towrlourou”’ properly
belongs. It lives in dry woods on the sea-coast, and hides under
stones and trunks of trees or in holes ; often, as is also the case with
Cardisoma carnifex and Uca una, even under the flooring of houses.
It is only esteemed as food at the period of spawning, because then
the ovaries are dilated with eggs; and it is only at this period that
they are taken, which is so much the more readily done, because then
great numbers of them are about in troops.

It is said that the Gecarcini as well as the Cardisoma carnifex have
occasionally poisonous properties ; but the flesh of these animals being
heavy and the epicures eating sometimes great quantities of them, it
is probable that it is generally indigestion that is produced, particu-
larly as these derangements bear a considerable resemblance to some
cases of poisoning. It has been pretended that the crabs acquire
this venomous property after eating the fruit of the manchineel-tree ;
but in answer to this it is stated that the fruit of the manchineel is
not ripe at the period when the crabs are eaten, and it must be ob-
served that this fruit does not fall to the ground until it has arrived
at the extreme of ripeness.

The Gelasimi inhabit the most muddy places they can find, where
a soft dirt, composed of decomposed leaves, allows them to dig their
retreats easily. When these animals are frightened at anything, they
retreat towards their burrows, with their large claw raised: they re-
quire a great quantity of moisture ; for in the event of a long drought,
the mud of the swamps becoming dried up, they nearly all die, and
so great is their number in some places, that when this is the case the
air becomes contaminated by the emanations from their bodies. Their
numbers, in fact, are so prodigious, that in some districts one may see
spaces of two or three leagues perforated with the burrows of these
animals,

The Sesarma Pisonii lives on the roots of the mangroves. When
it perceives the approach of danger it ascends even to the topmost
branches of these trees, or else descends along the roots until it is
covered by the water.

The Grapsus pictus inhabits rocks on the sea-shore, where it is
continually engaged in watching for prey; for this purpose it keeps
five or six lines from the surface of the sea, and seizes upon anything
that swims past. Its feet are so disposed and covered with asperities,
that it runs with great swiftness over the most inclined rocks, and can
only be taken by surprise: when every other place of retreat is cut off,
it throws itself into the water. This animal changes its skin on the
rocks which it inhabits ; at that time it is much less active and can
be caught more readily. The places inhabited by the Grapsi are
covered with their brilliant coats.—Bib/l. Univ. de Genéve, 1851,
p- 337.

ee 9

M eteorological Observations. 79

OBITUARY.—MR. SAMUEL. VEALL.

Died at Boston, Lincolnshire, on the 17th of August 1851, aged
it may be said of him, that in youth, and until his mental powers
had become enfeebled by age, he was diligent in the attainment of
knowledge. From his early days he was fond of books and expe-
rimental science. At a time when philosophy was by no means
fashionable, especially about 1808 and 1809, he was amongst the
earliest projectors and friends of a Literary and Philosophical Society
in Boston, his native town. In connection with this Society, he be-
came Secretary, and delivered lectures on Electricity, Optics, Galva-
nism, &c,, and it is believed continued his efforts so long as he could
find coadjutors to act with him. He engaged in those pursuits
simply for the improvement of himself and his neighbours.

It may well be presumed, that his Meteorological Journal, which
he kept methodically and perseveringly for many years, and commu-
nicated to this Magazine from its commencement, has aided in throwing
some light upon the laws which govern the changes of the atmosphere,
and may have induced others to contribute in like manner to meteo-
rological science. ;

He was considerate to a fault of those whom he employed in busi-
ness; and though often injured himself, he was not known to act
injuriously towards others. Punctiliously honest, he even made
oy sdlgigeeta many individuals esteemed upright would see nothing
to . He has left a widow and family to revere his memory and
imitate his virtues.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOV. 1851.

4 Chiswick.—November 1. Overcast: veryfine: clear: frosty. 2. Fine: hail-shower.
3. Hoar-frost: very fine: cloudy: rain. 4. Rain: fine, but cold. 5. Clear and
frosty: slight rain at night. 6. Clear andfine: cloudy. 7. Cloudyandcold. 8.
Fine: rain. 9. Foggy: fine: rain. 10. Veryfine: drizzlyatnight. 11, 12. Very
fine. 13. Foggy. 14. Clear andfine. 15. Frosty: very fine: clear. 16. Frosty:
clearand fine: cloudy. 17. Clearand cold: frosty atnight. 18. Clear and cold:
severe frost at night. 19. Sharpfrost: fine: cloudy. 20. Clear and frosty: very
clear throughout. 21. Overcast. 22. Cloudy: fine. 23. Frosty: clear and fine:
rain at night. 24. Densely clouded: foggy at night. 25. Frosty: veryfine, 26:
Foggy. 27. Hazy. 28. Frosty: very fine: frosty. 29. Frosty, with fog: fine:

. 30. Dense fog.
Mean temperature of the month ........ seve oenes¥sbpnepabbessce 35°86
Mean temperature of Nov. 1850 ..........-sesesesssssevseeececes 45 +29
Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty-five years ... 43 -43
Ay amount of rain in NOV. «.....e+0..se0e0ree Reskashse se... 2°35 inches,

Boston —Nov. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: rain early a.m. 3,4. Fine. 5, 6. Fine:
raine.m. 7.Cloudy. 8. Cloudy:rainp.m. 9,10. Fine: rain p.m. 11. Foggy.
; i2—16. Fine. 17. Fine: snowr.m. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20. Fine. 21.
3 ‘Cloudy: rainy.m. 22. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 23. Cloudy: rain p.m.
: 24, 25. Fine. 26. Cloudy. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine. 30. Foggy.
2 Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1, 2. Showers. 3. Snow-showers. 4. Snow-
: showers: rain. 5. Showers: cloudy. 6. Showers: cloudy: rain. 7. Rain:
drizzle. 8. Drizzle. 9. Showers. 10. Bright: showers. ‘11. Bright: cloudy.
12. Cloudy. 13. Showers: hail-showers. 14. Sleet-showers: rain. 15, Showers:
cloudy. 16. Sleet-showers: snow-showers. 17. Hail-showers;. clondy. 18,
Cloudy: clear. 19. Cloudy: drops. 20. Bright: rain. 21. Showers: clear:
aurora. 22. Bright: cloudy. 23. Cloudy: rain. 24. Clear: frost: aurora.
-. 25. Frost: rain: clear. 26, Showers: fine. 27,28. Fine: frost: fine. 29, Fine:
frost: fine: showers. 30. Fine: frost: fine.

11.7] 0$.1| $S.0 Ez.ob |S£.0b |9.¥E |gL.Lz \96.E4| 199.67 gfg.6z gS.6z 7£3.6z $>6.6c | wea
Lgo. |erteeleseres]. og. [oeeres| rou] 68, |. ob |$.42] oz .|. 6£ ov.of .| . gz.08 - 38.67 | ZQI.0£ Lvz.0f “of ¢
sesersleeseesleseeee] unre [ewan | “as LE | LE | gz| zz -| 68 gt.o€ I1.0£ 73.67 . gSr.0f£ oLr.0£ 62
go. [vrretesee} ea | emu | emu | Ee | $68 | bE} rz | ob Lo.o€ - 10.08: £9.67 066.62 | £Lo.0€ *8z
' LE} gf | €€) oz | ze 96.62 26.67 LV.6z ggl.6z 669.62 “Lt
rr. [-+++/"**+"| unpeo | upeo| -mu’| oF | gf | of} gz | of £3.62 VL.6z 0f.6z 665.62 gtl.6z ry
Lo. |rvre|tt] +g lemum| ems | $86 | ob | 6z! Ez | oF 99.62 2v.6z £1.62 69%.6z 76b.6z Sz
SoS, [ees | ag “wm | MU ce Sf). 6€|° Ez gt 9£.6z -1€.6z g1.6z 2S+.6z £64.62 “be
selbo, (gr. | cm | emu | cm | $rb | Sob [S.cE| cf | Sb ob.6z 99.62 08.62 $$9.62 £fr.0f tz7@
go. | £0. fre} om |emunl oo eh | x IS.ZE) Se | Sb Ir.0£ L1.0f 7.6 366.62 6¢1,0£ a4
rz. freeefere| og | tm] ew | ob | gob | LE] VE +] oF 90.0 £3.62. | .9%.6 9£g.6z 0£6,6z ‘IZ
Se re oe gb| 6£ | 1£| be | E+ 2ZL.6% $6.62 £9.62 198.62 790,08 Bey
seesse! vena” tegeeral | *ma |< LE 1- £671 Ob baSect CLs 9L.6z 99.6 £5.62 br9.6z 6+3.62 61.
sel ono | att | ot zi | vE | r€] or | xv 33.67 16.62 09.62 6£9.62 118,62 gr.
sseoeel or femur] cu | ZE.] Zé [S.gz| Zz | sé $6.62 93.67 —$S.62 10L,6z 17g.6z “LI
arssooln Kine {osare] Se rf | SE| +€| oz | zb 36.62 76.6% 9$.6z $13.62 Stg.6z ‘91D
(yA De Ce a eC oY 1v | Sob | €€) 64 |. iv 96.62 96.62 7L.6z 9+6.62 %Z0,0 “Sr
Ex, [rrceee|eeteee] “og as ony 6¢ 6£ |. 9f| Sz |. tr gt.of Z£.08 00.08 oor.of 687.08 “br
ox, [rrserleeee] ocr | om | ms | LZE | gh | bE] of | Lb gz.o£ Lr.0€ 60.0 StL.0f£ VEt.0£ os |
So.) toh a oo) gv | SY \S.9£) 6c | gt $z.0£ ¥z.08 76.62 o£z.0£ LYE.o£ “71
60. | zo. freres*} om | tmud) ‘Uo gb} ob | VE] of | 64 gr.o£ gr.o£ $1.62 S00.0f 071,08 ‘Ir
£$. }oz. |10.| «a | ‘a | ‘au | ob! th} 6£| gz! 6F 90.0£ 19.62 b£.6z 979.62 LSL.6z “OL
z1..| gr. |tr.| -m | .ts -| ‘as | $5b | ob | rb] 68 | 15.62 oL.6z 35.62 £08.62 698.62 6
go. [trt| Lo. | «mu | «mu | con | of | 6b |. rb] gf | gb €L:6z 73.67 65.62 $£g.6z £3.62 *g O
Qtr gz °%*| ‘a’ "| ‘au 6 Sb | xrbl SE LY 938.6% 16.62 6S.6z oLL.6z $£3.6z L
So, | 0. |'****| mpeo| ma | smu | rb | zh | ob] gf | Le | Loot 36.62 9$.6z gbg.6z 043.62 9
6r. |e} zo. | cu | mu | tm CP LY SS a LE SH 16.62 0g.6z © oL,.6z $38.62 ¥go.0f °$
‘mw | ‘a ‘u ob | LE | of] zz | oF $6.62 73.62 65.62 zgL.6z Z00.0& v
“muu| tau | cm | $96.) $6] bE] oz | Sb 39.62 09.6z L+.6z 652.62 076.62. | °
‘muu| “a | “O 6& | ob | th] rf | oS ov.6z 10,62 00.62 gf £.6z 0SS.6z °%
“ms | wm | tm | 6£')- cb [Srv] gz | 2S 30.62 77.6% 72.67 655.62 £19.62 ox
Eg y =F ‘urd $g)*ur-e $6 ee ‘UI Sed ‘urd $8 ‘ure £6 oF “UL *xeyl i an
ei 8 ifs t> Es BS
x 5 * i Seng BS “yorustyg *yotmpueg ‘AouyIQ Bs “STMSTYO wu Hy
ae sa toe -zayaul0Teg jo skeq

*“AUNWUOY SoounTAT VADUYDS 2D SWOISNOTDY °4 “Ady ay2 fo pun <NOLSOG 20 TTeEOA ‘IW ha

_— a

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 50. FEBRUARY 1852.

VII.— On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of some
new Species of that family. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &c.*

[With two Plates. ]

Srnce the publication of my papery on the “ Cidaridz of the
Oolites,” I have collected two Acrosalenie which are quite new,
and an Echinus of the same species as one occurring in the
Corallian stage of Besancon, but very rare as a British fossil.

_ I now purpose describing these Cidaride as a supplement to
that paper, before entering upon the study of the Cassidulide,
which forms the subject of the present communication.

Acrosalenia decoratat, Haime.

Test hemispherical, depressed, outline subpentagonal ; ambu-
laeral are convex and prominent, the anterior and posterior
pair slightly sinuous, having two rows of small perforated

* Read at Bredon, at the Meeting of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club,
mber 10, 1851. ae
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. viii. p. 421.

t I had given this Acrosalenia another specific name, but just as my
MS. was about to be sent to press, I learned that it had been described
by M. Jules Haime, under the name Milnia decorata, either in the ‘ An-
nales des Sciences Nat.,’ or in the ‘Bulletin de la Soc. Géologique de
France,’ to neither of which works I can at present refer. I learn further
that Professor Forbes has had it drawn and e ved with all the details,
and will describe it in the forthcoming decade of his ‘ Memoirs of the
Geological Survey,’ under the name A. decoratay I have therefore with-
drawn my name and the figure I had intended to give, as the multipli-
cation of specific names is at all times to be deplored, but more especially
so in our day, when a mania for the creation of species is so rife; I have
therefore much pleasure in referring to the forthcoming decade of the
‘Memoirs’ for elaborate figures of the anatomy of the test of this beautiful

species.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. ix. 6

82 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

marginal tubercles, and the intermediate surface covered with
_ close-set granulations ; interambulacral aree with two ranges

of primary tubercles from 10-12 in a range, the four central -

pairs being alone fully developed; apical disc large, sur-anal
plate central, anus behind encroaching on the single ovarial
plate, which is rudimentary and projects far into the single
area; base very concave ; mouth large, in a deep depression ;
primary spines long, smooth, slender and tapering ; secondary
spines small, hair-like, numerous.

Height ;4,ths of an inch, transverse diameter ,8,ths of an inch.

Description.—This elegant little Urchin is remarkable among
its congeners for the pentagonal outline of its test, arising from
the flatness of the interambulacral and the prominence and con-
vexity of the ambulacral aree, and for exhibiting the bilateral
symmetry of the Cidaridz in a very interesting manner. The
ambulacral aree are about one-third the width of the interam-
bulacral, the single ambulacrum is quite straight, and the ante-
rior and posterior pairs are slightly sinuous ; the apices of the
anterior pair curve gently backwards, and those of the posterior
pair upwards and inwards ; two rows of small perforated tubercles
alternately occupy the margins of the area, each row containing
from 20-24 tubercles, which gradually diminish in size from the
basal angle to the apex, the central and intermediate spaces
being covered with small close-set granules; the pores are dis-
posed in single pairs throughout the avenues.

The interambulacral arez are three times as wide as the ambu-
lacral, and are so much flattened that they form nearly straight
lines at the circumference; the interambulacra are occupied by
two ranges of primary tubercles, about eleven tubercles in each
row, which are unequally developed in different regions of the
area ; the four ventral pairs are small and nearly of the same size ;
the four central pairs are fully developed, though not all of the
same volume, whilst the three dorsal pairs are quite rudimentary ;
the areolee of the central tubercles are transversely oblong and ver-
tically confluent ; a zigzag granular band, of four granules deep,
occupies the centre of the area, separating the two ranges of
tubercles from each other, and little granular bands separate the
tubercles from the poriferous avenues; at the basal angle several
secondary tubercles are interspersed among the granulations
where the tubercles become rudimentary ; at the dorsal surface
the test is covered with small close-set granulations. The apical
disc is large and oblong; it is formed of two anterior and two
posterior pair of well-developed ovarial plates, and a single rudi-
mentary ovarial, which extends far down the single interambu-
lacral area, and is much encroached upon by the anal opening,
which is in fact formed at the expense of the single ovarial plate.

‘
fesse de ae 4
ee a ee eh eT

—_——

7 oa aa 7.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 83

The sur-anal plate is large and composed of several pieces, of which
the largest is central; two others are posterior to it, and four
or five smaller pieces form an arch at the anterior border of the
anal opening which occupies nearly the whole of the single
ovarial plate; the ocular plates are small and heart-shaped, and
articulate with the apices of the ambulacra ; the surface of the
discal plates is covered with the same delicate granular sculpture
which adorns the intertubercular parts of the test. The ventral
surface is very concave ; the mouth-opening is large, about half
the diameter of the test, situated in a considerable concavity
formed by the ambulacral and interambulacral aree curving up-
wards and inwards towards the interior of the test; the margin
is decagonal, with nearly equal-sized lobes ; the teeth are cari-
nated ; the primary spines are cylindrical and tapering, and rather
exceed in length the diameter of the test; their surface is sculp-
tured with longitudinal microscopic lines ; the secondary spines
are small, delicate, hair-like appendages.

Affinities and differences.—A. decorata belongs to the group of
Salenians having the anal cpening situated behind the apical
dise ; it consequently has affinities with A. spinosa and A. Wil-
tonii, which it further resembles in the rudimentary condition of
the single ovarial plate, and in the general structure of the am-
bulacral and interambulacral arex ; it is distinguished however
from A. spinosa by having a more pentagonal outline, a more
rudimentary condition of the dorsal tubercles, a more oblong and
irregular-shaped apical disc, with the single ovarial plate project-
ing further than the others into its corresponding interambu-
lacrum, and the sur-anal plate being formed of many elements
instead of one, as in A. spinosa. The ventral surface is likewise
more concave, the mouth-opening is proportionally larger and
lodged in a deeper concavity, and the marginal lobes are more
equal-sized than in A. spinosa. The same group of diagnostic
characters will serve to distinguish A. decorata from its other
congeners.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This beautiful Acrosalenia
was collected in the yellow clays of the Coralline Oolite of Wilts,
and I have seen it in the ragstones of the same stage. The
test is well preserved in the individual which served for our
description, but the apical disc is unfortunately absent. Our
description of the disc is given from another specimen.

Acrosalenia Wilton, Wright, nu. sp. PI. III. fig. 4 a-e.

Test hemispherical, sometimes depressed, sides tumid ; ambu-
lacral arez narrow, with two rows of small marginal perforated
tubercles ; interambulacral arez about three times the width of

6*

84. Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

the ambulacral, with two ranges of primary tubercles, of
- which the three middle pairs only attain full development ;
those at the base are small, and those at the dorsal surface are
rudimentary ; apical disc convex and prominent ; sur-anal plate
formed of two large and five small pieces ; anal opening be-
hind, excavated out of the single ovarial plate, which is rudi-
mentary, the anterior and posterior pairs of ovarial plates well
developed. Basal angle obtuse, from the tumidity of the sides ;
mouth-opening small, decagonal, with nearly equal-sized mar-

ginal lobes.

Height 31ths of an inch, transverse diameter 41ths.

Description. --This Urchin is almost always orbicular in the
cireumference, but the dorsal surface is more or less elevated in
different individuals; in general it is hemispherical and de-
pressed at the anal pole; the sides are tumid and gently
rounded towards the mouth. The ambulacral aree preserve a
very uniform width through nearly all their extent. Two rows
of about sixteen small perforated tubercles are arranged in
alternate order on the margins of the are, the eight inferior
pairs being larger, and the eight superior pairs gradually de-
creasing in size until they become quite microscopic near the
apex; between the marginal tubercles a double row of granules,
having a sinuous disposition, occupies the centre of the arezx.
The poriferous avenues are gently undulated; on the sides the
pores are placed in pairs, but at the base, from their increased
numbers, they fall into triple oblique pairs. The interambu-
lacral areze are three times the width of the ambulacral, and fur-
nished with two ranges of primary tubercles from 9-10 in a
range ; the three basal pair are small, gradually increasing how-
ever in size from the mouth-margin, where they are very small,
to blend in with the three middle pairs, which attain their full
development. The seventh pair are smaller than the sixth, and
the eighth and ninth pairs become suddenly small and even ru-
dimentary. The space between the tubercles is of moderate
width, and is occupied by a zigzag band formed of four rows of
granules, those which are arranged on the borders of the areolz
are larger and are likewise perforated ; the primary tubercular
ranges are separated from the poriferous avenues by a single row
of small perforated granules, which form a succession of arches.
over the ambulacral border of the areole. The upper surface of
the test is covered with small close-set granulations, among
which the rudimentary tubercles stand conspicuous. The apical
dise is rather prominent and convex, and is fortunately preserved
in an otherwise imperfect specimen (Pl. III. fig. 4d): but for
this circumstance, we should have been in the dark touching the

eee ee ee ee

a
ae
4
bs
és
=
:
ie,

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 85

natural relations of the species; it is formed of an anterior and
a posterior pair of moderately-sized ovarial plates, and a rudi-
mentary single ovarial plate. The sur-anal plate is very curious,
and is composed of two unequal-sized pentagonal pieces united

' with the anterior and posterior ovarials, and six small pieces

forming an arch which spans from the right to the left
posterior pair of ovarials, and forms the anterior border of
the anus ; the posterior pair of ocular plates forms the lateral,
and the single rudimentary ovarial plate the posterior boundary
of the anal opening, which is transversely oblong, slightly
excentral, and consequently placed behind the compound sur-
anal plate. The ocular plates are heart-shaped and of a mo-
derate size, and their eyeholes are very minute. The surface of
the discal plates is covered with small granulations. The tumid
sides are gently rounded towards the base. The mouth-opening
is small, being rather more than one-third the diameter of the
test ; its margin is decagonal, with nearly equal-sized lobes, those
of the ambulacra being the widest. The fragment of a primary
spine before me is cylindrical and smooth, and judging from its
thickness must have been long. The secondary spines are short,
prickle-shaped, and sculptured with fine longitudinal lines (4 e).

Affinities and differences—The preservation of the apical dise
proves that the natural affinity of this species is with A. spinosa
and A. decorata, whilst in the general form and structure of the
test, A. Wiltonii most resembles A. hemicidaroides ; but it differs
from that species in having the anal opening behind the sur-anal
plate, whereas in A. hemicidaroides it is situated before it.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Acrosalenia was col-
lected from the Cornbrash near Sutton Benger, Wilts ; it appears
to be rare. I dedicate this species to my friend John Wilton,
Esq., of Gloucester.

Echinus gyratus, Agassiz.

Syn. Echinus gyratus, Echin. Foss. de la Suisse,-part 2. p. 87.
tab. 23. fig. 43-46.

Echinus petallatus, M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 409, 2nd

Series.

Test hemispherical, more or less elevated, with an orbicular cir-
cumference, divided into fifteen slightly convex lobes ; ambu-
lacral aree half the width of the interambulacral, with two
complete rows of marginal tubercles extending from the
mouth to the apical disc, and two incomplete rows of central
tubercles occupying about two-thirds of the sides thereof ; in-
terambulacral aree with a smooth concave median space ex-
tending from the disc to near the basal angle; each of the
two lobes formed thereby has one complete central range of

86 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

tubercles, and two lateral incomplete ranges of tubercles; at
the circumference of the test there are twelve rows of tuber-
cles ; apical disc well developed ; anal opening central; base
flat ; mouth-opening large, almost pentagonal from the length
of the arches over the ambulacra ; spines unknown.

Height 38ths of an inch, transverse diameter | inch and paths,

Description.—The distinguishing characters of this beautiful
Urchin are so prominent, that it forms a well-marked species of
a genus, in which in general specific distinctions are far from
being clearly defined. The test is hemispherical and elevated at
the vertex, and is very regularly formed; its surface is divided
into fifteen nearly equal-sized lobes grouped into five divisions of
three lobes each, of which the ambulacrum forms the centre lobe,
and the half of the adjoining interambulacra the lateral lobes.
The distinctive character of the test consists in the median con-
cave depression in the centre of the interambulacra which ex-
tends from near the cireumference to the apex, and is entirely
destitute of tubercles and granules; near the circumference
however small tubercles occupy the space, and at this point we
observe twelve tubercles in a row in the interambulacra. Hach
area is thus divided into two convex lobes ; in each lobe one com-
plete range of tubercles extends from the mouth to the vertex,
and two incomplete rows occupy each side thereof ; at the widest
part of the area only a few additional tubercles are introduced.
The ambulacra are about. one half the width of the interambu-
lacra, and are furnished with two complete rows of marginal
tubercles, and two incomplete rows which occupy the central
parts of the sides; around the circumference of the tubercles,
forming the complete ranges, a series of small granules are dis-
posed in circles, and similar moniliform granular rings sur-
round the larger tubercles of the incomplete rows. The tuber-
cles of both areas are large and prominent, and their surfaces are
highly polished ; those of the base are larger than those of the
sides ; and, as a general remark, it may be stated that the test is _
uniformly very granular.

The pores are disposed in rather wide avenues in triple ob-
lique pairs, among which, some of the small granules en-
circling the marginal tubercles of the ambulacra are scattered.
The apical disc is large and central ; the anterior pair of ovarial
plates are the smallest, the posterior pair are larger, and the
single madreporiform plate is the largest of the disc ; the ocular
plates are small and pentagonal, and stand distinctly out from
the angles of the ovarials; the eyeholes are small and central ;
the anal opening is large ‘and transversely oblong ; the surface
of the ovarial and ocular plates is covered with small granules,

err ih ee

ii las ener!

f
—s

a nN et ae ee ET ee pe Re ee ee, ee
eae ae eee a eS ee AT le

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 87

and the spongy madreporiform body is prominent and convex.
The mouth-opening is very large, and has more the appearance
-of being pentagonal than decagonal, from the extreme shortness
of the arches over the termination of the interambulacral, and
the disproportionate span of those over the ambulacral areas. ;

Affinities and differences —This Echinus resembles some gra-
nular varieties of EL. perlatus, and the concave median space in
the interambulacra of that species increases the resemblance
thereto; but the following structural differences afford good
diagnostic characters by which the two forms may always be di-
stinguished from each other. In EL. gyratus the naked concave
median space in the interambulacra is wider, and extends much
further down the sides than the corresponding space in E. per-
latus. The ambulacral aree have four rows of tubercles in E£.
gyratus, and only two rows in E. perlatus. The lateral tubercles
in the secondary ranges of the interambulacral arez are nearly
as large as those of the complete ranges of the same in E. gy-
ratus, whereas the secondary ranges of the corresponding are
in E. perlatus are smaller and even sometimes rudimentary. The
tubercles themselves in EL. gyratus are more prominent and con-
vex, and are more highly polished than those of EZ. perlatus. The
same group of characters enables us to distinguish this species
from its other congeners. Prof. M‘Coy has described an Echinus
from the Coralline Oolite of Wilts under the name EL. petallatus,
which we consider to be identical with E. gyratus: we cannot
admit that an increased elevation of the test, or a greater extent
of the naked surface of the plates, are sufficient characters to
justify the separation of species : our specimen was obtained from
the same stage and locality, and as we are not acquainted with
any other Echinus for which it could be mistaken, we have no
doubt of its identity with the E. petallatus.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This Urchin was collected
from the clay beds of the Coralline Oolite of Wilts ; at present we
are not aware of its having been found in any other locality in
this country. Its foreign distribution is likewise limited to the
“Terrain a chailles”’-or Corallian stage of Besancon.

History.—First described by M. Agassiz in his ‘ Echinodermes
Fossiles de la Suisse,’ where it is beautifully and faithfully figured ;
afterwards noticed by Prof. M‘Coy under the name E. petallatus,
from the Coralline Oolite of Wilts. We are inclined to think that

_ this Urchin is the same which was figured by Parkinson in the

3rd vol. of his ‘ Organic Remains,’ and described as an “ Echinite
from France.”

88 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

On the CassIDULID&.

“The Cassidulide have been recently dismembered by Agassiz
and Desor from the family Clypeastroidz, in consequence of the
mouth of the Cassidulide being destitute of the jaws and teeth
possessed by the true Clypeastroidz* : how far this supposed ne-
gative edentulous character is of sufficient zoological importance
to justify the separation of the Cassidulide from the great natural _
family which they resemble in most of the important points of
their structure, it is not our intention on the present oceasion to
inquire ; it has however the palzontological merit of grouping
together many genera of Echinida closely related to each other
by structural affinities as well as by their limited distribution mm
time.

Family CasstpuLip2.

Urchins having an oblong, subpentagonal or orbicular cir-
cumference, generally clypeiform, with a uniform convex dorsal
surface, mostly depressed, but sometimes elevated or conoidal ;
the shell is of moderate thickness, and its surface is covered with
small tubercles and granules. The tubercles are smaller on the
dorsal than on the ventral surface, and are surrounded by a cir-
cular depression ; sometimes the tubercles are arranged in ver-
tical ranges, but in general they are sporadical. The granules
are entirely microscopic, and occupy the intertubercular spaces;
to the whole of the tubercles small filiform spines are attached.
The ambulacral areze are narrow, and the pores are disposed in
close-set pairs, forming a single file as in the Galerites ; or they
are placed at some distance apart, and united by transverse
sutures, which occasions the petaloid forms seen on the dorsal
surface of the test of the Nucleolites.

The mouth is central or subcentral, and is sometimes armed
with jaws and teeth; in some genera its margin is divided into
ten lobes ; in others it is edentulous and the opening is round or
pentagonal, and sometimes surrounded by five prominent lobes,
formed by the folding inwards of the terminal portions of the
interambulacra. The anal opening is large, and situated on the
dorsal or ventral surface ; it is rarely marginal, often infra-mar-
ginal, and when dorsal is lodged in a valley. The apical disc is
formed of four perforated ovarial plates and a single imperforate

* This generalization is not strictly in accordance with thefacts. The exist-
ence of a dental apparatus was discovered by Mr. Chas. Stokes in Galerites
albogalerus, and specimens of this cretaceous Urchin, with the lantern and
teeth, are in the cabinets of Messrs. Stokes and Bowerbank. It is probable
that all the members of the Galerite group with a central decagonal moutih-
opening possessed a similar dental armature.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 89

ovarial; the madreporiform body is generally situated in the
centre, around which the ovarials are arranged ; the five ocular
plates are small, and lodged at the apices of the ambulacra.
From the structure of the ambulacra we divide the Cassidulidze
into two groups.

lst Group or EcHINONEIDES*.

Ambulacra simple, uniform throughout ; mouth circular, deca-
gonal or pentagonal, without prominent lobes.

Genus Pyeaster, Agassiz.

Test subpentagonal, more or less depressed ; surface of the
plates covered with small perforated tubercles, raised on mammil-
lated and crenulated eminences, disposed in regular vertical
rows, and surrounded by areole with encircling granules ; the
tubercles attain their greatest development at the circumference
and base of the test ; ambulacral arez with four or six rows of
tubercles ; interambulacral areze with from 12-20 rows ; mouth-
opening central and circular, margin divided into ten equal
lobes, the notches of which correspond to the sutural junction of
the ambulacra with the interambulacra ; anal opening very large,
occupying the upper half of the single interambulacral area ;

arranged in simple pairs throughout the avenues ; apical
3 dise unknown. This genus is extinct ; the species are distributed
throughout the Oolitic and Cretaceous rocks.

Pygaster semisulcatus? Phillips.
Sxn. Galerites umbrella’, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. t. iii. p. 25.
Nucleolites umbrella, Defrance, Dict. Se. Nat. t. xviii. p. 87.
Clypeus semisulcatus, Phillips, Geol. of York. part 1. pl. 3. fig. 17.

Clypeus ornatus, Buck. Murchison’s Geol. of Cheltenham, 2nd ed.
_ ~p- 95.

Test subpentagonal, depressed ; interambulacra with from 16-18
rows of tubercles at the circumference ; ambulacra prominent
and convex, with four rows of tubercles ; anus very large, oc-
eupying nearly the upper half of the single interambulacrum ;
mouth deeply notched ; spines short, subulate, and longitudi-
nally striated.

Height 1 inch and ;5ths, antero-posterior diameter 3 inches,
transverse diameter 3 inches.

Description.—The imperfect condition of the test of Pygaster

* The group of Echinoneides comprehends eleven genera: Echinoneus,
Van Phels; Pygaster, Agass. ; Holectypus, Desor ; Discoidea, Gray ; Gale-
rites, Lam.; Pyrina, Desml.; Globator, Agass.; Caratomus, Agass. ; Nu-

~. cleopygus, Agass.; Hyboclypus, Agass.; Dysaster, Agass.

90 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

umbrella figured by Agassiz, does not enable us satisfactorily to
compare that Urchin with our specimen, and leaves a doubt upon
our mind whether the Urchin known to Lamarck was identical
with this species. We have examples corresponding in form,
size, and comparative dimensions with Agassiz’s figure, but the
absence of the sculpture of the plates in the Swiss specimen
leaves the question in doubt : through the kindness of Professor
Forbes we have compared our Urchins with the one sent by
Mr. Phillips from Yorkshire, and have proved their identity ; but
having had no opportunity of examining typical foreign speci-
mens, we have provisionally adopted Mr. Phillips’s specific name.
The ambulacra are one-fourth part the width of the interambu-
lacra; they are prominent and convex, and furnished with four
rows of tubercles, the marginal rows extending from the mouth
to the apical disc, whilst the internal rows disappear near the
mouth and about half-way up the dorsal surface; the imteram-
bulacra at the circumference have from 18-20 rows of tubercles ;
the number however gradually diminishes between the basal angle
and the mouth, and the circumference and the apical disc, so
that from two to four rows only extend from the mouth to the
vertex. The mammillated eminences on which the tubercles are
placed are encircled by smooth areolz, surrounded by small gra-
nules arranged round their circumference, which gives the in-
tertubercular surface of the plates a granular structure. The
tubercles are small, prominent and perforated, and the summits
of the mamme are crenulated as in the Cidaride. These cha-
racters added to others, as the regularity of the arrangement of
the tubercles, and the dorsal position of the anal opening, lead
us to consider Pygaster as a transition form connecting the
Cidaridz with the Cassidulide. The base is concave, and the
mouth is central and situated in a considerable depression ; the
opening is about one-fifth the diameter of the test at the cireum-
ference ; its margin is divided into ten nearly equal-sized lobes,
the angles of which correspond to the divisional sutural lines be-
tween the ambulacra and the interambulacra. The anus is a large
oval opening in the upper half of the single interambulacrum,
forming a great gap in this part of the test, and constituting
one of the most important characters of the genus. In the living
animal this space was probably occupied by a membrane, but in
the fossil condition it has the appearance of the test having been
fractured and lost. The apical disc is absent in all the specimens
of Pygaster that have passed through our hands. The pores are
set closely together in pairs throughout the entire range of the
avenues ; sometimes they have a slightly oblique disposition. The
spines adhering to the fine specimen before me are short, needle-
shaped, and delicately striated longitudinally.

.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 91

Affinities and differences.—P. semisulcatus most nearly resem-
bles P. umbrella; we have before us specimens which are well
represented by Agassiz’s figure ; but the loss of the tubercles from
the Swiss specimen leaves the question of their identity an open
one, as we regard the special form of sculpture of the test
a most important specific character. P. semisulcatus differs from
P. Morrisii in having narrower ambulacra and fewer tubercles
on both arez; the size and number of the tubercles and the
depression of the test afford distinguishing characters between
it and P. conoideus.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This Urchin is abundant
in the lower ferruginous beds, “the Pea-grit” of the Inferior
Oolite at Crickley, Birdlip, and Leckhampton Hills, and in the
shelly freestone of the same localities, and I have collected small
specimens from the planking beds of the Great Oolite-at Min-
chinhampton ; in Yorkshire it was collected by Mr. Phillips *
from the Coralline Oolite of Malton and Scarborough. In the
Pea-grit it is associated with Diadema depressum, Hyboclypus
agariciformis, Rhynconella Wrightii, Thecidea triangularis, Tere-
bratula simplex, and Ter. plicata.

History.—This species was figured by Mr. Phillips, but not
described, in his ‘ Geology of Yorkshire.’ The absence of typical
foreign specimens does not enable us to decide whether the Ga-
lerites umbrella of Lamarck is identical with Mr. Phillips’s spe-
cies. The fine and nearly perfect specimen before me has been
figured by Professor Forbes for the 4th Decade of his admirable
‘Illustrations of British Fossils ;? for this reason we have not
given a drawing of the species.

Pygaster conoideus, Wright, n. sp. Pi. ILI. fig. 1 a—d.

Test conoidal, with a pentagonal circumference ; ambulacra nar-
row and prominent, with two rows of marginal tubercles and
two imperfect rows of central tubercles; interambulacra four
times the width of the ambulacra, with very small tubercles
and a scanty granulation on the surface of the plates; anal
opening comparatively small, occupying the upper third of the
single interambulacrum ; base flat.

Height 1 inch and ;%,ths, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches
and ,%,ths, transverse diameter 2 inches and +4,ths.

Description.—This Urchin is remarkable for its conoidal form,
the anterior and lateral walls of the test forming angles of from
50° to 55° with the base, and the posterior wall an angle of about
42° (fig. 14). The ambulacra are narrow and prominent, having

* Geol. of Yorkshire, Part 1. p. 127.

92 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

two complete rows of tubercles arranged on the sides of the areze
(fig. 1c), and two incomplete rows of tubercles internal to them,
which are neither so regular in their arrangement as the marginal
rows, nor do they extend beyond the lower half of the ares ; the
single ambulacrum is perpendicular ; the anterior pair arch gently
upwards and backwards, whilst the posterior pair rise forwards and
upwards for three parts of their course, and then make a short
curve round the anal opening, and terminate at the lateral border.
thereof. ‘The pairs of pores are disposed very closely together
in well-defined narrow avenues, which form distinct boundaries
between the ambulacra and the interambulacra ; at the basal angle
the interambulacral are four times the width of the ambulaeral
aree; the plates (fig. 1 d) are adorned with rather irregular rows of
very small tubercles varying in number from four to sixteen in a
row in different parts of the area; the smooth areole around the
tubercles are very superficial ; their circumference is encircled by
rows of microscopic granules : besides these granular circles, there
is scarcely any other sculpture on the plates, which gives a great
smoothness to the test of P. conoideus when compared with that of
P. semisulcatus. The anal opening (fig. 1 a) when compared with
that of the latter is proportionally small, occupying rather more
than the upper third of the single interambulacrum; the portion of
the area below the vent is flattened and slightly concave. The base
is covered with the oolitic matrix, which here forms a hard cry-
stalline rock, and cannot be removed without fracturing the test ;
enough is exposed however to show that the base is slightly
concave, and that the tubercles are much better developed in this
region than on the dorsal surface. The apical disc is absent, and
we know nothing of the spines.

Affinities and differences—This Urchin resembles P. semisul-
catus in its pentagonal form and in the number of the tubercles on
the arez ; but is distinguished from that common species by the
greater prominence of the ambulacra, the smallness of the tuber-
cles, the superficiality of the areole, the microscopic character of
the granulations, the elevated conoidal form of the test, and the
smallness of the anal opening ; it is a rare species, the specimen
which we figure being the only one we have ever met with in our
researches ; a second specimen is in the cabinet of our friend John
Lycett, Esq.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—I found this Urchin in the
Pea-grit of Crickley Hill. Mr. Lycett’s specimen came from
the Inferior Oolite near Stroud.

Pygaster Morrisii, Wright, n. sp. Pl. IV. fig. 1 a-d.

Test much depressed and pentagonal, basal angle tumid ; arbu-
lacra wide, prominent and convex, with six rows of tubercles ;

‘th tine allies ate aa eg hae - — a oe ¥
Picea aS ea hee

eh Wy

ea ae ee oe ee es a ae

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 93

-interambulacra with from 20 to 22 rows of tubercles at the
circumference ; base flat, depressed towards the centre; the
single interambulacrum truncated posteriorly ; anal opening
_ large, occupying three-fourths of its upper surface.

_ Height ,8,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches
and ,,ths, transverse diameter 2 inches and ,ths.
Deseription.—The ambulacral aree of this Urchin are wide,
convex, and prominent, and form an exception to Agassiz’s
generalization, that in the genus Pygaster the ambulacra are
furnished with only four rows of tubercles, for in this species
there are six well-developed rows at the circumference of the test
(fig. 1c) ; the two marginal rows extend from the mouth to the
vertex, the two middle rows commence at a short distance from .
the mouth and terminate at a short distance from the vertex, and
the two internal rows commence about four lines above and extend
about the same distance beyond the basal angle. The mteram-
bulacral arez are three times the width of the ambulacral, and
are furnished with twenty-two rows of tubercles at the circum-
ference of the test ; they attain their greatest development at the
base of the arez, and are arranged so uniformly, and disposed so
closely together, that they present somewhat the appearance of a
mosaic work (fig. 1 d) ; the areolz are deeply sculptured out of
the plates, and surrounded by circles of very small granules ; of

_ the twenty-two rows of tubercles which occupy the area at the cir-

cumference, only six, and those the three central rows of each
column, extend from the mouth to the vertex, the others are limited
to shorter distances, the length of their range being in proportion
to their distance from the margin of the columns. The poriferous
avenues are narrow, and the pores are small and set closely together
in pairs. The basal angle is tumid (fig. 1 d) ; the base 1s flat and
depressed towards the centre; in this depression the mouth is
situated; the opening is small, being only one-sixth the diameter
of the test at the circumference. The anus is a large oblong
Spree (fig. 1 a), occupying at least the upper three-fourths of

e single interambulacrum. The apical disc is absent ; the spines
are short, needle-shaped, and finely striated longitudinally. The
test is very thick.

Affinities and differences.—This species resembles P. laganoides,
Agassiz, in its depressed form, obtuse basal angle, and truncated
single interambulacrum ; but P. Morrisii is distinguished from P.
laganoides in possessing a greater number of tubercles in both
aree, P. laganoides having four rows in the ambulacral and
twelve in the interambulacral, whilst in P. Morrisii the corre-
sponding arez possess six and twenty-two. We know no other

_ Species among its congeners for which it could be mistaken.

94 Dr. T. Wright. on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This rare species was
eollected from the Cornbrash at Stanton, Wilts, and is the
only specimen we know from that stratum.. We have seen a
Pygaster from the Great Oolite near Cirencester, which appa-
rently belongs to our species ; it was a crushed specimen, but
the number of the tubercles on the areze was the same as in our
species.

Genus Hotectyrvs, Desor. .

Test circular, more or less hemispherical, conical or subco-
nical, always tumid; mouth central and decagonal ; anal opening
large, inferior, infra-marginal, rarely marginal, sometimes vccu-
pying the entire space between the mouth and the border ; am-

_bulacra simple, continuous and radiant ; avenues with a single
pair of pores throughout ; tubercles small, perforated and cre-
nulated, disposed in a regular series; apical dise central and
vertical, composed of four perforated and a single imperforated
ovarial plate, a central madreporiform body, and five ocular
plates ; the internal walls of the test without projecting ribs.

The genus Holectypus was formed by M. Desor for those
Discoidee which have no projecting processes or ribs on the inner
wall of their test. The species of which the group is composed
are found in the oolitic and lower cretaceous rocks. They con-
stitute a transition from the Discoidee to the typical Galerites,
and according to the views of Professor Forbes “form a section
or subgenus of the genus Galerites, more valuable on account of
their paleontological merits and limited distribution in time
(being the main characteristic of the Oolitic period) than for the
zoological importance of the characters of their organization,
which are rather transitional than distinctive.”

Holectypus depressus, Desor.

Syn. Galerites depressus, Lamk. Animaux sans Vert. tome iii. p. 21.
no. 7; Desmoulins, Table Synopt. p. 254; Goldfuss, Petrefact.
Ger. tab. 41. p. 129; Koch and Dunker, N. D. Oolit. tab. 4.
fig. 2.

5 ba depressa, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 7; Echin. Foss. de la
Suisse, tab. 13 bis, fig. 7-13.

Holectypus depressus, Desor, Catal. raisonné des Echinides, A. S. N.
tom. vil. 3rd Series.

Test hemispherical, more or less depressed, sometimes conical ;
circumference circular or subpentagonal ; base concave ; tuber-
cles small on the dorsal surface, larger on the base; anal
opening pyriform, infra-marginal ; apex directed towards the
mouth.

Height ;>ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 95

yoths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4,ths (Inferior Oolite spe-
cimens). Height ;$,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter
1 inch and ,8,ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4ths (Corn-
brash specimens).

Description.—The inconsiderable prominence of the ambulacra
of this Urchin gives the circumference a subcircular outline ; the
are are furnished with from six to eight rows of tubercles, four
of which only extend from the mouth to the vertex; the other
rows disappear at various distances from the circumference,
where they are most fully developed. The interambulacra are
twice and a half the width of the ambulacra, and furnished at
the circumference with sixteen rows of tubercles, a few of which
only form distinct horizontal ranges on the dorsal surface of the
test ; the perforated tubercles are encircled with fine granulations
which cover likewise the intertubercular surface of tbe plates ;
the base is concave, and the tubercles of both arez attain their
greatest development in this region, presenting im their size a
remarkable contrast to the microscopic character of those occu-
pying the upper surface of the test.

The apical disc is central, and occupies the vertex ; it is com-
posed of four perforated ovarial plates, and a single imperforate
plate with five ocular plates ; the madreporiform body is largely
developed and projects from the single imperforate ovarial to-
wards the centre of the disc, where the line of suture between the
other plates is not clearly defined ; the madreporiform body has
the appearance of a central spongy mass, round which the ovarial
and ocular plates are disposed, and has been figured and de-
scribed as such by Agassiz and Desor ; but specimens before me,
from the Inferior Oolite of Dundry and the Cornbrash of Wilts,
prove this to be an error. The single ovarial plate, with its
madreporiform body, is of an irregular pentagunal form, the
spongy portion projecting inwards to the centre ; the anterior and
posterior pair of ovarial plates are of a pentagonal form, and are
perforated at their apices for the passage of ducts; the ocular
plates are likewise pentagonal and wedged between the ovarial
plates at the summits of the ambulacra, where the eyeholes are
situated. The mouth occupies the centre of the concave base,
but is rather nearer the anterior than the posterior border ; it i
about one-third the diameter of the test, and its margin is di-
vided into ten lobes. The anal opening is large, occupying
nearly all the basal portion of the single interambulacrum ; it is of
a pyriform shape, having the apex directed towards the mouth,
and the round base towards the border of the test. The pori-
ferous avenues are occupied by a row of pores placed in pairs,
and extending without interruption from the margin of the

. mouth to the apical disc. The spines are unknown.
Affinities and differences.—This species resembles H. hemi-

96 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

sphericus in its general outline, but is well distinguished from it
by the position of the anal opening. In H. depressus the anus
is infra-marginal with the apex directed inwards, whilst in H. he-
misphericus that opening is marginal with the apex directed out-
wards. The specimens from the Inferior Oolite are in general
smaller and more tumid than those obtained from the Cornbrash,
which have a much greater diameter, but are proportionally more
depressed and have a more acute basal angle. .
Locality and stratigraphical range.—I have collected this Ur-
chin from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite along the entire
range of the Cotteswolds. Dundry, Wootton-under-Edge, Stinch-
combe, Rodborough, Coopers, Birdlip, Shurdington, Leckhamp-
ton and Winchcombe Hills may be named as good localities in
Gloucestershire. I have obtained the large specimens from the
Cornbrash near Kemble Tunnel, Great Western Railway, and
from Stanton, Wilts, and near W oodstock, Oxon. Mr. Phillips has
found it in the Cornbrash of Yorkshire. The foreign localities
are, “the corallian stage of Liesberg, environs of Bamberg,
Muttenz, Metz, the Oxfordian stage of Vivoin and Chauffour
(Sarthe), d’Alencon, Boulogne, Mamers, Chatillon-sur-Seine and
Latrecy (Haute Marne) *.” Goldfuss assigns as its localities
the upper and middle beds of the Jurakalk in Bavaria and Wiir-
temberg +. Koch and Dunker have found it in the sanity
dolomitic limestone of Ténnjesberges in Hanover f.
History.—Holectypus depressus has been long known to palee-
ontologists, beg very generally found in the lower and middle
divisions of the Jurassic strata throughout Europe ; it is figured
in the works of Goldfuss, Koch and Dunker, and Agassiz: the
figures of the latter author are the most correct and abundant in
details.
Holectypus hemisphericus, Desor.
Syw. Discoidea hemispherica, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 7; Desor,
Monogr. des Galerites, p. 71. pl. 8. fig. 4-7.
Holectypus hemisphericus, Agass. and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echi-
nides, A. 8. N. vol. vii. p. 146, 3rd Series.
Galerites hemisphericus, Forbes, Memoirs of the Geol. Survey, De-
cade 3. pl. 6.
Var. a. Depressus.—Discoidea marginalis, M‘Coy, Ann. Nat. Hist.
vol. ii. p. 413, 2nd Series.
Var. 6. Conicus, anus valde marginalis.—Holectypus Devauzxianus,
Cotteau, Etudes sur les Echinides fossiles, p. 46. pl. 2. fig. 7-9.

Testtumid, hemispherical, more or lessdepressed; margin rounded;
tubercles larger on the ventral than on the dorsal surface, and
increased in size around the mouth; single interambulacrum

* Ann. des Se. nat. tome vii. p. 145, 3rd Series.

+ Petrefact. Germanie, Part 1. p. 130. tab. 41.
t N. D. Oolith. Versteinerungen, p. 40. tab. 4. fig. 2.

-

r

3

-

“t

e
:

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 97

slightly produced ; anal opening pyriform, with the apex di-

rected outwards and upwards, excavated out of the base and
_ border of the single area; base concave ; mouth small, nearly
_ central, situated in a depression.

- Height ;$ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and
~oths, transverse diameter 1 inch and (5th.

Description.—This Urchin resembles the preceding species in
its general outline, but a careful inspection shows that it differs
in many important particulars from it. The test is sub-hemi-
spherical, more or less depressed in different individuals; the
antero-posterior exceeds the transverse diameter, and the apical
disc and the vertex are excentrical, being situated nearer the an-
terior than the posterior border, thereby occasioning a slight
obliquity, which is more or less evident in different individuals ;
the sides are tumid, and the border is gently rounded. The
base is concave and much depressed in the centre, in which con-
cavity the mouth-opening is situated; it is nearer the anterior
than the posterior border, and is less than one-third the trans-
verse diameter of the test, its margin being divided into ten
nearly equal lobes. The ambulacral arez taper very gradually ;
each pair of the small narrow plates supports a tubercle, which
oceupies the same relative position thereon on every fourth plate,
so that the arez are adorned with six rows of tubercles arranged
obliquely in V-shaped lines. The pores form pairs set closely

her in single files throughout the avenues ; about the middle
of the sides there are from four to five pairs of pores opposite
each interambulacral plate. The interambulacral aree are twice
and a half the width of the ambulacral ; in the specimen before
me there are twenty-seven plates in each column; each of the
side plates is slightly bent upwards in the middle, whilst those
of the base are nearly straight ; each plate carries from four to
eight tubercles surrounded by circles of minute granules. The
tubercles are arranged on the plates in such a manner that they
form curved lines on the arez ; they are more closely crowded
together at the basal angle, and are fewer in number, but of
larger size, around the mouth, where they are set more widely
apart; each tubercle is perforated and raised upon a mammil-

eminence with a crenulated summit: even the encircling
granules exhibit perforations when viewed with a high magni-
fying lens. The spines are unknown. The apical disc is small,
and formed of five ovarial and five ocular plates; the anterior
pair of ovarials are the largest, and the right*, which is the

* The Urchin is supposed to be placed before the observer, with the an-
terior border before, the anal border behind ; the right and left sides of the
test consequently correspond to his. .

~ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 7

TDS NE Pav me
ig a re

98 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

widest, has attached to its surface a spongy prominent body ;
the posterior pair are smaller, and both pairs are perforated ; the
single ovarial is the smallest and is imperforate; the ocular
plates are small pentagonal bodies, wedged between the angles
formed by the ovarials ; they are placed opposite the summits of
the ambulacra, and have the eyeholes pierced at their lowest
border. The anus is a large opening situated in the margin of

the single interambulacrum ; it is of a pyriform shape, having the ©

base directed towards the mouth, and the apex extending some
distance, about one-fourth part up the side; the proportional size
of the opening varies in the suite of specimens before me ; in all,
however, it is constantly marginal.

Affinities and differences.—This species nearly resembles H.
depressus in its hemispherical form and general outline ; it is
readily distinguished from it however in being a little more
elongated, in having the anal opening marginal and the vertex
and apical dise slightly excentrical, but the marginality of the
anus is the most important diagnostic character.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species was collected
at Shurdington Hill with H. depressus, where it is rare; it was
collected in abundance by Messrs. Bristow and Gapper* along
with Dysaster ringens and D. bicordatus from the sands of the
Inferior Oolite in Dorset and Somerset. M. Desor+ found it in
Normandy in a particular bed of the Calcaire au Polypiers known
by the name of Caillasse, and M. Cotteaut obtained it from the
Inferior Oolite of Tour-du-Pré, associated with Dysaster ringens
and Diadema depressum.

History.—First figured and described by M. Desor in his
‘ Monograph des Galérites,’ and lately exquisitely figured in detail
and admirably described by Prof. Forbes in the 8rd Decade of
his ‘ Paleontological Memoirs of the Geological Survey.’

Genus Hysociyrvus, Agassiz.

Urchins having a circular, oblong, or subpentagonal cireum-
ference, with the dorsal surface in general much depressed. The
ambulacral aree meet above at two points as in the genus Dys-
aster ; the single and anterior pair of ambulacra terminate at the
anterior border of the apical disc, the posterior pair at a short
distance from them. The anus is situated in a deep valley ex-
tending from the vertex to the posterior border of the test. The
base is much undulated ; the mouth is excentrical, placed nearer
the anterior border; it is of a pentagonal form and has no mar-
ginal folds. The surface of the test is covered with small close-

* Memoirs of Geol. Survey, Decade iii.
+ Monogr. des Galérites, p. 71.
t Etudes des Echinides Fossiles, p. 46.

ies

eee ee
ee aw -
ae :

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 99

set perforated tubercles, raised on eminences with crenulated
summits; the pores are disposed in pairs im a single file. This
form is at present known only in a fossil state, and appertains to
the Oolitic period.

Hyboclypus agariciformis, Forbes, n. sp.

Test disciform, subpentagonal, and much depressed ; ambulacra
narrow, the three anterior straight, the posterior pair sinuous ;
interambulacra unequal and covered with an immense profu-
sion of microscopic tubercles ; apical disc central and vertical ;
anal valley deep with parallel sides, which gradually expand
about the middle of the single interambulacrum ; mouth-open-
ing small.

Height 5%,ths of an inch, antero-posterior and trapsverse dia-
meters 3 inches and 5th. One large specimen measures, in the
antero-posterior and transverse diameters, 3 inches and ,5;ths.

Description.—The outline of this Urchin varies a little in dif-
ferent individuals; in general the antero-posterior equals the
transverse diameter, but sometimes the transverse exceeds the
antero-posterior diameter. The ambulacra are of unequal width ;

_ the single anterior area is ‘the narrowest, and the posterior pair
are the widest ; each pair of ambulacral plates carry from four to
six tubercles, which are so disposed that they form oblique rows
of from four to six in a row, which meet in the median line and
branch upwards and outwards, forming thereby V-shaped figures.
The pores are arranged closely together in pairs on the dorsal
surface, but from the basal angle to the mouth they are set wider

apart, and fall into triple oblique pairs. The imterambulacral
areze are of unequal width ; the anterior pair measure at the cir-
cumference | inch and 5,ths, the posterior pair 1 inch and }3ths;
the single area is 4,th of an ineh wider than the posterior pair.
The inequality in the width of these arez causes the subpenta-
gonal form of the test ; the interambulacral plates are slightly
bent upwards at the middle, and their surface is covered with
numerous small tubercles; in an ordinary-sized plate, I have
counted 100 tubercles, each of which is perforated and sur-
rounded by an areola. The base is flat and slightly undulated,
im consequence of the ambulacra forming straight valleys, and
the interambulacra convex conical lobes between the basal angle
and the mouth. The oral opening is situated nearer the ante-
rior than the posterior border ; it is small, of a pentagonal form,
and has the border surrounded by five small lobes formed
by the termination of the interambulacral aree ; the tubercles
are large and more fully developed on the basal than on the

_ dorsal surface of the test, and the areolz are seen in this region
7*

100 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

to be merely the margins of the depressions in the centre of which
the tubercles are placed» The apical disc is situated in the ver-
tex and is nearly central ; the plates of which it was formed are
absent in all the specimens I have seen ; the single and the an-
terior pair of ambulacra converge around its anterior border, and
the posterior pair terminate about two lines from the latter at
the posterior and external side of the disc. The single interam-

bulacrum is somewhat wider and longer than the others; the ©

anal opening is situated in its dorsal part in a deep valley with
parallel vertical sides covered with tubercles ; about the middle of
the opening, the valley expands and forms a concave depression
in its lower half; the basal portion of the area is slightly pro-
duced, and forms a lip-shaped process, which gives a considerable
convexity and prominence to the basal angle of this area.

Affinities and differences.—H. agariciformis differs so widely
from its congeners in our Oolites that it cannot be mistaken for
either of them; its shield-shape and depressed vertex distin-
guish it from H. gibberulus, and its dimensions, circular form,
and rounded posterior border serve as diagnostic characters be-
tween it and H. caudatus. From Pygaster, with which form it has
been erroneously grouped, it is distinguished by the greater
number and microscopic character of the tubercles in Hyboclypus,
the deep anal valley with its parallel vertical walls, and the ex-
centric five-lobed mouth ; whereas in Pygaster the tubercles are
fewer and larger, the anal opening forms a large space without
a valley and parallel walls, and the mouth is central, and has
its margin divided into ten lobes like Holectypus and all the
Cidaride.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species is tolerably
abundant in the lower ferruginous beds, “ the Pea-grit ” of Leck-
hampton, Crickley, Birdlip, Coopers, and. Cleeve Hills: as far as
we at present know, it is not found in the middle division of the
Oolites.

History.—This species has been elaborately figured for the
4th decade of Professor Forbes’s ‘Memoirs of the Geological
Survey ’ from the specimens now before me, and will be described
in detail in that work, to which I beg to refer for more ample
particulars. é

Hyboclypus caudatus, Wright, n.sp. PI. IIT. fig. 2a—e.

Test oblong, much depressed ; single interambulacrum produced
into a caudal prolongation; mouth very excentric, near the
anterior border ; apical disc and vertex slightly excentric, an-
terior border blunt, posterior border truncated.

Height .9ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch ‘and

See eS ee

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidie of the Oolites. 101

2 ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and 75th. The great majority
of the specimens average as follows :—
_ Height 3,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter }-3ths of an
inch, transverse diameter 43ths of an inch.

Description.—The test of this elegant little species is covered
with tubercles so minute, that without the assistance of a good
lens, the observer might suppose that it was altogether destitute
of sculpture; the single and anterior pair of ambulacra are
straight and very short in consequence of the excentricity of the
mouth and vertex, and terminate at the anterior border of ‘the
apical disc ; the posterior pair are one-seventh longer, and curve
upwards, inwards, and forwards on the dorsal surface, termi-
nating by the anal valley at a short distance from the posterior
border of the disc. The pores are placed closely together on
the dorsal surface, but are situated at wider distances apart at
the base.

The interambulacra are of unequal width ; the anterior pair are
the shortest and narrowest, the posterior pair the widest, and the
single area the longest, which is likewise considerably produced
into a lip-like process, which curves gently downwards and is
abruptly truncated posteriorly. The anal furrow is deep with
vertical parallel walls, which gradually expand into two ridges,
corresponding with the truncated borders of the lip-like process.
The anterior border is blunt, with a slight depression in the
middle formed by the single area; the base is concave and
slightly undulated; the mouth is situated near the anterior
border, and is a simple pentagonal opening without lobes; the
tubercles in this region are somewhat larger, but they are fewer
in number and. arranged with much irregularity on the plates.
The apical dise is unfortunately broken in all the specimens we
nei examined ; the space which it occupied is however very
small.

Affinities and differences.—H. caudatus differs from its conge-
ners by its oblong form, posterior lip-like process formed by the
single interambulacral area and its depressed ‘and excentrical
vertex ; it is distinguished from H. gibberulus by the absence of
the anterior central ridge characterizing that species, and from
H. agariciformis it is distinctly separated by its oblong form and
excentric mouth and anus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This is not a common
Urchin ; it is found occasionally in the lower and upper beds of
the Inferior Oolite at Leckhampton, Crickley, and Birdlip Hills,
and it occurs occasionally in the planking beds of the Great
Oolite at Minchinhampton. The specimens from the latter lo-
eality are in general small and not well preserved ; the individual

'- which we figure is the largest we have seen.

102. = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Hyboclypus gibberulus, Agass.
Syn. Hyboclypus gibberulus, Agassiz, Echinoderm. Foss. de la Suisse,

Part 1. p. 75. pl. 13. fig. 10-12 ; Desor, Monograph des Galé-
rites, p. 84. pl. 13. fig. 12-14.

Test nearly orbicular, elevated and contracted anteriorly, en-
larged, depressed, produced and truncated posteriorly; the
single ambulacral area the highest, and forming a gibbous ~
crest by an elevation of the anterior pair of interambulacral
aree; anal valley wide and deep; single interambulacrum
slightly produced, deflected and truncated; base much un-
dulated ; mouth and vertex excentrical.

Height ;6,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and
23ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and 34ths. In consequence of
the fracture of the summit of the crest, the true height cannot be
exactly ascertained.

Description.—This species is remarkable for the prominent
gibbous crest formed by the anterior interambulacral and single
ambulacral ares, and which gives value to its specific name; on
the anterior border of the crest a groove is formed which extends
from thence to the mouth; the anterior lateral are more con-
tracted than the posterior lateral borders, and the posterior half
of the test is Jess elevated than the anterior half, and graduall
declines from the vertex to the single interambulacral area, hich
is abruptly truncated. The single and the anterior pair of am-
bulacra form nearly straight lines from the vertex to the cireum-
ference ; the posterior pair are gently sinuous ; the pores are dis-
posed in close-set pairs on the dorsal surface, but are more wide
apart at the base. The interambulacral aree are of unequal
width ; the anterior pair are the narrowest, the posterior pair are
one-third wider than the anterior, and the posterior single area
is the widest ; its dorsal part is occupied by the anal valley, which
is wide and deep above and expanded below, and forms an in-
considerable prominence which is abruptly truncated and much
deflected posteriorly ; the anus is a large, oval opening, perfo-
rated at the extremity of the valley. The mouth is situated im-
mediately under the vertex, and both are slightly excentrical ;
the mouth-opening has a pentagonal form, and lies in a consi-
derable concavity, the base being much undulated from the con-
vexity of the interambulacra and the straightness of the valleys
formed by the ambulacra. In the specimen before me the apical
disc is unfortunately broken with the summit of the gibbous
crest. ‘The test is very thin, and covered with small homogeneous
tubercles, which are larger, more numerous, but less regular on
the base than on the dorsal surface ; they are all surrounded by
a very apparent circular depression.

On the Production of Mollusks in Holothurie. 103

Affinities and differences.—In its general outline H. gibberulus
resembles the young of H. agariciformis, but its anterior gibbous
crest distinguishes it at a glance from that species, and I know
of no other form for which it could be mistaken.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This is a rare Urchin: I
know only four British specimens, the best of which, from the
cabinet of W. Walton, Esq., of Bath, has served for the foregoing
description, and to whom I beg to record my thanks for his
courtesy in forwarding it. This Urchin was collected by that
gentleman from the Inferior Oolite in the parish of Charleomb
near Bath, from whence three of the four specimens were ob-
tained ; the fourth was found in the Inferior Oolite of Dorset-
shire, and is in the Museum of Practical Geology.

History.—First figured and described by M. Agassiz, who
only knew of two specimens from the Inferior Oolite of Switzer-
land ; afterwards by M. Desor in his valuable monograph on the
Galerites, and now described as a British fossil for the first time.

[To be continued. }

VIII.— Upon the Production of Mollusks in Holothurie.
By Prof. MULiER*.

In our last Number we gave a translation of a very remarkable
oe bearing the above title, which had been read by Prof. Miil-
er before the Academy of Sciences in Berlin on the 23rd of Oc-
tober 1851. Considering the length of this communication, the
elaborate manner in which it entered into details, the importance
and very startling nature of the presumed discovery, the dignity
of the scientific body to which it was addressed, and the high
reputation of its author, we did not doubt that the statement as
to facts was complete, and that the reasonings thereupon were
mature and well-weighed. Although therefore we could not
help pointing out the most obvious weak points of the argument,
respect for what seemed the fixed conviction of a very eminent
man, prevented more than a feeble protest.

The new essay, whose title stands at the head of the present
article, bears date December 1851, five or six weeks therefore
later than the previous one, and this five or six weeks has been
sufficient to effect a very considerable change in the whole aspect
of the matter ; the alteration being such, we are happy to say, as
more than justifies the criticisms upon which we ventured.

Let it not be imagined that the differences are such as would

* Ueber die Erzeugung von Schnecken in Holothurien. Von Joh. Miiller.
Miiller’s Archiv, 1852, No. 1.

104 Prof. Miller on the Production

naturally exist between a mere abstract of a paper and the paper
itself. It is very clear that the account read before the Academy
contained a full statement of all that its author then thought
upon the subject ; for, with the exception of one or two passages
which have been altered, the present essay is identical verbatim
et literatim with the former, differing merely in the presence of
very considerable interpolations at various places. The smaller

proportion of the added matter consists of new facts, the larger —

of speculation somewhat cooled as it would seem by further con-
sideration.

The principal new fact of importance (and its significance is
very great) is, that the molluskigerous sac has been found to-
gether with the ordinary generative organs in two cases.

At page 5 of the ‘ Archiv’ we find—

“One of the first questions which arose was, whether the in-
dividuals with a molluskigerous sac also possess the ordinary
generative organs or not. The solution of this problem seems
easy enough, but was in truth very difficult, on account of the
violent rupture of the viscera by the spontaneous fission of the
animal—whence the genital sacs were not unfrequently torn
away from their attachment in the head. From this cause the
molluskigerous sacs were most frequently and readily found in
those portions of the body which had already become separated
from the head. In all those portions containing molluskigerous
sacs which I examined in Trieste, I sought in vain for the ordinary
genitals. On renewing my investigations here, however, upon a
large number of specimens preserved in spirits in which the head
was retained, I found two which possessed the ordinary gene-
rative organs as well as the molluskigerous sac. These genera-
tive organs indeed were not so large and completely developed
as they commonly are, but they contained quite normally-formed
ova of Synapta of #;rd of a line in diameter. The collective
number of observations is by these increased to seventy-one: and
we must consider it as proved, that the presence of the molluski-
gerous sac does not exclude the ordinary generative organs and
vice versa.”

Although the co-existence of the two organs has been abso-
lutely observed in two cases only out of seventy-one in which the
molluskigerous organ was found, a consideration of the nature
of the evidence will lead to the belief, that we must not thence
conclude that their co-existence is at all rare.

The Synapte were always found in fragments. The inclosure
of either generative organs or molluskigerous sac in any of these
fragments would depend either upon their being attached to
some portion of the fragment or upon mere chance.

Now the generative organs are attached to the head only.

.

of Mollusks in Holothuriz. 105

The molluskigerous organ, on the other hand, was observed to be
attached to the head in one instance, while in twenty other cases
it was attached to the intestinal vessel alone. Whether it has
normally a cephalic attachment or not then, at any rate the in-
testinal attachment is by far the stronger. When the animal
breaks up, it appears that the head usually separates from the
portion containing the intestinal attachment of the molluski-
gerous sac, and hence there is an d-priori probability that the
molluskigerous sac will not be found with the genital organs.

Even should the latter break off from their cephalic attach-
ment and become perfectly free, it is just as likely that they
should slip into, and be inclosed in, some other fragment, as in
that which contains the sac.

No value therefore can be placed on negative evidence in this
matter ; and for anything that appears to the contrary, the mol-
luskigerous sac and the generative organs may always co-exist.

- There is further, evidence to show that the molluskigerous sae
does not, as Prof. Miiller had supposed, replace the ordinary ge-
nerative organs.

_ Speaking of the three sacs whose cephalic attachment was
observed (Annals, p.30), he says (Archiv, p. 17) :—

“The attachment of the three sacs was close together between
the calcareous ring and the cephalic disc near the point of inser-
tion of the vesicula Poliana.

“ Hereabouts usually, the main stem of the generative organs
lies, but in the present case no trace of it was to be found. Unable
to investigate the matter further in fresh preparations, I never-
theless thought it probable that the sacs opened here, partly be-
cause | had not at that time discovered the generative organs in
any Synapta provided with molluskigerous sacs ; partly because
in the last-mentioned case the three sacs were attached close
together at one and the same spot. Recently, however, grave
doubts have arisen in my mind as to the meaning of this con-
nexion, especially on account of the circumstance that the trunk
of the generative organ opens, not between the oral disc and the
calcareous ring, but close behind the calcareous ring.

“The contracted condition of the specimens preserved in spi-
rit allowed of no further elucidation of this point.

_ “The third smaller sac had already in the recent state been
detached for microscopic investigation ; the two other larger sacs
were yet attached, and could only be separated by repeated and
violent tearing of their point of insertion with needles; but I
could arrive at no conclusion as to the mode of their insertion
and the relations of their outer extremities.

“The sacs are very fine towards their torn-off ends, gradually

- diminishing to th of a line in diameter. Further investigations

106 Prof. Miiller on the Production

are necessary to determine the constancy or inconstancy of this
attachment, and the mode in which it is effected. And for the
present I must leave undetermined how the mollusks make their
exit, whether by the spontaneous breaking up of the Synapta or
through the spiracula described by Quatrefages (which however
I have not been able to discover), or by the continuation of the
sac itself to the outer surface.”

It is quite clear then, that whatever the sacs may be, they are

not homologous with any normal organ of the Synapta, which
clears off one considerable difficulty in the way of the parasitic
view.

The structure of the small third molluskigerous sac mentioned
at p. 30 seems worthy of more attention than Prof. Miiller has
allotted to it, and may perhaps, if attentively considered, throw
some glimmer of light upon the nature of the sacs.

Prof. Miiller expresses a doubt whether this delicate and short
sac was a young undeveloped, or an old retrograding form.
However, when we consider “ that the ovarian capsule and the
contour of the ovary were visible in this sac, but no yelks or yelk-
granules” (Archiv, p.17), or secondary capsules containing yelks ;
and further, that in fully developed sacs when the yelks have
made their exit the ovarian capsule dehisces (Annals, p. 28) ;
it seems pretty certain that it must have been an undeveloped
form, and not one which had performed its functions.

Should this be the case, however, the consequences are highly
important. For this small sac contained an “ intus-susception ”
which reached as far as the ovary (Archiv, p. 17), and the intus-
suscepted end hung freely in the cavity of the Synapta, while the
opposite end was attached to the head of the animal.

Whether the sac be an organ or a parasite, therefore, it ap-
pears that its inner end is at first free, and that eventually it
must bore a hole in the intestinal artery and become organi-
cally connected therewith ; and this difficulty being equal for all
theories may be henceforth eliminated. The fact indeed that the
sac is at first attached only to the parietes of the animal and
subsequently to its viscera, speaks strongly in favour of its para-
sitic nature. We have an exact parallel in the course taken by
the “ pup” of Cercaria echinata so ably described by Steenstrup
(Alternation of Generations, p. 57 et seq.) The Cercaria buries
itself in the skin of the mollusk it infests, loses its active habits,
and eventually reaches a particular organ, the liver. Its orga-
nization has become simplified in this course; the generative
organs apparently becoming developed as the locomotive and
digestive organs retrograde.

The single case in which sacs were found attached both to the
parietes and to the intestinal vessel might be compared to a Di-

of Mollusks in Holothuriz. 107

stoma pupa which had just attached itself to the liver without quite
leaving the integument,—a stage through which every Distoma
must certainly pass, though it has not been actually observed.

It is only by supposing the adhesion of the molluskigerous sac
to the parietes of the Synapta to be a step in its progress, that
one can comprehend the two seemingly opposed statements of
Prof. Miller, namely that while in at least twenty cases to one
the sac is found attached to the intestinal vessel only, in that
one instance the adhesion of the sacs to the parietes was so strong
that they could only be detached “ by repeated and violent tear-
ing with needles ” (p. 17).

In the present communication Prof. Miiller allows infinitely
more weight to the probability of the parasitic nature of the
molluskigerous sacs. At page 24 (Archiv), after considering the
means of discovering the adult mollusk, we find—

| « Among so many contingences, however, it is to be remem-

: bered, that possibly our mollusk may never be discovered in the
adult state, but that after a short life as such it may cast off
shell and operculum and change into a parasitic worm, a herma-
phrodite mollusk-generator.”

On such an hypothesis it is compared at p. 25 to Lernea among
the Crustaceans ; and taking in addition the two following pass-
ages interpolated in the ‘Archiv’ at pp. 30-31, we may almost say
that Prof. Miller has given in his adhesion to the notion of
parasitism.

The first is inserted after the paragraph containing those very
remarkable speculations as to the precedence of hen and egg, Xe.

“This is nothing more than the logical consequence of con-
ceiving the sac to be an extraordinary organ of the Holothurta ;
and he, who in the foregoing manner metaphysically explains the
observations, only endeavours to define that conception. It need
hardly be remarked, that this view is a mere abstract theory
(natur-philosophische Doctrin) in the absence of that further
knowledge of facts which I desire and seek for.”

And a little further on we find inserted—

“The further investigation of the subject cannot proceed from
the conception of its inexplicability, for this excludes all pro-
founder knowledge ; we must rather for the present take the very
; opposite course. Further investigation must proceed upon the
ey basis of what we know, and explanation must be sought in the
7 common course of nature.

“ According to our present knowledge, a sac which produces

mollusks can be homologous with nothing but a mollusk, whether
¥ it arise by an alternation of generations or by a metamorphosis of
a mollusk. The wonderful connexion of this structure with the
-. Synapta, and always with the same blood-vessel, remains then

108 Prof. Miller on the Production

the inexplicable point. Upon this view we hazard much less
than by adopting the others ; and T believe that in the course of
further investigations we must hold fast by it, until the whole
process has been made clear by direct observation.”

It is very remarkable, that while thus decisively admitting
the probability that we have to do with a case of parasitism,
Prof. Miiller does not go a step further, and inquire in the first
place, whether the structure of the sac has any analogy with that
of any known molluscous organism; and secondly, whether the
mode of parasitism is analogous to other cases.. We have already
endeavoured to answer the latter question in the affirmative ;—
can the former be similarly answered ?

“The question (says the Professor) is, to conceiye a sexually
perfect mollusk which has laid aside all molluscous characters ;
which has neither organs of sense, foot, liver, anus, heart, vessels,
nor sexual organs of gasteropod or mollusk, and yet which pos-
sesses the faculty of discovering a particular vessel in another
animal, and of nourishing itself on the blood therein contained.”
(Archiv, p. 25.)

A riddle, truly, that the Sphinx might have propounded ; and
it is not without some wholesome fear of being devoured, that
we venture to suggest a possible mode of solution.

In our previous remarks, the possibility of an affirmative
answer to this question was but indicated, im an allusion to the
structure of Hectocotylus, inasmuch as we did not doubt that
Prof. Miller himself would consider the subject from this point
of view also. He has not done so however, and it is therefore
necessary to explain the meaning of that allusion more fully.

Hectocotylus Argonaute is developed from certain ova of the
Argonaut. It is therefore homologous with a complete mollusk,
not with aspermatophore. It consists of a muscular tube beset
externally with two rows of suckers. There are no gills, and there
is no separate abdomen.

If there be any intestine, it is a cecal tube opening anteriorly
by a small aperture ; at least, such an organ exists in the Hecto-
cotylus Tremoctopodis, in which species also a heart, gills, and
traces of a nervous system were observed.

The testis is a delicate glassy vesicle containing spermatozoa.

These Hectocotyli, which may thus almost be said to “ have
laid aside all molluscous characters,” are yet the males of the
Cephalopods to whose mantle, cavity, or arms they parasitically
adhere.

Suppose now, that the mollusks developed within the mol-
luskigerous sac are not unisexual like the Cephalopods, but her-
maphrodite ; that after swimming freely for a while like most
mollusk-larve (a stage which would correspond to the Cercaria

ae

of Mollusks in Holothurie. 109

form of Distoma), they attach themselves to their appropriate
nidus—a Synapia; then, undergoing a further development re-
sembling in its type partly that of the Anangious Nudibranchiata,
partly that of Hectocotylus, they bury themselves in the tegu-
ments of the Synapta (a stage answering to the pupa condition
of the Cercaria or Distoma) ; that finally, growing and elonga-
ting, they attach themselves to the organ for which they are in-
tended, and lose more or less their original form (like the Di-
stoma) to become little more than mere generative organs ;—sup-
posing all this—though it is true that we suppose a great deal—
et there is no mere hypothetical assumption—not a hair’s
breadth do we pass beyond the limits of strong and legitimate
analogy.
~ The discovery of the co-existence of the molluskigerous sac
with true generative organs has of course obliged Prof. Miiller
to remodel the expression of his views with regard to the bear-
ing of his discoveries on the Alternation-theory. Thus we find
at page 26 of the ‘ Archiv’ the followmg new matter :—

“The Holothurig and mollusks have, beside their calcareous
deposits, and the circumstance that certain Holothuriade possess
a kind of foot from which locomotive suckers can be protruded,
no features of resemblance whatsoever. Indeed, according to
well-founded ideas, they belong to two different divisions of the
animal kingdom.

“The alternation of generations consists in the succession of
two or more generations dissimilar to one another, and of which
one is sexual ;—upon a Heterogony, which in some one of the
successive generations returns to the earlier form ;—upon a
Heterogony, therefore, which is effaced after a regular succession
of forms. Thus it is, in the clearly made out ‘ alternation’ of the
Salpa, of many intestinal worms, of the Medusa and Strobila,
and of the Aphides.

“Not quite so certain—at least not absolutely known—is this
return in other cases, which seem to be similar, and were in-
cluded under the same category by the distinguished originator*
of the alternation-doctine—Steenstrup. Of these I shall speak
at the end of this essay.

“ Supposing, however, that the phenomena of alternation take
place rigidly according to this definition, in all cases, yet it is
certain that sometimes two generations occur at the same epoch
of an animal’s existence, whereof only one produces its like—A
from A ; the other produces its unlike—B from A. With these,
the phenomena presented by Synapta might be tentatively com-
pared. That two sexual generations of different kinds should

* “Urheber.” Prof. Miiller seems to have forgotten his distinguished
_ countryman by adoption—Chamisso,

110 Prof. Miiller on the Production

occur simultaneously would differ entirely from the alternation
of generations, and is self-contradictory. This, however, is by
no means necessarily to be assumed in our comparison, since an
aberrant generation may begin by gemmation. The complete-
ness of the parallel depends essentially upon whether we consider
two classes, like Polypes and Meduse, whose members alter-
nately arise in the course of the ‘alternation,’ as definite and

separate classes, or whether they do not rather form but one

class. If they be not two distinct classes of the animal kingdom,
all ground for a comparison of our case with an alternation of
generations, viz. an alternation between Holothurie and mol-
lusks, ceases ; for these are unquestionably separated by a much
wider gap than Meduseze and Polypes.

“It is now worth while, concisely, to sum up the various pos-
sibilities. The dilemma is, either the molluskigerous sac is itself
an animal, or it is an organ of the Holothuria. In the one alter-
native, as in the other, we have to deal with phenomena of the
strangest kind. If the sac be an animal, a worm, not produced
by the Holothuria, but arisen from a mollusk, we have perchance
a quite unexpected case of the alternation of generations. To
believe this would perhaps be the easiest mode of reconciling
ourselves to facts so anomalous. We have become accustomed
in this region to much that is wonderful and yet has accommo-
dated itself to the law, so that we must not readily be startled.

“Or there is no alternation, but a metamorphosis takes place.
The mollusk metamorphoses itself into a parasitic worm, which
again produces mollusks—a wholly unexpected but by no means
an irrational supposition.

“If the sac be a worm produced by the Holothuria, then it is
much more incomprehensible and wonderful, and surpasses any
conceivable mode of ‘alternation.’

“Tf the sac be no animal, no worm, but an extraordinary organ
of the Holvthuria, it is still perfectly inexplicable, and becomes
an ultimate fact by which other facts may be explained.”

We can but remark here, that the want of a clear distinction
between gemmation and generation, between an animal and an
organ, appears to produce a singular confusion of ideas.

“That two sexual generations of different kinds should occur
simultaneously ” certainly differs entirely from any known “ al-
ternation ;” but why it should be “ self-contradictory,” we are at
a loss to discover. However improbable such an occurrence may
be, it is difficult to see why it should be impossible. Besides,
Prof. Miiller does assume it to occur, if he considers that the
molluskigerous sac is produced within the Synapta. Supposing
that sac to be produced by gemmation within the Synapta, is it
any the less an organ of the Synapta? If it be, then the water-

ee ae

of Mollusks in Holothuriz. 111

vascular system of a Holothuria is not an organ of the Holothuria,
and the allantois is not an organ of the mammalian fcetus.

As for the Meduse and Polypes being distinct classes of the
animal kingdom in any sense in which the word class can be
applied to mollusks and Holothurie, zoologists have been so long
agreed, that it seems hardly worth while to have raised the
question.

A considerable amount of new matter is added by Prof. Miiller
with respect to the possible sexual development of Medusze, from
Medusz which have proceeded from Polypes, but our space will
not permit us to enter upon that subject. One observation only
we would make, namely, that supposing Prof. Miiller’s hypo-
thetical, most favourable case, to be discovered, i. e. the sexual
development of a Sarsia or the like, from a Sarsia, there would
not be the slightest analogy with the supposed process in Synapta.
To have a parallel case, not only must we find a Sarsia sexually
propagated from a Sarsia, but we must find Polype-producing
sexual organs upon the Polype whence the Sarsia has proceeded.
There is not at present the slightest evidence that such a case as
this either exists or is likely to be discovered.

Having now placed the reader in the possession of all the facts,
we must conclude, not without regret that the present article
should, by the very necessities of the case, have taken so contro-
versial a tone. Prof. Miiller, however, needs not our praise, and
will, we hope, consider our free criticism as a much higher testi-
mony to the weight of his authority and the value of his opimions,
than any laudation.

Indeed, as in the instance of his admirable researches upon the
Echinoderms, we trust that he will be the first to throw the clear
light of observation upon the mysterious obscurity with which
this interesting subject is invested, and so restore the zoological
world to its propriety, from which his announcement had well
nigh frightened it.

We cannot end better than with two excellent passages, in
which some finger-posts are set up for future travellers in this
path :—“ For the present the solving of this problem is impos-
sible, but on the other hand, the kind of work necessary for its
solution may be readily pointed out. We do not yet know all
that is to be seen in Synapta digitata, and there are other kinds
of Synapta to be investigated. The spermatozoa of the genera
of the Pectinibranchiata, and also in other families of the Gas-
teropoda where they are as yet unknown, must be made out. We
must learn those of not only one species of Natica, but of all
kinds which occur in the Mediterranean and Adriatic seas. We
must ascertain the nature of the yelk in Natica, or those species
_ of mollusks to which the nature of the spermatozoa guides us.

‘

112 Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

Lastly, we must know the spawn and brood of those kinds of -

Natica or other mollusks ” (Archiv, p. 29.).

“JT do not give up the hope, that we may yet determine at
least the genus of this mollusk ; and I found this hope mainly
upon the very characteristic form of the spermatozoa, in addition
to the other features enumerated.

“It is very interesting, that from the form of the spermatozoa,

our mollusk can hardly belong to either the Nudibranchiata or

the Tectibranchiata, whose linear spermatozoa have been made
perfectly well-known by Kdlliker. This is so much the more
worthy of notice, since it is in harmony with the indications
afforded by the shell and by the general structure of the young
mollusk, from which the animal would be referred to the Pectini-
branchiata.

“‘ Among these, the peculiar form both of the shell and of the
spermatozoa excludes the Canalifera from consideration. But
among the Trochoide to which Natica belongs, cercariform or

knitting-needle-shaped spermatozoa occur among a few genera, -

and were observed by Kolliker in Trochus cinerarius, L. Wagner,
Erdl, and Kolliker observed similar ones in Patella and Chiton.
Wagner and Erdl found them in Haliotis among the Seuti-
branchiata, and Siebold in Vermetus among the Tubulibranchiata.
The spermatozoa of Natica and its allies are yet unknown.

“In investigations with reference to this matter, it will be
especially important to recollect the terminal enlargement of the
spermatozoa, which up to this time has been observed in no
Gasteropod, but in the spermatozoa of our mollusk is never
wanting.”

IX.— Brief Diagnostic Notices of new Maderan Land Shells.
By R. T. Howe, M.A.

Virrina, Drap.

1. Virrina Beuni1.—Prim. (in Trans. Cam. Phil. Soe. vol. iv.
Part 1), tab. 5. f. 16. V. Ruivensis, Couth. Pf. Mon. ii. 507.
Differt a V. Lamarckii, Fér. (Prim. loc. cit. f. 1 a) testa haliotoi-
dea patula depressa, apertura auriformi ad apicem usque pervia,
anfractibus tantum duobus, spira laterali vix ulla, &c.; necnon
animale.

Speciem icone supra citata distinctam, et plures jam annos in
honorem cl. Professoris Kielensis dicatam stabilivi.

Hab. in Madera.

Heurx, L.
§. Leptazis, Lowe.

2. HELIX MEMBRANACEA.—Ab HZ. furva, Lowe, juniore caute

i i

Mr. R. T: Lowe on new ‘MaderanLand Shells. 118

“distinguenda. Differt testa tenuiore flexili fere membranacea,
semper imperforata, efasciata, lacteo coagulatim liturata, carina
obsoletiore.

Hab. in Madera.

3. Hetix ny#na.—-H. erubescenti, Lowe, proxima. Differt
testa majore tenuiore inflatiuscula omnino ecarinata, subtus con-
vexiore, colore fulvo intensiore, distinctius fusco subquinque-
fasciata, apertura magis rotundata, peristomate simplici, nec intus
sublabiato.

Hab. in Insula Deserta Australi.

4. Heurx rtuctuosa.—H. phlebophore, Lowe, affinis. Differt
testa subtrochoideo-depressa acute carinata levigata s. obsolete
malleata, spira depressa, sutura parum impressa, anfractibus pla-
niusculis, ultimo subtus convexo, apertura transverse ovato-lu-
nata, labris disjunctis.

Hab. semifossilis in Portu $*. Collegit amiciss. T. V. Wollas- -
ton, Arm.

5. Hexix psamMorpnHora.—H. philebophore, Lowe, affinis.
Differt testa tenuiuscula subtiliter arenoso-granulata striolisque
spiralibus subtilissime decussata, striata nec undulatim plicato-
costellata.

Hab. semifoss. in P™ S*. Coll. Wollaston.

6. Hexix craticutata.—H. philebophore, Lowe, proxima.
Differt testa minore tenuiore globulosa ruguloso-cancellata vel
reticulatim scrobiculata, anfractibus convexioribus, coloribus lze-
tioribus s. fasciis distinctis.

Hab. in Insula Ferro juxta Portum S™™. Coll. Wollaston.

7. Hexix vurcanta.—H. Porto-sanctane, Sow., magnitudine
formaque similis. Differt testa imperforata, subundulatim zequi-
striata, glabra (nec hispido-granulata), virescente, fusco bi- (nec
tri-) fasciata, peristomate intus costa annulari marginato.

Hab. in Insulis Desertis Majore et Minore.

8. Hexix teontna.—H. vulcanie affinis. Differt testa magis
globosa, tenui, subinflata, fulvo-flavescente, obsolete undulato-
striata, peristomate simplici. .

Hab. in Insula Deserta Australi.

§. Xerophila, Held.

9. Hexix armitiata.—dH. striata, Drap.? Prim. 53. no. 44.

H. Lowei, Pot. et Mich. Pf. i. 149. nee Fér. H. striate, Drap.

affinis. Differt testa minore omnino magis depressa, umbilico

majore largiore, anfractibus conyexioribus distinctioribus, sutura

. profundiore, peristomate simplici. nec intus costato-annulato.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 8

Nee a ae a

114 Mr. R.'T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. |

Ab H. conspureata, Drap., differt testa nunquam hispida, um-
bilico patulo largiore, &c.
Hab. in Madera.
§. Theba, Leach.

10. Hexix usrutata.—H. pisane, Mill., proxima. Differt
testa subimperforata subconoidea semper ecarinata, spira elevata
subpyramidata, anfractibus convexis, ultimo subtus subinflato,
‘sutura distincta, perforatione clausa obvelata, peristomate sim-
plici, nec intus costato-annulato.

Hab. in Insulis “ Salvages.”

§. Plebecula, Lowe.

11. Hexix crramica.—H. vulgate (H. nitidiuscule, Lowe,
Pf., nec Sow.) proxima. Differt testa majore largiore s. minus
compacto-globosa, intensius colorata, fasciis spadiceis duabus
superioribus seepissime confluentibus, tertia inferiore latiore, um-
bilico majore subpatulo. H. nitidiuseula 8, Pf. Mon. i. 197,
eadem videtur.

Hab. in Madera Insulaque Deserta Minore.

12. Hexix vureata.—H. nitidiuscula, Prim. 52. no. 40. t. 6.
f. 6 (omissis syn. Sow. verbisque “et Portu S*®”) ; Pf. Mon. i.
196 (omiss. syn. Sow.).. H. nitidiuscula, Sow., vera est H. lurida,
Prim. 52. no. 39. t. 6. f. 5; Pf. Mon. i. 197. no. 510.

Hab. in Madera vulgatiss. In Insulis Desertis minus frequens.
In Portu S* omnino deest.

13. Hexix canrcaLensis.—H. vulgate proxima nimis affinis,
forsan var. tantum. Differt spira paullo elevatiore subturrita
apice acuto prominente, anfractibus convexioribus distinctioribus,
sutura magis impressa, testa solidiore crassiore rudiore.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

§. Irus, Lowe.

14, Hexix nactniosa.—Species pulcherrima, H. depauperate,
Lowe, affinis, sed umbilico strictiore, testa intensius colorata di-
stincte fasciata, haud granulata, arcte plicato-striata, epidermide
ad strias in lacinias excurrente tota echinato-aculeata, aspera.

Hab. in Insula Deserta Minore s. Septentrionali.

15. Hexrx squatma.—H. depauperate, Lowe, etiam affinis.
Differt testa minore erosulo-scrobiculata nec granulata, umbilico
majore largiore, &c.

Hab. in Madera semifoss. vulg. ; recens rariss. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Spirorbula, Lowe.
16. Hevix tatens.—H. obtecte, Lowe, proxima. Differt

Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. = 115

testa tenuiore fere membranacea flexili, diametro transverso ma-
jore, spira planiore fere immersa, anfractibus paucioribus.
Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Euromphala, Beck.

17. Hexix Guertn1ana.—Species elegantissima pulchre et
lete colorata, H. rotundate, Miill., proxima, sed vere distincta.
Differt testa pellucidiore, letius colorata, carina acutiore, spira
valide et remote costata nec arcte striata, anfractibus pluribus,
ultimo infra carinam omnino levigata lucida nitente, umbilico
multo majore largiore ampliore.

Hab. in Madera. Prima coll. Jemima Carolina Guerin.

§. Lucilla, Lowe.

18. Hexix scintitta.—H. crystalline, Drap., affinis. Differt
umbilico largo patulo spirali, colore pallide virescente, &. Ab
H. pulchella, Miill., juniore differt nitore, umbilico majore, an-
fractibus magis zque crescentibus pluribus, Ab H. excavata,
Bean, differt testa multo minore discoidea, colore, anfractibus
paucioribus. Ab H. radiatula, Ald., que ac ab H. cellaria,
Miill., juniore magis ac magis recedit.

Hab. in Madera. .
[ §. Janulus, Lowe.

19. Hetrx caLtarHus.—Species elegans, Hylostomatibus, Alb.
analoga, H. bifronti, Lowe, affinis. Differt testa minore, forma
magis compacta, spira elevatiore castaneo-subtessellata, anfrac-
tibus pluribus distinctius transverse concinne et arctissime cos-
tatis spiraliterque exilissime striatis, umbilico paullo majore, aper-
tura callo intus 4-lamelloso-plicato.

Hab. in Madera.

§. Hispidella, Lowe.

20. Hexix AnmitaceaNna.—H. revelate, Fér., necnon H. se-
riceg, Drap., affinis. Differt striis exilissimis flexuoso-capillaceis
spiralibus, ad interstitia strias transversas membranaceas decus-
santibus, testa depressiore subcarinata, fusco bifasciata. Testa .
admodum tenuis perfragilis pellucens, pallide brunnea, virescens,
arcte et minute hispida. Perforatio cylindrica nec pervia, parva.
Animal muco scatet.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Armitage et Wollaston.

§. Caseolus, Lowe.

21. Hexix spHzrvuta.—tInter H. compactam et abjectam,
Lowe, media. Ab H. compacta differt testa magis grosse v. di-
_ stinctius (presertim subtus) granulata, forma magis conico-tro-
g*

116 Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

choidea, labro ad axin expanso calloso-reflexo. Ab H. abjecta

differt testa magis levigata (nec rudi, anfractibus inzequaliter cos-
tatis), carina obsoletiore, perforatione minore, labrisque disjunctis
(nec ore circinato). Differt ab utraque labro deorsum intus
calloso.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

§. Discula, Lowe.

22, Herix putvinata.—H. polymorpha €. pulvinata, Prim. 56.

Differt ab A. polymorpha a, Lowe, testa minus grosse granulata,
subtus planiore, umbilico majore latiore, nec parietibus decli-
vibus, carina acutiore inferiore, sutura magis impressa, anfracti-
bus semetipsis quasi superimpositis.

Hab. in Portu 8”.

23. Hexix arrrita.—H. polymorpha 6. attrita, Prim. 55.

t. 6. f. 14. H. tectiformis, Wood, Suppl. t. 8. f. 83 (nec Sow.).

Forma et habitu peculiari ab affinibus omnino distincta.
Hab. m Portu 8”.

24, Hex~ix TABELLATA.—Species tenuitate, spira tabellata
attrito-planata, umbilico patulo spirali ab affinibus distinctissima.

H. maderensem, Wood, quodammodo refert, sed testa pratenui

discoideo-planata prorsus aliena. i
Hab. in Madera.

25. Hexix senritis.—ZH. lincta, Lowe, proxima. Differt testa
magis depressa, subtus convexa, tota scabra grosse granulata,
spira subplanata, anfractibus attritis planatis, sutura subobsoleta,
carina acuta limbata supera.

Hab. in Insulis Desertis Majore et Minore.

26. Hrtix porompxHaLta.—H. senili proxima, nimis forsan
affinis. Differt umbilico mimuto poriformi parietibus minus de-
clivibus, spira elevatiuscula anfractibus convexiusculis distinctis,

sutura subimpressa, carina subacuta exacte media. Testa quo-

que minor, magis fere lucida.
Hab. in Deserta Australi.

27. Heiix rincta.—H. polymorpha B. et y, Prim. 54. t. 6.
ff. 12, 18. Differt ab H. polymorpha a. testa discoidea minus
rude granulata, subtus preesertim lucida, unis subpatulo spi-
rali nec parietibus subdeclivibus.

Hab. in Madera.

28. Herix papitio.—H. polymorpha e. calcigena, Prim. 56.
t.6.f.15. © Differt ab H. lincta testa subtus fere egranulata levi,
anfractibus planiusculis subindistinctis, carina acuta nec obtusa,
umbilico patulo largiore. Sequenti nimis affinis; differt preci-

a ae

a ee eee ee ee ee eT ee

Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. 117

pue testa subtus fere levi. Testa subtus lete alba, fasciis inter-
ruptis paliidis castaneis vel fulvis, ab utraque specie differt.
Hab. in Insula Baxo juxta Portum S™,

29. Hettx piscina.—Differt ab H. papilione colore, testa
magis depressa tota exilissime reticulato-granulata, anfractibus
magis planatis attritis, sutura obsoleta.

Hab. in Portu S® vulg.

30. Heix TEstupiINALis.—Species inter nobiliores ob mag-
nitudinem et colores pulcherrime testudinales enumeranda. 4H.
papilioni et discine proxima; sed duplo fere major nitidiuscula,
supra exilissime granulata et arcte striata, subtus convexa levis
lucida, anfractibus convexiusculis, sutura impressa, carina obtusa
supera (nec media), linea angusta fusca distinctissima supra
carinam, eamque quasi duplicante, usque ad apicem fere supra
suturam continuata.

Hab. in Portu S®. Coll. Wollaston et Armitage.

§. Tectula, Lowe.

31. Hetix Lyevri1ana.—H. Bulveriana, Lowe, similis. Dif-
fert testa levi, supra omnino egranulata, spira trochiformi apice
minus obtusa nec cupuloidea, anfractibus minus attritis sutura
distinctiore, umbilico minus profundo, labro reflexo infra cari-
nam descendente, apertura ad carinam haud angulata.

Hab. in Deserta Majore.

32. Heitx Atpersi1.—Species eximia inter insigniores, in
honorem cl. J. C. Albers, M.D., Helicosophi peritissimi necnon
taxophilorum omnium optime meriti dicata. H. Bulveriane
similis differt testa subminore solidiore trochiformi colore cerino-
corneo magis opaco, minus (presertim juniore) planato-depressa,
subtus convexiore, carina media minus limbato-prominente,
apertura ad carinam haud angulata.

Hab. in Portu S*.

§. Craspedaria, Lowe.

33. Herix Detpninvuta. Prim. 64.—Delphinuia, Bowd. Exc.
140. figs. 33 a,b. Species mirabilis, H. turcice, Chemn.., affinis.
Differt umbilico patulo parietibus haud carinato-declivibus,
apertura circulari, labro relevato expanso-reflexo sinuato-dentato
y. inciso quasi fimbriato.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

§. Coronaria, Lowe.

34. Hexrx cornonuLa.—Species perelegans, H. tiarelle, Webb,
affinis. Differt testa discoideo-depressa, subtus exquisite can-

118 Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

cellata ecarinata, anfractibus supra acute carinatis, umbilico largo
patulo profundo pervio.
Hab. in Deserta Australi.

35. Hexix sutirormis.—Species pulchella perquam singu-
laris subpellucida, subtus subopaco-lactea, supra pallide cornea,
H. coronule affinis. Differt testa magis depressa discoidea,

subtus costis flexuosis remotis rotato-radiantibus nec ecancellata, —

striis spiralibus nullis, anfractibus supra obtuse carinatis, aper-
tura valde constricta quasi duplicata trigona, labro intus uniden-
tato. Apertura H. pauperculam, Lowe, refert.

Hab. in Portu S*. Coll. Wollaston et Armitage.

§. Placentula, Lowe.

36. Hetrx sprrorpis.—H. maderensi, Wood, proxima, sed
multo minor fere unicolor fasciisve obsoletis, testa tota granulata
magis discoidea, spira depressiore apice obtusissima, anfractibus
convexioribus (nec attritis) sutura impressa tenuiter et zqui-
striatis, nec hic inde stria rudi validiore quasi varicosis, carina
media obtusiore, umbilico majore magis perspectivo.

Hab. in Madera.

37. Huetrx rictitis.—H. dealbate, Lowe, proxima. Differt
testa omnino egranulata nitida levi, plerumque distincte fasciata,
magis discoidea, spira depressiore, carina distinctiore, umbilico
largo patulo majore. Testa omnino minus rudis, plerumque
(in a.) minor. Var. 8. est H. dealbata B. Prim. 48.

Hab. in Portu S*.

38. Hexix micromeHaLa.—dH. fictili proxima. Differt testa
tota subtiliter reticulato-granulata, spira elevatiuscula, umbilico
minuto subporiformi.

Hab. in Insulis Desertis Majore et Minore.

§. Actinella, Lowe.

~ 39. Hexix steLiaris.—Species parvula fere minuta, H. len-
tiginose, Lowe, nimis affinis, et forsan var. tantum pusilla; sed
duplo fere minor, solidior, magis levigata, subnitens, terra v.
limo arcte obducta, peripheria eximie calcarata s. epidermide
stellatim radiata. Ab H. arcta, Lowe, cui magnitudine per-
similis, testa tenuiore, tota scobinata, tenui- (nec grosse) striata,
umbilico majore subpatulo, laminaque ventrali nulla statim di-
gnoscitur. .

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Rimula, Lowe.
40. Hexix opsrerata.—H. fauste, Lowe, proxima, sed paullo

ee a oe

Mr. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells, 119.

major, minus globosa, magis discoidea, carina acutiore, subtus
convexior, plica laminave ventrali nulla, perforatione omnino
clausa quasi obserata. Inter H. faustam et H. rotulam, Lowe,
intermedia.
Hab. in Madera.
§. Iberus, Montf.

41. Hexrrx Wo tastont.—Speciem statu semifossili a meipso
A.D. 1828 olim inventam, vivam inter Helices Maderenses pul-
chritudine superbientem detexit Entomologicus peritissimus nec-
non Molluscorum Maderensium scrutator oculatissimus indefessus
felicissimus Wollaston. H. scabriuscule, Desh., affinis. Differt
colore. virescenti-castaneo spadiceo fasciato, carina media (nec
supera) ad suturam immersa nec per spiram prominente, perfo-
ratione omnino nulla, labro simplici (nec reflexo), axin versus
late dilatato, verticaliter deciso v. planato, roseo.

Hab. in Portu S*. Iny. Wollaston.

BuuLimvs.
§. Zua, Leach.

42. Butimus MADERENSIs.— Helix C. lubrica, Prim. 61. t. 6.
f. 29 (haud Miill.). A B. lubrico, Mill., testa graciliore angus-
tiore, aperturaque quoad longitudinem totam breviore, latitudi-
nem teste se. equante, constantissime differt.

Hab. in Madera.

ACHATINA.
§. Cylichnidia, Lowe.

43. Acuatina Leacocrana.—Testa parvula subminuta, Bul.
maderensi, Lowe, forma et colore persimilis, Achat. folliculo, Gron.,
affinis. Ab hac differt, practer magnitudinem, forma e basi latiore
sensim decrescente, apertura sursum subangustata, labro sursum
arcuato-prominente, columella basi distincte truncata prominente.
Differt ab Achat. gracili, Lowe, forma oblongiore nec fusiformi,
spira obtusissima, apertura sursum subangustata labroque ar-
cuato-prominente, columella basi prominente distincte truncata
v. emarginata. Ab Achat. cylichna et ovuliformi, Lowe, quibus
affinitate naturali proxima, apertura edentula statim dignoscitur.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. T. S. Leacock.

44, AcHATINA cCyLIcHNA.— Species notabilis pulchella, Achat.
ovuliformi, Lowe, affinis. Differt apertura ringente 5-plicata,
anfractibus planatis, apice obtusiore, labro intus triplicato.

Hab. semifoss. in Madera.

120 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Carcharodon Megalodon.

; j §. Fusillus, Lowe.
' 45, Acuatina oryza.—H. triticea B. edentula, Prim. 61. t. 6.
f. 26. : Differt ab H. triticea, Lowe, apertura spira longiore, spira
breviore, plica ventrali nulla obsoletissimave, columellari plane
nulla.

Hab. in Portu S*®.

« 46, ACHATINA TUBERCULATA.— Achat. oryze proxima. Dif- _

fert testa majore, forma ventricosiore (ut in Achat. tornatellina
Lowe) magis abbreviata, apertura longiore, spira breviore, ven-
tre sursum obsolete calloso-tuberculato.

. Hab. in Portu S*.

47, ACHATINA TEREBELLA.—Differt ab Achat. oryza testa
graciliore tenuiore inter illam et Achat. gracilem, Lowe, inter-
media, huic propior, sed colore magis fusco-eorneo intensiore,
minus splendide hyalino-levi, testa ventricosiore, spira breviore,
apertura longiore, labro subarcuato-prominente distincta.

Hab. in Portu S*®. Coll. Wollaston et Armitage.

§. Acicula, Risso.

48, AcHatiIna propucTA.—Achat. acicule, Mill., affinis, sed
testa duplo majore solidiore robustiore aspectu omnino distincta.
Ab Achat. gracili, Lowe, testa solidiore nec hyalina, apertura
sursum oblique retro producta et angustata, columella basi pro-
minente distincte truncata v. emarginata differt.

Hab. in Deserta Australi.

§. Amphorella, Lowe.

49. ACHATINA MITRIFORMIS.—Achat. tornatelline, Lowe, affi-
nis. Differt testa graciliore magis elongata, apertura breviore,
spira longiore, &c. Species proculdubio distincta.

Hab. in Madera.

X.—On the probable Dimensions of Carcharodon Megalodon
from the Crag. By J.S. Bowrrzsank, F.R.S., LS. &e.*

WHEN we view small portions only of extinct animals, such as
teeth or fragments of bone, there is often a considerable degree
of difficulty in picturing in our minds anything like the size and
proportions of the creature to which such remains have belonged,
and it is with a view of endeavouring to realize in our imagina-
tions the fish to which the great teeth of Carcharodon Megalodon
from the Crag has belonged, which has induced me to introduce
this subject to your notice on the present occasion. ‘

* Communicated by the author, having been read at the Meeting of the
British Association m July, 1851.

Se

a aes itt

Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Carcharodon Megalodon. 121

There is little hope that the remains of perfect jaws, or even
fragments of such, should be found in the Crag formation, and
it is only therefore through the means of the teeth or vertebre
that we may expect to arrive at anything like an approximation
to the history of this gigantic shark. The nearest approach to
the size of the teeth of Carcharodon with which I am acquainted,
in the recent state, is presented by the jaw of a large specimen of
Carcharias glaucus, or blue shark, that was killed at Port Fairy
in Australia in 1846, in the presence of a friend of mine. It had
so plagued the crew of a whaler by dashing in upon them as
they were flinching a whale alongside of the ship, and carrying
off large masses of blubber, that they suspended their operations,
baited a hook and took it; and the capture amply repaid them,
as the blubber they recovered from its maw produced a barrel
and a half of oil. A-similar specimen, but slightly inferior in size,
was killed by the crew of the Beagle Surveying Ship, Capt. Fitz-
roy, and this fish measured 37 ft. in length; we may therefore
safely assume that number of feet as the length of my specimen.
Knowing thus the length of the fish, and having the jaw in my
possession, it struck me that by the size of the tooth, in propor-
tion to the lateral and perpendicular expansion of the jaw, as
well as to the whole length of the animal, I might arrive, by
comparison with the tooth of Carcharodon Megalodon, at a
tolerably accurate approximation to the length and proportions
of the latter.

The length of the largest teeth of the lower jaw of the Austra-
lian species, Carcharias glaucus, from the base line to the apex,
is 23 inches. The vertical gape of the jaw is 253 inches, or
103 times the length of the tooth. The horizontal gape is
203 inches, or 8} times the length of the tooth.

The length of the animal being 37 ft., it equals 1694 times the
length of the tooth.

If we assume the dimensions of this species and apply them
to the great fossil teeth of Carcharodon Megalodon, which is 43
inches long, the dimensions of that species will be as follows :—

_ 103 lengths of tooth=47 inches for the vertical gape.
8: ,, P =a O8:.',, = horizontal gape.
169}, = = 65 ft. 24 in. for the length of the fish.

And on these proportions a diagram may be constructed, so as
to realize to the eye as nearly as possible the vast dimensions
of the jaws of the fish to which the tooth of Carcharodon Me-
galodon must have belonged. But great as these dimensions
appear, I believe them to be considerably under-estimated ; for if
we compare the jaw of Carcharias glaucus with that of the common

122. Mr. J.S. Bowerbank on Carcharodon Megalodon.

West Indian species, we shall find that the proportions of the teeth
of Carcharodon Megalodon are much more in accordance with
those of that shark than they are with the recent Carcharias.
Let us therefore see what dimensions will arise by comparison
of the fossil with the West Indian shark. Length of tooth of a.
West Indian shark from the base line to the tip, 4 inch. The
vertical gape is 12 inches, or 134 lengths of the tooth. The

horizontal gape is 13% inches, or 153 times the length of the

tooth. If therefore we take this species as the base of our cal-
culations in estimating the fossil one, the size will be very much
increased, and the following will be the result :—Length of fossil
tooth 4% inches. Vertical gape of jaw 13% times the length of
the tooth will equal 63% in., or 5 ft. 33 in. Horizontal gape of
jaw 152 times the length of the tooth will equal 72% in., or
6 ft.03in. Thus estimated the dimensions of Carcharodon will
be very considerably greater, and they will stand in comparison
with each other as follows :—

Vertical gape by first estimate 3 ft. 1lin., by second 5 ft. 33 in.
Horizontal zs Pe Sft. 2m, ,, 5, 6 ft. Ogim,

very nearly, by comparison with the West Indian species in-
stead of with the Australian one, doubling the dimensions of the
fossil fish : but probably the truth will le in the mean between
the two estimates ; and this is the more probable, as we find great
latitude in size and proportions existing among the recent spe-
cies, which vary from the common dog-fish of our coast, about
2 feet in length, to the great basking shark, which Yarrell states
has been taken off Brighton 36 feet in length; and the one
stranded in the Orkneys and described as a “ sea serpent” is
said to have exceeded 50 feet in length.

In conclusion, I may observe, that it is rather singular, that
although the teeth of Carcharodon are tolerably abundant in the
Crag, yet to the best of my knowledge no vertebre have yet
been found in that formation of a size to correspond with them ;
while in the London clay, shark-vertebre 4 inches in diameter
are found, without any teeth corresponding in dimensions to their
great size. If we had ever found teeth of Carcharodon of the size
of the Crag ones in the London clay, we might have reasonably
concluded that they had been washed out of that formation into
the Crag, as we know other well-known London-clay teeth as
well as Crustacea have been ; but under the present circumstances
it appears to me, that they have most probably found their way
into the Crag from the destruction of outlying portions of the
Maltese formation, in which they are found at the present period
in abundance; and this is the more probable, as they are associated
in the Crag with the teeth of a second Maltese shark, Oxyrrhina

—_—

Se

Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi. 123

hastalis, not found either in the London clay or the Coralline

anaes been recently favoured by Dr. W. B. Clark of Ipswich
_with the sight of a specimen of the tooth of C. Megalodon, which
extends the size of the species to a considerable extent. The
length of this tooth from the base line to the apex is 6 inches,
which, by the same mode of estimation from the proportions of
Carcharias glaucus, gives a horizontal gape of 4 feet 1 inch, a
~ vertical one of 5 feet 1 inch, and a length of 84 feet 7 inches to
the fish.

X1.— Descriptions of Rubi. By Cuaruzs C. Basrnerton, M.A.,
F.R.S. &c.*

In the third edition of the ‘Manual of British Botany ’ I have
endeavoured to arrange and characterize the Rudi in a better
manner than it was done in my former publications upon that
scuagiiing genus, and as there are a few species which have not
n brought under the notice of botanists in detailed descrip-
tions, it seems desirable to publish such accounts of them.

1. Rubus Leesii (Bab.) ; caule suberecto tereti, aculeis setaceis rectis,
foliis 3-natis, foliolis omnibus rotundato-ovatis subsessilibus imbri-
catis, aculeis ramorum floriferorum pedicellorumque paucis seta-
ceis basi bulbosis, floribus axillaribus terminalibusque racemosis.

R. Ideeus y. Leesii, Bab. Syn. Rudi, 6.

R. Leesii, Steele Handb. 60 ; Bab. Man. ed. 3. 92.

Creeping very extensively. Stems erect, 2-3 feet high, clothed
with short deflexed hairs and numerous very slender setaceous
straight prickles with bulbous bases. Leaves all ternate; sti-
orn subulate ; petioles furrowed, with a few small prickles;

ets similar, roundly ovate, dark green and rugose above,
white and cottony beneath, midrib with few or no prickles,
coarsely crenate-serrate-apiculate ; lateral leaflets subsessile, over-
lapping the very shortly stalked terminal leaflet.

Flowering shoots short, clothed with hairs and prickles like
those of the barren stem. Leaves mostly simple, cordate,
slightly 3-lobed, very coarsely crenate-serrate-apiculate, green
above, greenish white beneath; stipules very slender, subulate ;
petioles furrowed above ; ternate leaves of three sessile obovate
leaflets. Raceme lax, few-flowered, one or two of the lowest flowers
axillary. Peduncles with very slightly curved subulate prickles.
Sepals oblong, often more than five in number and then nar-

. * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, January 8, 1852.

124 Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi.

rower, with long points, downy and whitish green on both sides.
Petals spathulate, acute, white. Stamens and styles white.

It is worthy of remark, that in the Cambridge Botanic Garden
the strong “ canes ” of R. Leesii nearly all produced a small pa-
nicle of flowers at their extremity in the month of October 1851.
In one single instance a cane of R. Ideus did the same. Pre-
viously to that month, neither Mr. Stratton, the Curator of the

garden, nor I, had ever noticed such an occurrence in the latter,

and had not had the opportunity of doing so in the former.
This is a. curious illustration of the tendency of all Rudi to at-
tempt to increase by some action at the end of the shoot of the

ear. In all the arching and prostrate species it is effected by
the end of the shoot penetrating the surface of the ground and
taking root; in these plants, the end of whose shoots never
reaches the ground, the same is attempted to be effected by
flowers. The mode in which the procumbent plants succeed in
penetrating the earth may be worthy of notice, for the prostrate
position of their shoots seems to present a difficulty. Although
the shoot is really prostrate until the autumn, at that time its
extremity forms a small arch and thus presents its point perpen-
dicularly to the ground, which it easily penetrates.

The discovery of R. Leesii is due to Mr. Edwin Lees, whose
practised eye at once saw its probable distinctness from R. Ideus.
He noticed it in the woods at Ilford Bridges near Linton, m
North Devon, in September 1843, but could find no flowers re-
maining at that late period of the year. In June 1849 the Rey.
W. H. Coleman pointed it out to me growing upon a dry shingly
bank at Bonniton near Dunster, Somerset, and flowering plen-
tifully. These stations, separated from each other by the high
ridge of Exmoor, are distant about fourteen miles in a direct line.

The specific character of R. Ideus will now stand as follows :

R. caule suberecto tereti pruinoso, aculeis setaceis rectis, foliis qui-
nato-pinnatis ternatisve, foliolo terminali longe pedicellato latera-
libus dissitis, aculeis ramorum floriferorum et pedunculorum multis
deflexis basi dilatato-compressis, floribus axillaribus terminalibus-
que corymbosis.

2. R. fissus, Lindl.

R. fissus, Lindl. Syn. ed. 2.92; Leight. Fl. Shrop. 225; Bab. Man.
ed. 3. 93.
R. fastigiatus, Lindl. Syn. ed. 1. 91? not of W. § N. nor Bab.

A full description of this plant will be found in Leighton’s
‘Flora of Shropshire.’ In the ‘Phytologist’ (iii. 72) he pointed
out the character derived from the prickles on the barren stem
by which it is well marked.

Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi. 125

3. R. latifolius (Bab.) ; caule procumbente vel subarcuato anguloso
suleato, aculeis parvis subdeclinatis foliis quinatis utrinque pilosis
grosse duplicato-dentatis, foliolo terminali cordato acuminato, in-
fimis sessilibus imbricatis, panicule brevis foliose pilosee ramis
ascendentibus paucifloris corymbosis apice pedicellisque tomen-
tosis et hirtis, aculeis brevibus tenuibus declinatis.

R. latifolius, Bab. Man. ed. 3. 94.

R. Cramondiensis, Bad. in lit.

Stem usually quite prostrate, angular and furrowed through-
out, nearly glabrous but with scattered subsessile glands, not
stellately downy nor setose ; prickles nearly all placed on the
angles of the stem, rather few, moderately long, slender from a
thick base, straight, declining, nearly equal. Leaves quinate,
dull green and pilose above, paler and with more numerous hairs
beneath, coarsely and irregularly doubly dentate ; midrib and
petioles yellowish beneath with a few small weak declining or
slightly deflexed prickles ; lower pair of leaflets broadly oblong,
acute at both ends, sessile, overlapping the intermediate pair
which are of similar shape but larger and shortly stalked ; ter-
minal leaflet with a stalk equalling one-third of its length, cor-
date-acuminate. Petioles furrowed above. Stipules leaflike,
lanceolate- attenuate.

Flowering shoot long, surrounded at its base by short scales
ashy with silky pubescence, angular, green, nearly glabrous ;
prickles few, short, weak, from an enlarged base, slender, decli-
ning, yellow tinged with purple. Leaves ternate, pilose on both
sides but chiefly beneath ; leaflets nearly equal, ovate, acute,

_ deeply and doubly serrate, lower ones often strongly lobed on

the outer edge below; petioles with very few slender declining
prickles ; midrib usually unarmed or with very minute prickles.
Stipules linear-lanceolate. Panicle short, leafy below, pilose ;
the upper part and pedicels tomentose and pilose and with a few
short sunken setz or subsessile glands ; prickles short, declining,
slender, yellow ; branches short, ascending, few-flowered, corym-
bose; bracts trifid with narrow lanceolate segments. Sepals
ovate acuminate, woolly on both sides, whitish within, rather
green and pilose externally, reflexed loosely from the fruit. Pe-
tals shortly ovate, clawed. Primordial fruit apparently hardly
more than hemispherical. The flowers and fruit require more
careful examination.
In the wood above Cramond Bridge on the Linlithgowshire
-side of the river ; and in a wood just below the road from Ken-
more to Acharn, Perthshire.
This bramble was noticed in my ‘Synopsis of Rubi’ (p. 10.
Obs. 2) as a probable form of R. Salteri, but I have long been
convinced that it is quite distinct from that species. It is a

126 Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi.

large straggling plant with strong but usually prostrate stems.
The thin, singularly broad, and angular leaves, and the deeply
furrowed stem would perhaps be in themselves sufficient to di-
stinguish it from the other “ Nitidi.”

4. R. imbricatus, Hort.

Mr. Hort has published a full description of this plant (Ann.
Nat. Hist. Ser. 2. vii. 374), and it is therefore unnecessary to
notice it further in this place.

5. R. mucronatus (Blox.); caule arcuato subtereti patenti-piloso,
aculeis paucis parvis tenuibus conicis basi dilatatis rectis subpa-
tentibus, foliis 5-natis utrinque viridibus rugosis et pilosis argute
dentato-serratis, foliolo terminali late obovato abrupte cuspidato
basi cordato, paniculee angustee foliosee laxee pilosee tomentosze
setosee ramis longis 1—3-floris et aculeis paucis tenuibus declinatis,
sepalis longe cuspidatis hirtis tomentosis setosis a fructu laxe
reflexis.

R. mucronatus, Blow. in Kirby's Fl. Leicest. 43; Bab. Man. ed. 3.97.

R. sylvaticus, Bab. Syn. Rub. 16 (excl. var. £).

R. yulgaris (in part), Leight. Fl. Shrop. 231.

Stem arched, nearly round, slightly angular with flat sides
towards the end, densely hairy near the base but less so towards
the end; hairs patent, not clustered; aciculi and sete few or
none ; subsessile glands few; prickles chiefly on the angles of
the stem, few, usually small, slender, conical from an enlarged
base, patent or very slightly declining. Leaves quinate, rather
thick, green rough and pilose on both sides, hairs more nume-
rous on the under side, finely dentate-serrate ; petiole midrib
and primary veins yellow: or reddish beneath, with a few small -
deflexed prickles ; lower pair of leaflets shortly stalked, obovate-
oblong, cuspidate ; intermediate pair larger, stalked, obovate,
abruptly cuspidate; terminal leaflet with a rather long stalk,
broadly obovate with a cordate base, abruptly cuspidate. Sti-
pules linear-lanceolate.

Flowering shoot long, with long fuscous scales at its base,
slightly angular, green but tinged with purple, hairy; prickles
few, generally very small and short, yellow, sometimes long,
straight and declining but slender, their base enlarged and com-
pressed. Leaves ternate or quinate, nearly equally hairy on both
sides, rather paler beneath ; leaflets of the ternate leaves nearly
equal, oblong or obovate, finely serrate, lower pair often lobed
externally ; on the quinate leaves the lower pair of leaflets is
small and oblong, intermediate pair and terminal leaflet broadly
obovate and cuspidate. Petioles and midribs with few slender
declining prickles. Stipules linear-lanceolate. Panicle narrow,
very lax, leafy except at the top, hairy and tomentose, often with

i ia ™ © i 2 A
ee a ha ol ts Be a aie es vi
eer ey. if

ee he Te a Te, ee Se ete | ee, i
7. 4 7 < , ” . -

Mr. C. C. Babington on some species of Rubi. 127

‘many sete and aciculi; branches mostly axillary, ascending,

shorter than the leaves, bearmg a corymb of 1-3 long-stalxed

flowers ; summit corymbose ; terminal flower shortly stalked.

Sepals ovate with a long subulate or linear pomt, hairy tomen-
tose setose and greenish with a narrow margin of white tomentum
externally, whitely tomentose but purple at the base within,
reflexed from the fruit. Petals oblong, narrowed at both
ends but especially below. Primordial fruit small, hemispherical.
In woods and hedges. Twycross, Leicestershire ; and Harts-
hill Wood, Warwickshire, Rev. A. Bloxzam. Shawbury Heath,
pth Rev. W. A. Leighton. Islay and Loch Eil in Scotland.
lant has long been confused with R. villicaulis, and was
imelinde d with it and R. calvatus under the name of R. sylvaticus
in my ‘Synopsis.’ It is believed that the characters given above
will always distinguish it from them. In the shape of its leaves
and its very loose panicle with singularly long-stalked flowers, it
closely resembles R. Lingua, as represented in the ‘ Rubi Ger-
manici,’ but the armature of its stem is very different.

6. R. calvatus (Blox.) ; cio Sante acta i i tke
aculeis crebris tenuibus compressis basi
subpatentibus, foliis 5-natis tenuibus utrinque viridibus in in aes
subtus pilosis grosse dentato-serratis, foliolo terminali ovato-acumi-
nato basi cordato, paniculze longz foliose laxz hirte brevi-setosz
ramis subracemosis et aculeis crebris longis tenuibus declinatis,
sepalis longe cuspidatis hirtis tomentosis setosis a fructu laxe re-
flexis.

calvatus, Bloz. in Kirby's Fl. Leicestr.42; Bab. Man. ed. 3. 97.
R. sylvaticus, Blox. MS.

Stem arched, angular, furrowed, very slightly hairy, of a bright
shining red when exposed, ultimately becoming quite glabrous ;
hairs patent, not clustered ; aciculi and setz very few ; subsessile
glands rather numerous ; prickles less strictly confined to the
angles of the stem than im its allies, many, slender, compressed,
slightly enlarged at the base, very slightly declming. Leaves
quinate, thi, green on both sides, glabrous above, shortly pilose
on the veins and rough beneath, coarsely and doubly dentate or

dentate-serrate ; petiole and midrib coloured like the stem, with

rather many long slender large-based declining or deflexed
prickles ; midrib with smaller prickles ; lower pair of leaflets
stalked, ‘oblong, acute; intermediate pair stalked, obovate, sub-
cuspidate, a little cordate at the base; terminal leaflet with a

rather long stalk roundly oblong or slightly obovate, subcuspi-
date, cordate at the base. Stipules linear-lanceolate.

Flowering shoot long, rather angular, green, hairy; prickles

-. many, rather long and slender, lengthening gradually from the

128 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

base of the shoot to the panicle, purplish yellow, declining, their
base enlarged and compressed. Leaves ternate or quinate, a
little pilose above, scarcely paler but much more pilose beneath,
doubly dentate ; lower leaflets oval cuspidate, shortly stalked ;
intermediate and terminal leaflets obovate cuspidate ; on the ter-
nate leaves the leaflets are nearly equal, broader and rounder,
the lower pair being lobed on the external edge below. Petioles
and midribs with many strong compressed but often rather small
hooked prickles. Stipules linear-lanceolate. Panicle long, leafy
often quite to the top, lax, hairy, scarcely tomentose, with very
short setee hidden amongst the hairs ; rachis wavy (7. e. forming
an angle at the origin of each leaf ); branches mostly axillary,
ascending, shorter than their leaves, racemose-corymbose ; ter-
minal flower of the panicle nearly sessile, the others shortly
stalked. Sepals oblong, with a long narrow leaflike point, green-
ish, hairy, tomentose, ‘setose, with a few aciculi, whiter within,
loosely reflexed from the fruit. Petals oblong, clawed. I have
not seen the fresh fruit which seems to be small.

Woods and hedges. Near Twycross on the Appleby road ;
near Ashby de la Zouch; and between Loughborough and
Wymesmold ; all in Leicestershire, Rev. A. Bloxam. Almond
Park near Shrewsbury, Rev. W. A. Leighton.

This species was long considered by Mr. Bloxam as the true
R. sylvaticus (W. & N.), but the plant of those authors seems
probably to be a state of R. villicaulis. He has therefore given
a new name to this species, derived from its barren stem becoming
as it were bald at an early period. It does not much resemble
R. villicaulis either in appearance or characters, and its true po-
sition in the genus is perhaps still to be decided.

XII.— Observations on the Affinities of the Olacacee.
By Joun Minzrs, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. viii. p. 184.]

Berore proceeding further, I will here correct an error inad-
vertently made in regard to the relations of the Humiriacee (ante,
vol. viii. p. 165), which was not noticed till after the preceding
* Remarks on the Affinities of the Olacacee” were printed: in
stating there that “the Humiriacee present a more manifest
affinity with the Symplocacee,” it should have been said, with
the Styracee. This renders it necessary that I should explain
the reasons upon which such an opinion is founded. The strue-
ture of the ovarium of Humirium will be seen to be very similar
to that I have described as existing in the Styracee (loc. cit.
p. 163), with this difference, that the junction of the partitions

nN a ee

———. A. ©

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez. 129

between the cells, at the axis, is almost complete, with the excep-
tion of a small portion at the summit, and this is only distinguish-
able under careful examination: the suspension of the ovules is
from a short and free central placenta that rises above the ab-
solute union of the dissepiments, in the very top of the ovarium,
and the partitions about this spot, though they all converge as
far as, and even touch the central placentary column, are yet
really free from it. Although the five ceils are here completely
established throughout the entire length of the ovarium, still for
a very short distance at the apex, there exists a communication
between the cells, through the almost imperceptible chinks exist-
ing around the margins of such apical portions of the dissepiments
as are really disconnected with, although touching the placentary
column. The definition of Ad. Jussieu* of ‘loculis ad apicem
inter se perviis,” though quite true, is not a correct expression
of the structure of the ovarium of Humirium. This offers much
support to the views of Mr. Bentham in regard to the affinity of
the Humiriacee with the Olacacee, but in other respects there
seems little relation between the two families; for if in the ovarium
of Humirium, the confluence of the dissepiments had been com-
pleted about the central placentary column to the very summit,
the position of the Humiriacee in the system would have been -
close to the Aguifoliacee. From the structure of the ovarium
and other characters, the conclusion now appears to me iresist-
ible, that wherever the Styracee may be stationed in any natural
arrangement, the Humiriacee must be placed in contiguity with
them. The Humiriacee will therefore form one of those osculant
relations, existing everywhere in nature, which can only be re-
presented by the circular system, and never by any linear
arrangement; in the former method the Cionosperme would
touch the Dryades, through Humirium, while in the linear system
their location will fall to a distance. The position of the Humi-
riace@é has never been satisfactorily determined: Von Martius,
who first suggested the order in 1826, considered it allied to
Meliacee, though doubtfully: Jussieu, in entertaining the same
view, had similar misgivings in regard to this affinity. Dr.
Lindley, in his ‘ Introduction to Botany,’ held them more nearly
related to the Aurantiace, and Endlicher placed them at the
head of a class called Hesperides, in association with the Meliacee,
Aurantiace, &e. Meissner stationed them also in the Hesperides
of Endlicher, adding at the same time to this class, the Olacacee ;
and finally, Dr. Lindley in his ‘ Vegetable Kingdom’ renounces
his former views, and fixes them in a most singular association

__ with the Ericacee, Epacridacee, Monotropacee, &e. Mr. Bentham

* Flor. Bras. Merid. A. St. Hilaire, vol. ii. p. 88.
“Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 9

-

130 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

(Linn. Trans. xviii. p. 682) considered “that among dichlamy-
deous plants, they come nearest to the Olacinee;” but in this
conclusion, as I stated before, he had probably in view his tribe
Iecacinea, where in Pogopetalum there is sometimes a similar large
fleshy connective, forming a conspicuous appendage much exceed-
ing the length of the anthers, and it has also an ovarium of
several cells with two ovules suspended from near the summit.

In Stemonurus we find similar glandular cilia upon the filaments. -

In Ptychopetalum we have double the ordimary number of sta-
mens, and in several genera of the same tribe, we perceive a
hypogynous cup, with ten free lobes, investing the base of the
ovarium. They resemble the Jcacinacee also much in habit,
having similar coriaceous exstipulate leaves, and terminal or axile
inflorescence of small crowded flowers, each flower being sup-
ported on an articulated pedicel. Notwithstanding these distant
indications, the real affinity of the Humiriacee appears to me to
be nearest the Styracee.

While speaking of the latter family, I will offer a passing ob-
servation upon the anomalous genus Diclidanthera, placed doubt-
fully by Von Martius in EKbenacee or Styracee, by Lindley in
Styracea, by Don in Ebenacea, and by Endlicher in Styracee.
Prof. A. DeCandolle in his ‘ Prodromus’ (vol. viii. p. 245) has
given several reasons why it should be excluded from the last-
mentioned order, but has not assigned to it any other position,
and since then no other botanist has ventured to indictae its true
locality in the system. I shall be able to demonstrate that its
corolla is not gamopetalous, as generally stated; or at least
that its petals are easily separable from each other, being only
slightly agglutinated together by the feeble adhesion of the fila-
ments to them. In its habit, its stipular alternate leaves, the
linear form of its petals, their mode of zstivation, the stamens
always double the number of the petals, the valvular and hinge-
like dehiscence of its anthers, the suspension of a single ovule
from the summit of each cell of its ovarium, the form and direc-
tion of the embryo with large foliaceous cotyledons in fleshy al-
bumen, Diclidanthera will be seen to approximate closely to the
Hamamelidacee, from which family it differs only in some slight
characters, principally in the absence of the fleshy hypogynous
disk that in Hamamelis and its congeners serves to agglutinate
the base of the ovarium with the lower portion of the tube of the
calyx, and which thus renders it semi-inferior.

Whether for this reason, it will form the type of a distinct
Order, is a point to be determined when the family of the Ha-
mamelidacee has been better investigated ; but its proximity is
certainly here, and in the meanwhile it may be desirable to
place it in a separate tribe of that order.

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez. 131

I shall also be able to add some new evidence confirmatory
of the observations of Dr. Arnott relative to the structure of
Grubbia (Hook. Journ. Bot. iti. 266) ; its alliance however ap-
pears to me nearer to the Hamamelidacee than the Bruniacee ;
and the tribe of the Ophirie including Grubbia and Ophiria
(Strobilocarpus) may well form a sectional division of that order,
the limits of which will require some modification to include this
and the Diclidantheree as new and distinct tribes.

The structure observed in Humirium confirms what I urged
in regard to the nature of a stipitate torus (loc. cit. p. 176), and
of that of the cupuliform disk so frequently alluded to in former
pages. We there perceive an ovarium perfectly free and sup-
ported on a distinct gynophorus: this is surrounded at its base
by a conspicuous cupuliform ring, toothed on its margin, but
perfectly free, on both surfaces, down to the base: the ovarium
is hairy im all parts, except in the basal portion inclosed within
that cup, but not the slightest adhesion exists, either with its
glabrous portion or with the gynophorus. Outside of this

_hypogynous cup is seen another cupshaped ring, serving to

support the stamens, which in H. floribundum is entire, smooth,
and fleshy outside, and supports the many series of filaments

upon its margin as well as upon the whole of its imner face,

forming thus an annular ring, free both from the hypogynous
cup and the petals. Here therefore we perceive the gynophorus,
eupuliform disk, staminiferous cup, petals, and sepals, each a
distinct development, and each free to the base, but all springing
from a fieshy torus which is simply an expansion of the apex of
the pedicel. The torus, therefore, as an organ well marked in
many of the Thalamiflore, must not be confounded with any of
the icetents which it serves to support*.

Many of the inferences drawn from the numerous facts in-

dicated in “the Remarks on the Affinities of the Olacaceze ” (loc.

cit.) are so much at variance with long-established opinions, that
I cannot expect they will at first be favourably entertained. Ex-
ience has shown, when conclusions upon erroneous grounds

ve once been made by high authority, and these confirmed by
subsequent author, that nothing short of actual demonstra-

tion, and that of the most positive character, can establish other
and more correct inferences. In the “ Remarks” alluded to,
considerable doubt has been thrown on the deductions of some
of the most eminent botanists,—men celebrated for the general
accuracy of their observations, and for the soundness of their
views regarding botanical affinities: I should therefore incur the

* See many excellent remarks, all tending to the same conclusions, m
two chapters on the Disk and Floral Receptacle, in Aug. St. Hilaire’s ‘ Le-

QO*

_ gons de Botanique,’ p. 455-466.

132 Bibliographical Notices.

charge of temerity in making the several bold statements there
offered, unless I was prepared to give proof of all I had advanced :
a report of my observations upon the several genera of the Ola-
cacee, Santalacea, Aquifoliacee, Loranthacea, Styracee, &e., will
consequently be offered in succession, and the results of these
researches will at the same time be demonstrated by analytical
drawings.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, during the years
1846-50. By Joun MacGrurvray, F.R.G.S., Naturalist to the
Expedition. 2 Vols. 8vo. London: T. and W. Boone, 1852.

Tuosse of our readers who possess a tolerably good map of Australia
and Torres’ Straits will be readily able to comprehend the purpose of
the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake. We need hardly inform them
that the course of vessels bound from Sydney for the East Indies
lies northward and westward through Torres’ Straits. If that part
of the Pacific which washes the eastern shores of New Holland were
like most seas, free from rocks and reefs within sight of land, the
problem of the mariner would be simple enough ; but, unfortunately,
it is not so. Fora distance of from thirty to a hundred miles, a maze
of islands, reefs and shoals stretches from the coast and forms as it
were its advanced defences, terminating suddenly in the precipitous
wall of the Barrier Reef, which has to front the unbroken force of
the waves of the great South Sea. .

The navigator then may do one of two things: either he may
make his way through the labyrinth inside this Barrier Reef, or he
may commit himself to the unsheltered and fathomless sea outside it,
trusting to the accuracy of his observations for latitude to hit and
make his way through, one of its numerous openings.

Each of these courses had its great dangers and difficulties. The
former, notwithstanding the demonstration of its practicability b
Capt. King, required a much more elaborate survey to be either site
or convenient for merchant vessels and steamers. For the latter,
everything had been done that could be done, so far as an accurate
and careful marking out of the best passages through the reef was
concerned, by Capt. Blackwood and his officers in the ‘ Fly.’ Sup-
posing, however, that in consequence of thick weather or the like,
a vessel missed the Raine’s Islet passage, she would become involved
in the Coral Sea, which lies between the Louisiade Archipelago on
the east, New Guinea on the north, and Australia on the west ;—an
unsurveyed and almost unexamined district, which there was every
reason for believing to be full of hidden dangers, and yet which must
be traversed in order to reach Bligh’s Entrance (or the northern ter-
mination of the Barrier Reef), round which lay the only access to
Torres’ Straits.

The hydrographic duties which the ‘ Rattlesnake’ was commis-

|
4
d

_-
we

al

ee sy i

os

—_—

ia TS ee =

* pine | i
“es .

eae
=i

Bibliographical Notices: - 133

sioned to perform bore reference to these two points of difficulty.-
And she returned with her mission completed as regards the first, by
the survey of the “ Inner Route:” as regards the second, by that of
so much of the Louisiade Archipelago, the South Coast of New
Guinea and of the Coral Sea, as will henceforth enable vessels to
travel there in safety.

It is melancholy to reflect that the commander of the expedition,
Captain Owen Stanley, the eldest son of the late lamented Bishop of
Norwich, known to all as a sedulous cultivator of natural science,
lived only to perform the task which had been assigned to him,—not
to reap the honours and rewards which he had won, nor by his per-
sonal influence to secure to his fellow-labourers that recognition and
assistance from their common superiors which their work had fairly

-earned,—an object which to him, we cannot doubt, would have been

as sacred as his own advancement.

__ As the ‘ Rattlesnake’ was about to visit almost the last corner of
the world, accessible by sea, to which Europeans had not penetrated,
and therefore was likely to be in the midst of forms of animal and
vegetable life of a new and interesting kind, she was provided with a
naturalist in the person of Mr. MacGillivray, the able author of the
work before us. The expedition, in this respect, has been very for-
tunate; for whether we regard the extensive and carefully preserved
collections which have been sent home bythat gentleman+collections,
we are informed, on very high authority, equal in value to any that
have ever been made in any expedition—or the terse and manly
simplicity of the narrative of the Voyage, so different from the blatant
platitudes and “ middy’s-grave”’ sentimentalities of some on which
we could lay our hands, and reminding us more of the close observa-
tion, concise expression and occasional quiet humour of old Dampier,
we cannot but think that the interests of natural science have been
well cared for.

More incident interesting to the general reader occurs in this nar-
rative than falls to the lot of most travellers in these prosaic times,
when a circumnavigatory voyage is by no means a thing to boast
about—rather a “‘ slow”’ affair in fact than otherwise.

We find Robinson Crusoeish accounts of people to whom iron was
valueless, who looked upon a white face as a clever though very dis-
agreeable piece of painting, and held guns to be vessels for the safe
conveyance of water; stories of men who delighted in cultivating
heads of hair some two feet in diameter with combs of proportionable
size,—until one almost wishes that the Rattlesnake’s commander had
followed Torres’s quaint proceeding and “caught in all this land
twenty persons of different nations, that with them we might be able
to give a better account to your majesty.’’—Vol. i. p. 170.

Then it was the good fortune of the expedition to rescue from a
condition of misery, an Englishwoman who had been wrecked and had
Spent some years among the Australian natives, a people whose no-
tions of the convenances of society, according to our author, would
not seem to make a prolonged stay among them either agreeable or

> improying. Take for instance the following anecdote. We must

.

134 Bibliographical Notices.

premise that ‘‘ Paida”’ is the name of Mr. MacGillivray’s particular
friend or “ cotaig,” and apparently a good enough sort of man in
general :-—

** One morning, at Cape York, Paida did not keep his appointment
with me as usual; on making inquiry I found that he had been
squabbling with one of his wives a few minutes before, about some
trifle, and had speared her through the hip and groin. On express-

ing my disapproval of what he had done, adding that white men ~

never acted in that manner, he turned it off by jocularly observing
that although I had only one wife he had two, and could easily spare
one of them.”—Vol. ii. p. 10.

Much very valuable information as to the customs, language, &c.,
of the Australian natives was obtained from Gi'om (the native name
conferred on the white woman), which could hardly have been pro-
cured in any other way. And we regret to be obliged to add, that
this information does not at all increase our aspirations after the
period when ;

* wild in woods the noble savage ran.”

Man without culture seems to descend, morally speaking, far below
the level of the beast ; and for filth, cruelty, greediness and cunning,
it would be hard to find the equal of the Australian savage among the
Vertebrata. “The formal details with regard to their character, given
by the author in the second volume and elsewhere, are fully borne
out, incidentally, by the painful story of poor Kennedy’s expedition
(vol. ii. p. 117 et seq.), one of the saddest and most touching histories,
we may remark, which we have for a long time perused.

Mr. Kennedy had distinguished himself in the employment of the
Colonial Government of New South Wales, both as Sir Thomas
Mitchell’s second in command and as an independent explorer. A
young man, tall and slight, but wiry and muscular as a race-horse,
his physical conformation seemed to fit him for the fatigues of an
explormg expedition, as much as his energy and ability, combined
with a most amiable disposition, qualified him to command it. Suce-
cess, however, was not to be his lot. :

- Those who would follow him from misfortune to misfortune, up to
the cowardly attack by the Yagalles, in which his life was sacrificed
when he was almost within sight of his goal, must turn to Mr. Mac-
Gillivray’s work. We only quote the following passage from the journal
of one of the survivors as an illustration of native character :—

«‘ About sixty natives came to the camp this morning, well armed
with spears, and pieces of fish, which they held up to us to entice us
to come to them. We took no notice, however, of their invitations,
but, preparing our fire-arms, we turned out. They were now closing
round us in all directions, many of them with their spears in their
throwing-sticks ready for use,—pointing them to their own necks
and sides, and showing us by their postures how we should writhe
with pain when they struck us. Then they would change their
tactics, and again endeavour to persuade us that they meant us no
harm, but they would not lay down their spears,........... After

a

Fu ye ata aes

Bibliographical Notices. 135

keeping us standing about an hour, eleven spears were thrown at us.
_ Three of my party then fired, slightly wounding one of them, when
they all immediately ran away as fast as they could.” Dr. Latham
may be right in supposing these people to have migrated from Timor,
but such fiendish malignity would almost lead us to think them to
be our left-handed brethren sprung from Lilis, Adam’s first wife, who
bore him all the devils.
_ The inhabitants of New Guinea and of the Louisiade Archipelago
afford a very pleasing contrast to these degraded wretches. Fierce
indeed these people are, and apt to carry out the impulse of the mo-
ment by the strong hand whenever they are sufficiently powerful, or
think themselves so, as was seen in the unfortunate affray with the
* Rattlesnake’s’ boats (vol. i. p. 234); but still they show evidence
of a much higher state of civilization, in their homes, their canoes,
their cultivation of the ground, their dress, and all their social habits.
“* We had no means of forming a judgement regarding the condition
of the women in a social state, but they appeared to be treated by
the men as equals, and to exercise considerable influence over them.
On all occasions they were the loudest talkers, and seemed to act
from a perfect right to have everything their own way........ The
circumstance of children being daily brought off by their fathers to
look at the ship and the strange things there, indicated a considerable
degree of parental affection.’’—Vol. i. p. 271.
A great deal of zoological and botanical information is scattered
through these volumes, but an especial value is given to them in this
respect by the Appendices, which include disquisitions on the voca-
bularies collected, by Dr. Latham ; on the Polyzoa and Sertulariade,
by Mr. Busk; on the Mollusca by Prof. E. Forbes, and on the Crus-
tacea and some Insects by Mr. Adam White, besides the meteoro-
logical and magnetic observations of Lieut. Dayman. We shall pro-
' bably return to this portion of the work in one of our next numbers.
It is rumoured that Mr. MacGillivray is to accompany Capt. Den-
ham’s projected expedition to the Feejee Islands, as naturalist. If it
so, we congratulate ourselves and our readers on the prospect of
another work as readable and instructive as that which we have just
brought under their notice.
A finer field for the naturalist could hardly be selected. We wish
our author God speed; and when he comes back laden with the
‘ spolia opima,’ may we be here to see.

The Geology and Fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations
of Sussex. By Freperick Dixon, F.G.S. London, 1850: Long-
man and Co. Royal 4to. 44 plates, pp. 422.

The county of Sussex has been fortunate in the illustrations of its
geologic history, and that executed by two members of the medical
profession, who, amidst their active and arduous duties, have been
enabled to collect, and, aided by their scientific acquirements, to exa-
mine and describe those fossil organisms, so interesting as revealing
the history of the past conditions and changes of life on our globe.

The work by Dr. Mantell on ‘ The Fossils of the South Downs,’

136 Bibliographical Notices.

published more than thirty years since, may certainly be considered
as the first provincial work on the subject which combined descriptive
geology with illustrations of fossil remains, for the earlier works of
Martin* and Morton+, although valuable, were of a different cha-
racter.

The appearance of Dr. Mantell’s work in 1822 excited much
interest, and certainly stimulated and promoted inquiry at the time
both locally and generally ; nor has its value materially decreased even ~
at the present day. During the period since the publication of Dr.
Mantell’s valuable work, many interesting facts have been discovered
by himself and others, and our knowledge of the fossil contents of the
Chalk formation has been materially extended by the numerous spe-
cimens gathered together, especially of late years, in various private
collections, among the first and most interesting of which may be
considered that formed by the lamented author of the present volume.
Having made so many important additions both of rare and new
species, Mr. Dixon proposed to lay illustrations of them before the
scientific public, and had nearly accomplished the arduous task, when
he was prematurely removed from the scene of his labours, to the
deep regret of those friends to whom he was endeared by his amiable
and liberal character. He was no niggard, parsimoniously hoarding
the rich treasures gathered from among the ancient temples of nature,
but liberally placing them at the disposal of those who could fully ap-
preciate their value, and fortunately having amongst his personal
friends those who, having always searched nature with truthfulness
and assiduity, rendered, by their kindly co-operation, this work one of
great importance and value to the student of paleeontology.

First among these may be mentioned Prof. Owen, without whose
kind and prompt assistance the completion of the volume might have
been indefinitely delayed, and the publication of which was materially
facilitated by the liberality of Mrs. Thwaytes, of Charman Dean near~
Worthing, whose name, as Prof. Owen remarks, “ will ever be ho-
nourably associated with those of other munificent promoters of science
in this country, and by the geologist, who may find in its pages, or its
beautiful and accurate plates, a helping guide in the course of his
investigations.”

The work does not profess to give a general geological history of
the county ; otherwise another volume would have been required, had
the author entered upon the description of the Lower Cretaceous for-
mation and the Wealden; for these, however, the previous excellent
researches and observations of Dr. Fitton and Dr. Mantell may be
advantageously consulted. The reader, however, will find some
interesting and useful information in the chapters on the Geological
View of Selsey and Bracklesham Bay, the Eocene Formations of the
District, the Geological Position of Bognor and the Sussex Coast to
Brighton, including Worthing and its vicinity, and some interesting
notes on the Chalk formation.

No one who consults this volume can fail to perceive the energy,

* Petrificata Derbiensis, 1809.
+ The Natural History of Northamptonshire, 1712.

Bibliographical Notices. 137

intelligence, devotion, and, we know, self-sacrifice, by which the
lamented author enriched his collection, so as to render it available
for the purpose of science ; nor has he forgotten gratefully to acknow-
ledge the assistance of numerous friends who have contributed speci-

-mens for illustration in the work. To the archeologist as well as
the geologist this volume is acceptable, as in it he will find notices,
with illustrative woodcuts, of various interesting British and Roman
coins, vessels and implements found near Worthing; and as charac-
teristic of his pursuit, although apparently out of place in a geological
treatise, we feel that “a local geologist, whose immediate researches
were into the history of the remoter antiquities of his district, could
hardly fail to have his interest excited by the analogous evidence of
the past history of his own race.” In fact, as ably shown by Dr.
Mantell in a paper read before the Archzeological Association at Ox-
ford, there is an intimate connection between archeology and geology ;
and the entombment of man and his works at different portions of
the historical period, indicative of changes to which the human race
has been subjected in the same region, are but the faint counterparts
of those mightier revolutions by which whole dynasties of organized
beings have been successively changed—those lost tribes of plants
and animals which once inhabited the globe. As bearing on this
subject we extract the following remarks relative to an interesting
ornamented vase found in cutting the railroad near Worthing in
1845 :—

«Imported red Samian pottery. with stags and animals has been
occasionally found in England; but this curious relic I think, from
its material and manufacture, was made in this country, and is of
double interest ; first, as a specimen of art, and secondly, as repre-
senting animals almost extinct, which were formerly common in
England, as geological evidence fully corroborates, and showing
besides how the red deer, like the ox, goat, wolf, and other animals,
has been scattered and destroyed by the hand of civilization.”

It must however be admitted that the great interest of the work
depends upon the valuable contributions by the following eminent
naturalists :—Prof. Owen the Reptiles, Prof. E. Forbes the Echino-
derms, Mr. Lonsdale the Corals, Mr. Bell the Crustaceans, Mr. J.

- Sowerby the Mollusks and Foraminifere ; and Sir P. Egerton kindly
assisted in revising the author’s notes on the extinct fishes of the
Chalk, and in describing the plates illustrative of that class of the
cretaceous fossils.

These descriptions are accompanied by forty-four beautifully exe-
cuted plates, by artists whose names are a sufficient guarantee of their
pees: J. de C. Sowerby, Dinkel, Erxleben, and Aldous. A useful
list of the tertiary and cretaceous fossils, with references, synonyms,
and localities, will be found in the volume. :

Among the eocene reptiles described by Prof. Owen are two new
species of serpents, Paleophis typheus and P. porcatus, Owen, two
new species of Chelone, C. trigoniceps and C. declivis, Owen, and some
fine remains are noticed which prove the former existence in England,

-during the early tertiary period, of a Gavial, G. Divoni: “ this genus

138 Bibliographical Notices.

is now represented by one or two species peculiar to the great rivers
of India, more especially the Ganges; and the fossil differs from
both the Gavialis gangeticus, Auct., and from the perhaps nominal
G. tenuirostris, Cuv., in the form and relative size of the teeth.”

In the interesting observations on the cretaceous fossil reptiles,
Prof. Owen describes a new species of Mososaurus, M. gracilis, and one
of Plesiosaurus, P. Bernardi, and also satisfactorily establishes two
genera of lizards, Coniasaurus and Dolichosaurus, with proccelian
cup-and-ball vertebrze, by the recent discovery of portions of the jaws
and teeth: of one of these which is distinct from the Raphiosaurus,
Prof. Owen remarks, “There is no existing species of the Iguanian or
other herbivorous family, nor any of the pleurodont saurians with
which the present chalk fossil is identical, nor can I refer it to any of
the established genera of Lacertia : the absence of the cranium and
bones of the extremities does not allow of any closer comparison with
the Monitors, Iguanas, or Scinks; but the characters of the teeth
justify the consideration of the fossil as the type of a hitherto un-
described genus and species, which I therefore propose to call Conia-
saurus crassidens, or the thick-toothed lizard of the chalk forma-
tion.” Of the other, a beautiful specimen, comprising the head and
anterior thirty-six vertebree, in the collection of Mrs. Smith, and a
chain of posterior abdominal and sacral vertebree belonging to Sir P.
Egerton, which there is good reason to suppose belonged to the same
individual, Prof. Owen gives a detailed description, and shows in
conclusion, “‘ That all the general characters of the Lacertian type
of the vertebrate skeleton are presented by the Dolichosaurus ; they
are most modified in the cervical region, where the Ophidian type is

rather followed, in the number and size of the vertebree, and in the -

size and shape of the ribs; a less decided approach, but one still in-
dicating an affinity to the Ophidians, is made by the unusual length
of the slender trunk, which includes, from the skull to the sacrum,
not fewer than fifty-seven vertebree, and is not less than 18 inches in
length. The smallness of the head accords with the long and slender
proportions of the neck, and must have added to the snake-like ap-
pearance of this early example of proccelian lizard. But the com-
plete and typically Lacertian organization of the scapular and pelvie

arches, and of their locomotive appendages, proves that the Dolicho- .

saurus was more strictly a lacertine Saurian than the existing genera,
Pseudopus, Bipes, and Ophisaurus, which effect the transition from
the lizards to the snakes or typical Ophidian reptiles.”

The Fishes of the Chalk are interesting, inasmuch as here first ap-
pear forms belonging to those two orders of fishes, the Cycloid and
Ctenoid, which attain their maximum development in the present
seas, and associated with the Placoid and Ganoid orders, which are
characteristic of the older formations. Of the Placoid are two new
genera, dulodus and Plethodus, and several new species belonging to
the genera Ptychodus, Acrodus, Corax, and Oxyrhina ; but the most
interesting are the remains of a Cestracion, as—

“The discovery of a species of true Cestracion in the Chalk is an
event of much interest, since this genus has hitherto only been known

ee a) fo

Bibliographical Notices. 139

4 from the recent Cestracion Philippi, or Port Jackson shark, a fish
most valuable to paleontologists as being the only existing type of
the family Cestraciontidee, so extensively distributed through our fos-
siliferous strata, from the Silurian to the Chalk both inclusive.”

Of the Ganoid order are the new genera Pomognathus, Ag., pro-
posed by Agassiz, from the lower jaw extending so far back towards the

reular bones ; Prionolepis, Egerton, allied to Aspidorhynchus, but
differing in the arrangement and articulation of the scales ; and Pha-
codus, Dixon, so named from the kidney-bean-shaped character of
the teeth.

In the Ctenoid order are briefly noticed Berycopsis and Homo-
notus, Ag., new genera allied to Beryz, and Stenostoma, Ag., allied
to Rhacolepis.

In the Cycloid order are the new genera Pachyrhizodus and Tomo-
gnathus. ‘The affinities of the latter genus are unknown; the only
portions discovered having been jaws and portions of the cranium.

The elaborate descriptions of the Corals by Mr. Lonsdale furnish
much valuable matter in the detailed notes accompanying each spe-
cies and their comparison with allied forms. Eight species of eocene
Anthozoa are described. Among the cretaceous Anthozoa five new
genera are described, viz. Monocarya, Diblasus, Axogaster, Epi-
phaxum, and Spinopora. Among the Bryozoa Mr. Lonsdale includes
six new genera, viz. Desmeopora, Petalopora, Holostoma, Siphonio-
typhlus, Homeosolen, and Atagma, besides some new species belonging
to established genera. By short extracts merely from this important
part of the volume, we should not have conveyed to the reader the
minute accuracy of description embodying the careful examination of
the species noticed ; but it points out how cautious our determinations
should be in the specific forms of either the Anthozoa or Bryozoa.

Among the fossils of the Chalk formation, the sea-urchins and star-
fishes are generally considered more interesting, and arrest the atten-
tion of the collector ; of these many new and beautiful forms are fully
illustrated in the work before us. Nor have the Echinodermata been
neglected in the researches of the zoologist, many valuable physio-
logical and systematic memoirs having of late appeared in elucidation
of their recent history, which has materially assisted the investigation
connected with the relations of the existing and extinct forms.

The family Asteriadee, which until recently was considered to have
commenced with the Oolitic period, have, through the labours of
Prof. Sedgwick, Mr. Sharpe, and the Geological Survey, been found
in strata of Silurian age, both in Westmoreland and North Wales ; and
what is equally interesting, they are referred to the genus Uraster,
the members of which, although found in all parts of the world, are
more characteristic, by their abundance and predominance, of the ap-
proach to the Arctic or Antarctic regions. Prof. E. Forbes, in his
valuable and scientific Synopsis of the British Fossil Asteriadze, pub-
lished in the ‘ Memoirs of the Geological Survey,’ p. 462, states—

“It is very remarkable that all the true starfishes, hitherto dis-
covered in a fossil state in the sedimentary deposits of the paleeozoic

~oceans, appear to belong to this genus Uraster, whilst the majority

140 Bibliographical Notices.

of the-cretaceous species belong either to Goniaster or to genera still
more distinctly tropical in character.”’

The Asteriade attained not only their maximum of development
at the cretaceous period, but appear, as far as the fossil species are
concerned, to have exceeded in number all those hitherto collected
and described from the other geological formations. Of the twenty-
four species noticed in this work, and the diagnoses of which origi-
nally appeared in the ‘ Memoirs’ before cited, seven belong to the
genus Oreaster, the O. bulbifera, Forbes, being the handsomest and
most curious, but rarely found well-preserved ; fourteen to Goniaster
(including Goniodiscus and Astrogonium) ; two to Stellaster ; and one,
the most beautiful and singular of cretaceous starfishes, is assigned
to a new genus Arthraster (A. Dixoni), which is closely allied to the
living genus Ophiodaster ; “but the ossiculze of the arms are very
compactly articulated together and much fewer in number ; their ar-
rangement is also very different : exclusive of the ambulacral ossiculee,
which are unknown, only seven bones enter into the composition of
the framework of the arm transversely, and these alternate in such a
manner as to form a compact skeleton without conspicuous inter-
stices.”’

In the other part of the monograph by Prof. Forbes, some new
species of sea-urchins are described, as well as notices of those pre-
viously known ; besides which are two plates illustrative of many
very interesting, beautiful, and unique specimens of the cretaceous
Crinoidea,—Marsupites, Pentacrinus, and Apiocrinus: among the
figures of the latter, referred to A. ellipticus, we quite agree with the
describer, that more than one species is certainly included.

In the above notice we have chiefly directed attention to the more
important generic novelties contained in this volume, scarcely alluding
to the many species indicated as entirely new, or those described by
foreign sacha but only recently identified as occurring in the ter-
tiary and cretaceous formations of this country, as well as the addi-
tional facts derived from the study of finer specimens of imperfectly
known species.

We sincerely hope that this work may obtain a very general circu-
lation, and find its way into many private as well as public libraries ;
and that the example of the estimable lady, previously mentioned,
may stimulate the wealthy supporters of science to possess a volume
alike interesting to the geologist and archeologist of the South of En-
gland, and to those engaged in the study of the cretaceous and ter-
tiary formations elsewhere. Nor will the intelligent reader, who con-
sults the pages with a view of becoming acquainted with that portion
of the earth’s history, fail to perceive the higher tendency which the
contemplation of the beautiful works of Creation constantly produced
in the mind of the author, when he assures those who study natural
history in the most extensive sphere, that it is ‘ well calculated to
improve our intellectual powers, to stimulate our exertions, and raise
our adoration and gratitude to the Supreme Disposer of all things.”

NE ee ae ee ee ae ae

EEN eI eR

Bibliographical Notices. 141

A Popular History of British Ferns and the allied Plants. By
T. Moore, F.L.S. &c. London, 1851: Reeve and Benham.

As this elegant little work professes to be wholly of a popular cha-
racter, it does not require much notice in our Journal; we cannot,
however, pass it over without a few remarks.

Owing to its objects, the technical characters of the genera and
species do not hold at all a prominent place in the book, but both

are shortly given. Its most characteristic feature is found in the beau-

tiful coloured plates, from the pencil of Mr. Fitch, the celebrated
botanical artist, which seem to be all that can be desired as popular
representations of the species, nearly all of which are figured. The
mode of cultivating the species, so as to afford interesting objects, is
also wisely made a subject of especial attention, and, as far as we can
j such directions are given as to render success nearly certain.
Attention is more espécially turned to the growth of ferns in closed
glass cases, on the plan recommended by Mr. N. B. Ward.

On the whole, we can recommend the book to those who are
ignorant of scientific botany, and yet, as is now not unfrequently the
case, admire and desire to grow ferns. We must however remark,
that the descriptions, and indeed sometimes other parts of the book,
are rather too technical in their language for the class of readers to
which it is addressed. In books like this, which do not claim a
scientific character, we could wish to see English words used,
wherever such can be found, which will convey the meaning with
sufficient accuracy, rather than the English forms of the botanical
Latin terms. Of course, this is often nearly impossible; but still
the cases are not a few in which it might be done. We think also
that the author shows an inclination towards the use of those English
words which are derived from the Latin, rather than such as are of
Saxon origin; this, in a work intended “especially for the young,”
is a defect, since words of the latter kind are far more easily under-
stood by them and all other partially educated persons.

At the close of the book there is a very valuable tabular statement
of the counties of the United Kingdom in which the several species
have“been observed to be native, and in many cases the exact places
are stated. This is the more interesting, as we do not as yet possess
any account of the geographical distribution of Ferns which is even
nearly so complete. It is to be hoped, however, that the present
year will not conclude without the publication of the third volume

_ of Mr. Watson’s valuable ‘ Cybele Britannica,’ in which it is probable

that the Ferns will be included. We are glad to be able to state that
it is already in the press.

142 | Zoological Society.
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 9, 1850.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS OF THE FAamIty MELANIANA,
AND OF MANY NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS MELANIA,
CHIEFLY COLLECTED BY HuGcu Cumine, Ese. By Isaac
Lea anp Henry C. Lea, PoitapELpatia.

[Continued from p. 70. ]

MetaniA Cuminer. WM. testd striata, turritd, supern? uno-cari-
natd, subcrassd, tenebroso-fuscd ; spird valde elevatd; suturis
regulariter impressis ; anfractibus planulatis, lineis raris impres-
sis; aperturd magnd, subtriangulari, intus cerulescente; colu-
melldé retusd contortdque.

Hab. Very small streams, island of Siquijor, Philippines.

Length 2°5, diam. *7 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable species. A single specimen
only was sent by Mr. Cuming, and this unfortunately is by no means
perfect. There is a good deal of ferruginous matter deposited over
the surface, and the apex is so much eroded that the number of
whorls cannot be well ascertained, perhaps about nine. The turrited
form of the shell is very notable. Immediately under the suture
there is an elevated and cordlike line, slightly angular on the superior
part. Below this the whorl is slightly impressed. Part of the sur-
face is wrinkled by the transverse striee decussating longitudinal
lines. The aperture is about one-third the length of the shell, and
remarkable for its triangular form. The columella is unusually white,
which shows in contrast with the dark epidermis. The operculum is
large and thick, having its polar point near to the lower border.

MELANIA DActyLus. WM. testd striatd, valde elevatd, superne cos-
tatd, crassd, vel fuscd vel luteo-corned ; spird valde elevatd; su-
turis impressis; anfractibus duodecim, convexis, lineis crebris
elevatis ornatis ; costellis verticalibus crebris ; aperturd submagnd,
subrotundatd, intus vel salmonid vel ceruled; columelld incrassatd,
salmonid tortdque.

Hab. Small streams in Guimaras, Mindanao, Luzon and Seyte,

Philippines.

Length 3:2, diam. 1 inch.

Remarks.—This is a remarkably fine, large, and protean species.
There are about two dozen specimens under examination from various
islands of the Philippines. The prevailing character of the surface
is striate with decussating costee on the superior whorls; but some
specimens have these costee enlarged on the lower whorls, instead of
their having vanished, as on others. Some again have their coste
rising into a series of pointed tubercles. Under the microscope many
numerous minute striee may be observed to revolve parallel with the
coarser ones. Another variety is quite smooth on the upper whorls,
with fewer strise and coste. This looks like an immature shell. The

ee ee a ee

.

Le ee ee

a a
oe oi a .

Zoological Society. 143

aspect of these three varieties is quite different, but I do not consider
it safe to separate them into species. The aperture is rather more
than one-fourth the length of the shell. The operculum is large,
having several revolutions, and the polar point is near to the centre.

MELANIA CRENIFERA. WM, testd granulatd, acuto-conicd, subfu-
siformi, subtenui, corned; spird granulatd, acuminatd ; suturis
irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus novem, convexiusculis, ad
basim striatis ; aperturd submagnd, ovatd, intus albidd ; columella
alba tortdque.

Hab. Small river in Java.

Length -9, diam. «4 of an inch.

Remarks.—Three specimens under examination are all nearly co-

vered with granules, a fourth has but few. It is a very symmetrical
little species. The aperture is rather more than one-third the length
of the shell. No opercula accompanied these specimens.

Mevanta NANA. WM. testd granulatd, conicd, fusiformi, tenui, dia-
| phand, vel corned vel fused, rufo-maculatd ; spird depressd, gra-
nulatd ; anfractibus sex, subplanulatis, ad basim striatis ; suturis
irregulariter impressis ; aperturd magnd, ellipticd, intus vel al-

. bidd vel fuscd ; columelld tortd.

Hab. Mountain streams, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length °6, diam. °3 of an inch.

Remarks.—The colour varies in this species owing to the number
of brown spots, which differ much in different specimens. One of
those under examination is horn-coloured, with a few distinct brown
spots; another is quite dark in consequence of the multiplicity of
them. The largest granules are immediately below the suture, and
the line there is disposed to be of lighter colour. The aperture is
about one-half the length of the shell.

MELANIA TESSELLATA. WM. testd granulatd, elevato-conicd, crassd,
tenebroso-fuscd ; spird elevatd, crebre granulatd; anfractibus
planulatis, ad basim striatis ; suturis irregulariter impressis ;
aperturd parvd, ellipticd, constrictd, crenulatd, intus tricostatd,
ad basim canaliculatad ; columelld subrectd.

Hab. ?

Length 1°10, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remarks.—There is nothing striking in the general appearance of
this shell; but in looking into the interior, there will be observed a
character which has not been known to exist in any other species—
three elevated, revolving ribs, terminating short of the outer lip.
The columella is simple, nearly straight, and ends in the angle at the
sinus. These remarkable ribs may involve a difference of organic
structure of the animal, in which case a new genus would be required
for this species. One of the three specimens is entirely white inside,
the other two have dark bands. The apex being eroded in them all,
the number of whorls cannot be ascertained, probably about nine.
The aperture is about one-third the length of the shell. The oper-
culum has its polar point near to the lower margin.

144 Zoological Society.

MELANIA CREBRUM. UM. testd cancellatd, elevato-conicd, crassd,

tenebroso-castaned ; spird valde elevatd ; anfractibus decem, con-

vexiusculis, ad basim striis impressis ; suturis impressis ; aperturd —

parvuld, ovatd, intus albidd ; ad basim rotundd ; columelld incur-
_ -vatd.
Hab. Small streams, Guimaras, Philippines.
Length 1°5, diam. °5 of an inch.

Remarks.—The symmetry of the outline and the extreme regu-_

larity of the decussating lines over the whole of the whorls, except at
the base, are distinguishing characteristics of this species. The ele-
vated portions between the decussating lines are quadrangular and
resemble brickwork. The four specimens submitted are all “ dead
shells,” and are partly decomposed towards the apex. The aperture
is rather more than one-fourth the length of the shell.

Mevania ReTicuLaTA. WM. testd cancellaid, conicd, crassd, pal-
lidd; spird elevatd ; anfractibus septem, planulatis, crasse can-
cellatis, ad basim striatis ; suturis tmpressis ; aperturd magnd,
trapezoided, ad basim angulatd, intus albd; columelld incurvatd,
contortdque.

Hab. China.

Length 1°8, diam. *7 of an inch.

Remarks.—This is a very remarkable and distinct species, covered
all over, except the lower part of the base whorl, with coarse, some-
what distant decussating striz, which rise into nodes and form qua-
drangular areas. Altogether it is a rough Cerithium-looking species.
The epidermis is remarkably thin and light-coloured, the upper por-
tion of the spire being quite white in the two specimens under exami-

‘nation. The aperture is more than one-third the length of the shell.

Metania acuievs, Lea. M. testd levi, nonnunquam striatd vel
granulatd, elongate subulatd, crassd vel subcrassd, corned vel
Susco-nigricante ; spird acuminatd ; suturis linearibus ; anfracti-
bus planulatis ; aperturd ovatd, intus cerulescente ; labro expanso.

Hab. Siquijor, Naga, Cagayan, and others of the Philippines.

Length 2°6, diam. *7 of an inch. :

Remarks.—When this species was described by J. Lea in 1832

(Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.), he had seen but a single specimen, which
had‘neither granules nor stri. Among the large quantity of this
genus taken by Mr. Cuming in his Eastern voyage, were about forty
specimens of this singularly protean species. Were there but few,
and these as different as many of them are, no one would hesitate to
consider them as distinct species. But the large number and extra-
ordinary difference in them enables one, or rather compels one to keep
them in a group as curious divergent varieties. When we compare
the large smooth variety with the small variety covered with granules,
it is difficult to believe that they may have come from a common
parent, but the nuance is too complete in the series to admit of a
doubt.

It was deemed advisable to re-describe this species, so that it might

Zoological Society. 145

embrace the various forms which it takes in the specimens now sub-
mitted by Mr. Cuming from various localities.

MELANIA DIADEMA. M. testd spinosd, acuminato-ovatd, transver-
sim lineatd, subpapyraced, diaphand, pallio lutescente ; spird sca-
lariformi, acutd ; suturd lineaté; anfractibus octo, superne an-
gulatis, planis supra et infra; angulo spinis instructo ; spinis
magnis, crebris, regularibus, brevibus, eversis, aliguando decur-
rentibus ; lineis transversis, minimis, decussalis ; anfractu ultimo
bullato, ad basim lineato ; aperturd magnd, ovatd ; columelid al-
bidd, incurvd ; epidermide hispida.

Hab. Small streams, isle of Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 1-4, diam. °8 of an inch.

Remarks.—Differs from M. amarula in the thinness of its sub-
stance, and regularity and closeness of its spines, which are all bent
outwards, at a regular angle.

Metanta cornuta. M. testd spinosd, elongato-ovatd, crassd, fus-

cescente vel viridescente ; spird exsertd, scalariformi, apice trun-
catd ; suturd lineari; anfractibus medio angulatis, superné sub-

> concavis; angulo spinis instructo ; spinis magnis, brevibus, incurvis,
q raris, acutis, basi latissimis, distortis, decurrentibus, anticé cana-
of liculatis ; anfraotu ultimo magno, ad basim transversim striatulo ;

aperturd magnd, ovatd ; columelld lacted.
_ Hab. Madagascar.
Length 1°5, diam. 9 of an inch.
Remarks.—The spines are short, stout, and irregularly bent, pre-
senting the appearance of horns, and distinguishing the shell from
M. amarula, which it otherwise somewhat resembles.

Meant acantuica. WM. testd spinosd, ovato-turritd, varicosd,
transversim lineatd, subtenui, fuscd ; spird elongata, conicd, sca-
lariformi ; apice truncatd; suturd lineari; anfractibus superné
angulatis, varicibus distortis ; angulo spinis instructo ; varicibus
magnis, regularibus, subobliquis, superne in spinis productis ;
spinis longis, tenuibus, irregularibus, extortis ; lineis transversis,
crebris, parvis, subalternantibus ; anfractu ultimo parvo, ad
basim lineato ; aperturd ellipticd, inferne effusd; labro inferne
producto; columella parvd, infern2 incrassatd.

Hab. Manilla and isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length ‘8, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remarks.— Bears some resemblance to M. scabra, Férussac, and

M. bellicosa, Hinds.

MELANIA ZEYLANICA. M. testd levi, ovatd, crassd, nitidd, albidd
aut virido fuscd ; badio flammulatd, spird brevi, acuminatd, apice
acutd, aliquando erosd ; suturd lineari ; anfractibus quinque, con-
vevis, ad suturam superiorem impressis, maculis flammulatis aut sa-
gittatis badiis; anfractu ultimo magno, bullato; basi levi; aperturd
ovato-rotundd, supern® angulatd, inferne rotundatd, intus albidd ;
columelld magnd, albd, supern? incrassatd, infern? curvatd.

Hab. Seychelles and Ceylon.

"- Length -9, diam. ‘6 of an inch.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 10

146 Zoological Society.

Remarks.—The markings are very variable, being sometimes ob-
lique, zigzag lines, extending over the whole surface of the whorls,
sometimes sagittate or short zigzag spots in transverse series. Indeed
some specimens are of a uniform dark green. The last whorl some-
times has two impressed transverse lines. The mouth is nearly two-
thirds the length of the shell.

MELANIA POLYGONATA. JM. testd tuberculatd, elevato-conicd,
striatd, crassd, nigrd; spird elevatd, conicd, apice erosd; suturd
pene obsoletd, flecuosd ; anfractibus superné et inferne striatis ;
medio angulatis ; angulo serie unicd tuberculorum instructo; tu-
berculis mazimis, transverse angulatis, levibus ; striis transversis
raris ; anfractu ultimo magno ; basi crebre striatd ; aperturd su-
perne valde acutd, inferne productd et effusd, intus albidd; colu-
melld albd, flecuosé ; operculo parvo, subcentrali.

Hab. Copan, Central America. es

Length 3°5, diam. 1°3 inch.

Remarks.--One of the largest and finest of the Melanie. The .

upper whorls are generally covered with a thick, smooth deposit,
obliterating the sculpture. On them the tubercles appear to dege-
nerate into elevated costze. The operculum is much smaller than the
mouth. The tubercles and striz sometimes produce brown marks
on the columella and inside the aperture.

MELANIA DENTICULATA. WM. testd spinosd, ovato-turritd, trans-
versim striatd, denticulatd, tenui, diaphand, ferrugined, maculis ba-
diis minutis linearibus ; spird exsertd, conicd, scalariformi, apice
acuminatd ; suturd lineari ; anfractibus septem, superné angulatis,
angulo denticulatis ; denticulis parvis, acutis, obliquis; striis trans-
versis, parvis, alternantibus, rugosis, maculatis, lineolis longitu-
dinalibus minutissimis decussatis ; anfractu ultimo parvo, ad basim
striato ; aperturd ovatd, inferne effusd; columelld fleruosd, tenut.

Hab. Mountain streams, isle of Negros, Philippines.

Length ‘6, diam. *3 of an inch.

Remarks.—Allied to M. spinulosa, Lam., but may be distinguished

by its abrupt denticulations.

MELANIA ARMILLATA. WM. testd cancellatd, ovato-turritd, cras-
siusculd, graniferd, viridescenti; spird elevatd, subovatd, apice
acutd; suturd parvd, crenatd; anfractibus undecim, planatis,
prope suturam superiorem angulatis, superne albidis, costis longi-
tudinalibus obliquis graniferis crebris ; granulis rotundatis, albi-
dis; anfractu ultimo superné compresso, inferne subturgido ; bast
transverse striatd; aperturd ovatd, superne acute angulatd, in-
ferne rotundatd et effusd; labro inferne producto; columelld in-
Serne angulatd, superné rectd.

Hab. India.

Length 1°4, diam. ‘5 inch.

Remarks.—Immediately below the angle of the whorls there is

apt to be a larger series of granules, with a very small one succeed-
ing it.

oe a

Zoological Society. 147

MeEwLaniA COCHLEA. WM. testd subspinosd, turritd, cosiatd, striatd,
tenui, fulvd, maculis badiis ; spird scalariformi, ovato-acuminatd,
apice acutd ; suturd lineari; anfractibus decem, inferné subcon-
vexis, superné angulatis et concavis ; costis obliquis, longitudina-
libus, anfractuum in angulo elevatis et acuté mucronatis, superne
viz obsoletis ; striis transversis, minutis, aliqguando obsoletis ; an-
fractu ultimo parvo, ad basim striato; aperturd ovatd, superne
acutd, inferne effusd.

Hab. ?

Length 1, diam. °4 of an inch.

Remark.—On the last whorl of the only specimen ‘submitted, the

costz are almost obsolete. The strize are strongest near the sutures,
and scarcely visible at the middle of the whorls.

MELANIA LATERITIA. M. testd cancellatd, acuté ovatd, compressa,

crassiusculd, striatd, graniferd, albidd, virido-fuscd, rufo fasciatd

; aut atrd ; spird elevatd, plerumque scalariformi, apicz acutd aut

erosd; suturd impressd, crenatd; anfractibus decem, planatis,

superne angulatis, supra angulum sepe albidis ; striis transversis

crebris graniferis ; granulis quadratis, abruptis, planatis, serie-

bus longitudinalibus positis; anfractu ultimo magno, subcom-

presso ; bast graniferd ; aperturd ovatd, superné acute angulatd

et sinuatd, inferne latd, expansd et retusd, interne sepe fasciaid ;
columelld contortd ; operculo parvo, ovato.

Hab. Philippines.

Length 1-6, diam. *7 of an inch.

Var. a. Anfractibus superne graniferis, infern? striis transversis
impressis ; basi vix levi, striis raris.

Var. 8. Striis graniferis alternantibus.

Remarks.—A very variable species as to size, colour and sculp-
ture. The operculum differs much in some individuals in both its
shape and apex. ‘This shell bears some resemblance to the M. gra-
nifera, Lam. Its most remarkable characteristic is its square, flat-
tened granules, bearing some resemblance to brickwork.

Meant MopICceELLA. M. testd levi, ovato-conicd, crassd, nitidd,
virido-fuscd ; spird conicd, brevi, apice acutd, sepe erosd ; suturd
lineari ; anfractibus quinque, convexis, rapid? crescentibus, prope
suturam superiorem depressis, prope suturam inferiorem striis
parvis transversis duabus aut tribus; anfractu ultimo magno,
medio striis tribus, basi levi; aperturd ovato-rotundd, superné?
subangulatd, inferne subeffusd, intus albidd; labro acuto; colu-
mellaé lacted, curvatd ; operculo ovato, subcentrali, concentrico.

Hab. Timor.

Length ‘7, diam. *5 of an inch.

Remarks.—This shell and the M. zeylanica may perhaps be taken
as the types of a new genus or subgenus. Further investigation with
respect to the animal may decide; in the meantime, the name of

_ Rrvutrna is proposed provisionally. The general outline and oper-

culum are those of the Patuptna. Inold specimens the peritreme of

. the mouth is continuous, but there is only a slight depression bebind
10*

148 Zoological Society.

the columella in place of an umbilicus. The upper whorls are occa-
sionally faintly lined or spotted with brown.

MELANIA pacopDA. M, testa spinosd, turritd, costatd, transversim
striata, tenui, diaphand, corned, maculis badiis minutis linearibus ;
spird elongatd, subovatd, acuminatd, scalariformi; suturd lineari;
anfractibus decem, superne angulatis et subconcavis, angulo spinu-
losis ; costulis obliquis longitudinalibus, inferné obsoletis, superné
in spinulas aut denticula eversa productis, in anfractibus superio- —
ribus crebrissimis et magnis, inferioribus minoribus rarioribusque ;
striis transversis, parvis, crebris, alternantibus, maculatis, lineolis
longitudinalibus decussatis ; anfractu ultimo usque ad basim striato ;
aperlurd ovatd, superne acutd, inferne effusd.

Hab. Isle of Guimaras, Philippines.

Length 1:4, diam. ‘6 of an inch.

Remarks.—A_ beautiful little species, with irregular spines, ve
strongly marked on the upper whorls, but which sometimes diminis
to denticulations on the lower. It can be mistaken for none of its
congeners, except perhaps the M. cochlea.

July 23.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

A Monocrapn or CyLLEeNE, A GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS
Mo.uuvusca. By Artuur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc.

CyLuene, Gray.

Animal unknown. Operculum thin, horny, unguiform, with ter-
minal nucleus and imbricate elements. Shell ovate, volutiform ; spire
short ; suture channeled; aperture oval; columella anteriorly with
oblique grooves; outer lip thickened externally, notched in front,
grooved within, and subreflected at the margin.

1. CyLLENE LyRATA, Lamarck.

Buccinum lyratum, Lamk. Hist. An. s. Vert. tom. vii. p. 272 ; Kie-
ner, Mon. Buce. pl. 22. fig. 88.

2. CyLLENE Gray, Reeve.

Cyllene Grayi, Reeve, Elements of Conch. pl. 3. fig. 12.

3. CyLLENE Owent, Gray.
Cyllene Owenii, Gray, MSS. Brit. Mus.

4. CYLLENE PULCHELLA, Adams and Reeve.

Cyllene pulchella, Adams and Reeve, Zool. of Voy. of H.M.S.
Samarang, tab. 10. fig. 11.

5. CyYLLENE LuGuBRIS, Adams and Reeve.

Cyllene lugubris, ddams and Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, tab. 10.
fig. 10.

6. CyLLENE CONCINNA, Soland. C. testd ovato-fusiformi; spird
productd, albd, maculis luteo-fuscis ornatd, longitudinaliter

pie ks Pa A Real I abe vies

Zoological Society. 149

subsulcosd, transversim totd striatd; columelld anticé oblique
plicatd ; labro extus levi, incrassato.

Hab. Guinea.

Buccinum concinnum, Sol.

7. CYLLENE onreNnTALIs, A. Adams. C. testd ovato-fusiformi,
albidd, maculis luteo-fuscis ornatd, longitudinaliter plicatd,
transversim striatd; spird prominuld; columelld anticé per-
obliqué sulcatd, labro intus levi.

Hab. Singapore, 6 fathoms, mud; H.C. Malacca, 6 fathoms,

coarse sand; H. C.

8. Cy_uene striata, A. Adams. C. testd ovatd, albd, maculis
rufo-fuscis ad suturas pictd, cingulis duabus maculorum luteo-
Suscorum ornatd, longitudinaliter subplicatd, transversim totd
striatd; columella anticé oblique sulcatd; labro tenui, intus
levi, anticé viz sinuato.

Hat. Albrokkas Islands, under coral, low water; Mr. Dring.

9. Cy~ueNne ruscaTa, A. Adams. C. testd ovatd, rufo-fused,
Jfasciis transversis obscuris articulatis ornatd, longitudinaliter
plicatd, plicis numerosis, subconfertis, superné et inferné trans-
versim valde striatd ; columella anticé valdé corrugato-plicaté,
labro anticé valde sinuato.

Hab. W. Africa.

10. Cyxnuene patiipa, A. Adams. C. testd ovatd, albidé, lon-
gitudinaliter subsuleatd, obscure nodoso-plicatd, glabratd, su-
perne et inferné transversim striatd ; columelld anticé plicis
obliquis, labro anticé valde sinuato.

Hab. West Africa.

11. CyLLENE GRANA, Lamarck.
Buccinum grana, Lamk.; Kiener, Mon. pl. 16. tig. 58.

12. Cytuene Guiasrata, A. Adams. C. testé ovato-fusiformi,
glabratd, cinered, fasciis albis tribus transversis rufo-articu-
latis ornatd, longitudinaliter subplicatd, plicis inferné evani-
dis, superné et inferné transversim striatd ; aperturd angustd ;
columelld anticé oblique plicatd, labro anticé subsinuato.

Hab. Pasicao, 9 fathoms, fine sand; HA. C.

November 12.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Professor Owen read a paper “on the Cranium of the large species
of Dinornis called giganteus and ingens*.”’ He commenced by refer-
ring to a former memoir, in which four generic types of structure had
been determined in fossil crania of birds from New Zealand, viz. Nestor,
Notornis, Palapteryzx, and Dinornis proper ; and proceeded to de-
scribe an additional series of fossil skulls obtained by Governor Sir
George Grey from a cave in the district which lies between the river
Waikato and Mount Tongariro, in the North Island. The most re-

* This paper will appear in the Transactions as Dinornis, Part V., in continua-

tion of Prof. Owen’s previous memoirs.

150 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

markable of these specimens was an almost entire skull, measuring
eight inches in length and five inches across the broadest part of the
cranium ; which in the extent of the ossified part of the mandible
and its downward curvature, resembled the smaller skull deseribed in
a former memoir, and there referred to Dinornis. In the structure
of the occiput and base of the cranium, this large skull more re-
sembled the characters of that ascribed to Palapteryx. The indica-

tions of the muscular attachments, and the form and size of the -

massive beak, bespoke the great power and force with which it had
been habitually applied in the living bird.

Its anatomical characters were minutely detailed. Comparisons of
the area of the occipital foramen for the transmission of the spinal
marrow with that of the spinal canal in different vertebrae, were made
with a view of determining the species to which the cranium in ques-
tion might belong; and the peculiar contraction of the spinal canal
in the vertebrae of Dinornis as compared with that in the Ostrich was
pointed out. The inference deduced was, that the cranium, not-
withstanding its great size, belonged probably to the species called
Palapteryx ingens, which was the second in point of size.

A mutilated cranium of a much younger bird, showing all the
sutures, but of nearly equal size with the skull first described, might
belong to the Dinornis giganteus. Two crania, referable to two di-
stinet species of smaller birds of Palapteryx, were described, and sec-
tions of the cranium were shown, to demonstrate the form and cha-
racter of the brain. In the collection transmitted by Governor Grey,
Professor Owen had, for the first time, recognized a portion of a
diminutive wing-bone, similar, in the absence of the usual processes
for the muscles of flight, to that in the Apteryx, and confirmatory,
both by this character and its extreme rarity, contrasted with the
abundance of vertebree and leg-bones that had been transmitted, of
the inference as to the rudimental condition of the wings in the
Dinornis and Palapteryz.

The memoir concluded with a description of a cranium of the Not-
ornis, more perfect than that fragmentary one on which the affinities
of that bird to the Rallide or Coot-tribe had originally been founded,
and its generic distinction from Porphyrio established. The speci-
men exhibited confirmed the accuracy of the conjectural restorations
in the figure of the original specimen in a former volume of the
Transactions of the Society.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
Dee. 11, 1851.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

Dr. Balfour read a letter from Dr. Dickie, mentioning the occurrence
of Carex rigida close by the sea, within reach of the spray, on Down-
patrick Head ; also the occurrence of Hieracium nigrescens? and of
Hypnum rufescens on Ben Bulben.

The following papers were read :—

1. ‘Notice of the Hieracium plumbeum (Fries) as a British plant,”
by James Backhouse, jun.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 151

“Tt grows on Falcon Clints, in Teesdale. Having had an oppor-
tunity of examining specimens of the Norwegian Hieracia during the
past summer, partly by collecting personally, and partly through the
kind assistance of Professor Blytt, of Christiania (from whom I have
received a large dried collection), I am able satisfactorily to identify
this plant, which has all the appearance of a good and distinct species.
It is most nearly allied to H. cesium, but differs strongly in having
more truncate involucres, with broad based acuminate apicutate scales
of a dark colour margined with green; also, in the involuercs, and
peduncles being almost or entirely destitute of stellate pubescence.
#1. cesium from the same place, and from Cronkley Scar, Teesdale,
has narrow, acute, involucral scales, and usually a large amount of
stellate down on the peduncles and involucres. H. plumbeum flowers
very early (say about July), while H. cesium is in perfection or nearly
so in September. I have the plant in cultivation from Falcon Clints,
and under these circumstances it becomes still more dissimilar. It
agrees well with my Norwegian specimens, and still better than they
do with the description in Fries’s Monograph.”

2. An extract of a letter from Dr. Gilbert M‘Nab, dated Ja-
maica, lst November, 1851 :—‘‘Some time ago, I sent some dried
specimens of a small plant, which I supposed was a floating aquatic
fern, but I have now discovered what it is. In the water-tank in my
garden is a very large and luxuriant plant of the Nymphea ampla
which seeds very freely ; the seeds are surrounded by a spongy-look-
ing arillus, which floats to the surface all those that get disengaged
from the mud, where the capsule is ripened, and whilst floating on
the surface they there vegetate, and after a time sink and take root
in the mud; the small leaf-looking bodies are the submersed leaves
of the plant; they are of a similar shape, but totally different in
texture from the floating leaves. I also notice in the NV. ampla what
I have never seen in any of the family, that it produces as many
purely male flowers as it does hermaphrodite. I have not yet seen
any pure female flower, although I dare say I shall. I was thinking
of putting some up in brine, as they may be interesting.”

3. An extract of a letter from Mr. John Goldie, Ayr, Canada

West (late of Ayrshire) :—
' “T observe, that at one of your botanical meetings there was a dis-
eussion about what kind of trees were generally struck by lightning.
- One morning no less than four trees were struck by lightning within
three miles of this place : all were gigantic specimens of the Weymouth
pine, Pinus Strobus. I do not recollect seeing any other sort of tree
which had been injured by lightning in this part of the country. In
all the cases which I have examined, the electric fluid proceeded from
the top to the root, following the grain of the wood, and cutting out
the bark 2 or 3 inches in breadth all the way, as if it had been
scooped out with a -

4. Mr. M‘Nab laid before the Meeting a list of the Temperatures
observed in the Botanical Garden, from Ist November to 9th instant.

5. “ Notice of a new British Viola,” by Charles C. Babington, M.A.
> (See p. 12.) °

152 Miscellaneous.

6. “On Fuchsia, considered morphologically,” by the Rev. Dr.
M‘Cosh.

The branches of the species selected are whorled in threes, as are
also the leaves. The normal angle of the branches is about 60°, that
of the leaf also 60°.

I now endeavoured to find whether the curve of the branchlets and
the curve of the vein corresponded. This I found to be difficult ; but it
occurred to me to try and find the law of the ordinates of the curves,
and the result shows that the ordinates increase by equal increments
in equal spaces, and that the increment is = to the abscess. This was
the law of the curve of the branches and of the veins of the leaves.

7. “On Monstrosities of the Dandelion and common Clover ob-
served near Turin,” by Charles Murchison, M.D., British Embassy,
Turin.

8. * On the Flora of Bonn, on the Rhine,” by G. 8. Blackie.

Mr. Blackie observed, during his three months’ stay in the neigh-
bourhood of Bonn :—

Dicotyledones ........ 586 species.
Monocotyledones ...... eg Sl
Acotyledones.......... 4 ana

- Total number of species.. 789

9. “Microscopical Observations on a kind of Paper made from
Vegetable Tissue,” by John Matthews. Mr. Matthews had exa-
mined the specimen of paper presented at the last meeting of the So-
ciety, and found that it exhibited beautiful cells with stomata. It was,
therefore, the cuticle of a plant, and from the quadrangular stomata
he was disposed to think that it was allied to Agave.

Dr. Seller was elected President for the ensuing year.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the genus Acostea of D’ Orbigny.
By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

M. D’Orsieny, in the ‘Revue et Magazin de Zoologie’ for 1851,
pp. 60 & 185, t. 3. describes a new freshwater Bivalye discovered by
Col. Acosta in New Grenada, under the name of Acostea; the
following is an abridgement of his characters :—

“The young shell is free, equivalve, inequilateral, thin, closed ; the
ligament elongate, convex; the interior, like Anodonta, with two
muscular scars ; characters determined by the elongate form of the
shell. In the intermediate age, while enlarging, the shell suddenly
leaves its regular form, being till now free. It lies on its side, the right
valve below, which moulds itself upon the body which it touches,
extends itself on the substance and fixes itself there. The ligament
remains on the side of the valves. The /eft valve now becomes the
upper one, and commences to open itself at the anal region; it then

Miscellaneous. 153

continues slightly gaping for some time, after which it separates itself
entirely from all that characterized it in its early state, to become
i like the opposite valve, detaching itself entirely from its early
state (the two valves of its early existence), which remain attached
to the apical part of the inferior valves only.

‘In the adult age the shell is irregular, very variable in its form,
and very inequivalve. The inferior valve is fixed by means of its
substance, or rather filling and levelling all the imequalities of the
substance on which it rests, so as to solder it there, without however
in any part losing its external epidermis. It is generally oblong,
rounded behind, ending in a more or less long and irregular talon,
always roughened by the lines of growth ; the two anodontiform valves
of the young age are invariably found at the tip; the interior is un- .,
equal, with a single subcentral muscular scar.”’

The animal of this shell has not been observed.

M. D’Orbigny compares the shell with the genera Etneria and
Ostrea, but by a very extraordinary oversight does not make any
comparison of it with the genus Miilleria of Férussac, with which it
agrees in every character, except that the specimens of that genus
described by Férussac and Sowerby appear to have been imperfect
at the tip, so as not to exhibit the “ anodontiform valves.”

M. D’Orbigny describes the adult shell as fixed by the right
valve; but his figure represents it as fixed by the same valve as
the attached valve in the genera Miilleria and Etheria, which we
have always called the left one, because it is on the left side of the
animal when it walks. Férussac properly described Etheria as
attached by its left valve, observing that it is rarely fixed by the
other.

The regular form and free state of the young shell is not a peculi-
arity of this genus, but is common to all the attached Mollusca ; but
in this genus the young animals appear to continue free for a longer
period than is usual; yet some bivalves, as Hinnites for example,
which eventually becomes attached, often remain free for a much
longer period ; indeed, until it has reached nearly its adult size. The

t peculiarity of this genus is the fact of the upper or free valves

ing separated from the apical or young state of the shell; but

this is easily explained when we consider that the first time the

animal opened this valve after it became attached, it must break the
valve away from the fixed apex.

M. D’Orbigny lays great stress on the fact that the young shell has
two muscular scars, and the adult only one ; hence in its young state it
would be a Dimyaire, and in its adult one a Monomyaire of Lamarck
But it is to be remarked, first, that this idea has not been verified, for
the shell has not been seen in its young state, and the two muscles
are only supposed to exist because of the external forms of the young
shells; and secondly, if it is true, it only teaches us what Nature is
constantly teaching us—not to place too exclusive reliance on a single
character, however general. While it does so, it does not in the slightest
degree militate against the value of the character derived from the
_ size or number of the muscular scars to distinguish the families and

154 Miscellaneous.

genera of Bivalves ; and at the same time it shows how careful Nature
is to do nothing in excess ; for it must be plain to every one, that while
a free oblong shell will require two abductor muscles to keep the
valves in their place with regard to each other, a more or less orbi-
cular shell attached by the outer side of one of its valves will only
require a single subcentral muscle to effect the same object...
It appears to me that the genus dAcostea is only a synonym of
the genus Miilleria of Férussac, and that it and Htheria must, be re-
ferred to the same family ; and I have no doubt that when the young
shell of Ztheria has been observed, it will resemble that now first
observed on the tip of Acostea. The one is an African, and the other
an American genus. aehae

Notice of the Sea Bream, Pagellus centrodontus, Oui taken incthe
Firth of Forth. By Joun ALExanpeER Smita, M.D.

A very beautiful specimen of the sea bream, Pagellus centrodontus,
Cuv., was taken in a trawl-net off the Isle of May, near the mouth
of the Firth of Forth, on Saturday the 29th of November last. It is
181 inches in length to the extremity of its forked tail, breadth across
from dorsal to ventral fins about 6 inches.

Number of fin rays: D. 12+13; P. 17; V.1+55; A.3+4+13;
G47, .

Dorsal fin brown, edged with red; pectorals nearly 5 inches in
length, and like tail of a red colour ; ventrals gray, with large red
spot in centre; and anal gray, with longitudinal red stripe.

Teeth nearly equal, sharp and pointed in front and edges of jaws,
more rounded behind; in four or five rows, the inner the largest
posteriorly ; pharyngeal teeth sharp-pointed and thickly set together ;
peritoneum lining abdomen of a blackish brown colour; stomach
roundish, rather muscular, contained remains of small fish like her-
ring fry ; just beyond pylorus four ceca encircling Bowel, one short
and others nearly equal ; intestine bent twice upon itself before reach-.
ing anus ; ovaries rather small; air-bladder large and undivided. __

It appears to be a very rare fish, or at least to be very rarely caught.
in our neighbouring seas, as far as I have been able to ascertain. . ~

On the Circulation and Respiration of the Annelida. = *
By M. A. pe QuATREFAGES. dt

“ » Boe |

In the first portion of this memoir, M. de Quatrefages, by the
observation and dissection of numerous types, confirms the general con-.
clusion arrived at by Milne-Edwards in his investigations, namely, that.
in the circulatory system of the Annelida, the division of the physio-,
logical labour is carried to very different degrees, from a complete,
system, furnished with a true capillary network, to that of a blood.
vessel which exists only in the neighbourhood of the branchiee ;_it.is_
not impossible that the circulatory apparatus may disappear entirely.;.
at least this appears to be the result of the observation of some small.

Miscellaneous. 155

transparent’ Annelida, somewhat like Terebelle, for which M. de
Quatrefages ‘proposes the generic name of Apneumea.

The blood of the Annelida is not always red, as was- supposed by
Cuvier 5 it is frequently colourless, in many cases it is green, so that
can be said on this subject; it is perfectly liquid
and presents no trace of globules, except however in the Glycere.

spits the ee part, M. de Quatrefages examines the organs of re-

resent no less variability than those of circulation, as
y be el Ge beet BP Phy fhe fa following résumé :—
: Rapti general and entirely cutaneous (Lumbriconereis).
1a Respiration cutaneous, but confined to certain segments (Che-

topterus).
3. Respiration cutaneous, but confined to certain points of each
segment (Nereis).

4. Respiratory organ taking the form of a simple czecum or bladder
into which the blood fi flows (Glycera).
5. The branchia is characterized more and more by the formation
of a canal in communication with larger or smaller lacune.
6. These branichiee may be distributed all along the body (Eunice

LE They 3 may be confined to a certain number of segments placed
towards the middle of the body (Arenicola, Hermella).

8. They may all be placed at the extremity of the body so as to
form a double tuft } Seeeule) .— Bibl. Univ. de Geneve, Sept. 1851,
PoP doef ii

On the Organ of Smell in the Fluviatile and Terrestrial Gasteropo-
dous Mollusca. By M. Moquin-Tanpvon.

In the lower animals it is difficult and often impossible to ascertain
exactly what are the organs which preside over the senses, either of
hearing or smell ; in many cases it is difficult to prove certainly the
existence even of these sensations. In this memoir, M. Moquin-
Tandon seeks to prove not only that the Gasteropoda enjoy the sense
of smell, but also that the seat of this sense is at the extremity of the

As to the first of these points, the result of various experiments
pears to be in the affirmative: thus we frequently see snails and
stu proceed in a direct, line towards substances of which they are
fi Piipedk they do not, see them; if the object is removed, or
ut in a different place, the animal will stop, or change its direction.
Ie tere ‘to be no doubt upon this point, it is by no means the
second, as M. Moquin shows by passing in review the

=. ais sheng which have been proposed on this subject ; he

himself thinks that the sense of smell resides in the extremities of the
; ietion ycsecs: in the quadritentaculate Gasteropoda. In fact, if
ewe a tentacle, we find in it a nervous trunk which terminates
__ ita small dilatation“in the terminal knob, after having given rise, at
two-thirds of its length from the base, to a delicate filament, which is
__ the optie nerve.” What appears to prove that it is this nervous fila-

156. Miscellaneous.

ment which serves for the perception of odours, is, that if the tenta-
cles of a Gasteropod, an Arion for example, be carefully cut and the
wounds allowed to heal, it will no longer approach certain nutritive
substances in the same manner as before the operation. M. Moquin
has also retnarked that the size of this tentacular nerve was propor-
tional to the strength of the faculty of smell possessed by the Mol-
lusca; thus it is very large in the J'estacelle which feed on earthworms,
which they are obliged to pursue in their subterraneous galleries.

In the bitentaculate Gasteropoda the olfactory organ also resides in
the tentacles ; but in this case the eyes are placed at the base, the
sense of smell can be exercised on their entire surface, and it is clearly
separated from that of sight.—J0. Nov. 1851, p. 247.

Monstrosity in the petals of Honkeneja peploides.
By Cuartes C. Banineton, M.A.

My friend Mr. J. B. Wilson of St. John’s College, Cambridge, has
recently placed in my hands a rather curious instance of change of
form in the petals of a caryophyllaceous plant. In the Honkeneja
peploides the plants are subdicecious with us, although such is stated
by Dr. A. Gray not to be the case in America. The petals of the
male flower are usually broadly obovate-spathulate and equal, even if
they do not exceed, the sepals in length. In the plant before me,
which is male, the petals are mostly much shorter, but retain their
proper shape. In a few flowers the petals are divided to about the
middle into linear lobes. As many of the allied genera have deeply
cloven petals, this instance is chiefly of value as showing that we must
not trust even that structure as affording constant characters.

ANAS GLACIALIS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
Weymouth, January 20, 1852.

GENTLEMEN,—On Saturday, January 17th, 1852, a specimen of
Anas glacialis, the Long-Tailed Duck, was shot by a gentleman of
this town, in Weymouth Bay: it is evidently a young male. The
elongated tail-feathers are absent. On each side of the neck is an
ill-defined dark spot, and a narrow band of black encircles the lower
part of the breast and joins the black of the back. The legs and
feet are bluish lead-colour. This bird had been chased by a gunner,
who had eight shots at it. He first shot at it on the wing, when it
immediately alighted and dived, and would not rise again, but dived
each time it was shot at. When on the wing it flew in the same
manner as the tufted duck, and dives better and keeps longer under
water than the guillemots or razor-bills. The extreme length of
the above is 14 inches (French).

I have just had brought me a specimen of Rhombus hirtus,
Miiller’s Topknot, being the first I have seen on this coast.

Gentlemen, yours obediently,
Wiii1aAmM THompson.

a
<a

Miscellaneous. 157

Mollusca dredged in Cork Harbour during the Summer of 1851.
By Samvex Wrieut and J. CarRoLt.

Sphenia Binghami, Turt. Several perfect examples.

Thracia villosiuscula, Macg. Rather frequent.

T. pubescens, Pult.

Tellina pygmea, Philippi.

Astarte triangularis, Mont. (sp.). A few dead specimens. (Also
in shell-sand from Kilkee, J. Wright.)

Cardium fasciatum, Mont. Frequent.

C. pygmeum, Don. Frequent.

LIucina spinifera, Mont. (sp.). A single living example.

Montacuta ferruginosa, Mont. (sp.).

M. bidentata, Mont. (sp.).

Kellia rubra, Mont. (sp.).

Lepton squamosum, Mont. (sp.). Odd valves frequent : two young
living specimens occurred.

Nucula nitida, Sowerby.

Rissoa striatula, Mont. (sp.). Dead.

R. vitrea, Mont. (sp.). Several dead individuals.

R. proxima, Alder.

R. fulgida, Adams (sp.). One dead example.

Caecum glabrum, Mont. (sp.).

Cerithium adversum, Mont. (sp.). A few perfect specimens.

Scalaria clathratula, Mont. (sp.). Common.

Chemnitzia rufescens, Forbes. One dead example.

Odostomia obliqua, Ald. Dead.

Mangelia teres, Forbes. Dead.

M. gracilis, Mont. (sp.). Two dead individuals. (We dredged in
the same locality a fine living specimen in June 1850.)

Cylichna nitidula, Lovén.

C. strigella, Lovén.

These rare Cylichne, with Chemnitzia rufescens, Odostomia obliqua,
Astarte triangularis, and Mangelia teres, appear to have been washed
into our harbour from deep water.

Caecum trachea, Mont. (sp.). Youghal, J. Wright.|

Rissoa soluta, Forbes and Hanley. In shell-sand from Bantry,
1850; S. Wright.

On the General Cavity of the Body of Invertebrate Animals.
By M. A. pe QuaTREFAGES.

In this memoir, M. de Quatrefages seeks to give a clear and distinct
idea of the mode of disposition of the organs in the bodies of Inver-
tebrata, and of what is understood by the general cavity in these
animals. According to him, y general cavity must be understood
the more or less circumscribed, more or less free space contained .
within the walls of the entire body and in which the internal organs
are enclosed. This general cavity, indistinctly marked in the superior
animals in which it is filled with various organs, acquires great im- -

158 Miscellaneous.

portance in the lower animals, either from the intimate relations in
which it stands to the organs, or because of the liquid which it con-
tains. :

In the Hydre, the general cavity is entirely confounded with the
digestive cavity, for it contains no organs and replaces them all; in
the Actinie it is prolonged into the tentacles, and in the middle of it
are suspended the reproductive organs and the alimentary canal, with
the latter of which it is in direct communication.

In the Mollusca and Articulata, the general cavity is more cireum-
scribed, and communicates directly with the circulatory system.
Lastly, in the Echinodermata and Annelida it is completely closed.

Very apparent in some cases, in many others it is frequently dis-
guised by a network cf filaments, more or less close, which, uniting
the organs to the walls of the body, play the part of cellular tissue.
Between these two extremes every possible intermediate form is
found.

Whatever may be the arrangement of the general cavity, it is always
lined with a membrane, which is produced with the various organs
communicating with it, and may be assimilated to a true peritoneum.

The general cavity is always filled with a liquid, the nature of which
varies with the form of the cavity itself: if this communicates with
the digestive cavity, the liquid will be water, as may be seen in the Ae-
tinie ; if it communicates with the circulatory system, it will be full
of blood, which is the case in Insects, Crustacea, &c. Lastly, if it
be closed, it is filled with a serous fluid secreted by the membrane.
The functions of this liquid are important, for it takes a principal
part in nutrition, after having been submitted in various modes to
oxygenation ; it is in it that the eggs and spermatozoa are developed
and accomplish their different phases of evolution; and lastly, it
assists in locomotion by causing exsertion of the locomotive organs
under the influence of muscular contraction.— Bibl. Univ. de Geneve,

Sept. 1851, p. 72.

EARLY FLOWERS.

In a letter received from our friend Dr. T. Forster, dated Bruges,
Jan. 27, 1852, we are informed “that all the Tulipe suaveolentes
have flowered this year.in January, while the Hyacinths and Narcissi
are a month behind time.”

Dr. Grant, F.R.S.

A subscription is forming under the auspices of an influential com-
mittee of scientific men, chiefly naturalists, for the purpose of pre-
senting a testimonial to Dr. Grant, the eminent Professor of Compa-
rative Anatomy and Zoology in University College. Professor Grant
early relinquished the pecuniary advantages of his profession as a
physician, in order to devote himself unreservedly to the pursuits of

- Comparative Anatomy and Zoology. He spent a considerable

Fe ne ee

ee aS

"

sepa

-
+ :
:
,

as

eee

Meteorological Observations. 159

patrimony in travelling throughout Europe, in studying at various
universities, in order to acquire an extensive knowledge of his favourite
branches of Natural History, and in making original observations
and researches at home and abroad. He was one of the first, in this
country, to teach these sciences in separate and extended courses of
lectures ; and he has been chiefly instrumental, by his numerous
publications, and by his lectures, in diffusing a taste for these studies.
But, though highly advantageous to the public, Dr. Grant’s labours
have not been profitable to himself in a pecuniary point of view, be-
cause attendance on courses of lectures on these subjects is not com-
“vasogta on candidates for diplomas or degrees ; and his income, having
entirely dependent on the number of his pupils, has in some
years been extremely limited. It is only within the last few months
that the Council of University College has been enabled to grant to
him an income of even 100/. per annum, beyond the returns of his
class. Between two and three hundred pounds have been already
subscribed, and it is proposed to present the offering in the acceptable
form of an annuity. More subscriptions are, however, needed for
an adequate recognition of Dr. Grant’s thoroughly learned, unosten-
tatious, and independent character; and we cannot do better than
close our remarks with the name and address of the treasurer—J. S.
Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S., 3 Highbury Grove, Islington.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1851.

Chiswick.—December 1. Frosty: fine: uniformly overcast at night. 2. Over-
cast: clear. 3. Hazy: cloudy: frosty at night. 4. Frosty: fine. 5. Hazy:
cloudy: overcast. 6. Densely overcast. 7. Fine: cloudy. 8. Cloudy: clear and

- very fine. 9. Foggy. 10. Cloudy. 11. Clear and fine. 12. Very dense fog.

13. Foggy: hazy throughout. 14. Foggy. 15. Hazy. 16. Foggy: overcast.
17,18. Foggy. 19. Very fine. 20. Hazy and drizzly: densely overcast at night.
21. Rain: boisterous at night. 22. Rain: clear at night. 23. Clear and fine.
24. Hazy: fine. 25. Clear and fine: cloudy at night. 26. Fine: sharp frost.
27. Frosty: overcast: slight rain. 28. Fine: densely clouded: clear. 29. Slight
haze. 30. Foggy. 31. Frosty and foggy: hazy.

Mean temperature of the month ...........+...+ eeaseauasbasienen 38°88
Mean temperature of Dec. 1850 ...........0s00.2e000e “ee es 38 °47
Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-six y +. 39 °69
Average amount of rain in Dec. ....eseeececcsecsseeneeessseereee 1°52 inch.

Boston.—Dec. 1. Fine. 2—4. Cloudy. 5. Cloudy: rain a.m. 6. Cloudy.
7—9. Fine. 10. Cloudy: rainp.m. 11,12. Fine. 13. Foggy. 14—19. Cloudy.
20. Fine. 21. Rainy: rain a.m.and p.m. 22. Cloudy. 23. Fine. 24. Clondy.
25, 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy. 28. Cloudy: raine.m. 29,30. Cloudy. 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Cloudy: damp. 2. Damp. 3. Showers:
damp. 4. Rain: showers. 5. Showers: drizzle. 6. Bright: drizzle. 7. Cloudy.
8. Damp: showers: clear. 9. Damp: drizzle. 10. Cloudy: rain. 11. Damp:
drizzle. 12. Bright: cloudy. 13. Drizzle: clear. 14. Fine. 15. Fine: damp.
16. Bright: fine: damp. 17. Damp: fine: damp. 18. Bright: fine: aurora.

19. Cloudy: fine: aurora. 20. Cloudy: drizzle. 21. Rain: clear: aurora. 22.

Frost: clear: aurora. 23. Bright: clear: aurora. 24. Frost: aurora. 25. Frost :
cloudy. 26. Fine: clear: aurora. 27. Fine: cloudy. 28. Cloudy. 29. Cloudy :

damp. 30. Drizzle: rain. 31. Drizzle: cloudy.

gS.0 | 79.0 gS.rb Sze |r.6€ 60.£€ | £9.44 | 000.0£ £00.08 33-67 ; BBI.of
serseserelereserensl rag | emg | tas gc Sqr bE} gz gt gg.6z $9.08 16,62 tt0.0£
sevistensferrerere| oy | em | ems | 6b | Sob | gf] rz | OF 26.62 90.08 Z1,0£ g6£.0£
40. “m | cou | cou | 66 | 6b | gf] of | oF Lr.0£ Lz,0£ 07,08 Sgt.of
srteeeeeel 0, *m |-ou | ca | $ov} oF [S.c¥| 18 | cb Lt.o£ 7,08 Z1,08 oof.of
teteverteleeserrees! zo, lemma] muul cas | $94 6€ | z£| 6z ov 1S.0£ 64.08 07,0£ 6r£.0€
seeraserslcorseererleeeeeooeel neg | cas | ca | SE | ob | ze] Lr £b 2S.0f Sv.0f 07.0£ 6E7.0£
strereceslewerseeselerrrrrens! ay | om | emg | gE | bE IS.bE) Se | Iv Z£.08 BI.of 36.62 git.o£
see aredus|ederttuse|**Fereeee!: enor “AL "aS ra > gf zt vz Iv £r.0£ Sr.0of $6.62 197.0£
Go, [rreteressfeeeseteee| emeo] em | com 1v| +b! LE} of g? gt.of Lo.of $1.62 £90.08
£0, St. 1 | emu] ‘W a) fv | of | 1b} SE | oF Lg.6z 79.62 1£.62 £vS.62
62. St. | -as | mu | ‘ms | 6€ |] Eb] 6b) gt | 6P £9.62 9£.6z $€.6z $95.62
pac teomenl aie saaseel > icy week a *s | Sob | Se gh! ov | €S 1+.6z $$ 62 £9.62 396.62
seeteeeesleeereroesl TO, | egg | cu | *8 1b | by} ch] fb | <S $L.6z LL,6z oL,.6z $66.62
«pete Rad geo slemss | oma] cs | Sb | Eb | of] HE | SP 9l.6z £1.62 938.62 gft.0f
Go, |erettreesiseeeree] cpea | cau | *s €> | Shel fb! cf | + 00,08 goof $6.62 ZEt.O£
Ez. |r} ro. | rasa | *s | ms | $Eb |] ob | gf] 6£ | EF Ir,08 0,08 96.6z gt f.of
das Sdoy¢olatonshen@hecntenes > [ingieie Er nas Cap ae gb | iv] gf| of | ob go.o£ 77,08 Lo,of Lgf.of
fo, |retteees @ [ ‘a j- | chi €y | cb) of | rh LE.o0f $v,0£ £1.08 biv.0f
ZO, [ersrese|creeeee*| smgs | upea} *8 | ov | of | SE} LE | bb gb.of r¥,08 go.of 6gf.0f
seeterens|eunneeneeieereseser| #AA CAL “MM "MUL LY fo} ze of gt 97.08 $z.0£ Z1.0£ ZVv.0£
rp. | bo. [ereteres}emsm| ems} ca | S19 | 6b Seb! Lz | 2S | gr.0f +6,6z +6,6z 99f.of
Lz. |e ‘m [cms | *s | Sh] 6b [gS] c€ | ES | $5.6¢ gf.6z 05.62 136.62
Zp, |rrereeeeelereereene] og | msg | tS oS Sb} ob| <S +S gt.6z 15,62 cl.6% 160.0£
seereeres|eesseseesleeeeoesee! emu! tas | tm | Lb] Le] gb| Sz | bg $L.6% 70.6% gb.6z 616,62
EO, [reeceeeeelecseerers] og | cms 1 *s 6y | of | cel ob | 1S zb.6z $$ .6z gL.6z 690.0£
ssereseee] Co, |rereeevee] mcs | cm | mS | 0S | of | 6h] bh | 6b 09.62 9.62 £1.62 407.08
oz. |r] zo. | cm | tm fms | of | eb | Eb] 6f | Le | $2.6z 19.6% $3.62 6zz.08
Lo, |seerstemfereeereerlemom | ca | cms | oS | Sep] of] SE | Eb £6.62 70,08 06.62 PEz.08
Lo, |reerserrs|ecerereoe! omg [etm] cms | S66] of IS.SE] bz | 6E g1.0£ gt.of 6.62 Lgr.of
ry | frp | gt] Le | 1b | Ez.0f $2.08 £3.62 tfz.of
soeeeeceslecessesoelereessooe] MUM | “MT | TAA zb 7b} ctl ft 6£ 1£.0£ ‘@£.08 16.62 Stz.0f
g g s S) eg 3 k; = "ured $g)-un-e $6) S| cure | xey | = vod $s ‘ure $6 £e “UIT “xv mld
ge |e | 2 }£2| & |bo es 3 Es
BS P Re | F Pe Taazo | > | -zoussrto “yommpueg ‘AouyI0 Fe Picdeehaer “IUON
“Urey ‘pula, *19}9U1OULIOY,T, *IopOUMLOIV ie

“KENUUQG, ‘asuDpy younpung yw “Uo\sno[D *C “Ady yz Ag puy fNousog 7 ‘TTeaA “I 4g
‘ WODUOTT uDaU “MOIMSIHD 30 fija120g younyynorysopy ay2 fo uapany ay} yo VosdwOU,, ‘IW 4g apy suornasasggQ 19160j0.100;0

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

~ No. 51. MARCH 1852.

undies

XIII.—On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricnt,
Professor at the University of Copenhagen. Being a Supple-
ment to his Memos on Whales. Transactions of the Royal
Danish Academy of Sciences, 5th Series, vol. 1. (separately

rinted, Copenhagen, 1851, 4to.) Translated from the Danish
Dr. Waxticu, F.R.S., Vice-Pres. Linn. Soc.

[With three Plates.]

Amonc the harvest produced bythe memorable circumnavigation
of the Corvette “Galathea” are important contributions to the
knowledge of the very remarkable Dolphin inhabiting the Ganges,
called Sousou* by the Hindvos, the Delphinus gangeticus or Pla-
tanista gangetica of systems.

While the vessel was moored off Calcutta during the night of
the 2nd and 3rd of December, a young, not quite full-grown in-
dividual was caught in a fishing-net, a little below the Botanic
Garden, which our countryman, Dr. Wallicht+, presented to the
expedition. Scarcely ever has a more favourable opportunity
presented itself for its examination. Though by no means a rare
animal in that river, the Platanista, like all other sorts of the

* Prof. Wilson has kindly furnished me with the following Indian no-
menclature of this remarkable animal :—_
—. Sisumdra; Hindustani, Sons; Bengali, Sishuk, Sishumdr.—

_ + The translator omits the very flattering terms, in which his humble
services are mentioned by the distinguished author; the more so, as he is
conscious he did only what was his bounden duty towards his native
country, and the situation he had the honour of holding at the time in
question. The friendly intercourse which he enjoyed, during the short

j of the “ Galathea”’ in Bengal, with her glorious commander and
ilies, and the distinguished party of scientific gentlemen and artists ac-
en og the expedition, will always continue among the most pleasing
recollections of his Indian career. A very valuable and interesting account
of the voyage by Commodore Steen Bille, has been completed at Copen-
~ hagen, 1849-1851, in 3 vols. 8vo.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. ll

162 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetie Dolphin.

Whale tribe, not particularly sought after, is only accidentally
caught in the net of the fisherman ; and consequently it rarely
reaches the naturalist in a sound condition, especially under
the hot sun of India. In the present case, however, the ani-
mal was instantly forwarded to M. Reinhardt, the distinguished
zoologist of the expedition. The painter attached to his de-
partment, Mr. Christian Thornam, immediately depicted it ; the

dimensions were carefully noted, and a skeleton prepared, no-

doubt the completest which exists anywhere. M. Reinhardt,
further, collected on the spot various data connected with the
habits of the animal, forming important matter for a closer
acquaintance with a member of the family of Whales, so re-
markable on account.of its skeleton and outer form. It was
M. Reinhardt’s intention to have undertaken the subject him-
self; but as it was desirable that no time should be lost, and
as he was about leaving for South America for some years, on a
scientific voyage, having only lately returned from those shores,
where he quitted the “ Galathea,” he very readily, and in the most
friendly manner, transferred all his materials to me, on purpose
that I might prepare a memoir for the Academy’s Transactions ;
an undertaking, which I acknowledge was attended with no small
responsibility. In order to point out the importance of the sub-
ject, and the mode in which I propose treating it, it appears to
me to be necessary to take a view of our acquaintance with the
Gangetic dolphin, up to the present time.

The honour of first making the animal known to the scientific
world is justly shared between the Danish missionary Lebeck of
Tranquebar*, and Dr. Roxburgh of Calcuttay, who simulta-
neously, in 180], published an account of it, as inhabiting the
Hoogly, one of the lowest branches of the rivert. Both accounts

* Delpinus gangeticus beschrieben vom Herrn Heinrich Julius Lebeck
zu Trankenbar. Der Gesellschaft Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin neue Schriften,
3 Band. Berlin, 1801, p. 280-282. t. 2.

+ An account of a new species of Delphinus, an inhabitant of the
Ganges. Asiat. Res. vol. vii. Calcutta, 1801, 4to, p. 170-174. t.5.—I have
been enabled to quote the original edition of this expensive work (com-
menced in 1788), which was presented by Dr. Wallich to the University
Library. The two London reprints are commonly quoted ; one in 4to, began.
in 1799, having the same paging ; the other in 8vo, in 1801. Sir E. Home
erroneously dates Roxburgh’s memoir from 1781; and Fred. Cuvier states
the former to have dated it from 1721, asking at the same time, whether the
‘Researches’ already then existed ?—a question which turns upon a two-
fold mistake.

{ I have left out a slight error here: it was only Dr. Roxburgh, who re-
sided on the banks of the Ganges, or rather the Hoogly. On consulting
the above-cited place in ‘ Schrift. der Gesellsch. Nat. Fr.,’ I find from an
immediately following paper of the Rev. Dr. John, Missionary at Tran-
quebar, on the Uranoscopus Lebeckii, that this missionary Lebeck, had

visited the Cape of Good Hope, Ceylon, and the coast of Coromandel, and

was at the time proceeding to Java.—TRANSL.

a

i
a
7
¥
%

ee See ee

- Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 163

correspond entirely as to the outer form and habitat of the ani-

mal; both are accompanied by somewhat crude figures, which,
contrary to the descriptions, do not quite agree with each other,
but are still adequate to point out the striking peculiarities of the
animal in its exterior structure, such as the longitudinal fissure
of the spiracle, a form which is unique améng the whole series of
whales ; the triangular fanshaped breast-fins ; the extraordinary
narrowness of the snout, especially as compared with the thick
and blunt forehead ; lastly, the very diminutive eye (1! in an
individual measuring 6} feet). Both authors agree in considering
it as a new species ; and Lebeck gives it the appropriate name of
Delphinus gangeticus. As soon as these two accounts became
known to zoologists, the Gangetic Dolphin was introduced into
the system ; although it took place only many years after their
publication, by various routes and under less significant names.

George Shaw* describes it in these words :—Narrow-snouted
Dolphin. Delphinus rostratus: rostro attenuato. Dolphin with
greatly attenuated snout. Known only from the head or bones of
the jaws. Supposed to inhabit the Indian Seas. The jaws are
extremely narrow in proportion to their length, which is about
2 feet ; the teeth are small, not numerous, distant, and shaped
somewhat like the molares of quadrupeds. This description is
barely adequate to point out the existence of a hitherto un-
known sort of dolphin in the Indian Ocean, but does not give any
idea of its essential form or locality.

Up to 1817 Cuvier was unaware of the two accounts received
from India. At least he did not take up Lebeck’s D. gangeticus,
but only quoted Shaw’s D. rostratus+, which he designated le

; Dauphin @ bee mince ; interpreting, unfortunately, Shaw’s “ Jn-

dian seas” as meaning des mers d’ Amérique, whereby his atten-
tion was diverted from the Gangetic locality, towards Canada.
Duhamel du Monceaut had received from thence some informa-
tion, accompanied by a very rough representation of a white
dolphin, 12 feet long, with a very short snout and vaulted fore-
head, which Cuvier thought answered to Shaw’s D. rostratus§.

* General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, vol. ii. part 2. Mam-
malia. London, 1801, p. 514.

T Le Régne animal distribué d’aprés son organisation, tome i. Paris,
1817, 8vo, p. 278.

__ ¥ Traité général des Péches et Histoire des Poissons qu’elles fournissent.
ie ba seconde partie. Paris, 1782, fol. Tom. iv. sect. x. p. 41, § 1.
pl. 10. f. 4.

§ Duhamel had received an entire figure of the animal, but used only
the anterior half for his work. Long after Cuvier’s mistake had been cor-
rected, Mr. J. E. Gray obtained from M. Blainville a complete copy of the
above-mentioned old figure, which he transferred to stone, and consti-

~tuted into a new species, calling it Inia canadensis (Zoology of the Voyage
11*

OS eo ee

164 | Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

About the time of the publication of Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animal,’
M. Blainville, during his stay in London, saw a pair of dolphin
jaws in the Hunterian Museum, no doubt those on which Shaw
had founded his D. rostratus, which was likewise Blainville’s
opinion, although he thought fit to make a new species of them,
under the name of D. Shawensis*. The origin of these bones
we learn from a little memoir of Sir Everard Home+, who had re-

ceived them from Sir Joseph Banks in 1801, and had placed them:

_ In the Museum, without further notice, until the year 1818, when

accidentally meeting with Roxburgh’s memoir in the ‘ Asiatic.

Researches,’ he at once discovered that the bones belonged to the
Ganges dolphin. From this time Shaw’s D. rostratus became
merged in Lebeck’s D. gangeticus, and our acquaintance with the
remarkable animal proceeded rapidly. Sir Everard found that
Shaw’s description of the teeth corresponded so little with the
reality, that he was almost led to suppose that it had reference
to the teeth of some other animal. He furnished a description
of them, which, though unquestionably very incomplete, is of
importance, inasmuch as, by means of the elegant figures, we
have a fair representation of the remarkable changes which they

undergo by age. They are not, however, as the author main- _

tains, origmally formed within the gums in whales, growing
thence in two directions, partly through the gums in the shape
of a compressed cone, covered with enamel, and partly downwards
towards the jaw-bone itself; but rather, as is the case among
mammalia in general, they become first ossified at the apex while

of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror during the years 1839-1843, London, 1846,
4to, parts 3, 4,5. Mammalia, p. 45, 46). He concludes by saying, “ it can
scarcely be a Beluga ;” and this would be very right, had the question been
a living subject instead of a very crude drawing, which Duhamel states
to represent a white dolphin of Canada, 12 feet long, with a very short
snout and vaulted forehead. On inspection it will be seen that the
drawing wants a dorsal fin, and that the pectoral fins are quite short and
broad ; and if it is remembered, that at the time Duhamel received the
drawing, the whitefish had not yet been admitted into the system, and was
consequently new to the Parisian naturalist, whose friend in Canada might
reasonably have imagined that a mere outline would be acceptable, without
anticipating the curiosity which it would excite among European natu-
ralists,—I shall hardly be considered too bold, if I take the figure to repre-
sent “ simply a whitefish, whose short and blunt snout the imexperienced
draughtsman had mended a little.” (Zoologisch-anatomische, &c. Zoolo-
Bical and anatomical researches concerning the Northern Whales. Leipzig,
849, 4to, p. 52 e.)

* Nouveau Dict. hist. nat. appliquée aux arts, 4 l’agric, &e. par une
Société des Naturalistes et d’Agriculteurs. Paris, 1816-1819, 2nd ed., art.
Dauphin. [I regret I have not had access to this work, which does not
exist at Copenhagen, as far as I know. ]

+ A description of the teeth of the Delphinus gangeticus ; read 4th June,
1818, in part 1. of Phil. Transact. for that year, p. 417-419. pl. 21.

a

‘

3
;

EY

isa reer

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 165

quite concealed within the gums ; afterwards little by little to-
wards the base of the germ, after the apex has already pierced the
gums, and at length round the broad inferior part of the germ,
after the apex has long since been worn out. In this manner,
then, the animal became at length correctly placed in the sy-
stem ; its locality and form were known from Lebeck’s and Rox-
burgh’s accounts ; and the changes in its teeth by age were like-
wise known ; the name given by Lebeck was retained, and Shaw’s
(not to mention Blainville’s) was given up*. But it was further
reserved for Cuvier to prove, that the Gangetic sort was not only
. decidedly a very distinct member of the large group of dolphins,
but the most peculiar species of all, and most deserving perhaps
. of constituting a separate genust. He was aided in these inves-
tigations, by an entire skeleton sent to him by our above-named
countryman Dr. Wallich ; and besides, by two stuffed individuals
furnished by the French travellers Diard and Duvaucel ; and the
latter afforded likewise some data concerning the external female
organ (Lebeck’s and Roxburgh’s specimens being males), and
: the mode of living, generally, of the animal. Of very great in-
és terest is Cuvier’s remark, that the Sousou of the Hindoos is most
3 probably the very animal which Pliny had in view in the pass-
sage: “in Gange Indie Platanistas vocant, rostro delphini et
cauda, magnitudine autem xv. cubitorum {.” So ancient was the
knowledge of this large and remarkable inhabitant of the sacred
Ganges among the Indians ;—-so far had the report of its exist-
ence spread in the first centuries of our era, before at length it
was introduced to the acquaintance of modern zoologists !

The most prominent points in the skcleton are, first and
principally, the very characteristic vaulted bones on each of the
upper jaws, rising above the layer of fat before the blowholes
(Pl. V. fig. 2) ; next, the very striking thickness of the zygomatic
process of the temporal bone (Pl. VI. fig. 1 7’) ; the extraordinary |
narrowness of both jaws, and the corresponding length of the sym-
physis of the lower, like that of the Cachalot ; the small size of
the orbits, whereby the zygomatic bone loses entirely its long and
slender form, so common among dolphins ; the equally unusual
proportion of the palatine and pterygoid bones; and lastly, the
development of the vertebre of the neck like that in mammals
generally, but in opposition to what exists in all the other dol-

* Cuvier applied subsequently the name rostratus to a new species of
Dolphin (from the coasts of Europe); but it was justly disapproved ; and
has yielded to the name D. bredanensis.

+ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles. Nouv. ed. Paris, 1824, 4to, t. v.
I partie, p. 279-280, 298-300, and p. 307. pl. 22. f. 8, 9,10. & pl. 23. f. 19.
ar { Naturalis Historie lib. ix. c.15. In Cuviez’s edition of Plinii Secundi
____~ Libri de Animalibus, Paris, 1827, 1828, 8vo, vol. ii. p. 44-46.

eo ae - rae

166 — Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

phins. To these peculiarities may be added, further, the propor-
tionally small number of vertebrae, stated by Cuvier to be forty-
six (7 +114 28).

After Cuvier had concluded his examination of the animal, all
the essential points concerning it seemed to have been Anal
settled, at least as concerned the examination of museums. It
was not to be expected that any further observations of importance

on the skeleton would be made, especially as no one possessed -

so complete a one as Cuvier. It was therefore a very acceptable
contribution on the part of Mr. J. E. Gray*, who furnished some
remarks on the comparison of two Platanista crania in the Bri-
tish Museum, and a third in that of the University of Edinburgh ;
showing, that the vaulted processes on the upper jaw only ap-
proach each other closely towards the middle, during the advanced
age of the animal ; and that the orifice of the nostrils, in the very
young cranium, is “nearly straight,” and receives its marked
obliquity only in older individuals (“end of the nose recurved ”’).
His figure of the profile of the cranium+ appears to be only a
reduced copy of Cuvier’s, though the teeth are represented as
longer.

A faithful representation of the exterior form of the animal
was therefore much wanted. Lebeck’s and Roxburgh’s figures,
though quite adequate to fulfill their intention, namely to point
out the animal as a distinct species of Dolphin, did not satisfy
the desire felt during half a century, to be correctly informed of
the exterior figure of an animal, of which the skeleton was so very
peculiar, and in a manner to satisfy the demands of the present
state of the graphic art. This want was the more urgent, as
the two representations alluded to deviated so much from each
other, as to give the animal a very different physiognomy ;
which could not be ascribed to difference of sex or age, since both
were males, measured exactly 6} Engl. feet, and weighed exactly
140 Ibs.—a coincidence so striking, that one cannot help con-
cluding, that both accounts were taken from one and the same
specimen; the more so as they are contemporaneous (Lebeck
alone quoting the place and year of capture—November 1797,
ii German mile from Calcutta). I anticipate that many zoolo-
gists of our time would prefer founding a distinct species on each
of those figures ; but in cetology, it is obviously unsafe to rely on
delineations, invariably given on a greatly reduced scale, while
the object itself must have been placed, most frequently, in a very
unfavourable position for the artist. Various attempts have been

* Loc. cit. p. 45 (where Platanistina is a misprint for Platanista), and
Catalogue of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the Brit. Mu-
seum, Pt. I. Cetacea, Lond. 1850, 8vo, p. 137.

+ Ibid. tab. 7. f. 2.

a

* Bib a. —
FP eye otiingte

: Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 167

made to furnish a better representation of the Gangetic dolphin
than the two old ones ; but unfortunately subjects were wanting.
R. P. Lesson* had the stuffed specimen m the Parisian Museum
before him. His greatly reduced figure resembles most Lebeck’s ;
but the teeth, breast-fins, and blowhole are very faulty. Frederic
Cuviert seems to have given nothing but a more elegant copy
of Roxburgh’s ; the singular curvature in the back has been in-
‘creased so as to be very unlike the general form of a whale.
Sir W. Jardine’s figure{ exhibits an arbitrary deviation from all
the others ; the jaws are much too thick ; the eyes large! But
J. E. Gray has been the most unsuccessful in these respects. In
the celebrated costly work on Indian Animals$ is a coloured
figure, about 14 foot long, of a young animal, and certainly not
reduced beyond three-fourths of the natural size. Some of the
details are evidently faithful representations of nature, namely
the jaws and teeth ; but the body is curved like that of a reptile,
contrary to what occurs in any of the Cetacea ; the whole animal
seems to be lean; the skin is stretched over the vaulted head
and sunk deeply into the neck ; and apart from the whale-tail, it
loses altogether the physiognomy of an animal of that family ;
not to mention that the eye, ear, and blowhole are far too

In this state of things, the materials brought home in the
Corvette “ Galathea” by M. Reinhardt, could not but prove highly
welcome, since it was particularly desirable to obtain a faithful
representation of the recently caught animal, and as regards
osteology, a perfect and completeskeleton. Both these objects have

* Complément des CEuvres de Buffon, ou Histoire naturelle générale et
iculiére des Mammiféres et des Oiseaux découvertes depuis 1788
jusqu’a nos jours. Paris, 1828, 8vo, Cétacés, Atlas, pl. 3. f. 3.

+ De l’Histoire naturelle des Cétacés, ou Recueil et Examen des faits
ri Pcorecre Histoire naturelle de ces Animaux. Paris, 1836, 8vo,
pl. 8. f. 2.

- { The Naturalist’s Library, vol. vi. Mammalia. Edinb. 1837; 12mo, pl.28.

§ Illustrations of Indian Zoology, consisting of coloured plates of new
or hitherto unfigured Indian animals from the collection of Major-General
Hardwicke. err and arranged by J. E. Gray. London, 1830-1834,
pt. xv. xvi. pl. 4.

|| Mr. Gray has kindly enabled me to compare the original drawing at the

itish Museum, which I have known very many years. The origimal and
copy are alike in all respects but two; the tail-part in the latter has been
curved laterally, in order to suit the size of the paper, and the eye and ear
haye not been duly reduced. On it is Major-General Hardwicke’s own
handwriting in pencil, stating that it “was made from a living specimen
1000 miles above Calcutta,”’—consequently far above the place where the
Ganges sends off the Hoogly. This corresponds with what Cuvier says :—
sed Tl remonte en grand nombre dans le Gange, aussi haut que ce fleuve est

navigable, mais se plait iculiérement dans les nombreuses branches

wi arrosent le delta du Bengale” (Oss. Foss. v. prem. partie, p. 279).—-
~ TRANSL.

168 © Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

been accomplished. I considered it necessary to have a faithful and
unaltered copy of the drawing ; and I felt convinced that good

and detailed figures of the skeleton, and some of the individual |

bones, would supply a very great desideratum, as they are still
very rare and defective in European collections. It was of im-
portance, next, torverify all Cuvier’s data ; to extend them so as
to answer questions, which have of late years been raised in

cetology ; and to establish the peculiar character of the Gan-~

getic dolphin, both as to its structure and habits, in order to fix
its proper position among other toothed whales—inquiries which
form the principal object of the present memoir. Finally,
M. Reinhardt’s notes, obtained at Calcutta from trustworthy
sources, have been of considerable value, under the existing scan-
tiness of our information respecting the locality and habits of
the animal. Besides the cranium which he brought home, I
had the use of a smaller one sent to the Royal Museum of Na-
tural History, many years ago, by the late Mr. Christopher
Mundt, Surgeon at Serampore in Bengal, and most readily
placed at my disposal. It is 17 inches long, while the cranium of
the “Galathea” skeleton (measuring 62inches) is 172 or 18inches.
Several parts were broken off, such as the ossa tympanica or
bulle tympani; but this afforded me the opportunity of exami-
ning the parts underneath. I had hopes to be able to offer also
the earliest information, how the Gangetic dolphin, so distinet
in regard to form and skeleton, differs in its viscera. There was
a foetus in spirits among the collections of the “ Galathea,” be-
longing to Professor Behn. But my request to that effect was
declined by my respected colleague, who, I doubt not, will in
due time do justice to the subject.

M. Reinhardt’s specimen measures in length 62 inches, as
noticed above, while that in the Museum of Paris is 87 inches
(about 90 inches Danish measurement); and Lebeck’s and
Roxburgh’s specimen was 63 English feet, or about 76 Danish
inches. The dried skeleton measures 61” 11" (644 English
inches) : namely, the head 17” 10"; the neck 3” 10"; the chest
8” 11"; loins 8" 11"; the tail 22” 5. In my description I
follow Cuvier step by step, referring steadily to my figures.
He commences by observing* that the very long upper jaw is
extraordinarily compressed sideways, and that the intermaxillary
bones occupy its upper (PI. VI. fig. 2 7), the upper maxillary
bones its lower part (m). It deserves to be remarked here,
that in the 34 feet long skeleton, as well as in the smaller
cranium in the Royal Museum, these bones are entirely grown
together on each side and anteriorly, so that in the latter direc-

* Ossemens Foss. vol. i. p. 298.

Cs

on Ne

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 169

tion the line of separation is no longer discernible (PI. VI. fig. 2).
It is further stated by Cuvier, that the intermaxillary bones ascend
to the sides of (Pl. VI. fig. 17,7,7), and even above (ibid. ++)
the nostril, which in this species is longer than broad. It may
not be improper to add to this notice of the external nostril some
remarks on the connexion of the bones of the aperture in the

Dolphins generally, and in the species before us particularly.
The extension of the intermaxillary bone to the sides of the
nostril, as far as the outer and even upper margin of the nasal
bones (n, n), holds good also in most other Cetacea ; that is, all
whalebone-whales, and amorg the toothed, at least the long-
jawed whales, or dolphins proper, as also the Hyperoodon; whereas
they do not reach so far back in most of the short-jawed whales,
for instance in Delphinus globiceps, and especially the porpoise.
The same difference occurs also, as is well known, among other
mammalia, where the intermaxillary bones generally reach to
the lateral margins of the nasal bones, which however is not
the case, for instance, among Ruminantia. It is assumed, com-
monly, that in all cases those bones form the anterior (in
.the human skull the lowermost) margin of the outer nostrils.
But, strictly speaking, this is not exactly the case with the
Gangetic dolphin, nor with other cetacea, or matamalia gene-
rally; at least never from the commencement. The aperture
is originally covered behind by a cartilaginous wing, which is
placed transversely (cleft into two side-wings in whalebone-
whales and most other mammalia*), and proceeds from that
part of the primordial cartilaginous cranium, which subsequently
becomes the ethmoid bone; and before, on each side, by a
cartilaginous wing, originating from the lateral surface of the
part of the said primordial cranium which forms the partition in
the cavity of the nose, and is afterwards more or less embraced by
the vomer from below. The posterior cartilaginous wing (or the
posterior pair) disappears perhaps in all mammalia,except in
some whalebone-whales, where it seems to continue cartilaginous ;
at least in many toothed whales (among these the porpoise),
it becomes osseous and covers the lower third of the nasal
bones, as a distinct bony plate, between the free portion of the
nasal and ethmoid bones. I could not discover this bony plate
in the Gangetic dolphin ; but I found a depression on the lower
part of the bones of the nose for the cartilaginous wing, which
most probably had been lost during the process of maceration.
Among most mammalia the anterior pair of wings likewise disap-
pears ; but it becomes ossified in others, such as the hog, and
* See my fifth memoir on Cetacea, in the Transactions of the Royal

Danish Academy of Sciences, div. Nat. Hist. and Mathem., vol. xii. Copenh.
1846, t. 13. f. le.

/

170: Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

poses in most toothed whales. In the Hog tribe this pair of
ones has been very long known as peculiar to it, and usually
called the prenasal bones, which may always be easily recognized
in the porpoise,,as a minute, fixed, vascular bone, placed anteriorly
in each nostril, close to the septum (exactly where it is found
in the Hog tribe). In the Delph. globiceps it is somewhat larger.
This pair of bones, which might perhaps be more express-
ively called ossa narium, I also found in our dolphin, as a small
ossification in the dried cartilaginous covering of the nostril,
on each side. The vomer in whales grows gradually upwards,
not only before the anterior part of the sphenoid bone, but also
before the ethmoid, of which, however, a projecting part con-
tinues mostly uncovered (namely that surface which in man is
the lowest of the horizontal portion) between the vomer, and
the above-mentioned little osseous plate of the lowest third of
the nasal bones, or perhaps (in the Gangetic dolphin) the nasal
bones themselves (Pl. VII. fig. 2», v).

The upper jaw projects, as in other dolphins, beyond the
frontal bones, in such a manner, that these (Pl. VI. fig. 1 4 f, f)
are uncovered only in the shape of a small, curved, bony promi-
nence, bounded near the median line, which is pushed strongly
to the left side, by the nasal (n, m), the intermaxillary (7), and the
upper jaw-bones (m,m); behind, by the last-mentioned and the
occipital bone (0) ; but laterally disappearing in the long pro-
cessus orbitales ; the frontal bone on the right side (/) protruding
in one place like awedge. M. Cuvier observes (/oc. cit, p. 298) :
“Le caractére le plus frappant de cette téte, c’est que les
maxillaires, aprés avoir recouvert comme dans les autres dau-
phins les frontaux jusqu’aux crétes temporales, produisent
chacun une grande paroi osseuse *, qui se redresse et forme une
grande votite sur le dessus de l’appareil éjaculateur des narines.
A cet effet, ’une de ces productions osseuses se rapproche de
Vautre, et paroit méme la toucher sur les deux tiers antérieurs ;
mais en arriére elles s’écartent pour laisser passage & lévent.
C’est la ligne de réunion de ces deux parois osseuses qui soutient
la caréne que le front de cet animal montre a l’exterieur+. En
dessous, ces parois offrent plusieurs cavités ou une espéce de
réseau formé par des branches osseuses trés multipliées. Dans
Vanimal frais, la plus grande partie de l’espace qu’elles couvrent
est remplie d’une substance fibreuse, serrée et assez dure.”

_ I may add to this very graphic description, that the “ cavities
on the lower part of these bony walls” do in reality (see par-
ticularly Pl. VII. fig. 2) by no means occupy the inner side,
but lie within the osseous walls or crests themselves, that is,

* Tab. 1. f. 2, tab. 2. f. 1, & tab. 3. f. 2. t+ Tab. 1. f. 2.

Th tt elle etn.

yas

i
aie

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 171

between their two plates; and that they are seen open only in
the macerated cranium, because the inner plate is partly mem-
branous and invested in a net of delicate bony spicule, which
is destroyed durig the process of putrefaction, together with
the membrane itself. Cuvier states quite correctly, that the
cavity covered by this bony vault is filled in the fresh indivi-
dual with a dense and somewhat hard mass of fibres; but it
must not be supposed, that this mass penetrates the cavities
or cells of the bone itself, it being in contact only with the
periosteum of the bony sides. The wide gap between the two
plates of these crests appears already on their anterior margin,
and on that of the whole upper jaw (Pl. VII. fig. 1, behind and
parallel to the branches of the under jaw).

Cuvier continues: “ Les fosses temporales de cette espéce sont
beaucoup plus grandes que dans aucun dauphin, en sorte que leur
erétes supérieures cernent a la partie supérieure de locciput* un
espace rectangulairey+ de deux cotés duquel part 4 angle droit le
reste de la créte occipitale. La suture de l’occiput avec les tempo-
raux{ et avec les pariétaux§ suit précisément cette créte angu-
leuse ou occipito-temporale. L/occipital s’avance dans l’espace
rectangulaire que nous venons de dire, pour s’articuler en avant
avec le frontal||. Une autre particularité de cette téte, c’est la
grendeur de son apophyse zygomatique du temporal qui est
proportionnée a la grandeur de la tempe. Elle va aussi se joindre
a Vapophyse postorbitaire du frontal ** et forme ainsi a elle seule
toute ’apophyse zygomatique.”

It must be observed here, that this remark applies, on the whole,
to all Cetacea, where the zygomatic bone, however long it may
be, especially in dolphins generally, always forms the lowest
margin of circumference of the orbit, but never of the temporal
fossz ; exactly as is seen in the Gangetic dolphin. In dolphins
the process of the zygomatic bone is applied, backwards, to the
inner surface of the zygomatic process of the temporal bone ;
and this, too, is decidedly the case in our species (PI. VII. fig. 1 z).

“T/orbite étant trés-petit, la tige de l’os jugal++ qui le borne en
dessous est beaucoup plus courte que dans les autres dauphins ;
elle est large et comprimée. Le corps de l’os tf est plus renflé
que dans les autres, mais est placé de méme sous les parties
voisins du frontal et du maxillaire§{” (p. 299).

The real difficulty in explaining the bones of the cranium
of the Gangetic dolphin exhibits itself only as regards the
palate. This has the form of a small, prominent ridge along
the median line, descending on both sides (if the head is

* Tab. 1. fig. 2. + Tab. 2. fig. 1 o (the middle). t IThbid. fig. 5.

§ Ibid. t. \| Ibid. f. S Ibid. t, ** Tab. 1. fig. 2
_ tt Tab. 3. fig. 1 z. tt Ibid. fig. 2 z. §§ Ibid. fig. 1, 2.

172 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

viewed with the base upwards) into an oblique wall, which slides
backwards over a plate of the temporal bone (Pl. VII. fig. 1 ?)
lying before the bulla tympani (g') ; but which in other respects,
and for the most part, occupies the temporal fossa, in as far
as its wall is formed of the frontal bone (/).

Proceeding to the examination of the separate bones of the
palate thus constructed, we find (Pl. VII. fig. 1) on the under
surface of the cranium, between the side-branches of the lower
jaw (x), as we pass backwards, first, the hindermost part of the
palatal surface of the upper jaw with its four last teeth. From
thence ascends on each side, and in a parallel direction to the
branch of the lower jaw, the cleft, mentioned above as separating
the two plates of the upper jaw. Then follows the palatal surface
of the hindmost of those plates, reaching (where it is marked p)
up under the zygomatic bone, and above the temporal plate of
the frontal bone, with which it forms a large oblong hole, serving,
no doubt, for the passage of the palatal nerve of the fifth pair.
This surface is proportionally narrow, and runs parallel to the
cleft in the anterior margin of the upper jaw, and consequently
also to the lateral branch of the under jaw. ‘The remainder of
this long palate—narrow if viewed along its high ridge only, but
of considerable breadth if viewed in conjunction with its two
oblique surfaces—is made up on each side of one single bone (w),
which in the dry cranium is perfectly hollow, consisting of two, or
more correctly three, thin, distant plates. One of these plates
forms the oblique surface just mentioned; the other forms the
hinder part of the side and floor of the nasal cavity (visible in
Pl. VI. fig. 3 w) ; and the third, extending along the median line,
corresponds to the opposite plate on the other side, and joins
therefore the palatal plate, in the ridge itself of the palate,
where, in the macerated cranium, the entrance to the cavity
within is wide open. But here, as in the vaults of the upper
jaw, the cause of this last appearance lies in the destruction of
the periosteum and the bony network which it held together.
The proper entrance to the cavity is, where the palatal and
nasal plates meet, consequently along the posterior margin of
the bone, which looks directly towards the bulla tympani (Pl. VII.
fig. 1g). The inner surface in the median line seems to press
closely against that of the opposite plate. By carefully separating
the two (which was only practicable, to a sufficient degree, in the
smaller cranium belonging to the Royal Museum), a second pair of
vertical plates was actually seen between them, inclosing another,
third pair, very delicate, like thin paper. Of these two concealed
pairs, the first is manifestly an elongation of the anterior part
of the palate, which has been mentioned as belonging to the
palatal plate of the upper jaw, but is marked p on the figure; the

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 173

innermost pair is extremely delicate, and appears only in the
hindermost part of the palate ; it belongs to the vomer, being no
doubt always connate, as is the case generally with the side
plates of a perfect vomer along the median line.

A difficulty arises in explaining these bones: we have only two
distinct pairs to represent the three palatal bones, namely the
bones of the upper maxillary, the palatal and the pterygoid bones.
Cuvier intended apparently to solve the question by exclusively

ignating the nasal plate of the hindmost, the pterygoid bones,
and the two other plates, the palatal bones. He says, “ En dessous
il y a aussi des particularités trés-différentes des autres espéces.
Les palatins occupent en longueur un beaucoup plus grand espace,
et vont jusqu’a s’articuler en arriére avec les temporaux qui s’arti-
culent aussi en un point avec les frontaux, de sorte que les pariétaux
ne touchent pas aux palatins. Les apophyses pterygojdes ou os
pterygoidiens forment, comme dans les autres dauphins, la plus
grande partie du contour des arriére-narimes, mais il me parait
pas qu’elles se replient pour tapisser en dessous les sinus placés

‘sous les narines ; et méme ces sinus, dans toute leur longueur,

n’ont point de paroi inférieure osseuse et ne sont fermés en des-
sous que par des membranes ; les parois inférieures des palatins
laissant une grande solution de continuité dans toute leur créte
irférieure. Les sinus communiquent amplement dans le squelette
avec le réseau osseux de la face inférieure de crétes maxillaires.”
(p. 299.)

Contrary to this view, according to which the said bones, con-
sisting of three plates, which occupy the greatest part of the palate
and extend quite to the temporal cavities, are made to represent
by one of the plates the palatal bone and by the other the zygomatic
bone, I must insist on their being altogether pterygoid bones.
This opinion may, perhaps, be thought untenable, inasmuch as the
zygomatic bones cannot besupposed to have such a large extension,
least of all to reach so far as into the palatal cavity, where they seem
to occupy the place of the large wings of the sphenoid bone;
especially if the opinion, current in all the newest and best zoolo-
gical manuals, and among them in that of Stannius*, that the
pterygoid bones simply correspond to the inner wings of the sphe-
noid bone, is adopted. But it will be admitted, at all events, that
it is rather the pterygoid than the palatal bones, which should be
considered as occupying the place of the large wings of the

henoid bone in the temporal cavities ; and in the next place it
should be borne in mind, that I have shown in the whalebone-
whales, and expressly in the Balenoptera rostrata, that the ptery-

* Lehrbuch, &c. (Manual of the Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrate

Animals). Berlin, 1846, 8yo, p. 366, note 14.

174 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

goid bone extends up to the temporal * and the parietal bones + ;
and that below, it covers the large wing of the sphenoid bone f,
and forms even part of the basis of the cranium, namely the
furrow for the fifth pair of nerves §. In other whales (such as
the broad-headed, for instance, the Narwhale and Delphinus
globiceps), the large wings of the sphenoid are only in part
covered. by the pterygoid ; so that above, in the temporal cavity,
they appear free between the frontal, temporal, and the parictal
bones, as in man ; although inwards, and in their greatest extent,
they are here entirely covered by them; that is, in crania whose
inner, very thin and fragile plate of the pterygoid bone is un-
injured.

Cuvier’s assertion that “les sinus placés sous les narines ” are
only closed below by a membrane, is perfectly correct, except that
this membrane is throughout interwoven by a delicate bony net.
Both these must be considered, further, as part of the plate of
the pterygoid bone, and thus the remark of Cuvier, that the
pterygoid bones in the Gangetic dolphin seem to him not to be
recurved from below in order to cover the said “sinus” under the
nostrils below, falls to the ground. It is certain, moreover, that the
exterior bony or palatal wall of these “ sinus” likewise belongs to
the pterygoid bone. The same holds good with all other Cetacea
and several mammalia not of that order. A bagshaped elonga-
tion proceeds sometimes from the cavity of the tympanum, or the
Eustachian tube, towards the pterygoid bone. Where this con-
sists of only one plate, as in the horse, it represents always the
inner wing, and the bag is applied to its outer surface. But in
Bradypus didactylus and Myrmecophaga Tamandua the bone con-
sists of two distinct plates, leaving a cavity between them, into
which the bag penetrates from behind. This is likewise the
case in all whales, only that an extraordinarily thick, dense vas-
cular net accompanies the bags, which, together with the tym-
panic cavities, are filled with blood and a number of strongyli;
at least in the dead body. The proper entrance to these cavities,
being the only one which, with its soft parts, is not closed up by
any membrane, is always directed backwards, exactly against the
petrous portion of the temporal bone and the bulla tympani.
The sinus in question, under the posterior nostrils, belong, there-
fore, always and essentially to the pterygoid bones; and where
they are situated outside these, as in the horse, the place of the
outer plate is supplied by a membrane. But this does not pre-
vent the excavation from penetrating deeper into the palatal
bones, which actually takes place in dolphins generally (not

* Fifth Memoir on the Whales, p. 255, 256, t. 12. f. 3¢.
+ Ibid. 3. t Ibid. ec. § Ibid. f. 1 u.

—— oo

-

ee see

ee

Af its: j

|
|

mca Do il ae

Ppt Ne era

-.de plusieurs espéces de Cétacés, publié par son fils Adrien-Gilles

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 175

in the whalebone-whales). Another and more substantial objec-
tion to my explanation of the bony structure of the Gangetic
dolphin may, perhaps, be founded on this, that according to it,
the palatal bones can hardly be pointed out. But, convinced on
the one hand of the correctness of my account of the pterygoid
bones, and on the other, of the necessity of the existence of the
palatal bones, I have thought from the commencement, that they
must be those parts of the palate which are marked p in Pl. VII.
fig. 1; and I very soon satisfied myself, that they could not be the
foremost elongated bones of the palate, which I have noticed
above as plates belonging to the upper jaw-bones. It remains,
therefore, only to account for the little three-cornered, very thin
bony plate (also marked p) which appears on each side of the
median line of the palate, between the upper maxillary and the
pterygoid bone, as in the Hyperoodon. It is highly probabie,
that the plate forms only a small part of some bone, which con-
eeals. itself for the greatest part by the pterygoid bone ; and I
think even to have been able to discern, deep in the interior of
the nose, that it forms the lateral sides of the nasal cavities, be-
fore the pterygoid bones. The real state of the case can only be
decided by bursting a skull open.

Cuvier points out, that the crests between the basilar and late-
ral parts of the occipital bone (“ crétes du basilaire et des occi-
pitaux latéraux”) which inwardly confine the vault under which
the ear is situated, are very thick and-covered with minute bony
spiculz. The bulla tympani, he says, is very large and grown
together with the petrous portion, which latter is not simply
suspended (by means of fibrous tissue), but firmly wedged in
between the temporal bone and the surrounding parts of the
occipital bone.

This condition of the petrous portion, as pointed out by Cuvier,
deserves some closer examination. In a preceding memoir (the
sixth on Cetacea*) I have pointed out, that while that portion in
the toothed whales, generally, is so loosely connected with the
skull, that it commonly drops off during maceration ; yet in some
of the species, and in all whalebone whales, it sends forth a pe-
culiar elongation, which enters between the temporal and occi-
pital bones, and reaches in some even as far as the outer surface
of the skull; its Jabyrinth being at the same time embraced, as
it were, by protruding bony points of the temporal bone—by a
single small bony hook in the Cachalot, according to the dis-
covery of Peter Campert. A similar structure exists in the

* Transactions of the al Danish Academy of Sciences, Fifth Series,

Division of Nat. Hist. and Mathem., vol. i. Copenh. 1849, p. 94.
fT Observations anatomiques sur la structure intérieure et le i

amper,

176 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

Micropteron according to Dumortier*; and I have shown (loc.
cit.) the existence of a similar hook in the Hyperoodon, prevent-
ing the petrous bone from falling off the cranium, even after it
has become quite loose by maceration. When I wrote the me-
moir, 1 was not aware of the above statement of Cuvier, respect-
ing the firm attachment of the petrous bone in our dolphin. On
examining the specimen, in which (fortunately for my present
inquiry) the tympanic bone had been knocked off from the pe-
trous portion on both sides, this Camperian hook of the Cachalot
showed itself so much developed, that for this reason alone the

. petrous bone, though quite lovsened, especially on one side,

7

could not possibly be detached without breaking the hook. In
the smaller cranium, the elongation, which is wedged in between
the temporal and occipital bones, does not quite extend to the
outer surface ; but in the larger specimen it appears to constitute
part, at least, of the very rough and uneven bony protuberance,
situated on the outside of the tympanic bone, and marked ¢ in
Pl. VII. fig. 1. In fig. 3. Pl. VI. it is still more distinctly seen,
inclosed above by the temporal bone proper (¢), externally by the
jugular process of the latter, and internally by the lateral process
of the occipital bone (0).

The basilar part of the occipital bone (Pl. VII. fig. 10) is placed
anteriorly, as in Cetacea in general ; only it is free, has the form
of a pointed wedge, and is foremost in the cleft of the posterior
margin of the vomer; behind, it is situated between the two
pterygoid bones. It exhibits, however, the greatest breadth be-
tween the petrous parts of the temporal bones, strongly exca-
vated across (Pl. VI. fig. 3, under the articulating surfaces ) in
such a way, that the lateral parts are curved like wings round
the bulle tympani, their obtuse margins being attached by
means of strong fibrous cartilage. Between the pterygoid bone,
the pars petrosa, and the temporal bone is formed the great aper-
ture, which answers partly to the canalis caroticus and to the
foramen lacerum anticum, but is otherwise connected with the
large cleft which is prolonged anteriorly between the plates of
the pterygoid bone. Pursuing this large aperture along the ex-
terior margin of the bulle tympani, a firm connexion is dis-
covered with that surface of the temporal bone, which runs par-
allel with the pterygoid bones, and which, quite externally, at
the point of transition into the root of the zygomatic process, is
converted into a deep, round-oblong cavity, exactly behind the

avec des notes par M. G. Cuvier. Paris, 1820, 4to, p- 108, Atlas in fol.
transy. t. 22-25,

* “Mémoire sur le Delphinorhynque microptére échoué a Ostende,”
Mém. de l’Académie Royale de Bruxelles, tom. xii. 1839, 4to, p- 10.

i il a i

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 177

articulating surface for the under jaw. Immediately behind this
cavity is the deep canal for the cartilaginous meatus auditorius ;
behind this again are two bony, obtuse processes, of which the
foremost (Pl. VII. fig. 17) is the mastoid process of the tem-
poral bone, and that behind, the so-called processus jugularis of
the occipital bone, more correctly the hyoid process, because on
it the cartilaginous os hyoideum is firmly grown. Between these
two processes and the pars petrosa is the great foramen lacerum
posticum for the transmission of the vena jugularis interna, to-
gether with the ninth, tenth and eleventh pairs of cerebral nerves,
and, quite internally, in the semitubular hook between the hyoid
process and the wing-formed lateral part of the basilar portion
of the occipital bone (PI. VI. fig. 3. before the bulla tympani g)
for the twelfth pair.. The condyloid processes of the occipital
bone are equally bent upwards and downwards, so that they are
equally conspicuous whether the cranium is viewed from above
or from below. They are seen in their entire extension from
behind (Pl. VI. fig. 3 &) on each side of the large, almost square
foramen occipitale (ibid. x), whose inferior margin, however, is
deeply excavated in the middle. A large aperture (foramen con-
dyloideum posticum) is seen on the smaller cranium, above each
articulating surface; on the larger cranium only above that on
the right side. By throwing a strong light into the foramen
occipitale, all the elevations and depressions, as well as the
entire bony structure, may be seen on the inner surface, even
in the unopened cranium. In most respects I can discover no
essential peculiarities from other dolphins. The tentorium cere-
belli is ossified only to a small extent ; the falx cerebri more ex-
tensively. The posterior sphenoid bone seems to be one with
the basilar part of the occipital bone, as is the ethmoid partially
with the frontal and anterior sphenoid bones. The whole ante-
rior cerebral cavity is formed of the frontal bones and partly the
ethmoid bone ; and the side walls of the parietal bones, between
_ which is seen, above, a small interparietal bone. The temporal
bones cannot be clearly made out. Besides the said large foramen
occipitale and the two foramina lacera, together with the aper-
tures on the pars petrosa temporum for the seventh and eighth
pairs of nerves (not to mention in this place the so-called aqueeduc-
tus), there are only three large apertures on each side. The fore-
most is situated between the anterior and posterior sphenoid bones;
the middle one (proceeding backwards in the series) pierces their
large wings; both are placed rather outwardly and are directed from
behind forwards, through the pterygoid bone, and serve mani-
festly for the transmission of the chief brauches of the fifth pair
of nerves, answering to the foramina rotundum and ovale. The
hindermost aperture is placed.considerably outwardly between
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 12

178 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

the large wings of the sphenoid bone and the occipital bone ; and
it is at once evident, from this position of the foramina, and their
very strongly developed processus clinoidei, that they serve for
conveying the carotis cerebralis.

There is, besides, a large number of apertures on the inside of
the skull, especially anteriorly in the frontal part, manifestly for
the transmission of blood-vessels. The ethmoid bone rises in
the median line in the form of a low, but broad crest (crista'galli),
having on each side some small holes, one on the left side, two
on the right, large enough to admit a knitting-needle. Our
dolphin, therefore, has most probably olfactory nerves like the
Hyperoodon, contrary to what obtains in other species. There
are two symmetrical, but not particularly large holes between
the ethmoid and the wings of the anterior sphenoid bone,
answering to the far greater holes in the same parts in whales
generally. But the most essential and remarkable feature in the
cavity of the skull of the Gangetic dolphin is this, that the holes
for the optic nerves are only rudimentary. Indeed they are scarcely
to be discovered except by a careful search assisted by their known
locality and form. In size they are not at all larger than most
of the other holes (for the transmission of blood-vessels) in the
sphenoid and surrounding bones; they are much smaller than
those in the frontal bone, and are to be reeognized by their
symmetrical position on each side of the base of the wings of the
small sphenoid bones, but especially by their form of transversal
fissures having the upper margin projecting. Only in the smaller
of the crania which | had at my disposal, did I succeed in in-
troducing a stiff hair through them into the orbits; and this
most striking minuteness of the holes for the optic nerves, at once
points out that the latter must be rudimentary m the Gangetie
dolphin—a most remarkable circumstance.

The great similarity of the under-jaw with that of the Cachalot
is very striking, both as regards its extreme narrowness and the
consequent proximity of the two rows of teeth, and also the
length of the symphysis, being little more than two-thirds of
the whole under-jaw. Behind this long junction the side-
branches diverge in a slightly curved direction (Pl. VII. fig. 1 2),
the posterior half assuming the figure of a shovel, its upper
margin rising for the insertion of the temporal muscle, and re-
presenting a much-elongated processus coronoideus, while its
lower margin, which is slightly bent outwards, appears like a flat
osseous wing on its outer third part (Pl. VII. fig. 1). The
condyloid process is on the posterior margin, and like the
side-branches, it is quite hollow, the entrance to their cavity, as
is generally the case among dolphins, occupying nearly the whole
posterior third of the inner plate of the branches.

a a

be oe ee a ea
at ere

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 179

The upper and lower margin of the symphysis of the lower
jaw, viewed laterally, shows a gentle curve like the letter S;

’ which is also the case with the upper jaw, though in a still less

degree, as shown in Pl. V. In Cuvier’s figure this curve is so
strikingly marked, that I am almost led to infer, that it may
have reference to the age or sex of the individual, especially as
Mr. Gray represents it equally marked (Catal. p. 352). Both
jaws project equally ; the lower scarcely perceptibly beyond the
upper. The anterior halves are about equally narrow, but from the
commencement of the posterior half the upper jaw projects about
1" beyond the lower, as far as the anterior margin of the crests of
the upper maxillary bones (Pl. VII. fig.1), where the side branches
of the lower jaw begin to diverge.

The palate stretches much farther back in the upper jaw, so
that the last pair of teeth do not meet the corresponding pair im
the lower jaw (PI. VII. fig. 1m). Notwithstanding this, the num-
ber of teeth in the lower jaw is, at least, equal to that in the up-
per, namely twenty-nine on each side ; while in the upper jaw
there are only twenty-eight on the left side. The teeth in the
jaws do not in consequence alternate in a quite regular manner,
the first pair in the lower jaw being anterior to that above; the
17th bemg placed between the 16th and 17th pair above,
though close behind the 16th. Both the 18th and 19th pair
are between the 17th and 18th, and on the left side, the
21st and 22nd teeth stand between the 19th and 21st of the
upper jaw, while on the right side the 22nd and 23rd below
are between the 20th and 21st above ; finally, the last (29th)

ir in the lower jaw occupies, on each side, the space between
the 26th and 27th pair in the upper. The length and form of
the teeth vary much, though not by sudden transitions. The an-
terior are of considerable length (as much as 9"’), pointed, and so
compressed and curved, that they have an anterior and posterior
surface, an anterior convex and a posterior concave margin. To-
ward the middle of the jaws they gradually become shorter and
cone-shaped, so that the 19th lower, and the 21st upper pair
only project above the gums like little knobs, 1" gh, with
broad bases. They then become again somewhat larger,
especially in breadth. In proportion as they become shorter,
they recede from each other in each of the four rows, while
the two rows in each jaw approach nearer to each other;
especially in the upper jaw, where the 19th and 20th pair
come close up to the median line. In order, seemingly, to get
room, the teeth alternate here to such a degree, that the upper
21st on the left side, stands right between the 21st and 22nd on
the right, and this alternation continues quite backwards. In

illustration of this description a figure is given (Pl. VI. fig. 2)
12*

180 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

reduced only to one-fourth* its original size ; and in other respects

I can refer to Mr. Gray’s instructive figure (Lllustr. p. 353). An- _

teriorly the lower teeth are seen to embrace as it were the upper
jaw, leaving a deep furrow on the outer side of the opposed gum.
Midway in the jaws, the apices of the teeth meet the correspond-
ing gums, close to the outside of their own teeth, where the
leave a small round impression ; quite behind, the lower teet
project more than 1 from the outside of the upper gums.

The os hyoideum does not differ from that in other whales.
It consists namely, as is usual, of two arched cartilages; the
posterior having three points of ossification—one in the middle
(corpus ossis hyoidei), and one in each side-branch (cornua
majora) ; the anterior having only one point of ossification in each
side-branch, while the middle part, without ossifying, turns back-
wards on each side, towards the ossified middle of the posterior
arch, on which it inserts itself (cornua minora). The ossification
had not extended further in the posterior arch, than to leave a
plate of cartilage, of the thickness of about 2”, between the middle
part and the ossified part of the cornua majora, which were car-
tilaginous outside about one-fifth their length. The side parts
of the anterior arch are cartilaginous inwardly about half their
length, and outwardly towards their insertion on the occipital
bone to about one-fourth of that extent.

Cuvier counted eleven pectoral vertebre, assuming that twelve
might possibly be the proper number. In M. Reinhardt’s ske-
leton there are, however, only eleven pairs of ribs, and it is ma-
nifest that there never were more; because the 11th pair is at-
tached both to the terminal margin of the transverse process of
the 11th vertebra (Pl. V. fig. 2), and by the margin of its ver-
tebral extremity, to the obliquely truncated transversal process of
the next following vertebra, so that here, at least, no other rib
could have had insertion. But Cuvier counted altogether only 46
vertebre in his specimen, namely 7 cervical, 11 pectoral, and be-
yond these only 28 more. M. Reinhardt’s skeleton counts 51
vertebre, namely 7 cervical, 11 pectoral, 8 lumbar and 25 caudal.
This great difference (between 46 and 51) cannot be taken as
an individual one; and many zoologists would probably feel
disposed to found upon it a specific distinction. But this lat-
ter could only be warranted, in case it were found that Cuvier’s
specimen too was perfectly complete; that the point of the
tail wanted not even the last vertebra (which in M. Reinhardt’s
is a minute bony nucleus scarcely 2" in diameter), and the
other vertebree were united by means of their natural liga-

* This refers to the figure given by the author: we have been com-

pelled, in order to suit the size of the ‘ Annals,’ further to reduce ail the

figures $ths.—Ep.

or

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 181

ments, or at least fitted into each other in such a way, as to
exclude every suspicion of some intermediate vertebra being
deficient. Until this shall be proved, we must be permitted to
assume, that Cuvier’s skeleton has wanted four or five, at least three
vertebre ; it being no rare occurrence to meet with a difference
of one or two in number in dolphins, but scarcely any greater,
at least not where the total number is so small as in the Gangetic
species. Throughout the spinal column there is the same dif-
ference in the bodies of the vertebre as in other Cetacea, as to
form and size, with this notable deviation, that those of the neck
in general resemble more the Balenopteras than the toothed
Whales, especially the Dolphins proper; being not only, as Cuvier
remarks, “aussi distinctes que dans aucun quadrupéde, et assez
fortes bien que courtes;” but the two first are very strong,
and each single one has its known character strongly pronounced.
Thus, the axis, as compared with that in other whales, has
its processus odontoideus strongly developed, and its convex
articulating surface is turned more towards the head than the
abdomen, while the middle of the anterior arch of the atlas
forms a thick plate, which leans backwards on the processus odon-
toideus with a corresponding articulating surface. The bodies of
the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th cervical vertebre are small in breadth
and height, but contrary to other dolphins, and in conformity
with what obtains in whalebone-whales, the common lower trans-
verse processes are strongly developed. Cuvier has already noticed
this in these words: “Il y a un second rang d’apophyses trans-
verses, partant du corps de la quatriéme, de la cinquiéme et de la
sixiéme. Ces derniéres surtout sont plus longues que les véri-
tables.” I may add to this, that they are in reality found also on
the third vertebra, the transverse process being so broad at its
origin, that it stands in a line with the same processes both below
and above, and has, besides, a foramen (though very small) form-
ing in reality a ring, like the combined lower and upper trans-
verse processes (Pl. V. fig. 2), which can only be considered as
the bony parts of an otherwise cartilaginous or tendinous ring,
which embraces on each side the arteria vertebralis, or that plexus
of blood-vessels, which represents it in Cetacea. In M. Rein-
hardt’s skeleton there is, on the left side of the seventh cervical
vertebra, an inferior transverse process, but this is probably an
individual deviation only (Pl. VII. fig. 4r ; ¢¢¢ representing the
upper, 0 0, the lower transverse processes of the sixth vertebra ;
which is likewise seen from behind, between the proper trans-
verse processes, in fig. 3; g shows the lower transverse process
of the fifth; b,c, the vertebral extremity of the first pair of
ribs). The stout and strong transverse process of the second
-vertebra, which bends backwards and partly covers those fol-
lowing, must be considered as a combination of both processes,

182 —_——~Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

even though imperforate ; which is evident by its origin and
position, as well as the exactly corresponding broad and large
transverse process of the epistropheus in the whalebone-whales,
having sometimes a very large, at others a very small fora-
men, indicating that the plexus of blood-vessels in the rings
of the neck anteriorly, is sometimes greatly confined, at others
not. The smallness of the foramen in the transverse process
of the third vertebra in the Gangetic dolphin proves, that the
plexus must be exceedingly confined anteriorly, or rather, that
it escapes entirely from the annular sheath. The very strong
transverse processes in the atlas are, contrary to what is the case
in the axis, manifestly only proper or superior transverse pro-
cesses. The marked curvature backwards of the transverse pro-
cesses of the second vertebra, points to their use in the whalebone-
whales ; they serve for the insertion of a ligament for the first
pair of ribs. The upper transverse processes of the fourth, fifth
and seventh vertebra are (as usual in mammalia and in man)
cleft at the apex into two knobs, the inner more projecting, par-
ticularly in the seventh vertebra (Pl. VII. fig.3 z). The arched
parts of the vertebre are widened transversely, especially in
the sixth, which is particularly seen from the back, as compared
with the narrow arches of the thoracic vertebra (Pl. VII. fig. 3).
From this view the second vertebra is strongly marked by its
very broad and flat spinous process pointing backwards and
upwards, and being elongated anteriorly, along the median line,
in the form of a crest, projecting above the anterior margin.
The other cervical vertebrae, on the contrary, have only a very
shght crest in the middle, in place of the spinous process ; their
arched parts are generally very narrow, and their interstices pro-
portionally large. Outwardly the dorsal part of each arch, as it
passes into the ventral part and the body itself of the vertebra, is
so much bent forward, that these parts get on a level with the dorsal
part, not of the same, but of the vertebra next before. From the
same curvature rise the two flat, rounded articular processes, the
hindermost having the articulating surface pointing downwards
and outwards behind the said curvature; the anterior upwards
and inwards before the curvature (Pl. V. fig. 2, and Pl. VII.
fig. 8, where the anterior articular process of the third vertebra
is marked a; the corresponding posterior of the second, p). It
is immediately under the anterior articular processes, exactly at
the boundary between the dorsal and central portions, that the
upper transverse processes, alluded to already, originate; they
belong therefore entirely to the arched parts, while the lower be-
long to the body itself. The broad bases of the transverse pro-
cesses in the second and third vertebre belong therefore, acccerding
to what has been explained, both to the arched part and the body
of those vertebre.

eee

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 183

Contrasting it with the last cervical vertebra, we now proceed
to the first lumbar vertebra, after which we will consider the gra-
dual transition of both these forms through the whole series of
thoracic vertebre. In comparison with each other the two sets
are distinguished as usual, by the lumbar vertebre having
1. the body and spinous process by far stronger; 2. the arched
portions seated on a level with the body of their own vertebre ;
3. the processus obliqui seated on the arched portion at the origin
of the spinous process ; and 4. the transverse processes not only
increased in size equally with the spinous processes, but at the
same time moved down from the arched portion to the external
obtuse margin of the body of the vertebra itself. It is unnecessary
to explain further the manner in which the first point is gradu-
ally developed through the series of thoracic vertebre ; it may
be seen in the figure (Pl. V. fig. 2). As regards the altered posi-
i tion of the arched portions, it may be accounted for by consider-
ing, that the gradually increasing size of the vertebre from before
backwards, is greatest before, in the spinous processes ; behind,
in the bodies. The third and fourth points, although the deve-
lopment is quite as in the Dolphins generally, seem to merit
especial attention, on account of their having of late been con-
sidered as essential to the correct understanding of the vertebral

in general.

In order to explain properly the above-mentioned third point,
Prof. A. Retzius* has drawn attention to the necessity of di-
stinguishing, as has been done already by a few older anatomists,
- between the two parts of which the so-called processus obliqui
| of the lumbar vertebre may be said to be composed ; namely the
bi mammuillares, and the real processus articulares. That
this distinction is well-founded is clearly shown by the Gan-
getic dolphin, and perhaps all other Cetacea. On looking at
the dorsal spine from above (Pl. VII. fig. 3), the series of pro-
cessus mammillares is found to commence very decidedly with
the fifth thoracic vertebra, close to the outside of the anterior pro-
cessus articularis, though quite distinct from it (a) as well as from
the processus transversalis (¢) on which the tuberculum of the
rib is attached (c). On the next following vertebre, the anterior
articular and the mammillary processes begin to approach
each other more closely; the otherwise slight elevation of the
former process at the same time gradually disappearing, so as to
be seen already on the following fourth vertebra, only in the form
of an oblong articulating surface, seated on the inside of the
mammillary process itself. This structure might undoubtedly,

CANS OSU le Sere ee, ee

* Om Ratta tydningen, &e. (On the right explanation of the lateral
) of the dorsal and lumbar vertebrz in Man and Mammalia.) Trans-
~ actions of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Stockholm, 1848, 2nd part.

184 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

as formerly, be expressed, by calling the mammillary process the
articulating process; but this neither holds good in regard to
the anterior portion of the dorsal spine, where the mammillary
process suddenly makes its distinct appearance on the twelfth
vertebra; ~ nor behind from the beginning of the tail-part,
where these articulating surfaces altogether disappear, and the
so-called oblique or articulating processes lose their significa-
tion, and are nothing more than mammillary processes.’ The
mamumillary processes, with the anterior articulating surfaces
and the isolated posterior articulating processes, appear gra-
dually to move higher up, backwards, on the thoracic and lumbar
vertebre ; and on the last lumbar the posterior articulating sur-
faces are actually placed on the root of the spinous process itself.
But this is the direct consequence of the gradual change in the
form of the bony arc, from a broad, low and depressed bridge
across the spinal canal, to a narrow and high one (twice as high
as broad, on the last lumbar vertebra).

The fourth point, however, has above all others attracted the
attention of modern zootomists, in its relation to the vertebrze
in mammalia. That the transversal processes (the upper or pro-
per ones) belong to the bony arc, is by no means to be considered
as a general rule; quite the contrary : they belong to the bodies
of the vertebre, from the hindmost thoracic, throughout the re-
mainder of the spinal column, not only in whales, but likewise
in many other mammalia, especially as regards a portion of the
lumbar region*. Nevertheless, this difference in their origin,
has long ago justly created doubts, as to their being entirely of
the same signification. The transverse processes, which originate
from the bodies of the vertebree, could not be put on a level with
the superior or proper ones; but rather with the lower processes
of the cervical vertebrae. But in whales this view is opposed by
the manifest uniformity among the transversal processes of the
lumbar and the hindmost thoracic vertebree, proceeding, besides,
not from the arc, but from the body of the vertebre ; although it
is to their apex that the hindmost ribs are attached, in which
respect they appear, accordingly, not as the lower, but as the
upper or proper transverse processes, both in the skeleton of the
whale and of mammalia generally. The adoption of this view is
rendered still more difficult in the Balenoptere, on account of the
want of neck and head in all the ribs, and the insertion of these on
the top of the transverse processes, of which the anterior rise from
the arc, the posterior from the body, the intermediate from both.
Nevertheless, as after all the view in question is assuredly the
correct one, its signification may be explained in the following
manner, according to the homologies propounded by Stanzius

* See Fried. Wilh. Theile, in Miller’s Archiv, Jahrgang 1839, p. 108.

ay

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 185

and Vrolik*, Owen+ and Maclisef{. The ribs as well as trans-
verse processes are to be considered collectively as fragments of
common visceral or ventral ares, each of which, in its complete
state of development, has a twofold origin, or two roots: Ist, the
ventral, from the body of the vertebra; and 2nd, the dorsal,
from its are (neurapophysis). The cervical transverse processes
are the complete roots of visceral open arcs (that is, not reaching -
the medial line of the abdomen). The anterior thoracic arcs are
always the most complete; their middle part (body of the rib)
is connate with the ventral root (the neck and head of the rib)
which is detached from the vertebra (in the Balenoptere this root
is quite tendinous or cartilagmous) ; the dorsal root (processus
transversales), on the contrary, being connate with the vertebra,
but detached from the middle part (the rib). In the series of
thoracic vertebre the two roots approach, and at last melt into
each other (m the ninth in the Gangetic dolphin) at the point
of transition between the arc and the body, the connate part of
the are (the transverse process) becoming at the same time pro-
portionally shorter. In the last thoracic vertebre (the tenth and
eleventh in the Gangetic dolphin) it again increases in length,
continuing in the lumbar vertebrz, but only as a ventral root (pro-
ceeding from the body of the vertebra), the arc portion is wanting
altogether. The last -pair of ribs is, therefore, exclusively at-
tached to the transverse processes seated on the body of the ver-
tebra ; but these processes cannot be considered as homologous
with those of the first thoracic vertebrae, but much rather with
the necks and heads of the ribs.

On the other hand, if we compare the last caudal vertebre
with the lumbar, we shall find their difference not less marked,
than what exists between the latter and the cervical vertebre. We
designate as the first caudal vertebra, that behind which is situated
the foremost hematapophysis (Cuvier’s “osen V”). It is the 27th
in the column, and consequently one of the 33 vertebre behind
the 7 cervical and 12 thoracic ; 8 being designated as lumbar and
the last 25 as caudal vertebre. In M. Reinhardt’s skeleton there
are 14: hematapophyses entirely, or in part only osseous ; and as
the first is situated between the 27th and 28th vertebre, the last
is situated between the 41st and the 42nd. I propose to distin-
guish this 42nd, and all the subsequent vertebrae, as extreme

-* Natuur. en Ontleedkundige Beschouwing van den Hyperoodon. Trans-
act. in Nat. Hist. of the Dutch Acad. of Sciences at Haarlem, 2 ser. vol. v.
1. p. 34-40. 1848.

+ On the Archetype and Homologies of the Vertebrate Skeleton.
ay ie 8vo.—On the Nature of Limbs. A Discourse by R. Owen.

ma. .

t In Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology; edited by R. B. Todd.
Part xxxv. Article SKELETON. London, 1849.

186 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

caudal, in contradistinction to the 14 anterior, or caudal proper.
My reason for this distinction is, that, while in all the an-
terior, or proper caudal vertebre, the processes of the lumbar
vertebre are still found to exist, with the exception of the arti-
cular, which we have noticed as disappearing already in the last ;
they are wanting in all the subsequent ones ; and in lieu of them
a new series of marked processes makes its appearance, develop-
ing itself gradually along the anterior caudal vertebre. The
bodies of these increase, accordingly, in thickness until the 7th ;
from thence they diminish again, most perceptibly so from the
12th. But the arc part, with the spinous and mammillary pro-
cesses, diminish through the whole series, only a vestige remain-
ing in the last, in the shape of a very small low bridge. It will
be seen in the figure (Pl. V. fig. 2), that in this gradual disap-
pearance, the spinous processes become proportionally broader
(rather larger in the direction of their length) and the mam-
millary proportionally thicker, hoth at the same time moving
more downwards.

Looking now to the hematapophyses, or the lower vertebral
arcs, we find the first of these (between the 27th and 28th ver-
tebree), as so often happens in Cetacea, wide open, in other
words, divided into its two lateral portions ; and at the same time
quite unsymmetrical. It is short and broad on the left side
(Pl. V. fig. 2), its lower margin scarcely extending under the
body of the next following vertebra; while on the right side it
is not only placed somewhat more backwards, but its lower por-
tion extends quite into and attaches itself to the second hemata-
pophysis. The third is the longest; the succeeding ones de-
crease gradually, and the 14th, between the 40th and 41st ver-
tebre, appears only as a cartilaginous arc, 2" to 3! in height (sur-
rounding the probably very small caudal artery), with an osseous
nucleus in each side part. These hematapophyses, it is known,
embrace the large caudal artery, which is an elongation of the
aorta, a large branch of which ascends on both lateral surfaces of
the body of each vertebra. This branch proceeds in the first eight
caudal vertebre behind the transverse process, in the five sub-
sequent ones through it. Its furrow gets gradually deeper behind;
the transverse processes in the meantime decreasing by degrees so
much in height, that from the 9th to the 12th vertebre they ap-
pear as a broken, but on the 13th as an entire little bridge.
From the last proper caudal vertebra the arterial branch de-
scends still deeper into the body of the vertebra. In the mean-
time two other lines of processes make their appearance in the
caudal series of vertebre, which I cannot consider as processus
- accessoril, although there exist no others which correspond to
these. I propose terming them processus caudales. They have the

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 187

form of longitudinal crests, one being placed above, the other be-
low the transverse processes. The upper series commences on
the 5th caudal vertebra close above and behind the transverse
process ; it reaches higher up on the succeeding vertebre, occu-
pying their entire bodies, but becoming more and more deeply
excavated for the arterial canal. The lower series commences in
like manner on the 5th caudal vertebra, in the form of a termi-
nating knob on the lower part of each canal, before and behind;

but it gradually assumes, as it extends backwards, the shape of
open ares; and from the 12th, finally, of closed bridges.

Finally, the last eleven caudal vertebre are of a cubical
form, compressed backwards ; each margin separating the four
externally visible sides being distinguished by a round knob,
which is nothing else than the said caudal processes. In lieu of
the transversal processes, the side-surfaces are excavated; and
on the four terminal vertebre of the tail reappears again the ves-
tige of a rounded transverse process, produced by the coalescence
of the upper and lower caudal processes. The upper and lower
surfaces are deeply excavated in the shape of a cross, longer from
side to side, in consequence of the compressed figure of the ver-
tebra being externally perforated for the arterial canal, which
here traverses the whole side of the body of the vertebra.

Out of the eleven pairs of ribs the first four belong to the so-
called true ribs. The eight foremost are attached between two
thoracic vertebrz ; the first between the last cervical and the first
thoracic (Pl. VII. fig. 4 5, c), and anteriorly by a rathet long carti-
lage to the excayated margin of the very large manubrium sterni.
Simce each of the seven following pairs is placed between two
thoracic vertebre, it has on each side a corresponding articula-
ting surface. Only the three hindmost are seated on the trans-
verse processes only. The lower or ventral extremity of the se-
cond pair is inserted by its long cartilage between the manu-
brium and the disproportionally small body of the sternum,
which consists of two iong side-pieces (that on the left side only
half the size of the other) ; the third pair is attached between the
body and the xiphoid, wholly cartilaginous process; and lastly,
the fourth to each side of the posterior margin of that process.
The lower end of all the succeeding seven pairs continues car-
tilaginous, and appears to lie loose in the flesh.

The shoulder-blade of our dolphin, Cuvier describes in these
words :—“ L’omoplate est beaucoup plus large qu’au dauphin ”
(D. delphis). ‘Son bord spinal est presque le double de sa
hanteur. Son bord antérieur est simple” (wanting the fossa
supraspinata) ‘et donne une apophyse, coupée obliquement,
qui est l’acromion, et tout prés de la face articulaire un petit

_tubercule & peine sensible, seul vestige de bec coracoide.”

. 188 Mr. A. Hancock on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide:-

It will be seen that our figure (Pl. V. fig. 2) answers quite to
this description; there being a complete want of a proper arti-
culation between any of the bones of the arm, hand and fingers ;
the arm, and especially the fore-arm, are very broad (the ulna
broader than long), the six flat metacarpal bones connected like
mosaic in two rows; and the immoveable fore-fingers arranged
like a fan and causing the great breadth of the hand. Cuvier
found only one joint in the thumb; in each of the four succeed-
ing fingers four joints, and in the last two. On the specimen
brought home there are two bony joints in the thumb, and
four in each succeeding finger ; but on each finger a terminal
cartilage follows after the last bony joint, contaiming in the
second, a little round bony nucleus. Hence, it is at least very
probable, that in a full-grown specimen, the bony joints will be
three for the thumb, and five for each remaining finger (on
Pl. V. fig. 2, the cartilaginous nature of the last finger-joint is
not particularly expressed). ;
[To be continued. ]

XIV.— Observations on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide.
By Ausany Hancock.

In our paper on the anatomy of Kolis, Dr. Embleton and I en-
deavoured to prove that in the nudibranchs the dorsal tentacles
are the seat of the sense of smell ; and if this be allowed, there
can be little doubt that these organs, in all the other gasteropods,
have a like signification. But in the Bullide, as no tentacles,
properly so called, exist, it became a matter of some interest to
ascertain if, with the apparent deficiency of these organs, all
power of olfaction had ceased to be exercised. Being engaged
at present in the investigation of the anatomy of some members
of this family, my attention was naturally directed to this point ;
and I think I have obtained satisfactory proof that these hornless
animals have really the sense of smell highly developed. The
head lobe in the Bullide is, in fact, nothing else than the dorsal
and labial tentacles fused into one continuous mass. ‘This
Cuvier asserted long ago; and it can very easily be proved on
anatomical grounds. In this communication, however, I do not
wish to enter at any length on the subject, as I imtend at no
distant period to give a detailed account of the anatomy of some
of these animals. It may therefore suffice at this moment to
state, that the nerves which supply the oral and dorsal tentacles
in the gasteropods go to this lobe, the former to the anterior, the
latter to the posterior portion of it ;—a pretty clear proof of its
real nature. :

In Gasteropteron the head lobe, or more properly speaking the

cet) hepatica ail Slee eee

Mr. A. Hancock on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide. 189

tentacular lobe as designated by the great French anatomist, is
largely developed, and the olfactory ganglions, the same as in
Doris, Eolis, and several other mollusks furnish nerves to the
dorsal tentacles, are not much less in size than the cerebroids
themselves. They each give off two or three nerves, which passing
backwards ramify on the skin of the under surface of the free
margin of the lobe, reaching even to the posterior extremity.
Hence it must be allowed that this part of the tentacular lobe
is the homologue of the dorsal tentacles of other mollusks ; and
there is, therefore, reason to believe, that as in the tentacles so
in this portion of the lobe resides the faculty of smell. The oral
tentacular nerve supplies the anterior portion of the lobe, parti-
cularly the overhanging margin, by which touch would appear
to be more decidedly exercised.

Olfaction becomes more specialized in Philine aperta than in
Gasteropteron, and the olfactory ganglions are highly developed,
of a branched ferm inclining outwards towards the sides of the
head, and sending numerous twigs through the skin to the
under surface of the tentacular lobe, where dividing and sub-
dividing they are lost in an oval plate, of nervous matter, of a
simple leaf-like form, which tapering forwards terminates in the
oral lip. This oval plate, then, is the seat of olfaction in P.

The stem-like continuation of it is, however, supplied
with branches from the labial nerve, which arises from a large
dendritic ganglion attached to the anterior margin of the cere-
broid. This portion of the plate, therefore, probably performs
some function in common with the lip—most likely that of taste ;
and if so, then in these mollusca the senses of smell and taste are
intimately connected : and in this there appears nothing strange,
when we reflect on the relationship that exists between these two
senses in the higher animals. In Gasteropteron the labial nerve
also sends branches to the under surface of the anterior portion
of the tentacular lobe.

Akera bullata is likewise furnished with an olfactory plate or
dise of an oval form, situated on the under surface of the ten-
tacular lobe; but in this species it is coarsely wrinkled trans-
versely, and its connexion with the lip is effected by a narrow
belt which passes from about the middle of its superior or outer
margin. The nervous element is here supplied from the same
source as in P. aperta; only the labial and olfactory nerves have

no ganglionic swellings.
It is, however, in Bulla hydatis that we see the olfactory organ
most highly developed. In this mollusk it has attained a strue-
ture perfectly similar to what is observed in fishes, while at the
same time it is a most instructive link, showing the analogy that
exists between the dorsal tentacle of Doris and the olfactory organ

190 Mr. A. Hancock on the Olfactory Apparatus in the Bullide.

in this higher type of form. This organ in B. hydatis resembles
in situation and general form that of Philine aperta; but instead
of being a simple plate scarcely rising above the surface to which
it is attached, it is composed of a central stem bearing numerous,
considerably elevated, lateral lamine. This beautiful organ
escaped the observation of Cuvier, and appears to have been
generally overlooked by naturalists. Mr. Wm. Clark gives a
pretty full description of it in his paper on the Bullide in the
6th vol. of the ‘ Annals,’ 1850; but seems to have entirely mis-
understood its nature. He considers these “ leaflets” salivary
glands, or inclines to believe them such. They are not, however,
glandular, are external, have no duct; and moreover well-cha-
racterized salivary glands exist in their normal position, supplied,
as they always are, with nerves from the buccal ganglions. The
fact that these leaflets receive their nerves from the olfactory
ganglions is alone sufficient to explain their nature. These
ganglions are of considerable volume, and are formed of nodulous
branches, which penetrating the skin divide into numerous twigs ;
these go to supply the lamine composing the leaflets. The an-
terior portion of this organ tapers into a stem-like prolongation,
which is lost, as in P. aperta, in the oral lip ; and here, as in that
species, the prolongation is supplied with branches from the
labial nerve. This nerve comes from the anterior margin of the
cerebroid ganglion, and has in its course several ganglionic swell-
ings*.

In this species, then, as well as in P. aperta and in Gastero-
pteron, taste and smell would appear to be connected. Be this
however as it may, it is impossible to look upon this interesting
modification of the olfactory organ in B. hydatis, and not see at
once its similarity to that of fishes, and to the dorsal tentacle of
Doris. It differs from that of the former only in not being in-
closed within a cavity, though it lies protected and concealed in
a groove; and its transformation into the tentacle of the latter
can very easily be imagined. If the posterior portion of the
tentacular lobe were divided down the median line, and the por-
tions so divided raised up, the leaflets would then be seen on their
posterior surface. It would now only be requisite to extend the
lamin round the sides of the elevated portions, and they would
assume the appearance of the laminated tentacles of a nudibran-
chiate mollusk.

* As this paper was passing through the press, I have ascertained that
Acera aplysiaformis is likewise supplied with an olfactory dise similar to
that of Philine aperta; and what is of still more importance, that it has at
each side of the mouth a well specialized organ of taste, both the labial
nerves terminating in a bundle of filaments, the extremities of which pass
to the surface of the skin.

Mr. W. Clark on a new British species of Lepton. 191

XV.—On a new British species of Lepton.
By Wii Crarx, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, Feb. 15, 1852.

A wew bivalve molluscum having occurred, I beg the favour of
you to insert its specific characters in the ‘ Annals.’

Genus Lerron, Turton.

' L. Clarkia (nova species).

L. testa fragili obliquo-subovali, compressa, postice et antice rotun-
data, albida, mediocriter nitida, striis concentricis, confertis, te-
nuibus notata; apices minutos, prominulos, subtilissime punc-
tatos gerente. In valva dextra, utroque, dentes laterales, duplices,
distantes apparent ; sinistra, simplices ; inter quos, utraque valva,
dens unicus, primarius, erectus, acutus, oritur. Mensura obliqua ;4,
transversa ;/, altitudo aut crassitudo 4, uncie. Zonam coral-
linam Devoniz meridionalis, prope ostium Iscze, rarius habitat.
Animal ignotum.

Of this minute and elegant species, a series of eighteen perfect

imens have occurred, and having compared the hinge and

dentition with forty examples of the L. converum and L. nitidum,
I can state that there is not the slightest variation in this respect
in the three species. Its distinguishing characters are the almost
perfect obliquely oval shape, being without a trace of the suban-
gularity which is invariably seen at both extremities of the con-
generic Leptons ; and, as to the punctures, it is more devoid of
them than the glabrous varieties of the L. nitidum, which how-
ever, in the forty specimens I possess, all show more or less the
punctured aspect on the umbonal area; but in the L. Clarkie
only the apical circumscribed space is in some, but not in all
examples, almost invisibly punctured, which condition is rather
more pronounced within than on the outside of the apices.

At one time I almost thought that the L. nitidum and L. con-
vezum might march together as a single species, subject to many
varieties ; but an increase of my series of both has, at least for
the present, made me doubt the propriety of considering the two
as identical. The animal of the L. converum is still unknown, and
until it occurs, a safe determination on these points cannot be
made. The animal of the L. nitidum I know well, having in the
last summer observed two examples for four days ; it only differs
in some minor peculiarities from the L. sguamosum, one of which
I kept in sea-water thirty-four days, when it was killed whilst
still vigorous, in consequence of my departure from the sea-side.

I may state, that in L. Clarkia the concentric striz of inere-

192 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

ment are close-set and sharp, and sometimes broken into very
short waved streaks ; these in some of the specimens are crossed
by gently raised lines of an intenser snowy-white than the ge-
neral colour, which radiate sparingly from the beaks to the basal
margin.

This delicate species cannot be confounded with any of the
minuter bivalves: by its hinge it is essentially a Lepton: the
nearest approach to any other species is to the Montacuta biden-
tata, which differs in form, colour and fragility, and in having
the lateral dentitions almost close together, without the primary
teeth between them; instead of which, there is a minute move-
able ossicle, convex on one side and concave on the other, as in
the dnatine or Thracie; this locks into a sloping pit that has
sometimes the appearance of being ridged, which is only due to
portions of the ruptured ossicle adhering to it ; but in Lepton the
primary teeth are persistent or integral parts of each valve. Fresh
examples, new facts, and further investigation have all but con-
vinced me that L. converum and L. nitidum are distinct. Our Lep-
tons, which I name according to rarity, will stand thus: Ist, Z.
convecum ; 2nd, L. Clarkia ; 3rd, L. nitidum ; 4th, L. squamosum.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,

Witi1amM CLark.

=

XVI.—Enumeration of some Fungi from St. Domingo.
By the Rev. M. J. Berxetey, M.A., F.L.S.

[With a Plate. ]

Tue Fungi described in the present memoir were collected in
St. Domingo by M. Augustus Sallé, and were placed in my hands
by Mr. Hugh Cuming, from whom sets comprising most of the
more interesting species may still be obtained. A good many
kinds were represented by solitary specimens, but these, with one
or two exceptions, are species which occur very frequently in
tropical collections, especially from the neighbouring parts of
America.

1. Agaricus cepestipes, Sow. t. 2; Sallé, no.15. On the ground.
A single specimen only, which is not in a good state. The gills
are not truly remote, but very finely attenuated behind, and the
stem is not ventricose, resembling in this particular the variety
described in the ‘ English Flora.’

2. Agaricus (Pleuropus) catephes, n. s. Pileo horizontali re-
niformi translucido glabro postice stipitiformi-attenuato ; lamellis
distantibus subdecurrentibus, interstitiis levibus. Sallé, no. 12.
On wood. :

- Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 193

Pileus 3-1 inch broad, delicate, translucent, quite smooth,
regularly reniform, emarginate behind, and then attenuated into
a short stem, which is fixed by a little round disc. Gills rather
narrow, somewhat distant, subdecurrent, interstices even.

This species is very near to A. limpidus, but the pileus is re-
gularly reniform, and the gilis are not crowded. It 1s evidently
more delicate than 4. mitis, to which it bears some resemblance.

3. Agaricus cerodes, Vr. Ep. p. 195; Sallé, no. 13. On the
ground.

4. Agaricus (Psalliota) Sallei,n.s. Pileo tenui campanulato
squamuloso-furfuraceo acute umbonato; stipite tenui deorsum
leviter incrassato ; annulo submedio; lamellis remotis. Sallé,
no. 14. On dead wood.

Pileus 3 inches across, thin, campanulate, furnished with a
narrow but strong umbo; clothed with minute branlike scales.
Stem 4 inches high, 2 lines or more thick, slender, slightly in-
crassated below, curved ; ring deflexed, persistent, attached a little
above the middle of the stem. Gills moderately broad, free,
remote, leaving a large naked space round the top of the stem.
_ Spores purple-brown, broadly elliptic, with one side nearly
straight, 55';,th of an inch long, 5,/,5th broad.

This very fine species has exactly the habit of a Lepiota, to
which tribe I supposed it to belong before examining the spores.
Its nearest ally is A. cretaceus. It is curious that one or two
undoubted Psalliote haye white spores under certain conditions.
This is indeed the case with A. cretaceus, which has, after exa-
mination of the spores, been sent to me as a Lepivta. Ag. fumoso-

eus, Lasch, is another instance, and others might be
brought forward.

5. Agaricus campestris, li. ; Sallé, no. 25. On the ground. A
small variety.

6. Hiatula minima, n.s. Minor; pileo umbilicato, margine
crenato ; stipite gracillimo; lamellis pauciusculis remotissimis.
Sallé, no. 33.

Pileus $ of an inch broad, very delicate, umbilicate ; stem 1
inch high, not a line thick. Gills about forty, narrow, some-
times forked, free, leaving a large orbicular naked space round
the top of the stem, which has apparently no ring.

ere is but a single specimen of this extremely delicate spe-
cies, which is far less than the others. Ag. discretus and Ag. Ben-
zonii are the types of the genus, of which Hiatula fragilissima,
Ravenel, is a beautiful representation from South Carolina.

7. Marasmius hematocephalus, Mont. Fr. Ep. p. 382; Sallé,
no. 1. On little twigs. A single specimen only.

8.. Lentinus villosus, Klotzsch ; Fr. Ep. p. 388 ; Sallé, no. 6,7.
On wood. Two specimens only which belong to two distinct

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 13

OY ie es

>

194 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Gomingo.

forms, the one much larger than the other, but agreeing in
essential characters.

9. Lentinus Lecomtei, Fr. Ep. p. 388; Sallé, no. 3. On dead
wood. A single specimen only, but probably common, as in all
tropical countries.

10. Lentinus tener, Klotzsch; Fries, Ep. p. 389 ; Sallé, no. 5,
27. On dead wood. a Oe

11. Lentinus Schomburgkii, Berk. in Linn. Tr. vol. xx. p. 111.
tab. 9. fig. 2. Var. lamellis ae ia SR ro ster Sallé, no. 4. On
dead wood.

I see no difference between the British Guiana and St. Do- |

mingo species, except the presence in the latter of spicules on
the gills which are rather more broadly serrate.

12. Lentinus eugrammus, Mont. Cuba, p. 414; Sallé, no. 26.
-On dead wood. A single resupinate specimen.

13. Panus connatus, n.s. Czespitoso-connatus: pileo plano
demum depresso glabro lamellisque latiusculis integris decurren-
tibus pallidis ; stipite tomentoso. Sallé, no. 8. On dead wood.

Pileus 2 inches or more across, smooth, at first plane or rather
convex, then more or less depressed. Stems 1-2 inches high,
4-1 an inch thick, more or less downy, striate, from the descend-
ing decurrent gills, which are rather broad and quite entire.

This species is allied to P. conchatus, but the stem is well de-
veloped and never obsolete. In véry young mdividuals the pileus
is convex with decidedly decurrent gills. In age the stem some-
times becomes lateral.

14. Panus concavus, n.s. Eximie cespitosus: pileo infundi-
buliformi glabro; stipitibus centralibus glabris basi connatis ;
lamellis integris decurrentibus angustis; postice vix anastomo-
santibus. Sallé, no.9. On wood.

Much tufted; pileus 1-1} inch across, smooth, infundibu-
liform ; margin arched. Stems i~2 inches or more high, about
13 lie thick, tufted, connate at the base, slightly attenuated Up-
wards. Gills narrow, very decurrent, entire, scarcely at all ana-
stomosing below.

This has very much the appearance of Lentinus cespitosus,
now referred by Fries, in his ‘ Novee Symbols Mycologice’ just
published, to the genus Panus, but differing in its infundibuliform
pileus. In the larger specimen the gills end in mere strié on
the stem.

15. Schizophyllum commune, Fr. Ep. p.403 ; Sallé, no. 16. On
wood. Extremely abundant, as in all tropical countries.

16. Lenzites repanda, Fr. Ep. p- 404; Sallé, no. 19. On dead
wood. Small discoloured specimens.

17. Lenzites striata, Fr. Ep. p. 406; Sallé, no. 18. On charred
-wood.

=

1 eh

mae a

ae

dead wood. A pale form approaching P. velutinus.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 195

No. 17 is, I suppose, a variety of the same species, specimens
of which from Guiana were formerly distributed under the name
of L. brunneola ; but though thinner and more uniform in colour,
I have since seen so many forms, that I am doubtful as to the
stability of the species.

18. Polyporus (Pleuropus) vinosus,n.s. Pileo reniformi tenui
zonato subtiliter velutino glabrescente vinoso ; hymenio concolore,

is minimis hexagonis, Sallé, no. 43. _On dead wood.

- Pileus 2 inches across, 1 inch long, reniform, attached by a
short disciform stem, which is sometimes more visible below than
above, thin, rigid when dry and incurved, repeatedly zoned, of a
dark vinous brown, very minutely velvety, at length nearly
smooth, margin very thin and acute. Hymenium of the same
colour as the pileus ; pores very minute, but regularly hexagonal ;
dissepiments very thin, substance dark like the pileus.

A very remarkable species, to which I can point out nothing
closely allied. When young it is paler and rather tomentose
than velvety. 3

19. Polyporus sanguineus, Fr. Ep. p. 64; Sallé, no. 32. On

_ dead sticks. One of the specimens shows very clearly that Odontia

miniata, Berk. and Curt., is merely a resupinate state of this spe-
cies, as pointed out to me since the publication of the supposed
new Fungus, by Mr. Curtis.

20. Polyporus (Anodermei) dorcas, n.s. Pileo subreniformi

postice affixo convexo crassiusculo crebri-zonato subtomentoso
opaco cervino ; hymenio umbrino; poris mediis irregularibus ;
dissepimentis subacutis rigidis. Sallé, no. 41. On dead wood.
_ Pileus 14 inch or more across, 1 inch long, subreniform, fixed
behind by a broad disc, rather thick, convex, marked with nume-
rous zones, which are sometimes raised, sometimes depressed,
opake, not shining, minutely tomentose, slightly striate, of a pale
fawn colour. Hymenium browner than the pileus, plane or
slightly convex ; pores irregular, often elongated and sinuated,
about th of an inch broad; dissepiments rigid, subacute,
slightly toothed.
_ This species, though thicker, has somewhat the appearance of
P. Menziesii, but has larger pores, by which character again it
is at once distinguished from P. brunneolus, as also from P. Cu-
bensis, with which it has a greater or less resemblance. It appears
to be certainly undescribed.

21. Polyporus cinnabarinus, Fr. Ep. p. 473; Sallé, no. 29.
On charred wood. ,

22. Polyporus holosclerus, Berk. im Hook. Lond. Journ. of Bot.
vol. vi. p.501; Sallé, no. 40. On dead wood.

23. Polyporus versicolor, Fr. Ep. p. 478; Sallé, no. 44. On

13*

196 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

24. Polyporus velutinus, Fr. Ep. p. 478; Sallé, no. 39 (in part).
On dead wood. A few specimens intermixed with Trametes occi-
dentalis. .

25. Polyporus elongatus, Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. vol. i.
p- 149; Sallé, no.388. On dead wood. )

The specimens are of a beautiful fawn-colour and a more shi-
ning aspect than others, but I am unwilling to separate them
specifically. The figure of P. flabellum in the ‘ History of Cuba’
is an exact representation of them, though my authentic speci-
mens accord more closely with other samples of P. elongaius,
which is a most widely diffused species.

26. Polyporus (Resupinatus) vinctus, n.s. Totus resupinatus,
centro crassiusculus margine tenuis subliberatus supra sanguineo-
tinctus ; poris minimis pallidis contextu lignicolori. Sallé, no. 34.
On dead wood.

Spreading for many inches over the decayed wood, 2 lines or
more thick in the centre, very thin at the extreme margin, where
the upper surface is separable, smooth, and stained with blood-
colour. Pores scarcely visible to the naked eye, pallid, a line or
more long ; dissepiments thin ; substance wood-colour.

I have no species in my collection at all resembling this.
No. 87 is a form of the same species, with the whole substance
thinner and the margin lobed. The liberated portions are not
stained as in the thicker form.

27. Trametes hydnoides, Fr. Ep. p. 490 ; Sallé, no. 30, no. 72
(Mycelium). On dead wood.

28. Trametes occidentalis, Fr. Ep. p. 491; Sallé, no. 20, 39
{in part), no. 31 (forma resupinata). On dead wood. A very
variable species, approaching in some of its forms to Pol. hirsutus
or its allied species. The specimens with. a spongy coat are
nearest to the type; the others are rather referable to P. velu-
linus, as it oceurs in tropical countries with a yellowish texture.

29. Hexagonia variegata, Berk. Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. x.
p- 380; Sallé, no. 21. On dead wood. A common species im
Central America and neighbouring countries. —.

Characters of this species were not published in the place
quoted above, because it was supposed by Dr. Montagne to be a
form of his H. aculeata. Having however seen specimens from
various quarters, I am now convinced of “its being distinct, and
therefore remedy the previous omission.

Pileo tenui coriaceo dimidiato rugoso crebri-zonato multicolori
velutino ; hymenio umbrino poris mediis.

Pileus 4 inches or more across, thin, coriaceous, rough with
radiating wrinkles repeatedly zoned, with rich tints of chocolate-
brown, chestnut, &c.; margin undulated or lobed, generally paler ;
clothed with short velvety down. Hymenium and substance

Jy 3. 2 al
ves einai

Rey. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 197

umber-brown, inclining to ferruginous ; pores ;/,th of an inch in
diameter.

Nearly allied to H. papyracea, but that is very flexible, and has
the pores about half the size of the present species. It is, like
that, entirely destitute of fascicles of hairs. 1 have it from Ja-
maica, British Guiana, and Key West.

30. Favolus induratus, n.s. Pileo reniformi vertice affixo gla-
berrimo hepatico, demum indurato ; poris subhexagonis magnis
margine attenuato dentato. Sallé, no.23. On wood.

Pileus 14 inch broad, 1 inch long, reniform, attached by the
vertex, which forms a little round disc, liver-coloured, smooth,
shining, depressed or convex, sometimes even, sometimes areolate
from the contraction of the substance between the pores. Pores
large, -'5th of an inch across, subhexagonal, sometimes projecting
beyond the edge of the pileus, moderately deep ; edge aitenuated,
toothed, paler than the pileus; in one specimen the walls are
obscurely tomentose, but this is probably accidental.

This is a fine species approaching to the type of Hexagonia, and
especially of H. decipiens, but evidently of a tough fleshy sub-
stance when fresh. The colour of the pileus is a rich liver-red.
The margin in the largest specimen is slightly waved and lobed.

81. Favolus tessellatus, Mont. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1843; Sallé,
no. 24. On dead wood.

The specimens are few and in bad condition, and scarcely re-
present the normal form of the species.

32. Favolus cucullatus, Mont. Cuba, p. 378; Sallé, no. 22.
On wood. I have fine specimens of this species from South

~ Carolina.
38. Laschia delicata, Fries, Ep. p. 499. Laschia tremellusa,
Fries, Summ. Veg. Sc.!; Sallé, no. 64. On dead wood.

Laschia velutina, Lév.!, is the same thing, as is also the Bra-
zilian Fungus in Gardner’s Brazilian collection, which I have
referred to Exidia fusco-succinea, Mont. Some specimens of
Exidia protracta, Lév., approach very near to it.

34. Irpex maximus, Mont. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1837; Sallé, no.28.
On dead wood.

This species approaches very closely to some forms of Poly-
porus hirsutus, and the St. Domingo specimens are scarcely di-
stinguishable from an authentic sample of Pol. lutescens, Pers.,
communicated many years since to Mr. Sowerby. The pores
are not more unlike those of Polyporus, than those of P. abie-
tinus, pergameneus, and many other species. Dr. Montagne,
indeed, referred the plant to Pol. labyrinthicus, Fries, in his
‘Fangi of Cuba,’ but that species belongs to a very different sec-
tion. I have therefore referred to the original description of the

198 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

species, leaving the task of giving it an appropriate name to the
great French cryptogamist.

85. Thelephora aurantiaca, Pers. in Gaud. Uranie, Bot. p- 176;
Sallé, no. 60. Amongst sticks, leaves, &c.

36. Thelephora caperata, Berk. and Mont. in Ann. d. Sc. Nat.
Apr. 1849; Sallé, no. 59. On dead wood.

837. Stereum damecorne, Fv. Ep. p. 546; Sallé, no. 58. On
the ground amongst sticks, leaves, &e. A noble species

38. Stereum nitidubem, Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot.
vol. ii. p. 638 ; Sallé, no. 54, 55. On the ground and on dead
wood.

The specimens are duller than those from Brazil, and scarcely
so much zoned, but I am unable to distinguish them specifically.

“if 39. Stereum fulvo-nitens, n. s. Paleo rigido tenui profunde
infundibuliformi nitido creberrime zonato hymenioque levi glabro
fulvis ; stipite brevissimo nigro. Sallé, no. 56. On dead wood.

Pileus coriaceous, thin, rigid when dry, deeply and regularly
infundibuliform, 1 inch or more across.and deep, shining, of a
beautiful rich tawny red, marked with close zones of a slightly

4 darker tinge finely striate; margin even, not plicate, Stem i of
an inch high, | line thick, blackish, dull, asif pulverulent. Bye . a
menium even, smooth, bright tawny.

A very beautiful species allied to S. elegans, but distinguished
by its regular form and brighter colowrs, especially that of the
hymenium.

~~~ 40. Stereum elegans, Fr. Ep. p. 545; Sallé, no. 57. On dead
wood.
~~“41. Stereum petalodes, n. s. Coriaceum ; primitus infundibuli-
forme demum fisso-multipartitum ; lobis striatis opacis subglabris;
hymenio pallido rimoso. Sallé, no. 58.

Densely crowded, at first infundibuliform, soon split into nu-

merous lobes, which are again more or less divided ; dull reddish
* brown, marked with long grooves ‘or striz ; hymenium pale,
much cracked, sometimes so much so as to be granulated.

Allied to 8. involutum, but much more split and lobed, with
an obsolete stem and paler hymenium. The hymenium is not
granulated from the beginning, but merely in consequence of

__ the frequent cracking of the fructiferous stratum.
42. Stereum fasciatum, Fr. Ep. p. 546 ; Sallé, no. 52. On dead

wood,

43. Stereum papyrinum, Mont. Cuba, p. 374; Sallé, no. 61,81.

On dead branches, St. Domingo and St. Thomas.
Thinner than in Dr. Montagne’s specimens, bnt otherwise the
same. The pubescence in the hymenium of Thelephora crassa,
Léy., consists of brown ascus-like sacs, which, as far as Ti nave

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 199

seen, seems to be the main distinction of that species. No. 62
is merely decomposed bark with a few scattered specks of the
same fungus.

44. Calocera divaricata, Berk. Lond. Journ. Bot. vol. i. p.140 ;
Sallé, no. 70. Var. ramis magis erectis. On twigs, amongst
leaves, &e.

The specimens are far finer than Dr. Hortman’s, and have all
the ramuli more erect, but I see no essential difference. The
stem is divided from the base, and is clothed below with white
down, as is indeed the case in the Surinam plant.

45. Evxidia hispidula, Berk. in Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. i.
p- 397; Sallé, no.63. On bark. I see no difference between
this and Auricularia lenta, Fries!

46. Ezidia Auricula Inde, Fries, Ep. p. 590; Sallé, no. 79.
On dead wood. Only two or three small specimens.

47. Clathrus crispus, Turpin, Berk. Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. ix.
p- 446. tab. 11; Sallé, no.65. On the ground.

48. Lycoperdon gemmatum, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. iii. p. 36;
Sallé, no. 66. On the ground.

49. Bovista cervina, Berk. in Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p.447 ;
Sallé, no. 67. On the ground.

Exactly according with Mr. Darwin’s specimens from Rio
Negro, Patagonia. “The spores are very shortly pedicellate, and
about 555th of an inch in diameter. In the St. Domingo spe-
cimens the orifice is strongly marked like that of the comynon
Tulostoma.

50. Stemonitis ferruginea, Ehrenb. Silv. Ber. p. 26. f.6 A, B ;
Sallé, no. 69. On dead leaves.

This seems to be exactly what Conds figures as S. typhoides.
The spores are about 5,/,,th of an inch in “diameter.

_ 51. Cyathus microsporus, Tul. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1844; Sallé,
no. 71. On branches of trees.

The spores of this species are much smaller than in others. My
micrometer gives their longer diameter 5,';5th of an inch, which
is (0078 mm.

Tulasne gives the measurement ‘0066 mm. His specimens,
like the present, are from St. Domingo.

52. Aschersonia turbinata, n. s. Stromatibus turbinatis sur-
sum liberis excavatis deorsum conuatis; sporis breviter fusifor-
mibus. Sallé, no. 75. On leaves, generally confined to the
upper surface.

Forming little scattered fascicles about 2 lines high, consisting
of three or four turbinate bodies which are connate below, exca-
vated above, even or granulated externally ; margin acute, some
times strongly plicate ; disc more or less wrinkled and furrowed,
-.studded with the orifices of the perithecia, which are sometimes

200 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

sunk in cracks, sometimes exposed. Perithecia oblong, ocea-
sionally confluent, narrowed above into a long necx, nearly
colourless, consisting of delicate intricate threads, which pass
into slender sporophores surmounted by short fusiform simple
spores about 37/;5th of an inch long.

The stroma consists of thickish threads which vary somewhat
in diameter, and are loosely woven together towards the base, but
closely packed towards the surface, and very frequently anasto-
mosing, so as at last to form a dense, almost cellular substance.
I have not observed any sepia in the spores, but their absence
will not justify me in separating this species from the other
individuals of the genus. This is certainly one of the most
curious species in the collection. It resembles at first sight
small dried specimens of Bulgaria sarcoides.

53. Uredo Domingensis, n.s. Hypophylla; maculis nullis,
soris sparsis orbicularibus epidermide persistente cinctis ; sporis
obovatis granulatis pallidis. Sallé, no. 78. On leaves of some
unknown plant, probably a Solanad.

Hypophyllous ; spots none ; sori irregularly scattered, some-
times confluent, surrounded by the persistent epidermis; clino-
dium flat ; spores oblong, ,} 5th of an inch long, +,gth thick,

pallid, granulated.
‘This appears to be a true Uredo according to Léveille’s defi-
nition.

54. Ustilago leucoderma,n.s. Ambiens crusta dealbata tecta
sporis atris opacis irregulari-subglobosis magnis filamentis paucis
brevibus variis intermixtis. Sallé, no. 76. On the sheaths of
some sedge.

Investing the successive sheaths in patches an inch or more in
length, clothed externally with a white rugged crust. Spores
tz 50th of an inch in diameter; black, subglobose, rather irre-
gular, perfectly smooth, mixed with a few short variously-shaped
transparent filaments or membranous fragments. :

This species has much the habit of U. hypodytes, but is distin-
guished by its white crust and far larger and very different spores.
Externally it has a very strong resemblance to Ustilago typhoides,
Berk., but the spores are darker and exceed those of that species
many times in diameter.

55. Ustilago axicola, n. s.. Piluleformis axim spicarum de-
formans ; sporis subglobosis majoribus subpellucidis immixtis
filamentis hyalinis. Sallé, no. 74. Infesting the lower part of
the axis of the spikelets of some Scirpoid plant.

Forming little dusty irregular balls principally on the lower
spikelets, and in these generally occupying the inferior portion
of their axis. Spores about ;,455th of an inch across, globose,
smooth, rather pellucid, with a distinct nucleus.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 201

If a section is made through the axis the tissue is found to be
entirely deranged, a few spiral vessels only being visible, and on
the sides, which are very dark, perforated with a series of globose
cavities, the whole of the darker portion being converted into a
cellular stroma. Pellucid branched filaments traverse the cavi-
ties, and are mixed with and attached to the spores, sometimes
in considerable numbers.

The nearest species to it is doubtless Ustilago Montagnei, from
which it differs in its more globose and larger spores. Those
of that species are z;';5th of an inch in diameter. When the
spores of the two are placed together on the field of the micro-
scope, there is a marked difference.

_ 56. Cephaleuros densus, Kze.; Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. ii. p. 327 ;
Sallé, no.77. On coriaceous leaves. :

57. Peziza Domingensis,u.s. Sessilis ; cupula plane margine
undulato, extus glabra pallida hymenio vinoso-fasco. Sallé, no. 42.
Apparently on wood, but with mould attached to the base. St:
Domingo and St. Thomas.

Cup 1 inch or more across, sessile or very slightly elon-
gated and wrinkled at the base, externally smooth and even, pale
salmon-coloured ; margin undulated, at first somewhat incurved ;
hymenium of a rich vinous-chocolate. Asci cylindrical, very
long, straight ; sporidia elliptic, with two nuclei which are how-
ever mostly confluent.

Resembling somewhat small specimens of Gleoporus con-
choides. It is very hard when dry. I cannot point out any
closely allied species. Though not oblique, it seems to be nearest
to such species as P. onotica, or perhaps to the two pedunculate
species which follow.

The same species is probably presented also by no. 83, of
which there is but a single specimen. At first sight it looks lke
a Merulius, but the veins merely arise from the contraction of the
hymenium. This undoubtedly grows on wood.

58. Peziza hystriz, n.s. Cupula subglobosa cum stipite gra-
cili setis longis cellulosis exasperata ; sporidiis ellipticis apicibus
apiculatis. Sallé, no.35. On dead wood.

Cup 3 of an inch or more broad, subglobose, with the margin
strongly inflected when dry, clothed, especially towards the mar-
gin, with long stiff bristles, which are composed of numerous
linear cells. Stem 1 inch high, scarce a line thick, flexuous,
sparingly sprinkled with bristles like the pileus. Hymenium
concave. Sporidia elliptic, pointed at either end. Endochrome
searcely bipartite. The colour of the whole when fresh is pro-
bably scarlet.

This species is closely allied to P. sulcipes and P. Hindsii, but
~dlistinguished from both by its long bristles. These do not, like

202 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo.

the bristles of P. seutellata and many other species, consist of a
single row of cells, but are composed of a great many connate
articulated threads. P. tricholoma, Mont., is smaller, and _
the external surface costate.

59. Peziza Hindsii, Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. vol. i. p. 456 ;
Sallé, no.86. On dead wood.

This species closely resembles P. sulcipes, Berk., of which I
have a specimen from Dr. Montagne marked P. tricholoma, but
which does not at all accord with his figure or description.
There are no anostomosing raised lines on the surface of the cup,
and the bristles are very much shorter. P. Afzelii, Fr. Nov.
Symb. p. 105; Afz. Ic. f. 50, is a smaller species of the same
group.

60. Hypoxylon vulgare (Spheria Hypoxylon, Hhr. ), Sallé,
no.49. On dead wood. Abundant.

61. Hypoxylon comosum, Mont. Ann. d. Se. Nat. 1840; Sallé,
no:51. On dead sticks. A single specimen.

62. Hypoxylon obtusissimum, n. s. Capitulo brevi late ellip-
tico-clavato obtusissimo stipite brevissimo, cuticula fragili tenui,
ostiolis minutissimis. Sallé, no. 47.

Head 13 inch long, nearly 1 inch thick, elliptico-clavate, very
obtuse, covered with a thin brittle purple-brown coat, darker be-

low. Surface smooth, with the exception of the extremely mi-

nute ostiola, which are scarcely visible to the naked eye. Stem
extremely short.

This species has the habit of H. allantoideum, but differs in its
very thin brittle cuticle and the much smaller ostiola. H. zey-
lanicum is far more rigid, besides being rather different in habit.

63. Hypoxylon Domingense, n.s. Maxima cylindrico-clave-
formis deorsum furcata rigida laccata fusco-purpurea ostiolis pro-
minulis asperula sursum involuta. Sallé, no. 46. On dead wood.

Heads cylindrico-clavate, 6 inches high, 3 5 of an inch thick,
forked below, hard, rigid, covered with a dull purple-brown, lac-
cate, minutely cracked crust, involute above, slightly rough with
the ostiola, which are visible to the naked eye. Stem distinct,
about 1 inch high.

This magnificent species resembles closely H. allantoideum,
but is more cylindrical, longer, minutely cracked and involute

above. It resembles also Hyp. fistulosum, Lév., which has how- -

ever more prominent ostiola and more regular obtuse heads. I
do not know any other speeies with which it requires comparison.
Its habit in its own section resembles somewhat that of well-

developed specimens of HH. corniformis, but stouter and more

shortly stipitate.

64. Hypoxylon grammicum, Mont. Ann. d. siege Nat. Apr. 1840;

Sallé, no. 45. On dead branches.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on some Fungi from St. Domingo. 203

The specimens seem just intermediate between this and H.
rhopaloides. Unfortunately I have no authentic sample of Dr:
Montagne’s plant, and therefore cannot speak positively. H. rho-
paloides from Cuba and Surinam is farsmaller. This is just the
size of what Dr. Montagne figures, but is obtuse and not acute.

No. 50 is apparently a more slender and dwarf form of the
same species.

Les? Hypoxylon concentricum (Bolton sub Spheria), Sallé,

0.48. On dead wood.

This is as strongly lacquered as Hypoxylon vernicosum, the

essential character of which resides in the loose cellular character
of its substance.
_ 66. Spheria (Civcumscripte) Sallei, n. s. Orbicularis suban-
gulata convexa; stromate atropurpureo; ostiolis longis subru-
gosis divergentibus basi velatis. Sallé, no. 82. On bzanches of
trees.

Pustules 1-3 lines broad, orbicular, rather angular, immersed
in the bark ; stroma purplish black, extending over the base of
the divergent, somewhat rugged, elongated, linear, subconical
ostiola.

Unfortunately I have not been able to find any fructification
in this fine species.

67. Meliola amphitricha, Mont. Cuba, p. 326; Sallé, no. 73.
On leaves of some Smilax.

The following species of the collection are indeterminable :—

10. Some Tricholoma near Ag. Columbetta or A. albus.

2. Some Naucoria, abundant, but in the absence of notes I
cannot say what species.

11. Some Lepiota, probably a new species allied to A. illinitus.

58. A single specimen of an imperfect Marasmius.

68. Mycelium.
80. Some fungus unknown. A single specimen without fruc-
tification.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIIL.
Fig. 1. a, Aschersonia turbinata, nat. size; 5, vertical section of stroma

—
i
&
Le
a

sighiiy magnified ; c, section of perithecium and stroma magnified
250 diameters ; d, spores; @, pecan more highly magnified.

Fig. 2. f, section of Ustilago axicola, magnified ; g, a portion of ditto more
highly magnified ; 4, spores as seen under a power of 250 dia-
meters.

Fig. 3. Spores of Ustilago leucoderma magnified to the same degree as (h).

Fig. 4. Spores of Ustilago Montagnei drawn to the same scale as (A).

204 Mr. J. Walton on two British species

XVII.—Descriptions of two new British genera of Insects, and of
two new species, belonying to the family Curculionide. By
Joun Watton, F.L.S.

Genus TracuopEs, Schiipp., Germ., Schinh.

Char. Gen. ‘‘ Antenne moderate, rather slender; funiculus
seven-jointed ; the two basal joints obconic, the first stouter than
the second, the remainder subnodose, very gradually increasing
in breadth; the club short, ovate. Rostrum elongate, rather
slender, round, linear and curved. Thorax truncate at the base
and apex, rounded at the sides, and coarctate in front. Scu-
tellum none. Elytra subovate, subtruncate at the base, the hu-
meral angles subrotundate, attenuated towards the apex, mode-
rately convex above.”

Obs. Body ovate, convex, hispid, apterous, and of small size.

Trachodes hispidus, Linn., Germ., Schénh.
Rhynch. squamifer, Gyll.

Ovate, convex, fusco-piceous, hispid, clothed with depressed
cinereous scales, and with erect scales. Head small, rounded,
rufo-piceous, the vertex very convex and minutely punctured;
eyes black, depressed ; rostrum longer than the head and thorax,
sublinear, slender, curved, rufescent, minutely punctate-striate
at the base, smooth and shining towards the apex. Antenne
inserted a little behind the middle of the rostrum, rather thick,
rufescent. ‘Thorax subglobose, piceous, narrowed at the base
and apex, rounded at the sides, somewhat convex above, pulvi-
nated and closely punctulated ; densely clothed at the sides with
small cinereous scales and sparingly so on the disc, besides which
there are two or four longitudinal rows of erect black scales.
Scutellum none. Elytra ovate, very convex above, piceous, con-
nate, attenuated at the apex, deeply sulcate, the sulci impunctate,
the interstices indistinctly rugulose and alternately elevated ;
clothed with depressed cinereous scales, variegated towards the
apex, forming, in recent specimens, a large cordiform fascia com-
mon to both elytra, and having likewise from six to eight parallel
rows of erect black scales on the interstices. Legs elongate,
rufescent ; femora obscure, stout, clavate, each armed with a large
acute tooth, and annulated with pale scales ; all the tibie dilated
at their apices similar to Anthonomus Ulmi. Length 2 lines.

I have a foreign specimen of this insect forwarded to me by
the late M. Schonherr ; at first sight it resembles Acalles Roboris
of Curtis, from which however it widely differs in the form of the
rostrum, the want of a pectoral groove, the length and form of
the legs, and in having the femora armed and the tibie dilated.

ee

of Trachodes and Acalyptus. 205

T. C. Heysham, Esq., picked up a specimen eight years ago,
of this remarkable and interesting insect, not far from Carlisle,
which he kindly forwarded to me for my examination ; since
which another has been captured by Mr. W. Walker from the
trunk of an oak in the New Forest, in May 1850; these I believe
are all the specimens known to have been found in England.

Genus Acatyprtus, Schénh.

Char. Gen. “ Antennz moderate, rather slender; funiculus
seven-jointed ; the two basal joints elongate, obconic, the first
longer and stouter than the second, the remainder very short,
truncate at their apices, coarctate, gradually increasing in
breadth ; club oval. Rostrum elongate, slender, linear, curved.
Eyes lateral, rounded and slightly convex. Thorax bisinuated at
the base, narrowed in front, a little rounded at the sides, and
truncate at the apex. Elytra quadrate-ovate, rather convex above,
regularly rounded at the apex; pygidium exposed.”

Obs. This genus greatly resembles Tychius in its general habit,
from which it chiefly differs in the structure of the terminal joints
of the funiculus of the antennz, in its linear slender rostrum,
subdepressed body, and its sericeous piliform scales.

Acalyptus Carpini, Hbst, Gyll., Schonh.
— sericeus var. y, Schonh. Supp.
— rufipennis var., Schonh.

Black, subdepressed, covered with shining silvery-white scales.
Head small, suborbiculate, depressed, black, very finely punc-
tured ; eyes rotundate, brown, a little prominent ; rostrum rather
longer than the head and thorax, linear, curved, black, subopake,
and very minutely punctured throughout. Antennz rather short,
slender, entirely pale testaceous; sometimes with the club ob-
secure. Thorax scarcely broader than long, much narrowed in
front, very little rounded at the sides, slightly bisinuated at the
base, nearly flat above, black and closely punctulated ; densely
clothed with decumbent, piliform, shining, sericeous or silvery-
white scales. Scutellum small, round, sericeous. Elytra much
broader anteriorly than the base of the thorax, more than three
times the length, the shoulders elevated, with the sides straight,
each elytron regularly rounded at the apex, nearly plane above,
black, piceous or testaceous, subremotely punctate-striate, the
interstices flat, coriaceous ; densely covered with scales similar to
those of the thorax. Body black, punctulated beneath ; the py-
gidium exposed ; the breast densely, and the abdomen sparingly,
squamous. Legs moderate, sparingly pubescent ; femora robust
in the middle, rufo-ferruginous, or totally pale testaceous ; eden-

_tate. Length 1-13 line.

206 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Extremely variable in size and in the colour of the elytra; spe-
cimens occur of various shades from rufous to black.

The two foreign insects in the cabinet of Mr. Kirby sent by
Gyllenhal, with the name “ Carpini,” agree with British speci-
mens. I possess a foreign insect from Dr. Germar named Aca-
lypius rufipennis, which I have no doubt is a variety of this,
having pale elytra.

First discovered as a British insect by Mr. 8. Stevens, who
found it whilst beating the sallow blossoms, on the 28th of April,
in a small wood near Fenny Stratford; to whose liberality 1 am
indebted for specimens.

XVIII.—On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of
some new Species of that family. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D.

&c.*
[Continued from page 103.]

Genus Dysaster, Agassiz.

Test ovate or subdiscoidal ; ambulacra simple, continuous and
radiant ; the posterior pair separated from the others, and con-
verging to form a summit at some distance behind that formed
at the apical disc by the antero-lateral pair and anterior single
ambulacrum which gives value to the name Dysaster. Upper
surface of the test smooth and convex, under surface much undu-
Jated from the convexity of the interambulacra and the straight-
ness of the ambulacra. Tubercles small, mammillated and per-
forate, and surrounded by a circular depression ; apical dise situ-
ated at the junction of the three anterior ambulacra, and formed
of four perforated ovarial plates which are intimately soldered

* I have dedicated Pygaster Morrisii to my friend John Morris, Esq.,
ee of the learned authors of a Monograph of the Mollusca of the Great
Oolite.

_ After the first part of this paper was printed, I met with a specimen of
Hyboclypus caudatus with the apical disc preserved in situ, which I regret
was not found before the plate containing the details of the anatomy of _
that species was completed. The disc is formed of two small anterior ovarial
plates, the right plate supporting the madreporiform body, and two larger
posterior ovarial plates; between them and occupying the centre of the
dise are four small rhomboidal plates, which probably represent the single
ovarial plate composed of two valves, and the two posterior ocular plates
displaced from their normal position in consequence of the posterior pair
of ambulacra terminating in this genus at a short distance behind the apical
disc; at the summits of the single and anterior pair of ambulacra are three
small ocular plates with distinct eye-holes ; the posterior ambulacra have no
ocular plates at their summits; these elements according to my view are
transposed to the centre of the dise to give greater expansion to the strue-
ture in this region. ; :

a eee
ea Ue

i

;

ne 4 ~'*

“
»

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 207

to the adjoming portion of the test, and having the madrepori-
form body on the surface of the mght anterior plate; there are
three ocular plates at the summits of the ambulacra with small
eyeholes in depressions thereof ; base concave and much undu-
lated ; mouth excentral, simple and pentagonal, situated near the
anterior border; anus oblong or pyriform, marginal or submar-
ginal, situated at the posterior surface, and sometimes encircled
by the postero-lateral ambulacra.

Dysaster ringens, Agassiz.

Syn. Dysaster ringens, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suisse, Part 1. p. 5.
tab. 1. fig. 7-11; Agass. Cat. Syst. p.3; Desor, Monograph
des Dysaster, p. 24. tab. 1. fig. 13-17; Cotteau, Etudes des
Echin. Foss. p. 46. tab. 2. fig. 10-13 ; Agassiz and Desor, Ca-
talog. raisonné, A. S. N. tome viii. p. 33; Forbes, Mem. Geol.
Surv. Decade iii. pl. 9.

Collyrites ringens, Desmoulins, 3rd Mém. sur les Echin. p. 368.

Dysaster Eudesii, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 3 ; Desor, Monogr. des Dys-

- aster, p. 23. t. 1. fig. 5-12.

Dysaster subringens, M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. ii.
p- 415.

Test suborbicular or subpentagonal, rounded anteriorly, rostrated
posteriorly ; dorsal surface convex and depressed ; sides tumid ;
vertex nearly central ; ambulacra widely disjoined, posterior
pair forming an arch above the anal opening; anus pyriform,
marginal, and situated im a terminal sulcus; base concave,
much undulated ; interambulacra tumid, the single posterior
area very prominent and much deflected ; mouth small, sub-
central and subpentagonal.

Height /,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and
zgth, transverse diameter 1 inch. As this Urchin presents very
variable proportions, we subjoin the following table of the di-
mensions of eight specimens from the Bridport Oolite by Pro-
fessor Forbes* in inches and twelfths :—

A.|B.|C.|D.|E.|F G.| H
Length ....| 15) 1,;/01/0,3,| 022 | 0,3,/ 039/013
Breadth ....}1 | 1, 034/0,%,| 0,4,/ 0,8,| org | 012
Thickness .. | 05% | 03% | O7y | 0% | 05) O75 | 055/ 05%

_ Description.—The preceding table of dimensions shows how
much the general outline of D. ringens varies, being nearly orbi-

Ee." * Memoirs Geol. Survey, Decade iii. pl. 9.

208 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

cular, subpentagonal or oblong, with almost every intermediate
form blending the two extremes in different individuals; the dorsal
surface is uniformly smooth and convex, elevated posteriorly,
gently declined anteriorly, and more or less depressed, the vertex
being situated in general nearer the posterior than the anterior
border; the sides are tumid, the anterior part is flattened, and
the posterior is produced ; the antero-lateral region is narrower
than the postero-lateral ; the prominence of the interambulacra
in some individuals produces the subpentagonal varietics. The
ventral surface is very unequal, the convexity of the interambu-
lacra amounting to nodulose eminences ; the posterior single area
in particular is very gibbous, prominent, and much deflected ; its
posterior surface is truncated and channelled to form the anal
valley, which is bounded by two ridges, commencing at the
apices of the posterior ambulacra, and passing downwards and
outwards towards the base, where they may be traced on the
summit of the gibbous area as far as the mouth; in the upper
part of the marginal valley and nearly on a level with the dorsal
surface the anal opening is situated, having a pyriform shape,
with the apex directed upwards. The ambulacra are of unequal
width, the posterior pair being the widest ; the anterior arez are
about the same width ; the single ambulacrum is gently sinuous,
the antero-laterals curve gracefully towards each other, and the
three aree converge at the apical disc near the centre of the
dorsal surface; the posterior pair are somewhat wider than the
others, they curve gracefully round the single interambulacrum,
form an arch over its produced and truncated border, and con-
verge above the anal opening; the ambulacra are all complete,
and pass continuously from the mouth to the two dorsal sum-
mits ; they are formed of pairs of small plates, about one-fourth
the depth of the interambulacral plates, each plate being perfo-
rated at its outer side with two small pores; the ambulacra be-
come wider about the mouth, and the pores increase in number,
forming three oblique series of three pairs in each. The inter-
ambulacra are of unequal width ; on the dorsal surface they are
on a level with the ambulacra, but on the ventral surface they
form nodulose eminences between them—so much so, that the
ventral is as remarkable for its undulations as the dorsal is for
the smoothness of its surface ; the single interambulacrum being
prominent and gibbous superiorly, posteriorly and inferiorly, but
especially so in the latter region. The apical disc is a very cu-
rious structure, and is formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial
plates, disposed in pairs, at some distance apart, and separated
by three largely developed ocular plates which extend into the
centre of the disc; the anterior pair of ovarials are of an irre-
gular form, and separate the single ambulacrum from the antero-

|
‘|
i
i
i
‘

os $9 2-0. se ut a a
a 22 cao ae

og Ss V > rer > 5), celle gaia aaa

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 209

lateral ambulacra ; on the surface of the right plate is placed the
madreporiform body ; behind and between them is a small dia-
mond-shaped plate occupying the median line, its anterior angle
uniting with the apex of the single ambulacrum, and its poste-
rior border with the anterior ovarials ; behind these are two rhom-
boidal-shaped plates, which articulate before with the anterior
ovarials, laterally with the apices of the antero-lateral ambulacra,
and behind with the posterior pair of ovarial plates; near the
points of junction of these plates with the ambulacra, the small
eyeholes are situated ; behind the rhomboidal ocular plates, the
small oblong posterior ovarial plates are situated. I can detect
no ocular plates at the summits of the posterior ambulacra; a
fact, which in some measure serves to account for the concentra-
tion of the formative power on the three anterior ocular plates
which exhibit such a disproportionate development in the apical
dise of Dysaster. As this structure has not been accurately de-
scribed by former observers, I have taken advantage of the cir-
cumstance of having before me a specimen most favourable for
this purpose, and which I have carefully examined with the mi-
croscope under an inch object-glass.

The mouth is more or less subcentral, and lodged in a conca-
vity; it is of a pentagonal form, and is about one-eighth of the
length of the shell. The surface of the test is covered with small
tubercles having punctated summits, and surrounded by a cir-
cular depression ; they are larger on the ventral than on the
dorsal surface, but are microscopic on both, and the intermediate
surface of the plates is minutely granulated.

| Affinities and differences.—Many of our specimens of this
Urchin agree with the figures of D. Eudesii in M. Desor’s mo-
nograph, whilst others have the depressed dorsal surface and
angular outline of D. ringens, and as we have a series of inter-
mediate forms connecting the extremes, it is probable that the
former may only be a variety of the latter species. Qn this sub-
ject M. Cotteau* observes, that he collected with M. Moreau,
from the “ Oolite ferrugineuse ” of Tour du Pré, a suite of spezi-
mens of D. ringens presenting various degrees of tumidity and
more or less circularity of outline, and among which were all the
gradations conducting to D. Eudesii, from which he concluded
that the individual figured in his monograph, and which may be
taken as a fair representation of many of our specimens, is a small
and more elongated variety of D. ringens. This conclusion, ac-
cording to Prof. Forbest, is in accordance with the experience of
the officers of the Geological Survey.

. Locality and stratigraphical range.—Dysaster ringens var. Eu-.

* Etudes des Echinides Foss. p- 48.
+ Mem. Geol. Surv. Decade iii. pl. 9.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 14

210 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

desii has been collected in the sands of the Inferior Oolite in’
Somerset and Dorset. Our specimens are from between Sher-
borne and Yeovil, Barton-Bradstock, Bridport, and Chideock
Hill. On the continent it has been found in the “ Marnes Vésu-
liennes”’ of the Jura by Agassiz, in the ferruginous Oolite of
Normandy by Deslongchamps, and in the same stratum at Tour
du Pré by Cotteau. Prof. M‘Coy states that it is not uncommon
in the Inferior Oolite of Leckhampton ; but this is a mistake, as
it is not within the experience of any of the local collectors, that
a Dysaster was ever found in that locality ; it is said however to
occur in the Cornbrash near Cirencester, but we have not seen the
specimens.

History.—Dysaster ringens was recorded for the first time by
Agassiz in his ‘ Prodrome*,’ and has been successively figured
and described in his ‘ Echin. Foss.,’ by M. Desor in his ‘ Monogr.
des Dysaster,’ by Prof. Forbes in his ‘ Memoirs of the Geological
Survey,’ by M. Cotteau in his ‘ Etudes des Echinides, and was
mentioned by Desmoulins under the name of Collyrites ringens.

Dysaster bicordatus, Desor.

Syn. Dysaster bicordatus, Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p. 9. tab. 2.
fig. 1-4 ; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echin., A. 8. N.
tom. vill. p. 31.

Dysaster symmetricus, M‘Coy, Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 414,

2nd Series.

Robinaldinus, Cotteau, Etudes des Echinides, p. 75. tab. 7.

fig. 1, 5. :

Test thin, oval, anterior and posterior borders nearly uniform in
convexity ; sides tumid ; dorsal surface convex, sometimes flat-
tened ; vertex excentral, situated near the anterior third ; anus
supra-marginal, postero-lateral ambulacra forming an arch
over the anal opening; base convex, without undulations ;
mouth-opening small, situated at about the junction of the

~ anterior with the middle third of the base.

Height at vertex 33ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter
1 inch, transverse diameter ;%,ths of an inch.

Description.—The regular oval outline of this Dysaster forms
a contrast to the orbicular and subpentagonal figure of D. ringens
var. Eudesii; the sides are tumid, the dorsal and basal surfaces
are smooth and convex, and the test has a uniformly gibbous
appearance ; the ambulacra are all complete, passing from the
mouth to their terminations on the dorsal surface without inter-
ruption, and both on the dorsal and ventral surfaces being on a
level with the interambulacral arez ; the three anterior ambu-

* Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. nat. de Neuchatel.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 211

lacra converge about the anterior third of the back ; the apex of
the single anterior area is separated from those of the antero-
laterals by the anterior pair of ovarial plates ; the single ambu-
lacrum is the narrowest, and the postero-lateral ambulacra are
the widest ; the anterior border is slightly flattened, and in the
centre of this space the single ambulacrum passes in a straight
line from the vertex to the mouth ; at the apex of this area there
is a small prominent subtriangular eminence which forms the
highest point of the test, so that in this species the vertex is
situated at the anterior third of the back, whilst in D. ringens it
is in the posterior third; the antero-lateral ambulacra curve
gently upwards, backwards and forwards from the mouth to the
apical disc, forming thereby a gently undulated line; the pos-
tero-lateral ambulacra take a long sinuous course from the
mouth, passing backwards, outwards and upwards over the pos-
terior border, and converging near the median line above the
anal opening, over which they form an arch; the apices of the
postero-lateral ambulacra converge on the back at the distance
of 2,ths of an inch behind the antero-lateral ambulacra; the
pores are placed in oblique pairs, and are very distinct on the
sides and back, but on the ventral surface they are small and
very indistinct ; in the specimens before me the interambulacral
plates are large and bent, each forming a double inclined plane ;
the arez are uniformly smooth and gibbous, the single interam-
bulacrum is obliquely bevelled and slightly flattened, and at the
extreme upper part of this area, nearly on a level with the dorsal
surface, the anus is lodged; the opening has a pyriform shape
with the apex directed upwards, from its lateral walls two obtuse
ridges pass downwards and outwards ; the basal portion of this
area is a little more gibbous and produced than the other area.
The ventral surface is convex with scarcely any undulation, an-
teriorly there is a’slight concavity, and posteriorly an increased
convexity occasioned by the gibbosity of the single interambu-
lacrum ; the mouth is lodged in a slight depression, the opening
is small and subpentagonal, and is situated about the anterior
fourth part of the antero-posterior diameter of the test ; the exact
relative situation of this aperture appears to vary in the different
individuals I have measured. The apical disc is situated behind
the subtriangular apical eminence, and therefore occupies the
anterior third of the back ; it has a lengthened rhomboidal figure
and is formed very much like the dise in D. ringens, of which
we have already given a detailed description ; the four perforated
ovarial plates and the three large curiously implanted ocular
plates are seen very distinctly in the specimen before me; the
right ovarial plate supports the madreporiform body. The ele-

. 4 ~- ments of the disc are in general so entirely united with the ad-

14*

212 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

joining pieces of the shell, that it is only in weathered specimens,
or in those where the test has passed into the condition of calca-
reous spar, that we can distinguish the separate pieces of which
it is formed. The surface of the shell is covered with small
tubercles surrounded by circular depressions, between which
numerous microscopic granules are scattered; the spines are
unknown.

Affinities and differences.—In its general outline D. bicordatus
resembles D. ringens, but is distinguished from it by the follow-
ing characters : in D. bicordatus the highest point of the back is

near the anterior third, whilst in D. ringens it is at the posterior -

third ; in D. bicordatus the ventral surface is nearly uniformly
convex, in D. ringens it is very much undulated ; in D. bicordatus
the apical disc is situated near the anterior third of the dorsal sur-
face, whilst in D. ringens it is nearly central; the single inter-,
ambulacrum is not so much developed, the anal opening is
larger and higher up, and the anal valley is more rudimentary in
D. bicordatus than in D. ringens. By its height and dimensions
and the disposition of the ambulacra, and the high’position of

the anus and rudimentary valley, D. bicordatus closely resembles .

D. Robinaldinus. M.: Cotteau however thinks it is distinct ; but
we have before us specimens from the Inferior Oolite so closely
resembling the figure given by him in his ‘ Etudes des Echinides,’
that we suspect Cotteau’s species to be a variety of D. bicordatus.
We have before remarked, that in our opinion a greater or less
elevation of the dorsal surface or a flattening of the borders of the
test do not per se constitute specific characters ; for this reason we
consider D. symmetricus as only an oval variety of D. bicordatus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.— This species has been col-
lected with D. ringens by the officers of the Geological Survey
from the sands of the Inferior Oolite of Dorsetshire. I have
never had the good fortune to find it in the same stratum in
Gloucestershire ; it may however occur at Frocester and Wootton-
under-Edge, where the sands of the Inferior Oolite attain a great
development.

History.—First figured and described by Desor in his ‘ Monogr.
des Dysaster,’ afterwards by Cotteau under the name D. Robi-
naldinus in his ‘ Etudes des Echinides Fossiles, and described
under the name D. symmetricus by Prof. M‘Coy ; recorded as oc-
curring in abundance in the Inferior Oolites of Dorsetshire by the
officers of the Geological Survey.

Dysaster ovalis, Agass.

Syn. Dysaster ovalis, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. 3; Desor, Monogr. des
Dysaster, p. 15. tab. 3. fig. 21-23; Agassiz and Desor’s Cata-
logue raisonné des Echinides, A. 8. N. tom. viii. p. 32.

A a a

ee

A ie aa lll eatiaaae

a oa

ea Hk
Tp Ee ait le

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 218

Spatangus ovalis, Parkinson, Org. Rem. vol. iii. tab. 3. fig. 3 ; Phil-
lips, Geol. of Yorksh. vol. i. p. 127. tab. 4. fig. 23 ; Young and
Bird, Geol. of York. pl. 6. fig. 9.

Var. A. Dysaster propinquus, Agass. Echin. Foss. Suisse, i. p.2. tab. 1.
fig. 1-3 ; Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p. 14. tab. 3. fig. 24—26 ;
Agassiz and Desor’s Catalogue raisonné des Echinides, p. 32.

Var. B. Dysaster truncatus, Dubois, Voy. au Cauc. (Ser. Geol.) tab. 1.
fig. 1; Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p.17. tab. 13, des Galerites,
fig.8—11 ; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echinides, p. 32.

Var. major. Height 48ths of an inch, antero-posterior dia-
meter 1 inch and ;4ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;?;ths.
Var. minor. Height 33ths of an inch, antero-posterior dia-
meter 1 inch and ;5,ths, transverse diameter }8ths of an inch.
Description.—The general outline of this Dysaster is oval, the
anterior border however forms the segment of a iarger circle
than the posterior border, which is produced and truncated ; the
upper surface is uniformly convex, the sides are tumid, and the
base is flat ; the ambulacral arez are relatively wide, the anterior
siugle ambulacrum and the antero-lateral ambulacral arez con-
verge at the apical disc, near the centre of the back ; the single
area descends in a depression which grooves the anterior border
of the test, and the base thereof as far as the mouth ; the antero-
lateral ambulacra are gently sinuous, and form graceful curves
over the sides of the shell; having their apices separated from
that of the single area by the anterior pair of ovarial plates ; the
ro-lateral ambulacra are relatively wider than the antero-
laterals, they take a straight direction at the base, are slightly
-sinuous on the sides, and converge at about the posterior third
of the back, at a point about midway between the apical disc and
the anal opening. The interambulacral arez are formed of large
plates, the single area is produced and sometimes truncated, and
the anal opening is situated at the superior part of the posterior
border between the point of convergence of the postero-lateral
ambulacra and the basal angle.
~The mouth-opening is excentral and lodged in a depression
near the anterior border, about the anterior fourth of the base;
the surface of the shell is covered with small tubercles, very uni-
form in size on the different parts thereof; the interambulacral
plates are convex inferiorly and concave superiorly, whilst the
ambulacral plates are united together by straight sutures; the
pores are small and distinct, and more numerous in the avenues
than in the preceding species; the apical disc is formed of four
ovarial plates and three large ocular plates, the mode of arrange-
ment appearing to resemble that described in D. ringens, but we
cannot state precisely their structure from the condition of the
= test. :

LRawTaye

a pe Nh RO

214 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

M. Cotteau observes that D. ovalis has been collected in the
two divisions of the Oxfordian stage (département de ’Yonne),
and in each it presents a distinct variety. In the ferruginous
beds which repose upon the upper layers of the Bathonian stage
it is of small size, and is flattened before, contracted behind, and
almost flat above ; in the Oxfordian limestones or upper division
of this stage it is much larger in size, of a regular oval form,
with more tumid sides : both of these varieties are figured in his
work *,

Affinities and differences.—Adopting as we do the careful ob-
servations made by Agassiz and Desor on this species, who regard
D. propinquus and D. truncatus as varieties of D. ovalis, these
forms are readily distinguished from their congeners by the
uniformly tumid oval form of the test. The large variety of
D. ovalis however much resembles D. analis, but the former is
distinguished from the latter species by the structure of the am-
bulacra ; in D. analis the postero-lateral aree converge imme-
diately above the anal opening, whilst in D. ovalis their point of
convergence is at some distance before that opening.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species was obtained
by the Rev. Mr. Young + and by Mr. Phillips} from the calca-
reous grit, and by the latter from the Coralline Oolite and Kel-
loway rock of Yorkshire. Its foreign distribution, according to
Agassiz and Desor’s Catalogue§, is from the “ Argovien du Frin-
geli, Liesberg, Largue, Walen, D’Elemont, Purrentruy, Palins,
Mont Brégille, near Besancon.” It has been collected from the
two divisions of the Oxfordian stage by M. Rashier, from the fer-
ruginous beds at Gigny, and from the calcareous beds at Villiers-
les-Hauts, département de l’Youne|].

History.—Our table of synonyms, to which we refer, gives the
history of this species; it has been figured as a British Urchin
by Parkinson, Young and Bird, and Phillips, in their respective
works, but in all so badly that their figures are worthless ; Agassiz
has given beautiful drawings of the Swiss variety, and Cotteau
indifferent ones of the larger and smaller varieties occurring in

France.
_ [To be continued.]

* Etudes des Echinides, p. 87.

+ Geological Survey of the Yorkshire Coast, p. 215.
t Geology of Yorkshire, p. 134.

§ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tom. viii. p. 32.
|| Cotteau, Echin. Foss. p. 87.

Mr. J. E. Gray on Prof. Lovén’s Homologies of Mollusca. 215

XIX.—Observations on Professor Lovén’s Homologies of Mol-
luscea. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Proressor S. Loven, in a very instructive paper on the Deve-
lopment of Bivalve Mollusca, in the ‘ Swedish Transactions’
for 1848, published in 1850, has given a table showing his idea
of the changes which the—1. velum, 2. eyes, 3. foot, 4. byssus,
5. pallial siphon, 6. shell, and 7. the internal plates of shells
undergo in the different orders of Mollusca, and the organs
which he regards as homologous to one another in the different
orders. This paper contains many most interesting observations,
showing very great research, and it must be considered as one
of the most valuable contributions to the study of these animals
which has been recently published ; at the same time there are
certain conclusions in it which are quite contrary to my own re-
searches. As Professor Lovén has specially requested my opi-
nion on them, I yenture to state the reasons which induce me to
dissent from them, hoping to elictt truth by the discussion.

1. Professor Lovén regards the operculum of the Gasteropodous
Mollusca as homologous with the byssus of the bivalve; he de-
scribes it thus: “ Byssus lamellis sepe spiralibus coalitis oper-
culum officiens.”

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ June 1850, I
have given the reasons which induced me to believe the opercu-
lum to be the homologue of the second valve of the bivalve shell,
and the opercular mantle the homologue of the second flap of
the mantle of those animals. Further observation and compa-
rison have only served to confirm my views.

In the latter part of the paper, which alone I profess to be able to
read, there are no reasons given to show why Dr. Lovén regards
the operculum and the byssus as homologous. I can only suggest
two: first, that the operculum is often horny, and of the same
horny consistence as the byssus ; secondly, they are both placed
on the foot. To these I must reply, that, though the substance
of the operculum is also similar to the periostraca of the shell,
and like the shell this horny part of the operculum is often
covered with a shelly coat; and though the operculum and the
byssus are both placed on the foot, they are situated in very dif-
ferent parts of that organ. The byssus is always placed on the
hinder part of the lower edge ; while the operculum is uniformly
placed on the back part of its upper surface. There is also no
similarity either in the ceconomic use or in the development of
these parts. The byssus is merely used to attach the animal
to a particular locality; while the operculum is uniformly and
only used to cover up and protect the animal when it is with-

b 4 —. drawn into the shelly case. The byssus, which is only required

216 Mr.J.E. Gray on Prof. Lovén’s Homologies of Mollusca.

when the animal and shell are fully developed, is not formed until
the animal has arrived at its full growth, and indeed is of so
little importance in the functions of the animal, that it is some-
times not permanently present, but only generated when required;
and it is often found in some genera of a family and not in others,
and is sometimes even present and absent in the species of the
same natural genus.

On the contrary, the operculum, like the shell, is always to
be observed on the very young animal in the egg, and is always
permanently attached to, and indeed forms as much an integral
part of, the animal as the shell itself. I may further observe,
that if the byssus of the bivalve and operculum of the univalve
were homologous, they would not be found in the same animal,
yet many operculated univalve and some inoperculated gastero-
pods have the faculty of forming a byssus which is secreted by
the foot ; and this byssus appears to be the exact homologue of
the byssus of the bivalve. This byssus has been observed in
the genera Rissoa, Cerithium, Littorina and Litiopa, all of which
are provided with a well-developed operculum.

I may also remark, that the idea which I first proposed in
Dieffenhach’s Journal of New Zealand, in 1843, that the plug of
the Anomia is only a modification of the byssus of the other
Acephala, especially of the lamellar byssus of the Arca, has lately
been proved by the examination of the animal, which shows that
what has been considered as the muscles of the plug is really
the foot of the genus. Mr. Forbes has more lately proposed the
same theory, and compared the plug of the Anomia to the fibrous
byssus of the Pecten.

If this is true of the Anomia, may not the tendon of the Tere-
bratula be a modification of the byssus of the Conchifera, and
the foot of that animal in its least developed state ? Dr. Lovén
does not allow of this homologue, for he describes the Brachio-
podes as without any byssus. Dr. Lovén considers the append-
ages of the Brachiopoda which have been called the foot, like
the arms of the Cephalopods, the papilla of the genus Clio, and
the lips of the Acephala, to be modifications of the veil or velum ;
probably because they are all placed near or round the mouth.

Secondly, Professor Lovén observes, “ The Cephalopodes, Pte-
ropodes, Brachiopodes, and Pectinea have no pallial siphon ; the
Lamellibranchia Dimya have the branchial and anal often distinct ;
the Gasteropoda Prosobranchiata have the branchial often distinct,
and the excretorial one rarely indicated, as in Pleurotoma and
Mangelia.” To this I would remark, that in all the gill-breathing
mollusca I have observed alive, let them be Gasteropoda or Ce-
phalopoda, they have all had as distinct an in-going and out-
coming current as the bivalve mollusca, generally situated in a

‘9 2) oh eit
r Papo

a Ue

Mr. J. E. Gray on Prof. Lovén’s Homologies of Mollusca. 217
distant part of the mantle. In the spiral gasteropods fie water

enters by the front edge of the mantle, and is ejected at the

hinder edge ; the place where it is ejected is generally marked
by a tooth or ridge on the hinder part of the inner lip of the
shell, forming a canal with the outer lip ; and sometimes the place
of exit is marked by a more or less elongated canal on the shell,
as in the genera Ovula, Cyprea, Cassis, &e. From the examina-
tion which I have made of the animal of Pleurotoma and Man-

elia, 1 much doubt if this slit in the lip of the shell is used
fike the excretorial siphon of the bivalve mollusca, for the ex-
pulsion of the water which has been used in respiration. It
may be used for the exit of the rejectamenta from the intestine,
like the perforation in the shell of Dentalium, Fissurella and
Haliotis, and the notch in the front of the shell in Emarginula
and Scutum. :

Thirdly, Professor Lovén regards “the cardinal teeth of the
bivalves, and the apophyses of the hinge of Brachiopods, as
probably homologous with the septa that separate the chamber
of Nautili and the solid shelly matter which fills up the cavity of
the shell of Magillus.” There is no doubt of the similarity of
these parts, if we are merely to regard them as additional layers
of shelly matter added to the shell; but if we are to consider
their use in the ceconomy of the animal, I cannot see any simi-
larity between the cardinal teeth of the bivalves, and the shelly
layers which diminish the size of the cavity of the shell. The
former are used to keep the two valves of the shell in their pro-
per relation to each other; and the latter, whether it forms
a solid body as in the Magillus, or leaves certain spaces be-
tween each series of plates as in the Nautilus, is used for the
purpose of letting the shell keep its proper relation with the
body and head of the animal. The cardinal teeth of the bivalve

. appear to be the real honiologue with the lobes on the opercu-

lum of Neritide, which keep the operculum in its proper relation
with the shelly valve, and are analogous to the teeth, folds or
ridges in the mouth, the grooves in the throat, and the folds in
the pillar of certainspiral shells, which appear to be destined to
keep the animal in its proper position in the cavity of the shell ;
and, like the teeth of the hinge, are formed by folds or loops of
the mantle. It may be observed that many shells like the Os-
tree and Mytili, which have no true cardinal teeth, have more
or less large eminences near the hinge or fold in the exterior
margin of the shell, which serve the same purpose as the cardinal
teeth in keeping the valves in their relative situation with regard
to each other.

218 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.

0. ee Observations on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.
By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 132.]

One of the foremost of the conclusions last alluded to, is the
necessity of removing the tribe of the Jcacinee of Mr. Bentham
from the family of the Olacacee, for which many cogent reasons
have already been offered (huj. op. viii. p. 173), and this group I
propose to establish at once as suggested, either as a suborder, or
more deservedly as a distinct family under the name above
stated.. In his excellent memoir on the Olacinee before quoted,
Mr. Bentham enumerated only eleven genera of that order, two
of which were then first described by him. Of these five belonged
to his tribe of the Jcacinee, and one I have shown has no rela-
tion there; hence only five genera out of that list were then
known as really appertaining to the former family. I have now
enumerated thirteen genera of the Olacacee (loc. cit. p. 172),
and an equal number of the Icacinacee (idem, p. 174) *. This last-
mentioned group exhibits characters so widely different from
those of the former, that it becomes necessary to place the two
at a considerable distance in the system. These characters con-
sist in their frequently polygamous, almost dioecious flowers ; the
alternate position of their stamens with respect to the petals;
the evidently normal polycarpellary structure of the ovarium (for
where developed with more than one cell, the dissepiments are
always found complete at their summit) ; the pendulous position
of their ovules, generally two in each cell, near the summit,
where they are suspended, one always more or less above the
other, from a peculiar cupshaped podosperm ; their constantly
indutive seeds ; the existence of a distinct testa, of inner integu-
ments, of a chalaza and of a raphe: all these are important dif-
ferences, quite at variance with the very peculiar points of struc-
ture that characterize the Olacacee.

With such completely irreconcileable characters, there is only
one proper course to pursue, and that is to separate them; but
it then remains to be considered, where in such case they should
be placed in the system, for it is evident that they cannot even
remain in juxtaposition. In the face of the difficulty of com-
bating long-established opinions, it becomes essential, at the
risk of the charge of prolixity, to recapitulate here a few of the
arguments before assigned, in order to guide us to a right deci-

* One of these, Ptychopetalum, was placed here, because its ovules were
stated to be attached to a parietal placenta ; but having since had an oppor-
tunity of examining it, I find it to possess the general characters of the
Olacacee.

| veteran Corel age ind 2 is ey) me ae
- Se ke hg Ty ee ‘ —aw
oe ee are i Sisal : i ‘ ‘ :

gah ait

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee. 219

sion. Proceeding upon the principle, that the most scientific
basis for the distribution of plants is that founded on the cha-
racters which from their nature must be the most invariable,
I mean those offered by the development of the organs of repro-
duction, we perceive a feature of most general occurrence, where
the margins of the carpellary leaves are supposed to become pla-
centiferous : sometimes these are believed to unite either by their
edges and thus to form parietal placentations, or by the variable

of their inflexion, to constitute either loculigerous or
axile placentations ; and from the evidence I shall be able to show,

it will be evident that it is among the latter we must seek a

place for the Icacinacee. But I have suggested the existence of
several families, now distributed unsatisfactorily in different parts
of the system, where we must imagine the placente to have
originated, not from the margins of carpellary leaves which in
such cases may be considered as sterile, but where their ovuli-
gerous development is to be traced from the more basal or
petiolar portions of the carpellary leaves: under this point of
view, we may reconcile the idea of the original formation of an
ovarium, which, though constituted of several carpels, will some-
times be unilocular, and at other times often incompletely pluri-
locular at the base, while in every instance they are all invariably
1-celled at the summit, the ovules being always attached to an
erect placenta arising from the base of the cell, and completely
unconnected with the style. This extensive group I have pro-
posed to associate together in a distinct class, the Cionosperme
(Aj. op. vu. p. 207). -

It will be in vain to urge, that there exists only a slight dif-
ference in the structure of the plurilocular ovarium with axile
placentation, and the one-celled ovary with central placentation :
this has been contended by several able botanists, who have
argued that in such cases the dissepiments have been originally
complete, but that by their attenuation they have broken away,
until they have left the placentary column free. I do not deny
that under certain circumstances this sometimes happens, but in
such cases we can always trace the indications of such rupture,
and we also invariably find, that the axile column, rendered thus
free in the middle, is always attached by its summit to the style.
On the other hand, in Myrsinacee, we cannot discern any indica-
tion of parietal expansion, or the smallest involution of what we
may conceive to have been the sterile margins of the carpellary
leaves; we find there the ovules often crowded around a free
globular placenta, rising but little above the base of the cell, and
springing directly from the pedicel of the flower: here, at least,
we have fair evidence, that both placente and ovules must have

~- proceeded from an immediate expansion of the elementary petioles

220 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacez.

of the original carpellary leaves. We perceive indeed, among
the Cionosperme, a gradual deviation from this extreme, begin-
ning with slight parietal rudiments of sterile dissepiments, about
the base of the cell, and varying in degree, until we reach the
oppositely extreme cases of the Styracee and Humiriacee, where
the ovarium is many-celled, even to the apex; but even here, in
spite of the converging and always thickened incomplete dissepi-
ments, extending so far, as even almost to touch the central ex-
pansions, we find the ovuligerous placentz in the axis, always
quite free from them, and from the style. If no original differ-
ence is to be found in the nature of the development, between
the plurilocular germen, and the one-celled ovarium with free
central placente, or if the existence of the latter were due to
the breaking away from the placentz of the inflected portions of
the dissepiment so formed, we should sometimes perceive in the
same order, the same genus, or even in the same individual, some
instance where this had happened in a greater or less degree, and
we should often meet with the two structures confounded ; but
we find invariably an equally uniform amount of development,
proving that in their normal origin they are distinct.

It was upon these views I drew the conclusion and offered
the suggestion (uj. op. vol. viii. p. 167) that the nearest
affinity of the Icacinacee is with the Celastracea, or the Aqui-
foliacee, but that they differ from these in many essential re-
spects, and cannot be held to be subordinate to either of
them. With those who think it tends to the simplicity of
the science, to diminish to the utmost possible extent the pre-
sent number of natural orders, the Celastracee, Aquifoliacea,
Icacinacee, Hippocratacee and some others might be considered
as suborders of one large family; but I do not perceive any
advantage in this method; for it matters little whether such
divisions be called classes and orders, or orders and suborders ;
for were such an order established (under the name, for
instance, of the Dryacee), it is clear that, in practice, any
plant traceable to such alliance would always be referred to its
own peculiar suborder and never to such family. I therefore
incline to the greater convenience of retaining each group as
hitherto established, as a distinct order, and combining the whole
in a class that may be called the Dryales*, because they mostly
consist of trees with evergreen leaves. They cannot consistently
be retained in the class of the Frangulacee of Endlicher, which
are marked by other very different characters.

The group of the Dryales will hence consist mostly of ever-
green trees with alternate, rarely opposite, exstipulate leaves

“* From dpis, arbor sempervirens.

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinaceze. 221

which are generally coriaceous, entire, or slightly toothed; symme-
trical flowers mostly hermaphrodite, often polygamous; calyx
small, campanulate, toothed, free, or sometimes conjoined with the
ovarium by the intervention of a fleshy disk; stamens generally
equal in number to the petals, and then always alternate with
them, usually five, rarely fewer, and often arising from a conspi-
cuous disk ; ovarium 5-locular, often by abortion only 3-, 2- or
}-celled ; ovules anatropal, often resupinated, generally two in
each cell, attached by a cupshaped podosperm to the axis or dis-
sepiment, and either erect, horizontal, or suspended ; seeds often
solitary in each cell, frequently with a conspicuous arillus ; em-
bryo orthotropal, albuminous, or rarely exalbuminous, with the
sities pointed towards the hilum.

The families that at.present appear to constitute this group may
be distinguished from each other by the following leading
characters :-—

RSS eee

Matrentio |Stamens in ;
of Corolla, |BUmber to} Disk. Ovules. Seeds. Embryo. Family.
petals.
imbricate.| equal. present. | erect or albuminous. | with large foliaceous|Celastracee.
ascending. cotyledons.
i Ra = suspended. 2 short with small/Aquifoliacez.
cotyledons.
a2 fewer. os horizontal. | exalbuminous.| fleshy with thick or|Hippocratacez.
foliaceous _cotyle-
dons.
unknown. | equal. s suspended. as fleshy. Chailletiacez.
valvate. | equal rarely ob- oa albuminous. | either small or large! Icacinacese.
solete. foliaceous _cotyle-
dons.
imbricate.| a none ? fe re small cotyledons. Cyrillaceze.

The Icacinacee may be thus defined. Trees or shrubs with
alternate entire petiolate leaves, generally more or less coriaceous,
smooth, exstipulate. Flowers hermaphrodite, or polygamous by
abortion, generally very small, and very simple and symmetrical
in their structure: inflorescence axillary or terminal, fasciculate
or in many-flowered cymes or branching panicles, each flower
distinctly articulated upon a short bracteated pedicel; bract
minute, either very caducous, or abortive. Calyx usually small,
cupshaped, 5-, rarely 4-toothed, persistent. Corolla hypogynous,
consisting of 5, rarely 4 petals, alternate with the teeth of the
calyx, always distinct, though often connivent at base into a
tubular form by the slight adhesion of the filaments, more or
less linear, of fleshy texture, valvate in estivation, with the
apical points inflected, reflexed and deciduous. Stamens equal

-in number to the petals, always alternate with them, and

222 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.

nearly equal to them in length; filaments erect, often im-
plicated, fleshy, compressed, subulate, sometimes invested with
glandular hairs; anthers introrse, 2-lobed, 2- or 4-celled, cells
dehiscing lengthways by a cleft along one of their margins,
rarely otherwise. Ovarium entirely free, supported upon a cup-
shaped disk (which is either quite free or partially adnate with it),
fleshy, oblong-conical, often surmounted with a conspicuous
fleshy epigynous gland, which is sometimes lateral, generally by
abortion 1-locular, sometimes 3-locular, and then the cells are
excentrically disposed, showing the normal number of united
earpels to be 5: ovules geminate, somewhat collaterally sus-
pended, one a little higher than the other, from near the sum-
mit of the cell, by a short fleshy podosperm, which is generally
expanded in the form of an inverted cup, anatropal, and some-
times resupinate. Style erect, or incurved, somewhat excentri-
‘cal, as long as the stamens, sometimes wanting. Stigma generally
clavate or obsoletely lobed. Drupe baccate, containing a single
1-celled, indehiscent putamen ; seed single, filling the cavity of
the cell, and apparently resupinate ; testa thin and somewhat
membranaceous, raphe arising from the nearly basal chalaza and
extending to the summit along the dorsal face. Embryo in the
axis and summit of fleshy and copious albumen, sometimes much
shorter, and almost terete, with small oval cotyledons scarcely
longer and broader than the superior radicle ; but often nearly
the length of the albumen, with large, ovate, foliaceous cotyledons,
much longer and broader than the short terete superior radicle.

The affinity of the Icactnacee is evidently nearest to the Aqu-
foliacee and the Celastracee, differing from both in the estiva-
tion of the corolla and the tenuity or frequent obliteration of the
hypogynous disk. From the latter family they are distinguish-
able by their suspended ovules and their generally unilocular
ovarium, and the absence of an arillus about the seed. The seminal
characters have been derived from examinations of the seed of
several species of Mappia, and confirmed by the few details fur-
nished by the ‘Icones’ of Dr. Wight in tab. 1153 of Apodytes,
and tab. 934 of Stemonurus (Gomphandra). I have little hesita-
tion in concluding that the genus Pennantia, which has been
placed by botanists in many different positions, belongs to this
group, and from this source I am enabled to add many additional
features which will probably be found to exist in the structure
of other genera of this family.

I propose to divide the order into three tribes.

1. Icacinee. In all the genera composing this tribe, the
ovarium is constantly unilocular in consequence of the complete
abortion of the other cells, hence it is always somewhat gikbous
and the style is distinct and in some degree lateral: the anthers

rr Ae

i Sal eis

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee. 223

are 2-lobed and 4-celled. This tribe will consist of the genera
Icacina, Apodytes, Rhaphiolepis, Mappia, Desmostachys, Leretia,
and Poragqueiba.

2. Sarcostigmee. These differ from the preceding tribe, in
the absence of a more or less elongated style: here the true
style, seen only in a young state of the ovarium, consists in a
broad, depressed, conical and more or less hollow process, having
a very small apical aperture, which is terminated by 4 or 5 ex-
tremely minute stigmatic teeth : with the growth of the ovarium,
this assumes a more fleshy, broader, and more discoid appearance,
and the stigmatic teeth become less visible, the whole soon taking
the form of a depressed, 4—5-lobed, sessile stigma. The ovarium
and fruit, in their structure and development, resemble what is
seen in the former tribe; the stamens are also equal in number,
and alternate with the petals, and the anthers are likewise 2-lobed
and 4-celled. This tribe will consist of Pennantia, Stemonurus,
Sarcostigma, Discophora, and probably also Phlebocalymna.

3. Emmotee. ‘This at present is only represented by a single
genus, Emmotum of Desvaux, which is certainly identical with
2 sen of Bentham, and which differs from all the others in
its plurilocular ovarium, and the singular structure of its anthers,
which are 2-lobed, and consist of 2 unilocular, evalvate and boat-
shaped pollen-cells attached to a cordate and apiculate connective,
fixed extrorsely upon the reflexed point of the filaments in the
& sinus of its anterior face, the pollen escaping by the splitting of

_the dorsal margin of each valve from the posterior surface of the
connective, along the whole line of its attachment; they va
‘e also in having an ovarium with three cells laterally placed in the
3 manner before mentioned. These peculiarities, so very opposite
& in character to the features we invariably meet with in the other
4 tribes, very naturally suggest a doubt as to the propriety of re-
taining this genus in the order; but no satisfactory conclusion
on this head can be entertained, until some information be ob-
tained respecting the structure of the fruit and seed.
, I take this opportunity of remarking, that I have lately exa-
om mined with attention the features of several genera newly proposed
e and described by Prof. Blume, in his ‘ Mus. Lugd. Bat.” and
4 referred by him to the Olacacee. Among them is Nothapodytes
a (loc. cit. p. 248), which will be seen to conform in all respects

. with Mappia (Jacq.), a genus shortly to be described at length.

The characters given of his Pleuropetalum (loc. cit. p. 248), by

the same distinguished author, will easily be recognized as those

of Bursinopetalum of Dr. Wight, placed by that eminent botanist
in Olacacee, but which I have shown must be referred to Aqui-
foliacee, it being nearly allied to Villaresia: having to describe
- in the sequel some new species of both these genera, I will then

eS eer

p wae

Soa a a

aes me ia
gue, oe '-

224 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacee.

take an opportunity of pointing out the identity above mentioned.
Anacolosa was first proposed as a second section of his genus
Stemonurus by Dr. Blume in his ‘ Bijdr.’ p. 648: more recently,
he has with ample reason elevated it to the rank of a separate
genus (/oc. cit. p. 250), with the important addition of analytical
details of its structure, in tab. 46 of the same work. The facts
there demonstrated prove beyond doubt, that they must con-
stitute not only very distinct genera, but that they must be re-
ferred to different families. Anacolosa will consequently find its
place among the Olacacee, and it is rendered more interesting,
as bearing considerable resemblance in some of its characters to
Cathedra (huj. op. vol. vii. p. 452) with which the Diplocrater
of Mr. Bentham (Hook. Kew. Mise. iii. p. 367) will be found
to be identical. Stemonurus, as an unquestionable member of
the Icacinacee, will therefore be shortly investigated here. The
genus Platea of the same botanist, first proposed in his ‘ Bijdra-
gen,’ and of which more ample generic details are given in his
‘Mus. Lugd. Bat.’ p. 249, appears to me to differ in no essential
respect from Stemonurus: the stamens in this last-mentioned
genus vary considerably in length, not only in different species,
but often in the same individual, according to the age of the
flowers ; the number and length of the villous hairs that clothe
the summits of the filaments are not less variable; in some
cases these hairs are almost obsolete and scarcely discernible, so
that the stamens are reduced to the state of those described in
the male flower of Platea, which differs in no other respect from
Stemonurus: the female flowers also agree ineall essential points
with those of the genus last-mentioned, where, owing to the ex-
tremely caducous disposition of the petals and stamens, we often
find, in several species of Stemonurus, just what is described in
the character of Platea. As Lepionurus does not belong to the
Icacinacea, I shall defer making any observation on that genus,
until we come to treat of the genera of the Olacacea.

IcAcINA.

This genus, which, as the first discovered, may be considered as
the type of the family to which it belongs, was founded by Adr.
de Jussieu in 1823, upon a plant from Senegal, bearing much the
habit of Chrysobalanus Icaco, whence the derivation of its generic
name. It was arranged by DeCandolle in his ‘ Prodromus,’ i.
534, as a genus “ Olacineis affine,” and subsequently was placed
in the same family by Mr. Bentham, as the type of his tribe
Icacinee. I may here remark, that in the young state, the stigma
is distinctly 3-cleft, and the style is short, erect and straight as in
Mappia; it is owing to its elongation while yet in bud, that it
becomes incurved, and to pressure against the petals, that its

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Icacinacez. 225

stigma becomes obsoletely lobed. It is the only species hitherto
described, for the Jcacina dubia of M°Fadyen will be shown to

be the Mappia racemosa of Jacquin. Three other species will,
however, be added below. The generic character may be thus
given.

Icacrna, A. Juss.—Flores perfecti. Calyx breviter campanulatus,
5-dentatus, dentibus acutis, persistens. Petala5, oblonga, intus
villosa, extus sericea, hypogyna, <stivatione valvata, sub an-
thesi patentia, imo adhesione filamentorum in tubum brevem
conniventia. Stamina 5, cum petalis inserta, iisdem alterna ;

a carnosula, imo dilatata, apice subulata, et breviter
induplicata; anthere ovate, introrse, 2-lobz, 4-loculares, imo
ad medium bifide, connectivo tenui adnate, dorso in sinu
affixee, lobis singulatim 2-locellatis, demum septicidis et longi-
tudinaliter evolutim* dehiscentibus. Pollen acute 3-gonum.
Ovarium liberum, cblongum, sub-gibbum, villosum, disco
parvo suffultum, 1-loculare ; ovula 2 juxta apicem loculi sub-
collateraliter superposita, podospermio crassiusculo suspensa,
anatropa. Stylus elongatus, subulatus, sulcatus, incurvus.
Stigma obliquum, obsolete lobatum, lateraliter excavatum.
Drupa villosa, monopyrena, 1-locularis, monosperma ; cetera
ignota.—Arbores in Africam tropicam vel in Insulas vicinas
crescentes ; folia alterna, ovata, integra, coriacea, petiolata, ex-
stipulata ; inflorescentia paniculata, terminalis; flores parvult,

_cum pedicellis brevibus articulati, bracteolis minimis, caducis.

1. Icacina Senegalensis, Ad. Juss. Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. i. 173.
tab. 9; DC. Prodr. i. 534; Guill. Perr. Tent. Fl. Seneg. i.
105. Chrysobalanus luteus, Sab. Trans. Hort. Soc. iv. 453 ;
—foliis ovatis basi rotundatis a medio acuminatis et apice
obtusis, vel rotundatis et retusis, reticulatis, coriaceis, utrinque
glaberrimis, supra sub-lucidis, subtus ferrugineis, petiolo brevi
erassiusculo canaliculato: floribus terminalibus, laxe panicu-
latis, pedicellisque articulatis rufescenti-villosis ; drupa flava.
—Senegambia ; v. s. in herb. Hook. (Heudelot).

The figure above quoted of Jussieu gives a very good repre-

* I shall continue to use this term to prevent a repetition of the following
mode of dehiscence, which I find nowhere described, although it is of fre-
quent occurrence: it differs essentially from the longitudinal or valvate
opening of the bps sep 2c cell, in the same manner that the septicidal
dehiscence of a caps fruit does from its loculicidal mode of opening.
The structure of its 2 lobes and their manner of dehiscence may be further
defined—lobz introflexione marginum contiguorum singulatim parallele et
perfecte 2-locellate, marginibus istis primo solutis, valvulis tunc contrarie
evolutis; dein apparet ut si lobe ambe 1-loculate fuerint, et per rimam
longitudinalem dehiscerint.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 2. Vol. ix. 15

Se ee
OP ey ea

226 Bibliographical Notices.

sentation of this plant, and the specimen in Sir Wm. Hooker’s
herbarium agrees very well with it, except that the leaves are
generally more rounded at the summit, and deeply emarginated ;
but it antes in all its other characters. The leaves are 3} inches
long, 24 inches broad, on a petiole scarcely 2 lines in length; the
internodes are 1 inch distant, and the raceme is 2 inches in
length, on the elongated termination of the branch.

2. Icacina Mauritiana, n. sp. ;—arbor 7-orgyalis, ramulis glabris
foliis oblongis, utrinque acutis, apice acuminatis, glaberrimis,
subtus ferrugineis, margine revolutis, petiolo subtenui; panicula
terminali folio longiore, pluriflora, ferrugineo-pubescente, flo-
ribus albis, odoratissimis.—Mauritius ; v.s. in herb. Hook.

This is a tree 40 feet in height, growing near Colville Bridge ;
its leaves are 23 inches long, 1} inch broad, on a somewhat slen-
der petiole half an inch in length ; its terminal panicles are about
2 inches long. It appears to me referable here, rather than to
Apodytes, because of the induplicated apex of its filaments, and
the form of its anthers, which are shorter, more ovate, and less
bifid than in that genus.

3. Icacina grandifolia ;—foliis cuneato-oblongis, apice obtusis,

infra medium attenuatis, utrinque glaberrimis, concoloribus,.

multinerviis, margine undulatis, petiolo brevi crasso canali-
culato; panicula terminali laxe ramosa, ramis longe nudiusculis,
apice floriferis, multiflora, folio longiore.—Madagascar ; v. s. in
herb. Hook. (Lyall).

This is a very distinet species, remarkable for the large size of
its leaves, which are 6 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole
only 3 of an inch in length; the terminal panicle i is 8 inches
long, with its virgate branchlets 4 to 5 inches in length, which
are ramified towards their extremity and bear numerous small
pubescent flowers *.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES,

The British Species of Angiocarpous Lichens, elucidated by their
Sporidia. By the Rev. W. A. Lerguton, B.A. London: Printed
for the Ray Society, 1851.

Tue present volume is to be regarded as one of the most valuable
contributions to European Lichenology which has been made for
some years. It is, in fact, the only work with which we are acquainted
which supplies analytical figures of any considerable group of Euro-

= drawing of this species with generic details will be given in Le 4
of the ‘ Contributions to Botany.’

Se ee

Bibliographical Notices. 227

pean lichens. The plates in ‘ English Botany,’ however excellent and
characteristic, are almost without exception void of all microscopical
dissections. The same remark is to be made concerning the recent
publication of Dietrich. Mr. Leighton has given figures of the
sporidia of those British Lichens which are comprised in the division
Angiocarpi of the immortal work of Fries on the European Lichens, and
has accompanied them by descriptions and a selection of synonyms.
So far as we can judge, the task has been on the whole faithfully and
admirably executed: and if we venture to notice a few points which
capable of improvement, it is mainly with the hope that Mr.
Leighton and the Ray Society may take them into consideration in
bringing out plates and descriptions of other families of the British
Lichens, expectations of which are held to us in the commencement of
the present treatise. To proceed to the work itself. In the intro-
duction, Mr. Leighton gives an historical account of the attention
paid to the asci and-sporidia by preceding lichenologists, showing
them to have been known even so early as the time of Micheli and
Dillenius, but not to have received much attention until a very recent
“The only writers who have devoted anything like atten-
tion to the subject,’ he says, “are Eschweiler and Fée” (p. 2).
Without in the least undervaluing the labours of the learned writers
here mentioned, we must remark that Mr. Leighton has, unintention-
ally of course, made important omissions. Dr. C. Montagne, whose
cosmical aquaintance with Lichens is probably greater than that of
ary botanist living, has rarely omitted to take notice of the forms of
the asei and sporidia of those lichens which he has figured and de-
scribed both in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ and more
particularly in his magnificent ‘Cryptogames de Cuba.’ His ob-
servations have moreover in many cases been very successfully
applied to distinguish alljgd species which had been confounded by
Eschweiler or other writers. It is unnecessary, we conceive, to prove
this. Nor should the labours of Flotow, in various papers in German
Transactions, have been passed over in silence; one at least of which
is exclusively devoted to this very subject (Botanische Zeitung, 1850,
May 3 and May 10).

Mr. Leighton was supplied by Mr. Borrer with the original speci-
mens of the Lichens figured and described in ‘ English Botany,’ with
many valuable notes which he has printed, and with authentic speci-
mens of many species described by Dr. Taylor ; as well as with various
rarities from other friends, particularly from the Rev. T. Salwey. So
far therefore as specimens of British Lichens are concerned, the pre-
sent work leaves little to be desired; but we must express our regret
that the author did not furnish himself with the ‘ Lichenes Helvetici
Exsiccati’ of Schzerer, a work which can readily be procured, in order
to ascertain the identity or non-identity of Scheerer’s species with his
own (p. 78). We do trust that this defect will be remedied in Mr.
Leighton’s forthcoming treatises : if the specimens of Mougeot’s and
Nestler’s ‘Stirpes Crypt. Vo Rhenanz’ were likewise referred
to, the value of the work would be increased. The synonyms of the
English writers are tolerably complete; the foreign lichenologists

15*

228 Bibliographical Notices.

are somewhat more sparingly quoted : we would suggest that references
should be made constantly to Tuckermann’s ‘ North American
Lichens.’ The dissections were made under an excellent microscope
by Messrs. Powell and Lealand ; and we have no doubt that the ap-
pearances which presented themselves have been faithfully transmitted
to us in the present volume. We are sorry, however, to be unable to
speak of the execution of the plates with unqualified praise. The
lithography is very coarse, and in some cases the letters attached to
the figures are almost illegible (see plate vii. and xxiv.) ; the colours
also are frequently smeared upon the plates. We trust that better
eare will be taken with those which follow, and we venture to hint at
a few improvements which may be made inthem. It would be desi-
rable that the asevs should in all cases be figured, where its form can
be discovered: and if the size of the drawings were reduced consider-
ably, much expense would be saved and no praetical advantage would
be lost. Whenever the species of lichen, whose analysis is given, had
never been figured, or was ill-figured, a representation of the plant of
the natural size might be very profitably annexed.

We will now say a few words on the literary execution of the work.
It would have been a great improvement if Mr. Leighton had given
specifie characters of the Lichens in every ease, so that a botanist
might be able to determine a specimen from his work, without con-
tinually having recourse to other books. To take an example. The only
information given respecting the thallus of the first six species of Endo-
earpon (E. miniatum,leptophyllum, euplocum, letevirens, psoromoides
and pulchellum) is ‘thallus foliaceous subpeltate;” although the
thallus alone immediately distinguishes several of these species from
eachother. Again, between L. miniatum, Ach., and EL. leptophyllum,
Ach., no distinction whatever is drawn, the deseription of the sporidia
running in exactly the same words for each. According to our notions,
indeed, E. leptophyllum is only a dwarf form of E. miniatum, with
which Fries associates it ; and this view is much confirmed by Mr.
Leighton’s discovery, that the analysis is the same for both. Had
the work been constructed on a different plan, a small additional
amount of labour and expense would have made it a portion of a
History of British Lichens, instead of its being simply a very valuable
supplement to other works, and one which can only be employed by
a person in some degree acquainted with his subject.

Mr. Leighton is considerably more inclined to divide species than
ourselves, and in some cases constructs them out of searcely sufficient
materials. Thus we should hardly have distinguished Chiodecton
albidum, Leight., from C. myrticola, Fée (pl. viii. ix.) ; or Verrucaria
codonoidea, Leight., from V. margacea, Wahl. Still less certainly
does it appear to us prudent, in so very difficult a genus, to deseribe
a new species of Verrucaria (V. linearis, Leight.) from the portions
of the plant which grow on the Borrerian specimens of V. Dufourit
(=V. Borreri, Leight.). The plant, it seems, resembles V. Dufourit
in almost everything except in the smaller size, and in the differentl
shaped sporidia. These sporidia appear to us to be in all likelihood
sim ply the young or abortive ones of V. Dufourii: different enough

Ee

Bibliographical Notices. 229

*n appearance from the normal form, but having in themselves a very
suspicious shape. How much caution should be employed in using
the shape and subdivisions of the sporidia will be evident from the
following passage of Montagne’s ‘ Cryptogames de Cuba’ (p. 154) :
—“< Malgré la forme en apparence dissemblable sous laquelle se sont
présentées les sporidies A M. Fée et A moi, je ne puis me persuader
que mon lichen... .. soit une espéce différente. Cela n’a rien
de surprenant pour qui a analysé un grand nombre de lichens et a
pu voir beaucoup de theques. J'ai observé maintes fois des sporidies,
qui plus tard devaient étre marquées de vingt cloisons, n’en présenter
W@abord qu’une seule et étre ainsi dans leur enfance seulement bilo-
eulées.”” With respect to the shapes of the sporidia, it is the opinion
of Dr. Montagne (and no one’s opinion can be entitled to greater con-
q sideration) that the sporidia of the same species, however unlike
’ themselves in their young or abnormal state, do nevertheless, vary
q but Jittle in the same species; when well-developed. We have as yet
; made too few observations on this obscure subject to have much con-
5 fidence in our own judgement, but both from these few and from the
: figures and remarks of others, it appears to us to be necessary that
: very great care should be taken not to distinguish lichens at once by
: a difference in the sporidia, when that difference may arise solely
g from a difference of age in the plant or from other and unknown
causes. Mr. Leighton’s figures themselves show how much the
sporidia vary in the same species (see V. Hookeri, plate xxvii).
Although Mr. Leighton’s bias is different from our own as to the
adjustment of species, we are far from saying that his views may not
often be correct, where we are disposed to entertain suspicions. His
careful analysis, moreover, and excellent descriptions will make any
errors into which he may chance to have fallen of comparatively easy
correction ; and the very obscurity of the subject is such that it is im-
possible to avoid mistakes. Some misapprehensions of his predecessors
have been rectified by Mr. Leighton; many species have received
additional elucidation ; and several undoubtedly new ones have been
added. We shall look with interest to the approaching portions of
the work, and may perhaps afterwards discuss some subjects connected
with it of which we hare now said nothing.

Nereis Boreali-Americana ; or Contributions towards a History of
the Marine Alge of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North
America. By Witti1am Henry Harvey, M.D., M.R.1.A. &c.
Part I. Melanospermeze. Washington. Published for the Smith-
sonian Institution. London: John Van Voorst.

The author of this very beautiful book is so well known to the
lovers of Marine Botany, that it is almost superfluous to do more than
announce its appearance. At the same time, the circumstance of this
being the first systematic description of North American Algze, con-
fers too much interest upon the undertaking to justify its being hastily
passed over. We must take leave to congratulate our transatlantic

friends upon having secured the services of Dr. Harvey, in whom are

230 Bibliographical Notices.

combined more of the requisites for such a work than could probably
be found in any other living naturalist ; for in addition to a know-
ledge of his subject matured by long study and a familar acquaintance
with the algological forms of both hemispheres, he is his own artist,
even to the execution of his drawings on the stone. Besides this rare
advantage, Dr. Harvey has cultivated a popular style without any
compromise of scientific accuracy. Last, but not in our estimation
least, a healthy moral tone pervades all his writings. It is surely
fitting that descriptions of the wonders of external nature, interesting
to all, but pre-eminently attractive to the young, should be made to
serve a higher purpose than perfecting our knowledge of scientific
affinity, or gratifying a mere intellectual curiosity. ‘‘ The study of
organic nature,’ remarks Dr. Harvey, in some valuable observations
on the noble teaching to be derived from it, ‘‘ ought to be one of
the purest sources of intellectual pleasure. It places before us struc-
tures the most exquisite in form and delicate in material; the perfect
works of Him who is Himself the sum of all perfections :—and if our
minds are properly balanced, we shall not rest satisfied with a mere
knowledge and admiration of these wonderful and manifold works ;
but, reading in them the evidence of their relation to their Maker, we
shall be led on to investigate our own”? (p. 41).

The work is introduced by an Essay on the general structure,
uses, and mode of preserving Marine Algze; as well as on the geo-
graphical distribution of the American species. The author is of
opinion that additional researches will indicate four regions of distri-
bution on the eastern and southern shores of the North American
States, viz. :—

1. Coast north of Cape Cod, extending probably to Greenland.
Characterized by the great Laminaria.

2. Long Island Sound, including. New York Harbour and the
Sands of New Jersey.

3. Cape Hatteras to Cape Florida. It isremarkable that no Fu-
coid alga has as yet been observed in this region.

4. Florida Keys, and Shores of the Mexican Gulf. This region
has been very imperfectly explored, but seems strongly marked ; as
out of 130 species collected by Dr. Harvey at Key West in February
1850, scarcely one-eighth are found on the east coast.

Notwithstanding the collections which have been already made, the
results of which will appear in the present work, a multitude of species
doubtless remain to be discovered by American botanists both on the
east and west coasts (especially the latter), and a greater stimulus to
investigation can hardly be afforded than the appearance of this ‘Nereis
Boreali-Americana.’ Nearly one hundred species are described in the
part under review, completing the Melanospermeee, with exquisite co-
loured illustrations of the most interesting, especially some curious new
Ectocarpee. We would take this opportunity of directing the special
attention of American botanists to the Laminaria, which, as Dr.
Harvey justly remarks, can only be properly studied on the spot and
by extended observations. Laminaria longipes, cornea, and other
forms described by Bory de St. Vincent, from Newfoundland, are,

rie . -
ee a

- as pet aiid pong, ike,
2g ee tat

Zoological Society. 235

ison with the numerous remains which have been sent home from
ew Zealand.

Upon a cursory view of this bird it might be mistaken for a gigantic
kind of Porphyrio, but on an examination of its structure it will be
found to be generically distinct. It is allied to Porphyrio in the
form of its bill and in its general colouring, and to Tribonyz in the
structure of its feet, while in the feebleness of its wings and the struc-
ture of its tail it differs from both.

From personal obseryation of the habits of Tribonyr and Por-
phyrio, 1 may venture to affirm that the habits and ceconomy of the

t bird more closely resemble those of the former than those
of the latter; that it is doubtless of a recluse and extremely shy
disposition ; that being deprived, by the feeble structure of its wing,
of the power of flight, it is compelled to depend upon its swiftness of
foot for the means of evading its natural enemies ; and that, as is the
ease with Tribonyz; a person may be in its vicinity for weeks without
ever catching a glimpse of it.

From the thickness of its plumage and the great length of its
back-feathers, we may infer that it affects low and humid situations,
marshes, the banks of rivers, and the coverts of dripping ferns, so
abundant in its native country: like Porphyrio, it doubtless enjoys
the power of swimming, but would seem, from the structure of its
legs, to be more terrestrial in its habits than the members of that

nus.

I have carefully compared the bill of this example with that figured
by Professor Owen under the name of Notornis Mantelli, and have
little doubt that they are referable to one and the same species ; and
as we are now in possession of materials whence to obtain complete
generic characters, I hasten to give the following details, in addition
to those supplied by Professor Owen.

Bill somewhat shorter than the head; greatly compressed on
the sides, both mandibles being much deeper than broad; tomia
sharp, curving downwards, inclining inwards and slightly serrated ;
culmen elevated, much arched and rising on the forehead to a line
with the posterior angle of the eye; nostrils round, and placed in a
depression near the base of the bill; wings very short, rounded, and
slightly concave ; primaries soft and yielding; the first short ; third,
fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh equal and the longest ; tail-feathers
soft, yielding, and loose in texture; tarsi powerful, longer than the

_ toes, almost cylindrical; very broad anteriorly ; defended in front

and on either side posteriorly by broad and distinct scutelle ; the
spaces between the scutellze reticulated ; anterior toes large and strong,
armed with powerful hooked nails, and strongly scutellated on their
upper surface ;. hind-toe short, strong, placed somewhat high on the
tarsus, and armed with a blunt hooked nail.

Head, neck, breast, upper part of the abdomen and flanks purplish
blue ; back, rump, upper tail-coverts, lesser wing-coverts and tertiaries
dark olive-green, tipped with verditer-green ; at the nape of the neck
a band of rich blue separating the purplish blue of the neck from the

- green of the body ; wings rich deep blue, the greater coverts tipped

200. Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

with verditer-green, forming crescentic bands when the wing is ex-
anded ; tail dark green; lower part of the abdomen, vent and thighs
dull bluish black ; under tail-coverts white; bill and feet red.
Total length of the body, 26 inches; bill, from the gape to the
tip, 21; from the tip to the posterior edge of the plate on the fore-

head, 3; wing, 83; tail, 33; tarsi, 33; middle toe, 3; nail, 2; —

hind-toe, 4; nail, 3.

I cannot conclude these remarks without bearing testimony to the
very great importance of the results which have attended the re-
searches of Mr. Walter Mantell in the various departments of science
to which he has turned the attention of his cultivated, intelligent and
inquiring mind, nor without expressing a hope that he may yet be
enabled to obtain some particulars as to the history of this and the
other remarkable birds of the country in which he is resident.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
January 8, 1852.—Dr. Seller, President, in the Chair.

Dr. Balfour read an extract from a letter which he had received
from Dr. R. C. Alexander, in which he remarks :—“‘ Should any col-
lector be undecided where to fix himself, I would recommend the
West Indies. Although longer known to us than any other tropical
country, it is still very imperfectly explored, and every island yields
different results. The Blue Mountain peak is almost wnexplored.
I ascended it once only, not being aware how many of the species
were new till my return; the usual case, for even if you have the
books, you have no time to use them. The Cuban species, as far as
¢an be deduced from De Sagia’s Flora, seem to be very different, and
almost equally those of St. Domingo, of which there is a large col-
lection at Philadelphia, made by a French botanist, Pouteau I think,
before the Revolution.”

Mr. M‘Nab mentioned that on the 7th instant the following plants
were in flower in the open air, in the Royal Botanic Garden :—T7i-
tonia media, Helleborus niger, Phlox verna, Primula veris, Hepatica
triloba, Doronicum caucasicum, Pyrus japonica, and Tussilago fra-
grans; and Dr. Greville stated that he had received sweet violets
from the neighbourhood of Darlington a few days since.

The following papers were read :-—

1. “ Descriptions of Rudi,” by Charles C. Babington, M.A. (See

. 123.
2. Pos the Growth of various kinds of Mould in Syrup,” by Pro-
fessor Balfour. Much interest has been recently excited by state-
ments relative to the Vinegar Plant, as it has been called. This
plant, which has a tough-gelatinous consistence, when put into a
mixture of treacle, sugar and water, gives rise to a sort of fermenta-
tion by which vinegar is produced. After six or eight weeks the
original plant can be divided into two layers, each of which acts as
an independent plant, and when placed in syrup continues to produce
yinegar, and to divide at certain periods of growth. The vinegar

EN ee ee eee ee

a ee eee

—— a.)
Py

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 237

thus produced is always more or less of a syrupy nature, and when
evaporated to dryness, a large quantity of saccharine matter is left.
Various conjectures have been hazarded as to the origin of the so-
called vinegar-plant, some stating that it came from South America
or other distant regions, and others that it is a spontaneous produc-
tion. Lindley states that it is a peculiar form of Penicillium glaucum,
or common blue mould. There seems to be no doubt that it is an
anomalous state of mould or of some fungus, and the peculiarity of
form and consistence appears to be owing to the material in which it
grows. In place of producing the usual cellular sporiferous stalks,
the mycelium increases to an extraordinary extent ; its cellular threads
interlacing together in a remarkable manner and producing one ex-
panded cellular mass, with occasionally rounded bodies like spores in
its substance. The cellular filaments may be seen under the micro-

The tendency to divide in a merismatic manner is common
in many of the lower classes of plants, and this seems to be what
occurs at a certain period of growth, when the plant divides into two
horizontal plates. If the plant is allowed to continue growing, it
forms numerous plates one above the other. The anomalous forms
of fungi in certain circumstances have lately excited much interest, and
Mr. Berkeley has called attention to some of the remarkable trans-
formations which they undergo. These are such, that many forms
considered as separate genera are now looked upon as mere varieties
of one species. .

That mould of various kinds when placed in syrup shows the same
tendency to form a flat gelatinous or somewhat leathery expansion is
shown by the following experiments.

Some mould that had grown on an apple was put into syrup on
the 5th of March, 1851, and in the course of two months, there was
a cellular flat expanded mass formed, while the syrup was converted
into vinegar. Some of the original mould was seen on the surface in
its usual form.

Some mould from a pear was treated in a similar way with the same
result ; also various moulds growing on bread, tea, and other vege-
table substances ; the effect in most cases being to cause a fermen-
tation, which resulted in the production of vinegar. ;

In another experiment on the 8th of November, 1850, a quantity
of raw sugar, treacle, and water were put into a jar without any plant
being introduced, and they were left untouched till March 5, 1851.
When examined, a growth like that of the vinegar plant was visible
and vinegar was formed. The plant was removed and put into fresh
syrup, and again the production of vinegar took place.

It would appear from experiment, that when purified, white sugar
alone is used to form syrup, the plant when placed in it does not
produce vinegar so readily, the length of time required for the changes
varying from four to six months. There may possibly be something
~ teen raw sugar and treacle which tends to promote the acetous
Dr Greville remarked that he had no doubt that the vinegar-plant
was an abnormal state of some fungus. It was well known that

238 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

many fungi in peculiar circumstances presented most remarkable
forms. He instanced the so-called genus Myconema of Fries, as well
as the genus Ozonium. Even some of the Agarics present anomalous
appearances, such as the absence of the pileus, &c., in certain in-
stances. The remarkable appearances of dry-rot in different cireum-
stances are well known. Although syrup when left to itself will un-
dergo the acetous change, still Dr. Greville was satisfied that the
presence of this plant promoted and expedited the change.

Professor Simpson remarked, that the changes in Fungi may re-
semble the alternation of generations so evident in the animal king-
dom, as noticed by Steenstrup and others. In the Medusee there are
remarkable changes of form, and there is also the separation of buds,
resembling the splitting of the vinegar-plant.

Mr. Embleton remarked, that in the neighbourhood of Embleton
in Northumberland, every cottager used the plant for the purpose of
making vinegar.

3. “The Results of some Experiments relative to the Growth of
Alpine Plants, after having been kept artificially covered with snow in
an ice-house for many months,” by Prof. Simpson. Seeds and plants
kept in this way during winter, and then brought into the warm air
of summer, germinate and grow with great rapidity. Mr. John
Stewart had also made experiments with animals, and he found that
the chrysalis so treated produced a moth in eleven days, after being
brought into the atmosphere ; while other chrysales of the same
moth did not do so until three or four months afterwards. In the
Arctic regions the rapid growth of plants during the short summer
was well known. Professor Simpson alluded to the importance of
similar experiments being made on the different kinds of gram. He
referred to the rapidity of the harvest in Canada and other countries,
where the cold lasted for many months, and he was disposed to think
that if grain was kept in ice-houses during winter, and sown in spring,
there might be an acceleration of the harvest. He considered the
subject deserving of the attention of agriculturists, for the saving of
a few weeks in the ripening of the crops would be of vast consequence
in Britain. Moreover there might be less necessity for exposing the
crops to the variable springs of this country, for the sowing might be
retarded.

Professor Simpson is still carrying on his experiments; he hoped
to communicate farther results at a future meeting.

4. “ Notice of Plants found near London,” by Mr. G. Lawson. Mr.
Lawson spent a day in botanizing the neighbourhood uf Wandsworth,
Wimbledon, Putney, and Battersea, in Surrey, in September 1851,
and found a few plants, which, although probably introduced, were
worthy of notice, as not having been previously recorded in those
localities. He exhibited specimens of the followmg :—

Anacharis Alsinastrum, Bab. Found in ditches at Wandsworth
Common, where it was intermixed with Potamogeton densus.

Trifolium ochroleucum, L., Wandsworth Common. This species
is admitted by Mr. Watson as a native in the Thames province.
(Cybele, i. 263.)

2 Se ae =

tet ne el a

Botanical. Society of Edinburgh. 239

Trifolium resupinatum, L., Wandsworth Common. Of course in-
troduced.

Scorpiurus subvillosus, L. In a cultivated field near to the
Wandsworth Railway Station : a southern European species, and cer-
tainly not a native.

Melilotus parviflora, Desf., Wandsworth Common ; also in a cul-
tivated field to the eastward of the Wandsworth Railway Station.
This is very distinct from any other species found in Britam. The
racemes are dense, in fruit elongated and lax ; pods subglobose, very
obtuse, distinctly reticulate-rugose, glabrous, containing each one

‘large globular seed; leaflets somewhat retuse, serrate, obovate- or

oblong-cuneate. Flowers small, not twice the length of the calyx,
deep yellow.

This species appears to be widely diffused over the glohe, although
in some regions probably as a naturalized plant only ; its extensive
geographical range is shown by the following notices of specimens
which were exhibited from the Herbarium in the University of Edin-
burgh. In Rugel’s collection of Florida plants, there are specimens
of it. No. 171, labelled: ‘‘ Locis arenosis soli expositis et ad littora
maris, prope St. Augustine, Florida or., Apr.—Mai. 1848.” In the
Indian collection there are several specimens showing its prevalence
in India, where it appears in the dry season; one of them from Dr.
Roxburgh is labelled in his own handwriting, “Trifol. M. indica
yar.?” Another is from Dr. Jameson, frém Saharunpore ; and in
the admirable collection of the Countess of Dalhousie there is a
beautiful and characteristic specimen. Dr. Pappe notices this as one
of the foreign medicinal plants in which the habitants of South
Africa have confidence, so that the species would appear to be found
there in a naturalized condition. It has no claim to be considered
native in England, as even in the south of France it is only found in
lucerne fields.

5. * Notice of the abnormal structure of a Turnip,” by Mr. James
B. Davies. The author of this paper remarked that all roots are sub-
ject to variation, as well from non-development as from increased
growth. He exhibited a monstrous turnip having the appearance of
two bulbs joined in the form of an hour-glass ; this he conceived to
have been caused by some injury to the root, arresting-the expansion
of the superior or first-formed bulb. He likewise exhibited another
specimen presenting two bulbs united at the neck, the union extend-
ing to a third of their circumference. Mr. Davies did not believe
that such monstrosities as this resulted from the chemical condition
of the soil, or from the opposition of any external body in the soil ;
but that one, instead of two, tap-roots were originally produced of
equal dimensions. This conclusion he had arrived at from an exa-
mination of their internal structure, having traced a mass of the small
cells resembling those found towards the exterior of the bulb, rising
to a considerable height through the root, thus forming an apparent
wall between the two bulbs. He had likewise found, in tracing the
course of the fibres, that two great masses arose from the crown, and
proceeded in separate courses one to each bulb. As a remedy for

240 Miscellaneous.

the disease, Mr. Davies recommended the raising of seed from trans-
planted bulbs. He illustrated his remarks by drawings, showing the
structure of the turnips alluded to and the structure usually seen in
the turnip bulb.

Dr. Balfour read a letter from Dr. Ernest Meyer of Konigsburg,
intimating the transmission of a collection of interesting plants from
M. Patze, who has paid particular attention to the species of willow.
«As regards the willows,’ Dr. Meyer remarks, “which constitute
M. Patze’s delight, I can assure you that each specimen in leaf is
taken from the same plant as those which are in flower, whether male
or female. As to the hybrid forms of the genus Salix, which haye
caused such confusion in our systems, there is not one of them which
has not been observed by M. Patze for several years, and found al-
most always sterile and in small quantity among the two common
species, which he suspects to be the parents.” .

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on a Monstrosity observed in the Cockchafer (Melolontha vul-
garis). By M. Leresovutiet, M.D

MonsrrosiTi&s, without being exactly very rare in articulated ani-
mals, and in particular in insects, are, nevertheless, not so common
as to render it useless to describe them when they occur. This con-
sideration has determined me to make known a rather curious ano-
maly which I observed last year in a female cockchafer, which con-
sists in the existence of three antenne on the right side. I have
annexed to this note a representation of the specimen, which is pre-
served in the museum at Strasbourg.

The antenna of the left side is normal; the club is 4 millimetres
(4 inch) in length, and is composed of seven leaves.

The right antenna has its first joint
(a) longer and broader than the same
joint on the left side. This joint is
enlarged at the extremity, where it
presents two pits, into which are arti-
culated two other portions of the an-
tenna, one simple, the other double ;
that is to say, there are three antenneze,
each terminated by a foliated club.

The first of these two portions
(No. 1) is composed of a short, glo-
bular basal joint (0) attached to the
articulation ; of an elongated second joint (c), resembling in form
the penultimate joint of the normal antenna ; and of a foliated club,
consisting of seven lamellee which measure 3 millimetres (3 inch) in
length, and consequently are a little shorter than those of the normal
antennz. The whole of this portion is inclined downwards; it ap-
pears to me to represent the true antenna.

ee ee ee

. TT .
at ete ee ake
* tara hres
Sas ie, SARS

Miscellaneous. 241

- The second portion, which is supported by the basal joint (a), con-
sists of a first joint (d), which itself acts as a basal joint to the two
other antennz, and represents consequently the joint @ of the whole
antenna. This first joint is inserted above the small globular joint 4;
it is enlarged at the extremity, and its form is the same as that of the
general basal joint ; like it, also, it presents two articulatory surfaces ;
one, directed downwards, bears the second antenna (2) ; the other,
turned upwards, serves for the articulation of the third antenna (3).

The second antenna (2), or first supplementary antenna, is com-
posed of two pieces, namely an elongated joint, resembling in form
the joint e of the first antenna, and the club, which is composed of
seven lamell, and is only 13 millimetre in length.

The third antenna (3) is composed, like the preceding, of an elon-
gated joint and a club ; the latter measures 2} millimetres, and con-

‘sists like the preceding of seven lamellz.

Thus, the right antenna is composed of portions which are repe-
titions of one another ; of a first normal antenna, of a second antenna,
grafted, as it were, upon the first, and of a third grafted upon the se-
cond ; only, in the latter the basal joint is wanting. We might also
say, thatthe primitiveantenna bearsa bifurecatesupernumerary antenna.

{After mentioning several cases of monstrosities by excess in Coleo-
pterous insects, described by various authors, and referring to the
theory proposed by M. Bassi (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. iii. p. 373) to ac- _
count for these pheenomena, M. Lereboullet proceeds to give his own
views on this subject as follows :—]

Without pretending to wish to establish a theory of the mode of
production of these anomalies in the Articulata, I will remark, that,
in these animals, the appearance of the limbs takes place by a sort of
shooting or budding subject to determinate laws for each species, and
which is manifested, at a given period of development, on determinate
points of the surface of the body. It is this great law of centrifugal
or peripheric development which determines the number of joints of
which the antennz or the feet are composed, the form of each of the
joints, and the general form of the member. Now, the development of
these parts can only take place at the expense of the nutritive juice ;
it is the blood which contains the primordial elements of the organs,
or, to be more exact, furnishes the materials of which they are com-

d. If we suppose now that from some cause there is a super-

abundance of blood in one part, there might result from it a hyper-
_ trophy of the organs ; but as this has not yet completed its evolution,

the same part repeats itself several times and in the same form, on
account of the primary law which presides at the development of each
piece,—a true nisus formativus which appears to run each organ into

a mould, which we may call specific, as it is always the same for the

same species and only belongs to zt. Thus, for example, in the case
above described, the first joint of the abnormal antenna is larger than
the same piece in the normal antenna. There has therefore been ex-
cess of nutrition in this part, and we may suppose that in con-
sequence of this excess of, nutrition it has formed several antennz

similar to one another.

I believe, therefore, that in monstrosities by excess there is not a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 16

242 Miscellaneous.

division of the organs, but rather a production of new organs super-
added to the primary organ, or what comes to the same thing, a re-
petition of the same organ on a part of the body where it should exist
alone *.—Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Sept. 1851, p. 453.

Description of anew species of Macgillivrayia. By A. Anams, F.L.S.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
R.N. Hospital, Haslar, Gosport, Feb. 23, 1852.
GENTLEMEN,—I send you the description of a new species of
Macgillivrayia, a genus of mollusea just established by Prof. Forbes,
and as it is a member of a very novel form, I shall feel obliged by
your inserting it in your next number.
I remain, Gentlemen, yours very truly,
ArtTuur Apams, F.L.S.

Macgillivrayia spinigera, A. Adams.

Testa turbinata, tenui, cornea, glabrata, semipellucida, imperforata ;
spira brevi, anfractibus subplanulatis; apertura oblonga, integra,
antice subangulata ; labio recto, antice producto, in spina acuminata
desinente.

Hab. Mindoro Sea.

The great peculiarity of this species is the circumstance of the
columellar lip ending anteriorly in a produced spine; the surface
moreover is glossy, the shell more transparent, the whorls of the spire
less rounded, and the spire itself less prominent than in M. pelagica
of Forbes. The operculum is that of the genus.

On the Anatomy and’ Physiology of Salpa and Pyrosoma.
By Tuomas H. Hvuxurey, F.R.S.

The object of the author in the present paper is to inquire into
the true nature of the singular phenomena of reproduction in the
Salpe, whose existence was first demonstrated by Chamisso twenty
years ago, and which have formed the basis of the theory of “ alter-
nate generations.”

The author refers to M. Krohn as the only writer who has pre-
viously entered thoroughly into this subject; but while he bears
testimony to the extreme aceuraey of M. Krohn’s statements, he sub-
mits that, as the latter are published in a very condensed form only,
and without figures, they cannot affect any value that may attach
to his own independent researches.

The forms of Salpa examined were the S. democratica and S.
mucronata.

The author first deseribes their outward form, and shows that
they are so different in appearance and in some points of organiza-
tion, as to fully warrant the assumption (if they belonged to any
other family) that they are different species. He then proceeds to
describe the various organs in detail; first, however, discussing the

* In asubsequent number of the ‘ Revue et Mag. de Zoologie,’ M. Gué-
rin Méneville states that a similar deformity in the right antenna of a male
cockchafer had been described and figured by M. Wesmael in the ‘ Bul-
letins de l’Acad. des Sciences de Bruxelles’ for 1849.

eee nd See en a

siya lil aa

Miscellaneous. 243

r nomenclature of the sides and ends of these animals, a sub-
ect on which much confusion has prevailed. Particular attention
is called to the existence of an organ hitherto undeseribed—a cylin-
drical, elongated body, like an internal shell,—here termed the “ en-
dostyle,” which lies in the dorsal sinus, and has hitherto been con-
founded with the “dorsal folds” of Savigny. A peculiar system of
delicate transparent vessels, taking its origin in the stomach and
ramified over the intestine, is described and its nature inquired into.
The organs of reproduction are next inquired into. The young
in the Salpa democratica constitute a “ Salpa-chain,” and are showa
to arise by gemmation from a tubular diverticulum of the vascular
system of the parent. In the course of their development they take
the form of the S. mucronata.

The young in the Sa/pa mucronata again is shown to be solitary,
and attached to one point of the respiratory chamber of the parent
by an organ which exactly represents in its structure a rudimentary
mammiferous placenta, except that in the Salpe the “ villus” is
formed by the maternal system, the “ placental cell” by the fcetal
system. But the fcetus here is not produced by gemmation, as in
the preceding case, but by a true process of sexual generation.

Every Salpa mucronata contains at one period of its existence a
solitary ovum, and a testis, which is a ramified gland surrounding
the intestine, and hitherto confounded with the liver. The solitary
ovum becomes fertilized, pushed out into the respiratory cavity of the
parent, and remains connected with the latter until it has assumed
the form of the Salpa democratica, when it becomes detached.

Chamisso’s formula therefore, “that the parent Salpa produces
an offspring different from itself, which again produces an offspring
different from itself, but similar to its parent,” is perfectly correct,
only the word “ produce” has two meanings—in the one case signi-
fying a process of gemmation, in the other of true sexual generation.

The author next proceeds to describe the anatomy of Pyrosoma,
and to point out its general harmony with that of Sa/pa. He shows
the existence of an endostyle—a system of ramified intestinal tu-
bules—and of other organs precisely resembling those described in
the latter genus. The “hepatic organ” of Savigny is the testis,
while the female generative organ consists of solitary pedicillate
ova. The arrangement of their parts is essentially the same as in
Salpa, only that the feetus does not appear to be developed in pla-
cental connexion with the parent.

The Pyrosomata increase by gemmation also, but the gemme are
solitary and do not form chains, becoming developed like those of
the ordinary compound Ascidians between the pre-existing forms.

In the next section, the zoological relations of the Salpe and
Pyrosomata, with the other Ascidians, are inquired into. The au-
thor endeavours to show that there is no essential difference of or-
ganization between the ordinary Ascidians and the Salpe; that the
two forms grade insensibly one into the other; and that there is,
therefore, no ground for breaking up the great ascidian family into
the two subdivisions of Monochitonida and Dichitonida.

With regard to the theory of the “alternation of generations,”

16*

244 Miscellaneous.

the author submits that it is by no means a proper expression for
the phenomena presented by the Salpe. According to the author's
view, the two forms of Salpa are not two generations of distinct in-
dividuals, but are, properly speaking, organs, and only when taken
together, equivalent to an individual, in the sense in which that
term is used among the higher animals.

For these pseudo-individuals, in this and all analogous cases, the
author proposes the name of “ zodids,” simply for the purpose of
avoiding the apparent paradox of calling these highly-organized in-
dependent forms “ organs,” though such, in the author’s opinion,
they really are—Phil. Trans. Part 2. 1851.

LARUS GLAUCUS.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
Weymouth, February 16, 1852.

GENTLEMEN,—On the 26th of January in this year, a specimen of
the Glaucous Gull (Larus glaucus) was caught on the Chesil Beach,
between the village of Fleet and Abbotsbury. This was a young bird,
but very large ; from the carpal joint to the end of the longest quill-
feather measures 19 inches. The upper tail-coverts are spotted with
very faint pale brown, the tail-feathers barred with very narrow
streaks of very faint brown scarcely perceptible. Bill very pale brown.
Legs and feet the same. In all other respects it has the plumage of
the adult bird. -

‘This bird was taken in a noose set for gulls, which are caught solely
for their feathers, and many are captured annually for this purpose.

A heap of sea-weed is put together, and two sticks driven in oppo-
site each other on the weed and at about a foot apart; to these sticks
is firmly attached a wire noose (like those used by poachers) which
is supported by the sticks. Under this noose a fish is placed on the
heap of weed ; this attracts the gulls, and in making a swoop to seize
the fish they dash into the noose and are thus secured.

I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently,
Witiiam Tompson.

Alge taken in Cork Harbour or along the coast during the Summers
of 1850 and 1851. By J. Carrow.

Sporochnus pedunculatus, Ag. Cork Harbour, 1850: washed up.

Myrioneme punctiforme, Harv. Tide. pools, 1850: on Ceramium
Deslongchampsii.

Ectocarpus Hincksia, Harv.

Rytiphlea thuyoides, Harv. Rocks at either side of Cork Har-
bour, but rare.

Polysiphonia obscura, J. Ag. Sand-covered rocks below Queens-
town, Sept. 1851. Our Irish specimens are much finer than those
from the South of England.

Polysiphonia simulans, Harv. Mud-covered rocks, Rat Island, at
low-water mark, June 1850.

Stenogramme interrupta, Mont. Dredged in Cork Harbour, Sept.
1851, growing on small stones in 5 to 6 fathoms water. Plants iz
both states of fructification were procured.

Miscellaneous. 245

Gigartina acicularis, Lam. Rocks, Camden Fort, June 1851 : very
sparingly.

Ginnania furcellata, Mont. On a shell in 5 to 6 fathoms.

Ceramium fastigiatum, Harv., var. Below Queenstown, Sept.
1850: cast up in considerable quantity.

C. flabelligerum, J. Ag. Cork Harbour: very rare. Kinsale :
more plentiful.

C. acanthonotum, Carm. Kinsale: rare : Sept. 1851.

Callithamnion virgatulum, Harv. On Ceramium diaphanum.

Cladophora Macallana, Harv. Taken by the dredge— probably
common on our coast. ©

C. Hutchinsie, Harv. With the preceding.

O. gracilis, Griff.

C. refracta, Kiitz.

_ Anatomical Observations on the Dasyurus (Sarcophilus) ursinus.
By M. W. Vrouik.

The zoological garden of Amsterdam has recently furnished an

portunity of clearing up several points in comparative anatomy, by
placing under the scalpel of Professor Vrolik, the body of the Dasyurus
ursinus, a singular animal which has lived for a considerable time in
that place.

The Dasyurus (or Sarcophilus) ursinus is an inhabitant of Van
Diemen’s Land; it belongs to the group of carnivorous marsupials,
and bears a resemblance to the Bears both in its general structure and
its plantigrade movement. This animal disappeared rapidly before
the increasing population, and has taken refuge in the most remote

rtions of the colony, where it goes by the name of “ devil.”

The dental system of the Dasyurus presenting a great analogy with
that of the true Carnivora, it became an interesting point to ascertain
how far the rest of its organization agreed with this external cha-
racter, and it is to this pomt that M. Vrolik has directed his atten-
tion. The results of his labours are as follows :—

The head of the Dasyurus ursinus resembles that of the Hyzena in
form, although it possesses several characters peculiar to the mar-
supials—such as the great opening of the bones of the-palate which
produces a resemblance to the same part in birds—the situation of
the carotidian canals, which traverse the body of the sphenoid bone
—the existence of four true molars in place of three—the internal
elongation of the posterior angle of the lower jaw, &c. Besides these
characters of the head, there are several other peculiarities which
coincide to place the Dasyurus among the true marsupials—such as
the structure of the wrist, the union of the two bones of the leg,
and more especially the existence of the marsupial bones.

The temporal muscles and masseters, the muscles of the neck and
of the extremities, are the same as those of the true Carnivora; in
fact, it is only in the abdominal muscles that we observe any differ-
ences, and these result from the presence of the marsupial bones and
of the abdominal pouch. The brain is like that of other marsupials,
bearing a considerable resemblance in structure to that of birds. The
respiratory and circulatory organs scarcely offer any peculiarities, ex-

246 Miscellaneous.

cept the slight development of the larynx*, and the equality of the
two auricles of the heart. The digestive organs rather resemble those
of the Carnivora than those of the herbivorous marsupials.

The result of these researches therefore is, that although the Da-
syurus ursinus resembles the plantigrade Carnivora in its appearance
and mode of life, its organization and internal structure place it in-
contestably amongst the marsupials. —Bib/. Univ. de Geneve, Dee.
1851, p. 346.

On the Nervous System of Insects. By M. Dusarpin.

Persuaded that insects were not moved in their actions by instinet
only, but also by a peculiar intelligence, M. Dujardin has examined
into the organization of their nervous system, to see if it would con-
firm this idea which he had deduced from the observation of facts,
and in particular whether the supra-cesophageal ganglion, to which
the name of ‘ brain’ had been given, although only on account of ana-
logy of position, did not present another resemblance of much greater
importance, that of intimate structure and organization,—in other
words, whether insects had, or had not, a brain. The results of his
observations are,—

1. That in some articulated animals there exists a true brain, of
which the structure and volume correspond with the. development of
the intellectual faculties : thus, if we compare the volume of the brain
of the ant with that of the cockchafer, we shall find that they are as
1-7, whilst the volumes of their bodies are as 1-100.

2. That the brain, or supra-cesophageal ganglion, contains sym-
metrical bodies of a well-determined form, to which he has given the
name of corpora pedunculata (corps pédonculés) ; these organs are
more or less completely surrounded by a pulpy cortical substance,
which is relatively less considerable in the most intelligent insects,
and predominates in those in which intelligence is masked by instinct,
whilst it occurs alone in those insects which are only endowed with
the latter faculty.

3. The same pulpy substance appears also to occur by itself in
those ganglia of the thorax and abdomen which assist in purely in-
stinctive actions.— Ib. Sept. 1851, p. 74.

OBITUARY.—WILLIAM THOMPSON, F.L.S.,
PRESIDENT OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF BELFAST,

It is with much regret we have to record the death of Mr. William
Thompson, of Belfast, which took place very suddenly in London
on Tuesday morning Feb. the 17th, Mr. Thompson had been visiting
our metropolis chiefly with a view to making arrangements for the
approaching meeting of the British Association in Belfast, of which
he had been appointed by the Council a Vice-President. Mr. Thomp-
son was well known as a writer on various branches of natural history.
Science is indebted to him for the ardour with which he investigated

* The slight development of the larynx is a character peculiar to the
marsupials, which accounts for these animals being generally mute. Like
them, the Dasyurus at Amsterdam never emitted any sound except a low
grunting, and even this very rarely. —

Pew Site oe ee

ae ee 2a

" be

Meteorological Observations. 247

the zoology of his native country ; and the large number of his papers
in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ to which he has
been a contributor from the beginning, attest his great diligence in
this respect. He was an early friend of the British Association for
the Advancement of Science, and at the meeting held at Glasgow
delivered in a Report on the Fauna of Ireland. He constantly at-
tended its meetings; and subsequently to his Report in 1840, he
contributed many papers on the Natural History of Ireland. It was
owing to his efforts that the Natural History Section was so remark-
ably successful when the Association met at Cork. His investigations
on the Zoology of Ireland were subservient to a great work which he
had planned on the Natural History of that island, and which, had his
life been spared, there is no reason to doubt he would have completed.
‘The Birds of Ireland’ was the first part of this work. Our readers
will be glad to learn that he had made arrangements for the publica-
tion of his MSS., and nominated two of his most intimate personal

‘. friends in Belfast to take charge of the work, in the event of his death
= before the publication of the remaining volumes should have been
a completed ; there will therefore be no delay beyond what is absolutely
a unavoidable. His loss will be deeply felt at Belfast, in the institu-
- tions of which city he took deep and active interest. He died in the
E forty-seventh year of his age. :

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1852.

Chiswick.—January 1. Hazy: overcast. 2. Overcast: fine: slight rain. 3. Foggy:
very fine : cloudy: boisterous at night. 4. Clear and very fine: frosty. 5. Frosty:
clear and fine. 6. Clear: very fine. 7. Rain. 8. Cloudy: boisterous. 9. Quite
clear: overcast. 10. Frosty: clearand fine: rain. 11. Rain: overcast. 12. Con-
Stant rain. 13. Foggy, with rain. 14. Foggy: rain. 15. Cloudy. 16. Densely
overcast: fine. 17. Very fine. 18. Hoar frost: very fine. 19. Frosty: very fine.
20. Densely clouded. 21. Fine: rain at night. 22, 23. Clear and very fine.
24. Rain. 25,26. Very fine. 27. Fine: rain. 28. Foggy: fine: clear: frosty at
night. 29. Foggy and frosty: very fine. 30. Rain: heavy clouds: clear. 31.
Densely overcast : rain.

Mean temperature of the month ...........+..ssesseeees ceedinohs 39°66
Mean temperature of Jan. 1851 ...........ceee.seseseeesences see 40 07
Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-six years ... 36°79
Average amount Of rain in Jan. ......cecsssesscseceereecesteeecs 1°68 inch.

Boston.—Jan. 1, 2. Cloudy. 3. Fine. 4. Fine: hail-storm eatly a.m. 5, 6.
Fine. 7. Cloudy: raine.m. 8. Cloudy. 9. Cloudy: raina.m. 10. Fine. 11.
Fine: rain early a.m. 12. Cloudy: rain earlya.m. 13. Cloudy: rainp.m. 14.
Cloudy. 15. Cloudy: raina.M.andp.m. 16—19. Fine. 20. Cloudy: rain p.m.
21. Fine: rainp.m. 22. Fine: rainearly a.m. 23. Fine. 24. Cloudy: rain a.m.
and p.m. 25, 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy: rain p.m. 28. Fine. 29. Foggy. 30.
Rainy: rain A.M. and p.m. 31. Cloudy: rain A.m. and P.M.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Rain. 2. Showers : sleet-showers. 3. Cloudy:
sleet-showers. 4. Snow-showers. 5. Rain: cloudy. 6. Rain: showers. 7. Showers .
snow-showers. 8. Frost: cloudy. 9. Showers: snow-showers. 10. Snow-showers
cloudy. 11. Snow-showers: clear: aurora. 12. Cloudy: showers. 13. Showers :

-clear: aurora. 14,15. Bright: cloudy. 16. Showers: cloudy. 17. Showers,
18. Showers: damp. 19. Bright: clear: aurora. 20,21. Cloudy: rain. 22.
Cloudy : showers: thunder and lightning. 23, 24. Showers: clear: aurora. 25.
Sleet-showers: aurora. 26. Drops: cloudy. 27. Hazy: cloudy. 28. Fine: clear:
large halo. 29. Drizzle: showers. 30. Showers: sleet-showers. 31. Showers :

- thunder and lightning: showers.

V8 en on

reo Ob eet 22 bz.ob SE.ob SLE |zf.1£ 00.3%} 6$7.6z zbz.6z $09.62 6zg.6z. |ruvayy :
1 0%. ty | or. *s jm | og ov) OF. | SE) GE 1 ><$ of.6z 14,62 £$.6z o1S 62 616,62 | “rf
61. | o@% | tr. | om lems | om | 68 | Sth] ob] 6c | €S $72.62 88.87 91.62 $29.62 616.62 | *of
PEE ere Go, “AS "sg | Ms Cyt LY | fd. vs gv vb.6z 26.6% oLl.6z $26.62 060,0£ 62 ¢
go. Los jrsesese2) eg [emul] mu | OF | xb] Ef] iz | s+ -L.6z ol 6 ov.6z ofL.6z £99.62 Bz
HRSAs e's Bz. *s | mss] +s fv | Sv} Eb) 62 | oF 2£.6% 07,67 07.62 Lov.6z ggs.6z | Le
OL. Presateerieecessser! ooge | emass | cas | Ser zh Sef) 17.) 1S gt.6z gr.6z $9.62 £06.62 £L0.0£ "gt
hs £0. gt. | 90. | ‘ms | as | sms | $6€ | oF [Sb } Le | of ££.6z 61.62 gt.6z _ $LL.6z $¥6.6z | Sz
DE OR. oh sg |= eo lake: Rol cee! LOK wel ot 98.87 L9.gz gt.6z 655.62 1£¢.6z “vz
a Eh RAL SE a m |*msm] ms | £0 | gb | SE] 62 | gr 77.67 gL.8z or.62 Ezv.6z 62.62 fz
60. gi. To, [-mss/ ‘ms | ms | bb | ob | 6£| 1€ | Lb S£.9z gl.gz 0g.gz £97.62 965.62 | zz
$s. ol. gt. | ‘ass | mss] ‘ms | fb | ob | FE} gf | £5 J: gS.92 zt.6z 7$.6z LLE.6z £96.62 17@
Resteerrseeteastt bo, S) ay hee "s Sv] Sv |S.Eb!) gz | 6b I; -zb.6< 1+.6z 9£.6z $69.62 692.62 | ‘oz
Rte cos } 9g *s g WSR SEL gc] Le g$.6z 99.62 61,62 036.62 11.0 “61
Go, a frstenesisssereres| eg | omg [ome bt Se] Lh) SE) ce 1 ty 23.67 98.62 06.62 glz.of gz£.0€ °QI
GE. Prenesrees|ereeenees] oy tom foe SP | SEP) GE) be | Ly $3.62 LS .6z 9S .6z 1$6.6z 1bz.of “LI
So. Se, Lo. mw | *m | ms | SEF | eh] byl LE | cS LE.6z g1.6z go.6z £0.62 obg.6z *gI
go. zis gz. "OS ‘s | *MS fb | bh | Sb] by | oS g1.6z 1.62 $1.62 $S+.62 209.62 “Sr
ZO. 9%. gl. *s as | -AS Iv | ve | ch] 6€ 1S £+.6z $9.62 7v.6% 104,62 6£1,62 tr)
G0. -[petessss| pz, “AM "s 2 gf | 6£ 1] gf} 6£ | oS LS.6z 6£,6z gz.6z tvr.6z gtS.6z 2
tz. | Lo. | zg. | mu} cms | cms | 6£ | gf | Ev! of | $5 06.gz gS.gz Z6.g% 1$1.6z gzi.6c | *zr
Qt. gt. £o.--| "oso | "as: | Ma PE yReY SRL Sh | oes 08.8% 68.97 OL.g% 770,62 017.6% ‘IL
Te eee go. “a “A | tA Ob: OFS} 92h Sei) OS 7$.6z 0$.6z oF.6z £99.62 $1L.6z ‘OI
my esi seer iegs SSL et SMA MST) OE GB erdG Mes gz. (6S $1.62 06.37 @L.ge gv1.6z ogh.6z | *6
< Jaygara fale oral Sik ia Eo Pal aie cae te Ms amt 1 ce Yl 2 Oe 7 20.62 $¥.6z 0S .6z . Igr.6z f9g.6z | ‘8
gf. |rrrre"| go. [emu | cm jms | rE] 66] zbl Le | 6b ov.6z 08.87 72.6% g0S.6z $09.67 y a @)
BF. reeeneiirertetenel og fg | og Fh GWE GRASIEST SE | -6F 96.9% L1.6z 09.6z Lgl.6z 616.6% | *9
So. eae eervediescecccces “M "Ss "MS Fob LE zt 6z SY 92.62% £5.62 98.67 %90.08 g6r.0£ ¢
gf. St. [crete] om fom) smu | SE | Eee iS.ch| oc | bb 2L.6z 97.67 0f.6z 6£5.6z TTI.O€ a4
SEP eer One df SMe a>: Jems | PLE") FSE) Of): gto 1 bP $3.97 2.62 fb.6z z1$.6z gbl.6z | “f
' | $e, -[rrsreree| Zo, | tm | tMsM} sms | ob | Ech] of | oz | xh 07.62 £0.62 9f.6z L£9.6z $69.67 | *%
Gr, |ereeceseeleereeeeee! em | emg | ety fv | th! ZE| re | SE of'6z 99.62 19.62 $gl.6c 956.62 ay
¥ Oe ak : é ees pe . : ‘ue
g : : ; : 5 : oi" dfs ure f6 &F uy | xeyy | curd fg ure £6 rz aut i “B08
Sept (e~: oF cae £8 ®
Bo P R | eS | FO ER Sees |e | -xoussrao ‘youmpurg ‘fou Pe “yorstyg adie
: jo skeq
i “WIRY *pulAL | *19JOULOULICY, J, *‘TOPOULOLV ET

‘AUNMUG ‘asunpy yormpung yo “UoysNo[D *C ‘Ady ay2 Ag pun £ NoAsog pn Tea, “AWK Ag
‘uopuo'y vau “MOIMSIHG 3 Ajzarv0g younzynaizs0F] ay} fo uapsvy ay2 qo Uosdmoyy, “Ap, Ag apyw suoinasasgo poorbojosoajayy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 52. APRIL 1852.

XXI.—Notes and Descriptions of a few Brachiopoda; including
a Monograph of the French Liasie Spirifers. By Tuomas
Davipson, Member of the Geol. Soc. of France, &c.

[With three Plates. ]

1. Observations on the Genus Rhynchonella of Fiseher, with de-
i scriptions of new species.

For that group of plaited Terebratule including such shells as
R. Lozia, Fischer, Vespertilio, Brocchi, octoplicata, Sow., &c.,
the generic names of Trigonella and Rhynchonella were proposed

ischer de Waldheim, in 1809; both genera comprise simi-
larly organized forms and are synonyms of each other; and as
the name Trigonella had already been used by prior authors to
denote other objects, the term Rhynchonella alone can be ad-
yantageously preserved. The necessity of separating these shells
from the smooth Terebratule was foreseen even by early natu-
ralists. Morton* in 1712 seems to have been among the first
to arrange his Terebratule into two distinct divisions; in the
first he placed those species with a truncated beak; and in the
second those in which the beak is acute and entire; these divi-
sions corresponding the first to the genus Terebratula, the second
to that of Rhynchonella of modern authors.

Dayilat+ in 1767 likewise alluded to the distinction between
these shells, and noticed the difference in their apophysary
system ; but Fischer claims the honour of having first introduced
a distinctive appellation{. Within the last few years other generic

“4 a Hist. of Northumberland.
tT Catalogue systématique et raisonné. :
t Neglected however until 1847, when M. D’Orbigny re-established the

genus, giving the date 1825, being ignorant of Fischer’s prior paper, of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. ix. 17

250 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

names have also been proposed for these plaited Terebratule, such
as Hypothyris, Phillips, Cyclothyris (M‘Coy), Atrypa (M‘Coy)*,
Hemithirist and Acanthothiris, D’Orb., &c.

Without entering into a full history of this genus, our
present object is, principally to inquire if authors are really
entitled to establish these different genera; if the organizations
vary ; and if the genus existed from the Silurian period up to
the present day; points which require immediate investigation
to prevent the confusion which is daily added to the nomencla-
ture by authors adopting frequently at random one denomination
instead of another. Are we entitled to follow M. D’Orbigny, who
places, for example, :

T. psittacea, cae
F Wiles, Sor. in his genus Hemiruiis ;

‘T. octoplicata,

T. concinna, in Fischer’s genus RHyNCHONELLA ;
T. tetrahedra, &e.

T. spinosa,

, in his genus ACANTHOTHIRIS ?
T. senticosa, &c. } 8

On what principle is a genus among the Brachiopoda to be
established? Is it merely from a slight dissimilarity of outward
form, or is it from the important differences and peculiarities in
the supports of the arms and other impressions left by the animal
in the shell? The great value of these last was justly admitted
by M. D’Orbigny, but not always attended to by that author.

The genus Rhynchonella may be characterized as follows :—

existence of which I was first informed by Mr. Morris, who had discovered
the only copy im London in the library of the Linnean Society; but Prof.
King was the first to publish it, having also discovered the paper.

For more ample details on this subject I beg to refer to my work on
British Brachiopoda, Part 1, 2 and 3, genus Rhynchonella (Paleontogra-
phical Society).

* The genus Atrypa was established by Dalman in 1827, his types being
A. reticularis, A. aspera, A. galeata, A. nucella, A. crassicosta, A. lenticu-
laris. This unfortunate so-called genus has of late been the subject of much
discussion and variety of opinion among several authors, but on which
our space will not allow us to enlarge at present; suffice it to say, that the
three first-mentioned shells are well-known, and do not possess the cha-
racteristics of those now placed in the genus Atrypa both by Prof. M‘Coy
and M. D’Orbigny, many of which I am convinced are only Rhynchonelle.

t+ We do not wish it to be understood, that we consider all the species
placed by authors in the above-enumerated genera to belong to one single
-section, or that all the species placed in M. D’Orbigny’s genus Hemithiris
are true Rhynchonelle, only those (among which are his types) partaking
of the characters visible in R. psittacea, Wilsoni, &e. M. D’Orbigny places
in his genus Hemithiris certain forms, such as T. Schlotheimii, which we
believe to form a separate section, to which Prof. King has given the name
Lamerophoria.

QR aor

: of a few Brachiopoda. 251

Genus RuyNncHONELLA, Fischer, 1809.

Animal small, generally attached to submarine objects by
means of a pedicle issuing from the foramen placed under the
beak of the larger valve. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape,
wider than long, or longer than wide, circular or elongated ;
valves more or less convex, with or without a longitudinal mesial
fold and sinus ; beak acute, slightly or greatly recurved ; no true
area ; foramen variable in its dimensions and form, placed under
the beak, exposed or concealed, entirely or partially surrounded
by a deltidium in two pieces, at times extending in the shape of
a tubular expansion, at other times rudimentary, the foramen
being completed by a small portion of the umbo. Surface
striated, plaited, or costellated, rarely smooth ; structure fibrous,
unpunctuated, sometimes spiny; valves articulating by means of

' two teeth in the larger and corresponding sockets in the im-

perforated valve ; apophysary system in smaller valve composed
of two short, flattened and grooved lamelle, separate and mode-
rately curved upwards, attached to the inner side of the beak of
smaller valve, and to which were affixed the free spiral fleshy
arms* ; a small central longitudinal septum more or less elevated
is seen to extend along the bottom of the smaller valve from
under the beak to about half or two-thirds the length of the shell,
and separating the muscular impressions visible on either side.
Obs. We shall first inquire tf these lamella supporting the free
fleshy arms differ in the proposed genera above enumerated, taking,
to begin with, the genus Hemithiris, of which M. D’Orbigny
considers the recent 7. psittacea to be the type, and in which he
includes a great number of Palzozoic species, of which T, Wilsoni
and sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb., may be mentioned as examples ; but,
strange to say, no representatives are stated to have lived during
the Tertiary, Cretaceous and Jurassic periods, the genus having
abounded, according to M. D’Orbigny, in the Paleozoic epoch, and
after having become extinct for countless ages, reappeared in the
shape of a solitary form in the recent state (R. psittacea), R.
spinosa and senticosa, at one time placed in Hemithiris, were
soon removed to form a distinct genus under the name of -
Acanthothiris ; the genus Rhynchonella being stated not to occur
in the recent period, but to have abounded in the Cretaceous,
Jurassic, and in the Paleozoic period. From a minute examination
of a number of the species distributed into these three genera by
M. D’Orbigny, I cannot discover any important variation in the
position or shape of the curved lamelle above described, which
are similar, and in all more or less developed; the mesial

* See Prof. Owen’s anatomy of T. psiltacea, Trans. of the Zool. Soe,
~vol. i. 2nd part,

17*

252 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

septum is likewise perceptible, the muscular impressions being
also much alike in this valve and only slightly modified in dif-
ferent species :—see our figures of 7. psittacea, T. octoplicata, T.
sub-Wilsoni, Pl. XIII. fig. 1, 2 & 8. Prof. M‘Coy in 1844
noticed the form of these short lamelle in Ter. acuminata, where
I have seen them, but is mistaken when stating that he believes

them to be the same in 7. hastata; in this species they form a_

loop as in true Terebratule, as may be seen from the perfect
specimen now preserved in the museum of the Geol. Survey ;
we must therefore conclude that there exists no important dif-
ference in the internal organization of the imperforated valve.

Much stress has been laid on the form of the beak, foramen,
and deltidium in separating these shells into distinct genera ; let
us therefore consider the true value of these characters in some
of the forms alluded to.

In all, the beak is acute and not truncated. In R. pszttacea
(type of his genus Hemithiris), M. D’Orbigny asserts the foramen
to be without any deltidium; this is however a mistake: the
deltidium is there; rudimentary, but existing, and partially cir-
cumscribing the foramen. In Rhynchonella, he mentions the
foramen to be entirely surrounded by the deltidium, which is
stated to be tubular (Pl. XIII. fig. 3); but this also is far from
being the case in many species admitted and placed by that
author in Rhynchonella, such as R. concinna (Pl. XIII. fig. 6),
&c., wherein not only the deltidium is not tubular, but it does
not even surround the foramen, a portion of which is completed
by the umbo of the smaller valve*. Again, in many species, such
as R. tetrahedra (Pl. XIII. fig. 7), serrata, spinosa, &c., the beak
becomes in age so much recurved as to exhibit no visible fora-
men or deltidium, or passage for the muscular fibres of attaeh-
ment, so that the shell probably became free, a circumstance well
known to be peculiar to some extinct genera of Brachiopoda. It
is therefore evident that the distinctions sought for cannot be
found in either the beak, foramen or deltidium, in the shells com-
posing these three genera proposed.

If we now examine the impressions left in the interior of the
perforated valve, we shall find that these vary in some species
placed in the same genus by M. D’Orbigny; that they are not
peculiar to any of the types, or constant in any of the species
forming the different genera: thus if we cast a glance on the
interior of this valve of R, psittacea (Hemithiris) and many
others believed to be Rhynchonelle, we shall find no perceptible

* Mr. Woodward called my attention to some very young specimens of
R. concinna (Ter. Flabellulum, Sow.), in which the deltidium exists only
in the same rudimentary form as in the adult of the recent R. psittacea.

oe hn

of a few Brachiopoda. 258

dissimilarities, while in some species of Rhynchonella, such as R.
lacunosa (P\. XIII. fig. 16), and others where the shell is very
‘thick, great differences are visible, but which are in reality only
specific, not generic.

M. D’Orbigny was probably not acquainted with the interior of
this valve in his H. sub-Wilsoni, else he would have seen that
these impressions there differ much more from those of R.
psittacea than any he could point out between R. psittacea and
his Rhynchonella.

From the above examination it is clear that no sound reasons
have been brought forward by the different authors who have
divided this type, to authorize the forming of separate genera ;
that the comparative study and minute inspection of the various
species has not been entered into, and that the characters assigned
as generic variations are inexact.

Therefore the question now remaining is, what name these
shells ought to preserve: that of Rhynchonella is the oldest I
am acquainted with ; but if paleontologists can show good reason
why such forms as 7. Wilsoni, sub-Wilsoni, cuboides, &c. are
not Rhynchonelle, they cannot adopt that of Hemithiris (as justly
observed by Prof. King), Prof. Phillips having prior to M. D’Or-
bigny proposed the name of Hypothiris for such shells as R. cu-
boides. The genus Hemithiris, D’Orb., and Acanthothiris, D’Orb.,
and all the other names above alluded to, must be placed among
the synonyms. Before concluding these few remarks, we men-
tion, that having been so fortunate as to discover in a quarry at
Néhou, interiors of both valves of R. sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb., and
internal casts of R. Wilsoni, Sow., in the Aymestry limestone
of Sedgley, we have figured both in our plate, to show that there
exist good grounds for retaining these two specific names, since
the muscular impressions seem to vary in both.

Puate XIII. fig. 8 to 11. R. sub-Wilsoni, D’Orbigny *.
Puare XIII. fig. 12 to 14. .R. Wilsoni, Sow.t

RuyNcHONELLA Destonecuampsi1, Day. 1852. PI. XIII.
fig. 15.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, irregularly lozenge-shaped, wider
than long, convex ; smaller valve divided into three almost equal
lobes, the central one forming a greatly elevated mesial fold ex-
tending much beyond the lateral ones, which gradually slope to

* The position and form of the apophysary lamella were known to M.
Deslongchamps many years back to be similar to those of R. decorata.

T Several good internal casts of this shell exist in the Museum of the
Geol. Survey, which were placed at my disposal for examination by Prof.

- Forbes and Mr. Salter.

254 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

the margin. A sinus corresponds to the fold of the smaller valve,
the perforated valve being rather less convex than the imperfo-
rated one; beak not much produced, recurved and acute, under
which is seen a small circular foramen entirely surrounded and
separated from the umbo by a deltidium in two pieces; beak-
ridges well defined, leaving a slightly concave space or false area
between them and the hinge-line, which last slightly indents the
smaller valve; surface ornamented by a great number of small
plaits, from fifty to sixty on each valve. Structure unpunctuated.
Length 23, width 25, depth 14 lines.

Obs. This fine Rhynchonella was discovered by M. Deslong-
champs in the liasic beds of Fontaine-étoupe-four near Caen,
where it seems rare. M. Tesson has also obtained it in the same
locality ; it differs from R. trilobata, Minster, by its much
smaller and more numerous plaits ; this last being also an Upper
Jurassic species, while our present form is liasic. The specimen
figured is from the collection of M. Deslongchamps, to whom I
have the pleasure of dedicating it.

RuyYNCHONELLA Boveri, Day. 1852. Pl. XIII. fig. 4, 5.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, wider than long, irregularly tri-
angular and trilobed, the smaller valve being almost equally di-
vided into three longitudinal portions, the central one forming an
elevated mesial fold laterally contracted with a deep correspond-
ing sinus in the larger valve, the front forming three almost equal
and convex projections ; beak not much produced, acute; fora-
men small and entirely surrounded and separated from the umbo
by a deltidium in two pieces ; beak-ridges well defined, leaving a
slightly concave false area between it and the hinge-line, which
last does not greatly indent the imperforated valve ; surface or-
namented by a variable number of simple acute plaits, about
thirty in each valve--three, four or five forming the mesial fold
and sinus; margin thickened all round. Structure imperforated.
Length 12, width 15, depth 11 lines,

Obs. This shell oceurs along with R. obsoleta in the Great
Oolite of Ranville near Caen, where it is very common, and is
easily distinguished from the last-named species, particularly by
its much more elevated mesial fold gradually arising from the
umbo till it acquires its greatest elevation near the front, while
in R. obsoleta it will be found to exist at about the middle of the
shell, the remaining portion sloping down to the front; the
lateral parts are likewise more elongated and somewhat wing-
shaped, a character not peculiar to obsoleta, which has a more
simple and circular form.

alee 24. Sk eT
eee eee ‘ =
ees ae a ‘

of a few Brachiopoda. 255

2. Note on the Genus Terebratulina, D’ Orbigny.

M. D’Orbigny judiciously separated such shells as 7. caput
serpentis from Terebratula, the loop in both these genera being
quite distinct ; but he adds (erroneously), that the shells of his
genus Terebratulina are unprovided with deltidium. Impressed
with this opinion, he places in the genus Terebratula, T. sub-
striata of Schloth., a shell possessing even the external appearance
of many species of his genus Terebratulina, but exhibiting a fine,
fully developed deltidium. The interior of both T. caput serpentzis
and T. substriata are however perfectly similar, as any one may
be convinced by a glance at our figures: this shows how one
may err by resting too much importance on simple external ap-
pearances, or on the presence of a greater or smaller deltidium ;
thus leading us to separate shells which were undoubtedly inha-
bited by similar animals, and to class together animals evidently
different. The genus Terebratulina did not therefore first occur
in the Cretaceous period, as stated by M. D’Orbigny, but in the
Jurassic epoch, where the oldest type of the genus is at present

known.

Puare XIII. fig. 18, 18 a. T. caput serpentis (recent).
Puate XIII. fig: 17, 17 a. T. substriata (Schlotheim), Jurassic.

3. Description of Three Species of Terebratula.
Treresratuta Harmeana, Day. 1852. Pl. XIV. fig. 1, 1a.

Diagnosis. Shell circular, inequivalve, depressed, wider than
long; valves almost equally convex, deepest near the umbo;
margin straight all round ; no trace of mesial fold or sinus ; beak
small, recurved, and truncated by a small circular foramen nearly
touching the umbo; beak-ridges well defined, leaving between
them and the hinge-line a narrow false area. Surface smooth,
with a few concentric lines of growth. Length 2 inches 4 lines,
width 2 inches 6} lines, depth 1 inch 4 lines.

Obs. T. Haimeana is one of the largest Devonian Terebratule
yet discovered, and is at once easily distinguished from 7.
Caiqua, De Verneuil, this last being nearly twice as long as wide,
while the width of 7. Haimeana is greater than its length ; it is
also distinct from T. Archiact (Vern.), which is a much more
compressed and elongated shell. I was so fortunate as to dis-
cover the species under notice in the Devonian beds of Paffrath
near Cologne, some years ago, where it appears to be very rare,
since M. de Verneuil, whose knowledge in these matters is so
extensive, assures me he has not observed it in any other collec-
tion. I have great pleasure in naming it after M. J. Haime,
whose researches, along with those of Prof. M.-Edwards, have

- thrown so much light on corals, both living and fossil.

256 Mr. T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

TerEBRATULA Morieret, Deslongchamps, MS. PI. XIV.
fig. 3 & a, b.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, subpentagonal, longer than wide;
valves convex, with a deep longitudinal angular sinus or depres-
sion in each valve extending from the beak and the umbo to the
front, so that at the junction of the two sinuses in front, a deep an-
gular notch is produced; beak rather short, recurved and trun-
cated by a largish, circular, entire foramen; beak-ridges well
marked, leaving between them and the hinge a well-defined false
area; valves ornamented by numerous squamose, concentric, pro-
jecting, imbricated ridges, regularly and closely covering all the
surface of the shell. Loop unknown, most probably short.
Structure perforated. Length 9, width 8, depth 6 lines.

Obs. This curious form of Terebratula was discovered by M.
Moriére at St. Honorine des Perthes, near Port-en-Bessin in
Normandy, in beds named by M. de Camont Calcaire mar-
neux de Port-en-Bessin, which, according to M. Deslongchamps,
correspond to the Inferior Oolite of Caen. This shell having
been presented for M. Deslongchamps’ examination, he at once
perceived all its remarkable distinctive characters and forwarded
his notes and illustrations (fig. 3 of our plate), requesting me to
publish the species, which is dedicated to M. Moriére the dis-
coverer.

Ter. Morierei cannot be confounded with any other Jurass'c
form : at first sight it bears some resemblance to 7. coarctata,
but the deep sinus in both valves and the concentric squamose
ridges at once distinguish it.

PuaTeE XIV. fig. 3. From the collection of M. Moriére.

TEREBRATULA SPHEZROIDALIS, Sow. Pl. XIV. fig. 2.

In 1825, Sowerby described, under the name of Ter. spheroi-
dalis, a small globose shell found in the Inferior Oolite of Dundry ;
but in beds of the same age near St. Maixent (Dep. des Deux
Sévres) in France, this species attained such remarkable dimen-
sions, that I considered it might be interesting to figure the largest
individual I have as yet observed from that locality, now in the
British Museum: this magnificent shell is almost circular,
and of the dimensions of a billiard bal] ; length 24, breadth 22,
depth 22 lines. Another in M. Bouchard’s cabinet is only 2
lines smaller; and specimens of all dimensions have been obtained,
some not exceeding 4 lines in length. One of the most curious
peculiarities of this species consists in the variations it presents in
the junction-line of the valves in front, which is often straight,
variously curved, or indented ; having no influence on the regutar
convexity of the shell, which extends uninterruptedly to the edge,

of a few Brachiopoda. 257

while in other specimens one or two slight depressions correspond
to the undulations of the frontal margin. Another remarkable
feature is the sudden stoppage of growth visible in many speci-
mens, which has caused the remaining portion of the shell to
deviate from the regular line, forming a raised rim all round,
often presenting plaits not in existence before the sudden
stoppage of growth. It would likewise appear, on examination
of specimens collected by M. de Verneuil from several localities
in Spain, such as Maranchon, Anchueta, Villas del Covo, &c.,
that this species first made its appearance in the Lias of that
country, although no authentic specimen has been to my know-
ledge found out of the Inferior Oolite, in France or in England.

4. On Spanish Cretaceous Brachiopoda.
In the British Museum are preserved two species of cretaceous

_ Brachiopoda from Santander, on the north coast of Spain, which

have not hitherto been noticed by any of the few authors who
have written on the fossils of that kingdom ; a short description
with figures may therefore not be devoid of interest.

TEREBRATELLA VERNEUILIANA, Day. Pl. XIV. fig. 4.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, circular, nearly as broad as long ;
valves nearly equally convex; no distinct mesial fold or sinus;
beak produced, with a short, flat, triangular area, wherein is
situated a large circular foramen, slightly indenting the beak,
but much more the area, completed and separated from the umbo
by a deltidium in two pieces; valves ornamented by a few large
diverging cost, augmenting in number by the intercalation of
plaits at irregular distances from the beak and umbo, so that
round the margin from fifteen to seventeen unequal coste may
be counted on each valve; the plaits are intersected at variable
distances by well-marked concentric lines of growth. Structure
punctuated. Length 6, width 6}, depth 3 lines.

Obs. Four specimens of this species are preserved in the British
Museum, all presenting the same characters. It is remarkable
for the few plaits that ornament its surface. It approaches most
in form to 7. Moreana, D’Orb. (Pal. Tr. Ter. Crétacées, vol. iv.
p- 117. pl. 516. fig. 13-19), but does not seem to present the
mesial fold and sinus represented in M. D’Orbigny’s figures of
that species; the convexity of the valves in T. Verneuiliana not
being interrupted by the projection of any of the plaits much
above the level of the others; the position and dimensions of the
foramen are likewise different.

Locality. The Upper Cretaceous beds of Santander, on the
north coast of Spain.

Prats XIV. fig. 4. Line showing the natural size ; fig. 4 a, 5, c. enlarged
_ specimen in the British Museum.

258 Mr.T. Davidson’s Notes and Descriptions

TEREBRIROSTRA BarcesaNna, D’Orb. Pl. XIV. fig. 5. !

T. Bargesana, D’Orb. 1851, Journal de Conchyliologie, vol. ii.
p- 225. pl. 4. fig. 2-5.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, much elongated; beak prolonged,
tapering and truncated by a circular foramen ; area long, tri-
angular and edged; deltidium narrow, partly surrounding the
foramen; valves unequaily convex, the largest most so; no
mesial fold or sinus, a slight depression existing towards the
margin of the smaller valve. Surface ornamented by a number
of small rounded costz rarely bifurcated, but augmenting by the
intercalation of coste at variable distances from the beak and
umbo. Surface punctuated. Length 12, width 9, depth 7 lines.

Obs. Eight specimens of this shell are preserved in the col-
lection of the British Museum, which we have considered identi-
cal with M. D’Orbigny’s lately described species, not having been

able to detect any distinctive character, except its smaller dimen-

sions, which may be due to local circumstances. The larger valve
exceeds the smaller one by one-fourth more in length, arising
from the elongation of the beak, but in younger shells the dis-
proportion is much less.

T. Bargesana is found in the Upper Cretaceous beds of San-
tander (Spain), associated with 7. Verneuiliana. In France it
was first discovered by the Abbé Bargés between Bédoule and
Cassis (Bouches-du-Rhone).

PLATE XIV. fig. 5. From a specimen in the British Museum.

5. On French Liasic Thecidez.

Prior to the publication of my Monograph of British Liasic
and Oolitic Brachiopoda in 1851, no Thecidee had been noticed
in the Lias; M. D’Orbigny does not mention any. In the work
alluded to we described and figured four, found by Mr. Moore
in the neighbourhood of Ilminster; viz. Th. Moorei, Bouchardit,
rustica, and triangularis, this last being likewise common to the
Inferior and Great Oolite. In the Lias of Normandy two forms
have occurred; one is our 7h. Bouchardii; the other, probably
new, was lately found along with Spirifer Tessoni at May near
Caen by M. Deslongchamps, who forwarded several specimens
for my examination and publication.

Tuecipea Drstonecuampsit, Day. 1852. Pl. XIII. fig. 6,
75 By 9:

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, longer than wide, irregularly ob-
long ; fixed to submarine objects by the flattened beak of the larger
valve moulding itself on the object to which it is attached; the
remaining. portion of this valve is regularly convex, and deepest
near the hinge; area short, wide and irregular; deltidium

£ a Pee
Pan Me wy
otis

of a few Brachiopoda. . 259

visible, but not very well defined ; smaller valve as wide as long,
operculiform, slightly convex and flattened ; surface smooth, in-
terrupted only by a few concentric lines of growth. Structure
punctuated ; hinge-line straight; valves articulating by means
of two teeth in the larger valve and corresponding sockets in the
smaller one. In the interior of the dental valve, beneath the
deltidium, three short lamellar processes are seen to occupy about
a fifth of the length of the shell, the central one being the
longest and most elevated ; the other two, appearing at the base
of the dental plates, converge gradually towards the central one ;
a longitudinal rounded elevation extends also along the middle
of the valve. In the interior of the smaller one on either side of the
sockets a wide, thickened, raised, granulated margin (limbe)
surrounds the shell, which on reaching the middle of the front
directs itself longitudinally inwards under the form of a narrow,
acute, elevated crest, and not much longer than half the length
of the valve; on either side of this ridge and the inner edge of
the margin are seen two other rounded ridges covered with large
granulations. Dimensions variable. Length 2, width 13, depth

“12 lines. |

Obs. In external shape this species reminds us of several cre-
taceous forms, such as Thecidea tetragona, Roemer, rugosa, D’Orb.
&c. ; yet it is quite distinct from any, by the more simple arrange-
ments in the interior of its smaller valve, where none of those

numerous sinuated ridges exist.

The arrangement in the interior of the smaller valve of the form
under notice bears some resemblance to a few specimens of The-
cidea rustica,from the Lias of Ilminster, but of which unfortunately
only the smaller valve is known ; and from the inspection of more
than a hundred specimens found by Mr. Moore, none seem to
have attained above a third of the dimensions presented by the
French shell. There appears to be also a dissimilarity in the
shape of the central ridge, which in Thecidea Deslongchampsii is
narrow, and acute in its whole length in the specimens I have
been able to examine, while in 7h. rustica it apparently forms a
double ridge united at the extremity, with an intermediate de-
sie We have therefore ventured to distinguish the large

rench Thecidea by the name of Th. Deslongchampsii, that gen-

tleman having first observed the species at May near Caen.

Piate XIV. fig. 6. Natural size. Fig. 6a,7,7a,6,8 & 9. Enlarged
illustrations.

Tuecrpea Bovucuarnit, Dav. Pl. X1V. fig. 10, 11, 12.

Thecidea Bouchardii, Dav. British Fossil Brachiopoda (Pal. Soc.),
part 3. p. 14. pl. 1. fig. 15, 16 (1851).

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transversely oval, much wider

260 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers.

than long ; attached by the whole surface of its larger valve to
submarine bodies; area triangular; deltidium well defined ;
unattached valve slightly convex, but flattened; surface smooth
and punctuated.

Obs. I mentioned in 1851 that M. Tesson had met with a
very large liasic Thecidea closely resembling our Th. Bouchardit,
found by Mr. Moore in the Lias of Ilminster, but the dispropor-
tion in size between the specimens discovered at that period made
me uncertain as to the identity, of which I have now not the
smallest doubt, Mr. Moore having lately obtained in the same
locality several adult specimens of Th. Bouchardii, quite agreeing
with the French shell, and even slightly exceeding it in dimen-
sions.

Thecidea Bouchardii was found by M. Tesson attached to a
Spirifer Tessoni, in the Lias of Fontaine-étoupe-four near Caen ;
it measures, length 21 lines, width 4 lines.

Piate XIV. fig. 10, M. Tesson’s specimen, natural size; 10a. enlarged
illustration. Fig. 11. Our English specimen, natural size; 11 a.
the same, enlarged. Fig. 12. A very adult specimen, natural
size, found near Ilminster by Mr. Moore, attached to a Rhyncho-
nella serrata; it measures, length 3, width 4 lines.

THECIDEA TRIANGULARIS, D’Orb. Pl. XIV. fig. 18.

Thecidea triangularis, D’Orb. Prodrome, vol. i. p. 316 (1849) ;
Dav. Brit. Fossil Brach. part 3. p. 14. pl. 1. fig. 11, 12
(1851). :

This species is only here introduced on account of its being
found in England in the Lias and Inferior Oolite; while in
France it has only hitherto been discovered in the Great Oolite
of Ranville near Caen, where the shell is not very rare, attached
to shells and corals. The illustration fig. 13 is from a specimen
found in that locality.

The three above-described Thecidee comprise all the species
of the genus with which I am acquainted at present from the
Jurassic formations of France.

6. Monograph of French Liasic Spirifers.

The French Liasic Spirifers are so remarkable in shape and
specific characters, some being new and others little known, that
in order to meet the wishes expressed by several paleontologists,
I here beg to offer a short monograph accompanied by correct
illustrations of all the species known as occurring in that king-

dom.

many species, which may advantageously be divided into four
sections, from differences existing chiefly in the structure ob-

The genus Spirifer, established in 1818 by Sowerby, contains

Co" we

MERE ays 1p Ce a ee

ESET,

De a di

-

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasie Spirifers. 261

servable in the interior of the perforated valve; but all those
found in the Lias appear to belong to one group, presenting the
same internal dispositions of the septa in the larger valve and
spirals in the smaller one*; in all, the structure is punctuated
and spinose, and in different species varying only in the size of
the punctures and position and dimensions of the tubular spines.
To this group M. D’Orbigny has applied the generic appellation
of Spiriferina+, and it has also been clearly established, that Spi-
rifers possessing this structure were not only peculiar to the Lias,
as at one time supposed, but that they occur likewise in older
rocks. Liasic Spirifers appear to have been first noticed by
Knorr in 1755, and Torrubia in 1773; these authors having
illustrated Sp. rostratus, and Walcot in 1799 Spirifer Walcott: ;
it was only however in the nineteenth century that these Spirifers
were properly named and described, but unfortunately too much
subdivided by various authors, who did not perceive that they
were making distinct species of mere varieties.

Our researches have brought to light seven well-defined French
Liasic Spirifers, all described in this monograph.

M. D’Orbigny, in his ‘ Prodrome,’ gives a list of seven Liasic
Spirifers, three only of which are properly named; of the re-
maining four, three are synonyms of Sp. rostratus, so that

* These have been fully described in my Monograph of British Oolite
and Liasic Brachiopoda, Part 3. p. 22, published by the Pal. Soc.

T M. D’Orbigny divides the family of Spiriferide into five genera, viz.—
1. Cyrthia; 2. Spirifer; 3. Spiriferina; 4. Spirigerina; 5. Spirigera.
The three first only are in our view true Spirifers. In Cyrthia, M. D’Or-

igny states the fissures to be covered by a deltidium; in the second, Spi-
rifer, and third, Spiriferina, he mentions the fissure to be triangular, open
in all its extent, and without deltidium. We cannot here help expressmg
our surprise at such an assertion from such an observer as M. D’Orbigny ;
we have no hesitation in stating our conviction to be, that in the perfect state
all Spirifers were provided with a deltidium, and only wanting from the in-
complete state of most ee but we have often noticed it in many
species belonging to M. D’Orbigny’s genera Spirifer and Spiriferina ; it is
not rare to find it preserved in many Liasie species from Normandy, and we
have figured it in our Monograph of British Liasic and Oolitic Brachio-
poda, it being composed of two pieces circumscribing a part of the orifice
through which the muscular fibres of the pedicle issued. M. Bouchard has
seen it preserved on some specimens of Sp. Verneuilii from Ferque, and I
da zeae of the same in Lamarck’s collection (Ann. and Mag.
at. Hist. June 1850). It is beautifully preserved in many specimens of
Sp. speciosus from the Eifel. M. de Verneuil figured it in Spirifer Pellico :
in fact, in no case do I believe the triangular fissure was entirely open for
the passage of the muscular fibres. In one set of Spirifers, such as Sp. tra-
oidalis (Cyrthia), it covered all the fissure, but in others only a portion.
n Spiriferina M. D’Orbigny states the deltidial fissure to be edged by a
rim (bourrelet), which he gives as a distinctive character from Spirifer.
This is another mistake; the rim alluded to exists in all Spirifers (see
Cours élémentaire de Paleontologie, vol. ii. p. 86).

262 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Szirifers.

M. D’Orbigny seems only acquainted with five; we have added
two others which are by no means the least interesting of the lot,
viz. Sp. Tessoni and Sp. Deslongchampsti, Sp. Tessoni and ros-
tratus being the two largest of the tribe peculiar to the Lias. In
Great Britain we are acquainted with only three of these French
species, viz. Sp. rostratus, Walcotti and Miinsteri ; but another
is there found, descriled by us under the name of Sp. Ilmin-
steriensis. Sp: Linguiferoides and Chilensis, Forbes, as well as
Sp. twnidus (Coquand and Bayle), Sp. Hartmanni and verrucosus,
Zieten, as we have stated, seem to us only varieties of Sp. ros-
tratus ; and Sp. Beirensis (Sharpe) is probably also another vari-
ation of the same. We are therefore acquainted with only eight
or nine species of Spirifer from the Liasic period, seven of which
are found in France, some bearing much external resemblance
to certain Palzeozoie forms.

Spirifers were most abundant in species in the Silurian, Devo-
nian, and Carboniferous periods, less so in the Permian and
Lias, and not positively known to occur higher up in the series,
although I should not be surprised if they were found higher up.
The limits assigned to certain genera are often contradicted by
unexpected discoveries: within the last few years Producta have
been shown to occur in the Silurian rocks, Leptene, Thecidee
in the Lias, and other genera have likewise been made to descend
or to rise in the series.

1. Sprrirer rostratus, Sch. sp. 1813. Pl. XIV. fig. 14, 15.
Pl. XV. fig. 11.

-Terebratulites rostratus, Schlotheim, Beitrage zur Nat. p. 73,
1813, and Nach. zur Petrefact. pl. 16, 1822.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, transversely
oval or elongated, with or without a mesial fold and sinus,
smooth or ornamented by numerous small shallow rounded
coste, never extending over the mesial fold or sinus ; beak more
or less developed, recurved or straight ; deltidium in two pieces ;
area well-defined, variable in dimensions, but whose limits are
marked by the absence of spines; hinge-line shorter than the
width of the shell; structure punctuated and spinose ; spines
irregularly disposed over its surface ; dimensions variable. Length
19, width 22, depth 12 lines.

Obs. This species is so well known that we need not enter into
any lengthened details, but merely remark that much larger spe-
cimens have been collected in England than in France; one in
particular, discovered at Ilminster by Mr. Moore, measured,
length 28, width 30, depth 17 lines. S. rostratus is found in
many countries, but especially abundant in the Liasic quarries in

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers. 263

the neighbourhood of Caen. M. de Verneuil has given me spe-

cimens lately collected by himself in the Lias of Maranchon

(Spain).

Piare XIV. fig. 14, 15. illustrate two varieties of this species from the
Lias of the neighbourhood of Caen.

Puate XV. fig. 11. A remarkable malformation found by M. Deslong-
champs, and belonging to his collection.

2. Sprrtrer Watcort1, Sow. 1823. Pl. XV. fig. 10.

Spirifer Walcotti, Sow. Min. Con. vol. iv. p. 106. pl. 377. f. 12,
1823.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, generally
transversely oval, with elevated mesial fold and four lateral
rounded plaits on each side corresponding to a sinus and plaits
in the large valve ; beak more or less recurved; area narrow ;
deltidium in two pieces; binge-line shorter than the width of
the shell; surface punctuated and spinose. Length 14, width 18,
depth 11 lines.

Oés. This species is easily distinguished from Sp. rostratus
by its well-defined mesial fold and few large lateral plaits. It
abounds in the Lias of Avalon in Burgundy, and in many other
localities. The largest specimen I have seen was found in En-
gland by Mr. Moore; it measured, length 19, width 24, depth
14 lines.

PuaTE XV. fig. 10. From the Lias of Avalon.

3. Sprrirer Miwsrert, Dav. 1851. Pl. XV. fig. 8, 9.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, wider than
long, mesial fold in smaller valve, acute and elevated, and corre-
sponding to a deep sinus in larger one, with six or seven acute
plaits on each side of the mesial fold and sinus ; beak more or
less produced, elevated and recurved, or projected backwards and
straight ; area large, triangular, with deltidium in two pieces;
hinge-line shorter than the width of the shell; structure punc-
tuated and spinose. Length 7, width 11, depth 10 lines.

Obs. This remarkable species was confounded in 1832 with
Sowerby’s Sp. octoplicatus, which is a Carboniferous species ; it
is distinguished from Sp. Walcotti by the form of its beak, area,
and the greater number of its plaits; it is also a much smaller
shell, rarely exceeding 7 lines in length and 9 in width: the di-
mensions of the area are very variable in this species ; in some
specimens it is small, its width not exceeding a fourth of its
length, while in other cases the length and width are almost
equal. Sp. Miinsteri is not so abundant as Sp. rostratus and

. Waleotti, but is often met with at Fontaine-étoupe-four near

264 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasie Spirifers.

Caen, where many remarkable specimens have been found by
M. Deslongchamps, Bouchard, Tesson and others.

PuatE XV. fig. 8. A specimen from Fontaine-¢toupe-four, in the coll. of
M. Bouchard. Fig. 9. Another from the same locality.

4, SprrireR oxypTervs, Buy. Pl. XV. fig. 5, 6, 7.

Spirifer oxypterus, Buvignier, 1843, Mém. de la Soc. Philom. de
Verdun, tome ii. p. 14. pl. 8. f. 8; Géol. des Ardennes,
p. 534. pl. 5. £.5.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, variable in shape, transverse ;
valves convex; beak more or less produced and recurved ; area
short ; deltidium in two pieces; hinge-line considerably exceed-
ing the width of the shell, extending in the shape of wings ; sur-
face ornamented by a wide elevated mesial fold in smaller valve
~ and corresponding sinus in larger one, with from four to six
rounded lateral costz on each side of the fold and sinus ; struc-
ture punctuated and spinose ; dimensions variable. Length 11,
width 19, depth 8 lines.

Obs. This remarkable species was first brought to light by
M. Buvignier, who discovered it in the Liasic beds of Carignan

Sachy (Ardennes), where it is rare, and is easily distinguished .

from all the other Liasic Spirifers by its wings, reminding us of
many Palzozoic forms in which the hinge-line greatly exceeds
the width of the shell. M. Tesson likewise found this species
many years ago in the Lias of Fontaine-étoupe-four near Caen,
and [ was so fortunate as to pick up another specimen at Croi-
silles near Caen.
PuaTeE XV. fig. 5. illustrates the original type obligingly sent me by M.
Buvignier ; it is from the Ardennes. Fig. 6. The specimen found

- by myself at Croisilles. Fig. 7. M.Tesson’s specimen from Fon-
taine-étoupe-four.

5. Sprrirer Sienrensis, Buy. Pl. XV. fig. 3.

Spirifer Signiensis, Buv. 1843, Mém. Soc. Philom. de Verdun,
t. ii. p. 14. pl. 5. f. 9; Géol. des Ardennes, p. 534. pl. 4,
£9.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transversely oval ; valves convex,

but depressed, ornamented by a well-defined mesial fold and _

sinus, nearly twice the width of the lateral plaits, these last vary-
ing from eight to nine on each side of the mesial fold and sinus ;
beak produced, not much recurved; area narrow, triangular ;
deltidium in two pieces; hinge-line shorter than the width of
the shell. Surface punctuated and spinose ; dimensions variable,
Length 8, width 13, depth 14 lines.

Obs. This interesting species was discovered by M. Buvignier

nd ae e

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers. 265

in the Liasic beds of Signy-le-Petit, and well described by that
author, but incorrectly figured by the artist; to which point
M. Buvignier called my attention by sending me the correct
illustrations here given, and a plaster-of-Paris cast both of this
and of his Sp. oxypterus, wherein the well-defined mesial fold
formed by a single plait, omitted in the original figures, is clearly
exposed, and which character fully distinguishes it from my Spz-
rifer Tessoni, as admitted by M. Buyignier, to whose opinion [
submitted my observations.

Pxiate XV. fig. 3. From a drawing sent me by M, Buvignier ; the specimen
was found in the Lias of the Ardennes.

6. Sririrer Tesson1, Dav. 1852. - Pl. XV. fig. 1, 2.

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transversely oval ; valves convex,
ornamented by a variable number of small plaits, from forty to
sixty on each valve, more than half of which are formed by the
bifurcation and intercalation of plaits, at variable distances from
the beak and umbo; the mesial fold is more or less produced,
gradually arising from the lateral portion of the valve, and orna-
mented by a variable number of plaits in width equalling those
ornamenting the rest of the surface; beak produced, nearly
straight ; area triangular; deltidium in two pieces ; hinge-line
shorter than the width of the shell; structure punctuated and
spinose ; numerous concentric lines of growth intersecting the
longitudinal radiating plaits ; dimensions variable. Length 223,
width 35, depth 16 lines.

Obs. This magnificent Spirifer, by far the largest of the tribe
met with in the Lias of France, has been known to me these
several years, and was first discovered by M. Tesson and Des-
longchamps in the Liasic beds of Fontaine-étoupe-four, whence
not more than about half-a-dozen specimens had been procured
until lately, when M. Deslongchamps was so fortunate as to ob-
tain several from the Lias near May in the neighbourhood of
Caen, from which place the largest specimen was brought by that
learned and indefatigable palzontologist. This species has also
been encountered in the first-named locality by MM. Moriére and
Breville. It is at once distinguished from all the other Spirifers
by its dimensions and numerous small bifurcated plaits.

Pate XV. fig. 1, From a perfect specimen found in the Lias of Fontaine-
étoupe-four near Caen, by M. Tesson. I am indebted to my
friend M. Bouet for the drawings of this shell. Fig. 2. The largest
a of this = yet discovered, and belonging to M.

ype 4 that gentleman prepared the drawing of this
shell, every plait of which he Sabeetind and most correctly repre-
sented. The specimen is also from May near Caen.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 18

266 Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers.

7. Sprrtrer Destonecuampsit, Day. Pl. XV. fig. 4.

Unfortunately only the smaller valve of this curious species
has been collected as yet by M. Bouchard, in the Lias of Fon-
taine-étoupe-four ; its description must consequently be very in-
complete ; but it seems to differ from all the other forms we have
examined by its shape and structure. mii

Diagnosis. Shell inequivalve, transverse, ornamented by fifteen
or sixteen costz, several of which arise from bifurcation and in-
tercalation at variable distances from the umbo; no real mesial
fold ; four or five of the costz slightly projecting above the level
of the lateral ones ; structure punctuated and spinose. Length 7,
width 10 lines.

Obs. The structure of this shell is very beautifully exposed on
the specimen under notice; it is closely and largely punctuated
all over, but it is only on the upper surface of the rounded costz
that the tubular spines are implanted, few in number, and very
wide in circumference at their base ; none appear on the sides or
the grooves left between the plaits, as in other Liasic Spirifers.
The spines are broken, unfortunately, near their base, but are so
distinct and so few in number that they can easily be counted
without the use of the lens. This remarkable shell was kindly
forwarded to me by my friend M. Bouchard for description and
illustration.

PLATE XV. fig. 4. The line represents the real width of the specimen.
Fig.4 a. The valve enlarged 4 times. Fig. 4. A fragment con-
siderably magnified ; one of the spines is restored.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES AND FIGURES.
PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. 14,6. Rhynchonella psittacea (recent): 1. interior of small valve ;
1 a. interior of large-valve ; 1. section of small valve.
— 2. Rhynchonella octoplicata, Sow. ; interior of small valve.

— 3. Do. do. 3 beak, foramen, and deltidium (which is
tubular in this species).

— 4. Do. Boueti, Dav. ; interior of perforated valve.

— 5. 5a. Do. do. 5 exterior.

— 6. Do. concinna, Sow. ; beak and foramen, which is not en-
tirely surrounded by the deltidium. os

— 7. Do. tetrahedra, Sow. ; beak, which is so much recurved as
to show no foramen or deltidium.

— 8. Do. sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb.; interior of smaller valve en-
larged

— 9. Do. do. 3 interior of larger valve, enlarged.

— 10. Do. do. 3 a specimen, nat. size, of larger valve.

— 10a. Do. do. 3 @ gutta percha cast made from fig. 10,

to show the difference presented in similar casts of T. Wiisoni,
fig. 14 B.

Mr. T. Davidson on French Liasic Spirifers. 267

; Fig. 11. lla. Rhynchonella sub-Wilsoni, D’Orb.; exterior, nat. size.
; — 12. 12a. Do. Wilsoni, Sow. ; exterior, from the Aymestry
limestone of Sedgley.
— 13. Do. do. ; interior of larger valve (enlarged).
— 4. Do. do. ; internal cast, A. of smaller valve,
B. of larger one.
: — 15.15ab. Do. Deslongchampsii, Dav. Lias of Normandy.
— 16. Do. — lacunosa, Schl. ; interior of larger valve.
— 17. Terebratulina substriata, Schl. ; (Jurassic) exterior.
— l7a. Do. do. ; interior of smaller valve.
— 18. Do. caput serpentis ; exterior.
— 18a. Do. do. ; interior of smaller valve.

iit
.

PLATE XIV.

1. la. Terebratula Haimeana, Dav. Dev., Paffrath near Colo

ee 6. Do. spheroidalis, Sow. Inferior Oolite, St. eet
(France). -

— 3. 3a,b. Do. Morierei, Deslongchamps. Inferior Oolite, Nor-
4
5

mandy.

. 4a,b. Terebratella Verneuiliana, Dav. (Cretaceous) Spain; the
line indicating the nat. size.

. 5,a. Terebrirostra Bargesana, D’Orb. (Cretaceous) Spain.

— 6. Thecidea Lemar MAC Dav. ; nat. size. Lias, Normandy.

— 6a. Do. ; enlarged.

— 7. 7a,b,c. Thecidee ‘Deslongchampsit ; another specimen much en-

— 8. Thecidea Deslongchampsii; interior of attached valve, enlarged.

—9. Do. do. ; interior of smaller valve, enlarged.

— 10. Thecidea Bouchardii, Dav. ; nat, size. Lias, Fontaine-étoupe-four.
— 10a. Do. do. ; enls :
—ll. Do. do. — ; nat. size; a British specimen.
—lla. Do. do. ; the same, enlarged.
— 12. Do. do. ; the largest specimen known from the Lias.
— 13. Do. triangularis, D’Orb. Great Oolite, Ranville near Caen.
— 13a. Do. do. __ ; enlarged illustration of Ilminster specimen.

— 14. Spirifer rostratus (Schl.) ; a smooth var.
— 15. Do. do. — ;a-var. with rounded plaits.

PLATE XV.

- la,b,c. Spirifer Tessoni, Dav. Lias, Fontaine-étoupe-four.
Spirifer Tessoni. Lias, May.

. 34,6, c. Spirifer Signiensis, Buy. Lias, France; type of the species.
. 4a, b. Spirifer Deslongchampsii, Dav. Lias, France.

. Spirifer oxypterus, Buv.; type of the species.

6a. Spirifer orypterus. From Croisilles.

7a,b. Do. do. From Fontaine-étoupe-four.

- 8a,b. Do. Miinsteri, Davy, Lias, France.

. 9a. -Do. do. Lias, France.

— 10. irifer Walcotti, Sow. Lias, France.

— ll. 1lla,b. Spirifer rostratus, Schl. ; a malformation in M. Deslong-
champs’ collection.

lltlilié

SOT NO Oe

18*

OR ones aT ue eee To a ta

268 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

XXII.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Functions, Economy, and Systematic Arrangement.
By Joun Bracxwatt, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 22.]

141. Neriéne munda.

Neriéne munda, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 642.
Argus mundus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 511.

Adult males of this species occur in May and June among
rank herbage growing in woods about Llanrwst, and in 1840 I
received specimens of the same sex from Miss Ellen Clayton,
who took them near Garstang, in Lancashire.

142. Neriéne tibialis.

Neriéne tibialis, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. vill. p. 485.

A few adult males of Neriéne tibialis were taken in March
1835 under stones at Oakland.

143. Neriéne cornuta.

Neriéne cornuta, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 190; Research. in Zool. p. 372.

Theridion bituberculatum, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 222.
taf. 15. fig. 2.

Argus bituberculatus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 363.

In May 18838 I discovered males of this remarkable spider,
which had acquired their full development, on rails and gates at
Oakland, and have since met with both sexes in the same locality
and at Crumpsall Hall.

I have included the Theridion bituberculatum of M. Wider, and
the Argus bituberculatus of M. Walckenaer, which appear to be
identical, among the synonyma of this species, although they are
represented as differing from it and from each other in the
_ relative length of their legs, and also somewhat in colour. M.
Wider, in his description of Theridion bituberculatum, states that
“die Beine sind ziemlich kurz und nicht sehr ungleich, das dritte
Paar am kiirzesten, dann folgt das vierte, dann das erste und
das zweite ist das lingste;” and M. Walckenaer, in treating
upon the structure of Argus bituberculatus, remarks that “les
pattes sont peu allongées, la premiére paire est la plus longue,
ensuite la seconde, la troisiéme est la plus courte.” Now as
regards the legs of Nerténe cornuta, the anterior and posterior

ee

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 269

pairs, which are the longest, are equal in length, and the third
pair is the shortest; it is probable, however, that these discre-
pancies may be more apparent than real, for, without measure-
ment, it is difficult to ascertain the relative length of the limbs
of spiders, especially when they do not differ greatly in longi-
tudinal extent, and this difficulty is chiefly occasioned by the
unequal breadth of the cephalo-thorax, to which they are arti-
culated.

144, Neriéne apicata.

Neriéne apicata, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Second
Series, vol. vi. p. 339.
A male of Neriéne apicata, having the palpal organs completely
developed, was taken on a rail at Oakland in February 1850.

145. Neriéne rubens.

Neriéne rubens, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 189; Research. in Zool. p. 370. -
Theridion cheliferum, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 237. taf. 16.

fig. 4.
Argus cheliferus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 364.

The palpi of the male of this species, which is found
among heath and grass in Denbighshire, Yorkshire, and the
south of Lancashire, are very peculiar in structure; M. Wider
has well remarked that “sie haben viel Aehnlichkeit mit der
Scheere der Krebse, nur dass ein eigentlicher Daumen fehlt ”
(Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 238).

146. Neriéne nigra.
Neriéne nigra, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 378.

Males and females of Neriéne nigra were obtained in the
autumn of 1833 on posts and rails at Oakland and Crumpsall
Hall. The attention of observers is directed to this common
aéronautic spider by the frequency of its aérial excursions.

147. Neriéne graminicola.

Linyphia graminicola, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl, 1829, p. 213.

Theridion rubripes, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p. 92. tab. 22. fig. 70.

Mieryphantes rubripes, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iv. p. 121. tab. 142.
fig. 328, 329.

Argus graminicolis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 351.

An adult male of this spider, which has the essential characters
of a Neriéne, was taken among herbage in a field at Southgate
im May 1850, and is in Mr, Walker’s cabinet.

270 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

148. Neriéne longipalpis.
Linyphia longipalpis, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 212; Vet.
Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 259.
Erigone atra, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. ili. p. 195; Research. in Zool. p. 324.
dentipalpis, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vii. p. 90. tab. 278.
fig. 659, 660.
Argus longimanus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 346.

This species is widely distributed in England and Wales, and
is remarkable for its ascents into the atmosphere, and for the
extraordinary organization of the cephalo-thorax and its appen-
dages in the male. ‘I'he sexes pair in June, and the female
deposits 6 or 7 spherical eggs of a pale yellowish white colour
in a subglobose cocoon of white silk of a slight texture, which
measures about ;4,th of an inch in diameter, and is usually
attached to the inferior surface of stones.

It is a fact deserving of notice, that Neriéne longipalpis can
preserve an active state of existence for some days when sub-
merged in water.

I have not included the Theridion dentipalpe of M. Wider
(Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 248. taf. 17. fig. 1) among
the synonyma of this spider, because it appears to differ from
it in structure and colour ; on the latter particular, however, little
stress can be laid, as the specimens collected by M. Wider were
preserved in spirit of wine.

149. Neriéne fusca.

Neriéne fusca, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 382.

Neriéne fusca occurs on rails and under stones in Lancashire
and Denbighshire. It pairs in the month of June.

150. Neriéne gibbosa.

Neriéne gibbosa, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviil. p. 653.
Argus gibbosus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 513.

Specimens of this spider were discovered under stones in a
moist pasture at Oakland in May 18388.

151. Neriéne tuberosa.

Neriéne tuberosa, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 654.
Argus tuberosus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 514.

In May 1838 an adult male of this species was found under
a stone in a moist pasture at Oakland.

=

a
i
fa
;
‘
4
4
E:
=

=
.

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 271

152. Neriéne trilineata.

Neriéne trilineata, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 124.

Linyphia bucculenta, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 109.

reticulata, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. il. p. 260.

Theridion reticulatum, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 39. tab. 54.
fig. 124.

Bolyphantee trilineatus, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 9; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 67. tab. 272. fig. 641.

Neriéne trilineata is not uncommon in the neighbourhood
of Manchester, where it conceals itself under stones; and Mr.
R. H. Meade has met with it in Yorkshire.

I am doubtful whether the spider named by me Neriéne gra-
minicolens (Transactions of the Linnzean Society, vol. xix. p. 125)
is not a variety of this species, from which it differs chiefly in
not having dark annuli on the legs and palpi.

The contraction and expansion of the dorsal vessel are very
apparent in Neriéne graminicolens, which occurs among grass
and coarse herbage in pastures at Oakland, and is probabl
identical with the Linyphia cellulana of Prof. Sundevall (Vet.
Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 108).

158. Neriéne rubella.

Neriéne rubella, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 648.
Micryphantes isabellinus, Koch, Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 109. tab. 282.
fig. 676-678.

This species, which bears a strong resemblance to Neriéne ru-
bens, is found under stones and on plants growing in woods at
Oakland. The male has the palpal organs fully developed in
October. .

154. Neriéne variegata.

Neriéne variegata, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 650.

Argus variegatus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 513.
In December 1837 I obtained males and females of this spider

under stones on Gallt y Rhyg, a mountain in the vicinity of

Llanrwst ; and in 1841 Miss Ellen Clayton favoured me with

specimens taken at Ingleton in Yorkshire.

155. Neriéne sulcata.

Neriéne sulcata, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.
p- 184.

My son, John Blackwall, discovered an adult male of this
species, which is nearly allied to the spiders constituting the
genus Walckenaéra, on the steps at Oakland in June 1841,

272 -Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Qiconomy,

156. Neriéne abnormis.

Neriéne abnormis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 649.
Argus abnormis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 512.

By the structure of its oral apparatus and by the disposition
and relative size of its eyes, this spider makes a near approxima-
tion to the Linyphie. It was taken under stones at Crumpsall
Hall in October 1836.

157. Neriéne rubripes.

Neriéne rubripes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. viii. p. 485.

My brother, Mr. Thomas Blackwall, found this species under
stones at Oakland in the autumn of 1834.

158. Neriéne dubia.

Neriéne dubia, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 652.
Argus dubius, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 513.

The male of Neriéne dubia, which has much resemblance to
the Theridia in external structure, was captured on iron rails at
Crumpsall Hall in October 1836. I have placed it, provisionally,
in the genus Neriéne, till the female shall be discovered, as the
sexes of the same spider frequently differ in the relative length
of the legs and in the form of the maxille.

Genus WatcKkEenaiRA, Blackw.

159. Walckenaéra acuminata.

Walckenaéra acuminata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag.
Third Series, vol. iii. p. 106; Research. in Zool. p. 315. pl. 2.
fig. 3-6.

Micryphantes camelinus, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 11. tab. 76.
fig. 168, 169.

Both sexes of this curiously constructed spider were taken by
Mr. Thomas Blackwall in October 1832 under stones and on
rails in the township of Crumpsall. I have since met with it in
Denbighshire, and in the spring of 1849 I received specimens of
the female from Mr. J. Hardy, who took them in Berwickshire.

In autumn the female deposits between 20 and 30 spherical
eggs of a yellow colour, not agglutinated together, in a plano-
convex cocoon composed of fine white silk of a looseish texture,
measuring ;*;ths of an inch in diameter; it is attached by the
plane surface to the under side of stones and fragments of rock,
and its form is frequently modified by irregularities on the sur-
face of the body to which it adheres.

M. Walckenaer entertains the opinion that his Argus cornutus

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 278

(Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 367), and the Theridion cor-
nutum of M. Wider (Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 235.
taf. 16. fig. 2) are the same as the Micryphantes eamelinus of M.
Koch, which is identical with Walckenaéra acuminata; but they
differ from it, apparently, both in structure and colour; and I
have already shown (Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Second
Series, vol. ix. p. 17) that the Linyphia alticeps of Prof. Sun-
devall, included by M. Walckenaer among the synonyma of this
species, is perfectly distinct from it.

160. Walckenaéra cuspidata.

Walckenaéra cuspidata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. iii. p. 108; Research. in Zool. p. 320. pl. 2. fig. 11.
This rare spider is found under stones and on rails in the
south of Lancashire, in Yorkshire, and in Denbighshire, and two
females, one adult and the other immature, were transmitted to
me from Berwickshire by Mr. J. Hardy in the spring of 1849.

The Theridion monoceros of M. Wider is nearly allied to this
species, but it presents several points of difference both in struc-
ture and colour (Museum Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 236.
taf. 16. fig. 3).

161. Walckenaéra Hardit.
Walckenaéra Hardii, Blackw. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. Second
Series, vol. vi. p. 340. ;

I am indebted to Mr. J. Hardy for an adult male of this species,
which was sent to me from Berwickshire with other specimens of
Araneidea in December 1848. It is nearly allied to Walckenaéra
cuspidata.

162. Walckenaéra obtusa.
Walckenaéra obtusa, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. viii. p. 482.

A few males of Walckenaéra obtusa, in a state of maturity,
were discovered under stones at Oakland in February 1835.
Between the male of this species and the male of Walckenaéra
cuspidata there is a striking resemblance ; but the smaller size
of the latter, the comparative shortness of its sternum, differences
in the structure of its palpi, and especially the acute conical pro-
minence situated within the trapezoid formed by the four inter-
mediate eyes, effectually serve te distinguish it from the former.

163. Walckenaéra fuscipes.

Walckenaéra fuscipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. viii. p. 481.

Adult males of this species were found under stones at Oakland
in March 1835.

274 On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders.

164. Walckenaéra punctata.

Walckenaéra punctata, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 629.
Argus trapezoides, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 503.

M. Walckenaer, in disposing of Walckenaéra punctata as a
_ synonym of Argus trapezoides, refers to his ‘ Hist. Nat. des In-
sect. Apt.’ t. u. p. 853 for an account of the latter; but as no
species bearing that name is included in the volume, I am unable
to dispel the obscurity in which the subject is involved.

Females of this spider were taken in May 1838 under stones
in a moist pasture near Llanrwst.

165. Walckenaéra obscura.
Walckenaéra obscura, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 321.

Several males of this species, having the palpal organs fully
developed, were obtained on iron rails at Crumpsall Hall in
April 1834, and on plants growing in the woods at Oakland
early in June 1835.

166. Walckenaéra flavipes.
Walckenaéra flavipes, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 322.

In May 1834 I captured an adult male Walckenaéra flavipes
under the exfoliating bark of a sycamore at Crumpsall Hall, and
in the spring of 1840 I met with both sexes under stones im-
bedded in the earth in a pasture at Oakland.

167. Walckenaéra turgida.

Walckenaéra turgida, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 630.

Specimens of this spider were discovered in the autumn of 1836
under stones and blocks of wood in the plantations at Crumpsall
Hall.

A suspicion is expressed by M. Walckenaer that Walckenaéra
turgida may be identical with Argus parallelus (Hist. Nat. des
Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508) ; but the males of these species exhibit
differences in the form of the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax
and in the disposition of the eyes.

168. Walckenaéra atra.

Walckenaéra atra, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 631.
Argus ater, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508.

Both sexes of Walckenaéra atra, the males having the palpal
organs in a perfect state of development, were found in May 1838
under stones in a moist pasture near Llanrwst.

In the ‘ Transactions of the Linnzan Society,’ vol. xviii. p. 682,

0

a

RB an! ol ae

Rey. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells. 275

a conjecture is advanced that this species may be the same as the
Theridion acuminatum of M.-Wider (Museum Senckenbergianum,
B. i. p. 232. taf. 15. fig. 11); but well-marked differences in
size, structure, and colour plainly show that they are distinct ;
and a comparison made between Walckenaéra atra and Argus
bicuspidatus, as suggested by M. Walckenaer in his ‘ Hist. Nat.
des Insect. Apt.’ t. iv. p. 508, has been attended with a similar
result.

XXIII.— Brief Diagnostic Notices of new Maderan Land Shells.
By the Rev. R. T. Lows, M.A.

- (Concluded from p. 120.]

| Pura, Drap.
§. Paludinella, Lowe.

50. Pura timnzANA.—P. edentule, Drap., proxima. Differt
testa distincte umbilicata arcte substriata, apertura oblique ovali
longiore quam lata, 2 longitudinis equante. Limneo minuto,

Drap., simillima, Bulimum ventrosum, Fér., quoque refert.
Hab. in Madera.

51. Pura microspora. Differt a P. limneana testa vix sub-
perforata plusquam dimidio minore minuta conico-ovata nec ven-
tricosa, apertura transverse ovali depressa latiore quam longa,
4 longitudinis zequante.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Truncatellina, Lowe.

52. Pura Linearis.—P. minutissime, Hartm. (Vertigini cy-
lindrice, Fér.) nimis forsan affinis. Differre videtur anfractuum
numero (6-7), et peristomate simplici acuto ; sed ab defectu ex-
emplorum teste Europxe, comparationem magis exactam insti-
tuere nequeo.

Hab. semifossilis in Madera.

§. Gastrodon, Lowe.

53. Pupa FANALENSIS.—P. anconostomati, Lowe, affinis. Dif-
fert forma breviore obesiore ovatiore basi sublatiore, anfractibus
conyexioribus, sutura impressa, apertura basi rotundata nec an-
gulata, plica ventrali validiore, carinaque umbilicali obsoleta.
Testa quoque minor subfasciata habitu peculiari proprio.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston et Lowe.

276 Rey. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

§. Leiostyla, Lowe.

54, Pupa vincta.—Differt a P. cheilogona, Lae, magnitu-
dine minore, forma breviore obesiore, apice obtusiore, apertura
rotundato-ovali nec auriformi, testa leviore nitidiore letius colo-
rata s. fasciata, plicis ventralibus majoribus, &c. P. irrigue
proxima, sed revera distincta.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston et Lowe.

55. Pura rrricva.—Differt a P. cheilogona et vincta, Lowe,
preter alia, apertura ringente confertim multiplicosa ; a P. sphine-
tostomate, Lowe, magnitudine majore, forma magis ovata obesiore,
testa leviore nitidiore, labroque intus plica distincta tantum
unica.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston et Lowe.

56. Pura tauringa.—Differt a P. sphinctostomate a, Lowe,
testa omnino leviore nitidiore intensius colorata sc. fulvo-cornea
olivaceo-nigrescente nec pallide flavo-cornea ; forma plerumque
curta obesa, in exemplaribus porro magis cylindricis quoad lon-
gitudinem minus gracili latiore ; apertura ad denticulum con-
strictiuscula haud ringente, plicis paucioribus (4-5), omnibus
preter ventralem externam magis immersis remotisque, ventrali
interna columellari semper unicz quali, subinconspicuis parvis ;
sinu respiratorio subapertiore ; peristomate incrassato ad denti-
culum indentato-sinuato plicisque plus minus coloratis.

Hab. in Madera, arborea in truncis Laurorum.

Obs. In P. sphinctostomate, speciem proprie rupestrem, raro
arboream, quasi transit ; sed habitu aspectuque proprio, necnon

habitatione semper inter muscos in truncis Laurorum sylvicola -

fere discernenda.

57. Pura tavicata.—P. sphinctostomati proxima. Differt
apertura subeffusa patula, nec ringente nec coarctato-plicata,
plicis tantum 4 remotis, columellari palatalique unica. Ab hac
eeque ac a P. laurinea et P. recta differt forma ab anfractu pen-
ultimo usque ad apicem sensim subattenuata.

Hab. in Madera. Coll. Wollaston.

58. Pura recta.—Differt a P. sphinctosiomate et P. levigata,
Lowe, testa majore elongato-cylindrica minus nitente sericeo-
levigata spadiceo-fusca distinctius fasciata, apertura haud rin-
gente, plicis 5-6 remotis, 2 ventralibus, 1-2 columellaribus (su-
periore obsoleta), 2 palatalibus ; labro zquali, denticulo obsole-
tissimo.

Hab. in Madera.

59. Pupa MAcILENTA.—P, recte nimis forsan propinqua.
Differt testa minore distinctius striata, plicis tribus internis

nee ee

ce Ee ee ae ee a ee ee ee

aca

“a ie

1
q
4
:

Bev. B. 'T. Lowe on sew Aladeren Lav Shella. 277

zequalibus, ventrali interiore columellarique majoribus magisque
prominentibus.
Hab. in Deserta Majore. Coll. Wollaston.

§. Craticula, Lowe.
(Orcula, Held ?)

60. Pura rusca.—Differt a P. macilenta testa distinctius cre-
bristriata absque nitore, apertura sex-plicata, plicis confertis sub-
immersis, anfractibus convexis, sutura impressa.

Hab. in Madera.

61. Pura MILLEGRANA.—Pupe fusce simillima, sed multo
minor, anfractibus paucioribus, striis validioribus subremotio-
ribus, apertura septemplicata, plicis tubercularibus oppositis (nec
conferruminatis) constricta.

Hab. in Madera; etiam in Deserta Majore, Wollaston.

62. Pura rerraria.—A P. fusca striis remotioribus vali-
dioribus, plicis lamellatis nec tuberculatis magis inconspicuis ; a
P. monticola, Lowe (Prim. 63. t. 6. f. 33) testa majore graciliore
elongatiore, striis confertis tenuioribus, plicis magis inconspicuis,
Aiffert. .

Hab. in Portu S*. Inv. Wollaston.

§. Alvearella, Lowe.

63. Pura casstpuLa.—P. cassidea, Lowe (Prim. 64. t. 6. f. 35),
quodammodo affinis ; illa vero sectionem peculiarem propriam,
Scarabellam, Lowe, constituit. P. cassidula magnitudine habi-
tuque necnon umbilico largo patulo spirali toto ccelo differt.
Apertura 7-plicata ringens.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

64. Pura concinna.—Pupe cassidule affinis, P. laurinee
forsan propior ; ab illa apertura haud ringente quinqueplicata,
ab hae stris distinctis capillaribus, plicis tribus internis magis
prominentibus conspicuis, duobus ventralibus obliquioribus nec
verticalibus differt.

Hab. in Madera, Wollaston et Lowe.

65. Pura ABBREVIATA.—Differt a P. concinna testa fere di-
midio minore, striis validioribus, plicis magis inconspicuis mino-
ribus.

Hab. semifossilis in Madera.

66. Pura c1ppa.—Species distinctissima, pulcherrima, raris-
_sima, ab omnibus differt anfractibus costis remotiusculis equi-

278 Rev. R. T. Lowe on new Maderan Land Shells.

distantibus transversis, interstitiis exilissime spiraliter striatis,
apertura ringente subtrifoliato-lobata, plicis magnis prominen-
~ tibus, forma valde curta abbreviata.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

§. Mastula, Lowe.

67. Pura LAMELLOSA.—Testa abbreviato-cylindrica turbinata
mammiformis tenuis, anfractibus tumido-convexis, oblique et re-
mote lamellato-costatis, lamellis membranaceis in medio anfrac-
tuum dilatatis seepe lacero-dentatis s. subaculeatis, apertura de-
pressa triplicata. H. aculeatam, Miill., refert.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

§. Staurodon, Lowe.

68. Pupa saxicoLa.—P. (Vertigini) alpestri (Fér.), Gray, Man.
p- 202. t. 12. f. 141. affinis. Differt testa minore fusco-cornea
subopaca solidiuscula, apertura (4-plicata) dente tuberculari ad
angulum labri ante plicam ventralem adjecto, peristomate sequali
continuo, labro nec sinuato nec inflexo, marginibus callo in ven-
trem incrassato relevato junctis. A P. pygmea, Drap., testa mi-
nore subcylindrica minus nitente striolata, plicis aperturee majo-
ribus 4 exacte cruciatis, dente tuberculari ante ventralem adjecto,
peristomate simplici incrassato obtuso nec varicoso, marginibus
callo relevato junctis satis superque distincta videtur.

Hab. in Madera; Leacock, Wollaston.

69. Pura sem1inuLuM.—Differt a P. saxicola testa minore
etiam minutissima, anfractibus magis tumidis convexis, sutura
profundiore, forma subobesiore, apice obtusiore apertura subtri-
plicata, plicis in triangulum dispositis ineequalibus, ventrali ma-
jore, columellari palatalique minoribus subzequalibus, labro sub-
angulari rectiusculo inflexo-sinuato, denticulo superne intus di-
stinctiusculo.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. T. S. Leacock.

Cxravsiiia, Drap.

CLAUSILI# speciem nullam Maderensem novam, preter tres
in PRimitTiis jam memoratas, inveni. Speciem vero elegantis-
simam a Lusitartiia nuperrime ab amico Lourencgo José Moniz,
M.D. Consiliario Regio, Historie Naturalis indagatore peritis-
simo benevole communicatam, hic adjungere licet.

Cravusit1a Moniztana.
C. testa subrimata gracillima angusta turrito-elongata subaci-
culari tenuiuscula, apice levi mammillari truncato-rotundata ;
anfractibus 14-15 tenuistriatis planatis, sutura parum impressa

Pavia tei ts.

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 279

-simplici (nec crenata), striis minutissime subcrenatis v. subcris-

pulis; anfractu ultimo basi sulcato obtuse bicristato ; apertura
oblique ovato-pyriformis subrhomboidea, lamella supera tenui
distincta, infera crassiore magis immersa antice dilatato-obsoleta,
lunella nulla v. inconspicua ; plicis palatalibus duabus tuberculi-
formibus, supera (subcolumellari) inconspicua subimmersa, in-
fera distinctiore subprominula alba; peristomate continuo soluto
expanso albo-limbato.

Long. 13-14, lat. 23, long. apert. 22-23 mill.

Hab. prope Lisbon, L. J. Moniz.

Differt a C. rugosa (Drap.), Pf. Mon. ii. 475, testa graciliore
angustiore apice distincte mamillata, lunella nulla v. inconspicua,
&c. An “C. rugosa, Morelet, Moll. du Port. p.75,” Pf. 1.c. eadem?

Cyctostoma, Lam.
§. Hygrobium, Lowe.

70. Cycrostoma LyonnetTIaNuM.—Differt a C. lucido, Lowe,
testa multo minore elevato-trochoidea exilissime spiraliter striata,
anfractu ultimo carinato-angulato. Gibbum Lyonnetianum, Pall.,
forma quodammodo refert.

Hab. in Madera. Inv. Wollaston.

Madera, Dec. 1851.

XXIV.—On the Gangetic Dolphin. By Dan. Frep. Escuricnt,
Professor at the University of Copenhagen. Being a Supple-
ment to his Memoirs on Whales. Transactions of the Royal
Danish Academy of Sciences, 5th Series, vol. ii. (separately
printed, Copenhagen, 1851, 4to.) Translated from the Danish
by Dr. Watticu, F.R.S., Vice-Pres. Linn. Soc.

[Concluded from p. 188.]

Zoo.ocists have agreed, since the time of Cuvier, that the
proper place of a vertebrate animal in the system is perhaps
most safely decided by the structure of its skeleton ; and if this
rule holds good as to the class generally, it probably applies still
more forcibly to Cetacea than to any order, because here, under
the determinate outer form of a fish, we have concealed the perfect
structure of a mammal, in which another further difference mani-
fests itself, which has hitherto been rated on too lowascale. Of
the correctness of this assertion, the skeleton of the Gangetic dol-
phin affords the best proof. Lebeck and Roxburgh had already
shown the striking discrepancies in the form of its beak, its

-breast-fins and spiracle ; but it was only after Cuvier had described

280 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

the skeleton, that, as has already been observed-above, we became
aware of the structure being the most peculiar in the whole group
of Dolphins—one which “ deserved above all others to constitute
a distinct genus.” The large advancement which cetology made
in the time of Cuvier, and mostly by his aid alone, will at once
be acknowledged by comparing his first labours and researches
in that direction, with his latest works, published after his death.
It was indeed so great, that cetology has not been equally ad-
vanced since that period, by the various publications of other
authors. And yet Cuvier had not been able to collect a suffi-
ciency of whale-skeletons to enable him to settle the Linnzan
genus Delphinus, according to the greater or less affinity of the
already then very numerous species; but was obliged to content
himself with the suggestion, which we have just quoted, that the
Gangetic dolphin, perhaps more than any other dolphin, deserved
to constitute a peculiar genus; without, however, assigning to it
any place in the series of toothed whales. Schlegel* placed it
nearest the large and more robust, proper dolphins, which he called
die Tiimmler, and of which D. Tursio was the type. J. E. Grayt
placed it, somewhat more successfully, nearest to the Inia bolivi-
ensis, described by Alcide d’Orbigny t, which inhabits one of the
mountain branches of the Amazon, 700 French leagues from the
sea. Perhaps A. Wagner § was equally successful in placing it
between the Tooth-whale of the Amazon and the Micropteron.
They have certainly been far nearer the mark than I was in my
arrangement of Cetacea according to their food, in putting it as
the extreme limit of toothed whales, while the Hyperoodons and
the Cachalot were made to occupy the contrary extreme||. All
who have followed me in the preceding description of the ske-
leton of the Gangetic dolphin, will no doubt arrive at the same
conclusion, especially if reference is also had to my antecedent
account of the Hyperoodon proper (Déglingen) and of Rhyn-
choceti generally**. I now proceed to explain, that our dolphin
approaches in most respects nearest to the Hyperoodons, though

* Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Zoologie und vergleichenden Ana~-
tomie. 1 Heft. Leyden, 1841, 4to, p. 28.

+ Voyage of the Erebus and Terror.

t Notice sur un nouveau genre de Cétace. Nouvelles Annales du Mu-
séum d’Hist. Nat. tome iii. p. 22. pl. 3. Paris, 1834,

§ Die Saugthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur, mit Beschreibungen,
von J. C. D. Schreber, fortgesetzt von Joh. Andr. Wagner. 7 Theil. Er-
langen, 1846.

|| Zoologisch-anatomisch-physiologische Untersuchungen tiber die nor-
dischen Wallthiere, p. 7. Leipz. 1849, 4to.

@ Fourth Memoir on Whales, in Transact. of the Royal Danish Acad. of
Sciences, Sect. Nat. Hist. and Mathemat., vol. ii. 1845.

** Sixth Memoir on Whales, /. c. 5th series, vol. i. 1849.

- ae

ee

co:

chad: al iii

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 281

in some it comes close to the whitefish and the allied great
tooth-whaies, in others to the dolphin of the Amazon; while
again in some respects it stands quite isolated.

The most striking peculiarity in its cranium is manifestly the
two vaulted osseous crests on the upper jaw. These not only
resemble the crests of the Hyperoodon, but are essentially of the
same form; the only difference consisting in their being more
vaulted in the Gangetic dolphin, and having in consequence a
greater space between them; but they rise similarly from the side
of each upper jaw-bone, and approach more closely together along
the middle, by age. This has been pointed out by Mr. Gray, as re-
gards our dolphin ; and in my memoir last quoted (p. 98), I have
thréwn out a hint, that something very similar takes place in the
Hyperoodon: “Mr. Gray’s Hyperoodon latifrons is a good species,
founded on a cranium from the Orkney Islands with the crests
on the upper jaw unusually thick; and yet it may perhaps be
only the cranium of an old male of the common Hyperoodon.”
This supposition has since become a matter of certainty ; for all
crania of old Hyperoodons, at least of males, have the crests
similarly developed, as has actually been verified in a skeleton of
an old individual of this kind, sent to my worthy colleague Prof.
Steenstrup from the Feroé Islands, and by him kindly trans-
ferred to the zootomic-physiologic museum of our University,
under my charge. It is therefore fully proved, in my opinion,
that, while on the one hand this specific formation can no longer
be considered as characterizing singly the species hitherto founded
on it ; so, on the other, does it establish the similarity, in that
respect, between our dolphin and the Hyperoodon proper. It is,
further, very striking, that in consequence of that formation,
the Gangetic dolphin is more nearly allied to the Hyperoodon
than to the Micropteron, or any other fossil cetacean belonging to
the group of the former (Ziphius).

I have endeavoured to point out another, scarcely less cha-
racteristic, formation of the cranium in our dolphin, as regards
the palate, which in my view is principally formed of the ptery-
goid bones, extending entirely over (in the proper position of
the animal, under) the palatal bones. Something approaching
to this reappears in the Hyperoodons. In all other whales the
eset bones only occupy the posterior part of the palate.

is similarity would be still greater, were it not that I have
shown, that in the Hyperoodons the palatal bones extend to the
outermost part of the palate, and that the lacrymal bone is pre-
sent, which is wanting in the Gangetic dolphin, as well as gene-
rally in all toothed whales, owing probably to the peculiar cir-
cumstance of the confined extent of the orbits (see Memoirs

_quoted before, pp. 375 and 93 respectively). A further confor-
19

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix.

282 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

mity in the crania reappears in the connexion of the pars petrosa
with the bulla tympani, and still more its protrusion into the
walls of the skull and peculiar connexion with the temporal bone.

But here a still greater similarity presents itself with the Cacha- .

lot, which is far more closely allied to the Hyperoodons, than any
other Linnean dolphins. In the form of the under jaw it is more
like the Cachalot ; while in that of the upper jaw, it resembles
most the Hyperoodon. Its great supply of teeth must have ap-
peared a strong objection to earlier observers, to consider it as
nearly allied to the Hyperoodon and Cachalot, in the former of
which the teeth exist only in the most anterior part of the under
jaw, and in the latter they are confined entirely to the lower jaw.
This objection, however, has lost the greatest part of its force,
for I have succeeded in proving, that there exists a complete
series of teeth in both jaws of the Hyperoodon, though they
never attain their full development (/. c. pp. 375 and 337).
There is, at least, this similarity of teeth between the Hyper-
oodon and our dolphin, that the foremost are by far the most de-
veloped, which is not the case in any of the dolphins proper ;
and between it and the Cachalot, and the Hyperoodons generally,
that they are most developed in the under jaw, though compa-
ratively in a very slight degree here. This undeniable analogy
in the structure of the cranium, with the Hyperoodons, and
partly the Cachalot, which is not far removed from these, is alto-
gether lost almost, as regards the rest of the skeleton.

In the skeleton of the Hyperoodon we have the following
striking peculiarities :—1. a most unusually low number of ribs
(9 pairs for 55 vertebre) ; the thorax close up to the heavy head ;
all the seven vertebre of the neck grown together into one mass
of bone; 2. the strikingly extended lumbar region, as compared
to the neck and thorax, considerably longer than both these
together, and almost as long as the tail; and, 3. the not less
strikingly high and bulky spinous processes. On the contrary,
in the Gangetic dolphin we see—1. a very usual number of ribs
(11 pairs to 51 vertebrae) ; the thorax removed to an unusually
great distance (for the order of whales) from the head, owing to
the length of the neck (only 11} times shorter than the entire
vertebral column, in the Hyperoodon about 28 times), and the
cervical vertebre being, besides, strongly developed, and moveable
among themselves; 2. the lumbar region only somewhat more

than double the length of the neck (;4°-), exactly the length only

of the thorax, and only about 2 (324) of the tail; and finally,
8. the spinous processes short, not only in comparison with the
Hyperoodons, but generally with dolphins proper. All these
discrepancies indicate a great diversity in the mode of living of the
Gangetic dolphin and the Hyperoodon. The skeleton of the last

Soe

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 283

points it out as a strong swimmer, the spinous as well as trans-
verse processes serving, even in the lumbar region, for the inser-
tion of the muscles of the tail, by which the body is propelled
through the water; and the short and unbending tail is an
essential condition for securing to the head and the whole body
with it, a ready propulsion through the waves of the sea. The
Gangetic dolphin, on the contrary, is distinguished as a cetaceous
animal, by having a limited power of swimming, combined with
a certain degree of motion of the head and its long and pointed
beak. If we desire to trace these peculiarities of the Platanista
skeleton among other groups of whales, we shall soon and easil

recognise them in the Whitefish and the nearly allied Narwhale ;
the former having fifty-one vertebrz (the latter fifty-two), with
eleven pairs of ribs (in the latter there is an imperfect twelfth
pair) ; the Narwhales having a proportionally long neck; and
their cervical vertebre (at least in the Whitefish) being never an-
chylosed, but always connected by means of joints*. There is
another remarkable circumstance, namely, that the processus
odontoideus in the Whitefish is, next after our dolphin, more
clearly developed than in any other member of the order ; it has
however the same form, the obliquely truncated articulating sur-
face, directed rather towards the head than to the ventral surface,
as in the Gangetic dolphin. Not only in regard to the neck,
but also in other regions of the skeleton, is our dolphin nearest
allied to the Whitefish. Its vertebre are much fewer in number
(fifty-one) than in the proper dolphins generally (the long-jawed,
many-toothed) ; greater than in the Hyperoodons and even in
the small Finwhales, equalling exactly the number in the White-
fish (the Narwhale having an additional pair of vertebre). The
pairs of ribs (eleven) are more numerous than in the Hyper-
oodon, but precisely as in the Whitefish (the Narwhale having
usually a twelfth pair, though it is disproportionally short). Of
far greater importance is the similarity in the form-of the ver-
tebre, which, in the Hyperoodon, as in the proper Dolphins, are
distinguished by the remarkably high spinous processes, particu-
larly in the thoracic vertebre, while in our dolphin they are low,

* This is what I have seen in all the Whitefish skeletons examined by
me; and as far as I know, no one else’has found it otherwise.. Occasionally
a pair of the foremost cervical vertebra are found connate in the Narwhale ;
in the Vaagehval sometimes the second with the first or third. But these

ing ossifications belong by no means exclusively to old skeletons; and
they cannot therefore serve as an argument in favour of the entirely un-
founded assumption, at least as a general one, that growing together of the
cervical vertebra in whales, is the effect of age. I shall be able to prove in
a future Memoir on Whales (the seventh in the series), as the result of long-
continued inquiries, that the normal combination of these vertebre, a y

-shows itself, in most species of whales, while still in the state of cartilage.
19*

284 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

as in the Whitefish and Hyperoodon. Finally, the short, broad,
shawl-formed breast-fins approach perhaps nearest those of the
Whitefish and the Narwhale. x

The bony structure of the Gangetic dolphin approaches, then,
as regards the head nearest to the Hyperoodons, in regard to the
rest of the skeleton nearest to the ‘Whitefish.’ It now only re-

mains to determine the similarity or dissimilarity of its outer —

forms, as compared with other Cetacea. From what has been
said in the first part of this memoir, respecting the published
figures, it is obvious, that we cannot be said to have possessed
hitherto a faithful and clear representation of the Gangetic dol-
phin ; and in this view M. Reimhardt’s scientific claims are de-
servedly as great, as his merits in osteological respects, by having
prepared and preserved so perfect a skeleton of the Gangetic
dolphin as to meet all the demands of the science. The figure
executed by M. Thornam, under his direction, from the recently
caught animal, has been rendered with great fidelity in Pl. V.
fig. 1. I will here give M. Reinhardt’s own measurements and
notes as part of the external description of the animal :—

Wr RAE IRN | ons dean bg ve synup ands. evdus veeseanbesaiacd cserssececsnies SO" ae
Length from end of snout to the eye ..csesecsssceserecseeeeeees eg
Length from end of snout to the ear .........+ sds coe capeg tous Pedrg
Length from end of snout to anterior angle of base of the fn 3 0 0
Length of the rostrum of upper jaw — ...ssseecsecesesscaseescees 0 8 6
EXPANGCA, WINDS OL LAL 6) iouss0pseeseesracsnvnsesvasisoumeee aie | ee ae
Round the body over the sexual organ ......eecseeseseeenseees a

“ The eye extraordinarily small ; in diameter only 12”. The ear
situated inconsiderably above the eye. The spiracle a simple
longitudinal fissure, measuring 1" 91"; its anterior end exactly
in a vertical line above the eye. Female sexual organ about 2!
long, showing nothing remarkable in its form, nor in the
furrows, in which the papille are situated. The tongue exceed-
ingly short, adnate in its whole circumference, and reaching
only as far as the point, where the upper jaw contracts itself into
the narrow rostrum. The body enveloped in a thick layer of
fat, measuring 13" where thickest. Colour on the back dark
lead-gray ; under the belly somewhat lighter, though not much.
This was the appearance for a short time only after the animal
had been taken out of the water ; after the epidermis had dried,
the colour became lighter throughout.’

The peculiarly favourable opportunity, the skill of the drafts-
man, but above all the great experience of the naturalist, suffi-
ciently guarantee the correctness of the representation and its
accompanying description ; but the exactness of the drawing is
still further corroborated by the close correspondence of its pro-

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 285

portions with the skeleton of the self-same individual (PI1.V. fig. 2):
a skeleton prepared and preserved with such extreme care, that
not only do the several bones still continue their natural con-
nexion, but the external skin remains adhering to the extremity
of the tail and the ends of the fingers, proving to demonstration,
not only that not one single caudal vertebra, or joint of the fin-
gers, is defective, but even the four wavy prominences of the pos-
terior margin of the breast-fins, corresponding to the four larger
finger ends, may still be easily recognized. Only on one point
I confess, that I entertain some doubt as to the exactness of the
drawing ; namely the position of the eye and ear, which, to judge
from the skeleton, appear rather too high above the angle of the
mouth ; it being manifest that the eye must come exactly under
the processus orbitalis of the frontal bone, which in the profile
representation of the skeleton (Pl. V. fig. 2) is seen by no means
so high up. Experience proves that mistakes of this kind are
ag gph made, when minute parts of large convex objects are
to be represented. In order to express such minute parts, the
painter draws nearer the object, and the requisite perspective
proportions are easily lost. Therefore, although convinced of
the existence of the mistake just mentioned, which was so easy
of correction, I have deemed it my duty not to deviate in respect
to it, but to give a faithful counterpart of the original drawing.
If we now compare this drawing of M. Thornam’s taken from the
recent animal, with the earlier ones, cited above, and keep in view
the reasons assigned for its correctness, the less favourable report
I have given of even the more recent representations must be
assented to. Among the older ones, Lebeck’s figure, however
rude, gives this animal the prevailing straight cylindrical form
of all whales, tapering before and behind, without curvature in
the back (as in Roxburgh’s and F. Cuvier’s), much less in the
neck and tail parts (as in Gray’s) ; the skin stretched tightly over
the whole body without depression over the neck (as in Gray’s) ;
the breast-fins quite stiff and the fingers immoveable among
themselves (therefore not capable of being folded together like a
fan, which the drawings of Roxburgh, Cuvier, and Gray seem to
indicate). M. Reinhardt has caused a separate outline to be taken
from above (Pl. V. fig. 4). He says the blow-hole is a perfectly
straight longitudinal slit, without the faint double curve of an S,
attributed to it by Lebeck and Roxburgh ; and is represented by
him alone as quite shut (fig. 3), which it is self-evident it must be,
except during the moment of respiration.

Of the greatest importance is the perfect confirmation, by M.
Reinhardt’s own observation and skeleton, of Roxburgh’s original
assertion, concerning the extreme smallness of the eyes of the

'. Gangetic dolphin: “ Eyes exceedingly minute, being only a line

=— 1. = vow

Se a a

286 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

in diameter, and sunk pretty deep in their small round orbits ;”
the whole length of his specimen being 64 English feet. That
this remark, made simultaneously with the announcement of the
existence of such an animal, scarcely should have received any
notice, might be excused perhaps by its not being corroborated
in Roxburgh’s own figure ; but not so after Cuvier had completely
verified the remark in his researches on the cranium, especially
with regard to the corresponding smallness of the orbita and the
consequent abbreviation in the stem of the zygomatic bone, which
is quite unknown among any other toothed whales. Notwith-
standing all this, the minute size of the eye in the Gangetic
dolphin has escaped attention to such a degree, that even in the
most modern figures (Gray’s and Jardine’s) it is represented
large in comparison with other Cetacea. The materials fur-
nished by M. Reinhardt give the fullest signification to this pro-
portion, inasmuch as in Thornam’s drawing the physiognomy of
a blind whale, which by measurement belongs to our dolphin,
has been for the first time completely expressed. And yet it
may be easily shown, that even in this the eye is not rendered in
its proper insignificance ; for the reduction being in the propor-
tion of 4, the slit for the eye—only 1 to 13/”—should have been
given 2 or 3”, whereas it is made 4",

Anatomical considerations I think indicate, that the physio-
gnomy of our dolphin as a blind cetacean, is not in appearance
only, but significant as corresponding to the physiognomy of the
mole. The very minute eye of our animal has hitherto caused
but little surprise, because the eyes of whales in general have
been commonly considered as exceedingly small; and this has
been demonstrated by examples among the colossal species, none
of the lesser sorts being adduced. This frequently repeated as-
sertion that whales have small eyes, is, in fact, nothing but the
expression of a rule of general application ; namely that the eye
(as well as the ear and brain), with equal functional develop-
ment, corresponds only in a very slight degree to the size of
the body; but that in by far the greatest majority of species of
the same class—and still more in the same order and family—it
is limited within the bounds of a certain absolute magnitude.
This general rule properly applied,—and in a physiological sense
the rule admits of very easy solution,—it can hardly be said that
whales have particularly small eyes, as compared with mammalia
in general. Among the smaller dolphins, with a circumference
of body less than in man, for example in the porpoise, the dia-
meter of the eye is about 1"; and it is quite consonant with this,

that colossal whales should have eyes only four times larger. .

In comparison with land-mammalia, the eye of whales cannot
therefore be said to be absolutely small ; but only in so far, that

ee

——
al

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 287

the cornea—consequently a part of it not immediately connected
with sight—occupies an unusual extent of its circumference
(above one half in the greatest whales). But in comparison
with other marine mammalia, namely Seals, the eye of whales
must be called small, absolutely ; because in those the eye is very
large. It must accordingly be admitted as a proportionally sig-
nificant feature in physiological respects, to meet with a toothed
whale, not by any means of the small kinds, having an eye in
diameter not more than ]2!. Assuming—for as yet we can do
no more—that this little eye is constructed like that of Cetacea
in general, consequently with an extraordinarily thick cornea, it
must actually be ranked among the smallest in the class of Mam-
malia ; and taking further into account its relative measurement,
which is of less, but still of some weight on this occasion, the eye,
like that of the mole, decidedly points out that the usual abode
of the animal is void of solar light; in which respect, my state-
ment of the smallness of the holes for the optic nerves, and the
presumed extreme smallness, or almost rudimentary state of the
optic nerves themselves, must be considered as decisive.

Our dolphin occupies therefore, in anatomical respects, the
same place among whales, as the mole does among animals of
prey, and the subterranean rodentia among the order of Rodentia.
It now remains to find out whether this result corresponds with
our experience as to the mode of living of the animal. The
few and scanty communications of Lebeck and Roxburgh are
reiterated in the following manuscript notes of M. Reinhardt,
with additional not unimportant observations made by himself
and others. “According to Dr. Cantor, the Platanista makes its
appearance in the Hoogly at Calcutta only in the cold season
(corresponding to our autumn or winter); but he was unable to
state with certainty, whether it migrated after leaving that neigh-
bourhood, though he conjectured, and no doubt rightly, that it
is more probable it seeks the ocean than the higher parts of the
river. It swims singly or in pairs, not gregariously, and at the
time it makes its appearance in the Hoogly, it is by no means of
rare occurrence ; it is frequently observed to show a small part
of its body above the surface of the water, and then immediately
to dive down again. The animal is, however, rarely caught, by
entangling itself in fishing nets, and upon the whole it is very
difficult to obtain one. Mr. M‘Clelland gives an account of a
singular manner in which two individuals were caught (Calcutta
Journal of Natural History, 1841, i. p. 425); namely in conse-
quence of blowing up the wreck of some ship which was obstruct-
ing the navigation of the Hoogly, the column of water raised at
the moment of explosion threw upon the shore two dolphins, a male

. and a female, together with a large quantity of fish. The male

288 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

measured 5 feet (4! 10" Danish); the female was 8 inches shorter
and more slender. In general, at the time the animal appears in
the Hoogly, the full-grown females are pregnant. This however
was not the case with the individual of which the drawing and
skeleton were brought home, owing most probably to its not
having attained its full growth (5! 2”); although an individual,
which had been caught a few days before and was given to the
Asiatic Society, contained an embryo of 14 to 15 inches.” [Very
likely the specimen brought home by Prof. Behn, to which we
alluded above (p. 168).] ‘The stomach,” M. Reinhardt con-
tinues, “was filled with a quantity of small fish and shrimps ;
among which were recognized Clupea Telara, Hamilton, a species
of Pimelodes, and the large species of Palemon and Peneus,
common in the Calcutta fish-market.” Roxburgh says, “In the
stomach were found only some grains of paddy (rice in the husk),
a few minute fragments of shells, and many living active asca-
rides. Notwithstanding the contents of the stomach of this in-
dividual, there is no doubt of the animal being piscivorous.”
According to Lebeck, “There were many living Ascarides, L.,
more than an inch long, both in the mouth and stomach, and in
the latter grains of nellu (rice).”

To determine whether the substances found in the stomach
bear any relation to any particular depth of the mud in which the
Gangetic dolphin penetrates for its food, requires that we should
possess a nearer acquaintance with the localities of the fishes
and crustacea which M. Reinhardt mentions, and of the species
of corn named by the older observers. M. Reinhardt’s notice of
the specimens, thrown up by the explosion by gunpowder of a
sunken vessel, obviously proves nothing as to their being found
near the bottom of rivers; still it tends that way. But if it
should turn out that the animal does not exist at any greater
depth below the surface of the water than whales in general, no
other explanation remains but to connect its confined vision with
the yellow, turbid water of the river in contradistinction to the
clearness of the sea water; and we are thence necessarily led to
the conclusion, that, although the animal actually leaves the river
Hoogly at the close of the cold season, and takes to the sea, the
quality of water just mentioned must be considered as its prin-

cipal element or home; and thus we recognize in its peculiarly —
formed eye a very marked instance of adaptation between animal

organization and the surrounding nature. Looking at its long,
many-toothed beak, we are naturally reminded of a similar struc-
ture in the Gharial of the Ganges ; and this comcidence between

these animals, otherwise so widely remote from each other, urges -

on us the question, how far does this peculiar structure depend
upon the peculiar condition of the water? If we are disposed

.
i Leal. ee he dei -
a i all

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 289

to answer in the affirmative, we have a further instance of har-
monious adaptation.

Resuming the comparison, founded on the skeleton, between
the Gangetic dolphin and other toothed whales, it is above all
manifest, that the similarity with the Whitefish and the allied
Narwhale, in the osseous structure of their spinal column and
breast-fins, reappears again in the outer form of the body, and
not only in the breast-fins, but in the extremely low dorsal fins,
making it very probable that a certain extent of coincidence also
occurs in their mode of existence. I find the following observa-
tions on the Whitefish among the notes on the whales of the
coast of Greenland, which Capt. Holbéll has placed at my dis-

. ©The Whitefish supports itself both on fish and cuttle-
fish, as well as shell-fish, which it fetches from a very great depth.
Remnants of these animals are commonly found in its stomach ;
but if absent, it is generally filled with cy, or more rarely with
sand. I am at present unable to decide, whether it actually feeds
on the rich clay, or only swallows it together with sand, for the
purpose of digesting the animals which abound therein. Like
the Hyperoodon, the Whitefish must have the power to get rid
very quickly of its food on finding itself in-danger. The chase
after it in the ‘Sound’ is sometimes concluded in a few hours,
and yet either nothing is found in the stomach, or else only some
loose fish-bones (of Hippoglossus pinguis and Sebastes norvegicus)
or some cuttlefish.”

Among some notes of M. Motzfeldt of Julianehaab, a native
Greenlander, communicated by Capt. Hoibdll, I find the follow-
ing :—“ The Whitefish consumes enormous quantities of Sepia
loligo, Gadus eglefinus, and large prawns. Vast numbers of that
cuttlefish are found at Ritenbenk in spring and autumn, and of
the Gadus in sprmg. The prawns are most probably caught at
a great depth in the ocean.”

It appears to me, that these observations on the Whitefish by

ienced men, contain more than one feature corresponding

entirely with what we know of the habits of the Gangetic dol-
phin, as far as can be judged from what has been communicated
about those habits; while the similarity in that respect between
the Delphinus globiceps and the Micropteren is confined to the
circumstance, that these animals too are not gregarious, but live
mostly singly or in pairs. Their food is wholly different; the
_Hyperoodon, as well as Cachalot and D. globiceps, subsisting
chiefly on cuttlefish. That they likewise consume fish, is what
may be said perhaps of all whales—even the preying kinds, the
genus Orca—with exception only of the Glathvals.

It now remains to compare our dolphin with a whale, to which,

'. judging from its exterior appearance and locality, it must come

290 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

nearest of all, namely the Amazon dolphin, or D’Orbigny’s genus
Inia (alluded to above, p. 280), where we have quoted a work of
Andr. Wagner, in which he proves satisfactorily that this remark-
able animal was first mentioned by Desmarest, was next brought
to Europe by Spix and Martius, and lastly that it was described
by D’Orbigny. The similarity is not only indicated by its river
habitation, but also in its exterior form, because like our animal
the dorsal fin is very low, and the beak long and toothed. But
as far as the last-mentioned naturalist’s very incomplete account
and figure enable us to judge, none whatever of the peculiarities
in the cranium of the Gangetic dolphin are found in the Amazon
species ; the teeth are totally different ; the eyes can scarcely be
called small. If I consider Messrs. Gray and Wagner’s placing
the two animals together as plausible, it is done chiefly in the
expectation, that further researches may discover points of agree-
ment also in the internal parts.

Taking a retrospective view of the series of coincidences and
discrepancies in the structure and mode of life of the Gangetic
dolphin, as compared on the one hand with those of the Hyper-
oodons, on the other with the Whitefish, and lastly the Amazon
dolphin,—keeping before us its absolute peculiarities, that is, its
rudimentary eye and its blowhole in the shape of a longitudinal
fissure—we have a variety of differences in form, strongly con-
trasting with the commonly admitted uniformity of structure and
mode of living of Cetacea. If we try to place it among the
toothed whales, we cannot hesitate to constitute it into a se-
parate genus, Platanista, nearest between the Hyperoodons and
the Whitefish, the former of which are again close to the Cachalot
(all having the shape of the jaws and the tongue of our animal) ;
while the Whitefish approaches closest to the Narwhale, and next
to Delphinus globiceps ; but on the other hand, it must probably
not be removed far from the Amazon dolphin, though the two
can hardly be placed under one common group (Platanistina of
Gray). In my sixth Memoir on Whales, I have endeavoured to
prove in detail, by means of a series of researches into the osseous
structure of the Hyperoodon, as compared with the short-finned
dolphins (Micropteron), and the extinct species of Cuvier’s
Ziphius, that these whales are closely allied among each other.
I have since had opportunities still further to corroborate those
observations, especially with reference to the so-called Delphinus
Sowerbyensis, which I have insisted on was only the male Micro-
pteron. The cranium of Sowerby’s valuable specimen, deposited
in the anatomical museum of the University of Oxford, was re-
ported by Mr. Gray as no longer existing there, and therefore
reference was had to a drawing formerly made of it, and of
which he has given a copy. It was therefore a very gratifying

ee ee a

- ~

Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin. 291

rise to me, not only to be favoured with a communication
from Prof. Acland, Curator of the museum, to the effect that the
specimen was quite safe in his custody, but with a complete
plaster-of-Paris cast of it, enabling me to verify the correctness
of the statement in my memoir, founded only on the said figure.
I described (p. 97) the Hyperoodons as a very on of
toothed whales, represented at the time only by two species, but
at present by many more, the number of fossil species not only ex-
ceeding those of the existing (as 3 to 2), but constituting, more-
over, a very considerable proportion of the known fossil whales.
It was to be expected that the gap between this form of antedi-
luvian remains and existing species would be gradually supplied
by intermediate forms, and that these might be expected among
fossil specimens. If I mistake not, I have succeeded in point-
ing out such a form among species at present existing ; and that
this transition is distinguished from the formation of all other
whales, by an almost total blindness, cannot fail being recognized
as a most remarkable circumstance. It is to be expected that
further forms of transition will be discovered, between the group
of Hyperoodons and other cetaceous groups, or new links be-
tween them and the Gangetic dolphin. Perhaps the dolphin of
the Amazon may be looked upon as such. Our animal stands
so isolated, that it is likely the genus which it forms will be en-
larged hereafter by other species ; and I must here again quote
M. Reinhardt, to whose exertions are due almost all the mate-
rials on which my present memoir is founded :—“I must add,
that Mr. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum, told
me, that he distinguished two species of Platanista ; one of them
common in the Indus, but rarely found in the Ganges ; the other
or common Gangetic species (as far as I understand him) en-
tirely wanting in the Indus; and that they were characterized
by the different length of the rostrate portion of the upper jaw.
I am not aware that they have been described, nor do I know
the names given them by Mr. Blyth.”

It must be obvious that the above remark must have recurred
to my mind in noticing the discrepancy between former observa-
tions and my own. I am not alluding here to the very strong
difference in the outer form, which according to usage in ceto-
logy, might easily lead to the adoption of a new species—but
only to Cuvier’s account of the skeleton, as regards the form of
the beak, and the number of vertebre and fingers. It is, of
course, free to every one to consider those discrepancies as founded
upon specific distinctions, contrary to what I have declared to be
my views ; and to combine them with that just mentioned of Mr.
Blyth ; but it appears to me that any such attempt must rest on
_ a very insecure basis, like so many others, which have converted

cetology into a labyrinth, where it is extremely arduous to tind

(5 TOR tah emt

’

Sr

eee Se ee LeEe OR,

292 Prof. Eschricht on the Gangetic Dolphin.

the right path, and which has caused the science to retrograde
instead of advancing. May these hints prove a strong induce-
ment to obtain fresh light, and fresh materials for investigation,
from the Ganges, the Indus, and generally the large rivers of
Asia; and also on account of the as yet imperfect state of our
knowledge of the dolphin of the Amazon, from the rivers of
America. Not less important would be the examination of the
viscera, especially the stomach and intestinal canal, as well as the
small eye, in order to ascertain, as regards the former, whether
the conformity is greatest with the highly characteristic group
of Hyperoodons (the many-folded stomach and deeply-celled in-
testine), or the Whitefish and other dolphins; and as regards the
eye, whether a complete organization exists, and whether in that
case it is in accordance with the known type of the eye in whales,
or differs. Embryos would probably supply the required infor-
mation, at least with respect to the intestinal canal.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. VI. VII.

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. A young female Gangetic dolphin, taken from an individual mea-
suring 62 inches, caught in a fishing-net below the Botanic Gar-
den near Calcutta, on the night of the 2nd and 3rd of December
1845, and presented to the Galathea Expedition by Dr. Wallich;
drawn by M. Christian Thornam, painter in natural history, under
direction of M. Johannes Reinhardt, zoologist to the expedition ;
reduced five-sixths*.

Fig. 2. Skeleton of the same in its natural connexion, on a black ground,
with the natural outline of the animal.

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Cranium of the same seen from above.
Fig. 2. Jaws seen sideways.
Fig. 3. Cranium seen from behind.

Puiate VII.

Fig. 1. Cranium seen from below.

Fig. 2. Cranium seen from before and a little below.

Fig. 3. Seven cervical vertebrze (1-7), and 9 thoracic (8-16) from above.

Fig. 4. The three hindmost cervical vertebra, and the first thoracic, from
below.

On the figures of the cranium are represented by—d, os bregmatis or pa-
rietale; ¢, (Pl. VII. fig. 2) os ethmoideum ; f, os frontale ; g, os
tympanicum or bulla tympani; 7, os intermaxillare; k, processus
condyloideus ossis occipitalis ; m, os maxillare ; m, os nasi; 0, os
occipitale ; p, palatal plate of the upper jaw nearest the middle
line of the palate (Pl. VII. fig. 1), os palatinum ; ¢, os temporum ;
t', processus zygomaticus ossis temporum; uw, os pterygoideum ;
v, (Pl. VII. fig. 2) os vomer ; x, os maxillare inferius; z, os zygo-

ee ee

* The reader should bear in mind that all the figures accompanying this
translation have been further reduced #ths.

ee

Mr. W. Clark on Lepton Clarkiz. 293

maticum—but Pl. VI. fig. 3. a peculiar bone, perhaps os Wor-
mianum; +, (Pl. VI. “ 1) nostrils, (Pl. VI. fig. 2) foramen
magnum ossis occipitalis.

On the vertebral column PI. VII. fig. 3. and 4. are represented by—
@, a, processus articulares anteriores; 6, neck of the first rib;
ce, e, ies of ribs; m, m, processus mammillares; 0, 0, lower
transverse process of the sixth cervical vertebra; p, p, posterior
articular processes ; g, lower transverse process of the fifth cer-
vical vertebra; r, single lower transverse process of the seventh
cervical vertebra ; t, upper or proper transverse processes ; 2, costal
prominence on the upper transverse process of the sixth cervical
vertebra.

All the figures on Plate VI. and VII. scarcely reduced $rds.

ERRATUM.
At page 168, third line from bottom, for 3} feet read 52 feet.

XXV.—Further Observations on Lepton Clarkiz.
By Witxram Crarx, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

_ GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, March 7, 1852.

I BEG you to insert the following addenda, relative to the specific
characters of the new Lepton Clarkia, mentioned in the March
* Annals of Natural History,’ N.S. vol. ix. p.191. One of the
distinguishing marks of the new species has been already alluded
to,—the oblique rounded outline ; but I have omitted to name
another equally important, that the side anterior to the beaks is
double the transverse length of the posterior one ; whereas in all
the other Leptons, of which I have more than a hundred ex-
amples, the beaks are nearly central, and they have more or less
subangularity at the sides ; therefore the oblique outline, rounded
sides, and position of the beaks, are unerring guides to distin-
guish the L. Clarkia from its congeners. The last character is of
such value, that it is desirable to add to those already published,
after the word “ gerente ”—

Latus rostris anterius, quoad longitudinem transversam, duplo,
posterius superat.

I also request to state, that I terminated my last paper in the
‘ Annals’ above-quoted by observing, “I was all but convinced
the Lepton converum and L. nitidum were identical.” This view
has been shaken by the acquisition of some intermediate speci-
mens. I therefore decline to speak further on this point until
the animal of the L. convexum is observed. I have a full, though

-. unpublished account of the L. nitidum, and as a fresh specimen

294 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

of the L. convexum has occurred, though unfortunately so col-
lapsed as not to exsert the organs, I have great hope this sum-
mer of meeting with it in a living state.
I am, very faithfully, yours,
WiiiaM Ciark.

XXVI.—On the Cassidulide of the Oolites, with descriptions of
some new species of that family. By Tuomas Wrieut, M.D.

&e.
[Concluded from p. 214.]

Dysaster analis, Agass.

Syn. Dysaster analis, Agass, Prodrome Mem. Neuch. vol. i.

Collyrites analis, Desmoulins, Tab. Synop. p. 368. no. 14.

Dysaster analis, Agass. Echin. Suisse, 1. p. 6. tab. 1. fig. 12-14;
Gressly, Jur. Sol. p. 76 ; Desor, Monogr. des Dysaster, p. 10.
tab. 2. fig. 8-10; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echi-
nides, p. 32.

Test suborbicular, inclining to oval, more or less depressed, round
and inflated anteriorly, slightly contracted posteriorly ; dorsal
surface convex, more declined from the vertex to the anus than
from the vertex to the anterior border ; anterior half forming
the segment of a larger circle than the posterior half; vertex
excentral ; apical disc nearly central, at which the single
ambulacrum and the antero-lateral ambulacra converge ; the
postero-lateral ambulacra meet at the distance of ;>ths of an
inch behind the antero-laterals ; anus nearly circular and pro-
minent, situated in the middle of the posterior border about
midway between the ambulacral arch and the basal angle ;
ventral surface flat, without undulations; mouth circular,
situated in a depression about the junction of the anterior
with the middle third of the ventral diameter; sides convex,
suddenly declining from a slight median elevation.

Height 1. inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and ,5,ths,
transverse diameter 1 inch and {>ths.

Description.—The nearly ovato-orbicular circumference and
depression of the dorsal surface, which is not uniformly convex,
with the flatness of the ventral surface, form a group of characters
by which this Dysaster is distinguished from its congeners. The
anterior half of the body is fuller and more developed, and forms
the segment of a larger circle than the posterior half.

The single ambulacrum, which is lodged in a slight depression
on the anterior border, is wider than the others; the antero-
lateral ambulacra form graceful curves on the anterior sides of

(eh Lk ae .* 3 to
en Pie te. et , i = oe

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 295

the shell, and with the single ambulacrum converge at the apical
disc ; the postero-lateral ambulacra are situated very far back,
and occupy the posterior sixth of the antero-posterior diameter
of the test; they converge at some distance above the anus
_at a point situated j4,ths of an inch behind the apical disc ; a
very large intermediate space is thereby formed for the develop-
ment of the posterior pair of interambulacra, the converging
point of the antero-lateral and postero-lateral ambulacra bemg
proportionally further removed in this species than in its conge-
ners. The interambulacral ares are of unequal width, the an-
terior pair are the narrowest, the posterior pair are the widest,
and the single interambulacrum is of intermediate dimensions ;
the anterior pair are convex and prominent, and give the front of
the shell an inflated appearance; the posterior pair gradually
decline towards the anus and the lateral borders, and form a
broad saddle which extends across the back and sides of the
test. The single interambulacrum is small, and destitute of the
4 basal development so characteristic of the analogous area in
4 D. ringens and D. bicordatus.

The dorsal surface is not uniformly convex ; the anterior half
is rounder and more inflated than the posterior half ; the latter is
: more depressed on the back and more contracted on the sides
‘ than the anterior half, and forms the segment of a much smaller

} circle than it ; the vertex is excentral and situated nearer the an-

terior than the posterior border, corresponding to about the apex
of the single ambulacrum ; the apical disc is nearly central, but
its structure is not preserved in the specimen before me ; accord-
ing to Agassiz, the holes in the four ovarial plates are very small,
and their position is not regular ; in general, the one correspond-
ing to the right posterior interambulacral area is behind that of
the left side.

The anal opening is situated in the posterior border about mid-
way between the arch formed by the postero-lateral ambulacra
and the angle of the shell ; the aperture is large, prominent, and
of an elliptical or nearly circular form; the ventral surface is
flat, and in this respect presents a striking contrast to its con-
geners. In some of the best preserved specimens, the subanal
prominence formed by the interambulacrum, and which is so
prominent in D. ringens, is absent in D. avialis. The mouth-
opening, of a circular form, is situated in a slight depression
near the anterior border, at the junction of the anterior with the
middle third of the base. It has been remarked by Agassiz, who
had the advantage of examining a suite of perfect specimens of
this species from the Inferior Oolite of Switzerland, that the am-
bulacral plates diminish sensibly in depth when traced from the

- mouth to the points of convergence of the ambulacra; as each

ee A a eee

296 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

plate corresponds to a pair of pores, it follows that these are much
more closely set together on the dorsal than on the ventral sur-
face; the interambulacral ares are very large; the plates have a
crescentic form, the lower border being convex, and the upper
border more or less concave ; by reason of the great distance be-
tween the antero-lateral and postero-lateral ambulacra, the plates
forming the posterior pair of interambulacral areas are much
larger on the dorsal surface of the shell than their analogues of
the anterior interambulacra. The tubercles are very uniformly
distributed upon the surface of the test, but are more numerous
upon the inferior than the superior surface. The epiderm which
covered the whole presented a finely granular aspect*.
Affinities and differences.—This Urchin resembles D. ovalis, but
is distinguished from it by the unequal convexity of the dorsal
surface, the flatness of the base, and the greater proportional
distance between the points of convergence of the antero-lateral
and the postero-lateral ambulacra; the form and structure of the
areze are likewise different ; in fact these characters form a good

diagnosis between D. analis and its congeners. Moreover D. -

analis is found only in the Inferior Oolite, and D. ovalis is limited
to the Coralline Oolites.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—The imperfect specimen
before me was obtained from the ferruginous beds of the Inferior
Oolite at Dundry ; it belongs to the Bristol Institution, and 1
am indebted to the kindness of my friend Mr. Etheridge, the
Curator, for permission to describe the same. This species was
found by MM. Gressly, Hugi and Stromeyer in the Inferior
Oolite of Goldenthal and Fringeli (canton de Soleuret), and in
the Marn, vésul. (Inferior Oolite) of Wallenburg, Egg et Burg
(Argovie), le Mont-Terrible, Saint Maixant, by Bronn, Thur-
mann and D’Orbignyf. ;

History.—Figured and described for the first time by Agassiz
in his ‘ Echinodermes Fossiles’ from specimens collected in the
Canton of Soleure, and subsequently by the authors cited in our
synonyma of this species, and now identified as a British Urchin
for the first time. D. analis must be rare, as the specimen be-
fore me is the only one I have met with in all the collections
I have examined with the view of ascertainmg the species of
Echinoderms contained in our Oolitic system.

* Echinodermes Foss. de la Suisse, Ist Part, p. 7:
+ Agass. Echinoderm. Foss. p. 6.
{ Annal. des Sciences Nat. tom. viii. p. 32.

ee ee ee tn ee

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 297

2. Group or NucLEoLipEs *.

Ambulacra petaloid; mouth subcentral, margin sometimes
surrounded with prominent lobes.

Genus Nucreo.ites, Lamarck.

Test oval, cordate, or orbicular, more or Jess tumid, sometimes
much depressed ; eovered with small imperforate tubercles, sur-
rounded by a circular depression ; ambulacra petaloid on the
dorsal surface, forming straight narrow valleys on the base;
pores widely separate and united by transverse delicate lines
above, and placed close together in pairs, which are more widely
apart at the base; mouth-opening subcentral, more or less pen-
tagonal, with or without marginal folds; anal opening supra-
marginal, situated in a valley more or less deep formed by the
single interambulacral area, commencing near or at a short di-
stance from the apical disc ; vertex always excentral ; apical disc
situated near the vertex, and formed of two pairs of perforated
ovarial plates, and a single imperforate plate composed of one or
more pieces, having the spongy body attached to its surface,
and five small ocular plates arranged around the angles of the
ovarials.

Nucleolites clunicularis, Lihwyd.
Syn. Nucleolites seutata, Lam. Animaux s. Vert. tome iii. p. 36.
Nucleolites clunicularis, Bronn, Lethea Geognost. p. 282.
— seutatus, Agass. Echinoderm. Foss. Suisse, t. vii. fig. 19-21.
- 45.
<< Sl De Blainy. Zoophyt. p. 188.
F, saluahpe depressus, Leske, ap. Klein, tab, 51. fig. 1, 2. p, 238.

ypeus clunicularis, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. Part 1. p. 115. pl. 7.
fig. 2.

g
Echinites clunicularis, Lihwyd, Lith. Brit, Ichnogr. p. 48. No. 988.

- Test subquadrate in cireumference, anterior border rounded, pos-
terior border bilobed ; upper surface convex, declining abruptly
anteriorly, and more gently posteriorly ; vertex excentrical, at
which is situated the apical disc ; ambulacra narrowly lanceo-
late above and converging below ; anal furrow deep, lanceolate,
and extending to the posterior border of the apical dise ; pos-
terior lobes gently tapering, not tumid; base concave and
grooved by the five ambulacral valleys ; mouth slightly penta-

gonal, and situated nearer the anterior than the posterior
border.

* The group of Nucleolides comprehends eleven genera: Nucleolites,

Lam. ; Cassidulus, Lam. ; Catopygus, Agass.; Pygaulus, Agass.; Archiacia,

.; Pygorhynchus, Agass.; Pygurus, Agass. ; Echinolampas, Gray; Am-
__blypygus, Agass.; Conoclypens, Agass.; Asterostoma, Agass.
Ann, & Mag. N, Hist, Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 20

298 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Height }2ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and
ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ,5,ths (Inferior Oolite spe-
cimen).

Height }3ths, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and ;%ths,
transverse diameter 1 inch and 5th (pyramidal variety from the
Cornbrash).

Description.—This Urchin has been long known to naturalists,
and the list of synonyms shows some of the names under which
it has been described; it presents many varieties of outline as
well as of height, and these forms have sometimes been mistaken
for and described as distinct species by different authors, so that
much confusion has been made regarding its identity. The suite
of specimens before me, from the Inferior Oolite, Great Oolite,
and Cornbrash, vary from a suborbicular to a nearly quadrate
outline, presenting all the intermediate forms: they are rounded
anteriorly, a little contracted before, slightly swelled out at the
sides, and more or less bilobed posteriorly. The dorsal surface
is convex, exhibiting various degrees of elevation; m some it is
much depressed, in others elevated into a subconical form. In the
ten specimens before me, there are not two that have the same
proportional height. The vertex is almost always excentrical, and
inclined towards the anterior border, but the amount of this in-
clination, like the height, varies in different individuals: in a
beautifully perfect specimen from the Cornbrash the vertex is
quite central. The ambulacral areve have a petaloid or lanceolate
form with nearly parallel sides, the single area and the anterior
pair are nearly of the same length and width, and the posterior
pair are the longest and widest. The pores on the upper two-
thirds of the dorsal surface are situated at some distance apart,
and are united by fine sutures ; at the inferior third of the area
they approximate and pass from thence round the basal angle to
the mouth; on the under surface the pores are very small and
indistinct and set widely apart. The interambulacral arez are
of unequal width, the posterior pair are nearly one-fourth wider
than the anterior pair, and the single area is the widest. The
anal valley extends from the disc to the basal angle; it is of a
lanceolate form with vertical parallel walls, which gradually di-
verge and then approximate, and afterwards expand outwards,
forming a well-defined groove ; the round anal opening is per-
forated at the extreme end of the valley; the whole surface
of the test is covered with small close-set tubercles, surrounded
by circular depressions, and having the interspaces minutely
granulated ; those on the dorsal surface are quite microscopic,
whilst those on the base are larger and better defined. The
apical disc is formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial plates, and
a single imperforate plate with a central element having a spongy

Start neice ior fa,

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 299

body attached to its surface, around which the five ovarial plates
are arranged ; the ocular plates are lodged at the apices of the
ambulacra, at which point the eyeholes are seen sometimes drilled
in the border of the plates, sometimes formed between the ocular
plates and the apices of the ambulacra. The surface of the ova-
rial and ocular plates is covered with microscopic granules.

The base is more or less concave, most so in the pyramidal
varieties, and is slightly undulated; the ambulacra radiate in
straight lines from the mouth, and the interambulacra form
slightly convex pyramids between them. The mouth-opening is
excentrical and situated in a deep depression nearer the anterior
than the posterior border,

Affinities and differences—This species very much resembles
N. dimidiatus, but is distinguished from that species by its taper-
ing posterior lobes, which are more tumid in N. dimidiatus, by
the extent of the anal valley, which in N. clunicularis extends
from the disc to the margin, whilst in N. dimidiatus there is a
smooth portion of the test between the disc and the commence-
ment of the valley: from N. orbicularis this species is distin-
guished by its subquadrate form, increasing sides, and bilobed
posterior extremity ; it wants likewise the general tumidity so
characteristic of NV. orbicularis, which it resembles in the length
of the anal valley.

Locality and stratigraphical range-——We have collected this
Nucleolite from the upper ragstones of the Inferior Oolite of
Rodborough, Coopers, Birdlip, and Leckhampton Hills; it is not
however a common species. It is found in the Great Oolite at
Minchinhampton and Cirencester, in the Cornbrash of Gloucester-
shire, Wiltshire, Northamptonshire, and Yorkshire : the Inferior
Oolite specimens are the most orbicular and depressed, the Great
Oolite ones are the smallest, and the Cornbrash are the most py-
ramidal in form,

Its foreign distribution, according to Agassiz and Desor *, is
“Oxford d’Alencon, Courgains (Sarthe), Cale. & Polypiers de
Ranville,Coulie. Var. minor. Forest marble de Chatelcensoir.”
Form Jatiporus, ‘‘Cornbrash de Meltingen (Cant. de Soleure),
Maiche (Doubs). Form gracilis, Ool. Ferrug. de Diirrenast
(Jura Soleurois).”

History.—\t would carry us far beyond our limits to attempt
to trace the history of this species from Llhwyd to Agassiz ; but
even had it been otherwise it would have been unnecessary, as
this has been so ably done by Professor Forbes in his ‘ Memoirs
of the Geological Survey,’ to the 1st Decade of which the reader

* Catalogue raisonné des Echinides: Annales des Sciences Naturelles,
tome yii. p. 153, 3° série,
20%

300 3 =Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

is referred for an excellent critical examination of the literature
of this species; in the same work it is most elaborately figured
and correctly described. | ‘

Nucleolites dimidiatus, Phillips.

Syn. Nucleolites dimidiatus, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. vol. i. pl. 3.
fig. 16 ; Forbes, Memoir of Geol. Survey, Decade 3. description
of pl. 9; Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echinides.

Nucleolites paraplesius, Agassiz, Catalogue Syst. p. 4.

Test ovate or subquadrate, compressed at the sides, rounded an-
teriorly, expanded and bilobed posteriorly, dorsal surface con-
vex ; apical disc central, vertex excentral, anterior and lateral
border and posterior lobes tumid ; ambulacra narrow and lan-
ceolate ; anal valley deep, ovate or obtusely lanceolate, extend-
ing about two-thirds of the space between the border and the
vertex, and terminating at a distance from the disc ; base con-

cave, much depressed at the mouth-opening, which is penta-
gonal and excentral.

Height ;°,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and
goths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;/5th.

Description.—This species was formerly considered a variety
of N. clunicularis, but was correctly separated from that form by
Mr. Phillips. It does not appear to deviate so much from its
typical outline as that species; the greater fullness of the sides,
the tumidity of the posterior lobes, and the shortness of the anal
valley are characters which are very uniformly preserved in the
individuals now before me. The single and the anterior pair of
ambulacra are narrower than the posterior pair, they have a lan-
ceolate form, rather obtuse at the apex ; the pores are set at short
distances apart ; on the dorsal surface they become approximated
near the margin, and pass from thence to the mouth in pairs, set
however more widely apart at the base. The interambulacra are
of unequal width, the posterior pair are nearly one-third wider
than the anterior pair; the single area has a cordate form from
the development of the posterior lobes, and equals in width that of
the posterior aree. The anal valley forms one of the distinctive
characters of this species; it is of an ovate or lanceolate form
with a blunt apex, and in some individuals it has the appearance
of a portion of the test having been drilled out of the single area ;
in some specimens it extends only half the distance between the
margin and the vertex, whilst in others it reaches two-thirds
that length, but in all the individuals before me there is an un-
depressed portion of the test separating the apical disc from the
superior border of the anus; inferiorly the valley forms a consi-
derable sulcus, which grooves the centre of the single area, divi-

A GME FRY, COND SRR Ae NY es”.

2
’

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidiilidee of the Oolites. 301

ding its posterior border, and producing the cordate bilobed
form it assumes; the surface of the test is irregularly covered
with small tubercles, which are of microscopic minuteness above,
but are larger below, and are surrounded by a circular depression ;
the vertex is excentral, behind which the apical disc is situated ;
it is nearly central in some individuals, and quite so in others,
and is formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial plates, and a
single imperforate plate ; the madreporiform body occupying the
centre of the disc, and the five small ocular plates are seen at the
apices of the ambulacra. The base is more or less concave, and
deeply so at the point where the mouth-opening is placed; this
aperture has a pentagonal form, and is much nearer the anterior
than the posterior border. The ambulacra form valleys that are
scarcely perceptible in passing from the border to the mouth.
Affinities and differences.—In its general outline WN. dimidiatus

_resembles JN. clunicularis, but is distinguished from that species

by its ovate anal valley, which extends only two-thirds of the
length of the dorsal surface of the single interambulacrum,
whereas in N. clunicularis it reaches from the apical dise to the
margin; the tumidity of the sides and posterior lobes afford
additional diagnostic characters. It is so entirely distinct from
the other Oolitic congeneric forms, that it cannot be mistaken for
either of them.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species has been col-
lected from the Coralline Oolite of Calne and Steeple Ashton,
Wilts, and of Malton and Filey Bridge, Yorkshire; it is found
likewise in the same stage in Oxfordshire and near Havre.

History.—First figured as a species distinct from N. clunicu-
laris by Mr. Phillips in his ‘ Geology of Yorkshire,’ and now de-
scribed in detail for the first time.

Nucleolites orbicularis, Forbes.

Syn. Clypeus orbicularis, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. vol. i. pl.7. fig. 3.
Nucleolites orbicularis, Forbes, Mem. of Geol. Survey, Decade 1. de-
scription of pl. 7.

Test orbicular, dorsal surface irregularly convex and depressed ;
sides tumid ; vertex and apical disc central ; ambulacra lanceo-
late ; anal valley narrow, extending from the dise to the border ;
posterior lobes obsolete ; base flat, slightly concave ; mouth
subcentral, situated in a depression.

_ Height ;6,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and
1th, transverse diameter 1 inch and 3,ths. One large specimen
is 1} inch in diameter, but its proportional dimensions cannot be
ascertained, as it is crushed.

302 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Description.—The orbicular circumference, tumid sides, obso- ~

lete lobes, and broad, flat, and somewhat irregular dorsal surface
distinguish N. orbicularis from its congeners. The ambulacra
are nearly all of the same width ; they have a more petaloid form
than in the preceding species, in consequence of the pores being
set farther apart and connected by deeper sulci; near the margin
of the test the pores become very small and approximated, on
the base they are very indistinct and more widely apart, and
continue so to the mouth. The interambulacra are unequal, but
less so than in N. clunicularis and N. dimidiatus, and the single
area is the widest. The test is covered with mieroseopie tuber-
cles; so minute in fact are they, that without the aid of a good
lens the surface appears quite smooth. The anal valley is nar-
row, and extends from the vertex to the margin. The base
is concave and slightly undulated from the convexity of the in-
terambulacra and the straightness of the ambulacra. The mouth
is excentral and slightly five-lobed. The apical dise is broad,
and formed of two pairs of large perforated and a single imper-
forate ovarial plate, having the madreporiform element occupy-
ing the centre thereof; the size of the ovarial plates occasions a
greater distance between the ocular plates, which are conse-
quently more apart than in the other species. The test is very
thin, and the spines, which are preserved in one individual, are
moderately long and needle-shaped.

Affinities and differences.—The orbieular form and long anal
valley liken N. orbicularis to some individuals of N. sinuatus ;
from them however it is distinguished by the tumidity of the
sides and flatness of the dorsal surface ; it is known from N. Hugi
by the anal valley extending from the disc to the margin, whereas
in the latter species the upper anal border is separated from the
vertex by an undepressed portion of the shell; from the other
Nucleolites of our Oolites it is very distinct.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—It is found in the Inferior
Oolite of Rodborough Hill, the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton,
and Salperton Tunnel, Great Western Railway, and the Coralline
Oolite of Calne, Wilts. Mr. Phillips’s specimens were collected
from the Cornbrash near Scarborough ; it has likewise been found
at Wollaston near Wellingborough, Northamptonshire.

History.—Figured by Mr. Phillips in his ‘ Geology of York-
shire,’ but not described in that work ; enumerated by Professor
Forbes in his note on “ British Nucleolites” appended to the
description of the 9th plate of his 1st Decade *, and now de-
scribed in detail for the first time.

* Mem. of the Geol. Survey of Great Britain.

eee
a ‘! - Be 2

Pe ea er

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 303

Nucleolites Hugii, Forbes.

Syn. Clypeus Hugi, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suisse, vol. i. p.37. tab. 10.
fig. 2-4.

Nuclealites Hugii, Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv. Decade 1. description
of pl. 9.

Test suborbicular, dorsal surface convex and depressed ; apical
dise and vertex subexcentral ; ambulacra lanceolate, apices ap-
proximated ; anal valley oblong, obtuse and short, separated
from the vertex by a considerable portion of undepressed test ;
single interambulacrum produced and much deflected ; poste-
rior lobes small; base concave and undulated ; mouth much
excentral near the anterior border, of a pentagonal form and
surrounded by five lobes.

Height 32ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and
23ths, transverse diameter the same as the antero-posterior.

Description.—This is a very distinct form of Nucleolite; the
circumference is suborbicular, sometimes a little compressed at
the sides ; the dorsal surface is convex, and the antero-posterior
exceeds the transverse diameter in some, and these diameters are
nearly equal in other individuals. The ambulacra have a lanceo-
late form ; the single ambulacrum and the anterior pair are nearly
the same width, and the posterior pair are the widest; their
apices approximate very closely in consequence of the smallness
of the apical disc. The pores are not far apart on the dorsal
surface ; the internal row consists of small round holes, the ex-
ternal row are somewhat elongated transversely, and unite with
the internal row by a delicate suture; near the border they ap-
proximate and are disposed in close-set pairs. As we trace them
from the basal angle to the mouth they lie widely apart, but
near the mouth they become again more closely approximated,
and fall into triple oblique pairs as in Echinus and Pedina. The
anterior pair of interambulacra are the narrowest, the single in-
terambulacrum is the widest, and the posterior pair are of inter-
mediate dimensions ; the anterior border is obtusely rounded, the
sides swell gradually outwards to the junction of the posterior
pair with the single area, which is the widest part of the test ;
the single interambulacrum is slightly produced and much de-
flected ; the anal valley is short and oblong, with an obtuse up-
per margin, which does not extend one half the distance between
the border and the vertex, the space between the anal margin
and the vertex being occupied by a smooth undepressed portion
of the test: this character allies N. Hugii to N. dimidiatus ; but
the orbicular outline, the greater size, and the produced and de-
flected single interambulacrum of the former constitute a group of
characters by which it is readily distinguished from the latter

304 Dr. T, Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

species. The base. is concave. and undulated, the ambulacra
forming straight valleys, and the interambulacra more convex
elevations than in‘any other of its congeners. The mouth is very
excentral, being situated near the junction of the anterior with
the middle third of the basal antero-posterior diameter; the
opening has a pentagonal form, and is surrounded with five
small lobes. The apical disc occupies the vertex, which is slightly
excentral, inclining towards the posterior border ; it is formed of
two anterior and two posterior perforated ovarial plates with a
single imperforate plate and a spongy madreporiform body oc-
cupying the centre; the ocular plates are small, and the orbits
appear to be formed by the apices of the ambulacra and the
margin of the ocular plates, The test is moderately thick, its
surface is closely covered with small tubercles surrounded by a
circular depression, and the intertubercular spaces are delicately
sculptured with microscopic granules ; the tubercles on the dorsal
surface are much smaller than those on the base. —

Affinities and differences.—This species resembles N. orbicu-
laris in its suborbicular form, but is readily distinguished from
that species by its declining sides and the absence of the general
tumidity so characteristic of NV. orbicularis ; the form and structure
of the anal valley are likewise different ; in N. orbicularis it extends
from the margin to the apical disc, whilst in N. Hugii it oceu-
pies only the inferior half of the single interambulacrum ; that
area is likewise more produced and much deflected in N. Hugit.
From N. dimidiatus, N. Hugii is readily distinguished by the in-
ferior position of the anal opening, the deflected lip-like form of
the single interambulacrum, and the rudimentary condition of
the posterior lobes ; the size and suborbicular outline of N. Hugit
form likewise a strong contrast to the small oblong form of
N. dimidiatus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—\ have collected N. Hugii
from the Inferior Oolite of Rodborough Hill, and a mutilated
specimen from the upper ragstones of Leckhampton Hill; it is
therefore a rare Urchin in Gloucestershire. . Its foreign distri-
bution, according to Agassiz, is Inferior Oolite du Jura Soleurois
et Eyéché de Bale, le Mont-Terrible (Cant. de Berne). As far
as I can learn, it has hitherto been found only in the Inferior
Oolite.

History.—First figured and described by Agassiz in his ‘ Echi-
nodermes Fossiles de la Suisse,’ identified in the British Mu-
seum collection as a British Urchin by Mr. 8. P. Woodward,
enumerated in Prof. Forbes’s note on “ British Nucleolites,” and
now described in detail as such for the first time.

__

Bai i ih tel

hy TE

Dr.'T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolités. 305

woeluccss o> Nueleolites Solodurinus, Wright.

Syn. Clypeus Solodurinus, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suisse, vol. i. p. 35.
tab. 5. fig. 1-3.

Test oblong, posterior border much produced, deflected and trun-
cated; ambulacra petaloid, apices approximated ; vertex and
apical dise excentral, inclined towards the posterior border ;

anal valley narrow, acutely lanceolate, extending from the ver-

. tex to the posterior border; base concave ; mouth excentral,

surrounded by five well-developed lobes.

~ Height 3Sths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches,
transverse diameter ] inch and ,8,ths.

Description. —This Urchin is distinguished from its congeners
by its oval circumference, depressed dorsal surface, and produced
and truncated posterior border. The ambulacral arez are formed
of very narrow plates, have a regular acutely lanceolate or pe-
taloidal form, a nearly uniform width and closely approximated
apices; and the pores are placed further apart, and connected
by finer and more close-set sulci than im N. Hugii, which gives
more breadth to these divisions of the test; above the marginal
angle the pores approximate, on the base they are wide apart,
but within a short distance, about 4 lines, from the mouth
they become more*numerous and form close-set triple oblique
pairs. The interambulacra are of unequal width, the anterior
pair are the narrowest, the posterior the widest, and the single
mterambulacrum about the same as the latter ; this area is much
produced, deflected, and abruptly truncated posteriorly ; the anal
valley is narrow, deep, and acutely lanceolate, extending from the
apical dise to the border. The vertex is excentral and slightly
inclined posteriorly ; the apical disc is small and situated imme-
diately behind the vertex ; it is formed of an anterior pair and a
posterior pair of oblong perforated ovarial plates, and a single
imperforate ovarial plate, with a spongy madreporiform body oc-
eupying the centre of the disc. The ocular plates are small, and
the eyeholes near the margins. The base is concave and undulated,
the ambulacra forming straight valleys, and the interambulacra
convex elevations between. The mouth is pentagonal and ex-
central ; its margin is surrounded by five lobes, the terminal por-
tions of the interambulacra, between which are notches formed
by the contracted ambulacra, which are here freely perforated for
the passage of tubular organs, which appear to have been very nu-
merous around the mouth. The test is moderately thick ; its
surface is covered with small tubercles surrounded by circular
depressions, as in the other species of this genus ; the tubercles
on the base are larger than those on the dorsal surface.

Affinities and differences.—N. Solodurinus more nearly resem-

306 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

bles N. sinuatus than any other species, having with it affinities
in the form and structure of the ambulacra, the narrowness and
extent of the anal valley, and the depression of its dorsal surface ;
it is distinguished however from N. sinwatus by its oblong cireum-
ference, produced single interambulacrum, which is more flat-
tened, deflected, and abruptly truncated than in that species.
The dorsal surface is likewise more depressed ; in fact, the an-
gular outline and produced and truncated posterior border sepa-
rate N. Solodurinus from all its congeners.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This is a rare species ; it
was collected by Mr. S. P. Woodward from the upper beds of the
Inferior Oolite near Stroud, and to whom we are indebted for the
loan of the specimen which has served for the foregoing descrip-
tion. We have a broken specimen from the same beds near Sal-
perton Tunnel, Great Western Railway: in the Museum of Eco-
nomic Geology there is a specimen from the Inferior Oolite of
Dorsetshire. Its foreign distribution, according to Agassiz and
Desor’s ‘ Catalogue raisonné,’ is “ Marn. vésul. Obergoeschen
(Jura Soleurois), Egg (Argovie), Poligny (Jura).”

History.—First figured-and described by Agassiz in his ‘ Echi-
nodermes Fossiles de la Suisse,’ afterwards identified as a British
fossil by Mr. 8. P. Woodward, and now described as such for the
first time. >

Nucleolites sinuatus, Leske.

Syn. Clypeus sinuatus, Leske apud Klein, Echinod. p. 157. tab. 12;
Parkinson, Organic Remains, vol. iii. pl. 2. fig. 1.

Galerites patella, Lamarck? Syst. Animaux, tom. iii. p. 23. no. 14.

Clypeus patella, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. vol. i. p. 36. t. 5. fig. 4-6 ;
Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echinides, A. S. N. tom. vii.

. 156. :

Nucleolites patella, Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. tom. xxxv. p. 213; Des-
moulins, Tabl. Synopt. no. 3. p. 354.

Echinoclypeus patella, De Blainville, Zoophytologie, p. 189.

Test orbicular, dorsal surface convex, depressed, sides sloping;
vertex nearly central; ambulacral ares broadly lanceolate,
apices closely approximated ; apical disc excentral, behind the
vertex, and inclined posteriorly ; anal valley narrowly conical,
shallow, with inclining sides extending from the apex to the
border ; posterior lobes small; base concave and undulated ;
mouth excentral and pentagonal, margin with five lobes.

Height 1 inch and ,°,ths, antero-posterior diameter 4 mches
and ;5,ths, transverse diameter 4 inches and ;‘5ths.

Description.—This large buckler-shaped Urchin has been long
known to paleontologists from the abundance and fine preser-
vation in which its test is found in the lower and middle diyision

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 307

of the Oolites. It exhibits many changes of form in the different
strata, attaining however its greatest development in the upper
beds of the Inferior Oolite, from whence the specimen now be-
fore me was obtained. The ambulacra are broadly lanceolate,
the single area and the anterior pair are about the same length
and width, and the posterior pair are shorter and wider on the
dorsal surface, and longer than the others on the base. The
pores are placed widely apart, as much as ;4ths of an inch at
the widest space; they are united by transverse sulci formed
by the sutures of the small plates of the ambulacral arez;
the poriferous avenues are more depressed, and exhibit the
lines of union more distinctly than the plates occupying the
interporous space, which are upon a level with the interambu-
lacral plates, and like them are covered with tubercles; the
separation of the pores and their union by transverse sutures
extends to the margin of the test, at the basal angle they be-
come approximated, and from thence to the mouth they form
triple oblique pairs placed wider apart. The interambulacra are
of unequal width ; the anterior pair are the narrowest, the single
area is the widest, and the posterior pair are of intermediate
dimensions. In large specimens there isa slight depression down
the centre of each area in the line of the median suture; the
anal valley is narrow above and expanded below; it is of an incon-
siderable depth, has an acutely conical form with inclining walls,
and extends from the apical disc to the border. The anal opening
is situated about the middle of the valley, the area is slightly pro-
duced and deflected, and an inconsiderable concavity is formed
in its centre corresponding to the boundary of the valley. The
test is thick, and its surface is profusely covered with small
tubercles, so arranged that they form oblique lines ; the tubercles
are surrounded by circular depressions, and the intertubercular
surface is occupied by microscopic granules. The vertex is nearly
central, inclining in general to the posterior border, behind which
the apical disc is placed, formed of two pairs of perforated ovarial
plates, and a single imperforate plate which extends into the anal
valley, the centre of the disc being occupied by the spongy
madreporiform body ; the ocular plates are small, and have the
eye-holes near their margins.

The base is flat, inclining to concave; the mouth-opening is
excentral and pentagonal, being situated nearer the anterior than
the posterior border, and having its margin surrounded by five
prominent lobes; the ambulacra form straight narrow valleys,
and the interambulacra are slightly convex, which occasions
gentle undulations on the basal surface, as in other Nucleolites ;

the tubercles are a little larger on the base than on the dorsal
- surface.

- TO a eee ar.

808 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

Affinities and differences.—This large species resembles N.
Agassizii in size and outline, but is clearly distinguished from it
by the flatness of the dorsal surface, the length and narrowness
of the anal valley, and the absence of the undepressed portion of
test which is so conspicuous in NV. Agassizii. It resembles N.
Solodurinus in the form and length of the anal valley, but differs
from it in having an orbicular circumference, and in the absence
of the produced, deflected, and truncated posterior border so.cha-
racteristic of that species ; from N. Hugi it is distinguished by
the extension of the anal valley from the disc to the border, and
the inconsiderable deflection of the single interambulacral area.
After a careful examination of an extensive suite of specimens
from the Inferior Oolite and Great Oolite, we have come to the
conclusion that C. patella, Ag., and C. ewcentricus, M‘Coy, are
not distinct species, but merely varieties of NV. sinwatus ; as we
have before us a series exhibiting the forms which M. Agassiz
and Prof. M‘Coy have considered as specifically distinct, with the
intermediate forms through which they blend into the true typical
NN. sinuatus. Without several individuals from different localities,
it is at all times hazardous to attempt to establish a new species
of Urchin on form alone, as the same species often changes its
form in different beds and even in the same bed in different loca-
lities; these modifications of form constitute at most varieties,
which depended upon some temporary change of the conditions
in which they lived, without in any way affecting the distinctive
structural character of the species.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—N. sinuatus has a wide
vertical range, being found very abundantly, and of its largest
size, in the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite of Gloucestershire,
in the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton, and Kiddington (Oxon),
and the Cornbrash and Coralline Oolite of Wilts; in Yorkshire
it is found in beds of the same ages. According to Agassiz and
Desor the foreign distribution of this species is, ‘‘ Inferior Oolite,
Boulogne-sur-mer ; Chayul (Ardennes); Montanville, Fliney
(Meuse) ; Metz, Noviant, Besangon, Porrentruy, Salins (Jura) ;
environs de Bale.”

History.—This species, as the synonyms prove, has been long
known to naturalists ; it is so abundant in some localities in Glou-
cestershire, that the farmers believe this Urchin grows in the
soil, from the numbers that are successively turned up by the
plough every year.

Nucleolites Agassizii, Wright, n. sp. PI. III. fig. 3 a-e:

Test. conoidal, with a nearly circular. margin ; ambulacral. areze
depressed, concave and petaloid, anterior pair much inclined ;

a

eee Oe

7 ‘, camel ny Bin Eee
as

Dr, T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites. 309

_ apices remote ; pores widely apart ; interambulacral arez nearly
of the same width ; vertex central ; apical disc excentrical, and

- inclined backwards ; anal opening of an oblong form, situated

~ ina shallow valley in the middle of the single interambulacrum ;
between the upper anal border and the disc there is a consi-

derable undepressed portion of thé test ; base flat and very
‘slightly undulated ; mouth nearly central, pentagonal, and sur-
rounded by five prominent lobes ; the tubercles on the dorsal
surface are quite microscopic, those on the base are a little
larger and more distinct.

~ Height 2 inches and ;4,ths, antero-posterior diameter 4 inches
and 73,ths, transverse diameter 4 inches.

Description.—This noble Urchin preserves the conoidal eleva-
tion of its dorsal surface in all the individuals we have examined.
The circumference is nearly orbicular, the antero-posterior being
somewhat greater than the transverse diameter ; the dorsal sur-
face of the test is uneven in consequence of the ambulacra form-
ing concave depressions, which have a petaloidal form, and are of
a nearly uniform width ; the single area and the inferior pair are
the longest, the latter are much inclined, and the posterior pair
are slightly flexuous ; the central space between the pores is nar-
row, and lies lower than the general surface of the interambu-
jaera. The pores are situated at a considerable distance apart on
the dorsal surface and become approximated at the basal angle,
where they fall mto close-set pairs, from thence to the mouth
they are arranged in triple oblique rows ; the pores are extremely
small and indistinct on the basal surface. The interambulacral
arez are very uniform in width and convexity on the dorsal sur-
face, the anterior pair are the longest, and the single area has a
remarkable form arising from the shallowness of its anal valley,

and the superficial position of the anal opening which forms an

oblong depression in the middle of the area ; between the upper
border of the opening and the disc there is a smooth;-slightly de-
pressed portion of the test to the extent of an inch, which is the
rudiment of the furrow so much developed in some Nucleolites,
and which forms one of the most important diagnostic characters
of our species ; from the lower border of the opening the test is
depressed, the limits of the depression being bounded by two ele-
vations ; the basal angle of this area is very slightly produced and
deflected, the posterior lobes are entirely obsolete. The vertex is
central, and at a short distance behind it the apical disc is situated,
which is considerably inclined towards the posterior border, and
formed of an anterior and a posterior pair of perforated ovarial
oa and a single imperforate plate with a large central portion,

aving a spongy madreporiform body attached to its surface, and

310 = Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

which occupies the centre of the disc ; the five ocular plates are
small, and so firmly soldered to the ovarials that the line of the
sutures is entirely effaced. The base is flat and slightly undu-
lated, the interambulacral segments being moderately convex and
separated from each other by the straight, narrow ambulacral
valleys. The mouth is nearly central, of a pentagonal form, and
surrounded by five prominent lobes formed of the terminal folds
of the interambulacra; the tubercles on the dorsal surface are
very small and numerous, so that without the aid of a lens the
test appears smooth ; on the basal surface they are larger, but are
still comparatively small for so large an Urchin.

Affinities and differences.—N. Agassizii resembles N. sinuatus
in size, but is readily distinguished from that common species by
the following diagnostic characters. In N. Agassizii the dorsal
surface is conoidal, the ambulacra are concave and depressed, the
anal opening is oblong and nearly superficial ; there is a consi-
derable extent of the test very slightly depressed between the
upper border of the opening and the disc, whilst in N. sinuatus
the anal valley extends from the disc to the border. The tubercles
are much smaller, and the dorsal surface is almost smooth. The
’ apical disc is large, superficial, and excentrical.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Urchin was collected
from the sands of the Inferior Oolite in the neighbourhood of
Bridport. It occurs likewise near Ilminster in beds of the same
age. I know of no specimens in Gloucestershire. I dedicate this
species to Professor Agassiz, whose numerous monographs on the
Echinoderms, living and fossil, have so materially contributed
to advance our knowledge of this class.

Nucleolites emarginatus, Forbes.
Syn. Echinites subulatus, Young and Bird, Geol. Surv. York. Coast,
p- 214. pl. 6. fig. 11.
Clypeus emarginatus, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. p. 127. pl. 3. fig. 18.
Nucleolites emarginatus, Forbes, Mem. of the Geol. Surv. Decade 1,
description of pl: 9. :
“Test orbicular, sides declining, dorsal surface subdepressed ;
vertex and apical disc nearly central; ambulacra broadly lan-
ceolate, with their apices approximated ; anal valley very short,
far removed from the vertex, obtuse and marginal ; posterior
lobes obsolete.” —Forbes.

Antero-posterior and transverse diameters about 4 inches.

We could not succeed in obtaining a specimen of this Nu-
cleolite ; it is said to be rare. Mr. Young observes, “that the
dorsal surface has the same elegant markings as No. 5 (Pygurus
pentagonalis), but the petals are rather oval shaped than lan-

ceolate, from which peculiarity we name it Echinites subulatus,

Te eer ge

“oo rien eS ia a

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 311

The middle part of each petal forms a slight ridge ; on the con-
trary, the five corresponding marks on the base meeting in the
mouth are depressed. The base is concave. The mouth is situ-
ated immediately under the vertex. The vent is in a short groove,
on the edge, but more towards the upper surface, as in some of
the Spatangus family.” |

Affinities and differences—The marginal position of the anal
valley forms a sufficient diagnosis between N. emarginatus and
its congeners, but the want of a specimen prevents us making a
comparison between it and them ; the petaloidal ambulacra and
position of the anus bring this Urchin into near affinity with
the genus Pygurus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—It is found in the Coral-
line Oolite of Malton and Scarborough, and is said to be rare.

History.—This Urchin has been figured by Messrs. Young and
Bird and by Mr. Phillips, but described by neither. Prof. Forbes
has drawn up a good diagnosis of the species, but a detailed de-
scription is now a desideratum.

In the ‘ Catalogue raisonné des Echinides’ of Agassiz and
Desor there is a species entered under the name of Clypeus ri-
mosus, described as “ Espéce plate, discoide, & ambulacres cos-
tales,” and stated to be from the Oolitic strata of Gloucestershire,
and in the collection of M. Deluc; we know of no such species
from the Oolites of this county, and suspect that it may probably
be one of the many varieties which N. sinuatus presents in our
different beds. There is a small Nucleolite in the British Mu-
seum from the Great Oolite of Harleston, apparently distinct and
allied to N. clunicularis ; in the same collection there is another
small species from the inferior Oolite of Stroud which is probably
new*.

In Prof. M‘Coy’s paper “On some new Mesozoic Radiata +,”
there are two species described under the names of N. planulatus
and N. equalis, neither of which we know; the former is said
to resemble N. planatus of Roemer, and the latter N. latifrons
(Jatiporus ?), Agassiz, which is only an orbicular variety of N. clu-
nicularis from the Cornbrash.

A careful comparison of these forms, with other typical spe-
cies and the varieties thereof, is very desirable, as the creation of
new species from transitory forms retards rather than advances
paleontology.

Genus Pyeurus, Agassiz.

Test discoid or ovoid, more or less elevated; anterior border
flattened, posterior border rostrated ; ambulacra having elegant
petaloid forms; poriferous zones yery large in the centre, much

* Prof. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv. Decade 1. pl. 9.
¢ Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. ti. Second Series, p. 416.

312 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

contracted at the vertex and towards the border ; apical dise small,
subcentral, and formed of four perforated and a single imper-
forated ovarial plate, with a small madreporiform body occupy-
ing the centre of the disc, and five ocular plates the angles
between the ovarials at the circumference thereof. Interambu-
lacra wide, the single area produced and deflected ; anal opening
round or longitudinally oval, situated in the infra-marginal
border of the rostrated process. Ventral surface concave or sub-
concave; mouth subcentral and pentagonal, surrounded by five
prominent lobes and a rosette of well-developed pores on the am-
bulacra near the opening. Tubercles close-set and microscopic.
Most of the species are Oolitic, a few are found in the Neocomian
strata, but all are extinct.

Pygurus Blumenbachii, Agassiz. Pl. IV. fig. 2 a—c.

Syn. Clypeaster Blumenbachii, Koch and Dunker, Norddeutschen
Oolithgebild. pl. 4. fig. 1. p. 37.

Pygurus Blumenbachii, Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné, A. N. 8.
tom. vill. p. 162.

Test thin, nearly orbicular, with a sinuous margin ; dorsal surface
elevated anteriorly, gradually declining posteriorly, border
sinuous, with the centre produced and deflected; base con-
eave, much undulated ; mouth-opening excentrical, subpen-
tagonal, with a five-lobed margin; anal opening submarginal,
round or nearly ovate.

Height 1 inch and 7th, antero-posterior diameter 2 inches,
transverse diameter at the widest part 2 inches and + th.

Description.—This Urchin has a very remarkable form; the
anterior border is slightly excavated in the centre, with two con-
vex lobes on each side thereof. The lateral parts of the test are
convex, and the posterior borders form two sinuous lines having
the centre of the single interambulacrum produced posteriorly
into a beak-shaped, slightly deflected process. The ambulacra
have an elegant petaloid form with approximated apices ; the pori-
ferous avenues are marked by well-developed transverse sulci. The
ambulacral arez, which are wide above, rapidly converge towards
the lower third ; the pores here approximate and pass from thence
in close-set pairs to the border of the test. Along the base the
pairs are placed wide apart, but again become more closely ap-
proximated as they approach the mouth.

The interambulacra are unequal ; the anterior pair are con-
vex and prominent ; they rise nearly perpendicular, forming an
angle of 80°, and near the vertex curve backwards; the pos-
terior pair and the single area slope at an angle of 35°. The
dorsal surface thus acquires the anterior elevation which gives so
remarkable a character to this species, and connects it with P,

le
i

Dr.'T. Wright on the Cassidulidie of the Oolites. 313

Montmollini from the Neocomian stage. The single interambu-
lacrum is remarkable from having a central elevation on its dorsal
surface, two sinuous excavations commencing from the posterior
pair of ambulacra, and a central produced and deflected portion.
The vertex is excentral, in which the small apical disc is situated,
formed of four perforated ovarial plates and a single imperforate
plate, with the spongy madreporiform body occupying the centre
and five ocular plates the apices of the ambulacra. The base is
concaye and much undulated, the ambulacra forming straight
valleys from the border to the mouth, and the interambulacra
convex eminences between them. Near the mouth their ter-
minal portions form five very tumid lobes around the margin of
that opening. The mouth is subpentagonal and placed diame-
trically opposite to the apical disc; it is consequently excentral
and nearer the anterior border. The anal opening is not shown

in our specimen ; according to Koch and Dunker, it is somewhat

ovate inclining to round, and is situated in the basal portion of
the produced and deflected single area.

Affinities and differences.—This singular Urchin, in its elevated
anterior dorsal surface, very much resembles P. Montmollini,
Ag., from the Neocomian stage of Switzerland, and P. ¢rilobus
from the Craie chloritée of Maers; from the former it is di-
stinguished by the more angular outline of the posterior border,
from the latter it differs in having the central lobe less produced.
The form, in fact, is intermediate between them.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—The specimen before me,
I was assured, was collected from the ferrugimous beds of the
Inferior Oolite near Yeovil, and the lithological character of the
matrix supports the statement. It has been found by the officers.
of the Geological Survey in the Coral Rag of Abbotsbury, Dorset-
shire, a fine specimen of which is in the Mus. of Pract. Geol.
Its foreign distribution is the Coral Rag de Jonnerre (Yonne) and
of Waltersberg (Hanover). 3

Hitstory.—First figured and described by Koch and Dunker
in their monograph on the ‘Norddeutschen Oolithgebilde,’
afterwards identified by Prof. Forbes in the collection made by
the Geological Survey in Dorsetshire, and now described as a
British Urchin for the first time.

Pygurus pentagonalis, Wright. PI. IV. fig. 3 a—e.
Syn. Echinanthites orbicularis, Young and Bird, Geol. York. Coast,

_ pl. 6. fig. 5.
Clypeaster pentagonalis, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. tab. 4. fig. 24.

‘

Test with.an ovoidal or subpentagonal circumference, much de-
_pressed on the dorsal surface ; vertex nearly central, in which
the apical disc is situated ; ambulacral aree petaloid, broad,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 21

314 Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites.

convex, and nearly equal ; apices closely approximated ; inter-
ambulacral areze of unequal width, base much undulated ;
mouth nearly excentral ; anal opening oval, inframarginal, and
situated in a deep depression with inclining walls.

Height 1 inch and ;%,ths, antero-posterior diameter 3 inches
and ;5,ths, transverse diameter 3 inches and ;/,th.

Description.—This Urchin was first noticed by Mr. Young in
the Coralline Oolites of Yorkshire. It has an ovoidal or subpen-
tagonal form and is much depressed, the vertex is nearly central,
and from the circumference of the small disc the broad petaloid
ambulacra diverge. The anterior single ambulacrum is the
narrowest, the posterior pair the widest, and the anterior pair
of intermediate width, but the difference between the five am-
bulacra is very trifling; they have all a petaloid form and their
apices are blunt and much approximated.

The space between the internal rows of pores is proportionally
broad, and the pores are distant and connected by distinct sulci ;
about the inferior third of the ambulacra the pores approxi-
mate, from whence they pass in close-set pairs to the border of
thé test. The leaf-like form, therefore, which the ambulacra
present is in a great measure owing to the disposition of the
pores and their proximity or remoteness at different parts of their
course. The interambulacra are of unequal width ; the anterior
pair are the narrowest, and the posterior pair and single area are
alike in width; they are uniformly convex above. The single
area is produced and deflected, and in this region the anus is
situated ; the apical disc, which occupies the centre of the vertex,
is very small, depressed, and composed of four small perforated
ovarial plates, and a single imperforate plate with a small central
spongy body as in Nucleolites. The base is flat, somewhat con-
cave, and much undulated in consequence of the ambulacra
forming straight valleys and the interambulacra intermediate
convexities. The anterior border is truncated, and as the left
interambulacrum is not so much developed as the right, there
is a slight inequality of the anterior border, which may however
be only an abnormal variety ; the anus occupies the extreme por-
tion of the single interambulacrum, it is of an oval form, the long
diameter corresponding to the antero-posterior diameter of the
test, and is situated in a deep depression with highly inclined
sides. The mouth is slightly excentrical, but is partly concealed
by the matrix.

Affinities and differences.—This species so very much resembles
Pygurus (Clypeaster) Hausmanni of Koch and Dunker, that we
have been almost disposed to consider the latter as a gigantic
example of this species. The dorsal surface of C. Hausmanni is
flatter and more convex, the poriferous sulci are shorter, and the

Le 5 eae aN

Dr. T. Wright on the Cassidulidee of the Oolites. 315

anus forms a blunter oval. A comparison of these specimens is
therefore very desirable, as size alone ceteris paribus does not
constitute a specific character.

I have before me a large Pygurus from the Coralline Oolite of
Malton, Yorkshire, belonging to the collection of the Bristol
Institution, and kindly lent me for comparison by Mr. Etheridge
the curator.
- It so much resembles the Clypeaster Hausmanni, Dunk., in
proportional measurements, whilst it exceeds that Urchin in size,
that we think it identical with the German species: this Pygurus
measures in height 1 inch and ;4ths; antero-posterior diameter
5 inches and ,°,ths; transverse diameter 5 inches and ,%,ths.
The test is thin, the tubercles are small and numerous ; the am-
bulacra are prominent, projecting above the level of the interam-
bulacra, and describing similar petaloidal figures to those in
P. pentagonalis ; the ventral surface is inseparably united to the
rock, and a portion of the single interambulacrum is fractured.
Notwithstanding these defects, the likeness to C. Hausmanni is
so great, and the structural affinities so numerous, that we think
we are justified in our conclusion as to their identity: according
to Koch and Dunker the dimensions of Clypeaster Hausmanni are
—“ Height 11 lines; antero-posterior diameter 4 inches and
7 lines; transverse diameter 4 inches and 2 lines. L: B: H
=100: 90: 20.” The Pygurus before us exceeds therefore by
one-fifth in size this gigantic German Urchin.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—Pygurus pentagonalis has

“been collected from the upper rags of the Inferior Oolite at

Shurdington Hill: it is a rare Varchin in these beds, as I only
know of two individuals having been obtained therefrom ; it has
been found in the Inferior Oolite of the district round Bath, and
was collected by Mr. Young and Mr. Phillips from the calcareous
grit of Yorkshire. P. Hausmanni, which in some respects re-
sembles our P. pentayonalis, was found in the Upper Coralline
Limestone of Kleinenbremen near Biickeburg.

‘History.—I have not been able to compare our specimens with
those from the Coralline Oolite of Yorkshire, but have every
reason for believing that they are identical, although the figure
in Mr. Phillips’s work is certainly more pentagonal than ours.

Tn conclusion I take this opportunity of thanking Messrs. Bro-
die, Etheridge, Forbes, Fowler, Gavey, Jones, Lycett, Morris,
Strickland, Walton, Wayte, Waterhouse, and Woodward for the
loan of and permission to compare specimens, and Mr. W. H.
Baily for the care he has taken to make out the details of our
new species. I have subjoined a table which exhibits at one
view the range and stratigraphical distribution of the Urchins
described in the preceding papers.

21*

Be ie ARE os) he i

Dr.T. Wright on the Cassidulide of the Oolites.

A Tabular View of the Stratigraphical Distribution of the Jurassic C1pa-
RID& and CassiDULID&# described in the preceding Papers.

316

2 | ¢ |Fes| = |tz
. | 6 | 2 loge| & leas
Genera and Species. Authority. S 4 = ga 2 5 3
Py bra a le
m o |aSe ga
CIDARIDZ.
Cidaris Fowleri ......... baveds Wright ...) , eae Te a aren i
Blumenbachii ............ Miagnater is) oe.g eh Gael ee, *
PLOPINgUa ...syeeeeeeeees Miinster...| one Pade dx the
Hemicidaris intermedia ...... Fleming ...| ... * * en
i Seem ne ree rk Cotteau ...| ... * He re eu
alpina ......... WAedisaattas Agena? 87 OE oT oe
smashes ichatSeeendbnde Wright veoh hig vhs ts “ i
confluens ..... pase bannee MCoy iis ia. ohieenealy is a
pustulosa.........+. necaces| KOFDES. 200] oes * war ne ad
Acrosalenia hemicidaroides. .| Wright ...| , rs - ies Er
TiyOette sec. cseseees ss sce Wright ...| , ie Mee Pek Ge
SPOS Vivi dosecit oes} Agassiz ...| ... * x Pe aa
ecorata ...s00... dpi Hapme)) cack wae if eked Tepes *
WHtan . 25.0005, 20ee cseos| Wright. .+5| oe [ice | ae
Diadema depressum ...... -+-| Agassiz ...| * * ee oe
subangulare.........0.+0+. Goldfuss...[ ... |... | ose *
pseudo-diadema ........ -| Lamarck...) ... | ... vids x
Pedina rotata ...... Pr eweres «e-| Agassiz oo] 4 oo ot Ati von Pie
Echinus perlatus ...........- Desmarest |, * phe 02 F, x
WETTALIE Now occ ticcesusndesaba Agassiz ...| » * ose Levene EA ben |
granularis ......... eee right ...| y soe | wee | cee | one :
cg hee wosgeucss| ARMOMEE sesf ocd 4 vans ais ee E
avails Bowles) AiG kk Wigiet ye pow ae ;
MOGWIOGA sence. dvascjace> case Wrekt whoa 4 is :
:
CASSIDULIDZ. :
Pygaster semisulcatus? -.....| Phillips * Pe are ba ye :
conoideus ..... dovebbebes Wright * Pfics es sg a ,
Morrisii ......eeeeeee eos.) Wright ...| ... * * hie 24 okt
Holectypus depressus......... Lamarck * ee * 5 x
hemisphericus ......-.. Desor ...... . res by aE aire
Hyboclypus agariciformis ...| Forbes * ree bar 20 FT We
dea takien HOMES LEDS AEH Wright \...)) 'g " iia Aes A
gibberulus .....0.c...000s Agassiz «| x cre fae gene s
Dysaster ringens ..,..+...4.. Agassiz * Wer ee ee
DHCOPGMUNE 5. isnces.o.eis Desor ...... se ove its Senet head bs
URINE dives deswasesecsas. Parkmson |-:2..°:'| <es oa eat a *
BOI soicinansei ees bore. 0s Agassiz ...| soe, | a9e) fipece 1. wae
Nucleolites clunicularis ...... Llhywd ...| x, s * : 5
dimidiatus .........+0004. Phillips ...} ... Ras Sep 5 *
Hugii ...... Dice she sod ss Agassiz «| con 1 Wye Pp, loan enh wes
Maja ek Faehiseassiicnss Phillips ...| . * 54 a
Solodurinus ............ Agassiz ...| » Pat oe <n tdi ap
sinuatus ..... Sfasdjays ues Heske 5,002. * * Poe ee
AGASSIZ 6c Fetscccceses as Wright * Rie Me aa as
emarginatus «..cesseeee Phillips aie ae ; ose *
Pygurus pentagonalis......... Wright * ne i a
Blumenbachii ..........+. Koch and | ,? | .. *
Dunker

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 317

XXVII.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY,
M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq.

[Continued from p. 189. vol. vii. Ser. 2.]
[With four Plates. |

615. Spheria (Circinate) hapalocystis, n. s. Sparsa tecta ;
peritheciis subglobosis tenuibus subtiliter tomentosis, collo ob-
liquo deorsum constricto una cum ostiolo breviter fusiformi ;
sporidiis oblongo-ellipticis utrinque appendiculatis biseptatis.
On dead twigs of plane, Batheaston.

This species, which is just intermediate between Obtecte and
Circinate, is closely allied to S. aucta, but differs in the nature
of the spores, which are broader in proportion, especially when
old, and are essentially biseptate, whereas in S. aucta they are
uniseptate or triseptate from the division of the two original
endochromes. In both there is the same peculiar truncate hya-
line appendage. The perithecia are peculiarly delicate. There
is some resemblance also to S. vestita, but the perithecia are
more decidedly tomentose in that species.

Puiate X. fig. 12. a. Cluster of perithecia from which the cuticle has
been removed; 5. single perithecium; c. portion of its delicate wall;
d, ascus; e. sporidia; f. do. germinating. All more or less magnified.

616. S. (Seriate) Hneolata, Roberge; Desm.! Pl. Crypt.
“no. 1263. ‘“ Amphigena erumpens ; stromate brunneo. Peri-
theciis minutissimis astomis nigris albo-farctis subconnatis in
seriem simplicem dispositis. Ascis clavatis ; sporidis oblongis ;
sporulis 3-5 globosis.” On Ammophila arundinacea. Sands of
Barrie, Mr. W. Gardiner, with S. sabuletorum.

617. S. (Byssisede) Dickiei, n.s. Peritheciis aggregatis erum-
pentibus subglobosis ostiolo obtuso papillzeformi setis rigidis lon-
giusculis obsitis; filamentis thallinis intertextis. Lasiobotrys
Linnee, Dickie, MSS. On leaves of Linnea borealis, Aberdeen,
Dr. Dickie, 1845 ; Glen Dole, Clova, Rev. W. A. Leighton, Aug.
1837 ; Inglesmaldie, Kincardineshire, G. Lawson, Esq., 1848.

Forming orbicular sori beneath the true cuticle about a line
broad. Perithecia at length exposed, subglobose, with an obtuse
papilleform ostiolum beset with stiff dark bristles as long or
longer than themselves, springing from a radiating more or less
interwoven stratum of very obscurely septate brownish threads,
amongst which are a few darker and closely articulate. Asci
short, subcylindrical, obtuse ; sporidia oblong, short, containing
about four nuclei or four regular endochromes, or more properly
uniseptate with two endochromes in each division.

This has precisely the habit of Lasicbotrys, and occurring on

318 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

a plant of the same natural order, at first sight seems to claim
a place in that genus, but it has not the very peculiar structure
to which we shall advert towards the end of our memoir. Should
the large Sclerotioid bodies in that genus hereafter prove to be
ascigerous, it will then be time to consider the propriety of asso-
ciating the two species.

PuaTe X. fig. 8*. a. Perithecium ; b. subiculum; c. asci; d. sporidia.
All more or less magnified.

618. S. (Byssisedze) Desmazierii, n. s. Subiculo latissime
effuso tomentoso ; peritheciis magnis insidentibus globosis hic
illic confluentibus scabriusculis ostiolo papilleformi; ascis elon-
gatis; sporidiis elongato-cymbiformibus 6-7 nucleatis fuscis.
On the ground in woods. First found, in company with M. Des-
maziéres, in the beginning of August, and still very abundant, at
the end of October 1851, Collyweston, Norths.

Spreading widely over the ground, fallen leaves, &c., and cover-
ing them with a mouse-coloured tomentose subiculum, which
consists of somewhat branched anastomosing threads, the tips of
which give off opposite, often subdivided branchlets, which form
little racemes, surmounted by oblong conidia. Perithecia large,
half immersed in the subiculum, which in age acquires a darker
hue, somewhat scabrous, dull pitchy black, or plumbaginous,
globose, with a central papilleform ostiolum, which is frequently
seated in a little irregular areola. Asci elongated, clavate, inner
membrane furnished with an oblong process at the tip ; sporidia
large, cymbiform, elongated, subacuminate, at first 5 ae with
two or three variously-sized globules, at length dark brown, con-
taining six to seven globose nuclei.

This magnificent species resembles closely Spheria aquila, Fr.,
but the colour of the subiculum is different, as is also the habitat,
but above all, the sporidia, which instead of being subelliptic
and short as in that species and S. fusca, are much elongated and
very peculiar in form.

We have dedicated this magnificent species to M. Desmaziéres,
as one of the results of his short visit to England during the past
summer. The species to which this name was given without
any characters is now rejected both by Fries and M. Desmaziéres
as imperfectly known. A notice of it will be found in the Gar-
deners’ Chronicle for 1851.

Puate IX. fig. 1. a. Subiculum ; 5. ascus ; ¢. sporidia in various stages
of growth. All more or less magnified.

*S. tristis, Tode, vol. ii. p. 9. t. 9. f. 67. We have just re-
ceived the true species from the Rev. A. Bloxam, which is cha-
racterized by the collapsing perithecia and minute oblong curyed

—— sos oY

a a a

ga

oe od 1S all

a ee ee

_ Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 319

biseptate or trinucleate sporidia, whereas the sporidia of S. pheo-
stroma, Mont., are exactly as described in the ‘ English Flora’
under S. fristis 8.
619. S. (Villose) macrotricha, n.s. Subiculo repente ; peri-
theciis ovatis deorsum pilis longis vestitis, sursum attenuatis de-
nudatis, cum ostiolo papilleformi collabentibus ; ascis clavatis ;
sporidiis fusiformibus uniseptatis, 6-nucleatis. On dead leaves

of Carex paniculata, Batheaston, Feb. 1851. On beech mast,

King’s Cliffe, Oct. 1851.

Brown or nearly black ; subiculum effused, consisting of in-
terwoven creeping hairs ; perithecia crowded, ovate, clothed with
long hairs, attenuated and more or less denuded above, and when
dry collapsing with their papilleform ostiolum. sci clavate.
Sporidia biseriate, fusiform, consisting of two apposed cones con-
stricted at the juncture and sometimes above the first nucleus,
each division containing one or more globules.

This species appears to us very distinct from all described by
authors. It seems to come nearest to S. crinita, Fr., but his
published specimens are Chetomium elatum, Kze.

The Cliffe specimens are darker, and the hairs are shorter, but
the form of the perithecia, their papilleform collapsing, compa-
ratively naked apex, and above all the sporidia, are identical.

Puiate IX. fig. 2. a. Perithecium; b. ostiolum; c. thread of mycelium ;
d. fragment of perithecium with flocci; e. ascus; f. sporidia. All more or
less magnified.

620. S. (Villose) chetomium, Corda! Ic. Fasc. 2. t.13. fig. 102.
Chetomium pusillum, Fries | Sc. Suec. no. 272. S. exosporioides,
Desm.! Pl. Crypt. no. 126. On dead leaves of Carex pendula,
Batheaston, with S. Eres.

There is no essential difference between the plant of Fries and
Desmaziéres. Corda’s figure represents the hairs as broad as the
base and incurved, but we find them exactly as in S. exospo-
rioides, Desm. The asci and sporidia agree in all the specimens,
except perhaps that in the specimens of Fries the asci are slightly
more slender and the endochromes less marked, differences which
occur in many species under varying circumstances of age, &c.

We subjoin the characters of S. exosporioides as given in the
‘ Plantes Cryptogames de France ’ :—

“ Hypo- rarius epiphylla. Peritheciis minutissimis superfi-
cialibus sparsis vel gregariis humectatis subglobosis ; siccis pezi-
zoideo-collapsis atris ; pilis concoloribus rigido-divergentibus ob-
sitis ; ostiolis papillatis exilissimis; ascis subfusiformibus ; spo-
ridiis oblongis, rectis vel subcurvatis ; sporulis 4 opacis.”

Pate IX. fig. 3. a. Perithecium ; 5. flocci; c. asci; d. sporidia. All

“more or less magnified.

TPA SY TS eae al)
2G a SOE Nee eas ee

320 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

621. S. (Villose) Eres, n.s. Sparsa superficialis ; peritheciis
globosis pilis longis rigidis articulatis vestitis; ascis brevibus
clavatis ; sporidiis oblongis uniseptatis. On dead leaves of Carex
paniculata, Spye Park, Feb. 1850 ; on Carex pendula, Batheaston,
Jan. 1850.

Scattered over the leaves and quite superficial, attached by a
few hyaline creeping threads. Perithecia globose, beset with
very long radiating, rigid, somewhat pellucid articulated bristles,
which are black to the naked eye, but purplish brown under the
microscope; when young their apices are often swollen. Asci
rather short, clavate ; sporidia biseriate, oblong-elliptic, about
four times as long as broad.

This very beautiful species occurs on the same leayes as the
foregoing, and is distinguished by its much larger perithecia,
longer pellucid not opake hairs, clavate not fusiform asci, and
shorter uniseptate sporidia. The present under a lens looks very
like Vermicularia trichella ; whereas the hairs of the former are
scarcely visible.

PuaTeE IX. fig. 4. a. Perithecium; 6. one of the flocci; ¢. ascus with
paraphyses; d. sporidia. All more or less magnified.

622. S. (Denudatz) arenula, n. s. Sparsa ochroleuca peri-
theciis ovatis brevissime pedicellatis ostiolo papilleeformi; ascis
clavatis ; sporidiis oblongis subfusiformibus uniseptatis. On dead
leaves of Aira cespitosa, Batheaston, Feb. 1851.

Thinly scattered over the leaves. Perithecia ovate, with an
obtuse papilleform ostiolum, contracted at the base, rarely ob-
ovate and perfectly blunt. Asci subclavate ; sporidia biseriate,
oblong, slightly attenuated, rarely subelliptic uniseptate.

Alhed to S. coccinea, and at first calling to mind our genus
Oomyces, but agreeing really in structure with the above-men-
tioned species.

Puate IX. fig. 5. Asci and sporidia magnified.

*S. pulvis pyrius, P. A very curious state of this species has
been found at Rudloe in Nottinghamshire on broom, and specimens
gathered by Capt. Carmichael in a similar condition are in Sir
W. J. Hooker’s herbarium. The perithecia are sometimes posi-
tively produced beneath the cuticle, but on the same twig others
occur on the naked portions of the bark and run over the stroma
of some Spheria, probably S. fusca, so as to give it a very curious
appearance, and to have led Dr. Klotzsch to consider the pro-
duction as S. conglobata, Fr. The subcuticular specimens haye
the habit of S. verrucaria, which very frequently accompanies
S. conglobata. A specimen of the latter sent to us by Fries has
given us the opportunity of examining S. verrucaria, which we

Oe

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. -321

find truly distinct from S. epidermidis in its very short flask-like
asci and linear-oblong uniseptate sporidia, which however are
scarcely mature, and may therefore be further divided at a later
stage of growth.

623. s. (Obtectz) melanotes, n. s. Maculis elongatis niger-
rimis ; peritheciis tectis, ostiolis minutis; ascis linearibus ; spo-
ridiis ellipticis fuscis. On oak palings, Batheaston, Dec. 1851.

Forming oblong, somewhat irregular black patches about an
inch long, sprinkled with the punctiform ostiola. Perithecia im-
mersed, scarcely visible except from their ostiola. Asci linear ;
sporidia elliptic, brown, z7/ggth of an inch long.

This species has somewhat the habit of S. livida, but has
smaller perithecia and different fruit. The” black spots are
searcely at all raised. I find nothing like it in Fries. The peri-

-thecia do not raise the surface of the wood into little waves as in
Spheria anserina, which is described by Persoon as having the
sporidia pointed at either end. S. anserina of the ‘ English
Flora’ is a Spheropsis.

PLATE Ix. fig. 6. a. Asci magnified ; 5. 5 ie on the same scale as
those in fig. 7

624. S. (Obtectz) hypotephra, n.s. Maculis effusis cinereis ;
peritheciis tectis subglobosis ; ostiolis obtusiusculis emergen-
tibus ; ascis linearibus; sporidiis elongatis curvulis demum 3-
septatis. On oak rails, King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851.

Forming large cinereous spots. Perithecia covered, globose ;
ostiola rather obtuse, protruding. sci linear ; sporidia unise-
riate, oblong, slightly curved, rather narrow, about z74,5th of an
inch ‘long ; ; at length 3-septate, often binucleate. Allied to the
last, but at once distinguished by the pale spots and differently
shaped larger sporidia,

This somewhat resembles Persoon’s S. anserina, but the spo-
ridia are of a different form.

Puiate IX. fig. 7. a. Ascus with sporidia; 0. sporidia.

625. S. (Obtectze) siparia, n. s. Tecta sparsa; peritheciis
magnis depressis lanatis; ostiolo obtuso brevissimo; ascis cla-
yatis amplis; sporis oblongo-cymbiformibus cellulosis muco in-
volutis. On birch with Prosthemium betulinum and Hendersonia
polycystis, Spye Park, Feb. 1850.

Scattered, covered by the cuticle. Perithecia large, depressed,
furnished with a very short central ostiolum, clothed with more
or less dense ferrugious wool. Asci large, clavate; sporidia
biseriate, oblongo-subcymbiform, cellular, clothed with a mucous
coat.

This magnificent species, which is allied to S. Janata, in which

322 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

the sporidia are minute and curved, is remarkable for the beauty
of its fruit, which resembles in colour and structure that of
S. herbarum.

Puate IX. fig. 8. a. Asci; 5. sporidia highly magnified in various
stages of development. ;

626. S. (Subtecte) Argus, n.s. Tecta; peritheciis magnis
depressis collapsis opacis ; ascis amplis clavatis ; sporidiis octonis
biseriatis oblongis curvulis ocellatis serius 5-6 septatis, muco in-
volutis. On dry birch twigs, Spye Park, with Hendersonia poly-
cystis and Sph. lanciformis.

Entirely concealed by the cuticle, scattered. Perithecia de-
pressed, collapsed, dull, as if very minutely pulverulent ; ostio-
lum minute. Asci clavate, large. Sporidia biseriate, oblong,
slightly curved when seen laterally, at first consisting of two
jomts; these soon acquire seven endochromes, of which four
belong to the larger division, in which state they resemble Siro-
siphon ocellatum ; at a later period they become much darker, and
true septa are formed varying in number from five to six. Till
they acquire this dark tint, they have a thick pellucid gelatinous
coat.

Few microscopic objects can be more beautiful than the fruit
of this and its two associates. In S. lanciformis the endochromes
are connected by a little process exactly as in Sirosiphon ; in the
present species the resemblance is more superficial, but suffi-
ciently strong to suggest the specific name. S. amblyospora is at
once distinguished by the peculiar form of its sporidia.

PuatE IX. fig. 9. a. Perithecium; 0. sporidia more or less magnified.

627. S. (Obtectz) amblyospora, n. s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis
depresso-globosis ; ostiolo papilleeformi ; ascis amplis; sporidiis
fuscis obovatis 2-3 septatis muco involutis. On dead branches
of elm, at Clifton and elsewhere.

Scattered, scarcely visible externally. Perithecia immersed in
the bark, depresso-globose, with a central papilleform ostiolum
without any neck. Asci large, clavate, paraphyses flexuous ;
sporidia large, at first hyaline, consisting of two subconical arti-
culations placed base to base ; one of these gradually increases in
diameter and becomes very obtuse ; a septum is then formed at
the base of the smaller articulation, and sometimes, though
rarely, there is a third septum in the other cells. In every stage,
except in extreme age when ejected, they have a gelatinous coat.

This is one of the finest species of the group, and distinguished
from S. inquinans by the peculiar form of its sporidia, and more
especially in the mode of their formation, for here and there an
individual sporidium is observable which is equal at either extre-

Ce 2 een aN

~ Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 323

mity. In germination, the lower articulation sends out a filament
either laterally or from the extremity.

Puate X. fig. 10. a. Ascus with paraphysis; 6. sporidia in various
stages of growth; c. ejected sporidia germinating. All more or less mag-
nified. }

628. S. (Obtectz) aucta, n.s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis glo-
bosis collapsis subtiliter tomentosis ; collo obliquo deorsum con-
stricto cum ostiolo breviter fusiformi; ascis amplis; sporidiis
oblongo-ellipticis utrinque appendiculatis uni-3-septatis. On
dead twigs of birch and alder, Spye Park, Wilts.

Scattered, scarcely visible externally except from the swelling
of the bark above the perithecia. Perithecia globose, obscurely
tomentose, soon collapsed ; neck oblique, constricted below, con-
fluent with the shortly spindle-shaped ostiolum. Asci broad,
delicate ; sporidia elliptic, with a truncate process at either extre-
mity ; at first uniseptate, with an endochrome of the same form
as the cells ; this eventually is divided into two nuclei, between
which a new septum is formed, so that the sporidia have either
one or three septa, in which latter case there is a constriction at
each articulation.

Puate X. fig. 11. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. More or less magnified.

629. S. (Obtectze) dufonia, n. s. Sparsa ; peritheciis globoso-
depressiusculis, ostiolo brevi corticem perforante ; ascis cylin-
dricis ; sporidiis uniserialibus oblongis uniseptatis muco involutis.
On small dead branches of oak, Easton, Northamptonshire.

Scattered over the branches, which are rough with the little
penetrating ostiola. Perithecia globose, slightly depressed ; os-
tiolum central, papillzform, with scarcely any neck. Asci cylin-
drical, containing a single row of oblong uniseptate sporidia
which have a thick gelatinous coat which ultimately vanishes.
The strings of sporidia remind one somewhat of toad spawn.

Puate X. fig. 13. a. Ascus; 5. spores contained in inner membrane
of ascus; ¢. spores which have lost their gelatinous coat. More or less

magnified.

630. S. (Obtectze) dochmia, n.s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis soli-
tariis ovatis obliquis demum collapsis ; collo brevissimo constricto
ostiolo explanato. On dead twigs of elm, Batheaston, Jan. 1851.

Scattered over the twigs, but visible externally, merely from
the swellings caused by the perithecia. Perithecia somewhat
ovate, oblique, collapsed when dry; neck extremely short and
somewhat constricted ; ostiolum broad, obtuse, perforated in the
centre. Asci cylindrico-clavate, obtuse ; sporidia oblong, very
obtuse, slightly curved, at length uniseptate, hyaline, arranged
in two rows.

324 Rey. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

Distinguished by marked characters both in the pei and
sporidia from all allied species.

PLATE X. fig. 14. a. Perithecium ; 0. ascus; c. sporidia. More or less
magnified.

631. S. (Obtecte) farcta, n. s. Tecta dispersa; peritheciis
solitariis globosis demum collapsis collo brevi, ostiolo obtuso
demum epidermidem perforante; ascis clavatis obtusis sporidiis
oblongis utrinque obtusiusculis 3-4 nucleatis repletis. On dead
twigs of elm, Batheaston, Jan. 1851.

Scattered, scarcely conspicuous externally except from the
slight projection over each perithecium, which is at length per-
forated by the obtuse ostiolum. Perithecia globose, collapsing
when dry; neck short. Asci clavate, subcylindrical, obtuse, filled
with numerous oblong linear sporidia, which are slightly obtuse
at either end, and contain three or more globose nuclei.

This species resembles externally S. hypodermia, but the peri-
thecia are solitary and the sporidia very different. The nearest
ally perhaps is S. Lebiseyi, Desm., which is however much smaller,
and has apiculate but otherwise similarly-shaped sporidia. In
Spheria ditopa as found on alder by Dr. Roussel, for Fries’ spe-
cimen shows no fruit, the asci are stuffed, but the sporidia are
larger and uniseptate. Sp. ditopa, Rab. no. 1038, is a very dif-
ferent species, with very elongated, curved, obtuse sporidia. It
seems rather to belong to Circinate, and may be characterized—

S. Rabenhorstii, n. s. Peritheciis depressis ostiolis rectis ;
ascis amplis clavatis ; sporidiis octonis elongatis utrinque obtusis
majoribus curvulis.

Pate X. fig. 15. Sph. farcta: a. Ascus; 6. sporidia. More or less
magnified. Fig. 15*. S. ditopa: a. Ascus; 6. sporidia. Both magnified.

632. S. (Obtectze) trivialis, n.s. Sparsa, tecta; peritheciis
depressis minutis, ostiolo obsoleto ; ascis amplis clavatis obtusis ;
sporidiis ellipticis uniseptatis. On dead twigs, Batheaston, Feb.
1851.

Scattered, covered by the cuticle, which appears brownish over
each perithecium, but is really colourless. Perithecia depressed,
elliptic ; ostiolum obsolete ; asci broad, clavate, containing eight
broadly elliptic uniseptate sporidia.

Resembling somewhat as to the fruit ascigerous Spheria mu-
tila, but truly belonging to the section Odtecte.

PuateE X. fig. 16. Ascus filled with sporidia. Magnified.
633. Spheria tomicum, Lév. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1848.

Var. minor.
On Aira cespitosa, Batheaston, Jan. 1850.

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 325

Our plant agrees with that of Léveillé in external appearance
and in the spores, but differs simply in being far smaller, a cir-
cumstance probably attributable to its growing on the thin leaves
of a grass instead of the juicy stems of a large Juncus.

We have also the same thing on dry withered stems of Juncus
conglomeratus gathered at Draycott, Wilts, in which the spo-
ridia are sometimes but not always more elongated, though es-
; sentially the same in colour and form.

We have placed the species here rather than in Caulicole, on
account of its near relation to S. clypeata.

Puate XI. fig. 17. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. More or less magnified.

634. S. (Obtectz) revelata, n.s. Tecta, globosa, major, ostiolis
brevibus papillzeformibus sero expositis ; ascis linearibus flexuosis ;
sporidiis uniserialibus oblongis biseptatis. On branches of lilac,
Apethorpe, Jan. 1848.

At first completely concealed beneath the rough bark, and at
length only manifest from the ostiola thrusting off little patches
of the matrix, and then appearing solitary or scattered on white
spots. Perithecia globose, large; ostiolum papilleform, distinct.
Asci linear, flexuous ; paraphyses long, slender; sporidia unise-
riate, oblong, hyaline, biseptate, with very distinct endochromes.

We have a form of this species on twigs of elder gathered at
Apethorpe, Nov. 1840, in which the-ostiola are conical and much
more developed, and the perithecia smaller. The asci and spo-
ridia agree perfectly.

Another form occurs on Chionanthus virginica, and something
very similar on lilac has been gathered by Dr. Léveillé at Ro-
mainville.

sole XI. fig. 18. a. Ascus and paraphysis ; 5. sporidia. More or less

635. S. (Obtectz) conformis, n.s. Tecta sparsa; peritheciis
nigris globosis demum collapsis ostiolo papilleformi; ascis sub-
clayatis ; sporidiis biserialibus oblongo-ellipticis utrinque obtusis
biseptatis. On dead twigs of alder, mixed with S. ditopa.

Resembling closely S. ditopa, but differing in the small
number of sporidia contained in each ascus, which are also
broader and: more obtuse, and exactly resembling those of S.
fuscella.

Puare XI, fig. 19. a. Ascus; 6. sporidia in various stages of growth.
All more or less magnified. , mi

636. S. (Obtecte) fuscella, n.s. Sparsa tecta; peritheciis
fuscis depressis ; ascis linearibus obtusis ; sporidiis uniserialibus
oblongo-ellipticis quandoque curvulis triseptatis. On dead twigs

_. of rose, Easton, Norths., March 9, 1850.

326 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

Scattered, forming minute pustules ; perithecia depressed, sub-
globose, brown. Asci linear, containing eight sporidia arranged
in a single row; sporidia pale brown, oblong-elliptic, obtuse,
triseptate, by no means constricted at the articulation, sometimes
slightly curved.

Distinguished from S. sepincola by its minute brown perithecia

and even elliptic obtuse sporidia. There is no sign of any ostiolum
externally, nor have we ascertained the existence of any. S.
Corni, Sow., which is usually referred to S. sepincola, has curved
simple reproductive bodies apparently without asci. At least, such
is the case with the specimens still remaining in Sowerby’s Her-
barium.

S. sepincola according to our notion of the species has slender,
somewhat clavate asci and biseriate, oblong, subfusiform hyaline
sporidia. Specimens may be found with slightly varying cha-
racters as to size and figure, but it is best to consider all which
agree in essential respects as forms of one species. We therefore
now refer the minute Spheria found on dock-stems by Mr. Gar-
diner at Balmerino, formerly named S. Gardineri, to S. sepincola
as a minute form on herbaceous stems.

PuaTE XI. fig. 20. Spheria fuscella: a. Ascus; b. sporidia more or less
magnified, but less so than in S. conformis. Fig. 21. S. sepincola: a. Ascus;
b. sporidia : both magnified.

637. S. (Obtectz) persistens, n.s. Sparsa ligno adnata demum
cortice putrescente nuda subglobosa ostiolo parvo distincto ; ascis
clavatis, sporidiis biseriatis hyalinis fusiformibus centro con-
strictis curvulis sporidiolis quaternis. On dead shoots of rose,
Bedford Purlieus, King’s Cliffe, March 1850.

Scattered over the branches, and so immersed in the bark as
not to form any pustules, exposed and persistent when the matrix
is decayed, globose with a minute distinct ostiolum. Asci clavate,

containing two rows of sporidia. Sporidia hyaline, fusiform,

straight when seen from behind, slightly curved when seen
laterally, constricted in the centre, each division containing two
globose sporidiola. Well distinguished by its persistent nature
and curious sporidia. We have not observed any septa.

Puate XI. fig. 22. a. Ascus and paraphysis; 6. sporidia. All more or
less magnified.

638. S. (Obtecte) futilis, n.s. Sparsa epidermide nigrifacta
tecta; peritheciis subglobosis; ascis linearibus; sporidiis uni-
seriatis brevibus oblongo-ellipticis uniseptatis. On dead rose-
twigs, King’s Cliffe, March 1850.

Minute, scattered, covered by the blackened cuticle so as to
present little black specks, Asci linear; sporidia uniseriate,

=

iy ee

a i it Fe,

—

“othe sale ens oe ee

a

.
2

y:
-

PETALS

> 5 aie ite a
a

i

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 327

short, oblong-elliptic, hyaline, sometimes slightly constricted in
the centre, uniseptate. The septum appears to be continued

- through the external as well as the internal membrane.

The sporidia have much the form which is so common in the
genus Diplodia. We can find no trace of the species in authors.

_Puare XI. fig. 23. a. Asci and sporidia; 5. sporidia more highly mag-

639. S. (Subtecte) infermizta, n.s. Minutissima sparsa epi-
dermide tantum tecta nigra; peritheciis depressis supra convexis
perforatis; ascis clavatis; sporidiis biseriatis hyalinis clavato-
fusiformibus triseptatis. On rose-twigs mixed with Spheria fus-
cella, but much smaller.

Scattered, seated beneath the cuticle. Perithecia very minute,
convex, depressed, perforated in the centre, black. Asci clavate ;
sporidia biseriate, hyaline, clavato-fusiform, triseptate. One of
many undescribed species comprised by authors under the name
of S. Epidermidis. The asci are large for the size of the peri-

thecia.
Puate XI. fig. 24. a. Asci; 0b. sporidia: both magnified.

*S. Epidermidis, Fr. Scler. Suec. no. 19. In two copies of
the ‘Scleromycetes Suecice,’ which we have the opportunity of
examining, three things at least appear under this name, all
marked no. 19:—1. A Spheria on elder, which appears from its
long sporidia to be a state of S. sepincola, or possibly of S.
Lebiseyi ; 2. another on elder, which we consider the type of the
species with uniseptate sporidia, consisting of two apposed, rather

cones ; and 3. a production on some Lonicera, which
appears to be the same with a minute Phoma, common in this
country on the same matrix. It appears in this case, as in Spheria
sepincola, the best course to consider species agreeing in struc-
ture, though differing somewhat in size, as mere forms of one
type. We refer therefore to this species, one which we find on
privet with very superficial, but rather thick and brittle peri-
thecia, and sporidia twice as large and more constricted at the
septum and in the centre of the two cones which compose them.
It occurs on the same twigs with Tympanis saligna, which when
young resembles closely a sub-cuticular Spheria with a broad
truncate ostiolum.

*S. Buzi, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1280. S. atrovirens b. Buxi,
junior, Berk. Br. Fung. no. 180, pro parte.

Common on box leaves, on which several productions grow ;
comprised in Fries’ ‘Systema’ under the name of S. atrovirens. In
the present species the sporidia are short, oblongo-elliptic, hyaline,
biseriate, slightly attenuated at either extremity.

328 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and My. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

*S. Rusci, Wallr. Comp. Fl. Germ. p. 776. 8. atrovirens 8.
Rusci, Eng. Fl. vol. v. pt. 2. p. 272; Desm. 1281.

Common on leaves of Ruscus aculeatus, as at Wareham, from.
whence it has been sent by the Rev. W. Smith. Asci lineari-
clavate; sporidia biseriate, oblong, obtuse, 4—5-septate.

*S. derasa=S. calva, Johnst. Fl. Berw. Perfect specimens of
S. calva, Johnst.+, have lately been received from Mr. Bloxam.
The asci are clavate; the sporidia biseriate, fusiformi-filiform,
slightly curved, filled with a row of nuclei, at length faintly sep-
tate. One of the articulations is sometimes swollen. Specimens
exactly agreeing with S. comata, Tode, have been sent from South
Carolina by Mr. Ravenel, which have oblong multiseptate spo-
ridia, with one or more vertical septa occasionally as in S. her-
barum ; we have therefore no hesitation in considermg Dr. John-
ston’s plant as a distinct species.

Piate XI. fig. 25. a. Sporidia of S. comata from South Carolina; d.
sporidia of S. derasa. Both highly magnified.

*S. acuminata, Sow.! t. 394. f.3= 8. Carduorum, Wallr. Comp.
Fl. Germ. vol. iv. p. 805 ; Desm. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 2 sér. vol. xvii.
p- 106. Common on dead thistle stems.

The spores in this species are linear, and contain at first
numerous nuclei without articulations; at a later period of growth,
however, the articulations are very manifest, aud we doubt not
that S. acuminata, Sow.! is in truth the perfect form of Wall-
roth’s species. In S. coniformis, the fructification of which is
figured by Greville as that of S. herbarum, to which species
therefore S. acuminata was referred in the ‘English Flora’ as
agreeing to a certain extent in the sporidia, the number of joints
is about half as great as in the present species. In S. coniformis
there are about eleven joints, in S. acuminata about twenty. The
sporidia, whether young or old, have a swelling near the apex,
which is at the second articulation in the perfect sporidium.

PLATE XI. fig. 26. a. Sporophores ; . spores in situ. Both magnified.

*S. Arundinis, Fr. Syst. Mye. p. 510, var. Tritici. On wheat-
straw, King’s Cliffe, May 1, 1843.
Differing in no respect from the typical form, except in size.

+ Dr. Johnston found also at Berwick, on Senecio Jacobea, a fine species
of Phlyctena, which, as the genus is new to this country, we take this
opportunity of characterizing :—

Phlyctena Johnstoni, n.s. Maculis latioribus ; pseudo-peritheciis brun-
neis ; sporophoris flexuosis amplis, sporis elongatis curvis, medio nodulosis.

The spores are several times longer than in the original species, the spo-
rophores highly developed, and towards the centre of the spores there is
generally a distinct knot, and frequently the outline is more or less irre-
gular,

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 329

In both the spores are at first uniseptate, and the contents of the
two portions are then divided into two or three endochromes, in
which respect there is an essential difference between this species
and all forms of S. culmifraga.

[To be continued. }

XXVIII.—Rambles in Ceylon. By E. L. Layarn.

Mulletivoe, April 7, 1851.
My Dear S1r,—I promised to keep you informed of my wanderings
between Jaffna and Kandy; so here you have the first instalment.
Knowing your taste for my favourite pursuit, I have thrown in a few
notes thereon, the results of observations made at various times, which
have recurred to me, as the discovery of a new species, or a new trait
of character in an old one, have brought them to my remembrance.

I left Jaffna in the royal mail on the 31st March, having sent off
my baggage in a bullock bandy, to the back of which was attached a
light gig, in which I proposed to drive down the great central road
to Kandy, a distance of 184 miles through the jungle, and a feat
hitherto unaccomplished since the road was opened.

Many were the prophecies of my failure. Mr. B., our civil
engineer, left me in the lurch on the banks of the Pie or Sitt-aars,
two rivers which I should have to cross. Mr. D., whose brother-
in-law was to accompany me, broke me down between Damboul and
Nalandy, at a rocky part of the road. Mr. D., our government
agent, stuck me up to the middle in mud between Nalandy and
Matelle. One person only encouraged me,—that was Mr. Q., who
had surveyed and cut the road and was going with me to Mulletivoe.
But to return: I started at 2 p.m. in the mail for Karandi, Mr. D.’s
cocoa-nut estate; and oh! what a royal mail! The smart English vehicle
of that name and its four dashing horses was represented by an old
palanquin carriage (which you must know is like a palqui stuck on
wheels, having a well cut in the bottom to contain one’s feet), and a
sorry broken-winded, broken-kneed horse. The substitute for a
coachman consisted in a nigger in undress, that is, witha thin slip of
cloth drawn between his legs, and fastened before and behind to a
string tied round his loins, who tugged at the horse’s mouth ; while
the mail-guard or conductor sat inside with me, the letters being de-
posited in his coat-pockets; a gridiron and tea-kettle belonging to
myself, swinging in front, complete the picture of the “ royal mail.”
After ae relieved every five miles by a fresh horse, worse if possible
than the former, we reached our destination,—a cadjan shed at the
end of the macadamized road, and the beginning of the European
estates. Here I found a horse awaiting me, and after a dark and
tiresome ride of eight miles through sand up to the horse’s fetlocks, my
nag came to halt ata gate. Concluding this to be the estate, I turned
in, and was soon welcomed by D., his wife, and her brother Mr. B. of

_the Madras service. After s Rev tens: our plans over the dinner-table,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 22

330 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

D. and B. went to set alligator-hooks in the little tank opposite the
house, and we then separated for the night. By daylight next
morning we were afoot again, and after the usual cup of coffee, we
three gentlemen adjourned to the tank with our guns. Out of six
hooks set, five were taken ; two floated in the centre of the tank, the
others had been dragged off into the jungle. Two of the natives waded
in and got hold of the floats (the hooks to which we found had been
taken by one alligator), and hauled them ashore. As the reptile came
to the grassy margin snapping his jaws, I fired a ball, 120 to the lb.,
down his throat; D. fired another weighing an ounce slantingly
through him, entering just behind the right shoulder; B. fired a
second in the contrary direction ; both balls went through him ; and I
gave him a final salute, with a 60 to the lb. rifle, between the eyes:
still he appeared not to mind it, and bit furiously at everything.
Several heavy blows were then struck on his head: as he was im-
pervious to our boar-spears, and he lay as we thought dead, with his
mouth open, B. incautiously put his gun-stock into his mouth, when
with a snap he closed his formidable teeth on the hard wood, indenting
it most deeply.

Alligators are cowardly brutes on land; even in their more genial
element, when hooked they give no “play,” as a salmon-fisher would
term it, but suffer themselves to be dragged tamely on shore and die
anything but game. It is said there are two species in the island ;
one, called by the Cingalese Minikana-Kimboola, by the Tamuls Sam-
mooken, has been thus described to me :—Throat and belly white,
nose red, back and tail dark green ; it grows to the length of 18 or 20
feet, and inhabits rivers, and the salt lake at Batticaloa. This is the
species that attacks men. The other and smaller kind, called Hale-
kimboola by the Cingalese, and Komodalle by the Tamuls, only resides
in tanks, and never attacks people: this species Dr. Templeton had
never seen; the former, én epistola, he terms C. biporcatus: not having
means at my disposal, I cannot identify them. The cervical plates of
the smaller species are placed thus: counting from the head, the
first row has four large plates, in pairs ; second row, six small ditto, in
triplets ; third row four, as in No. 2, but equidistant ; fourth row two
very large.

Many instances are on record of the larger species carrying off
human victims ; one occurred many years ago at Matura, in the south
of the island. My father, when residing there, had a bungalow on the
banks of the river in which he was accustomed to dine. A party
assembled there one day for tiffin were startled by loud cries from
the water. My father remarked carelessly, for the benefit of some
Griffins, “Oh! it’s only a black fellow taken off by an alligator,”
when to the horror of all, the Appoo (head servant) rushed in
exclaiming, “ Master, cook carried away by one alligator.” Nets
were immediately procured, the river fished, and a huge alligator
captured, which on being opened was found to have two right hands in
his intestines. I often when a boy heard my father repeat this story ;
and a year or two ago, when on circuit with the Supreme court at Ma-
tura, I lived close to the spot. My wife took her chair and sat on the

_ Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. ~ 331

river’s banks enjoying the shade and cool breeze, not far from the
place where the tiffin was so abruptly terminated. An aged Modliar,
who owed his first preferment to my father, happening to pay me
a visit, saw my wife sitting, and rushing up to her, he forcibly

her away, saying, ‘“ For God’s sake, ma’m, don’t go there ; only three
days since a large dog was taken off by an alligator from thence, and
age BN ago your father’s cook was seized on that very spot,” and
he then related the tale again.

The next instance I shall mention happened in the river at Chilaw.
One of the Court Peons had been entrusted with despatches to convey
to the lappal in the village across the river. He forgot his errand
till the evening, when he went down to the river’s brink with a com-
panion and hailed the ferry-boat ; the boatmen were, however, away,
and fearing to loose the lappal hour, and having to brave the
judge’s wrath, the man determined on swimming across; so tying
the letters in his -turban he plunged into the sluggish waters.
When about half-way over, his companion saw at some distance a
dark body, that they had taken for a floating log, begin to move
rapidly towards them, and instantly detected the dreaded Minikim-
boola : alarmed by his friend’s shouts, the swimmer plied his strokes
lustily and had almost gained the opposite shore, when with a yell
of agony and despair he disappeared amidst the eddies of the water
caused by the monster’s sweeping tail. This brute was subsequently

and his head now adorns the district judge’s quarters, where
I saw it, and if I remember right, it is not much under two feet long.
It is said that a small lump of chunamb (quick lime) placed in an
alligator’s mouth instantly destroys him. I have tried it on young
ones, but never found it have the least effect. During the hot weather,
when the tanks dry up, those alligators that cannot reach the sea,
bury themselves in the mud. About Jaffna, however, they betake
themselves to the estuary and live exclusively in the salt water, till
their old haunts become wet enough for them. It is usually supposed
that lead flattens on their scales; this I have found not to be the case.
I have killed several with a single ball which has passed completely
through them, and from the experiments we made on the body of one
of our victims, we found that my little rifle-balls, 60 to the lb. and
of the softest lead, penetrated every place with facility. On tracing
our missing hooks, we found the alligators had jammed the ends of the
floats in the tangled brushwood, and torn out the hooks from their
entrails.

Under D.’s hospitable roof I spent two days and a half, waiting for
my travelling companion Q. who was to join me at Elephant Pass.

e flew with us, as D. and his wife had tastes congenial to my own.
Her paintings of the jungle flowers and fruits are beautifully and
carefully executed. It is indeed a treat in Ceylon to meet with
persons who can appreciate nature, or even see it, if they see it at all,
with correct eyes. I have known ladies who had resided here for
years, and daily drove through the Colombo Cinnamon Gardens, and
yet never saw the pitcher-plant, which abounds there. Ladies and

Ed ~.gentlemen born here, have gravely assured me that they have seen

22*

332 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

the leaves and twigs of live plants turning into leaf-insects. ‘‘ Ay,”

said one gentleman, “I have seen the legs growing day by day till

it became just like a fly, but still with leaves for wings, and detach
itself from the tree and walk about my table. Now you know I can’t

disbelieve my own eyes, though you do shake your head and smile.”

“Certainly not,” I replied ; “ but please send for me when next you

see the process.”

On Wednesday the 3rd April, I rode over in the afternoon to
Elephant Pass. The old fort which commands the ford serves as a
rest-house. As I sat on the battlements, my eye wandered over the
dark line of jungle across the water; through this jungle lay my

course. How] revelled in the idea of penetrating its depths! What -

birds, insects and shells, unknown to me, lay there! Even from my
lonely watch-tower, I could almost have struck, with the rifle resting
beside me, pelicans, flamingoes, and several gigantic new cranes, as
they floated or waded securely fishing, while I scanned them through
my telescope. The night fell with its usual eastern rapidity over
the glorious sunset which lighted the waters of the estuary, and still
my fellow-traveller D. Q. had not come up. I had neither food,
candle, or bedding ; so comforting myself with a draught of brackish
water, I threw myself down on the rough palmirah-log floor and fell
asleep. At four next morning, a voice, speaking good English, brought
me to my feet, and as my toilet had been made the night before, I
was not long in admitting the stranger, a Portuguese, in charge of an
estate in the neighbourhood. He told me that Mr. Q. was wind-
bound at the mouth of the estuary for two days, but would be up at
night ; and that all my heavy traps, the grub included, were across the
river at Timelamadam:—he himself had come up with the boats.
Away then I started to wade over the ford, a good mile across. Our
order of march was, first myself with my long collecting gun, known
to my friends by the name of “ Long Tom,” which I consider worth
describing to you, as a most invaluable weapon. Length of barrel
3 feet 7 inches; calibre rather less than tbs of an inch, carrying a
ball 120 to the lb. ; thickness of metal 4th of an inch. The stock is
fitted with a large trap, for holding caps, wadding, ball, needles and
thread, &c. &c. The full charge for this gun is just one-fourth
that of a sixteen gauge, or } of an ounce: 3th is a deadly charge for
smallish birds at 30 yards; and for small birds (sparrows and such
like) ;gth is sufficient at 20 yards. With two or three buck-shot,
AA, it will kill any large bird at 150 yards, and throws its own ball
with great precision: I have killed deer and pea-fowl with it at very
long distances. The ceconomy of this gun, when all the shooter’s
ammunition has to be carried by coolies, will strike any one. Following
me was my Man Friday, alias Horse-keeper Muttu, with my rifle: this
worthy is head gamekeeper, birdstuffer and skull-collector, and when
at home head-nurse; he is indeed a black “‘pearl,”’ as his name implies.
Then came Cingalese appoo with large double gun. My horse followed
at random, keeping close to his groom; while coolies with baggage
and the bullock bandy with the gig brought up the rear. At day-
break we made the opposite shore, and after a brisk canter of a couple

—_—._ es

“lane

UME a ee or

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 333

of miles, reached the madam, or rest-house, the portico of a heathen
temple, and soon Pulliar’s shrine was polluted by a smoking breakfast.
While discussing this, I felt a cold nose thrust into my hand, and,
behold! Q.’s big black dog ‘‘ Ponto ;”” in a few moments Q. himself,
rifle in hand, stood before me, bare-footed, with his shoes on his back!

not having waited to put them on since crossing the ford! Break-

fast was soon discussed, and after packing our bandies we sent them
on to Condaville by the old road, while we went a new and shorter
track, which Q. was to open. Occasionally dismounting to have a
shot at the numerous hares and partridges with which this flat country
and low jungle abounded, we reached Condaville, and after stabling
our horses we turned out for a shot at a deer. We found them very
wild, but managed to get a shot each, and both dropt our quarry, but
owing to the darkness we failed in securing them ; so they were left
as a prey to the natives, who never fail to follow them up with
their mute pariah dogs and almost invariably find them.

While threading our way homeward through the jungle, Q. sud-
denly sprang aside, and by the dim twilight I discerned a huge cobra
coiled up ready for his spring : a charge from the little gun nearly cut
him in half, to the great disgust of the natives, who blamed us for
shooting a high-caste snake! A native will never kill a cobra; if he
catches one about his premises, he will simply remove it to a distance
and turn it loose. I know of one instance in which an old woman,
finding one in her mat, seized it by the neck and flung it out of the
room ; the reptile returned infuriated, bit her, and she died. ‘ Well,”
said her relatives, “it was her fate”!!! -

‘The cobra is rather a sluggish snake ; it inhabits old white ants’
(Termites) nests, out of which it is often driven by the rains, when
they may be frequently encountered in the jungle : it feeds principally
on toads, which it captures in holes. I once watched one which had
thrust its head through a narrow aperture and swallowed one. - With
this encumbrance he could not withdraw himself: finding this, he
reluctantly disgorged the precious morsel, which began to move off ;
this-was too much for snake-philosophy to bear, and the toad was
again seized, and again, after violent efforts to escape, was the snake
compelled to part with it. This time however a lesson had been
learnt, and the toad was seized by one leg, withdrawn, and then
swallowed in triumph. Once, and once only, have I seen a snake
chase its prey : it was in a paddy-field, and the snake was the common
ies found in such situations ; the frog dived and leaped and adopted

kinds of manceuvres to escape ; the snake followed closely, rearing
itself up to watch its quarry, and again pursuing it with all the
keenness of a beagle. I stood perfectly still and watched this strange
hunt for nearly an hour, and rejoiced to find that froggy baffled his
enemy at last.

While discussing our dinner, Q. said, ‘‘ You remember the man we
saw this morning in the road, with the old musket?” “ To be sure,”
said I. “ Well,” resumed Q., ‘that man is a most fearless elephant-
hunter; I believe I gave him a taste for it in the following manner.

- [ was opening the very road we came along tonight, and having

334 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

worked all day, I thought I’d go out in the cool of the evening
and have a shot at an elephant, large numbers of which were hanging
about and bothering me by pulling up my tracing-pegs. You’ve
no notion, Layard, how they used to worry me in that way ; a trace
of a mile perhaps would be quite obliterated, every peg bemg pulled
up and thrown away by the brutes. Well, as I was saying, I strolled
out, followed by that very man: he had my heavy 2 oz. rifle, and 1 my
little ‘Joe Manton.’ It was getting late, and as we crossed a little
open glade, in the centre of which was a large white ants’ nest
crowned with bushes, out marched from the opposite side a huge
elephant. I was then but a tyro at the gun, so dodging behind the
ant-hill, we awaited his approach. On he came, flapping his huge ears,
and evidently not seeing us. Taking the best aim 1 could in the dark-
ness, I gave him the big rifle—the smoke hung in the bush, and ere I
could get the little double ‘Joe,’ I felt myself violently dashed to
the ground and the native on the top of me. Recovering my feet, I ran
round the hill before the huge beast turned, which he quickly did, to
look for his foes. I could see the blood streaming from both sides
of his head ; but before I could get a fair aim again, he tottered into
the jungle, and as it was late I left him, determined to follow him up
next day and give him the ‘coup de grace.’ Next morning, how-
ever, my quondam guide was nowhere to be found. I learnt afterwards
he that night presented at the cutcherry the largest ¢ail that had
been seen for many a day, and got the government reward of 15s.
He evidently found elephant-shooting a lucrative business, for he has
since followed it unceasingly (in spite of having two guns burst in his
hands), and kills a great many.” ‘‘ He’ll not be long,” I remarked,
‘before gun No. 3 bursts in his hands, and adds to the ugly scars he
bears.”’ ‘‘ May be,” said Q.; ‘that’s his look-out.”” So saying he
threw himself on his hammock, and following his example, I soon
forgot elephants and cobras in slumber.

By five o’clock next morning we were afoot, and while Q. arranged
his baggage for his six months’ sojourn in the wilderness, I strolled
out with my rifle and picked up a peacock. These birds are very
partial to the stubble-fields, where they may always be found, morn-
ing and evening; during the heat of the day they conceal themselves
in the densest trees they can find, as a shelter from the sun. They
begin to lay in January, and generally bring out about ten young
ones; the nest is made in long grass or paddy, and the eggs resemble
the turkey’s. After our breakfast we had a little rifle practice to fix
our sights, and while doing this, I detected a fine Sciurus macrourus
in a large tamarind-tree ; he was soon brought down, stuffed by Man
Friday, and duly installed as the first specimen procured. These
squirrels are not uncommon in the northern province, and Q. says
extend all the way to Anarajahpoora; I have traced them from
Chilaw to Jaffna, along the western coast, so their range must be
great. They however never, that I know of, intermingle with
Se. Tennentii (Nobis), which is strictly a hill species. This latter is
a fine, species, considerably larger than S. macrourus; it clesely
resembles 8. bicolor of India. Mr. Blyth, who has carefully com-

A RIO

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 335

pared it with that, writes, that it differs in having the caudal hairs,
except at the extreme tip and base of the tail, much edged with
white. It wants the black moustache and border under the eye, but
has in lieu thereof a large triangular patch behind it, extending up to
the ear, at the base of which is a rusty spot ; the limbs are of a more
fulvous white. S. macrourus (Forster) I had alive for some time.
He was very tame and docile, and fond of being caressed. He
would thrust his red nose through his cage-bars if any one passed
him, and endeavour to attract his attention; if he failed in this, he
would chatter vehemently, and his voice was peculiarly harsh and
. His chief amusement consisted in climbing up one side of

is cage, and throwing himself with a complete somersault to the
other. His motions were very rapid, and he invariably carried his
tail curled on one side; this I think he did to take care of it, for in

_ the jungle the tail is carried straight.

We have five other Sciuri in Ceylon: Se. tristriatus (Waterhouse),
Se. Brodiei (Blyth and Layard), S. Layardi (Blyth), S. Kelaarti
(Layard), and S. trilineatus (Waterhouse) ; besides these there are
two flying squirrels, Pteromys oral (Tickell) and Sciuropterus Lay-
ardi (Kelaart). Se. tristriatus (W.) is common all over the low
country to the south-west of the island. S. Brodiei (B. & L.) displaces
it at Putlam, and is equally abundant in the north. It nearly re-
sembles 8. tristriatus, but is paler, and the tail is furnished with a
long pencil tuft of hair, though this is easily lost in dried specimens.
The voice too is far more shrill. The cry of these little animals more
resembles the notes of a bird than the voice of a mammal ; it re-
minds me of that note of the chaffincl-(dear old home bird!) which
has got it the name of ‘‘ Pink.’ When the little S. Brodiez is
alarmed at a prowling cat or snake, he clings to his favourite palmirah
tree, head down and legs sprawling out, chattering defiance from his
secure elevation, in the following language (crescendo prestissimo) :
“ Chink, chink, chink, chink, chir-r-r-r-r, chink, chink, chir, chir,
chink.” The enemy moves—squg darts round the tree like lightning,
head down again and tail flapping furiously (molto prestissimo)—
chick, chick, chick—and now the chorus is taken up by every one
within hearing. Every bird understands the signal, and.is on the qui
vive, and the spoiler’s chance of a victim is small. Their cry to their
young is a soft whistling note, very liquid and modulated. I first
discovered this species in 1847, m the same year I discovered
Se. Layardi (B.), in the Ambegamoa range of hills, only one speci-
men of which has hitherto been procured; I shot it in dense jungle,
being attracted to it by the voice. Not having any written descrip-
tion with me, I give you Blyth’s :—“ Size of S. tristriatus, but the
colour very much darker, nearly as in S. ¢rilineatus, but inclining
more to ashy than to fulvous, except on the head and flanks: lower
parts ferruginous, paler on the breast : middle of the back nigrescent,
with a strongly contrasting narrow, bright, light, fulvous streak in
the middle, reaching from between the shoulders to near the tail, and
an obscure stripe on either side, barely reaching to the croup. Tail

- ferruginous along its centre, the hairs broadly margined with black

336 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

and finally with whitish ; besides which is another and narrow black
band on each hair towards its base, chiefly seen as the tail is viewed
from above: tip black, forming a pencil tuft 3 inches long.” Blyth
calls it a ‘‘ handsome species,” and it certainly is so, its coat being
very glossy and silky.

In 1849, while at Tangalle on circuit, I procured what I consider
a new species. I have named it after my friend Dr. Kelaart, to
whom be all honour for the persevering way in which he follows up
the natural history of his native country. Well would it be for
Ceylon if more of his countrymen and his cloth would imitate him !
Sc. Kelaarti (Layard) replaces S. tristriatus from Tangalle, where I
first saw it, to Kirindy, one day’s journey beyond Hambantotte, and
may be to Trincomalee. It is like Sc. Palmarum of India, but has a
redder head, the colours of the back and belly are more blended, and
the fur is longer and coarser. It is likewise smaller. Blyth, how-
ever, thinks this hardly separable from S. Brodiei. We are indebted
to Kelaart for S. érilineatus (W.)—I do not know where he pro-
cured it—also for Sciuropterus Layardi and Pt. oral, neither of
which I have seen, though I heard long since that two species of
flying squirrels inhabited Rambodde Pass, and I believe Templeton
procured one of them. I have not seen any description by Kelaart,
but Blyth thus describes S. Layardi: “ Nearly affined to Se. cani-
ceps, Gray, of the S.E. Himalaya, from which it differs in having the
fur of its under parts of a dull non-fulvescent white, the parachute
membrane being margined with pure white fur, lengthened and con-
spicuous at the angle. Face gray, except the forehead, which is
rufous-brown like the rest of the upper parts. A dusky spot on the
nose. Whiskers long and black: and there is a tuft of long soft hairs
below the ears and a smaller one before them. The ear-conch is
} in. long posteriorly, ovate and somewhat narrow. Fur very dense,
the basal three-fourths of the piles dusky, sinuous and fine in texture ;
the tips coarser, and shining dull rufous-brown forming the surface
colour. Tail flat and broad, above nigrescent, and below deeper
blackish except at tip. Feet grayish, with a faint rufous tinge on the
hind only. Length about 2 feet, of which the tail with hair measures
half: hind-foot from heel to tip of claws 2} in. : fore-foot to mem-
brane 1} in.” Kelaart gives its habitat, ‘“‘ Mountains of Ceylon
(Dimbrula).”’

But to resume my journey :—At 2 p.m. we started for Korremoaty,
a village on the sea-shore, and at the head of the Mulletivoe Lake.
The country through which we first rode was low and flat, and under
paddy culture ; the crop had been gathered in, and we rode over
the fields, having to jump the “ balks”’ or raised dams, every two
minutes—not particularly pleasant with a loaded rifle on one’s back.
My horse would walk along these balks when he could, and finding
it more pleasant than a succession of little jumps, I let him do so,
which Q. observing, said I should have “ a spill;’. however, being
obstinate, I kept on. Gradually leaving the cultivation we entered
the jungle, at the edge of which Q. turned, and pointing to a dry
tank, said, ‘ five years ago I shot seven elk and three bears, in one

lly ee

oa il at aaa

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 337

night, at that very spot. This place,” added he, “is noted for
bears,—so in fact is all Carretchy. Two years ago, when the great
drought prevailed, the women never dared go for water to the wells,
as is their custom, for the bears flocked out of the forest to the water,
and it was no uncommon thing for the villagers to kill two or three
a day ;—poor Bruin, in his extremity, getting into the wells, whose
loose sandy soil, not affording him any foot-hold, effectually prevented
his escape.” Thus chatting we threaded our way through the jungle.
We had with us two rifles, two double guns and two single, including
the collecting gun, and were anxiously hoping for elephants to show
themselves, but they would not ; so we contented ourselves by shooting
small game, such as deer (C. axis), hares (L.nigricollis), and partridges
(P. Pondicerianus). We saw one elk (C. Hippelaphus), but could
not get a shot at it. The elk keeps more to the thick forest than
the spotted deer, or axis, and is far more wary and shy. I observed
Treron bicincta, T. chlorigaster, Turtur humilis, T. visorius, and
T. Suratensis,—all very abundant except T. humilis, which is the
rarest of our Turturs. Macropteryx coronatus is common, and a large
* hornbill”’ (Buceros), which I have not been able to procure whole :
a few casques that I have seen appear to belong to B. violaceus.
Our eastern twilight set in, and night fell rapidly, as we wound our
way along a small nullah which bounded the jungle towards the
Mulletivoe side. Q. said, “ This is a noted place for cheetas:” at
this time a rencontre would have been anything but agreeable ; he had
however hardly spoken, when a sullen growl from across the nullah
proclaimed the presence of a nice neighbour. Ina moment the sharp
click of the rifles showed ‘‘ make ready ;”’ the spare guns which had
behind in “open order,” closed up “‘double quick.” The
dogs raised their bristles and made ready for the combat ; however he
did not attack us, nor did we think it prudent to assail him in the
darkness, so we passed silently and rapidly on into the open plains.
After riding for an hour or two more, the guide came to a stand-still,
bewildered ; the young moon was gone, and Q. could not recognize .
any land-mark through the darkness, but felt sure we must be near
our destination. Dismounting, we held a council of war, when it
was determined that Q. should take the guide and try to find a path
through a belt of jungle on our left, behind which we supposed the
village to lie. A single shot was to call us to the rescue; a double,
announce success, as I remained on the ground to collect the stragglers. °
Throwing a cloth over the horses to protect them from the night wind,
which was piercingly cold and laden with dew, I threw myself on the
ground to steal a nap, when quickly ‘‘ bang-bang”’ and a British
*‘ hurrah” showed success ; so firing a “ feu de joie”’ to bring up the
eoolies, I hurried after Q. and found him sitting across a paddy
pounder, lighting his cheroot, and abusing the owner of the house
into whose premises we had got: the churl refused to give us fire,
water, or any assistance. Q.’s tinder-box supplied the first, and we
tore up some of his fence for fire-wood. He vowed he had not a fowl
in his possession, but we detected him secreting a hen and chickens in
a basket ; these he protested were dedicated to the temple. Q. took
one in his hand, pretending to admire it—of course repudiating the

338 Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon.

idea of eating Pulliar’s dinner ; when, however, he replaced the chicken
on the table, it could not stand, and the next instant rolled on its side,
dead! Q. vowed Pulliar had done it, as he did not like anything that
Europeans touched! I, however, had seen Q.’s brawny hand close
over its breast in a manner not to be mistaken, and shortly it was in
a curry before us. Q. spread his hammock, and I occupied the top
of the table, which, if I attempted to turn, rolled over and deposited
me on the ground. Our roof consisted of two cocoa-nut leaves, and
though wet to the skin with the dew, we slept comfortably till
morning, when, paying the man double for all we had consumed, we
started for Matelan. Our course lay along the side of the Mulletivoe
Lake, on which were vast flocks of water birds. The flamingoes rose
in clouds, the noise of their wings resembling distant thunder, they
themselves being a mile off. Ibises, pelicans, spoonbills, gulls,
terns, and small waders, lined the shore, while overhead screamed
the fish-eagle (Blagus leucogaster), and the kites (Milvus ater and
H. Pondicerianus). On the opposite side of the lake lay heavy
jungle, which Q., who knew every inch of the country, said contained
vast quantities of satin-wood and ebony, and abounded in large game.
We arrived at Matelan about 10 a.m., got breakfast and a nap, and
at }-past 3 p.m. started again for Mulletivoe. Part of our journey
lay through the most splendid collecting ground I have yet seen—
small patches of jungle bounding little wet spots full of water-fowl.
We had not time to stop and collect any, but I noticed vast numbers
of the anhinga (Plotus melanogaster), the night heron (Nycticorax
griseus), pelicans, cormorants, spoonbills, and a (to me) new ibis,
white, with naked black head: Q. says I shall see them abundantly
by and by. Across the lake the old line of jungle lay unbroken,
while that on our side was prettily diversified, now running far into
the plain, now receding again ; sometimes broken into little clumps,
behind which pea-fowl, and deer, and partridges, and hares would
suddenly come into view, and then seem far away. We found ele-
phants’ traces everywhere. Long strings of teal winged their way far
overhead from one feeding-ground to another; white egrets sat
azing at us as we rode under their roosting-trees ; while an occasional
jackal, started by our dogs, would afford us a race over the yielding
turf.
Of insects I saw but little, save an occasional Callidyras or Euplea ;
‘rarely, an Hipparchia (which by the way is a new and undescribed
species) would start up from some grassy tuft, and drop again as
quickly into concealment. Doubtless the elephants’ dung, and that
of the numerous buffaloes and black cattle that dotted the plain,
would have repaid a search for Coleoptera, but I had no time to
spare and a long stage before me. Once, when passing through a spit
of jungle, I fired at a splendid new pigeon ; instantly up rose an enor-
mous flight of flying foxes (Pteropus edulis, Peron) ; after wheeling
several times round their roosting-place they settled again, hanging
by their long claws in thick masses from the dead branches. Asso-
ciated with them were night herons, and the flight of each is hardiy
to be discriminated : incongruous as the companionship appears, I
found it similar at the lake between Tangalle and Matura. At dusk

Mr. E. L. Layard’s Rambles in Ceylon. 339

we made the village of Mulletivoe, prettily embowered in palms and
other eastern trees, &c., near the eastern head of the lake, whichin
wet weather forces an outlet for itself through a bar of sand into the
sea. About a quarter of a mile up, the lake is crossed by a natural
stone causeway, and over this we passed, glad enough to find no
water running on it: had this been the case, the crossing, even in
daylight, would have been difficult enough, with all the holes and
cracks in it ; we however found a herd of buffaloes crossing, and,
conjecturing that they knew the way, stuck close to them and got
oyer in safety. From the short glimpse I had of this curious forma-
tion in our hurried crossing in the darkness, I should say that it was
a soft sandstone. It is little enough I know of geology, it is true ;
so I will not be answerable for this statement: Q. says it is much
carried away by the natives and sold for grindstones. I could hear
that it was very friable as we crossed it, and it was full of dangerous
. holes and cracks.
; A sharp ride of some twenty minutes brought us to the hospitable
: house of my friend F., the police magistrate and assistant government
agent, a young unmarried man. We found him surrounded by his
friends and companions, two noble greyhounds (Australian I believe),
and a large tribe of snow-white cats. While the bipeds were shaking
hands, the quadrupeds pregathered as-best they could, with much
inward growling and spitting, and elevating of bristles and frizzing
of tails. However, we soon changed our wet clothes and appeared in
¥ bachelor trim, pijamers and shirts, at the dinner-table.

: Yesterday I was on the sofa all day, from the effects of a tick-bite
in the hollow of the knee. These horrid pests are unfortunately
very common throughout the jungle ; the species are numerous, and
their name Legion. One species is, I believe, innocuous ; it is about
half an inch long, and like a ball of the most beautiful crimson
velvet. After rain or heavy dew they may be found in thousands on

f the wet sand.

In the evening I crept down to the beach and sat on an old boat,
enjoying the breeze and watching the crabs enlarge their borders:
this they effect in rather an odd manner, literally bringing up arm-
fuls of sand, and, with a spring in the air, throwing it away from
their burrows, distributing it in radii all round from the common
centre, to the distance of a cubit or more. Their love-making is con-
ducted in a most grotesque manner: the male struts about on the
extreme end of his claws, like a beau on high-heeled shoes of the
time of George the Second. After dancing about for some time in
view of his ladye love, he perhaps raises a claw and wipes his protu-
berant eyes or his antennze ; suddenly he makes a frantic rush at the
fair object of his affections: a desperate struggle ensues, and he pre-
sently runs off, pursued by the female, indignant no doubt at being
so ungallantly ravished.

Well, I am tired of scribbling, and must get ready for starting at
3 P.M. today. I will write again, perhaps en route, but that must
depend on my leisure, and how much time preparing specimens and

~. my journal allow me.—Till then believe me very truly yours,

To George Johnston, Esq. E. L. Layarp.

ee ey ee
;

Py Si HP nS aes

2 TREATS

340 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Prodromus Flore Batave. Vol. 1. Plante Vasculares. In socio-
rum imprimis usum edendum curavit Societas promovendo Flore
Batavie studio. Sumptibus Societatis, 1850.

Tuts work, which has only recently reached us, may be described as
an extension of Koch’s ‘Synopsis Fl. Germanicze’ to the coast of
Holland, and is very acceptable from the slightness of our previous
knowledge of the native plants of the Dutch provinces. The present
does not pretend to be more than a first attempt at a flora of those
countries, but it is one which, notwithstanding its modest pretensions,
will be of much value to the botanical geographer, and may be con-
sulted with advantage by those who desire the completion of the
catalogue of the British flora, since it will show what species may be
expected to occur in our eastern counties as being frequent inhabitants
of the neighbouring part of the continent. The number of these is
not very considerable, and the following are perhaps those which are
the most likely to reward a careful examination of the coasts of Nor-
folk and Suffolk, and the interesting sandy district of the interior of
those counties.

_ Ranunculus ololeucos. Elatine triandra.
Baudoti. Myosotis stricta.
polyanthemos. Verbascum phlomoides.

Eranthis hyemalis (as a true Veronica latifolia.
native). longifolia.

Nigella arvensis. preecox.

Braya supina. —— opaca.

.

Erucastrum Pollichii.

Others might be mentioned, especially from amongst the Graminee
and Cyperacee, but these will suffice.

We observe, that our author (for it appears to be almost certain
that Dr. R. B. van den Bosch is the chief, if not sole author of this
book) distinguishes a few plants as species which British botanists are
accustomed to rank only as varieties. In some cases we believe that
he is correct, but in others cannot concur with him. As examples
we may instance the following :—

Ranunculus trichophyllus is separated from R. heterophyllus (the
typical R. aquatilis), as we believe quite correctly, although we have

not as yet found a good paper-character by which to distinguish them. _

Indeed, it seems probable that there is even a third species, the Ba-
trachium peltatum of Fries, not Schrank, confounded under the name
of R. aquatilis. The Arabis hirsuta is split into three species, 4.
Gerardi and A. sagittata being separated from it. In this we can-
not concur, as we have not been able to see either habit or cha-
racter by which to distinguish them.

The same remark may be made concerning Montia minor and M.
rivularis.

Chrysanthemum maritimum is considered by our author to be quite
distinct from C. inodorum, and characterized by its leaves having short

Se eS ee

Bibliographical Notices. 341

succulent and blunt segments ; the flowers smaller than those of its
ally ; the involucre truncate at the base; and the receptacle broadly
ovate. Several years since we were shown a plant which seems to

these characters near Selsea by Mr. Borrer, and informed by
fim that it is the true plant of Smith. Whatever may become of the
maritime plant of other parts of the British coast, we incline to the
opinion that this Selsea form is really a distinct species from C. ino-
dorum.

Carduus acanthoides and C. crispus are recorded as inhabiting his
district, and, as seems to be the most correct view of the subject,
they are retained as distinct species. This is also the opinion of Fries
and of Godron. In Babington’s ‘Manual’ the two names are given
to forms of one species which appears to correspond with the C.
acanthoides of those distinguished botanists, and as far as we are in-
formed, the true C. crispus has not been found in Britain.

Polygonum lapathifolum and P. Persicaria are divided into P.
pallidum (With.), P. nodosum, Pers., P. laxum, Reich., and P. Per-
sicaria, Linn., the latter including two subspecies, the P. agreste,
Fries, and P. biforme, Wahl. Their characters are taken avowedly
from Fries’s ‘ Mantissa,’ ii. 23-28. We have not been able to
satisfy ourselves concerning these plants, all of which are probably
natives of Britain, although it has long been our desire to do so.

The Rudi are carefully described, im accordance rather with the
views of Godron (Fl. France), than those of Swedish and British
authors. The small number of the Glandulosi is remarkable, and
will probably be much increased by their further study, as is suggested
by the author.

In the equally difficult genus Hieracium, the views of Fries, as
developed in his great work upon this subject (Symbolee ad Historiam
Hieraciorum), are followed.

Usually there are no generic or specific characters given, but in
the few cases in which the definitions by Koch seemed to require
emendation, or where additional species had to be described, they are
added. The total number of species recorded is 1341: in the 3rd
edition of the ‘ London Catalogue of British Plants,’ we find 1487
(without reckoning the “‘ excluded species”) : in the ‘ Edinburgh Ca-
talogue,’ ed. 3, there are 1715. We have not time to count the spe-
cies described in Babington’s ‘ Manual,’ ed. 3, but believe that it falls
short of the latter number, although much more considerable than the
former, which is reduced by the exclusion of very many species of the
‘critical’ genera, such as Rubus and Hieracium, and the reduction
to the rank of varieties of numerous other plants, considered as species
by Babington and the Edinburgh botanists. If we bear in mind that
the ‘ British Flora’ includes a considerable number of western and
arctic species, and that the Batavian list is confessedly imperfect in
‘several of the less known genera, it will be seen that the flora is fully
as great as was to be expected, when the nature of the country is re-
membered.

342 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
November 26, 1850.—R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

List or Brrps PROCURED IN KorbDOFAN BY Mr. J. PETHERICK.
Wiru notes sy H. E. Stricxuanp, M.A., F.G.S.

[Species not enumerated in Riippell’s ‘Systematische Uebersicht der
Vogel Nord-Ost-Afrika’s,’ 8vo, Frankfurt a. M. 1845, are marked N.

Species common to the West Coast of Africa are marked W. These
are chiefly determined by reference to Dr. Hartlaub’s valuable list of
West African birds in the ‘ Verzeichniss der 6ffentlichen u. Privat-
Vorlesungen am Hamburgischen Gymnasium,’ 4to, Hamburg, 1850. |

1. Neophron perenopterus.

2. Vultur oceipitalis.

3. Otogyps auricularis. .

4. Bureo ruripennts, Strickland, n. s. Upper parts cinereo-
fuscous, nearly black on the crown; feathers of back and wing-covers
with black shafts; cheeks cinereous, a black line below them from
angle of mouth ; chin whitish, with a medial dark streak ; breast and
sides ferruginous brown, with a conspicuous medial black streak one-
sixteenth of an inch wide on each feather; belly, thighs and vent
plain fulvous; primaries and secondaries bright ferruginous, tipped
for about an inch and a half with black, and from three to five distant
transverse black bands on the inner web ; tail cinereo-fuscous, with
five dark fuscous bands, each about a quarter of an inch wide, the
distal one about half an inch, beyond which the extremity is cinereo-
fuscous and the extreme tip white; cere and legs yellowish; beak
and claws black.

Length 17 inches; wing, 12}; medial rectrices, 7}; external
ditto, 74; tarsus, 24.

Hab. Kordofan.

5. Aquila nevia.

6. Aquila pennata.

7. W. Circaétus brachydactylus.

8. Helotarsus ecaudatus.

9. Falco biarmicus,Temm. (fF. peregrinoides, Temm.; F. chi-
queroides, Smith; F. feldeggi, Schlegel; F'. lanarius, Schlegel; F.
rubeus, Thienemann; Ff’. cervicalis, Kaup.)

After a careful examination of many specimens, I feel justified in
uniting the above synonyms under one species. This is essentially
an African bird, extending from the Cape of Good Hope to Egypt,
whence it has probably spread into Greece and Dalmatia, to which
portions of Europe it is chiefly confined, though a single straggler
has occurred in Germany. It is at once distinguished from F’. pere-

grinus by the shorter toes, and the fulvous patch on the crown. The —

Falco jugger, Gray (F. luggur, Jerdon), of India is closely allied, but
seems to differ constantly in the plumes of the tibia being uniformly
dark brown, while in F’. biarmicus they are cream-coloured or white,

Zoological Society. 343

like the rest of the under parts, with a small brown spot on the centre
of each feather. This is one of the many species to which the name
Falco lanarius has been given, under the supposition that it may be
the Lanner of the old works on falconry ; but as the original F. /a-
narius of Linnzus is now admitted to be the young of F. gyrfalco,
and as systematists are generally agreed not to trace binomial titles
further back than Linnzeus’s Systema, of course the specific name
lanarius must be dropped altogether, and the oldest binomial name,
Falco biarmicus, Temm., adopted for the present species.

10. W. Tinnunculus alaudarius (Gm.). This widely diffused spe-
cies extends, without variation of form or colour, from Britain south-
wards to Central Africa and eastwards to India.

11. N. W. Nauclerus riocouri, Vieill.

12. Acecipiter sphenurus, jav.? Resembles 4. sphenurus, Riipp.,
in the cuneate form of the tail. Head and neck rufescent, with a
fuscous medial stripe on each feather; belly white, barred with brown;
back cinereous brown with rufous margins ; upper tail-covers white ;
tail cinereous, with three broad fuscous bars, outer feather white,
with five bars.

13. N. Accipiter carbonarius (Licht.). Two specimens agree with
Lichtenstein’s description (in his Verzeichniss emer Sammlung von
Saiigethieren u. Végeln aus dem Kafferlande, 8vo, Berlin, 1842, p. 11),
except in having only three or four white bands on the tail instead of
five. With the exception of these bands, and the numerous light and
dark brown bands on the remiges, the plumage is wholly black ; cere
and legs yellow.

Total length, 12 inches; wing, 7; tarsus, 1,5.

Sw.) W. Melierax gabar (Daud.). (Accipiter erythrorhynchus,

15. Melierax polyzonus, Riipp. United by Mr. Gray to M. ca-
norus, Rislach (M. musicus, Daud.), but differs in its smaller size, and
in having the upper tail-covers banded grey and white, while in M. ea-
norus they are pure white. The wing in M. polyzonus measures 12

in M. eanorus, 15 inches.

16. W. Polyborotdes'radiatus (Scop.). (Faleo gymnogenys, Temm.)

17. N. Circus pallidus, Sykes.

18. W. Scops leucotis (Temm.).

19. W. Scotornis climacurus (Vieiil.).

20. Caprimulgus infuscatus, Cretzschm., female. Agrees with
a plate, but wants the white wing- and tail-spots of the male

21. W. Eurystomus afer (Lath.). (£. orientalis, Riipp.; E. ru-
bescens, Vieill.; Collaris purpurascens, Wagl.)

22. W. Coracias abyssinica, Gm. (Coracias caudata, Wagl.)

23. W. Coracias nevia, Daud. (C. levaillanti, Riipp.; C. nu-
chalis, Swains.)

24. W. Ceryle rudis (Limn.). (Ispida bicincta, Swains.; I. bitor-
quata, Swains.) Identical with specimens from Smyrna and 8S. Eu-
rope. The individuals with two pectoral bands (I. dicineta, Swains.)
are the males. -

344 Zoological Society.

25. N. W. Merops albicollis, Vieill. (M. cuvieri, Licht.; M. sa-
vignyi, Swains.)

26. W. Merops nubicus,Gm. (M. superbus, Shaw; M. ceruleo-
cephalus, Lath.)

27. W. Merops lamarcki, Cuv. (M. viridissimus, Sw.; M. egyp-
tius, Kittlitz ; M. viridis, Riipp.) Closely allied to M. viridis, Limn.,
of India, but smaller, with a larger mixture of golden yellow in the
plumage, the throat not blue as in M. viridis, and the remiges are
rufous on both webs, with scarcely any tinge of green externally.

28. W. Merops erythropterus, Gm. (M. minulus, Cuv.; M. col-
laris, Vieill.; M. lafresnayei, Guérin.)

29. Irrisor senegalensis (Vieill.)? The Kordofan specimens agree,
in the shortness and nearly straight form of their beak, with the
black-beaked species of W. Africa, I. senegalensis, Vieill. (Nectarinia
melanorhynchus, Licht.), but in the red colour of this organ they
agree with the Cape species (I. erythrorhynchus). It is well known
that the females of the latter have the beak much shorter and straighter
than the males, yet in these Kordofan specimens the beak, though of
the same length, is considerably straighter than in the female birds
from the Cape. Like I. senegalensis they have a broad white bar
crossing the inner webs of the first three, and both webs, shaft in-
cluded, of the remaining primaries ; while in I. erythrorhynchus the
white bar of the primaries is much narrower, and divided by the black
shaft.

30. Nectarinia metallica, Ehrenb.

. 81. W. Nectarinia pulchella (Linn.).

32. Phylloscopus trochilus (Linn.). Identical with British spe-
cimens.

33. Saxicola deserti, Temm.

34. Sawxicola cenanthe (Linn.).

35. Sawicola isabellina, Cretzschm. 'This is probably the Sylvia
leucorrhoa, Gm. ” in which case it extends to Senegal. It resembles
S. enanthe, but is paler on the upper part, and has less white on the
lateral rectrices, the terminal black portion being 15 inch in length,
while in 8S. e@nanthe it is only about 3 inch.

36. Motacilla capensis, Linn.

37. Budytes melanocephala (Licht.).

38. Anthus (undetermined species).

39. W. Melenornis? erythropterus (Gm.). (Turdus erythropte-
rus, Gm.) This bird approaches nearly to the type of Melenornis,
Gray (Melasoma, Sw.), though the beak is rather more elongated,
and the rictal bristles less developed, than in M. edoliolides, Sw.
Riippell refers it to Boie’s genus Cercotrichas, which is synonymous
with Copsychus, Wagl. Dr. Hartlaub places it in 4rgya, Lesson,
which is synonymous with Chetops, Sw.

40. W. Pycnonotus barbatus (Desfontaines). (Turdus barbatus,
Desfont. in Mém. Ac. Se. 1787; Turdus arsinoe, Licht.; Ixos ob-
scurus, Temm.; I. inornatus, Fraser ; Hematornis lugubris, Less. ‘)

41. Oriolus galbula, Linn.

42. W. Dicrurus divaricatus, Licht. (D. lugubris, Ehrenb. ;

a

7
a
q
f
a
2
3
‘

Zoological Society. 345

D. canipennis, Swains.) Nearly allied to the D. musicus, Vieill., of
S. Africa, but has the tail less deeply forked, the culmen of the beak
- more aeute, and the primaries pale internally.

43. Lanius algeriensis, Less. in Rev. Zool. 1839. Thisis probably -
the species termed L. excubitor by Riippell. It differs from the true
excubitor of N. Europe in the greater extent of white on the prima-
ries, and in the two external pairs of rectrices being wholly white (ex-
cept the shafts). It closely approaches L. lahtora of India, and only
differs in wanting the narrow band of black across the front.

44. Lanius nubicus, Licht. (L. personatus, Temm.)

45. Lanius collurio, Lim. A young male specimen appears refer-
able to this species.

46. N. Lanius isabellinus, Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys. fol.e. This
species is pale fulvo-cinereous above, cream-coloured below; rump and
tail rufous ; a broad blackish band from the nostril to the ear-covers,

ined above by-a whitish streak. It much resembles L. arena-
rius, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. p. 304, but is of a more
cinereous tinge above, and is distinguished from that and all the allied
Asiatic species by possessing a conspicuous white band at the base of
the fourth to the ninth primaries. The specimen from Kordofan has
an obscure dark transverse band near the tips of the rectrices.
ew). Telophonus senegalus (Lim.). (Lanius erythropterus,

iw.

48. W. Corvus scapulatus, Daud. (C. leuconotus, Sw.)

- 49. Corvus umbrinus, Sundevall. Distinguished by the length and
curvature of the beak, and by the grey-brown tint of the head and neck.

50. W. Juida rufiventris, Riipp.

51. W. Juida chalybea, Ehrenb. (Lamprotornis cyanotis, Sw.)

52. W. Ploceus luteolus, Licht. (P. personatus, Vieill., Jard:
Contrib. to Ornith. 1849, p. 35. pl. 7.)

_ 53. W. Ploceus sanguinirostris (Linn.).

54. W. Pyromelana ignicolor (Vieill.).

55. W. Vidua paradisea (Linn.). The series of immature speci-
mens in the collection have enabled me to detect a curious structure
connected with the development of the tail-feathers, which will be
treated of in a separate paper. See Sir W. Jardine’s ‘Contributions
to Ornithology,’ 1850, p. 88. pl. 59.

56. W. Vidua principalis (Linn.). The specimen from Kordofan,
like those from Senegal, has a black spot on the chin, but it is not
yet proved whether the presence of this spot amounts to a specific
distinction.

57. W. Pytelia elegans (Gm.).

58. W. Amadina fasciata (Gm.). (Fringilla detruncata, Licht.)

59. W. Amadina cantans (Gm.). A perfectly typical Amadina,
though M. Riippell makes it an Estrilda.

60. W. Phileterus nitens (Gm.). (Amadina nitens, Sw.) From -

_ the peculiar form of the beak I am disposed to refer this species, as
well as Estrilda squamifrons, Smith, E. musica, Gray, and Loxio
Sfrontalis, Daud., to the genus Phileterus.

_ 61. Crithagra lutea (Licht.), Temm. Pl. Col. 365.

Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 23

346 Zoological Society.

62. W. Passer simplex, Licht. (Pyrgita swainsoni, Riipp.)

63. Emberiza striolata, Ritpp.

64. Galerida cristata (Linn.)? This is probably the bird so desig-
nated by Riippell, who states it to be abundant in the whole of N.
Africa. It precisely agrees with European specimens in form, but is
of a much paler colour, which however may be easily explained by
the bleaching effect of the sun’s rays in the scorching deserts which
this bird frequents.

65. N. Mrrarra corporanica, Strickland, n. s. Above fer-
ruginous, the feathers of the crown and back with an indistinct
medial dusky streak, and margined on their inner side with rusty
white ; tertials broadly margined with whitish, that colour being sepa-
rated from the ferruginous of the medial portion by a narrow dusky
line ; secondaries ferruginous, margined externally with whitish ; pri-
maries ferruginous at the base, their distal half being pale rufo-fus-
cous; medial pair of rectrices ferruginous, the next pair pale rufo-
fuscous, the two following pairs deep fuscous, with a very narrow
rufescent margin, the penultimate pair deep fuscous internally ; the
external web, and part of the inner at the tip, white; external pair
white, the inner web fuscous towards the base; cheeks pale rufo-
fuscous, chin and throat white, breast and lower parts pale cream-
colour, the former with a few pale rufo-fuscous subtriangular spots ;
lower wing-covers and sides rufescent ; beak, feet and claws pale yel-
lowish.

Total length, 51 inches; beak to front, 4, to gape, =; wing, 3375;
medial and external rectrices, 2;7,; tarsus, ;%; middle toe and claw,
35; hind toe, ;3,; hind claw, 35.

This, which seems to be a typical Mirafra, is remarkable for the
predominance of a pure ferruginous tint on its upper parts. The hind
claw is remarkably short, though not more so than in some of the
Indian species of Mirafra. The single specimen that occurred of
this bird is now in the British Museum.

66. ALAUDA ERYTHROPYGIA, Strickland, n.s. Upper parts deep
fuscous brown, the feathers narrowly margined with rufo-fulvous ;
upper tail-covers ferruginous ; remiges deep fuscous, almost black on
both webs, secondaries narrowly tipped with pale fulvous ; tail fuseous
black, the middle rectrices narrowly margined with ferruginous, the
bases of all ferruginous, extending obliquely nearly to the tips of the
outer pair. Lower parts pale fulvous, the chin, throat and breast
with a broad medial fuscous streak on each feather ; lower wing-covers
black, margins of wing fulvous ; beak fuscous ; legs flesh-colour ; hind
claw short and slightly curved.

Length 71 inches; beak to front, ;5, to gape, 14; wing, 44; me-
dial and external rectrices, 3; tarsus, 1; hind claw, 3.

Hab. Kordofan.

67. W. Colius macrurus, Linn. (C. senegalensis, Gm.)

68. W. Tockus erythrorhynchus (Kuhl).

69. W. Paleornis torquatus, Vig. (P. cubicularis, Wagl.) This
species, which extends across Africa from Abyssinia to Senegal, is
identical with specimens from India.

Zoological Society. 347

_ 70. W. Pogonius vieilloti, Leach. (P. senegalensis, Licht.; P.

rubescens, Temm.) N.B. This generic name was originally written
Pogonia by Leach (Zool. Mise. vol. ii. p. 45), in which form it had
been preoccupied by a genus of plants. LIlliger’s name, Pogonias, had
also been preoccupied by a fish-genus; but Leach afterwards cor-
rected it to Pogonius, which form had never been used before, and I
therefore retain it instead of Mr. G. R. Gray’s name Lemodon (erro-
neously written Laimodon).

71. Trachyphonus margaritatus, Ripp. (Tamatia erythropyga,
Ehrenb.)

72. Yunz torquilia, Linn. Identical with speeimens from Britain
and from India.

73. N. Oxylophus serratus (Sparrm.). This Cape bird has never
before, I believe, been obtained to the north of the equator. The
nearly allied O. jacobinus (Bodd.) of India (Cuculus melanoleucus,
Gm.; C. passerinus, Vahl) has the lower parts constantly white.
Ehrenberg, in his ‘Symbolz Physice,’ fol. r, describes a Nubian spe-
eies under the name of Cuculus pica, which from the description
seems to be identical with the white-bellied O. jacobinus of India.
Riippell erroneously refers this C. pica of Ehrenberg to the Oxylo-
phus afer, Leach (Levaill. Ois. Afr. pl. 209), of S. Africa, which differs
in haying dark streaks on the throat, and which appears from Riip-
pell’s observations to be also an Abyssinian bird.

74. W. Ozylophus glandarius (Linn.).

75. W. Columba guinea, Linn. (C€. trigonigera, Wagl.)

76. Numida ptilorhyncha, Licht.

77. Francolinus clappertoni, Vig.. Mr. G. R. Gray has separated
the F. clappertoni of Riippell as a distinct species, under the name of
F. riippelli ; but the specimens from Kordofan seem to agree equally
well with Riippell’s plate of F. riippelli and with Gray’s plate of what
he regards as the true clappertoni, between which I ean see no dif-

78. Coturnix daetylisonans.

79. N. W. Pterocles quadricinctus,Temm. (P. tricinctus, Sw.)
This African species has long been confounded with the closely allied
P. fasciatus (Seop.), (Perdix indica, Lath.), of India, figured by
Mr. Jerdon in his ‘Illustrations of Indian Ornithology,’ pl. 10 and 36.
Specimens sent by Mr. Jerdon have now enabled me to prove their
distinction. The general arrangement of colour is almost identieal
in these two species, the chief distinction being in the feathers of the
back, seapulars, tertials and greater wing-covers, which in P. fascia-
éus are marked transversely with bars of a dull iron-grey (or “inky
hue,” as Mr. Jerdon well describes it), while in P. tricinctus these
bands are of a deep glossy black. In P. fasciatus the wing-covers
next the body have two or three of these dark bands alternating with
white ones of equal breadth, the subterminal one being dark, and the
tip of the feather ochreous yellow. In P. quadricinctus the wing-
eoyers have only one black band, (or a very faint trace of a seeond,)
narrowly margined on Joth sides with a fine white line, the terminal

_and basal parts of the feather being ochreous. Temminck’s original
: 23*

348 . Zoological Society.

description of P. quadricinctus is evidently taken from the African
bird, but he erroneously gives India as its habitat, in consequence of
having confounded it with P. fasciata. Vieillot has increased the
confusion by figuring the quadricinctus in his ‘ Galerie des Oiseaux,’
pl. 220, under the specific name of bicinetus, while his description
refers to the true P. bicinctus, Temm., a S. African bird.

80. W. Otis rhaad, Gm.

81. N. W. Eupodotis denhami (Vig.).

82. W. Ortyzelos meiffreni, Vieill.

83. W. Cdicnemus crepitans, Linn. This seems to me to be un-
distinguishable from Gi. senegalensis (Swains. Birds W. Afr. vol. ii.
p. 228), the description of which agrees with the European bird.

84. Gidicnemus affinis, Riipp. So exactly does this agree in size
‘and form with C. crepitans, that I should have suspected it to be an
immature bird, did not M. Riippell appear so convinced of its =
stinctness.

85. Pluvianus egyptius (Linn.).

86. Glareola limbata, Riipp. Closely resembles G. orientalis of -

India, but has the external rectrices about an inch longer.

87. N. W. Squatarola helvetica (Linn.).

88. N. W. Rhinoptilus chalcopterus (Temm.). (Cursorius chalco-
pterus, Temm.) This, with the nearly allied M. dctorquatus, Blyth,
of India, form a very distinct group, connecting Cursorius with Cha-
radrius. Mr. Bly th first formed it into a genus, under the name of
Macrotarsus Jinn: Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. xvii. part 1. p. 254); but
as the name has been previously used by Lacépéde for genera of
mammals and of birds, and by Schoénherr for a coleopterous insect, I
propose the name Rhinoptilus, indicating the advanced position of
the frontal feathers, which, with other characters, distinguish it from
Charadrius.

89. N. Chetusia gregaria (Pall.).

90. W. Lobivanellus albicapillus (Vieill.). (Vanellus strigilatus,
Swains.)

91. W. Hoplopterus persicus (Bonn.). (H. spinosus, auct. recen-
tiorum.)

92. W. Sarciophorus pileatus (Gm.).

93. Charadrius hiaticula, Linn.

94. Charadrius alexandrinus, Linn. (C..cantianus, Lath.)

95. Charadrius pecuarius, Licht.

96. W. Ardeola coromanda (Bodd.). (Ardea coromandelensis,
Kuhl; 4. coromandelica, Licht.; A. affinis, Horsf.; A. russata,
Temm.; A. bicolor, Vieill.; A. ruficapilla, Vieill.; 4. dbubuleus, Au-
douin; 4. caboga, Franklin; A. verrani, Roux; A. lucida, Raff.;
Lepterodas ibis, Ehrenb.) I could have wished that M. Riippell had
given us the diagnoses of 4. bubuleus and coromandelica when he pro:
nounced them distinct. As far as my own comparisons extend, the
African and Indian birds are specifically the same.

97. Botaurus stellaris (Linn.).

98. Grus cinereus.

99. W. Ciconia alba.

little else.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 349°

00. Ibis ethiopica.

101. W. Glottis canescens (Gm.). (G. chloropus, Nilss.)

102. W. Totanus hypoleucus (Linn.).

103. W. Pelidna minuta, Leisl,

104. W. Pelidna subarquata (Gm.).

105. Machetes pugnaz (Linn.).

- 106. Crex pratensis, Bechst.
' 107. W. Sarkidiornis africana, Eyton.

108. Chenalopex egyptiacus.

109. W. Dendrocygna viduata (Linn.). We have the authority of
Jacquin, Azara, and other authors, for the occurrence of this bird in
S. America. If this be the case, it will form the only known instance
of a non-marine bird being indigenous to both the African and South
American continents, without occurring in Europe, Asia, or North
America. Before, however, admitting this remarkable exception to
the laws of geographical distribution, the absolute specific identity of
the African and American specimens should be established by careful
comparison, which, as far as I am aware, has not yet been done.

110. Sterna anglica, Mont.

111. Hydrochelidon nigra (Linn.).

_ 112. W. Pelecanus rufescens.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
Feb. 12, 1852.—Professor Balfour, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. Greville presented an additional collection of Fungi to the
Society’s Herbarium. Among them were some very good species
from Jamaica, communicated and determined by Kunze ; others from
Schweinitz, of North Carolina, which are authentic for many of his
published species.

The following papers were read :-—

1. “On the Uses of Stillingia sebifera, the Tallow Tree of China,
being the substance of a communication made to the Agricultural
and Horticultural Society of India,’ by D. J. Macgowan, M.D.
Communicated by Dr. Coldstream. The botanical characters of this
Euphorbiaceous plant are too well known to require description, but
hitherto no accurate account has been published of its varied uses,
and although it has become a common tree in some parts of India
and America, its value is appreciated only in China, where alone its
products are properly elaborated. Dr. Macgowan remarks :—

“The Stillingia sebifera is prized for the fatty matter which it
yields ; its leaves are employed as a black dye; its wood, being hard
and durable, is used for printing blocks and various other articles ; and
finally, the refuse of the nut is employed as fuel and manure.

“It is chiefly cultivated in the provinces of Kiangsi, Kongnain, and
Chehkiang. In some districts near Hangchan, the inhabitants defray
all their taxes with its produce. It grows alike on low alluvial plains
and on granite hills, on the rich mould at the margin of canals, and
on the sandy sea-beach. The sandy estuary of Hangchan yields

Some of the trees at this place are known to be several

350 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

hundred years old, and though prostrated, still send forth branches
and bear fruit.

**In mid-winter when the seed-vessels are ripe, they are cut off with
their twigs by a sharp knife, attached to the extremity of a long pole,
which is held in the hand and pushed upwards against the twigs,
removing at the same time such as are fruitless. The capsules are
gently pounded in a mortar to loosen the seeds from their shells, from
which they are separated by sifting. To facilitate the separation of
the white sebaceous matter enveloping the seeds, they are steamed in
tubs, having convex open wicker bottoms, placed over caldrons of
boiling water. When thoroughly heated, they are reduced to a
mash in the mortar, and thence transferred to bamboo sieves, kept at
a uniform temperature over hot ashes. A single operation does not
suffice to deprive them of all their tallow ; the steaming and sifting is
therefore repeated. The article thus procured becomes a solid mass
on falling through the sieve, and to purify it, it is melted and formed
into cakes for the press ; these receive their form from bamboo hoops,
a foot in diameter and three inches deep, which are laid on the ground
over a little straw. On being filled with the hot liquid, the ends of
the straw beneath are drawn up and spread over the top, and when
of sufficient consistence, are placed with their rings in the press.
This apparatus, which is of the rudest description, is constructed of
two large beams placed horizontally, so as to form a trough capable
of containing about fifty of the rings with their sebaceous cakes; at
one end it is closed, and at the other adapted for receiving wedges,
which are successively driven into it by ponderous sledge-hammers
wielded by athletic men. The tallow oozes in a melted state into a
receptacle below, where it cools. It is again melted and poured into
tubs, smeared with mud to prevent its adhering. It is now marketable,
in masses of about eighty pounds each, hard, brittle, white, opake,
tasteless, and without the odour of animal tallow : under high pressure
it scarcely stains bibulous paper: melts at 140° Fahr. It may be
regarded as nearly pure stearine; the slight difference is doubtless
owing to the admixture of oil expressed from the seed in the process
just described. The seeds yield about eight per cent. of tallow, which
sells for about five cents per pound.

“The process for pressing the oil, which is carried on at the same
time, remains to be noticed ; it is contained in the kernel of the nut,
the sebaceous matter, which lies between the shell and the husk,
having been removed in the manner described. The kernel and the
husk covering it are ground between two stones, which are heated
to prevent clogging from the sebaceous matter still adhering. The
mass is then placed in a winnowing machine, precisely like those in
use in Western countries. The chaff being separated, exposes the
white oleaginous kernels, which, after being steamed, are placed in a
mill to be mashed. This machine is formed of a circular stone
groove, twelve feet in diameter, three inches deep, and about as many
wide, into which a thick solid stone wheel, eight feet in diameter,
tapering at the edge, is made to revolve perpendicularly by an ox
harnessed to the outer end of its axle, the inner turning on a pivot

Fe nc le a see aaa

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 351

in the centre of the machine. Under this ponderous weight, the steds
are reduced to a mealy state, steamed in the tubs, formed into cakes,
and pressed by wedges in the manner above described ; the process of

ing, steaming, and pressing being repeated with the kernels like-
wise. The kernels yield above thirty per cent. of oil. It is called
Ising-yu, sells for about three cents per pound, and answers well for
lamps, though inferior for this purpose to some other vegetable oils
in use. It is also employed for various purposes in the arts, and has
a place in the Chinese P peeia, because of its quality of chang-
ing gray hair black, and other imaginary virtues.

** Artificial illumination in China is generally procured by vegetable
oils, but candles are also employed by those who can afford it. In
religious ceremonies no other material is used. As no one ventures
out after dark without a lantern, and as the gods cannot be acceptably
worshiped without candles, the quantity consumed is very great.
With an unimportant exception, the candles are always made of what
I beg to designate as vegetable stearine. When the candles, which
are made by dipping, are of the required diameter, they receive a
final dip into a mixture of the same material and insect-wax, by which
their consistency is preserved in the hottest weather. They are
generally coloured red, which is done by throwing a minute quantity
of alkanet root (Anchusa tinctoria), brought from Shantung, into the
mixture. Verdigris is sometimes employed to dye them green.”

2. “On Victoria regia, Lindl.,”? by Edward Otto, Curator of the
Hamburg Botanic Garden. Communicated by Mr.G. Lawson. This
paper consisted of an account of the mode of treatment adopted in
the successful cultivation of the Victoria in the Hamburg Botanic
Garden, accompanied by observations on the plant’s growth. The
a development he observed in the case of the fifteenth leaf,

m the 19th to 20th August, which increased about 9 inches in
twenty-four hours, and from the 20th to 21st of the same month,
when it increased 11 inches in twenty-four hours. The leaf-stalks
only extend after the leaves are nearly full-grown.

3. ‘On the Structure and Reproduction of Volvor Globator,” by
John Sibbald, Esq. After giving a general description of this
organism, the author proceeded to give a history of the opinions and
observations which have been published concerning it. He alluded
especially to the accounts given by Leuwenhoeck, Baker, and Ehren-
berg, and next noticed the discussions concerning its nature which
have been carried on by Siebold and Eckhard. But what was more
particularly the subject of the paper, was the memoir lately published
by Professor Williamson of Manchester. According to the observa-
tions of this gentleman, the Volvoz is a confervaceous plant, and the
animalcules described by Ehrenberg are merely the endochromes of
the several cells, reduced to a small bulk by the secretion (between
the outer cell-wall and the internal cell-membrane) of a hyaline
substance. The cilia described by Ehrenberg as belonging to the
individual animalcules are, according to Mr. Williamson, really at-
tached to the external covering of the organism. Mr. Williamson
also proposes the theory that the production of the young Volvoces
consists more of a process of growth than reproduction, and refers

352 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

the*true reproductive functions to certain bright granules, which are
contained imbedded in the endochrome of each cell, these being the
spores of the plant.

The guthor stated, that though in the main the observations of
Mr. Williamson appeared to him to be correct, and that many of his
deductions seemed legitimate, still there were some points in the
memoir with which he could not agree. With regard to the parts
from which the cilia are developed, he thinks that the various facts
concerning them with which we are acquainted rather lead us to the
belief that they are really developed from and properly belong to the
cell-membranes immediately enclosing the endochromes of the cells.
Next, as regards the organs of reproduction or spores, he could not
agree with Mr. Williamson in thinking that the bright granules were
the spores ; he thought it seemed much more likely, and that it was
borne out by analogy, to suppose that the whole masses of endochrome
were the spores ; and this, he said, seemed more probable if we regard
the cilia as being attached thereto.

The author next entered into the question as to the animal or
vegetable character of the Volvox; and after examining the argu-
ments which might be brought forward to support either theory, he
came to the conclusion that the organism should, without hesitation,
be referred to the vegetable kingdom.

4. “On the Development of the Sporidia and Spores of Lecanora
tartarea,” by Wyville T. C. Thomson, Esq. The author gave a
sketch of the structure of Lichens in general and of their mode of
nutrition and reproduction. He considered spores as being the ulti-
mate germinating cellules, the product of the division of the compound
granular cell which is the result of the union of the conjugating cells
in cryptogamic plants; sporidia as the compound granular cells, the

roduct of the union of conjugating cells ; proto-sporidia as the simple
cells of lichens in which the two conjugating cells are afterwards
formed ; gonidia as free cellules derived from and part of the cellular
tissue of the parent plant, capable of continuing to a certain extent
their development when free from the parent, without the interven-
tion of the true generative act of conjugation (the analogues of free
buds or bulbils in Phanerogams). Mr. Thomson also considered
the pro-embryo in Ferns and other Cryptogams as the cellular expan-
sion formed by the development of the gonidium, and containing the
conjugating cells. This pro-embryo, then, corresponds to the ordimary
cellular expansion of Lichens.

The author then examined the structure of Lecanora tartarea, a
crustaceous lichen holding a middle place between the foliaceous and
the pulverulent species :—

** When we examine a section of the frond of Lecanora tartarea,
we meet, in the layer which immediately adheres to the rock or bark,
chosen for its place of growth, with a mass of elongated, more or less
filiform cells. Most of these cells are empty—some of them contain
a slightly viscid fluid, and in a few there appears to be an undeveloped
nucleus ; the cells are delicate and of a light gray colour. Resting
immediately above these, and sometimes struggling down among them,
are groups of rounded cells filled with bright-coloured chlorophyll,

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 353

not usually arranged in a continuous layer, but scattered in small
irregular patches, or as isolated cells among the gray tissue. Above
the green cells we meet with another layer of transparent tissue,
closely resembling that below it. In Lecanora, we have above all a
layer of somewhat flatter cells, forming an imperfect epidermal
covering.

_ “The green tissue appears to represent the living and actively
vegetating part. of the lichen—determining by its development the
form of the frond, and giving origin to all the other tissues. The
cells appear to be in some degree independent of one another, though
showing an evident tendency to form small aggregations. The gray
tissue packs them in, and surrounds them, but appears to undergo no
further change in development. It has powerful hygrometrie pro-
perties, absorbing water rapidly and thereby undergoing great change
of form.

. This tissue is replaced in many lichens by an unorgenized colloid
matter, also hygrometric to a great degree. It is sometimes nearly
absent, and under whatever form it appears, it seems to act mecha-
nically only, transmitting pabulum to the green layer, and keeping it
surrounded by a sufficient quantity of moisture. The green cells
termed gonidia frequently accumulate in masses, burst through the
cuticular layer, and appear as a green powder on the surface of the
plant. In this state the single gonidia are capable of continuing the
powers of cell-development at a distance from the parent—forming
round themselves the gray hygrometric tissue; and, like the parent
plant, producing at length true reproductive organs. This is by no
means a solitary instance of the forniation of these, from developing
cells in the vegetable kingdom. We have in the Ferns an instance of
another order propagating through gonidia. In the Ferns, cells, long
called spores, are found within modified leaves or parts of leaves.
These cells, when placed in favourable circumstances of heat and
moisture, develope, by nuclear division, a small cellular expansion
(still part of the parent plant, as no process of cell-conjugation has
intervened) called the pro-embryo. On this pro-embryo two cellules
of different character appear, a union takes place between the dif-
ferent cells, and the product is an ovoid body, the sporidium. Within
this sporidium, by nuclear division, spores are produced, only one of
which comes to perfection, the others proving abortive. The spore
is developed in situ, feeding upon the pro-embryo, as upon a cotyledon,
and forming the new fern.

**To return to the Lichens. If we examine sections made through
the frond of Lecanora—through the apothecia at various stages of
growth, we meet at an early stage with a hollow sphere of delicate
rounded cells (perithecium), surrounding a number of elongated fili-
form cells (paraphyses) arranged vertically in a rounded mass.

** Advancing a little farther in development, the cells of the peri-
thecium above the centre of the mass of paraphyses have given way,
and among the paraphyses a few flask-shaped, delicate cells (asci) are
visible, closely resembling paraphyses distended and filled with mucus
or cytoblastema.

“Very shortly the fluid contents become slightly granulated, and

354 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

the granules eventually aggregate into eight cytoblasts. Round these
cytoblasts delicate rounded cells are formed which take at length an
ovoid form, and we may generally easily perceive within them two
free nuclei. Round these nuclei two secondary cells are developed,
which gradually increase in size, so as nearly to fill up the parent
cell. They become filled with densely granular chlorophyll, and
finally the two cells conjugate ; that is to say, the walls of both cells
give way, and the granular contents amalgamate, nearly filling up the
parent cell. The result of this conjugation is a large compound
granular cell. Watching its further progress, we observe the granules
becoming more and more distinct and defined, till at length the mother.
cell bursts, and the contained cellules escape—at the same time the
ascus gives way, and the cellules are dispersed as spores, to originate
new individuals.”

Dr. Balfour stated that Mr, Allan B. Dick (assistant to Dr. George
Wilson) had analysed the leaf of Livistona chinensis, Sabal umbra-
culifera, Chamerops humilis and arborescens, grown in the Palm
House of the Royal Botanic Garden, and had detected a very notable
quantity of manganese in their composition.

Mr. M‘Nab made a report on the state of vegetation in the Edin-
burgh Botanic Garden, from 8th January till 11th February. The
communication embraced a register of the periods of flowering of
plants in the open air, as compared with the flowering of the same
species, and as nearly as possible the same individual plants, during
the two previous years.

Mr. M‘Nab also laid before the meeting a report of temperatures
observed at the Botanic Garden from 8th January to 11th February
1852.

Mr. M‘Nab read the following extract from a letter from Dr. G.
M‘Nab, Kingston, Jamaica, dated 13th January, 1852 :—*< With
reference to your inquiries regarding the paper made from the Spanish
Dagger Plant, I have to state that the Spanish Dagger is the Yucca
aloefolia, a plant very common in this country for making fences ;
the fine paper-looking substance is obtained by breaking the lower part
of the leaf along the midrib, and then pulling each half gently from
the cuticle which covers the upper surface. It is most easily got
from the young leaves, as in them only it separates freely ; it can

also be got equally well from the young leaves of the Yucca gloriosa.

It is an excellent article for making artificial flowers, as it takes
colours freely.”

Mr. M‘Nab exhibited specimens of the paper which he had prepared
from the upper surface of the young leaves of Yucca gloriosa growing
in the Botanic Garden, and he showed the method by which it was
prepared.

Mr. William Keddie stated that he had found a vast profusion of
Batrachospermum vagum, in the pools and rivulets immediately under
the upper part of Goatfell, in Arran—about the place where the
granite comes into contact with the schistose rocks. The plant is
not commonly found in Scotland. :

Bie TES ai Raley iy ee ee

Miscellaneous. 355

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a new genus of Chitonide. By Henry and ArrHur Apams.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

19 Hanover Villas, Kensington Park, March 13, 1852.

GentTLeEMeEN,—In pursuing our investigations into the Chitonide,

we have met with a form which appears to us as much entitled to rank

as a genus as any that have been so considered. We shall therefore

feel obliged by your inserting the accompanying notice of it in your
valuable Magazine.

We remain, Gentlemen, your very obedient servants,
Henry and ArTHUR ADAMs,

Genus Lortica, H. & A. Adams.

Mantle covered with small, smooth, imbricated scales, the posterior
margin deeply notched. Valves broad, the posterior small, with apex
terminal, produced, the hinder margin notched ; lateral areas of valves
elevated, distinct.

Sp. L. Cimolia.

Chiton Cimolius, Reeve.

On the Appearance of large Swarms of Butterflies.
By M. Guriiant.

In the ‘ Gazetta Piemontese’ of the Ist of May 1851, M. Ghiliani
has given an account of the appearance of an extraordinary number
of butterflies of the species Vanessa Cardui, Linn., in the neigh-
bourhood of Turin. On the 26th of April, about eleven o’clock in
the morning, millions of this species suddenly made their appearance ;
their number continued increasing till about one o’clock, when the
‘atmosphere was darkened by them ; at four o’clock they had disap-
peared, and only a few scattered butterflies were to be seen. M. Ghi-

iani only observed this phenomenon within a circle of about a mile
round the town, but he thinks it must have occurred throughout
nearly the whole of Piedmont. He attributes this circumstance to
the non-exclusion of the autumn brood of the preceding year, caused,
no doubt, by some extraordinary diminution of temperature. The
greater part of these butterflies must have passed the winter in the
pupa state, so as to undergo their metamorphoses in the spring, whilst
those which made their appearance in the autumn would have
hibernated under leaves or im the clefts of walls. It may also be
supposed that, the southern face of the Ligurian Apennines having
had a mild winter and an early spring, the Vanesse of that district
had been developed earlier than usual, so as to add to the number of
those properly belonging to the environs of Turin. By means of these
two suppositions M. Ghiliani explains—1st, the extraordinary number
of these butterflies, and 2nd, the freshness of some, which had evidently
only just escaped from the chrysalis, and the bad condition of others,
which had undergone a long exposure to the inclemency of the weather.
'—Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Nov. 1851, p. 559.

356 Miscellaneous.

RARE IRISH MOLLUSCA.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Windsor Lodge, Monkstown, co. Dublin, March 16, 1852.

_ GenTLEMEN,—I shall feel much obliged by your publishing the
occurrence of the following Mollusca off the Waterford and Wexford:
coasts in the summer of 1851 :—

Gastrochena modiolina; in limestone boulders, Tramore Bay, co.
Waterford. ;

Venerupis Irus; same locality.

Thracia distorta ; same locality.

Kellia suborbicularis ; same locality.
rubra; among Mytilus edulis on the exposed sides of large
rocks, Dunmore, co. Waterford.

Turtonia minuta ; among Lichina confinis at or above high water,
Dunmore, co. Waterford.

Nucula radiata ; in fine sand dredged from about 45 or 50 fathoms,
twelve miles off the Hook Light, co. Wexford.

Trochus Montagui ; off the Saltee Islands, co. Wexford.

Lulima polita ; dredged in 14 fathoms, gravelly bottom, off Port-
ally, Dunmore.

Scalaria Treveliana; dredged in fine sand in 45 or 50 fathoms,

twelve miles off the Hook Light, co. Wexford.
Odostoma Eulimoides? from the same locality as the last.
Chemnitzia rufescens? same locality.
Natica sordida ; trawled in muddy sand 40 fathoms, off the Saltee
Islands, co. Wexford.
Trophon muricatus ; same locality.

Ovula patula ; one specimen of a beautiful orange colour in a live’

state was found attached between the divisions of a specimen of Alcy-
onium digitatum, off the Saltee Islands, co. Wexford.
Bulla scabra; same locality as Natica sordida.

Gentlemen, yours truly,
WivcuiaAm Waite WALPOLE.

On the Insects injurious to the Rape Crops. By M. Ap. Focriion.

The object of the author of this memoir is to furnish the results of
his observations, as to the cause of the loss which had been sustained
during several years by the cultivators of rape-seed, from the ravages
of certain insects. The period at which he commenced his observa-
tions (the end of June) was too late in the season to allow time for
their completion, and he has accordingly put off till another year the
investigation of the natural history of the noxious insects, and the
consideration of the best means of destroying them. The problems
which he has endeavoured to solve during the present season are the
following :—

Miscellaneous. 357

1. What are the causes of the devastation, and by what means may
they be distinguished from one another ?

2. What importance should be attributed to them?

The damage done to the rape-plants, in the fields of the ‘‘ institut
Agronomique” (where these observations were carried on), is due to
five perfect insects and three larve. ;

The former consist of four species of Haltica, and a new species
of weevil belonging to the genus Grypidius of Schénherr. This
curious insect passes its slender curved rostrum through the walls of
the pod to the centre of the seed, where it gnaws a large hole. The
seeds thus attacked, if not ripe or nearly so, become abortive ; if ripe,
they lose a considerable portion of their substance; and as, from
their position, the rostrum of the weevil always cuts the radicle, they
are rendered incapable of germinating. A very small hole in the
valve of the pod is the only external trace of its attacks left by this
insect.

The four species of Haltica attack and destroy the young plants
as soon as they are above ground ; they sometimes gnaw the paren-
chyma of the seed-vessels, but apparently without injuring the seeds.
- The larvee are the most destructive enemies of the crops. The first
M. Focillon believes to be that of the weevil above-mentioned (Gry-
pidius brassice). It is about 3 millimetres in length and 14 in breadth,
white; footless, with a shining black scaly head. It inhabits the in-
terior of the pod, where it devours three or four seeds ; its presence is
known by the blackish colour of the seed-vessels. When mature it
gnaws a round hole in one of the valves of the pod, by which it passes
oe and no doubt goes down into the earth to undergo its metamor-
phosis.

Very similar ravages are committed by the caterpillar of the Ypso-
lophus xylostei of Fabricius. This is about 9 millimetres in length,
of a pale green colour, bristled with black hairs, and with the head
black. Like the preceding larva it lives in the pods until the period
of its transformations, when it passes out through a round hole which
it forms in one of the valves. After leaving the pod it spins a cocoon
of very loose meshes, in which it remains fifteen days in the pupa
state. The moth appears, usually, in June.

The third larva is about 2 millimetres in length, and during the
greater part of its life is of a white colour. Great numbers of them
are found in some pods, which soon become moist, and finally wither
and become mouldy, together with a larger or smaller quantity of the
seeds which they contain. M. Focillon has not yet ascertained the
perfect state of these larvae, which are known to the agriculturists by
the name of the “small white worm.”

The importance of these ravages will be readily understood from
the following statements :—Cleaned rape-seed contains 45 per cent. of
oil, and deducting that which is retained by the rape cake, there is a
return of about 34 per cent. This return will be larger if there are
more sound seeds, and if all were in this state, it would rise to 36-6 per
cent.

The seeds eaten by the larvee of the weevil and moth give no oil.

358 Miscellaneous.

The seeds damaged by the small white worm lose 28-5 per cent. on
the quantity which they should have yielded. The seeds pierced by
the weevil in the perfect state sustain a loss of oil equal to 18°2 per
cent. From these data M. Focillon has arrived at a mode of calcu-
lation by which the loss of oil on a given erop of rape-seed may readily
be ascertained. According to these calculations, M. Focillon states
the loss on the crop of rape-seed raised by the above-mentioned In-
stitution in 1851, at 2800 franes out of 7500.

The result of experiments made to ascertain the effect of the at-
tacks of the insects on the germinative faculty of the seeds is as fol-
lows :—The seeds eaten by the larvee of the weevil and moth and
those pierced by the perfect weevil do not germinate. Of 100 seeds
affected by the small white worm only 52 germinated, whilst out of
100 sound seeds the average number was 80.—Comptes Rendus,
1852, p. 252.

Note on a species of Coccus, indigenous to France, which lives on the
Common Bean, and appears to be capable of furnishing an abun-
dant Colouring Matter which may be used in the Arts. By
M. Guérin MENEVILLE.

This new Coccus (Coccus Fabe) when crushed in linen or paper
furnishes a red colour, sufficiently intense to raise hopes that it may
perhaps contain as much colouring matter as the Mexican cochineal,

What renders this indigenous cochineal very interesting is, that it
would be possible to cultivate it and raise regular crops of it. It lives
on Vicia Faba, on which it is so abundant, that I have been able, in
a few hours, to collect a considerable quantity of these cochineals, by
brushing the plants covered with them over a cloth. I treated them
in the same manner as that by which the Coccus Cacti is prepared—
killing them in boiling water and afterwards drying them in the sun.
By these means I have obtained an article which offers a considerable
resemblance to the cochineal of commerce, and may, even now, be
the subject of some experiments in dyeing, should the Academy think
fit to ask M. Chevreul to undertake them in his laboratories.

As I brought with me a considerable number of living cochineals,
I have been enabled to continue the study of their habits in Paris,
and have seen that the myriads of eggs which they laid last autumn
were hatched during the winter, and that young ones proceeding from
them are able to live without nourishment until they meet with the
plants on which they feed.

I have instituted an experiment on rather a large scale at Sainte
Tulle, and I hope this year to raise a sufficient crop of this cochineal
to enable experiments to be made on larger quantities, should the
results of those which I have ventured to ask of M. Chevreul, give any
encouragement to follow out this new application of entomology.

Some very curious parasites on this cochineal have been discovered
this winter, and will probably give occasion for some interesting sci-
entific observations.—-Jé. March 1852, p. 334.

—

Pe te ee _
ea —” PT

Meteorological Observations. 359

OBITUARY.—HdH. N. TURNER, JUN.

Our readers will be grieved to hear of the death of Mr. H. N. Tur-
ner, jun., a young and ardent worker in osteology, and one, who,
while his amiability endeared him to all his acquaintance, was re-
garded, by those best qualified to form an opinion, as one of the
most promising comparative anatomists of the day. Most of his

were read before the Zoological Society, and appeared in the

ings of that Society and in this Journal; they were chiefly

directed to demonstrating the importance which he considered should

be attached to the position of the cranial foramina in the classification
of the Mammalia.

In August last, he had the misfortune to prick his finger whilst
dissecting, and after being confined to his room for more than five
months, he was carried off by an attack of rheumatic fever, with
which his debilitated constitution had no strength to contend. Thus,
while his much-lamented death affords a lesson of caution in the use
of dissecting instruments to every anatomist, his short life gives an

illustration of what may be done for science by well-directed
and unremitting perseverance.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1852,

Chiswick.—February 1. Rain: clear and fine. 2. Rain: cloudy and mild:
densely overcast. 3. Clear: exceedingly fine: clear at night. 4. Uniformly over-
cast: rain. 5. Densely clouded: rain. 6. Clear: slight shower : clear: frosty.
7. Clear: very fine: overcast. 8. Boisterous, with rain: overcast: rain. 9. Cloudy
and fine: showery: clear. 10. A few snow-flakes: cloudy and cold: clear at

‘night. 11. Clear and frosty: fine: sharp frost at night. 12. Frosty and foggy:

very fine: clear: slight frost. 13. Densely overcast: fine: overcast. 14. Hazy:
uni overcast: clear. 15. Overcast. 16. Fine: densely overcast. 17.
Cloudy: fine. 18. Low white clouds: clear. 19. Clear andcold. 20. Clear
and frosty: very sharp frost at night. 21. Severe frost: fine. 22. Cloudy and
cold. 23. Fine, but cold. 24,25. Clear and cold. 26. Slight rain: uniformly
overcast. 27. Cloudy: rain. 28. Slight rain: clear at night. 29. Clear: over-
cast and cold. -

Mean temperature of the month .............sssesseeseee seabioee 38°72
Mean temperature of Feb. 1851 .es......c.ssesceececsessescecses 38 -44
Mean temperature of Feb. for the last twenty-six years ... 40 -06
Average amount of rain in Feb. .......0......ccscceecesseceerare 1°62 inch.

Boston.—Feb. 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 3. Fine. 4,5. Rain:
raina.M.and p.m. 6. Fine: stormy. 7. Fine. 8. Rain: rain early a.m. and p.m.
9. Cloudy: rain with lightning a.m. and p.m. 10. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m.
11,12. Fme. 13,14. Cloudy. 15, 16. Cloudy: rain p.m. 17: Cloudy. 18—
21. Fine. 22,23. Cloudy. 24. Fine. 25. Cloudy. 26. Cloudy: rain early a.m.
and p.m. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Feb. 1. Clear: fine: aurora. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy:
sleet-showers. 4. Rain: showers. 5. Showery: clear. 6, 7. Sleet-showers.
8. Drizzle: rain. 9. Sleet-showers. 10. Bright: clear. 11. Cloudy. 12. Cloudy:
clear: aurora. 13. Bright: showers: aurora. 14. Drops: drizzle. 15. Bright :
hail-showers: S. aurora. 16. Hail-showers: S.aurora. 17. Rain : snow-showers :
S. aurora. 18. Snow-showers: S.aurora. 19. Snow-drift: S. aurora. 20. Bright:
cloudy. 21. Thaw: cloudy: aurora. 22. Cloudy: aurora. 23. Fine: cloudy:
fine. 24,25. Cloudy: fine. 26. Cloudy: showers. 27. Showers: drizzle. 28.
Snow-showers : showers. 29. Snow-showers.

1g. || 00.4 | bor 00.09 |6g.6€ |hz.g€ |bz.0f joz.Lb| 194.62 11L.6z 35.62 bg.6c c
Lo. 10. | wu | ema | mm P EVE | PE LE} be | Eb | 69.62 “bL.6z L¥.6z 6£2.62 @L3:62% 62
- Lo. [reerer! ro, | emo |emuu}] ma | $9£ | SSE | S.cb] of | of 7L.6z 29.67 ££.6z 879.62 $1L.6z "gz
Ir. | co. | £0. | -ma femuu} -u | $$h] Sv] S.9f| cE | gt 2L.6z 60.08 08.62 £96.62 g£1.0£ “Lz
ssseenesel ZO"! LO. ol saul gue] cau eb | Sr gh bbs 2 oe of.08 1$,0£ 90.0£ $zz.0€ VEL.O£ “9%
asscesdcatshegsteseisesseged oo ry Tt = an "9 LE] $1 | 6,48] 62 | SP 1L.of 09.0£ Lo.of "| Soz.of £EL.0£ Sz
Atteensaalteeccesesleeeseers! sae | og | cgay Sv | $Sb | SE) 16 | ch gv.of S.08 © Vz.0£ zgf.0£ 005.0 bz
£o, seeeseees! og 9 | -ou Lv} Sv vE| Ec | ob £9.08 09.08 LE.0£ ZLS of LEg.08 fz
Eo, [rrseseresteeeeeeeee! oan | sou | eon gb.| SEF ve] zz | oF gt.0f ££.0€ L1.0€ £zv.0£ VLS.0£ ad
z ofteeeeres| ro. | ema lemon! cw 6£ | Scr vz} zf | ab 272.08 36.6 96.62 €£Z.0£ zgt.of IZ
ZO, |ttterrseelerreereeel sus lemma] oma | $66} SE Lz} Sx | gf S0.0£ “‘b1.0£ 73.67 L£11.0€ ggt.of£ ‘07@
TI, |ttteseere|ereeesooe! oy lemma] ema | Le] 62 1f| €c | 6€ 30.08 76.62 0$.6z £94.62 gr0.0£8 61
AB, jesectssesitseeserest og Pam lesa | 2EWE BOE 6£| Lz | gb 7.6% $b.6z $1.62 968.62 LEL.6z "gr
So. So. fo. “wm |smuul oA LE} gf 64) LE | 9S 77.67 $¥.6z ov.6z 855.62 853.67 “Lt
Sz. fo. to. m | 7a | omg | ob | LE ob| &b | £S $v.62 zb.6z gi.6z LLL.6z gl1.0€ “gi
Yo, |reecrereslerreereeel om | oom | emg LE | §S+ Iv| €€ 64 Lv.6z 95.62 2L.6z oor.o£ 161.0£ “Sr
8z. maonsvisel iggy ol oc ease orsag Lv | ov bE] zz | fb $9.62 $9.62 bL.6z 00.08 goz.of br
sesseretsleseeteeesleeseeeee! ogy | ag *g 6£ | oF €£1 of | cb 29.62 $+.6z ££.62 gS .62 $29.62 ne
£0, |seeeeeerelererereee! ag *g -s | Sib | Seb | of! Sz | E> gt.6z €$.6z S9.6z $99.62 $16.62 tr)
seerereee! Co, [eeereesee] ome | egg ca fb | £6¢ of| Zr | tb $L.6z 7L.6z 03.62 366.62 660.0£ ‘I
go. | of. zo. jms | cu | cn gf | gf 6£| Sz | S¥ £0.08 £6.62 $£.6z 1£9.6z 9£0.0£ "OL
vS, AM So. | ‘mu |*muu} ms | zh] SE fv| Sc | Sb 6+.62 21.62 £L.gz 111,62 19b.6z 6
of, or, gt. |-mu] -m | ms | Srv | fh 6b] of €s $L.6z 00.62 o1.6z fov.6z gL1.0€ 8
ZU. jeeerseert) ZO, | tm | om | cm | fb | Eb] 6k] rb | oS 64.62 19.67 eL.6z $66.62 $$1.0£ “L
60. Sr. ro. | ‘mu |*Muu| ‘mu | mv] . gf wh|s Lz | 64 69.62 15.62 $1.62 gbo.6z 960.08 9
ev. 60. £2, “Mm |otms | ems | S96} 6E gv) fb |. $s $2.67 62.62 £2.62 1t9.6z 6£L.62 SO
££. freee} Er. emu} sms | ems | Seb 1 rb | rh] bh | SS gl.gt £6.97 g$.6z o1g.6z 161.08 +
Go, frorseerre|icrsevensl om | cms | ems |: SPT, ch | S.g8 | obs f 2S 97.62 gz.6z $$.6z gto.of cbr.0f ‘t
to. zo, | ¥o.- | "ms | cms |otms'|' €b | ob Lo) SE | ES 67.62 77.67 £5.62 0$3.6z _ £00.08 4
60. | bz. | bo. | ass | ‘wm: | cm | oF | rh] $2] 6€ |. ZS $9.62 gt.6z 22.6% L£1L.6z 966.62 3
me Q |Pol's OF are 2 on eh le a ee cur wr oo by . ‘ re
Ee : Be 5 = E ut a %6 “mI $6 &3 Ul, OH ud $g ure $6 ne) Ul xvyt “ZORI
28 B , 28 g B Z ‘“yormpueg | 8 g AS " B's
* : Se fs ot > Semguo |. | Seos [5 aPapaeg foauo Beta a. opm “UOT
surey ‘pum *1OJOULOULIEY, J, *daOUMOLST pa

‘AUNMUG ‘asuppyl younpung yo “UOysNO{D *C ‘acy ay7 Ag pun £ NOLsog yy T[wVaA “ATW Ag
‘uopuo'T wvaUu “MOIMSIHO 70 Ajzavv0g youngynarsozy ayz Jo uapsny yz yo vosdmoyy, Ip hg apyw suowynasasqg Joorbojosoajayy

THE ANNALS_

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 53. MAY 1852.

XXIX.—Sketch of a Classification of Recent Brachiopoda ; based
upon Internal Organization. By Tuomas Davipson, Member |
of the Geol. Soc. of France, &c.

Tue numerous dredgings undertaken under different latitudes
and in deep as well as shallow seas, have shown that recent
Brachiopoda are more numerically abundant and varied in
generic and specific forms than we formerly supposed. The best
account of the species of this order is contained in the mono-
graph by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, published in his ‘ Thesaurus Con-
chyliorum,’ 1846. In that work fifty-seven recent species are
described and arranged under five genera, viz. Lingula, Tere-
bratula, Orbicula, Crania and Thecidea.

Of late years many other genera have been proposed, and in
a minute investigation of the interiors of all the species of Tere-
bratula, 1 found so much variation in the dispositions of the cal-
_ Cctzous appendages, as to necessitate a complete subdivision
and re-arrangement of the shells usually associated under that
name. All the known and described species, with two or three
exceptions only, are to be found in the magnificent collection of
Mr. Cuming, who in the most obliging manner placed his spe-
cimens at my disposal for examination. I am also greatly in-
debted to Mr. Gray of the British Museum, and Prof. Forbes, for
the means of examining the animal of many genera and species ;
these investigations, undertaken along with-Mr. Woodward of the
British Museum, have proved of great assistance in enabling us
to ascertain what relation the calcareous supports or appendages
bear to the soft parts of the animal, and more especially to the
arms, in the different genera.

- It is not the object however of this paper to give descriptions
and synonyms of the different species, which will be included in
the catalogue of Brachiopoda Mr. Gray is about to publish for

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 24

362 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

the British Museum. My only object is to point out how all the
sixty-six or sixty-seven known species may be classed according to
their structure and affinities. In drawing up any scheme for
the arrangement of the Brachiopoda, due regard must be paid
to the extinct species, which vastly outnumber those of the
present seas. The family Rhynchonellide for example afford
only two living species, whereas several hundred are known in a
fossil state: and in the same manner the proposed subdivisions of
Terebratulide become more important in reference to the number
of species which no more exist. When we open and examine the
numerous species possessed of calcareous appendages, we observe
that these vary in shape and arrangement, and that under each
form or type a number of species can be clustered all very similar
in their structure; these form genera or subgenera, more or less
intimately or distantly connected, as will be shown hereafter, and
thus enable any one to know by the generic appellation, what
is the form and disposition of the skeleton or loop in all the
different species. The subdivisions of the great genus Tere-
bratula, are based chiefly on the extent and form of the apophy-
sary system or loop, and my object has been to ascertain how far
the form of the loop can be associated with the modifications in
the soft parts of the animal and in the more obvious external
characters presented by the shell. The woodcuts which accom-
pany this paper will serve to render the generic descriptions
more complete and readily understood.

It can scarcely be expected that this first attempt to classify
the recent species of living Terebratulide should be entirely suc-
cessful, but such a classification has become not only desirable
but necessary, and no good would be accomplished by delaying
its publication. With these few preliminary observations I will
propose the following arrangement. mn.

Class BRACHIOPODA, Dumeril.
Order LaAMELLIBRANCHIATA, Blainv.

Animal attached to submarine bodies by a muscular peduncle
or by the substance of its ventral valve: furnished with a pair of
ciliated arms, sometimes supported by « calcareous appendage :
respiration performed by the vascular mantle, &c.

Typical Family. 1. TereBratvLip2Z.

Shell minutely punctate, inequivalve, usually subcircular and
smooth or striated: the ventral ordental valve generally the largest,
its beak notched or perforated for the passage of the peduncle:
dorsal, socket, or receiving valve, furnished internally with a cal-

- _ to facilitate a comparison of the same parts.

of Recent Brachiopoda. 363

careous process or loop for the support of the arms. These
vary in their dispositions and details in the different genera, but
could not be protruded from the shell as they are united together
by a membrane, which effectually maintains them in one invari-
able position; they have no connection with the epening and
closing of the shell, as supposed by some authors, which is ac-
complished by special muscles passing from the centre of the
perforated valve to the fulcrum of the smaller valve ; thus in those
genera possessed of a calcareous loop the disposition of the
ciliated arms is not regulated or restrained by the form of the
loop, a point I was not convinced of before having entered into
the zoological details of these animals.

I. Genus Terresratuta, Lhwyd, 1698 (restricted).

Shell usually oval, and convex, with the margins even or only
slightly waved ; valves articulating by means of two teeth in the
larger and corresponding sockets in the smaller valve: beak of
dental valve truncated and perforated by a circular foramen
partly completed by a deltidium formed of fone or two pieces.
Loop or calcareous appendage variable in length, formed of two
riband-shaped lamellz fixed to the crural base, and more or less
folded back on itself. The arms are partly supported by this
appendage, but they do not strictly follow the same course ; thus
the form of the arms is the same in Terebratula vitrea, with a
small loop, and in Terebratula australis which has a long one;
the arms in both cases are united throughout by a membrane
forming three lobes, of which the central one is spirally folded
like the proboscis of a butterfly, but from its texture and rela-
tions it never could be moved or unrolled at the will of the
animal ; the sole use of the folding of the arms is’to give increased
surface for the disposition of the cilia.

The letters in the diagrams of Terebratula and Terebratella are intended
24*

364 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification
Section A. Terebratule with a short loop.

1. Terebratula vitrea, Linn. sp., 1773 ; Sow.
Th. Conch. pl. 70. fig. 56. 59%.

Hab, Mediterranean, dredged by Prof.
Forbes in 92 to 250 fathoms in nullipore ~
mud. Many specimens of cretaceous Ter.
carnea are undistinguishable from this
living species.

2. Terebratula uva, Brod. 1833; Zool. Proc.; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 70. fig. 538-55.

Hab. From the Gulf of Tehuantepec. I have never seen but
one specimen of this species; its loop is broken, but I think it
was similar to that of 7. vitrea.

TW
\N

IY Z

Section B. Terebratule with a long loop.
3. Terebratula Cranium, Muller sp., 1776; Zool. Dan. Prod. ;
Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70. fig. 60-62.
Hab. Coast of Norway and North Sea; dredged by Dr. Fle-

ming in deep water eastward of Bressay in Zetland.

4. Terebratula globosa, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 71.
fig. 99-101.
Hab. Unknown. Some uncertainty exists if the species of
Lamarck (Ency. Méth. pl. 239. fig. 2) is the one figured by
Sowerby from Mr. Cuming’s collection.

5. Terebratula picta, Chemn. sp., 1785; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70.
fig. 43, 44.
Hab. Java.

. 6. Terebratula dilatata, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70.
fig. 48, 49.

Hab. Straits of Magelhaens: I can perceive no difference be-
tween this shell and Ter. Californiana, except in the size of the
foramen, which is small in Koch’s species.

7. Terebratula Californiana, Koch; Kiister, Nov. Ed. Martini
Chem. vol. viii. 1843, pl. 2d. fig. 21-28; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 70. fig. 50, 52.

Hab. Coast of California.

* For convenience, and to avoid referring to numerous works, we will
in this short paper mention only the figures in Sowerby’s ‘Thesaurus Conch.’
1849.

of Recent Brachiopoaa. 365

8. Terebratula lenticularis, Deshayes, 1830 ; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 72. fig. 108-110.
Hab. Cook’s Straits, New Zealand, depth 15 fathoms: this
species is found fossil in the island.

9. Terebratula Grayii, Day. Zool. Proc. 1852.
Hab. Straits of Korea.

10. Terebratula australis, Quoy, 1834; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 69.
fig. 25, 34.
Hab. In shallow seas, depth 4 feet ; according to Quoy. Ter.
flavescens and dentata, Lam. 1819, and T. recurva, Quoy, are only
varieties and malformations.

II. Genus Teresratuiina, D’Orb. 1849.

Closely allied to Terebratula, but differing in the union of the
crural processes, which form a shelly band behind the mouth of
the animal, whereas the reflected border of the loop is always in
front (below in the figure) of the mouth: in young specimens of
the recent 7. Caput-serpentis, the crural processes are not joined,

showing an intimate relation to Terebratula vitrea. The disposi-
tion of the ciliated arms is the same as in 7. vitrea and australis :
the figure has been taken with the cilia a little out of their proper
place to show some points more clearly, and especially for com-
parison with the type of Argiope. The arms are united by a
membrane which.forms a flat disc in Argiope, but here forms
three lobes as described under Terebratula. Apart from the
peculiarity of the loop, the Terebratuline form a small group,
so well characterized by form and sculpture as never to be con-
founded with any other. The beak is truncated, and the foramen
partly encircled by a deltidium united or disunited in different
species; the two ear-like expansions on the sides of the umbo
are also characteristic of this genus.

A great many recent species have been proposed by various
authors, but after a minute comparison of these, they must I
fear be reduced to five or six.

366 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

ll. Terebratulina Caput-serpentis, Linn. sp., 1773; Sow. Th.
Conch. pl. 68. fig. 1-4, &e.

Hab. Many parts of the Scottish coast, &c., in from 10 to
50 fathoms : this species is likewise found fossil in all the strata
from the chalk upwards.

12. Terebratulina septentrionalis, Couthouy sp. ; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 68. fig. 5, 6, 1846.

Hab. Coast of Maine, Massachusets.

13. Terebratulina Japonica, Sow. sp., 1846; Th. Conch. pl. 68.
fig. 7, 8.

Hab. Seas of Japan.

14. Terebratulina cancellata, Koch sp.; Kiister, Neur. ed.
Martini Chemnitz, vii. 1. t. 2 d. fig. 11-13.

Hab. Unknown.

15. Terebratulina abyssicola, Adam and Reeves, sp. 1850, Voy.
of Samarang.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope, depth 120 fathoms ; these two last-
named species require further examination.
16. Terebratulina Cumingii, Dav. Zool. Proc. 1852.

Hab. China seas.

III. Genus Teresrateiia, D’Orb. 1847.

The animal of this genus has been well described by Prof.
Owen in the ‘ Trans. of the Zool. Soc. ;’ it differs from Terebratula
by its loop being doubly attached ; the lamellz proceeding from
the crural base, before attaining their greatest length, give off a

flat, wide, more or less horizontal process, likewise affixed to a
more or less elevated longitudinal septum, the lamella proceed-

of Recent Brachiopoda. 367

ing again and doubling itself in the shape of a loop as in Tere-_
bratula. The variations in the details and in the position of the
lamella and septum in some species of Terebratella, such as T.
crenulata, Evansii and Cumingii, connect this genus with Magas,
so that the last genus will no¢ form a separate family as generally
supposed. 4

Fourteen or fifteen species of recent Terebratella have been
described and figured, all in general characterized by a longitu-
dinal depression in the smaller valve ; but some of the species
enumerated differ so little from one another as to make me doubt
the propriety of retaining them all under distinct appellations.

17. Terebratella dorsata, Lam. sp., 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 68.
fig. 15, 16, 17.
Hab. Straits of Magelhaens.
18. Terebratella fleruosa, King sp., Zool. Journ. vol. v.; Sow.
Th. Conch. pl. 69. fig. 23, 24.
Hab. Straits of Magelhaens, in the vicinity of Port Famine.

19. Terebratella Chilensis, Brod. sp., 1833; Zool. Proc.; Sow.
Th. Conch. pl. 68. fig. 18, 19.

Hab. Bay of Valparaiso, 90 fathoms.

20. Terebratella Sowerbii, King sp., 1835 ; Zool. Journ.; Sow.
Th. Conch. pl. 68. fig. 20-22.

Hab. Straits of Magelhaens.

21. Terebratella Coreanica, Adam and Reeves sp., 1850, Voy.
of the Samarang, pl. 21. fig. 3.

Hab. Corean Archipelago. This species is beautifully strigated
with bright red, which distinguishes it from T. Bouchardii, which
is of a uniform yellow colour.

22. Terebratella Bouchardii, Dav. 1852; Zool. Proc.

Hab. Unknown. :

23. Terebratella rubicunda, Sow. sp., 1846; Zool. Journ. ; Sow.
Th. Conch. pl. 70. fig. 45, 46, 47.

Hab. Abundant in the seas near New Zealand; its colour is
vivid red or white. T-. inconspicua, Sow., seems to be only~a
young and ill-grown specimen of this species.

24. Terebratella Zelandica, Desh. sp., 1830; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 72. fig. 111-113.

Hab. Cook’s Straits, New Zealand, depth 15 fathoms. This

368 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

is the Ter. sanguinea, Leach (not Chemnitz), Ter. rubra, Sow.,
by mistake Th. Conch. pl. 68. fig. 9-11, not 7. rubra, Pallas.

25. Terebratella crenulata, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 71.
fig. 96-98.

Hab. Santa Cruz and Korea. In this species the loop is
doubly attached as in all Terebratelle, but the central septum
forms an elevated plait almost reaching the larger valve; the
form of the loop is similar to that of 7. Evansii, but slightly
different in its details.

26. Terebratella Evansii, Dav.; Zool. Proc., 1852.
Hab. New Zealand.

27. Terebratella Labradorensis, Sow. sp., Th. Conch. pl. 71.
fig. 89, 90.

Hab. Labrador (Goodsir).

28. Terebratella Algoensis, Sow. sp., Th. Conch. pl.71. fig.91,92.

Hab. Algoa Bay. Only the larger or perforated valve is known,
but by analogy I suppose it to be a Terebratella.

29. Terebratella transversa, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 72.
fig. 114, 115.

Hab. Unknown.

30. Terebratella rubella, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 69.
fig. 40, 42.

Hab. Java. Mr. Sowerby states the loop to be simply attached
as in australis; this however appears to me to be a mistake, as
Mr. Cuming has specimens showing traces of the double attach-
ment.

31. Terebratella? sanguinea, Chemnitz sp., 1785 ; Sow. Th.
Conch. pl. 71. fig. 71, 73.

Hab. Island of Zebu. _ This species appears to have the loop
attached somewhat as in Megerlia.

32. Terebratella Cumingii, Dav. ; Zool. Proc. 1852.

“Hab. New Zealand. Iam quite at a loss what to do with this
form, which possesses many of the characters of Magas, Bouchar-
dia and Terebratella ; for the present I therefore leave it under
the latter genus, from whence it may be removed if future
discoveries render this necessary.

of Recent Brachiopoda. 369

IV. Genus Meceruia, King, 1850.

In this section a slightly elevated medio-longitudinal crest
roceeds from under the muscular fulcrum to less than half the
ength of the valve, near the extremity of which two short central

diverging branches arise and support the calcareous loop, which
consists of two riband-shaped lamelle, first attached to the inner
side of the socket walls or crural base, afterwards extending to
the extremity of the diverging branches to which they are affixed
before proceeding on both sides in the same direction to their
extremity, under the shape of two nearly parallel longitudinal
lamellz, which are afterwards folded back as in Terebratula,
forming a loop, but giving off two processes, which affix them-
selves also to the extremity of the diverging branches above
described ; perhaps in time it will be found necessary to consider

this genus as a section of Terebratella: two recent species of this
genus are known, and it occurs in the fossil state.

33. Megerlia truncata, Linn. Gmel. sp., 1788; Chem. 1785 ;
Sow. Th. Conch. tab. 71. f. 64-67.

Hab. Coast of Sicily, &c., depth from 60 to 105 fathoms ;
found fossil at Gibraltar.

34. Megerlia pulchella, Sow. sp., 1846, Th. Conch. pl. 71.
fig. 105-107.

Hab. Attached to corals at Calapan, Island of Mindoro, &e.

V. Genus Kraussta, Day. 1852.

Shell subcircular, with a nearly straight hinge-line; beak
truncated; foramen large, round; deltidial plates small, not
united ; beak ridges well defined, leaving a flat false area between
them and the hinge margin; in most species a longitudinal de-
pression exists in the smaller valve; the inferior pedicle muscles
are large, leaving two wide eye-shaped impressions close to the
hinge, and between the inner walls of the socket ridges, a small
slightly elevated mesial ridge extends to about half the length
of the valve, at the extremity of which arise two small forked
diverging lamell expanded at their extremity.

The ciliated arms are unusually small, their fringes not extend-

370 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

ing to more than half-way towards the border of the shell ; in the
first part of their course from the mouth forwards, the cilia are
few or wanting; the whole brachial apparatus is supported by
the small forked process above described, no other part of the
apophysary system being calcified.

Obs. The animal of this genus has been examined in two
species, and differs from Megerlia in the relative small size of the
ciliated arms : five recent species are known.

35. Kraussia rubra, Pallas sp., 1766; Mis. Zool. tab. 14. fig. 2,
11; Ency. Méth. pl. 243. fig. 4-8.

a ae striata promontorii bone spei; Chemnitz, 1785, tab. 77.
. 103.

wee Capensis, Gmel., 1788.

Terebratula Capensis, Krauss, 1848.

Hab. Near Cape of Good Hope.

Obs. Most authors have misunderstood this form; Sowerby,
in his ‘Th. Conch.’ tab. 68. figures as 7. rubra (Pallas),
a specimen of 7. Zelandica, which is now in the Collection of
the British Museum, and figured by Leach under the false name
of sanguinea, which is not Chemnitz’s species. 7. Capensis,
Adam and Reeves, is not the 7. Capensis of Chemnitz, and there-
fore not the T. rubra of Pallas.

36. Kraussia cognata, Chemnitz sp., 1785; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 68. fig. 12-14.
Hab. South Africa.
37. Kraussia pisum, Lamarck sp., 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 69.
fig. 37-39.
Ter. natalensis, Kiister, 1843 ; Krauss, 1848.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

38. Kraussia Lamarckiana, Day. 1852; Zool. Proc.
Hab. Sidney and New Zealand.

39. Kraussia Deshaysii, Day. 1852; Zool. Proc.

Ter. Capensis, Adam and Reeves (non 7. Capensis, Gmelin) , &e.
Hab. Korea.

—
-

5 of Recent Brachiopoda. 371
VI. Genus Morrista, Day. 1852.

Shell minute, circular, depressed ; foramen large, round, en-
croaching equally on both valves; larger valve with a small
straight hinge area ; deltidium plates minute, widely separated ;
smaller valve deeply notched at the umbo; apophysary system
consisting of two branches, originating at the base of the dental
sockets, and united to a small elevated process arising from the
centre of the valve.

Animal furnished with two subspiral or sigmoid arms, frmged
with comparatively large cilia: these arms originate above the
mouth (as shown in the figure) supported by the crural processes,
and after passing forwards and converging in front of the mouth
they again turn outwards, each having the shape of the letter S.

The shell is of a dark green colour, with bright orange ovaries,
contrasting with the brilliant white of the ciliated arms. The
cilia (more properly cirri) are grouped in pairs, as we believe to
be the case in the Terebratule generally.

40. Morrisia seminulum, Philippi sp., Enum. Moll. Siciliz, 1836,
pl. 6. fig. 15.

Ter. depressa, Forbes, Rep. of the Mol. of the Aigean Sea, 1843.

Hab. Mediterranean, depth 95 fathoms (Forbes).

Obs. Philippi’s species has been mistaken by Sowerby, who
gave the name seminulum to another form which we have called
Argiope Forbesii. The original figures of seminulum are circular,
and clearly exhibit the deep notch in the umbo of the smaller
valve characteristic of the genus, and not to be found in any
species of Argiope: according to Kiister the shell under notice
has received the name of Ter. Neapolitana from Scacchi, Oss.
Zool. ii. p. 18 ; but not having been able to find the paper alluded
to, I have retained Philippi’s name.

VII. Genus Maeas, Sow. 1818.

The genus Magas is characterized by the peculiar shape of its
apophysary system, composed of an elevated longitudinal sep-
tum in the imperforated valve, to which are affixed two pairs of

372 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

calcareous lamelle differently disposed : the lower pair are riband-
shaped, attached first to the crural base. They direct themselves
by a gentle curve to near the anterior portion of the septum, to
the sides of which they are affixed: the second pair arise on
either side of the upper edge of the septum, extending in the
form of two triangular-shaped lamelle.

No true recent Magas has been discovered ; but some forms,
placed for the present in Terebratella,such as T. Cumingii, possess
characters of this genus.

Subgenus WatTonia.
Apophysary system consisting of a pair of riband-shaped
lamelle fixed to the crural base and to an elevated plate.
41. Waltonia Valenciennii, Dav. 1850, Ann. and Mag. of Nat.
Hist. vol. v. pl. 15. fig. 1.
Hab. New Zealand.

VIII. Genus Boucnarnta, Dav. 1849.

Apophysary system anchor-shaped, consisting of an elevated
central plate, to which are affixed two short lamelle.

42. Bouchardia rosea, Humphrey sp.; Day. Bull. Soc. Géol. de
France, vol. vii. 2nd ser. pl. 1. fig. 1-6, 1849.

Hab. Rio in 138 fathoms.

Obs. Magas, Waltonia, and Bouchardia are related to Tere-
bratella by such species as Terebratella crenulata, Evansii and
Cumingii.

TX. Genus Arciorr, Deslongchamps, 1842.
Megathyris, D’Orb. 1847.

In the imperforated valve one or more prominent septa ; apo-
physary system consists of a distinct loop, originating at the
base of the dental sockets and furnished with converging crural

Se

of Recent Brachiopoda.. . 373

processes: the loop is folded into two or more lobes occupying
the interspaces of the radiating septa, to which they adhere on

their inner side. The mantle adheres closely to the shell, as in

Terebratula proper, and is not seen, except as a part of the shell:

its margin is simple and not ciliated ; the arms originate 'as in

Terebratula on the anterior side of the mouth, and diverge right

and left parallel with the margin of the shell, but at some little

distance from it: when they arrive at the raised septa they turn

inwards, forming one or more lobes on each side of the middle

line: the outline of the arms is therefore four-lobed in A. decol-
lata; whilst in other recent species, such as A. cistellula, which
has only one, there is only one lobe to each arm. The arms are
relatively connected, as in Terebratula, by a membrane filling up
the whole interior space.

43. Argiope decollata, Chem. sp. 1785 ; detruncata, Gmel. 1788.
Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 71. fig. 68, 70.

Hab. Mediterranean: depth from 45 to 105 fathoms; fossil.
Miocene, Gibraltar. (James Smith.)

44. Argiope cuneata, Risso sp., 1826; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 70.
fig. 83, 84.
Ter. Pera, Miuhlfeld.

Hab. Mediterranean : depth from 28 to 69 fathoms (Forbes).

Obs. This species has only a single median septum. The lobes
of the loop are free for one half their extent in the specimen
examined, and then blend with the shell, as we have noticed in
some specimens of A. decollata.

45. Argiope Forbesii, Dav. 1852.
T. seminulum and lunifera of Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 71. fig. 85-
88 (non 7. seminulum, Philippi).

Hab. Mediterranean : depth from 60 to 105 fathoms (Forbes).
Obs. In this form the same longitudinal septum exists, but
the loop was imperfect in the specimens at my disposal.

46. Argiope cistellula, S. Wood, sp. 1840; Mag. and Ann. of
Nat. Hist. vol. v:, and Forbes and Hanley, Hist. of Brit.
Moll. pl. 57. fig. 9, 1849; Dav. Mon. of Tertiary Brach.
Pal. Soc. part 1. p. 10. f. 2.

Hab. Off Skye, Zetland, &c., Scotland ; in 40 fathoms (M‘An-

- drew).

Obs. In this species the same mesial septum coexists with a
complete two-lobed loop ; in my specimen of this species the ani-
mal is preserved, and differs only from A. decollata in having two
lobes instead of four.

s

374 Mr. T. Davidson on the Classification

X. Genus Tuecrpe£, Def. 1828.

Thecidea has a calcareous loop folded into two or more lobes,
- and lying in hollows of correspond-
ing form excavated in the substance
of the small valve. This loop, or
apophysary ridge, supports the
branchial membrane, whose thick-
ened and ciliated margin is appa-
rently attached to the inner sides
of the grooves. The cilia are very
long, especially the outer series,
which are directed inwards in the
dried specimens.

47. Thecidea mediterranea, Risso, 1826; Hist. Nat. des Prine.
Prod. de Europe Mer. fig. 183 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73.
fig. 30-32.

Hab. Mediterranean.

2. Family Sptrirertp2# (extinct).

Shell furnished with spiral caleareous processes for the sup-
port of the oral arms. Usually trilobed and winged.

3. Family RayncHoneLiip2.

Shell not punctate, usually tetrahedral and sharply plaited ;
oral arms spiral, supported only by short curved processes.

XI. Genus Ruyncuoneta, Fischer, 1809.

Shell variable in shape ; beak acute, more or less recurved, no
true area; foramen variable in its dimensions and form, placed
under the beak, exposed or concealed, entirely or partially sur-
rounded by a deltidium in two pieces; apophysary system in
smaller valve composed of two short flattened and grooved
lamellee separate and moderately curved upward, attached to the
inner side of the beak of smaller valve, and to which were affixed
the free fleshy arms.

Obs. Not having had the advantage of examining the animal of
this genus, I can only refer to Prof. Owen’s anatomy of R. psit-
tacea in the Zool. Trans. vol. i. 2nd part: two species of recent
Rhynchonelle are known.

48. Rhynchonella psittacea, Chem. sp., 1785; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 71. fig. 78, 79, 80.

Hab. Labrador, in the mud on the shore at low water: dredged.

alive at Melville Island, throughout the arctic seas, from low

ee Ed ee ae ee

ae ee

of Recent Brachiopoda. 375

water to 100 fathoms: obtained by Prof. King from the depth
of 30 fathoms at a distance of twenty-five miles from the north-
ern coast of Northumberland, and by Laskey by dredging in the
depths of the Frith of Forth. This species is found fossil in the
Norwich Crag, and in the glacial formation of the Clyde.

49. Rhynchonella nigricans, Sow. sp., 1846 ; Proc. of Zool. Soe.
and Sow. Th. Couch. pl. 71. fig. 81, 82; also Dav. Zool.
Proc. 1852.

Hab. Foveaux Straits, about five miles N.E. of Ruapuke Island,
dredged in 19 fathoms by Mr. F. J. Evans, R.N., New Zealand.

Obs. This species is undistinguishable from half-grown speci-
mens of the oolitie Rh. concinna, Sow., but probably never be-
came so globular as that species is found, when adult.

4. Family Orturp2 (extinct).

Arms spiral ;? destitute of calcareous supports, attached or not
by a pedicle.
5. Family Catcroxip (extinct).

6. Family Craniapa anp ORBICULID2.

Shell horny or calcareous, minutely tubular, attached by the
ventral valve,‘or by a pedicle passing through a fissure in it ; no
hinge or apophysary system ; animal with its oral arms fixed to
a process of the lower (ventral) valve. The lower valve in both
Crania and Orbicula correspond to the perforated valve of Tere-
bratula, so that while those two genera form an exception to
the invariable rule that the shell of the Brachiopod is fixed by
fheans of the ventral valve, they differ very remarkably from
other genera in having the oral arms fixed to the ventral or
attached valve.

XII. Genus Cranta, Retzius, 1781.

Shell calcareous, tubular ; ventral or fixed valve with a central
process, to which the spiral arms are attached; dorsal or upper
valve free, limpet-like, with two diverging muscular processes.
No hinge or calcareous appendage, no perforation for the passage
of a pedicle of attachment ; arms fleshy.

50. Crania ringens, Heningh., 1828 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73.
fig. 10, 11.
Hab. Mediterranean in from 40 to 90 fathoms ; also near Sid-
ney, New South Wales.
51. Crania personata, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 9.
Hab. India.

376 On the Classification of Recent Brachiopoda.

52. Crania anomala, Mill. sp., Zool. Dan. 1776. C. norvegica,
Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 15-17.

Hab. Scotland, adhering to stones, &c. in deep water in Zet-
land, in 20 fathoms off Arran, in from 30 to 80 fathoms in Loch
Fyne, &c. ; also in North Sea.

53. Crania rostrata, Hoeningh., 1328 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73.
fig. 12-14.

Hab. Mediterranean.

XIII. Genus Orsicura, Cuvier, 1789.

Shell horny; upper valve limpet-like, without any internal
processes ; ventral or lower valve perforated for the passage of
the pedicle, and furnished with a central process for the attach-
ment of the ciliated arms.

54. Orbicula lamellosa, Brod. Zool. Proc. 1833, p. 124; Sow. Th.
Conch. pl. 73. fig. 1.

Hab. Coast of Peru.

55. Orbicula levis, Sow. 1818; Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. viii., and
Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 2, 3.

Hab. Off Conception, Chili; attached to Mytili ; depth 6
fathoms.
56. Orbicula Cumingii, Brod. Zool. Proc. 1833 ; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 73. fig. 6.
Hab. Payta, St. Elena and Panama.
57. Orbicula strigata, Brod. Zool. Trans. vol. i. pl. 23. fig. 1,
1833 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig. 7.
Hab. Island of Canna, Guatemala, Malacca, &e.
58. Orbicula striata, Sow. 1818, Trans. Zool. Soc.; Sow. Th.
Conch. pl. 73. fig. 8.
Hab. Unknown.

59. Orbicula tenuis, Sow. 1846 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 73. fig.4, 5.
Hab. Unknown.

60. Orbicula Evansii, Dav. 1852; Zool. Proc. 1852.
Hab. Bodegas.

7. Family Linevuipa.

Almost equivalved, rudimentary branchie developed from the

mantle.

=. Te ie oe a,

ee eS

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 377

XIV. Genus Lineuta, Bruguwiére, 1791.

Shell thin, depressed, almost equivalved, hingeless, the two
valves being held together by the adductor muscles; the. shell
attached by a pedicle which passes between the beaks. . No cal-
careous supports. On each side of the base of the mouth is
situated an elongated subspiral fleshy arm, fringed exteriorly
with numerous cilia.

61. Lingula anatina, Lam. 1819 ; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 67. fig. 1-
10.
Hab. in sand at low water at the island of Siquijor.
62. Lingula Hians, Swains. 1823 ; Phil. Mag. vol. lx. ; Sow. Th.
Conch. pl. 67. fig. 4.
No habitat given.
63. Lingula Audebardi, Brod. 1833, Zool. Proe.; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 67. fig. 5.

Hab. In coarse sand at about half-tide from 4: to 6 inches be-
low the surface ; at the island of Punam, in the bay of Guayaquil.

64. Lingula semen, Brod. 1833, Zool. Soc.; Sow. Th. Conch.
pl. 67. fig. 11.

Hab. Off the Isle of Plata, West Columbia.
65. Lingula tumida, Reeves, 1841, Proc. Zool. Soc. ; Sow. Th.
Conch. pl. 67. fig. 7.
Hab. Masbate, New Holland.

66. Lingula ovalis, Reeves, 1841, Zool. Proc. ; Sow. 'Th. Conch.

pl. 67. fig. 8.
Hab. Sandwich Islands.

67. Lingula alinda, Hinds, 1844, Moll. Voy. of the Sulphur,
p- 71. pl. 19. fig.4; Sow. Th. Conch. pl. 67. fig. 6.

Hab. Bay of Magdalena, California, in 7 fathoms, among sandy
mud,

XXX.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxetey,
M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq.

[Concluded from p. 329.]
[With four Plates. ]

640. S. (Caulicol) nigrans, Desm. Ann. d. Se, Nat. 1846, PI.

Crypt. no. 1774. On Dactylis glomerata, Batheaston, Feb. 1851.
~ n

a certain stage of growth the black stroma-like spots are
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2, Vol. ix. 25

878 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. B. Broome on British Fungi.

not visible, but there are merely a few creeping flocci at the base
of the perithecia; these gradually increase in number, so as at
length to form a thin dark stratum. The species may however
be recognized in any state by the fusiform spores, the middle
joint of which is swollen. Besides the true paraphyses, there are
jointed threads in the perithecia resembling the flocci on some
slimy Agarics. .
Puate XI. fig. 27. a. Asci; 5. sporidia in various stages of growth.

641. S. (Caulicolee) semilibera, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1787.
On dead reeds, Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq.

Rather a large form of the species, but such as might be ex-
pected on a larger matrix, a circumstance always worthy of atten-
tion in this genus, as may be seen in the difference between the
same species when growing on a twig, or that luxuriating on a
thick bough. The form of the spores is the same. Desmaziéres’
plant is on Bromus sylvaticus, but it also grows on Dactylis glo-
merata or Triticum sativum.

*S. scirpicola, Dec. Fl. Fr. ii. p. 809. Besides the common
form on Scirpus, we find Desmaziéres’ var. Typharum on Typha,
and one similar to it on some Carex. In all, the sporidia are ob-
long, somewhat curved, triseptate, with the articulations slightly
swollen.

*S. maculans, Sow. t. 894. f. 9. Maculis orbicularibus parvis

griseis ; peritheciis sparsis subglobosis, ostiolis punctiformibus ;

sporidiis oblongis elongatis curvulis 6-7-septatis. On Scirpus
lacustris.

This species, which was considered in the ‘ English Flora’ as
a form of S. scirpicola, we now propose as a species under its

original name, being characterized, in addition to its outward

appearance, by the sporidia being very much longer and with
more than twice the number of septa.

S. maculans, Desm. no. 1784, is totally different.

*8. herbarum, P., var. glumarum. Peritheciis subglobosis
ostiolo papillzformi vel obscuro ; ascis clavatis obtusis sporidiis
biseriatis fusiformibus curvulis uniseptatis cellulosis. On wheat
chaff, Batheaston, Jan. 1850.

Perithecia minute, subglobose, furnished with a more or less
visible papilleform ostiolum. Asci large, clavate; paraphyses
longer than the asci, flexuous. Sporidia biseriate, yellow-brown,
consisting of two apposed cones the border of which is twice
constricted, each division containing as seen laterally four cells,
so that twenty-four cells are visible im each sporidium.

We were at first inclined to think this distinct from S. herba-
rum, but we have since seen the sporidia of undoubted S. herba-
rum formed on the same principle.

"1 Pe aS

Se) ee es

ee ee

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broom: on British Fungi. 879

642. S. (Caulicole) Ogilviensis, n.s. Tecta; peritheciis de-
ressis ; ostiolo papilleeformi; ascis clavatis ; sporidiis fusiformi-
us bipartitis, endochromatibus in quoque loculo tribus, On

dead stems of Senecio Jacobea, Dundee, Mr. W. M. Ogilvie.

Perithecia scattered, covered by the cuticle, depressed, with a

decided obtuse, papilleform ostiolum. Asci clavate; sporidia
biseriate, fusiform, consisting of two apposed cones, the sides of
which are slightly hollowed out; each division containing three
endochromes.

No species can be confounded with this when the fructifica-

tion is properly observed. Externally it resembles S. herbarum.

Puate XI. fig. 28. a, 6. Sporidia more or less magnified.

643. S. (Caulicole) Clivensis, n.s. Tecta subglobosa ostiolo
minuto perforante; ascis elongato-clavatis; sporidiis oblongis
curvulis utrinque obtusis triseptatis fuscis. On dead stems of
some herbaceous plant, apparently Pastinaca sativa, in an old
stone pit at King’s Cliffe, July 1850. It will probably prove
common, but the name is intended to indicate the place where it
first occurred. Entirely covered, with the exception of the
minute ostiolum which penetrates the cuticle.

Perithecia subglobose. Asci clavate, elongated; sporidia
biseriate, oblong, slightly curved, very obtuse, triseptate; some-
times constricted at the articulations, dark brown.

Allied to S. herbarum, but with very different sporidia. We
ean find no indication, in authors, of this species, whose fruit is
extremely beautiful.

Puate XI. fig. 29. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia more or less magnified.

644. S. (Caulicole) modesta, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1786. On
dead stems of Scrophularia, Glen Isla, Mr. W. Gardiner, May
1846 (no. 131).

_M. Desmaziéres’ specimens are on Scabiosa. The peculiar
character is the swelling out of the third joint of the curved,
multiseptate, subfusiform sporidia. In S. complanata the spo-
ridia are larger, with the second joint swollen, as in Libert, no.
244. S. complanata, Desm. no. 713, appears exactly intermediate
between the two; in this we find the third joint swollen. In
both, the asci are eylindrical, but they are clavate in S. modesta.
In Fries’ ¢ Scl. Suec.’ we find in one copy Phacidium Patella, and
in another which exactly resembles Madame Libert’s plant ex-
ternally, there are no asci, but slender fusiform spores, seated on
sporophores, which must either be considered as a Septoria, or
as the Spheropsoid form of the species.

The swollen joint in this and several other. species may

25*

380 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi,

possibly be something analogous to the phenomena exhibited by
Vesiculifera.

Puate XI. fig. 30. Sporidium highly magnified.

- 645. S. (Caulicole) commanipula, n.s. Sparsa primum sub-
globosa tecta demum denudata collapsa ostiolo minuto; ascis
cylindricis ; sporidiis biseriatis brevibus elliptico-cymbiformibus
uniseptatis. On the dry capsules of some Scrophularia, Glen
Isla, Forfarshire, May 1846, Mr. W. Gardiner.

Scattered, at first covered by the cuticle, subglobose, then ex-
posed and collapsed, with a minute papilleform ostiolum, which
is however sometimes obscure. Asci cylindrical; sporidia bi-
seriate, elliptico-cymbiform, uniseptate. Sometimes one of the
endochromes is decidedly conical, with a constriction about the
centre.

This occurs on the capsules of the same plant whose stems
produced S. modesta. On the capsules we also find a Phoma,
precisely similar externally, which may be regarded possibly as
the Sphzropsoid form of the species.

Puate XI, fig. 31. a. Ascus; 0b. sporidia: both more or less magnified.

646. S. (Caulicole) Thwaitesii, n.s. Peritheciis minutis con-
vexis basi applanatis; mycelio subtilissimo matricem intrante
zruginoso ; ascis cylindricis; sporidiis oblongo-clavatis curvulis
obtusis ; endochromatibus 4 repletis. On stems of Umbellifere,
Leigh Wood, Bristol, G. H. K. Thwaites, Jan. 1845.

Perithecia minute, convex above, flattened below, arranged in
short lines; seated on the woody fibres, which are traversed and
covered with very delicate anastomosing, verdigris-green threads.
Asci cylindrical or subclavate, rather short; sporidia biseriate,
oblongo-clavate, obtuse at either extremity, slightly curved, con-
taining about four endochromes. In some specimens we find
naked, oblong, slightly curved spores, with about five endo-
chromes, the whole gelatinous mass having a pale sea-green tint.

The eruginous threads running through the hyaline woody
fibres and anastomosing in their cavity form a very pretty
object under the microscope. ;

_ On the same stem a Peziza occurs, externally resembling P.
atrata, but with elongated, oblong, curved sporidia, containmg
7-9 endochromes.

Puiate XI. fig. 32. a. Sporidia; b. mycelium; c. one of the woody cells
traversed by mycelium. All more or less magnified.

647. S. (Caulicole) Phomatospora, n.s. Immersa; peritheciis
depressis ellipsoideis ostiolo papilleeformi; ascis lmearibus ; spo-
ridiis uniseriatis oblongo-ellipticis minutis hyalinis bmucleatis,
On dead potato stalks, Ashwick, Gloucestershire, March 1850.

We aa

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 381.

Immersed in the dead decorticated stems, and, with the excep-
tion of the black punctiform ostiolum, quite invisible, being con-
cealed by the woody tissue. Contents of the perithecia pale
salmon-coloured. Asci extremely delicate, linear ; sporidia
hyaline, uniseriate, oblongo-elliptic, minute, obtuse, with a single
nucleus at either extremity.

Agreeing in habit with S. Berkeleyi, Desm., like which it is
not merely subcuticular or cortical. It differs essentially in its
depressed perithecia, shorter ostiolum, and more especially in its
shorter obtuse sporidia, which closely resemble those of a Phoma.

Piate XI. fig. 33. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

A Spheria occurs on leaves of Atra cespitosa at Batheaston,
with slightly longer sporidia and more exposed perithecia, which
we at first referred to this as a variety. As it grows on leaves_
the perithecia are necessarily less immersed, and the difference in
the sporidia is very slight. We are now inclined to consider it
rather as a form of S. pheosticta.

648. S. (Caulicolz) fosta, n.s. Peritheciis minutis pallidis
depressis epidermide adusta tectis; ascis linearibus; sporidiis
uniserialibus; sporidiis brevibus elliptico-cymbiformibus uni-
septatis. On dead stems of Epilobium hirsutum, Rudloe, Wilts,
Feb. 1843.
~ Perithecia depressed, subglobose, pale, concealed under broad
spots which look as if they had been scorched, the part of the
cuticle above each perithecium being darker. sci linear; spo-
ridia uniseriate, short, elliptico-cymbiform, uniseptate, very pale.
This species has somewhat the habit of S. tomicum, S. clypeata,
&c., but is very distinct.

Puiate XI. fig. 34. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less mag-
nified.

649. S. (Caulicol) tenebrosa, n.s. Sparsa tecta epidermide
prosenchymateque tenebrosis ; peritheciis depressis ; ascis amplis
eylindrico-clavatis ; sporidiis fuscis bipartitis articulis subconicis
‘endochromatibus binis repletis. On dead stems of Arctium,
which are completely blackened by the fungus, King’s Cliffe,
May 1, 1843.

Perithecia scattered, irregularly covered by the cuticle and
subjacent cells which are traversed by dark cellular mycelium,
which here and there gives rise to short Toruloid threads. Asci
large, cylindrical, obtuse, slight, attenuated below ; sporidia bi-
seriate, composed of two apposed irregular cones which contain
at first a single large globule, but at length have two irregular
endochromes.

A very fine species remarkable for its curious mycelium and

382 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

large sporidia. The perithecia are by no means seriate, and the
connecting cellular matter can scarcely be considered a stroma.
The sporidia are totally different from those of S. inguilina, with
which the species may perhaps be compared.

PLATE XII. fig. 35. a. Asci and paraphyses; }. sporidium; ¢. mycelium.
All more or less magnified.

*S. mgrella, Fr. Obs. i. t. 4. fig. 2. On Angelica sylvestris,
King’s Cliffe.

We have exactly similar specimens from the south of France,
gathered by Dr. Montagne, and which had been submitted to
the inspection of Fries.

650. S. (Foliicole) sabuletorum, n.s. Sparsa tecta ; peritheciis
subglobosis demum collapsis ostiolis pertusis ; ascis amplis cylin-
dricis sporidiis fusiformibus nodulosis. On dead leaves of Am-
mophila arundinacea, Sands of Barrie, Mr. W. Gardiner, May 1845.

Perithecia scattered, concealed, with the exception of the per-
tused ostiolum, subglobose, at length collapsed. Asci large,
rather short, cylindrical, very obtuse. Sporidia at first globose
or obovate, uniseptate ; eventually one joint produces three endo-
chromes and the other four, the fourth beimg seated in the centre
of the compound fusiform sporidium, and much larger than the
rest. There is a constriction between each endochrome, Other.
sporidia may be found more or less distorted ; sometimes a partial
disruption takes place at the primitive articulation, and the axes
of the two portions make an obtuse angle with each other. In
the young spores the centre of the dissepiment is often thrust
forward into one of the cells, generally the larger, so as to call
to mind the analogous phenomenon in Zygnemata. This is
perhaps the finest of all the graminicolous species.

This species oecurs on the specimens published under No. 1288
by M. Desmaziéres as S. perforans, Roberge. The sporidia of
that species are described as elliptic, bilocular and hyaline. We
do not find that species on the grass, but the present and three
other genera, amongst which is our Eriospora, which does not
appear hitherto to have been observed in France.

Since the above was written, we have received a specimen of
S. perforans from M. Desmaziéres which contains fruit agreeing
with his description, and unmixed with our S. sabuletorum,
which cannot be distinguished without microscopical examina-
tion. ‘There is a certain resemblance in the very early state of
the sporidia, but S. perforans stops where S. sabuletorum begins.
Amongst the specimens of Ammophila studded with Cryptogams,
received from Mr. Gardiner, is a minute lichen, apparently Bia-
tora vernalis (Lecidea sabuletorum, Moug. and Nest.), which ex-
hibits conidia seated on the tips of the paraphyses. Something

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 383

of the kind is figured by Bayrhoffer, Hiniges iiber Lichenen, t. 3.
f. 12.» See also Gardeners’ Chronicle, Dec. 20,1851. The apical
spores in Lichenopsis of Schweinitz are evidently of the same
nature.

Puarte XII. fig. 36. a. Ascus; 5. young sporidia; c. older; d. young
sporidium showing the bulging septum; e. sporidia (sometimes appendicu-
late) from S. perforans, Roberge. Fig. 37. Paraphyses of lichen bearing
conidia. Ail more or less magnified.

651. S. pheosticta, Berk. in Antarct. Fl. Crypt. p. 59. tab. 68.
fig. 4. On Carex pendula, Thornhaugh, Norths.

The antarctic specimens are on Hierochloe Brunnoniensis. The
sporidia are brown, and resemble those of S. fusca.

Piate XII. fig. 38. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

652. S. (Poliicole) eucrypta, n.s. Tecta; peritueciis ovatis
teneris, e floccis sparsis ramosis enatis ; collo brevissimo ; ascis
clavatis ; sporidiis lineari-fusiformibus ; endochromatibus pluri-
bus inzqualibus. -On leaves of Carex pendula, Batheaston, Jan.
1850.

“Searcely visible unless the leaf is held up to the light ; peri-
thecia delicate, ovate, with a very short neck and round aperture
like a little India-rubber bottle, springing from threads which
are mostly branched at right angles. Asci very delicate, clavate ;
sporidia ~4,th of an inch long, lineari-fusiform, with several en-
dochromes varying much in size. ;

A pretty species, but very liable to be overlooked, unless the
leaves on which it grows chance to be saturated with moisture.

Puare XII. fig. 40. a. Asci; 6. sporidia; c. threads accompanying the
perithecia, and with which they are partially clothed.

653. S. (Foliicole) helicospora, n.s. Tecta; peritheciis subglo-
bosis ; ascis clavatis ; sporidiis linearibus longissimis spiraliter
involutis. On leaves of Cyperacee, West of England.

Distinguished from the former by its extremely long spirally
disposed sporidia, which resemble those of Hysterium apiculatum.

654. S. (Foliicole) palustris, n. s. Tecta; peritheciis glo-
bosis ; ostiolo minuto papilleformi, ore tandem rotundo aperto.
Ascis linearibus. Sporidiis ellipticis curvulis uniseptatis utrinque
appendiculatis. On dead leaves of Iris, Carex, &c., Batheaston,
Dec. 1849.

Scattered, completely covered by the cuticle, globose at first, with
-aminute papillzform ostiolum, at length opening with a regular
round aperture, the edges of which adhere closely to the matrix.
_Asci linear ; sporidia uniseriate or rarely biseriate from slipping
over each other, cymbiform, brown, uniseptate, furnished at
either end with a hyaline appendage rather shorter than the

3884 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

joints, at length ejected and forming a brown border to the
ostiolum. Sometimes the two cells of the sporidia appear like
“two apposed cones. The appendages seem to be continued from
a delicate outer membrane, and sometimes both pomt in one
direction, sometimes in two, so as to give the sporidia a sigmoid
outline.

Puate XII, fig. 39. a. Ascus; 6. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

- %*8. Artocreas, Tode= Discosia clypeata, De Notaris. We have
also from Aberystwith, gathered by Mr. Ralfs, and from Appin by
Capt. Carmichael, a species of Pilidium, which does not differ, as
far as we can see, from P. disseminatum, Lib., a synonym we be-
lieve of P. acerinum, Kze. Our plant occurs on oak leaves.

655. S. (Foliicole) carpinea, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. 1. p. 528;
Desm.! no. 981. On dead leaves of hornbeam, Lucknam, Wilts.

Asci subclavate ; sporidia biseriate, broadly and shortly eymbi-
form, the least curved side being a little hollowed out towards
either apex.

Puate XII. fig. 41. a. Ascus; 0. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

656. S. Pteridis, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1295. S. Litura, Berk.
‘MSS. (olim). “ Epiphylla maculis parvis griseis vel nullis ; pe-
ritheciis minutis globosis sparsis vel subaggregatis, epidermide
-tectis ; ascis clavatis.”

= 8. punctiformis, b. Pteridis, Fr. Scl. Suec. no. 86.

*S. (Foliicole) Brassice= Asteroma Brassica, Chev. Par. vol. i.
p- 449.

Nothing can be more common than this on cabbage-leaves in
autumn and spring, but it is not often found with perfect fruit,
which places its true characters beyond doubt.

Puate XII. fig. 42. a. Asci; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

657. S. Eryngii, Fr. in Duby, Bot. vol. ii. p. 710; Desm. ! Pl.

Crypt. de France, no. 1300. On dead leaves of Eryngium, Pen-
.zance, J. Ralfs, Esq.

658. S. (Foliicole) Rumicis, Desm. Pl. Crypt. no. 1298. 8,
lichenoides, Johnst. Fl. Berw. vol. ii. p. 181. “ Maculis am-
phigenis, minutis, numerosis, orbiculatis, sparsis, brunneis, viri-
dulo-cinctis. Peritheciis epiphyllis, conglomeratis, mnato-pro-
minulis, perexiguis, globoso-depressis, collabescendo concavis,
olivaceis, dein nigris, poro simplici pertusis. Ascis amplis, tubu-
losis, parum curvatis. Sporidiis olivaceis ovato-oblongis obtusis
uniseptatis.”

Abundant on dock-leaves, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam ; Berwick,
Dr. Johnston ; Penzance, J. Ralfs. Esq. ; Bristol, H. O. Stephens,
Esq:

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 385

659. S. (Foliicole) Leightoni, n.s. Epiphylla; peritheciis

subglobosis piceis ostiolo conico; ascis clavatis; sporidiis oblongo-

biformibus triseptatis. On dead leaves of Linnea Borealis,
Glen Dole, Clova, Rev. W. A. Leighton, Aug. 1837.

Minute, scattered over the upper surface of the leaves, pitchy
brown, shining, narrowed into a short conical ostiolum. Asci
clavate, sublanceolate ; sporidia oblongo-cymbiform, about four
times as long as broad, obtuse, scarcely curved ; endochrome at
first retracted to either end ; a septum is then formed between
the two masses which are at length again divided.

- Puate XII. fig. 43. a. Ascus; 5. sporidia. Both more or less magnified.

660. Dothidea Piggotii, n.s. Orbicularis innata, superficie
cellularum apicibus papillata; ascis brevibus clavatis ; sporidiis bi-
serialibus obovaté-cymbiformibus 3-septatis. On Pcrmelia saxa-
tilis, Beddgelert and Capel Curig, Aug. 1849, H. Piggot, Esq.

Forming little patches about a line broad, completely adnate
with the thallus; surface opake, black, papillate with the pro-
truding tips of the semi-immersed cells, whose walls are black,
but separated from each other by pellucid vertical cells running
down below into hyaline subhexagonal cells with thick walls.
Asci short, broad, subclavate. Sporidia brown, biseriate, obovate,
eymbiform, slightly curved, triseptate, or very rarely quadrisep-
tate.

This appears clearly to be of the same category with D. Liche-
num, which has however, according to Fries, a different outward
aspect and very slender asci. We take this opportunity of de-
scribing a magnificent closely allied species, gathered in Central
America by Mr. Seeman, and now in the herbarium of Sir W.

J. Hooker.
Dothidea hymenicola, n. s. Cellulis semiliberis totam super-

. ficiem hymeninam occupantibus granulatis, ostiolo subradiato ;

ascis subcylindricis ; sporidiis biseriatis oblongis brevibus uni-
septatis. On the apothecia of some species of Sticta, Central
America.

Occupying the whole surface of the apothecia, which it renders
rough and granular like some pustular Spheria. Cells half im-
mersed, their upper half very obtuse, minutely granulated ; os-
tiolum obscurely radiated. Asci subcvlindrical, clavate ; sporidia
biseriate, oblong, uniseptate.

The matter between the cells'is composed, as in the last, of
longitudinal tissue passing into hexagonal. A state of that spe-
cies however occurs in which the cells are entirely submersed,
‘without any hyaline tissue interposed between them. As they
contain only imperfect fruit, without any distinct asci or spores,
we are inclined to think this arrested in its development and

386 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

completely charred by the sun. D. Lichenum, Fy., is probably
more neatly allied to D. hymenicola, but in the absence of all in-
formation as to the sporidia, it is impossible to speak positively.

661. Dothidea Johnstoni, n. s.. Maculis minutis orbicularibus ;
cellulis concentricis semiliberis, ascis brevibus ; sporidiis obovato-
oblongis uniseptatis. On the leaves of a small Epilobium, Ber-
wick, Dr. Johnston.

Forming little black spots about a line broad studded with
concentric half-free cells with a little round aperture; there are
sometimes a few scattered short stiff brown hairs on the surface,
occasionally converging over the orifice. Asci short, subcylin-
drical, generally rather thicker below. Sporidia biseriate, ob-
ovate-oblong, at length pale brown, uniseptate.

Dothidea Epilobii is totally different, and there is no other
species with which it can be compared. It has almost the habit
of a Depazea, or rather of Spharia Rumicis.

*Lastobotrys Lonicere, Sprengel MSS.; Kze. Myc. Hefte ii-
p. 88. ;

After a very careful investigation of this genus, we are enabled
to confirm the observations of Dr. Montagne, adding however a
little to what he has seen, It is to the specimens published by
Desmaziéres, no. 957, that we are indebted principally for our
information. We have distinctly observed the small bodies found
at the base of the larger sclerotioid grains pullulating from them,
as seen in our sketch. One or two of the outer cells swell, and
become filled with a few hexagonal thick-walled vesicles. As the
cells increase in size the included tissue is multiplied, and the.
external wall becomes reticulated, exactly after the fashion of the
transformation of a cell in the genus Antennaria into a sporan-
gium. The bodies now separate from the original parent. At an
early stage when squeezed, a loose gelatinous mass of slightly
branched, subcylindric, short, thickish threads makes its appear-
ance. Ata later period they are filled with well-formed ecylin-
drical, short, thick asci, which may sometimes be found con-
nected together at the base as if derived from a common thread,
of which the structure observed in an earlier stage of growth is
doubtless an indication. A sketch communicated by Dr. Mon-
tagne exhibits a structure just intermediate. We have not found
sporidia, but the asci are as perfect as in Spheria herbarum, and
as well developed with a distinct second membrane. This seems
to favour M. Desmaziéres’ view of the larger bodies being a scle-
rotioid stroma. Vertical sections of these bodies when mature,
and accompanied by their ascigerous offspring, show very clearly
that the asci are truly contained in the smaller sacs, which are
therefore the true perithecia. All doubt as to their origin is re-
moved by the discovery of the mode of their production. The

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 387

sporidia are still a desideratum ; and should it turn out that the
bodies observed in the smaller perithecia by Kunze and Montagne
are not young asci, though we believe them to be so, we shall
then be obliged to regard them as the Spheropsoid form of the
truly ascigerous sacs. Dr. Montagne, it should be observed, has,
like ourselves, found undoubted asci in the small perithecia, of
which he has sent us numerous sketches.

Piate XII. fig. 44. A transverse slice of one of the large sclerotioid

bodies, showing the conversion of the external cells into perithecia. Highly
magnified. See also Gardeners’ Chronicle, Dee. 6, 1851.

XXXI.—On some genera of the Ieacinacee. By Joun Miers,
Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

{Continued from p. 226.]}

APODYTES.

Tue characters of this genus, suggested by Dr. Meyer, were
first published by Dr. Arnott in ‘ Hooker’s Journal of Botany,’
and nearly about the same time by Mr. Bentham, in a memoir
given in the 18th vol. of the ‘ Linnzan Transactions.’ The prin-
cipal feature by which it is distinguishable from Icacina, is the
- subsequent growth of its ovarium into a form so extremely
gibbous, that the style appears as if it were produced upon one
side, where it is inflected downwards, and at maturity this is
rendered manifest by the presence of a somewhat lateral scutelli-
form appendage, towards the summit of the fruit. It is how-
ever to be remembered, that nothing is yet known of the develop-
ment of the ovarium of Jcacina, beyond its early stage, when it
exactly resembles that of Apodytes ; and it is not at all improba-
ble, that in the respect just mentioned, they may turn out to be
alike, in which case the two genera must be regarded as identi-
cal, and all the species of Apodytes must then be referred to
Icacina. 1 have had no opportunity of examining the seed of
Apodytes, and in the followig diagnosis have therefore added
its earpological characters from the description of Mr. Bentham,
which will be seen to conform with the analysis given by Dr.
Wight, in his ‘Icones,’ tab. 1153. The only other tangible
feature that can serve to distinguish these genera, is, that in
Ieacina the anthers are ovate, not long, linear, and profoundly
bifid below, and that the filaments are slightly induplicated at
their apex, not straight, as in Apodytes.

Avopytss, E. Meyer; Arnott, Hook. Journ. Bot. iii, 155;
Benth. Linn. Trans. xviii. 683.—Flores perfecti, vel interdum

388 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacex.

polygami, sicco nigrescentes. Calyx parvus, 5-dentatus, per-
sistens. Petala 5, linearia, carnosula, glabra, hypogyna,
eestivatione valvata, demum patentia. Stamina 5, cum petalis
inserta, iis alterna, et fere equilonga: filamenta compressa,
subulata, erecta; anthere lineari-oblongz, 2-lobe, basi ad me-
dium bifidze, in sinu dorsifixe, seepe glandulis resinosis aspera,
lobis parallelis, connectivo tenuissimo connatis, singulatim
2-locellatis, demum septicidis et longitudinaliter evolutim
dehiscentibus. Pollen trigonum. Ovarium liberum, oblon-
gum, valde gibbum, disco parvo suffultum, 1-loculare ; ovula
_2 juxta apicem loculi subcollateraliter superposita, podospermio
crassiusculo suspensa, anatropa. Stylus elongatus, subulatus,
flexuosus. Stigma clavatum, sub-3-lobum. (“ Drupa baccata,
dimidiato-ovato-reniformis, stylo hine coronata, et lateraliter
appendice carnoso aucto, nucleo osseo monospermo. Semen
pendulum, ovato-reniforme, compressum, testa tenui, albumine
copioso, carnoso, nigro. Embryo in medio albuminis parvus,
axilis, juxta hilum positus, ‘rectus, radicula breve ad hilum
spectante.” Benth. doc. cit.)\—Arbores capenses et Asiatica,
. folia alterna, ovata, integra, coriacea, glabra, petiolata. In-
florescentia paniculata, terminalis ; flores parvult, cum pedicellis
_ brevibus articulati, bracteolis minimis, caducis.

1. Apodytes dimidiata, E. Mey.; Arnott, Hook. Journ. Bot. iii.
155; Benth. Linn. Trans. xviii. 684 ;—ramulis suleato-an-
gulatis, junioribus pubescentibus ; foliis ovatis vel oblongis,
acutis vel retusis, coriaceis, supra glaberrimis, subtus pube

- vara conspersis, margine cartilagineo revolutis, petiolo sub-
brevi, canaliculato; paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, valde
ramosis, creberrime floribundis, antheris linearibus, profunde
bifidis, crustaceis, glanduloso-echinatis, ovario flavide sericeo.
—C.B.8.ad Krakakamma, Prov. Uitenhage (Zeyher, Drége,
Harvey) ; Port Natal (Krauss, 95). ~

The different specimens vary in the size and shape of the
leaves, and in their more or less glaucous or pruinose hue ; they
are generally from 1} to 24 inches long, $ to 1 inch broad, on a
petiole of 3 lines in length.

Var. 8. capensis ;—foliis utrinque acutioribus, glauco-pruinosis,
glaberrimis, crasso-coriaceis, margine cartilagineo revolutis,
petiolo quam precedenti duplo longiore et tenuiori, subsca-
brido.—C. B. 8. (Masson) ; Uitenhage (Drége).
I can hardly affirm this to be a distinct species, although it is

very different in its aspect, and remarkable for the much

greater length of its petioles; the leaves are more glauccus,
thicker, and more coriaceous, upon petioles twice as long, with

a a

4

£

“J
-

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the cacinacee. 889

longer, spreading, terminal panicles and ig copious flowers :
the leaves measure generally 2 inches in length, 1 inch in
breadth, upon a petiole of 7 lines long.

2. Apodyies Benthamiana, Wight, Icones, tab. 1153 ;—ramulis
teretibus, glabris ; foliis oblongo-ellipticis, utrinque obtusis,
coriaceis, glaberrimis ; panicula terminali, rigida, folio breviori,
alabastris oblongis, floribus albidis; drupa ovata, appendice
laterali scutiformi signata.—Neilgherries.

Dr. Wight describes this to be a tree, with leaves from 31 to

4 inches long, including the petiole, and 14 inch broad: the

flower-buds 3 lines long: the drupe is represented as 8 lines

long, and 6 lines in diameter, semi-ovate, reniform, crowned with
the persistent style, and furnished with a lateral scutelliform
appendage. The-leaves and flowers of this and the following
species become dark in drying, and appear to be charged with

resinous matter.

3. Apodytes Gardneriana, n. sp. ;—foliis sicco nigrescentibus,
oblongis, utrinque acutis, acuminatis, apice barbato obtuse
mucronatis, subcoriaceis, glaberrimis, supra lucidulis, nervis
immersis, subtus ferrugineo-brunneis, nervis prominulis ru-
bentibus, margine valde revoluto; panicula sublaxa, terminali,
alabastris elongatis, mmoribus.—Ceylon, ad Newer-Ellia, altit.
6000 ped. (Gardner, n. 189).

This species hardly accords with Dr. Wight’s description of
the Neilgherry plant, and the specimens from the two localities
differ much in appearance: the leaves here are larger, being 4+
inches long, or with the petiole 4% in length, and 21 inches
broad ; the panicle is 13 inch long, the flowers grow black in
drying, and the buds scarcely exceed a line in length*,

4. Apodytes acutifolia, Hochst. ;—arbor grandis, ramulis sub-
striatis, glanduloso-verrucosis, foliis ovatis, utrinque acutis,
apice repente et breviter attenuatis, glaberrimis, supra sub-
lucidis, subtus pallidioribus, petiolo valde elongato, tenui,
canaliculato, glabro, glauco; panicula laxe ramosa, terminali,
folio breviore, pauciflora, sparse pubescente.—Abyssinia, in
Monte Aber, prope Adesselam altit. 8000 ped.—. s. in herb.
Hook. et Mus. Brit. (Schimper, 1315).

This is said by Schimper to be a tall handsome tree: its
branchlets are marked with long whitish spots having a furrow
down the middle; the leaves are 33 inches long, 13 inch broad,
upon a petiole 14 inch in length : the panicle measures 13 inch.

* A representation of this species with generic details will be given in
plate 5 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &e.

380 Mr. J. Miers on come genera of the Icacinaceze.

RuAPHIOSTYLIS.

This genus, suggested by Dr. Planchon, was first announced
by Mr. Bentham, who gave an outline of its characters in the
‘Niger Flora,’ p. 259. It differs little from Apodytes, its di-
stinguishing features consisting in its inflorescence, with small
axillary fasciculate flowers, and the peculiar somewhat lateral
glandular appendage, seen on the summit of the ovary, and near
the base of the style: it bears somewhat the appearance as if it
had originally possessed three styles, one of which had acquired
much growth, and the other two, being abortive, exhibited only
rudimentary traces of their existence: on the other hand, this
process is evidently very analogous to the fleshy scutelliform
appendage seen in Apodytes, as well as to the large epigynous
gland observed in the fruit of Stemonurus. In its elongated

slender style (whence its generic name is derived) it has much:

resemblance to Jcacina: in its inflorescence and habit, it bears
greatly the appearance of the Phlebocalymna of Griffiths. The
following outline of its generic character is somewhat modified
from that given by Mr. Bentham, in order to distinguish it more
readily from other genera of the same family.

Ruarutosty is, Planch.; Bth. (Flor. Nigrit.)—Flores perfecti.
Calyx breviter campanulatus, 5-dentatus, dentibus obtusius-
culis, persistens. Petala 5, zqualia, linearia, glaberrima,

_ hypogyna, eestivatione valvata, sub anthesi reflexa. Stamina 5,
cum petalis inserta, usdem alterna; filamenta carnosula, imo
dilatata, apice subulata; anthere oblong 2-lobe, 4-loculares,
imo bifidee, connectivo tenui, dorso in sinu affixe, lobis singu-
latim 2-locellatis, demum septicidis, et longitudinaliter evo-
lutim dehiscentibus. Pollen trigonum. Ovariwm oblongum,
liberum, subgibbum, glabrum, disco parvulo stipitatum, ap-
pendice glanduloso dentibus 2 obtusis erectis ad basin styli
lateraliter coronatum, 1-loculare ; ovu/a 2 juxta apicem loculi
subcollateraliter superposita, podospermio crassiusculo sus-
pensa. Stylus tereti-subulatus, gracilis, longitudine petaloram
excedens, apice inflexus. Stigma obtusum, lateraliter suleatum.
Fructus ignotus.—Frutices Africe tropice glabri, exsiccatione
nigrescentes ; folia alterna, elliptica, integerrima, flores parvi,
plurimt, azillares, fasciculati, cum pedicellis brevibus articulati.

1. Rhaphiostylis Beninensis, Planch. ; Hook. Flor. Nigrit. 259.
tab. 28. Apodytes Beninensis, Hook. fil. Icon. pl. tab. 778;
—glaberrimus, foliis distichis, elongato-ellipticis, utrinque at-
tenuatis, summo obtusiusculo vel emarginato, subtus nervis
prominulis, margine revolutis, breviter petiolatis: floribus
axillaribus, paucis, virente-albidis, cum pedicellis sub-brevio-
ribus articulatis.—Cape Palmas (Vogel).—v. s. in herb, Hooker.

= a

=~

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 391.

The leaves here are 34 to 4 inches long, 1} inch broad, on a
petiole of 2 lines; the axils are generally inch apart, with about
eight flowers in each ; the flowers in bud are 3 lines long, on a
pedicel of 2 lines.

2. Rhaphiostylis Heudelotii, Planch. MSS. ;—glaberrimus, foliis
oblongo-ellipticis, utrinque acuminatis, apice repente angus-

_ tatis, coriaceis, subtus pallidioribus, breviter petiolatis ; flori-

bus axillaribus, pedicellatis, e nodo crebre bracteato 8—10-fas-
-ciculatis.—Senegambia (Heudelot, 723: v. s. in herb. Hook.).

This is certainly a distinct species, the leaves being consider-
ably larger than the former, more attenuated in the apex, paler,
more coriaceous, the axils more distant, and the flowers larger.
The leaves are 53 inches long, 2 inches broad, on a petiole of
8 lines: the axils are 13 inch apart ; the flowers in bud measure
4 lines in length, and 1 line in diameter, upon pedicels 2 lines
long; the pistil is at least a line longer than the petals ; the
calyx is very small: the whole plant is entirely glabrous, and like
the former blackens in drying*.

LERETIA.

This genus, although previously known from the rough and
very incorrect figure in the ‘Flora Fluminensis,’ was first
described by Mr. Bentham in the ‘Linn. Trans.’ xviii. p. 680.
It resembles his Pogopetalum in having its petals clothed inside
with long silky hairs, and bears some analogy with Rhaphiostylis
and Pennantia in exhibiting two erect processes about the base
of the style, which in all these instances may be considered as
additional and rudimentary styles, corresponding with as many
abortive cells of the ovarium: this hypothesis is rendered the
more probable by the fact, that in making a transverse section of
the ovarium, these abortive cells may be distinctly traced in the
fleshy covering, upon the side correlative with the stylar appen-
dages. As in the other genera last mentioned, the suspension
of the two somewhat collateral ovules is from a point below
the apex, towards the side of the abortive cells, and they are
here attached to a thick fleshy bell-shaped podosperm with a con-
spicuously crenated margin. The ovarium is densely covered
with long adpressed erect hairs, which as well as those of the
petals are thickly spotted with prominent, oval, transparent
glands, arranged in closely spiral lines all over their surface. I
did not meet with its fruit, nor have I found it in any herba-
rium, so that I cannot offer any particulars of its seminal struc-

* This species, with an analysis of its floral structure, will be represented
in plate 6 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &c

392 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinaceze,

ture ; but in the figure of the ‘ Flora Fluminensis,’ above referred
to, this is represented as a large fleshy drupe, about 14 inch in
diameter, and therefore one of the largest known in this family.
The Emmotum fagifolium of Desvaux, from Guiana, has been re-
ferred here by Endlicher ; but, notwithstanding the scantiness of
the details given of it, little doubt can exist that it is identical
with the Pogopetalum acutum, Bth., also from Guiana.

Lererra, Velloz.—Flores perfecti, interdum polygami. Calyx
breviter campanulatus, acute 5-dentatus, persistens. Petala 5,
zequalia, hypogyna, oblonga, carnosula, extus pubescentia,
intus dense sericea, estivatione valvata, sub anthesi reflexa.
Stamina 5, cum petalis disco inserta, iisdem alterna ; filamenta
carnosula, basi dilatata, apice subulata et breviter induplicata ;
anthere oblong, apice mucronatz, imo breviter bifidee, 2-lob,
connectivo tenui dorso infra medium sinu affixe, lobis bilo-
cellatis, membranaceis, demum septicidis et longitudinaliter
evolutim dehiscentibus. Pollen ovale, longitudinaliter 3-sul-
catum. Ovarium conico-oblongum, subgibbum, sericeo-hir-
sutum, disco parvulo obsolete 5-lobo breviter stipitatum,
1-loculare ; ovula 2 juxta apicem loculi collateraliter super-
posita, podospermio crasso crenato suspensa. Stylus erectus,
filiformis, apice inflexus, basi processubus 2 brevibus erectis
comitatus, in flore sterili valde brevior, hirsutus et obtusus.
Stigma obliquum, suleatum. Drupa majuscula, globosa, mo-
nosperma; cetera ignota. Arbuscula Brasiliensis in sylvis
maritimis vigens, ramulis glanduloso-rugosis, acute angulatis,
angulis ab axillis utrinque decurrentibus : folia alterna, oblonga,
glaberrima, subcoriacea, reticulata, minute pellucido-punctulata,
lete viridia, sicco pallescentia, breviter petiolata ; panicula laza,
axillaris, divaricatim ramosa, floribus cum pedicellis brevibus
articulatis, pubescentiea pilis punctato-glandulosis.

1. Leretia Vellozii. L. cordata, Velloz, Flor. Flum. iii. tab. 2 ;—
ramulis angulatis, cortice rimoso, foliis oblongis, utrinque
subacutis, apice breviter attenuatis, coriaceis, nervosis, margine
revolutis, petiolo brevi crasso canaliculato; panicula pubescente,
floribus extus griseo- pilosulis, intus pilis longissimisferrugineo-
sericeis dense vestitis: drupa majuscula, globosa.—Rio de
Janeiro in sylvis maritimis.—v. v. ;

I collected specimens of this plant in 1836 in a wood on the
borders of Jurujuba Bay, in the harbour of Rio de Janeiro: it
was found also by Gardner on the maritime skirts of the Coreo-
vado range at Tejuco, and by Padre Velloz in the maritime woods
at Tagoahy, in the same province: the specimens collected by
Moricand in Ilheos, no. 2347, do not appear to me to differ spe-

ee
ba

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 393

eifically from the others. It forms a tree with spreading branches,
of which the branchlets are acutely angular as above described.
Its leaves are 6 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole $ of
an inch in length: the panicle is from 2 to 3 inches long, with
its branches spreading at right angles to the length of 14 inch:
the flower-bud is oval, 2 limes in length; the petals are of a
greenish yellow colour, clothed inside with long white silky hatrs,
which become brown in drying: the ovarium is in like manner
sericeous, so that the lower half of the style, and its basal lobes,
are concealed. As the name cordata may lead to mistake, there
being nothing in the form of its leaves or other parts approxi-
mating a heart-shape, I] have dedicated the species to the author
of the genus ;—the somewhat truncated base of the kernel of the
fruit (probably an accidental occurrence) suggested the above
designation *.
Maprprta.

‘This genus, described and figured in the ‘ Hortus Schoenbru-
nensis ’ by Jacquin in 1797, appears to have escaped the notice
of all succeeding botanists. The plant upon which it was founded
was raised in the Imperial Botanic Garden, but the country from
which it was derived was then unknown. There can be no
doubt, however, that it is identical ‘with the Icacina dubia of
McFadyen, and that it is a native of Jamaica. I have also to
add many other species from tropical Asia, and Madagascar, so
that the range of the genus is considerable. In its floral struc-
ture it is very near Jcacina: it differs from Apodytes, Rhaphiostylis
and Leretia, in the absence of any glandular appendage or raised
teeth on the summit of the ovarium, and from both, as well as
from Jcacina, in having a shorter, erect, and stronger style, and
a lobed hollow stigma, in its calyx being more entire, the anthers
more ovate and not so deeply cleft at base, and in its entirely
free hypogynous disc, smooth outside and generally very pilose
within; in the cristulate apex of the nut, it bears-some analogy
with that of Pennantia. It differs also from Apodytes, Stemo-
nurus and Pennantia in its larger embryo, with large, oval, folia-
ceous cotyledons, that nearly equal the length of the albumen.
It is the Stemonurus of Dr. Wight, but differs essentially from
the Stemonurus of Blume.

The Nothapodytes of Blume agrees with this genus in every
essential feature. I cannot perceive any difference in the struc-
ture of the flowers between the Jamaica and Asiatic species, except
in the more glabrous habit of the former, their more lanceolate
leaves, and the perfect smoothness of the hypogynous disc,

* This plant, with full generic details, will be shown in plate 7 of the
* Contributions to Botany,’ &c.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Voll. ix. 26

394 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Lcacinacee.

features that cannot constitute any generic distinction. I have
therefore divided them into corresponding tribes.

The following outline of its generic characters has been derived

from my own observations.

Marrra, Jacq. Stemonurus, Wight, non Bl. Nothapodytes, Bl.

—Flores perfecti, interdum polygami. Caly# breviter cam-
panulatus, fere integer, denticulis 5 donatus, immutatus et
persistens. Petala 5, oblonga, carnosula, intus villosa, imo
disci inserta, estivatione valvata, sub anthesi patentia. Sta-
mina 5 cum petalis inserta, iisdem alterna; filamenta basi
dilatata, carnosula, superne subulata, <estivatione induplicata ;
anthere introrse, ovate, 2-lobe, 4-locellate, imo breviter
bifide, connectivo tenui, dorso in sinu affixe, lobis singulatim
2-locellatis, demum septicidis, et longitudinaliter evolutim de-
hiscentibus. Pollen reticulatum, 4-suleatum vel subquadra-
tum. Ovarium liberum, ovatum, interdum subgibbum, villo-
sum, imo glabrum, et disco cupuliformi libero margine lobato,
extus glabro, intus sepissime hirsuto hine cireumdatum, 1-
loculare ; ovula 2, juxta apicem loculi subcollateraliter suspensa,
anatropa. Stylus teres, interdum brevis, erectus, rarius
paullulo curvatus. Stigma erectum 2-5-lobum, cavum, demum
capitatum. Drupa oblonga, epicarpio parco carnosa, olive-
formis, ianthina, monopyrena, calyce persistente suffulta : pu-
tamen osseum, tenue, extus irregulariter sulcato-rugosum,
crista apicali et laterali; semen suspensum, oblongum, ¢esta
membranacea, raphe dorsali, ab apice versus basin tendens,
chalaza fere basali: embryo in axi albuminis carnosi immersus,
orthotropus, inversus, fere ejusdem longitudine, cotyledonibus
majusculis, foliaceis, ovatis, radicula 3-plo longioribus.—
Arbores in Asia tropica, et Antillis crescentes, folia lanceolata,
oblonga, aut ovata, acuminata, integra, subpubescentia, petiolata ;
inflorescentia paniculata, terminalis, flores parvult, flavescentes,
odore feetido, rarius suaveolente emittentes, cum pedicellis artt-
culati.

§1. Eumarria. Discus cupularis profunde et obtuse 5-lobatus,
lobis extus 2-costatis, utrinque glaberrimis. Species Antillane.

Mappia racemosa, Jacq. Hort. Schoenb. i. 22. tab. 47. Ica-
cina dubia, McFad, Fl. Jam. i. 122 ;—foliis lanceolatis, utrm-
que acutis, glaberrimis, nitidis, penninerviis, nervorum axillis
glandula supra verruceformi subtus cava signatis, petiolo
longiusculo, glabro, canaliculato; paniculis axillaribus, folio
brevioribus, plurifloris, floribus parvis, flavescentibus, odore
foetido, calyce glabro, denticulato, petalis extus levibus, intus
sericeis,—Jamaica ; v.s..in herb. Hooker (MacFadyen).

a
a

Mr. J . Miers on some genera of the Icacinaceer. 395

The figure of Jacquin gives a very faithful representation of
this plant, as well as good details of the structure of the flower.
The fleshy immersed gland, about the size of a millet seed, seen
near the axil of each nerve, offers a very characteristic mark of
this species; its leaves are 4: inches long, 1} inch broad, upon a
petiole of 6 or 8 lines: the panicle is 2} incheslong. The whole |
plant, as in some other species of this genus, becomes black in

drying.

2. Mappia affinis, n. sp.;—ramulis lenticellis elongatis, verru-
cosis, albidis maculatis; foliis lanceolatis, basi minus acutis,
epee nitidis, penninerviis, nervis eglandulosis, petiolo

reviori, canaliculato ; paniculis glabris, axillaribus, folio multo
brevioribus, multifloris, floribus parvulis, odore snaveolente,
calyce subpubescente, petalis extus glabris, intus sericeo-pilosis.
—Manchester, Ins. Jamaice ; v. s. in herb. Hook. (Purdie).

This species is very similar to the foregoing one, but is di-
stinguished by the want of the peculiar nerval gland and by the
whole plant becoming less black in drying. Its leaves are
53 inches long, 14 inch broad, on a petiole half an inch in length :
the panicle is 1} to 2 inches long.

§ 2. Tricnocrater. Discus cupularis, 5-dentatus, extus
glaber et 10-costatus, intus pilis longis indutus. Species
Asiatice.

3. Mappia fetida. Stemonurus feetidus, Wight, Icon. tab. 955 ;
Spic. Neilgh. tab. 23 ;—foliis ovato-ellipticis vel elliptico-ob-
longis, apice repente attenuatis, valde reticulato-venosis, utrin-
que parce pubescentibus, subtus glauco-pallidis nervis venis-
que prominentibus ; paniculis terminalibus cymosis breviter
pilosis; floribus subparvis, flavis, foetidis, spe omnibus masculis;
ealyce acute 5-dentato; drupa oliveformi, purpurea, putamine
tenui.—Neilgherries ; v. s. m herb. Hook. (Wight).

This is described as a large umbraceous tree, and I observe
the specimens do not become black in drying; the leaves are
generally 4 or 5, sometimes even 7 inches long, usually 2, rarely
3 inches broad on a petiole % inch in length: the panicle is from
2 to 3 inches long, much spreading, with numerous flowers; the
buds are ovate, nearly 2 lines long, and the flowers, which exhale
a rank smell of carrion, are larger than most of the species of
this genus; the ealyx is deeply and acutely dentate ; the petals
are very pilose outside, covered with sericeous hairs inside, and
marked by a raised longitudinal nervure ; the anthers are oblong,
with a mucronulate apex ; the ovarium and erect style are densely
covered with long pilose hairs, but the former is glabrous at its

26%

396 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacez.

base, where it is surrounded by a short free cup, which is quite
smooth outside and densely sericeous within.

4, Mappia oblonga, n. sp.;—foliis oblongis, utrinque acutis,
summo longiuscule attenuatis, supra glabris, nervosis, nerviis
7-Y-jugis, venisque subtus sparse pubescentibus, petiolo elon-
gato, gracili, glabro, canaliculato ; panicula laxa, terminali,
pubescente, folio dimidio breviori, divaricate ramosa, ramulis
elongatis, floribus majusculis valde pilosis, calyee submem-
branaceo denticulato.—Bombay—Ghauts ; v. s. in herb. Hook.
(Dalzell).

The leaves of this species are 6 inches long, 3 inches broad, on
a petiole 11 inch in length ; the terminal panicle measures 3inches.

A specimen in the Wallichian herbarium, no. 9064, under the
name of “ Cordia,’” is probably only a variety of this species : it is
from Travancore, collected by Dr. Wight, and may be thus
designated :—

Var. elliptica, ramulis angulatis, foliis minoribus, ellipticis, basi
obtusioribus, apice breviter attenuatis.

5. Mappia ovata, n. sp. ;—ramulis glabris angulatis ; foliis ovato-
oblongis, basi ineequilateribus, apice subito attenuatis, fere gla-
bris, supra nitidis, lete virentibus, creberrime reticulatis,
venosis, subtus glaucis et resinoso-punctatis, margine subre-
volutis, nervis venisque utrinque sparse pubescentibus, sub-
tus in axillas venarum barbatis, petiolo gracili, valde elongato,
glabro; panicula subterminali, floribus parvis, pubescentibus ;
calyce 5-dentato.—Ceylon—Hautane, altit. 2300 ped.; v. s.
in herb. meo et Hook. (Gardn. 99).

This is a very distinct species ; the branchlets appear fistulose
and angular; the leaves are broader than other species, being
6} inches long, and 4 inches broad, on a petiole of 2 or 23 inches ;
the panicle, on a lengthened peduncle, does not exceed 2 inches
in length; the flowers are small, and densely tomentose*.

6. Mappia Gardneriana, n. sp. ;—foliis oblongis, basi obtusis et
inzequilateribus, apice subito attenuatis, margine subrevolutis,
supra fere glabris, subtus ferrugineo-glaucescentibus, et parce
pubescentibus, punctis creberrimis minutis notatis, nervis 8-ju-
gis supra impressis, subtus prominentibus, fuscis, pilosulis,
petiolo elongato, canaliculato; panicula subterminali, pilosa,
pedunculo crassiusculo, petalis intus pilis dense vestitis, calyce
denticulato.—Ceylon—Newer Ellia, altit. 6000 ped. ; v. s. m
herb. meo et Hook. (Gardn. 98), Galagama (Thwaites, no. 492).

* A figure of this species, with ample generic details, will be scen in
plate 8 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &c.

ee
ay Se ge oe a

; Aa eee ee SS
ewes:

-

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 397

This species greatly resembles M. feelida; the nervures of the
leaves are sometimes a little barbate at base. The leaves are
53 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole of 1 or 1} inch in
length. It is one of the commonest plants of Ceylon, and called
by the natives Ganda pang, meaning “ stinking lamp,” on account
of the extremely foetid odour of its flowers.

7. Mappia Championiana, n. sp. ;—cortice suberoso, foliis ob-
longis, apice attenuatis, costee summo imoque recurvis hinc
subconduplicatis, textura tenuibus, utrinque sparse pubescenti-
bus, subtus pallide flavidis, nervis paucijugis prominentibus et
rufulis, reticulato-venosis, venulis in areolis liberis et furcatis :
panicula cymoso-terminali, longe stipitata, 2-3-chotome ra-
mosa, ramis elongatis gracilibus, floribus crebris dense pilosis,
odore feetidis ; drupa ovali, putamine rugoso.—Ceylon ; v. s. in
herb. Champ. et Hook. (Col. Walker, Major Champion).

The leaves in this species are 44 to 7 inches long, 24 to 3 inches
broad, on a petiole 3 to 1 inch in length. It is certainly differ-
ent both from the M. Gardneriana and M. fetida, having leaves
of much thinner texture, beautifully reticulated, and with fewer
nervures, these scarcely exceeding 5 pairs: its flower stem and
branchlets are much more slender : on account of the foetid odour
of its flowers, it also bears the vernacular name of Ganda pang.

8. Mappia Wightiana, un. sp. ;—foliis lanceolato-oblongis apice
subito attenuatis, a medio ad basin gradatim angustioribus
textura tenuibus, utrinque glabris, subtus glaucescenti-pallidis,
nervis rufulis, eleganter reticulatis, venulis in areolis liberis et
furcatis, margine revolutis, petiolo gracili canaliculato, costa-
que sparse pubescentibus: panicula terminali dichotome
ramosa, sparse pubescente, floribus adpresse pilosis, calyce bre-
vissimo, denticulato, hirsuto, disco intus longissime hirto.—
Madras; v. s. in herb. Hook. (Wight, ‘ Beureria?’ no. 647).

This is certamly a very distinct species, and bears much

-analogy with the preceding: it is distinguishable by the shape

and greater length of its more flattened leaves, which are almost
membranaceous in texture, their reticulations being regularly
anastomosed hike the fronds of some ferns; the leaves are 7 to
8 inches long, 3 inches broad, on a petiole 13 in length; the
raceme is 3 inches long; the flowers are remarkable for the
greater rigidity of the pubescence, for the small size of their
hirsute calyx, and for the length of the rigid hairs that spring
from the internal face of the cupular disk, which form a close
erect crown, concealing more than half the ovarium.

9. Mappia tomentosa, n. sp. ;—foliis oblongis, basi obtusis, apice
acuminatis, vix attenuatis, coriaceis, supra glabriusculis, nervis

398 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee.

8-jugis, subtus demissu fulvo-tomentosis, rachi versus basin
valde prominenti, petiolo crasso, canaliculato, tomentoso ;
panicula terminali, tomentosa, multiflora, ramo ramulisque
crassis, pedicellis confertis, cum floribus articulatis ; drupa
sanguinea pilosa, majuscula, pulposa, putamine rugoso, nigro.
—Neilgherries ; v. s. in herb. Champion.

This is also a very distinct species: the leaves are much
channelled at both extremities, and the midrib is very prominent
towards the base, so that the eontinuous thick petiole stands at
a considerable angle with the plane of the blade ; they are smooth
above, and below are thickly covered with dense yellowish tomen-
tum ; they are 6 inches long, and 23 broad, on a petiole 1 inch
in length; the panicle is 4 inches long, its stem being 2 lines
thick. The specimen in Capt. Champion’s herbarium is very
short, so that the lower leaves are probably much larger: the
berry is nearly an inch in length~and 3 inch in diameter.

10. Mappia montana. Nothapodytes montana, Bl. Mus. Bot.
Lugd. Bat. 248 ;—arbor ramosissima, ramis dichotomo-ramu-
losis, foliis sparsis, oblongis vel lanceolatis, utrinque angustatis,
integerrimis, subcoriaceis, glabris, supra lucidis, subtus reti-
culato-venosis, petiolatis ; paniculis corymbosis axillaribus vel
infra gemmam terminalem ortis, cum alabastris pube sericea
obductis ; floribus parvis, brevissime pedicellatis, subcalyce
articulatis, ebracteatis.—Java.

As the features offered by Prof. Blume in the work above cited,
of his genus Nothapodytes, quite correspond with those of Map-
pia, I feel no hesitation in considering these genera as identical ;
the characters of this species there given, being also analogous
to the plants above described, and the proximity of the countries
of their origin, all seem to confirm this conclusion.

DrsMOSsTACHYS.

I propose to establish this genus upon a plant of very peculiar
habit from Madagascar, which I have found im the herbaria of
Dr. Lindley and Sir William Hooker, remarkable for its several
slender spicated racemes, growing out of each axil, whence its
generic name, and which I adopt upon a manuscript suggestion
of Dr. Planchon. It resembles Mappia in the structure of its
flowers, but the floral parts are far more delicate and membra-
naceous in texture, and retain their yellowish colour in drying ;
the stamens and style are marked with numerous pellucid dots,
and the anther-cells are thin and membranaceous; the ovarium
is covered with very long setose hairs and is seated on a distinctly
5-lobed disk.

ee

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacez. 399

Desmostacuys, gen. nov.—Flores perfecti. Calyx minimus,
brevissime cupulatus, 5-dentatus, ciliatus, persistens. Petala
5, zqualia, hypogyna, lineari-oblonga, membranacea, extus
pilosa, zstivatione valvata, apice inflexa, sub anthesi patentia.
Stamina 5, longitudine petalorum et iis alterna; filamenta
tenuiter linearia, membranacea, apice attenuata, disco inter
lobos alternatim. extus inserta; anthere oblonge, 2-lobz,
4-locellatze, imo breviter 2-fide, dorso medio affixe, lobis
membranaceis, singulatim 2-locellatis, demum septicidis et
longitudinaliter evolutim dehiscentibus. Ovarium liberum,
ovatum, villosum, disco cupuliformi obtuse 5-lobato suffultum,
1-loculare ; ovula 2, juxta apicem loculi superposita, podo-
spermio crasso subcollateraliter suspensa, anatropa. Stylus
erectus, gracilis, glaber, pellucido-punctatus. Stigma obsolete
lobatum. Fructus ignotus.—Frutex scandens Madegascariensis;
folia alterna, ovata, coriacea, glaberrima, petiolata; racemi
plurimi, azxillares, spicati, gracillimi, pauciflori, folio subbre-
viores, floribus minimis, sessilibus, bracteatis.

1. Desmostachys Planchonianus, n. sp. ;—scandens, ramulis tere-
tibus, levibus; foliis cuneato-ovatis vel lanceolate-oblongis,
apice brevissime et repente attenuatis, crasso-coriaceis, utrinque
lucidis et glaberrimis, supra lete viridibus, subtus pallidis,
nervis venisque valde reticulatis prominentibus, margine revo-
lutis, petiolo brevi, brunneo,rugoso, inflexo, canaliculato ;
racemis in axillis 5-8-fasciculatis, spicatis, gracillimis, pubes-
centibus, folio brevioribus, floribus minutis, alternatim sessili-
bus, petalis virescenti-flavidis.—Madagascar; v. s. in herb.
Lindley (Forbes), in herb. Hook. (Lyall).

Among the several specimens I have seen of this plant, some
have their leaves quite ovate, others nearly lanceolate, but as
their shape varies in the same plant, they must all be considered
as one species. It is described as climbing upon other trees, in
the Province of Be-Zemcharak : the leaves are thin and coria-
ceous, shining, very reticulated, of a very light green colour
above, from 23 to 4 inches long, and from 14 to 12 inch broad,
upon a thin incurved petiole, with a dark brown corrugated sur-
face: from 4 to 8 slender spikes grow out of each of the upper
axils, measuring 1 inch to 13 inch in length; the flowers are
alternately arranged, are quite sessile upon the slender pubes-
cent peduncle, and are 1 line long, with a minute pubescent
bract at the base of each*.

* A drawing of this es with figures of its floral analysis, will be
given in plate 9 of the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ &c.

400 Mr. W. Clark on Venus undata.

XXXII.— On the Venus undata of authors.
By Witi1am Crark, Esq. >

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, March 20, 1852.

Tue Venus undata of the older conchological authorities, which
has been justly separated from Venus by more recent writers
under various appellations, and particularly by the learned
authors of the ‘ British Mollusca’ under the title of Lucinopsis
undata, has given rise to much difference of opinion amongst
malacologists in regard to its natural position. Though the
shell of this species, anomalous in several points, has long been
known, the aggregation of the curious characters of its animal
has never been sufficiently described, from the difficulty of pro-
curing it alive of large size. The quotation from my manuscript
in the ‘ British Mollusca’ is the result of the examination of very
small specimens, not more than 3ths of an inch diameter, though
it is as correct and full as could well be expected from such ma-
terials ; but the receipt from Exmouth of adult lively examples of
11 inch diameter, has enabled me to review and add to it several
unrecorded features, which I think will interest some of your
readers, and show that this peculiar genus has scarcely yet re-
ceived ifs precise natural allocation; and many important cir-
cumstances will be developed, which may assist to determine the
proper station of some other bivalve molluscan groups, by the
concatenation of characters exhibited by this animal, illustrative
of its connection with them.

Lucinopsis undata, Brit. Moll.
Venus undata, auctorum.

Animal inhabiting a shell of thin and fragile texture, like
many of the Telline, irregularly subrotund, and not exhibiting
the decided lenticular form of its shell; the general colour is
pale pinkish drab, which, when the animal has been killed by
hot water, often changes to the various hues of orange, red and
brown : this remark is of some importance as regards correct de-
scription, for under similar circumstances this condition prevails
more or less in all the testaceous Mollusca, and particularly in
the bivalves. The mantle has its edges sinuated or furbelowed,
in some examples irregularly jagged, but not serrated; the ven-
tral aperture is very contracted, only affording space for the
issue of a moderately sized foot, in consequence of the basal posi-
tion and very large size of the posterior adductor ; and though
the anterior one is nearer the dorsal region, it also, from the
length, contributes to the smallness of the pedal aperture ; the

lon So el a An

Mr. W. Clark on Venus undata. 401

mantle is produced posteriorly into two very long pale orange
siphons divergent and separated to their bases; the branchial
one is the smallest and longest, being in adult examples in full
extension 13 inch long, and having the extremity margined by a
circle of very short, minute dark lines, blotches or dots, with
16-20 white cirrhi of irregular sizes and lengths ; the anal siphon
is of rather larger diameter, and when protruded is barely an
inch in length; its extremity is furnished with 12-15 white,
short cirrhi, of more uniform length than in the branchial ; it
has not the dark terminal margin of points: the usual hyaline
valve was not observed, but it probably exists.

This siphonal apparatus has the entire aspect of that of the
typical Yellinide; but its position when exserted is singular,
being very little posterior to the centre of the ventral range, in-
stead of being, a8 is more usual, protruded from a posterior
angle somewhat more basal, than a right one to a vertical line
drawn from the beaks to the ventral centre ; this nearly central
basal site is occasioned by the great size and low position of the
posterior adductor, which necessarily compels the issue I have
described.

The foot is white, not large, flat, bevelled, pointed, very little
geniculated, without a byssal groove, scarcely differing from
the Telline and some of the Veneres; it also, from the causes
assigned to the siphons, has a more basal position than usnal
when protruded, with a very limited anterior action, from which
it may be inferred that the motive power is confined to the turn-
ing from side to side and on its centre. The branchie are sub-
circular, the upper plates being much less than the lower, half
lapping on them, pale drab, with moderately fine but not very
distinct pectinations ; the pair of palpi on each side are fleshy,
rather long, triangular, pointed, strongly pectinated on the out-
sides, smooth within, and connected with each other around the
mouth ; they are also light drab. The body is pale pink, small
and subglobular, having the foot fixed to its centre. The liver
is grass-green. I have already alluded to the texture of the
shell, but it is necessary to add, that in the right valve there are
two laminar primary teeth, and in the left two similar ones, with
a strong double tooth between them: there are no laterals.

It would then appear, that the texture of the shell, the two
laminar teeth in the right valve, and the exact similitude to the
typical Te/line, of the very long, slender, divergent siphonal ap-
paratus having each tube completely separated to the base, ally
this animal by many degrees nearer to the Tellinide than to the

Veneride, as none of the genera of the latter family have any
resemblance to this siphonal condition; still it cannot be lost
sight of, that the three primary teeth in the left valve, which ap-

402 Mr. W. Clark on Venus undata.

pear in no tribe but in that of the Veneres, give it a decided con-
necting link with them.

As to the alliance of Lucinopsis with Lucina it is not very
near, and principally consists in its lenticular shape, which, how-
ever, is that of many of the Veneres, so that a less significant
appellation might have been preferable. I must likewise observe,
that there are some differences of shape and position from either
the Telling or Veneres in the adductor cicatrices of Lucinopsis,
which have a slight approach to the Lucine ; in other respects
there is little in common between the two, there being no sipho-
nal apparatus, and a very peculiar foot in Lucina.

These remarks may induce malacologists to take into consi-
deration that, the Tellinide and Veneride being so closely allied
by the intervention of Lucinopsis, it would be desirable to re-
move the Mactre into the vicinity of Cyprina, to follow it and
precede Cardium, in which case the line would march thus :—
Tellinide, including the Donaces, Lucinopsis ; the Veneride, em-
bracing Cyprina and its adjuncts; then Mactra, Cardium, &c.,
which two latter genera as regards both the animal and shell
have some points of agreement, and by relieving the Tellinide
and Veneride of the intermediacy of the Mactre, perhaps a
greater approach to a natural position would be obtained.

The peculiar characters of the shell of Mactra create a diffi-
culty with respect to natural order, as it has many features of
the Myade and Anatine ; but the open mantle of the animal will
not allow it to be so near a neighbour to them as to precede the
Tellinide ; neither can it remain between the latter family and
the Veneres, the union of which I think is more naturally effected
by Lucinopsis, notwithstanding the anomalies that exist in that
genus. The siphons of Mactra are altogether different from those
of the Telling; their tubes are more congruous with the Vene-
ride, so that it might have been placed immediately after the
typical Veneres if the Cyprinide had not intervened, which, how-
ever, cannot be severed from them, merely because their siphons
are so short as scarcely to produce a scar ;—therefore it would
appear difficult to fix Mactra otherwise than to follow the Cypri-
nide, and come into line with the Cardia.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,
WiiiaM Crark,

Erratum in the paper on Lepton Clarkia, ‘ Annals,’ N.S. vol. ix. p. 293 :—

For “ I was all but convinced that the Lepton convexum and L. nitidum
were identical,” read “I was all but convinced that the Lepton converum
and L. nitidum were distinct.”

— - -

Mr. W.T. C. Thomson on some Zoophytes and Polyzoa. 403

XXXIII.—Notes on some Scotch Zoophytes and Polyzoa. By
Wrvitte T. C. Tuomson, Sec. R.P.S., F.B.S.E., Lecturer on
Botany, King’s College, Aberdeen.

[With a Plate.]

Sir, Bonsyde near Linlithgow, Jan. 12, 1852.
In going over some of the Scotch Zoophytes and Polyzoa, I have
met with several species, partially described by Sir John Graham
Dalyell, in his ‘Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland.’
Some of these species appear to be new, and others it is not very
easy, without a little consideration, to identify. Of one of the
former I send you a sketch and description ; of two others, Ser-
tularia fascis and Triticeila flava, 1 hope to have something to
say shortly, but afew observations are still wanting.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

PoLyzoA INFUNDIBULATA.
VESICULARINA. Fam. VESICULARIADE.
AVENELLA, Dalyell.

Diag. Polypidom confervoid, filiform, very much attenuated,
creeping, nearly simple. Cells large, solitary, irregularly scattered,
sub-unilateral, slightly contracted towards the apex, curved.

Animal an ascidian mollusk with from twenty to twenty-four
ciliated tentacula ; gizzard small.

A. Dalyellii, Wy.T. Cells slightly rough with scattered, patent,
horny bristles. Plate XVI. B.

Sir John Dalyell, in the 2nd vol. of his ‘ Remarkable Animals,’
bestowed upon this mollusk provisionally the name of Avenella
fusca. “ Fusca” is not a very appropriate specific name, as all
the species belonging to the genus, yet to be discovered, will
probably have an equal claim to the title. As Sir John has as
yet no namesake among a race whose manners and customs he
so carefully studied, I have taken the liberty of proposing in
— the specific name “ Dalyellii,’ a tribute due to his

bours in an obscure and unfrequented path.

One of the largest and most conspicuous of our Vesicularian
Polyzoa, I have found Avenella Dalyellii very abundantly at some
seasonsamong the rejectamenta of theoyster dredges at Newhaven,
covering with dense tangled masses Thoa muricata, halecina,
Beanii, and other corallines from rather deep water. I met
with it once on Sertularia margareta, off Port Appin, Argyllshire,
and twice among rejectamenta from the Dogger Bank.

The mollusk is, like all the rest of its family, very persistent.

404 Mr. W.H. Benson on some new species of Helix.

I have dried many specimens on mica with the tentacula expanded.
It appears to be, like others of its class, a delicate animal, and
does not survive long in captivity.

A sertularian zoophyte noticed by Dalyell under the name of
Sertularia Arcta, and described by Dr. Hassall as Coppinia mira-
bilis, is frequent in the Firth of Forth, much more so in deep
water off Aberdeen, and has been met with by my friend Mr.
Peach off Peterhead. It seems to be absent from the west coast
of Scotland. Great confusion exists with regard to the synonymy
of this species. It is confounded with Campanularia intertexta
of Couch, a true Campanularia.

I am, Sir, your obedient servant,
~ Wrvitiz T. C. THomson.

P.S. To aid in clearing up some doubts with regard to the
distribution of the Urchin, Arachnoides placenta, I think it right
to notice a specimen received from the Burmese coast.—

W..T. CT.

XXXIV.—Characters of new species of Helix from Souther
India and Bengal. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Brrore proceeding to the descriptions of the following species,
I may remark that, with the exception of Succinea Imperialis,
nobis (proving to be a variety of Dr. Pfeiffer’s S. picta, with
which I was unacquainted in consequence of the delayed publica-

tion of the ‘ Zoological Proceedings’ of 1849), and of Helix -

Orobia, solata, Ampulla, cacuminifera, crinigera, and acuducta,
nobis, the whole of the Helicide described in my papers contained
in former numbers of this Journal have been figured by Dr.
Pfeiffer for the Martini-Chemnitz Conchylien Cabinet. The
name’of H. munda, nobis, has been altered by that author to H.
cerea, Pfr., the former designation having been applied in 1849,
by the American conchologist, Adams, to a Jamaican shell. The
Helices which I had omitted to take with me to Germany will be
figured in Lovell Reeve’s ‘Conchologia Iconica.’ H. regals,
nobis, from Borneo, was subsequently given in the ‘ Zoology of
the Samarang,’ as H. vittata, A. & B., a name which had been
long applied to a Ceylonese species. The brown variety has now
been portrayed under the correct name of H. regalis (no. 426,
plate 80 of Helix) in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica ;’ but in neither
instance have the obsolete nodulose costee on the intermediate
whorls of the spire been represented.

1. Helix Cysis, nobis, n. sp.
Testa anguste et profunde umbilicata, sinistrorsa, depresso-globosa,

Mr. W. H. Benson on some new species of Helix. 405

tenuiuscula, oblique plicato-striata, fuscescente-cornea, spira con-
vexa, apice planato; anfractibus 4, convexis, celeriter accrescenti-
bus, ultimo inflato, primo obsolete angulato, tune rotundato, antice
breviter descendente, subtus tumido; apertura obliqua magna,
subovato-lunata, peristomate simplici, acuto, marginibus conniven-
tibus, externo et basali vix incrassatis, columellari breviter re-
fiexiusculo.

Diam. major 43, minor 35, alt. 23 mill.

Hab. in Montibus “ Nilgherries”’ Indize Australis. Teste Jerdon.

In form it is more globose and inflated than the other sinistral
elices, excepting H. cicatricosa, Miill., quesita, Desh., and
Bajadera, Pfr. In figure it more nearly approaches H. quesita,
Desh. (Fér. t. 10. B. fig. 10, 12), but differs in the narrow um-
bilicus, smaller number of whorls, with a greater size, as well as
in colour, texture, and less developed peristome.

2. Helix Thyreus, nobis, n. s.

Testa profunde umbilicata, sinistrorsa depressa, orbiculata, supra
cerea cornea, oblique radiatim plicato-striata, striis spiralibus exi-
lissimis decussata, subtus convexa, polita, radiato-striata, fusces-
cente-cornea, infra carinam breviter saturatiore; spira convexius-
cula, apice planato; anfractibus 43, convexiusculis, lente accres-
centibus, ultimo obtuse carinato, non descendente ; apertura obli-
ee lunata, intus livide purpurea, margine expansiusculo, re-

exiusculo, columellari breviter recte descendente cum basali an-
gulum efformante.

Diam. major 34, minor 29, alt. 16 mill.

Had. in India Australi. Teste Jerdon.

The umbilicus, although moderate, is peculiarly deep and
distinct, comparatively with other orbiculate depressed shells of

the group, showing, like H. quesita, all the whorls internally to
the apex.

3. Helix bidenticulata, nobis, n. s.

Testa perforata, depresso-conica, obsolete radiato-striata, albida (de-
corticata) spira subconica, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ; anfrac-
tibus 6, arcte convolutis, convexis, omnibus superne lineis duabus
gequidistantibus elevatiasculis instructis, ultifno carinato, subtus
convexo ; apertura arcte securiformi, verticali, peristomatis margine
superiori brevissimo, columellari oblique descendente, expanso,
superne refiexo, basali arcuato, dentibus duobus minutis distanti-
bus, submarginalibus, dextro prominentiore, munito ; perforatione
pervia.

Diam. major 3, minor 23, axis 2} mill.

Hab. in montium “ Nilgherries ” vallibus calidioribus. Teste Jerdon.

This interesting little species, remarkable on account of its
narrow aperture and spiral ridges ongthe spire, is the only known

406 Mr. W.H. Benson on some new species of Helix.

cis-Gangetic species provided with teeth in the mouth. These
are apt to be overlooked, or mistaken for accidental grains of
white sand.

The next form was described and published twelve years ago ;
but as fuller characters are desirable for the purpose of com-
parison with the two subsequent species, I insert them here.

4. Helix vesicula, nobis (amended character).

Testa perforata, depressiuscula, vel subdepresso-globosa, obsolete
striata polita, pellucida, pallide cornea ; spira plus minusve elevata,
apice acutiusculo; sutura submarginata; antractibus 54-6, con-
vexiusculis, sensim crescentibus, ultimo rotundato, venicicbsieistehe:
apertura vix obliqua, rotundato-lunari, longitudine latitudinem
zequante ; peristomate simplici, recto, margine columellari verticali,
breviter reflexo, cum basali angulum rotundatum efformante, per-
foratione membrano fere clausa.

Diam. major 143, minor 12, axis 74 mill.

Var. Diam. major 14, axis &} mill.

N. vesicula, Benson, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Calcutta, vol. vii. p. 216, 1838.

Hab. in agris Bengalensibus prope Soti-Durga, ad apicem Deltz
Gangeticee.

I discovered this pretty species during the rainy season of 1835,

in a river voyage from Calcutta to Benares, on the branches of a
shrubby Zizyphus, and below Rajmahal on Asclepias gigantea,
not creeping on the ground like its darker-coloured ally H. vitri-
noides, Desh. The animal was, as in that species, a Macrochlamys,
nobis, ‘ Jour. Asiat. Soc.’ vol. i., 1832 (as distinguished from that
of Ariophanta, Desmoulins, 1829, which corresponds with that of
Nanina, Gray, 1834), with reference to the great length and nar-
rowness of the tentacula-like processes of the mantle, which lubri-
cate the surface of the shell even to the apex. A full description
of the animal of H. vitrinoides will be found in vol. v. of the
‘Zoological Journal’ for 1834, long prior to the date of Mr.
Strickland’s observations on the same subject in the ‘ Annals’ for
November, 1849.

5. Helix Lecythis, nobis, n. s.

Testa subobtecte perforata, depressiuscula vel orbiculato-conoidea,
obsolete striata, nitida, pellucida, pallide cornea ; spira plus minusve
elevata, apice acutiusculo, sutura submarginata ; ; anfractibus 6,
convexiusculis, sensim crescentibus, ultimo rotundato: apertura
vix obliqua, lunari, latitudine longitudinem vix superante, callo
parietali tenui rugosiusculo ; peristomate’simplici, recto, margine
columellari oblique arcuatim descendente, superne triangulato
reflexo ; perforatione membrano fere clausa.

Diam. major 14, minor 13, alt. 9 mill.

Var. Diam. major 12, minor 10, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. in montibus prope Ragmahal Bengalie. Teste Dr. J. F. Bacdi.

Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons. 407

Distinguished chiefly from H. vesicula by the less ventricose
form of the last whorl, the shorter reflexion at the top of the
pillar lip, and by the aperture, which is broader than long in
this species, and has not the vertical position of the columellar
lip, so conspicuous in that shell. It varies much also in the rela-
tive height of the spire.

6. Helix subjecta, nobis, n. s.

Testaobtecte perforata, orbiculato-conoidea, striata, nitidiuscula, cornea,
translucente ; spira acutiuscula, sutura submarginata; anfractibus
6, ultimo latiori, rotundato; apertura vix obliqua, late lunari;
peristomate simplici, recto, margine columellari oblique descen-
dente, superne late triangulari-reflexo, perforationem obtegente.

Diam. major 17, minor 14, axis 83 mill.

Hab. in montibus Bengaliz, non procul ab urbe Rajmahal. Teste
Dr. Bacon. :

Distinguished from the two last-described shells by the colour,
proportion of the last whorl, and characters of the aperture. It
was sent to Dr. Pfeiffer to be figured under the MSS. name of
“ spreta,’ which has been now altered with reference to the
prior use of that name by Adams.

London, April 10, 1852.

XXXV.— Observations on Hyperoodon latifrons.
By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c.

In Professor Eschricht’s paper on the Gangetic Dolphin, so well
translated by Dr. Wallich, he observes, first referring to a pre-
vious paper of his own, “ Mr. Gray’s Hyperoodon latifrons is a
good species founded on a cranium from the Orkney Islands,
with the crest of the upper jaw unusally thick, and yet it may
perhaps be only the cranium of an old male of the common
Hyperoodon.” He then proceeds: ‘“ This supposition has since
become a matter of certainty, for all the crania of old Hyper-
oodons, at least of males, have the crest similarly developed, as
has actually been verified in a skeleton of an old individual of
this kind sent to my worthy colleague Professor Steenstrup
from the Farée Islands.”

It appears from the above paragraph, that the only reason
which Professor Eschricht has for pronouncing “ all the crania
of old Hyperoodons, at least of males, to have the crests simi-
larly developed,” is that a single specimen of the animal, which
has been found in Farée Islands, was a male. Now I was
assured by the fishermen who procured the head which I de-

408 Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons.

scribed and figured, that it was that of a female gravid with young.
A female specimen of the same species, as proved by the examina-
tion of its skull (described in my Catalogue of Cetacea, p. 70) in
the Museum of the University of Edinburgh, was captured in the
Firth of Forth, accompanied by a young male (see W. Thompson,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, vol. xvii. p. 153). Other speci-
_ mens of this whale have been caught on the coast of England,
especially one in Lancaster Bay, but I am not aware that the sex
of that individual was recorded. .

I have observed the skull of at least one specimen which was
marked as being that of a male animal, which certainly belonged
to the common species ; and my late lamented friend Mr. Wil-
liam Thompson described a male specimen which was caught at
Belfast, the skeleton of which is preserved in the Belfast Museum,
which that naturalist refers to the common species.

It is also to be observed, that in the above paragraph the Pro-
fessor appears to think that the only difference between the two
skulls is the thickness of the crest, but in the descriptive Cata-
logue of the Cetacea in the British Museum, I observe: “ The
examination of four skeletons and six or eight skulls of H. ras-
tratum, and of three (four) skulls of this species (H. latifrons)
have satisfied me that it must remain a perfectly distinct species :

it not only differs from H. rostratum in the thickness and solidity.

of the crest, but in the crest being much higher than the hinder

part of the head, while in all the skulls of H. rostratum the crest .

is of the same height as the frontal ridge.””—p. 70.

The skull of Hyperoodon latifrons is one-third longer than that
of H. rostratum, the latter being usually 60 and the other 90 or
92 inches long. Under these circumstances I must consider that
Professor Eschricht’s supposition has not “ become a matter of
certainty,” for the evidence is certainly very adverse to. the.
theory.

The Professor in the same manner considers the Physeter.

bidens of Sowerby and the Dauphin du Havre of Blainville (the
Delphinus micropterus of Cuvier) to be the same species. It is
true, the only specimen of the former which has been recorded
was a male, and that the two specimens of the latter which have
been described were females; but this is searcely sufficient. evi-
dence. Before Professor Eschricht made this suggestion, which
he evidently considers very important, in the ‘ Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History’ for 1846, I had regarded the three ani-.
mals as belonging to the same species, “ believing the difference:
in the size of the teeth, which Mr. James Sowerby’s description.

appears to indicate, to be only a peculiarity produced by. the age of

the specimen;”’ but when I had the opportunity of examining.the)

skull, I considered myself justified in regarding them as distinet

A ee

cc eee et neawmae eee ie CSN
alas hein cial eee vs

Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons. 409

species belonging to different genera as then established (see
Cat. Cetacea, p. 72), but I think M. Duvernoy has perhaps been
correct in now referring them to the same genus, as M. F. Cu-
vier’s figures and description of the skull of D. micropterus is
very inaccurate and imperfect (see Ann. Sci. Nat. 1831, t. 2.
f. 3, 3).

These observations are more important, as up to this time we
have no proof of there being any considerable difference between _
the skulls of the two sexes of whales or dolphins, and my expe-
rience is against the theory ; for after measuring and comparing
all the skulls of these animals which I could find in the various
European Museums, several hundreds in number, I have been
struck with the great uniformity in size, proportion, and form of
the skull of the different species.

It is to be regretted that so excellent a paper as the descrip-
tion of the animal and skeleton of De/phinus gangeticus should
be deformed by so many captious observations on the labours
of others, especially as many of them are not deserved or founded
on justice. Many of the observations which M. Eschricht has
indulged in respecting my labours on this class of animals have
been corrected by myself in the Descriptive Catalogue of Cetacea
in the Collection of the British Museum, which was published in
1850, one year before the Professor’s paper, and which he quotes
in the second page of his Essay. I will only refer to a few of
these observations.

Thus: 1. Dr. Eschricht, in a note having very little to do with

the Essay, observes, that he believes the drawing of Duhamel’s

(D. canadensis) which I obtained from M. De Blainville, and
which [ at first thought might probably be (not be) an Jnia, is
only a Beluga. In 1850 I had, in the Cataiogue (p. 78) above
referred to, already observed: “ From inquiries recently made in
Canada, I have very little doubt but that Duhamel’s animal was
a Beluga, which is common in that country.” I may further
remark, that if it had not been for the opportunity of inspecting
the original drawing of Duhamel, which I obtained from M. De
Blainville, showing the absence of the dorsal fin, neither Pro-
fessor Eschricht nor I could have divined that the dolphin with
the beaked nose represented the beakless Beluga, for the absence
of the fin is not mentioned in the description.

_ Secondly. The Professor states, that “the cranium of Sowerby’s
valuable specimen deposited in the Anatomical Museum of the
University of Oxford was reported by Mr. Gray as no longer ex-
isting there, &c. It was therefore a very gratifying surprise to
me to be favoured with a communication from Prof. Acland,
Curator to the Museum, to the effect that the specimen was

. quite safe in his custody.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 27

410 Mr. J. E. Gray on Hyperoodon latifrons.

Any one reading the above would suspect that I had made a
careless misstatement. The following is the only observation I
had made on the subject: “The skull was preserved in Mr.
Sowerby’s Museum in Mead Place, and when distributed at his
death Mr. James Sowerby informed me it was purchased by the
Rev. Dr. Buckland, the Dean of Westminster, and sent to one of
the museums in Oxford. J have examined these collections with
Mr. Hugh Strickland, but have not been able to discover it.”
(Zool. Erebus and Terror, p.27.) The interest whieh I had excited
by my visit caused the skull to be looked for, and some time after I
received through the kindness of Dr. Acland, the Curator of one of
these Museums, the skull in question, with permission to deseribe
it ; and he, seeing the importance of it to zoology, had casts made
of the skull and sent them to the English and Foreign museums.
IT and all other zoologists cannot but be muchobliged to Dr. Acland
for the trouble he took to find the skull, and the liberal manner
in which he has distributed the casts ; but I believe that if it had
not been for the information which I had obtained by searching up
all the documents connected with the specimen from Mr. Sowerby
and M. De Blainville, the skull in question would have been
most probably hidden from science until the present time, and
perhaps eventually lost; for when Mr. Strickland, Mr. Duncan,
Dr. Melville (the Assistant Curator), and I searched for it in the
two Oxford Museums, both in the collection and in the store-
room, we could not discover, and nobody recollected ever having
seen such a specimen.

But in the Catalogue of Cetacea before referred to, printed
and sent to Professor Eschricht before his observation was
made, I had altered the above-quoted note in the Zoology
of the Erebus and Terror, thus: “* * and sent to the Anato-
mical Museum in Oxford, from whence Dr. Acland kindly sent
it me for examination,” p. 72.

Thirdly. Professor Eschricht in several papers objects to my
having placed the genera Jnia and Platanista in the same grou
ealled Platanistina, though he allows they are nearly allied : this
is entirely a mistake ; I have never so placed them. Both in the
Essay on the Cetacea in the Zoology of the Erebus and Terror,
pp- 25 and 45, and in the Catalogue of Cetacea, pp. 135, 136,
which may be regarded as a second edition of the same Essay,
each genus is considered as the type of a separate tribe called
Iniina and Platanistina.

a a 7

a

ae

Bibliographical Notices. 411

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Vegetation of Europe, its Conditions and Causes.
By A. Henrrey, F.L.S. London: Van Voorst, 1852.

Turis little work supplies a deficiency in our popular Botanical litera-
ture. Before its appearance there was no book to which a person
desirous of knowing something of the geographical distribution of the
plants of Europe could refer, and those who were determined to attain
a knowledge of that interesting subject of inquiry had to consult
many and rare works written in various languages. The modest tone
in which the author speaks is deserving of all praise, but we must
not allow it to be supposed that the book is really so mere a ‘‘ rough-
draft’ as he states it to be. Doubtless a person who has studied the
subject in the detail necessary to collect the materials used in it may
be led to look upon it as a sketch ; but it is so full a sketch as pro-
bably to satisfy most readers, since all the more prominent, and there-
fore the most interesting facts of the subject are very clearly placed
before them.

The introductory part, treating of the causes of differences of cli-
mate, and of the influences of soils, exposure, &c. on the diffusion
of plants, is highly deserving of attention. We think however there
is not quite sufficient weight given to the influence of the Gulf-stream
on the climate, and therefore the vegetation of the north-western
coasts of Europe. We believe that that has by far the greatest in-
fluence of any natural cause in producing the high and equable tem-
perature of the western coasts of Britain and Scandinavia; and that
if, as has been suggested with much probability, that stream were
turned off by an opening through Central America, or by a slight
depression of the Mississippi and Mackenzie river-valleys, so as to
allow it to take its natural course either into the Pacific Ocean in the
one case, or the Arctic Sea in the other, the climate of these coasts
would become similar to that of Labrador, and render Britain and
much of Scandinavia nearly uninhabitable by restoring them to the
state which seems once to have existed, at the time that is, of wha
geologists call the glacial period.

It is impossible to enter into a description of the contents of such
a work as this, which is made up of an enormous mass of facts col-
leeted with care and much skill from the writings of those who have
treated in detail of the Botanical Geography of their respective coun-
tries ; neither does it seem desirable to extract isolated parts, since
they would convey a very imperfect idea of the whole, for each por-
tion of the book is most closely connected with those which succeed
and follow it.

We beg leave to congratulate the author on a great improvement
in his style, which, in some of his former productions, was rather dry
and unpleasant to read, but here presents his multitude of facts in an
interesting and popular, but at the same time sufficiently scientific
form. We have no doubt that the readers of his present book will

., Tise from its perusal with a feeling of having derived much pleasure
and information from it.
27*

412 Bibliographical Notices.

There is an unfortunate error at page 28 (line 12) caused by print-
ing Scotland for Iceland, which may give some little trouble, although
the careful reader will immediately detect it. At page 86 there is
some confusion concerning the northern limit of the ripening of pears,
which the author will do well to correct in his next edition. e do
not quite understand what is mtended by the statement at page 154,
that “the length of Great Brita amounts to 120 geographical miles,

of Ireland only to 60; the breadth of the former varies from 15 to.

65, and that of Ireland from 20 to 40.” A geographical mile is
about 2025 yards, or rather less than one English mile and a fifth,
and therefore, according to his calculation, Great Britain is not more

than about 150 miles in length instead of 600. It has probably —

originated from adopting the numbers given in some foreign work,
where the geographical miles are calculated in accordance with the
longer ordinary miles used in the country, apparently about in the
proportion of four to one of the English. These however are ve
minute errors, and cannot detract from the value of the book, repels
we strongly recommend to our readers.

It is satisfactory to see that this is the first of a series of works on
the ‘Outlines of the Natural History of Europe,’ of which the second,
‘ On the Natural History of the European Seas,’ by Prof. E. Forbes,
may be immediately expected. We are not informed of the volumes
that are to follow, but judging from the present work, and from Mr.
Forbes’s known acquaintance with the subject intended to be illustrated
by him, we are led to expect that the whole series will forma —
addition to eur popularly-scientific literature.

Conspectus Cyclostomaceorum emendatus et auctus Pneumonopomo-

rum Monographie Prodromus, auctore Dr. Lupovico PFEIFFER. :

Cassellis, 1852. 8vo, 74 pages.

This small work is one of the most convincing proofs of the rapid
progress of modern conchology. Lamarck described. twenty-seven
species of the genus Cyclostoma; Deshayes added eighteen in his
edition of that author, being the last general work on the species of
shells up to 1850; they were all included in a single genus. 4

In the Synopsis of the British Museum for 1840, as our author
informs us, Mr. Gray proposed to divide them into genera according
to the form of the operculum ; Troschel extended the number of the
genera ; and in 1850 the Trustees of the Museum, under the title of
‘Nomenclature of Molluscous Animals and Shells in the Collection of
the British Museum. Part I, Cyclophoridee,’ printed a list of the
specimens in the collection of that institution with the characters of
the new genera.

The above work of Dr. Pfeiffer may be considered as a second or
revised edition of that work, with the description of many. new
species; the species noticed in it amount to 469 divided into 29
genera, arranged in three sections.

It is pleasing to observe the effect which the Catalogues, published
by the Trustees of the British Museum, haye hadon science. e
lists of Mammalia and Birds were followed by similar lists of the Mam-

=:
4
3
¥
¥
q

Fe See ee ee Pee Sa NS ee

Zoological Society. ; 413

matia, Birds and Reptiles contained in the Frankfort Museum ; and
the list of Birds forms the basis of a Catalogue of the Collection of
Birds in the Philadelphia Museum.

~ The list of Cetoniadze was followed by the commencement of a
Catalogue of Lamellicornes in the Museum of the Garden of Plants
in Paris, and has been revised and extended, and printed in Stettin
by Dr. Schaum; and more lately the professors of that Institution
have published Catalogues of the Mammalia and Reptiles similar to
the second and more enlarged edition of the British Museum Cata-
Jogues of these animais ; and here we have a list of shells published
in Germany like the other work above quoted, most of them avowedly
following the lead set them by the Trustees of the British Museum.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
- ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
November 26, 1850.—R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Synopsis or THE species or Derr (CERVINA), WITH THE
_ DEscRIpTION OF A NEW SPECIES IN THE GARDENS OF THE
: oO

_Socrery. By J. E. Gray, Esea., F.R.S. erc.

The Deer, spread over all parts of the Globe, are easily recognized

by their deciduous horns, which are covered, when they are first de-
, With a hairy skin.

It has been supposed that the Deer were not to be found in Africa,

but the discovery of a species in Barbary has dispelled that idea ; they

are rare in that extensive quarter of the world, their place being sup-

plied by Antelopes.

Since the. publication of Cuvier’s Essay on Deer, in which he de-
scribed several species from the study of the horns alone, many zoolo-
gists have almost entirely depended on the horns for the character of
the species, and Colonel Hamilton Smith has been duced to sepa-
rate some species on the study of a single horn. But the facilities
which menageries have afforded of studying these animals, and watch-
ing the variations which the horns of the species present, have shown
that several most distinct but allied species, as the Stag of Canada
and India, have horns so similar that it is impossible to distinguish
them by their horns. On the other hand, it has been shown that
animals of the same herd, or even from the same parents, and some-
times even the same specimen, under different circumstances, in suc-
¢eeding years have produced horns so unlike one another in size and
form, that they might have been considered, if their history was not
known, as horns of very different species. These observations, and
the examination of the different cargoes of foreign horn which are
tin for the uses of the cutler, each cargo of which is generally
collected in a single locality, and therefore most probably belong to a
single species peculiar to the district,—have proved to me that the
horns afford a much better character to separate the species into
‘groups, than to distinguish the allied species from one another.

. Colonel Hamilton Smith, in his ste Ode of the Genus, sepa-

‘rated them into subgenera according to the form of the horns.

A414 Zoological Society.

In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1836 I drew atten-
tion to the glands on the hind-legs as affording very good characters
to arrange the subgenera proposed by De Blainville and Colonel Smith
into natural groups, which m most particulars agreed with the geo-
graphical distribution of the species.

Dr. Sundevall, in his Essay on Pecora, has availed himself of the
suggestions in my paper, and has also pointed out some other exter-
nal characters, such as the form and extent of the muffle, which afford
good marks of distinction in these animals,—such as I believe are
much more important for the distinction of the genera and species
than those derived from the form of the skull or the modifications of
the teeth, or the form and size of the horns; as they are not, like
those parts, so liable to alteration from age, local circumstances and
other changes during the growth of the animal, and they can be seen
in the females as well as the males, which is not the case with the
horns, as they can only be observed in the male sex.

The Deer may be thus divided :

A. The Deer or THE Snowy Recions have a very broad muzzle,
entirely covered with hair; the horns are expanded and pal-
mated, and the fawns are not spotted.

a. The Alcine Deer have no basal anterior snag to the horns, and a
small, bald muffle between the nostrils, as the genus dlces.

b. The Rangerine Deer have a large basal anterior snag to the horns,
close on the crown or burr, and no muffle, as Tarandus.

s. The Deer or THE TEMPERATE OR Warm Recions have a
tapering muzzle, ending in a bald muffle; the fawn, and some-
times the adult, are spotted.

ec. The Llaphine Deer have a distinct anterior basal snag to the horns,
the muffle broad, and separated from the lip by a hairy band,
and the tuft of hair on the outside of the hind-leg above the
middle of the metatarsus, as Cervus and Dama.

d. The Rusine Deer have a distinct anterior basal snag to the horns,
the muffle very high, and not separated from the edge of the lip,
and the tuft of hair on the outside of the hind-leg above the
middle of the metatarsus, as Recervus, Panolia, Rusa, Axis, Hy-
elaphus, and Cervulus.

e. The Capreoline Deer have no basal anterior snag to the horn, the
first branch being some distance above the burr; the suborbital
crumen (and pit in the skull) generally small, as Capreolus, Ca-
riacus, Blastocerus, Furcifer, and Coassus.

The Alcine and Rangerine Deer are confined to the Northern part
of both continents; the Llaphine and Rusine Deer to the Eastern
World, the latter almost exclusively to the warmer part of Asia; the
Capreoline Deer are peculiar to America. The only exception to
these rules are, the Wapiti Deer of the Elaphine group is found in
Northern America, and the Roebuck and Ahu of the Capreoline group
are found in Europe and North Asia,

ne eee

ene | al

“e ee ea ee
= ES eee a,

Zoological Society. 415

A. The Deer or THE SNowy Recions have a very broad end
to the nose, which is entirely covered with hair, a short tail and pal-
mated horns ; the fawns are not spotted, but uniformly coloured like
the adult ; the skull with a large nose-cavity, and with the intermax-
illaries not reaching to the nasal.

a. The Aucrne Derr or Evxs have no basal snag, the first branch
of the horn being considerably above the crown.

1. Auces; Alce, H. Smith.

The muzzle is very broad, produced, and covered with hair, but
there is a small, moist, naked spot in front of the nostrils; the neck
is short and thick ; the hair is thick and brittle; the throat is rather

maned in both sexes; the hind-legs have the tuft of hair rather above

the middle of the metatarsus; the males have palmate horns. The
nose-cayity in the skull is very large, reaching behind to a line over
the front of the grinders ; the intermaxillaries are very long, but do
not reach to the nasal; the nasals are very short. They live in woods
in the northern parts of both continents.

1. Atces maLcuis. The Exix or Moose.

Dark brown ; legs yellower.

Alces, Gesner; Plin.—Cervus Alces, Linn. 8. N. i. 92; Pallas,
Zool. R. A. i. 201; H. Smith; Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amer. 232.
—Alces Malchis, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1836, 135; Gray, Knows. Menag.
56.—Moose Deer, Dudley, Phil. Trans. n. 368. 165.—Z/k, Laws, Ca-
rol. 123; Pennant, Syn.—lan, Brisson, H. N. xii. t. 7. Supp. vii.
t. 25; Cuvier, R. A.—Orignal, La Houtan, Voy. 72; Charlev. Nouv.

France, iii. 126.— American Black Elk(C.alces 3.), H.Smith, G.A.K.

vy. 77 1.—Loss, Russians in Siberia.

Inhabits the Northern regions of America and Europe.

Several naturalists, especially Colonel Hamilton Smith, thought
they had observed a difference in the horns of the Russian and Ame-
rican Elks; I have compared numerous specimens from both coun-
tries, but can discover no appreciable distinction between them.

The Elks, like most of the other Deer, and especially of the ani-
mals which inhabit the cold and mountain regions, present a very con-
siderable difference in size, according to the scarcity or abundance of
the food which the locality they inhabit affords, and the development
of the horns appears to be greatly influenced by this cause ; so that
the horns of the animals inhabiting the more barren districts are much
less developed than those found in more fertile situations, and I think
I have observed this to be the case with both the Russian and the
American horns: but on this head naturalists are like to be much
misled, as the horns which are imported are generally chosen for their
size and perfect development, and the small and less-developed speci-
mens are only to be observed in the eargoes of horns which are im-
ported for economic purposes.

These observations are equally applicable to the Retn Deer.

6. The Rancerine Deer or Reins have a large and well-deve-

* loped basal branch close on the crown of the horns.

416 Zoological Society.
2. Tarannus; Rangifer, H. Smith.

The muzzle is entirely covered with hair; the tear-bag small,
covered with a pencil of hairs; the fur brittle, in summer ei in
winter longer, whiter, of the throat longer; the hoofs are broad, de~
pressed, and bent in at the tip; the external metatarsal gland above
the middle of the leg; horns in both sexes elongate, subcylindric,
with the basal branches and tip dilated and palmated; of the females
smaller; skull with rather large nose-cavity, about half us long asthe -
distance to the first grinder; the intermaxillary moderate, nearly
reaching to the nasal; a small, very shallow, suborbital pit. 16

They live in the Arctic Regions in both hemispheres, migrating in
flocks, and eating lichens.

1. TARANDUS RANGIFER. The Carisov or Rern Deer.

Dark brown in summer, grey in winter. Young: brown, yellow
varied. |

Tarandus, Plini.—Rangifer, Gesner.—Cervus Tarandus, Linn.;
Pallas, Zool. Ross. A. i. 106; Cuvier, Mamm. Lith. t. ; Bennett,
Gardens Z. 8. 241. fig.; Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amer. 238.—C.
Tarandus sylvestris (Woodland Caribou), Richardson, Fauna Bor.
Amer. 250.—C. rangifer, Raii Syn. 88.—C. platyrhynchos, Vrolich,
Rendier, t. 2 (1828).—C. palmatus and C. mirabilis, Jonston, Quad.
t.36, 37.—Tarandus rangifer, Gray, Knows. Menag.57.—Rein Deer,
Pennant.— Caribou, Sagard. Theodat. Canad. 751.—Renne, Buffon,
H. N. xii. 79. t. 10-12. Supp. iii. t. 18*.—Rhenne, Cuvier, R. A.—
Caribou or Carrebouf, French Canadians.— Oleen, Russians in Siberia.

Var. Smaller; horns more slender, less palmated ; hair short,
smooth, close, brown, with throat and belly white in summer; hair
very close, thick, waved, brittle and erect and white in winter...

Cervus Tarandus Americanus, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 773.—C. Ta-
randus v. Arctica (Barren-ground Caribou), Richardson, Fauna Bor.
Amer. 241. fig. 240, horns. —Common Deer, Hearne, Journ. 195.200.

Inhabits Arctic parts of Europe and Ameriéa.

Varies exceedingly in size. In the British Museum there are spe-
eimens varying from 20 to 28 inches high at the withers, and pro-
portionally as large in the horns and all the other parts. The variety
is confined to the barren grounds,

Dr. Richardson observes, ‘‘ There are two well-marked and perma-
nent varieties of Caribou that inhabit the fur countries; one of them
(Woodland Caribou) confined té the woody and more southern di-
stricts, and the other (Barren-ground Caribou) retiring to the woods
only in the winter, but passing the summer on the coasts of the Arctic
seas, or on the barren grounds so often mentioned in this work.’?—
Fauna Bor. Amer, 299.

The large Siberian variety are ridden on by the Tungusians. They
also use them for draught, as the Laplanders do the smaller variety.

They have a large variety in Newfoundland, nearly as large as a
heifer, haying very large and heavy horns... There.are some horas) of
this variety in the British Museum. _M.Middendorf informed me that
the horns of the large Siberian variety were as large as, and greatly re-

4

Zoological Society. 417

sembled, the horns from Newfoundland (Nova Scotia) in the British
Museum Collection. :
Pallas observes, “‘Americe forte continua gregatim verno tempore
r glacies admigrant, paulo diversi a Siberize inquilinis et yerosimil-
Fithe Americani.”’—Zool. Ross. Asiat.i. 208. *

_sp. The Deer or THE WARM or TemPerRATeE Recions have a
tapering nose, ending in a naked, moist mufile; they generally have
a well-developed tail, distinct crumen, and rather long false hoofs ;
their fawns are spotted, the spots generally disappearing in the adult,
or only to be seen when the animals are in high condition; the fur is
shorter and fulvous in the summer, becoming longer and greyer in
the winter; the skulls have a moderate nose-cavity, and the inter-
maxillaries reaching to or nearly to the nasal bones.

e. The Exaruine Deer or Sracs have a low, broad muffle,
narrowed and rounded below, and nearly separated from the edge of
the lip by a hairy band, which has only a narrow interruption in the
middle, and rather elongated ears; they have rough horns, generally

. on a more or less long process of the frontal bones, fur-
nished with a frontal basal branch or snag close on the burr or crown ;
the outer side of the hind-legs has a tuft of hair placed rather above
the — of the metatarsus, and another tuft on the inner side of
the hock.

They are (except the Wapiti) exclusively confined to the woods of
the Old or Eastern World.

3. Cervus; Elaphus, H, Smith; Cervus and Pseudocervus,
2 Hodgson.

. Horns round, erect, with an anterior basal snag, a medial anterior
snag, aud the apex divided into one or more branches, according to
the age of the animal ; a well-developed crumen ; narrow triangular,
compressed hoofs; they are covered with brittle, opake hairs; the

rump is generally ornamented with a pale mark ; skull with a large,
deep, suborbital pit.”

_ * The True Stags have one or two branches on the middle of the
front of the beam.

+ The American kind have rather broad semicircular hoofs, a very
short tail, and the withers covered with softer hair in winter. Stron-
gyloceros.

1. Cervus CanapeEnsis. The Wapirt.

Red-brown ; rump with a very large pale disk extending far above
the base of the tail, and with a black streak on each side of it; male
with hair of throat elongated, black, with reddish tips.

Stag, Dale, Phil. Trans. n. 444, 384.—Cerf de Canada, Perr. Anim.
ii. 55. t. 452; Cuvier, R. A. i. 256.—Cerrus Canadensis, Brisson ;
» Gray, Knows, Menag. 58.—Cervus Elaphus, var. Canadensis, Erx].—

Cervus Strongyloceros, Schreb. t.247 ; Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amer.
»251.—C. major, Ord.—C. Wapiti, Leach, Journ. Phys, lxxxv. 66.—
American Eik, Bewick, Quad.— North-Western Stag, C. occidentalis,

418 Zoological Society.

H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 101. t. . f. 2, horn; Fischer, Syn. Mamm.
614,notSyn.— Wapiti, Warden, Etats Unis, v.638 ; Wied, Voy. Amer.
Sept. iii. 302.

- Var. Smaller. ;

Red Deer (or Canadian Stag), Warden, Etats Unis, v. 637.—EUk,
Lewis and Clerk.—Stag, Pennant, Arct. Zool. i. 27.—Wewashiss,
Hearne, Journ. 360.

Inhabits N. America.

In summer red-brown ; ears, middle line of the back of the neck,
and back of rump and front of legs blackish ; rump-mark yellowish.

+t The species of the Western World have narrow, triangular
hoofs, a moderate tail, and are covered with harsh hair. Cervus.

2. Cervus Exvapuus. The Srac.

Brown ; rump with a pale spot extending rather above the upper
surface of the base of the tail.

Cervus, Plin.; Gesner.—Tragelaphus, Gesner (old male).—Cervus
Elaphus, Linn.; Gray, Knows. Menag. 58.—C. vulgaris, Linn.—C.
nobilis, Klein. —C, Germanicus, Brisson.—C. Elaphus /3. Hippelaphus,
Fischer, Syn. (old male).—Stag, or Red Deer, Pennant.—Cerf, Buffon,
H.N. vi. t. 9.—Cerf commun, Cuvier; F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lith. t.

Inhabits Europe.

Mr. Blyth described a variety as the Hungarian Stag (Mus. Asiat.
Soc. Beng. 1841, 750. t. 3. f..11).

The Deer which Buffon (H. N. vi. 95. t. 11) describes under the
name of the Cerf de Corse, has been regarded as a variety to be di-
stinguished by the smallness of its size, but Buffon observes, that he
believes the “size to depend on the scarcity of nourishment ; for
when moved to better pastures, in four years they became higher,
larger and stouter than the Common Stags.”

3. Cervus Barsarus. The Barspary Derr.

Dark brown; obscurely white spotted, with a very indistinct,
greenish brown, broad dorsal line, with a pale yellow spot extended
considerably above the base of the tail ; back of haunches white, with
a dark stripe on each side.

Cervus Barbarus, Bennett, MSS. Catal. Gardens Zool. Soc. ; Gray,
Knows. Menag. 59; Frazer, Zoologia Typica, t. .—Burk-Goat (Al-
Wassai), Moors (see Griffith, A. K. v. 775).

Inhabits Coast of Barbary ; Tunis.

4. Cervus Wauuicuir. The Bara Sinca or Mort.

_ Brown, with a very large white spot on the rump, extending on
back of the haunches and far above the base of the tail; the horns
with two basal and one or two apical branches.

Cervus Pygargus, Uardw. Linn. Trans.—Cervus Wallichii, Cuvier,
Oss. Foss. iv. 50; F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. from Hardw. Icon.; Sundey.
Pecora, 55; H. Smith, G. A. K. iv.103.t. _. (from Indian drawing) ;
Gray, Knows. Menag. 60.—Jaareel Stag, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, 1841, 750.t. .f. 7, young horn; Hodgson, Icon. ined.

——_ To.

:

Zoological Society. 419

t. 198, called Gyana.—Pseudocervus Wallichit, Hodgson, Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Bengal, x. 914, xi. 284.—?Cervus Caspianus or Hangool,
Falconer, MSS.; Gray, Cat. Osteol. Sp. B. M. 147.—? Cervus Cash-
meriensis, Gray, Cat. Osteol. Sp. B. M. 65.—Kashmir Stag’, Blyth,
P. Z. 8S. 1840, 72; Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1841, 750.t. .f. 8, 9.
—Persian Deer, Maral or Gevezu or Gookoohee, MacNeil, P. Z. 8.
1840, 11; Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1841, 750. t. . f. 10.

Inhabits Cachir (Hodgson) ; Persia (MacNeil).

The skull of Dr. Falconer’s Cashmere Stag is 15 inches long; the
suborbital pit is oblong, triangular, and rather deep. The skull and
horns are very like Mr. Hodgson’s specimen of Cervus affinis, but
they are considerably smaller.

Sir John MacNeil informs us they are called by the Persians
Maral, or Gevezu, or Gookoohee, and are frequently noticed in their
literature. It is found in all the wooded mountain districts of Persia,
but apparently does not occur in the central parts of the country.
They rarely descend into the plains. During the summer they are
found in the highest wooded parts of the mountains, and during the
winter in the lower ravines, near their bases, where they are frequently
tracked in the snow. The horns of the adult males closely resemble
those of the Red Deer of this country; insomuch that I doubt whether
an unscientific observer could distinguish them, except by the supe-
rior size of those of the Maral.—P. Z. S. 1840, 11.

5. Cervus AFFINis. The Sau Forest Srac.

Pale brown ; rump without any distinct pale mark?; skull 16 or 17
inches long; suborbital pit large, oblong, trigonal, rather deep.

Cervus affinis (Mool Baratingha, or Royal Stag of the Morung),
Hodgson, Icon. ined. B. M, n. 197; Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, x.
741, 914; Calcutta Journ. N. H. iv. 291; Sundey. Pecora, 131;
Gray, Cat. Ost. Sp. B. M. 65; Knowsley Menag. 60.—C. Elaphus,
Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, iv. 648.—C. Wallichii, part,
Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. in B. M. 32.—C. Wallichii, var. Blyth,
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1841, 747.

Inhabits India; Saul Forest.

Mr. Hodgson, in his figure of this animal, does not represent any
pale spot on the rump: if this is correct, it must be a most distinct
species, as Dr. Falconer informs me the Cashmere Stag has a large
white rump.

6. Cervus Sika. The SiKa.

Dark brown ; cheeks and throat rather paler ; rump brown, without
any pale spot ; tail pale, white beneath; hair harsh; horns rather
slender, with a basal and medial snag, and a subapical internal one.

Cervus Sika, Schlegel, Fauna Japon. t. 17; Sundev. Pecora, 55,
131; Gray, Knows. Menag. 60.—C. Sitza, Temm. Mus. Leyden.

Inhabits Japan. Mus. Leyden.

4. Dama, H. Smith; Platyceros.

Horns, upper part expanded, smooth, and branched on the hinder
edge ; tail rather elongated ; tear-bag well developed ; hoofs narrow,

420 Zoological Society.

triangular, compressed ; they are covered with thin, rather adpressed
hairs, and have the hair of the nape reversed ; the fur is spotted in
summer ; the skull with a short broad face, an oblong, rather shallow,
inftaorbital pit; intermaxillary broad, reaching to the short broad
nasals

1. Dama vutearis. The Farrow Derr.

Fulvous ; white spotted, with the longitudinal streak on the lower
part of the side, and the line across the haunches white.

Var. From nearly black to nearly pure white.

Platyceros, Plini.—Cervus platyceros, Raii Quad. Sb. Cote
dama, Linn.— Dama vulgaris, Gesner, Quad. 335. f. .; Gray, Cat.
Osteol. Sp. B. M. 65; Knows. Menag. 60.—F allow Deer and Buck,
Pennant.—Daim et Daime, Buffon.— Daim fauve, F.Cuvier.— Cervus
coronatus, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. t. . f. 4, from monstrous horns.
Var. Blackish. f

Cervus mauricus, F. Cuy. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1816.—C. Dama maura,
Fischer.—Daime noire, F. Cuv. Mam. Lith.

Inhabits Persia. Domesticated in Europe.

This species is represented in the sculptures from Nineveh.

d. The Rustne Deer or Sampoos have a large moist muffle,
which is as high as broad, and extends to the edge of the upper lip ;
hind-leg with a large tuft of hair rather above the middle of the meta-
tarsus, and with a pencil of hair on the inner side of the hock; a
moderate tail, broad, short ears, and the fur consisting of hard, rather
shining, thick, depressed hair ; they have no white mark on the rump.
_The horns are r oyfiuttteal: generally rather longly peduncled, with a
distinct anterior basal branch or snag close on the burr or crown, and
are forked, and sometimes reforked, at the tip; they have no medial
snag. The skulls have a large, very deep, suborbital pit. They are
confined to South-Eastern Asia and its islands.

* In some the upper part of the horns is variously branched.

5. Panos, Gray.

The horns round, curved backwards and outwards, with a large
anterior basal snag close on the burr; the upper part bent in, forked,
becoming rather expanded and branched on the inner or hinder edge ;
the fur formed of rather rigid, flattened hair; muffle large; skull
with a narrow face, a large, oblong, very deep suborbital pit, and the
nasals short, broad, and dilated behind ; the frontal snag of the horns
often has a tubercle or branch at the base.

1. Panouia Expr. The SunGNat.

Panolia Eedii, Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. B. M: 34; Knowsley
Menag. 61.—P. acuticornis, Gray, Cat. Mam: B: M.180. any platy-
ceros, Gray, Cat: Mam. B. M. 180 (adult horn).— Cervus: lyratus,
tae Syn. 11. 395.—? Cervus Smithiv; Gray, Proe. Zool. Soe. 1837,

45:— Cervus Eedii, Calcutta Journ. N. H. ii. 413. t. 12. Cervus
(Rusa) frontalis, M‘Clelland, Calcutta Journ, Nv H.-i; ££. 2 ‘f. 1,
11.°539,-4i1. t. 13 ; ‘Sundevall, Pewurd; 132:

adwhidbits brdia, noagt oH

Zoological Society. 421

General Hardwicke has.a drawing of a Deer, the frontal snag of
_ the horns very much elongated, and apparently forked: Colonel
Hamilton Smith made an ‘improved’? drawing from the sketch;
and in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1837 I mention
the species under the name of C. Smithii, p. 48.

I am now doubtful if the sketch might not have been intended for
this species or a new one allied to it.

6. Rucervus, Hodgson; Rusa, sp. H. Smith.

Horns cylindrical, with an anterior basal branch, and repeatedly
forked at the tip; muffle large, high, continued to the edge of the
upper lip below; they have a rather short, thick tail, a shortish face,
a well-developed crumen, broad rounded ears, covered with hair, and
narrow compressed hoofs. ‘The fur is formed of rather soft adpressed
hairs; they have no pale. mark on the rump, and are indistinctly
spotted. The skull has an elongate face, with a large nose-opening,
and an oblong, rather shallow, suborbital pit.

1. Rucervus Duvaucettiu. The Bauratrya.

Yellowish brown, without any rump-spot ; back with an indistinct
dark streak, with a row of white spots.on each side ; sides.not spotted ;
hair black, with yellow tips; neck with rather longer hair; throat,
chest and belly with longer, scattered, greyish white hairs; muzzle
and front of leg dark ; chin white. Fur in winter dark brown.

Cervus Duvaucellii, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 29. f. 6, 8.—Rucervus
Duvaucellii, Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll, B. M. 33.—Rucervus ela-
phoides, Uodgson.—R. Duvaucellii, Gray, Knows. Menag. 61.—
Cervus Bahrainja, Hodgson.—C, enclodocerus, Hodgson.—C. Bah-
raiya, Hodgson, P. Z.S, 1836,46.—C. Euryceros, Knowsley Menag.
t. 40, 41.—Bahraiya, Hodgson.

Inhabits India.

* The True Rusas have the upper part of the horns simply forked.

7. Rusa, H. Smith; Cervus Hippelaphi**, Sundevall.

Phey are covered with hard, rigid, very thick hairs; they are not,
or only obscurely, spotted ; the horns are placed on a moderately long
peduncle, have an anterior frontal snag close on the crown, and are
simply forked at the tip.

+ The Larger kinds have the hair of the neck elongated, forming
a kind of mane, at least in the males.

1. Rusa AristToretis. The SamsBoo.

Tail not floccose, brown, rather darker at the end ; blackish brown,
with the feet, the region of the vent, and a spot over the eyes fulyous:
Male maned.. Young obscurely white spotted (Hodgson).

Gona Rusa, Daniel, Ceylon, t.... .—Cervus Aristotelis, Cuvier,
Oss. Poss. iv. 502. t.39. f.10; F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. t. ..; Sundev:
Pecora, 55.—Cervus Hippelaphus, C. Aristotelis, and C, heteroceros,
Hodgson, Icon. ined.—Rusa Aristotelis, H. Smith; Gray, Cat.
Hodgson’s Coll. B. M. 67 ; Osteol. Spec. B. M. 67; Knows: Menag,

4.22 Zoological Society.

62.—Cervus unicolor, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 780.—Cervus Benga-
lensis, Schinz, Syn. Mam. ii. 390.—Daim noir de Bengal, Duvaucell,
Asiat. Res. xv. 157.—Cerf noir de Bengal, F. Cuvier, Menag. Lith.
t. .—Cervus equinus (Samboo Deer), Bennett, Tower Menag. 185,
fig.— Zk, Indian Sportsmen ; Sykes, Proce. Zool. Soc.—Var. Cervus
heteroceros, Hodgson, J. A. 8S. Beng. 1841, 722. t. :

Var.? Biche de Malacca, F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. t. female.—Cervus
Malaccensis, Fischer, Syn.

Inhabits India ; Ceylon.

The skull is about 17 inches long, and has a very deep, oblong,
subtriangular, suborbital pit.

The specimen from Ceylon, in the Zoological Gardens, differs from
the common Samboos from India in having shorter and thicker horns.

Nearly black in October ; the front of the muzzle rounded, the nose
black, forming a band across the chin; front of chin (only) white ;
tail all black ; face paler than back, and more grisled, but uniformly
coloured, without any black streak over the eyes or up the side of the
nose; vent flesh-coloured. Much larger.

2. Rusa Dimorreue. The Srorren Rusa.

Red-brown ; back with distinct series of small white spots; sides
indistinctly white spotted ; limbs paler; neck and belly blackish; chin
white ; the horns (deformed ?). Young bright fawn-red, white spotted.

Cervus Dimorphe, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1844, t. ;
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiv. 74; Sundevall, Pecora, 132.—Rusa
Dimorpha (Hodgson’s Rusa), Hodgson in Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll.
in B. M. 33 ; Gray, Knows. Menag. 62.

Inhabits Saul Forest ; Morang.

3. Rusa Eautnus. The Rusa or SMALLER SAMBOO.

Brown, not spotted ; tail rounded, floccose, black at the tip; hair
(summer): elongate, rigid, thick, waved. Young very obscurely
spotted ; hair rigid and rough.

Rusa, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 263.—Cervus equinus, Cuvier,
Oss. Foss. iv, 44. t. 5. f, 30, 37, 38,42; H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 112.
t. ; Sundevall, Pecora, 55; S. Miller, Nederl. Verh.—EZland or
Elk of the Dutch Sportsmen.—Rusa Hquinus, Gray, Knows. Menag.
G2, &. 40.

Inhabits Sumatra ; Borneo.

4. Rusa Hiepretarpuvus. The’Mrsancan Banior.

Greyish brown ; tail not floccose, brownish at the tip; anal region
not pale; cheeks and upper part of the neck of the males maned;
hair (summer) short, rigid, close-pressed, not waved. Young: hair
smooth.

Rusa ubi, R. saput and R. Tunjuc, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 260.
—Cervus hippelaphus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 5. f. 31, 34 & 42;
F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. ; Raffles, Mem. 645.—Cervus Tunjuc,
Vigors, in Raffles’ Memoir, 645.—Cervus Rusa, 8. Miiller, Nederl.
Verh. 45, t. 43.—Great Muntjac, Waterhouse, Cat. Mus. Zool. Soc,
1839, 39.—-Cerf noir de Bengal, F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. 2, in

Zoological Society. 423

summer.— Cervus Leschenaultii, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. , from
horns only.— Rusa Hippelaphus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 62.

Var. Smaller. Eydoux, Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1836, 26.— Cervus
Moluccensis, Quoy.—Cervus Rusa Moluccensis, 8. Miller, Nederl.
Verh. t.45; Mus. Leyden, 1845.—Cervus Rusa Timorensis, Mus.
Leyden, 1845.

Inhabits Java.

In all its states it was very distinct from the Samboo of Continental
India. The horns are similar to those of R. Equinus, but the body
and horns are smaller, and the hair of the young is smoother.

** The Smaller Rusas have no mane; the peduncles of the horns
are rather elongated, and covered with hair.

5. Rusa Peroni. The SMALLER Rusa.

Brown, paler beneath ;_hair rigid, thick, ringed ; muzzle dark ; tail
brown, floecose ; anal disk white; the hind part of the feet hairy ;
the horns are thick and heavy.

Cervus Peronii, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 46. t. 5. f. 41,45; Sundey.
Pecora, 56.—Rusa Peronii, Gray, Knows. Menag.63.—Cervus Kuhlii,
S.Miiller, Neder]. Verh. 45. t. 44; Sundev. Pecora, 56.—Rusa Kuhlit,
Gray, List. Osteol. Spec. B. M. 68. . 3
Inhabits Timor, Luboc, Bavian and Ternate. Specimen in Brit.
Mus.

6. Rusa Pururpeinvus. Paivippine Rusa.

Forehead brown ; end of nose and eyebrows brownish ; feet behind
naked ; hair rigid, not waved.

Cerf de Philippine, Desm. Mamm. 442.— Cervus Philippinus, H.
Smith, G. A. K. iv. 147. t.164. f. 5. head, v. 803; Fischer, Syn. 622;
Sundey. Pecora, 56.—Rusa Philippinus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 63.

Var.? Tail black, dependent ; front of face dark. '

Cervus Marianus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 45. t. 5. f. 30, 37, 38, 46;
H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 115. t. 168 (from Mus. Paris); Fischer, Syn.
453; Sundev. Pecora, 57.

Inhabits Philippines.

This species has the horn on an elongated peduncle, like the Munt-

jacs, but it is easily distinguished from them by the absence of the
ridge and of the grooves on the face.

7. Rusa cepipa. The Litrie Rusa.

‘Reddish brown ; back and sides varied with pale, spotted hair ;
vent disk small, white, black edged above ; tail longly hairy, white,
above black ; face brown, with a roundish white spot in front of the
usual oval black spot ; horns smooth, slender, nearly straight, elon-
gate, the basal snag bent down on the forehead.””—Sundevall.

Cervus (Hippelaphus) lepida, Sundev. Pecora, 57.—Rusa lepida,
Gray, Knows. Menag. 63.

Inhabits Java. Mus. Frankfort. Scarcely as large as a Roebuck.

8. Axis, H. Smith; Hippelaphus ***, Sundev.
Covered with moderately thick, polished hairs ; fulvous and beauti-

424, Zoological Suciety..

fully white spotted at all seasons; the face is elongate, narrow, and

the ears large, rather elongate and acute, with a rather elongate tail,
and nearly equally long, slender legs ; the horns are placed on mode-
rately long peduncles ; the skull is elongate, narrow, with an oblong, »
rather small, deep suborbital pit. ah: soding

1. Axis macuuaTa. The Axis or CaIurrRa.

Fulvous, with a black dorsal streak, edged with a series of white
spots; sides with many white spots in an oblique curved line, and
with a short white streak obliquely across the haunches. .

Young fawn, spotted exactly like the adult.

Avis, Plin.?; Buffon, H. N. xi. t. 38, 39; Cuvier, Menag. Mus. t.. ;
Oss. Foss. iv. 38. t. 5. f. 24, 29.—Cervus Axis, Erxl.; Schreb. t. 250;
Bennett, Gard. Zool. Soc. 253; Sundey. Pecora, 57.—Azis maculata, -
Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 178.—A. major, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat.
Soc. Bengal, x. 914.—4. minor, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, —
x..914.— A. medius, Hodgson, Icon. ined.—Cervus pseudazis, Ger- _
vais, Voy. Bonite, 64. t. 12; Institute, 1841, 419; Sundev. Pecora, a
57.—C. Axis Ceylonensis, H. Smith. ite

Var. Blackish. Cervus nudipalpebra, Ogilby, P. Z. 8. 1831, 136;
Sundev. Pecora, 57.131. rraaJd 1

Inhabits India. we 1 a

The horns of this species vary greatly in size. Pennant describes .
two Deer under the names of 1. Greater Axis, Pennant, Syn. 525
Quad. 106= Cervus Axis y, Gmelin; 2. Middle-sized Avis, Pennant, ,
Quad. 106= Cervus Axis 3, Gmelin, from the horns alone: these are »
probably only large-horned examples of the common species; 3. C.. -
pseudaxis, which has been regarded as a species of Rusa, is onlya , |
small-horned variety. :

err

9. HyrLaruus, Sundey.; Avis, sp. H. Smith. er
Covered with moderately thick, polished hair ; fulvous, and spotted —
in the summer; with a rather elongated tail, and rather short legs,
the front being rather the shortest; the face is short, broad, ad
arched in front; the ears short and rounded; the horns are placed
on moderately long peduncles.

1. HyeLapnus porcinus. The Lucna Para or SuHeortan.

Brown or yellowish brown, with an indistinct darker dorsal streak,
and with obscure whitish spots, but without any white streak on the
sides or haunches; in the winter brown and spotless; front of face ~
and legs darker; line down the front and the inside of the thighs —
white. .
Porcine Deer, Pennant, Syn. 42. t. 8. f. 2.—Cerf Cochon, Buffon, ~ j
Supp. ii. 122.t.18 (in summer).— Cervus porcinus, Zimmerm.; Schreb. ~
t. 251, F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithog. t. .—Hyelaphus poreinus, Sun-
dev. Pecora, 58; Gray, Knows. Menag. 64. t.42; Cat. Ost. B. M.67. —
—Azis porcinus, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, x. 914; Gray, ~
Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. B. M. 33.—Cervus niger, Hamilton, Icon. ined.; ~
Blainv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1816, 76; Fischer, Syn. 454 ; Sundev, Pe- me
cora, 60. 132. ere

Inhabits India.

¢%
Se

I ae

known from the Azis by being lower on its legs, and there
is no distinct black dorsal streak, nor white streak on haunches; the
tail bushy, and often carried erect: the males and females in summer
are reddish brown, with numerous white spots, the middle of the back
rather darker ; in winter the whole fur becomes blackish brown, and
the spots disappear: the horns are generally short, with only short
suags My branches, but they are sometimes as large as those of the

eer.

10. Cervutvus, Blainv. 1816; Muntjacus, Gray, 1821;
Stylocerus, H. Smith; Prox, Ogilby, Sundev.

Horns on elongated pedicels, supported by longitudinal ridges on
the face, which have a naked, moist groove on their side; the canine
teeth are exserted; the tear-bags are large and deep; the tail elon-
gate and tufted ; the hoofs triangular, and partly united in front by
a web; the false hoofs are small and transyerse; they are covered
with thin shining hair, and are not spotted ; they have no tuft of hair
on the hind-legs ; skull with a very large, deep, nearly hemispherical
suborbital pit.

1. CeERVULUS VAGINALIS. The Kisane or Munrsac.

ie reddish brown ; narrow streak on the front edge of the thigh
white.

_ Kijang, Marsden, Sumatra, 94.—Cervus Muntjac, Zimm. Schreb.
t. 254; Horsfield, Java, vi.t.1; Raffles, Mem. 645.—Proxr Muntjac,
Sundeyv. Pecora, 61.—Cervus vaginalis, Bodd, Elenc. i. 136.—C. sub-
cornutus, Blainv. Schreb. t. 254 z. f: 2:—Muntjacus vaginalis, Gray,
Cat. Mamm. B. M. 173.—Cervus aureus, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 148.
t. .yv.805.—Ribbed-face Deer, Penn.—Chevreuil des Indes, Allam,
Buff. Supp. v. 41. t. 17, vi. 195. t. 26; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 5.
f. 48, t. 3. f. 49, 54.—Cervulus vaginalis, Gray, Knows. Menag. 65.

1 its Sumatra; Java.
This chiefly differs from the following in being darker-coloured.

2. CervuLvus moscHatus. The KeGan or KAKeEr.

Bright reddish yellow ; streak on front of thigh and under part of
the tail white ; chin and gullet whitish ; hair not ringed.

Var. With a triangular white spot on each side of the chest.

Musk Deer of Nepal, Ouseley, Orient. Collect. ii. t. .—Cervulus
moschatus, Blainv. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1816, 77; Schreb. t. 254s. f. 1;
H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 149. t. .v. 806.—Cervus moschus, Desm.
Mamm. 441.—C. Ratwa, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, i. 146.
t. head; P. Z.S. 1834, 99; Royle, Flora Cashm. t. 5. f. 2.—Stylo-
cerus. Ratwah, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat, Soc. Bengal, x. 914.—Munt-
jacus vaginalis, part, Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. B. M. 31.— Prox
Ratwa, Sundey, Pecora, 62.—P. albipes, Wagner, Suppl.; Sundev.
Pecora, 62.—P. stylocerus, Wagner, Suppl.; Sundey. Pecora, 62, 64.
— Cervus melas, Davari fcoe melas, Sundev, Pecora, 62,— Cervulus
moschatus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 65.

Inhabits India, Nepal.

” Ann. Mag. N. Hist. Sex. 2. Vol. ix. 28

426 Zoological Society

3. Cervus Rervest. The Cuinese Muntsac. ©

Greyish brown ; hair short, paler ringed. . “ine
Cervus Reevesii, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1838, 105.—Prow Reevesii, Wag-
ner, Sundey. Pecora, 62.—Cervulus Reevesii, Gray, Knows. Men. 65.

Inhabits China.

Mr. Ogilby observes, this species has a longer head and. tail than
the Common Indian Muntjac, also less red and more blue in the gene-
ral shades of colouring, and is readily distinguished by the want of
the white over the hoofs, which is so apparent in its congeners. The
fawn is spotted. -

The Earl of Derby has these three kinds at Knowsley ;_ but they
breed together, and it has hence become impossible to discriminate
the mules from the original species.

e. The Capreotine Deer or Rozs have rugose, very shortl
peduncled horns, without any basal snag or branch; the first brancl
arising some distance above the crown or burr; the upper part is
more or less branched; the muffle is broad and naked ; ihe suborbi-
tal gland and the pit in the skull are very small and shallow, except
in C. Pudu. Some species have a distinct tuft of hair on the outer side
~ of the metatarsus, and more have the pencil of hair on the imner side
of the hock, and others are without either ; indeed in some specimens
of the same species the tuft of hair on the hinder legs is very visible,
in others very indistinctly or not at all seen. ‘

11, Capreotus, H. Smith; Caprea, Ogilby. ’

Horns nearly erect, small, cylindrical, slightly branched, with a
very short peduncle; they have no tail, but a large, white anal disk,
a very indistinct tear-bag, and narrow triangular hoofs; the tuft on
the hind-legs rather above the middle of the metatarsus; they are
covered with thick brittle hair in winter, and thinner and more flexible
hair in the summer ; the adults are not spotted, and have a black spot
at the angle of the mouth; the skull has a very small, shallow sub-
orbital pit. Found in Europe and North Asia,

1. Capreotus Capra. The Rorsvuck.

Inside of the ears fulvous ; summer, red brown; winter, olive, pale

punctated ; horns short.
Caprea, Plin.; Gesner.—Capreolus, Brisson.—Cervus eapreolus,
Tinn.; Pallas, Zool. Ross. A. i. 219.—Capreolus Caprea, Gray, Cat.
Osteol. B. M. 64.—Capreolus Luropeus, Sundev. Pecora, 61.—Roe
Buck, Penn.—Chevreuil and Chevrette, Buffon, H. N. vi. 198.
Inhabits Europe. A larger variety is said to haye formerly imha-
bited the Tyrol. rtaF

2. CapREOLUS PyGARGUS. The Anv.

Interior of the ears fulvous; fur pale yellowish; horns elongate.

Cervus pygargus, Pallas, Reise, i. 97, 198, 433. ii. 159; Spice. xii. 7
(not Hardwicke); Schreb. Saugth. v. t. 253.—C. eapreolus (3, Pallas,
Zool. Ross. Asiat. i. 219.—Cervus Ahu, Gmelin, Reis, ii. 496. 't, 56 ;

A

a i

on

Zoological Society. 427

Griffith, A. K. iv. 122. t.. —Capréolus pygargus, Sundev. Pecora,
61.—Tailless Deer, Pennant, Quad. i. 121.—Tailless Roe, Shaw.
Tnhabits Central Asia. Collection of the British Museum.

12. Furcirer, part. Wagner, Sundev.; Mazama, part. Gray, H.Smith;
Au pocamemt, Leuckart, 1816; Cervequus, Lesson; Capreolus?
ray.

Horns erect, forked, without any basal snag; ears narrow, acute ;
a short tail; covered with thick, brittle, waved hairs; there is a di-
stinet pencil of hairs on the inside of the hock, but none on the outer
sides of the metatarsus. Confined to South America. Differs from

Capreolus in the want of the outer tuft on the leg.

1. Furcirer Antistensis. The Tarusn or TaruGa. ~
_ Yellow grey ; hairs rigid, quilled, brown, with a yellow subterminal
ring ; edge of muffle and throat white ; face with a brown longitudinal
itreak, and a lyrate band between the eyes; the hoofs rather broad,
worn in front.
_ Cervus Antisiensis, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid..t. f. ; Dict.
Univ. H. N. iii. 328 ; Tschudi, Faun. Peru, t.18 ; Sundev. Pecora, 60.
" Inhabits East coast of S. America; Bolivian Alps.

2. Furcirer Hvamet. The Gemut.

~ Fur dark, closely yellow punctated ; inside of the ears white.
Equus bisuleus, Molina, Chili, 520; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 430.—
Auchenia Huamel, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 764.—Cervus Chilensis,
Gay et Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1846, 91.—Cloven-footed Horse, Shaw,
Zool. ii. 441.—Guemul, Chilians.—Gemuel seu Huemul, Vidaure,
Chili, iv. 87.—Camelus equinus, Triverianus, Mus. Biol. ii. 179.—
Hippocamelus dubius, Leuckart de Equo bisuleo, 24. 1816.—Cerv-
equus andicus, Lesson, Nov. Tab. R. A.173.— Cervus (Capreolus) leu-
cotis, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1849, 64. t. 12.—Capreolus? Huamel, Gray,
Knows. Menag. 66.
_ Inhabits mountains on East coast of South America. Patagonia.
The female Gemul in the British Museum and in Lord Derby’s
Museum at Knowsley is considerably larger, and has the legs thicker,
than the Siberian 4hu, which is much larger than the European Roe
MM. Gay and Gervais, who haye compared the two species, con-
sider them distinct.
13. Brasrocrervs, Wagner, Sundey.; Mazama, sp. H. Smith;
Furcifer, part. Wagner and Sundeyall.
* Horns straight, erect, three-branched, without any basal snag; a
very short tail, and rather large ears ; are covered with very thin soft
hair; they have a distinct pencil of hairs on the inside of the hock,
but none on the outside of the metatarsus. Confined to Tropical
America, east and west coasts.

1, Basrocerus patuposus. The Guazu-puco.

_ . ) Fulyous ; orbit, sides of muzzle, belly and under side of tail white ;
face-marks and feet blackish.

28*

428 Zoological Society.

Cervus paludosus, Desm. Mamm. 443); Hi. Smith, iv. 134, t:0..
v. 796; Fischer, Syn. 444, 616; Licht. Darst. t. 17; Sundev. \Pe-
cora, 59.—C. palustris, Desmoul.. Dict. Class. H.N. iii. 379.—
Cervus dichotomus (Guatzupueu), Iliger, Abhand. Akad. d. W..1804
—-1811, 117; Pr. Max. Neuw. Isis, 1821, 650. t. 6.—Blastocercus
paludosus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 68. ef, Os
- Var.? Mazama furcata, Gray, Cat. Osteol. B. M. 64.

Inhabits the Brazils.

2. Buasrocerus campestris. The Mazame or GuazutTt.

Fulvous brown; the hairs of the lower part of the nape and front
of the back reversed; the hoofs narrow. Young: middle of back
not spotted ; sides with small white spots, the upper series forming a
regular line. 20)

Mazame, Hernandez, Mex.; Buffon, H. N.xii.317.—Veado branco,
Veado campo, Aunchieta, Notic. i. 127.—Cervus bezoarticus, Linn.
S. N. ed. 10..67.—C. campestris, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. vii. 484 ? ;
Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 51. t. 3. f. 46, 47.—C. campestris, Licht. Darst.
t.19; Pr. Max. Abbild. t. ; Darwin, Zool. Beagle, 29. fig. horns ;
H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 136. t.. . v. 797.—C. leucogaster, Goldfuss,
Schreb. Saugth. 1127.—_Mazama campestris, H. Smith ; Gray, Cat.
Osteol. B. M. 64.—Biche de Savanne, Buffon, Supp. iii. 126.—Gou-
azouti, Azara, Essai, i. 77.—Lurcifer campestris, Gray, Knows. Me-
nag. 68. H

Inhabits 8S. America ; N. Patagonia. Collection of British Museum.

The figure of C. campestris in F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithog., is evi-
dently a Cariacus, and not of this genus. The horns from Brazils
figured by Cuvier (Oss. Foss. iv. t. 3. f. 48) appear to belong to quite
a different species. It may be the variety of the Roebuck, figured
in Griffith, A. K. iv. t. 164. f. 6.

14, Cartacus, Gray; Mazama, Sundev.; Mazama, part, H.Smith.

Horns cylindrical, arched, with a central, internal snag, the tip
bent forwards, and with the lower branches on the hinder edge ; the
are covered with soft thin hair, have a moderate tail furnished wit
long hair on the under side, a white anal disk, rather elongated,
large, rounded ears; they generally have a tuft of white hair on the
outer side of the hind-leg, rather below the middle of the metacarpus,
but. it is sometimes not to be seen ; the skull has a very small, shallow,
suborbital pit, and the nasal bone is broad and subtriangular behind ;
the tail is elongate, slender, pale, with the lower part dark, and reach-
ing nearly to the hocks in summer; much shorter and: broader, and
all dark olive in the winter. Confined to North America.

* Hoofs narrow, elongate ; tail hairy beneath.

1. Carzacus Virernianus. The AMEeRIcAN DEER, )

Bright fulvous in summer, greyer in winter; tail fulvous above,
the tip black, beneath white; carried erect when running ; nose
brown; side of mouth white, with an oblique black band fromthe
nostrils; hoofs narrow, elongate. Lonht

Dama Virginiana, Raii Syn. 86.—Fallow Deer, Lawson, Carol, 23;

ES ee Oe eee a as
‘ Biers |
‘
i
cm .
oe

Anadabiiak Habits. 429

Catesby; Carol. App. 28.— Cervus Dama Americanus, Erxl, Syst. 312.
Cervus Mexicanus, Licht. Darstell. t. 20.— Cervus Strongyloceros,
a Schreb. Saugth:1074, not figure.— Cervus campestris(Mazame),
F.Cuv. Mam. Lithog. t. .—Cervus Virginianus, Gmelin, 8. N. i.
179; Desm..Mamm. 442; F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. 205.—
C. Mangivorus, Schrank, Ann. Wetter. i. 327, 1819, from Buffon.—
C. (Mazama) Virginiana, Bennett, Gard. Z. 8. 205; Fischer, Syn.
449 ; Peale, U.S. Explor. Exped. 39 ; Sundeval, Pecora, 58.—Cervus
leucurus, Long-tailed Deer, Douglas, Zool. Journ. xv. 330 ; Richard-
son, Faun. Bor. Amer.i. 258.—C. Mazama leucurus, Sundeval, Pe-
eora, 59.—Cariacus Virginianus, C.leucurus, and C. Mexicanus, Gray,
Cat. Osteol. B. M. 63, 64.—Virginian Deer, Penn. Syn. 51. t. 9. f. 2;
Quad. i. 104. t. 11. f. 1.— Cerf de La Louisiane, Cuvier, R. A. i. 256;
Oss. Foss. iv. 33. t. 5. f. 1-5.—Chevreuil, Charlev. Nouv. Fran. iii.
152.—Cariacou, Buffon, H. N. xiii. 347. t. 44.—Cariacus Virgini-
anus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 66. t. 46, winter coat.
_ Inhabits N. America.
| Mr. Peale obseryes,—“‘ We believe that the same species of Deer
inhabits all the timbered or partially timbered country between the
Coast of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. They vary in size, as all
the animals of this genus do, in different feeding-grounds, but they
are specifically the same.”” The Mexican Deer (Penn. Syn. 54. t. 9.
£13, and Quad. i. 20), Cervus Mezxicanus (Gmelin, S. N. i. 179;
H. Smith, G. A. K. vy. 729, iv. 130.t. |; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. t. 5.
£.:23), Cervus ramosicornis (Blainville); are all described from horns,
which only appear to be much-developed horns of this species which
have belonged to some well-fed animals.
») The horns described and figured as C. elavatus (H. Smith, G. A. K. ©
iv. 132. t._), appear to be only-varieties of the common form.
1. The Cervus Mexicanus (Lichten. Darst. t. 20; Sundeval, Pe-
_cora, 59),
2. The Cervus nemoralis (H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 157. t. ; Sun-
deval, Pecora, 59),
_ 3. The Cervus gymnotis (Wiegmann, Isis, 1833 ; Sundeval, Pe-
cora, 59),
all from Mexico, appear to be varieties of this species. _C. Mexicanus
is said to have a brown tail and indistinct chin-band. ‘The nakedness
of the ears, which is peculiar to C. gymnotis, is often to be observed
in these animals when in change of fur. C. spinosus, Gay and Ger-
vais, is only known from a single horn from Cayenne.

. 2. Cariacus Lewisi. The Buack-rattep DEER.

The tail black above towards the extremity, yellowish white beneath,

covered with hair at all seasons, not carried erect when running ; ful-
vous (in summer); hair very soft, not ringed ; forehead and upper
part of face before the eyes blackish ; inside of the legs and belly
white; chin-band distinct, black ; front hoofs narrow, elongate. Horns
like C.. Virginianus, but generally more slender, and commonly with-
out the first antler.

Black-tailed Deer, lo-American in Oregon.—Black-tailed
Fallow Deer, Lewis and k, Travels to the Pacific, ii, 26,125

430 Zoological Society.

(London edit. 1807).—-Cervus macrotis . Colombiana, Richardson,

Fauna Bor. Amer. i. 257.—Long-tailed Deer (Cervus macrourus),

H. Smith, G.A.K. iv. 134, v. 795, part; Fischer, Syn. 615.—-Cervus

Lewisii, J. Peale, U.S. Explor. Exped. 39. t. 9, med. fig. at p. 43,

phe eo Gray, Knows. Menag. 67. t. 44, in summer, t..45, in win-

ter fur. flataiss
Inhabits N.W. Coast of N. America.

3. CARIACUS PUNCTULATUS. The CALIFORNIAN Rok.

Dark reddish brown (in summer), minutely punctulated by the —
ellow tips of the hair ; chin-mark distinct ; ears B deseo nakedish ;
ase of the ears, orbits, round the muzzle, under side of tail, and the

upper part of the inside of the leg, white ; forehead, line down the

face, and narrow streak on upper part of the nape black ; legs brown ;

a very narrow, indistinct streak on the middle le of the rump yel-

lowish ; tail like back, with a blackish tip. Lio

Inhabits California. '

- There is a female of this species in the Zoological Gardens. _ It is

much smaller than the Black-tailed Deer, and darker than C. Virgini-

anus, and it differs in the hair being dark, with a distinct yellow sub-
terminal band.

** The front hoof broad cordate; tail not hairy beneath.

4, Cariacus mMAcrotTis. The Mute Derr.

Brownish fulvous ; chin without. any or only an indistinct band ;
tail pale ferruginous, with a black tuft at the end, and without any
hair beneath ; ears very large ; hoofs of the fore-feet broad cordate,
nearly as’ broad as long, flattened and concave beneath ; horns larger
and more spreading than in C, Virginianus. top

Mule Deer, Anglo-Americans of the Rocky Mountains. —!? Mule or
Black-tailed Deer, Le Raye ; Lewis and Clerk, Travels ; Wied, Voy.
Amer. Merid. iii. 273, and Vig. A, B.—Cervus macrotis, Say, Long,
Exped. Rocky Mount. ii. 88; H. Smith, G.A. K. vy. 794; Fischer,
Syn. 444,615; Sundeval, Pecora, 59 ; Richardson, Faun. Bor. Amer.
254.t.20; Peale, U.S. Expl. Exped. 41. t. 10 (ined.), fig. at p. 43,
fore-feet ; Gray, Knows. Menag. 67.—C. auritus, Desm. Dict. Class.
H..N. iii. 379. .

TInhabits N.W., America; Arakansa.

We have several skulls of this genus in the British Museum, which
offer very distinct characters, but unfortunately, not having the skins
belonging to them, we cannot identify with certainty the species to
which they belong. |

These skulls vary considerably in width and comparative length of
the face, and in the extent and depth of the suborbital pit ;. in some,
which are probably, the skulls of the Black-tailed Deer as they come
from the north-west coast, the pit is very large and deep; and thirdly,
in the extent of the intermaxillary lines. In some they scarcely aaah
to the nasal; in others,they reach to it and.are united to it by a rather
broad suture ; and in others they do not nearly reach to it, but stop
abruptly, ending in.a notch in the front upper edge of the maxillary.

There is imported by the North Western American Fur. Company

ae
ST bi er ——

ed

Zoological Society. 431

the flat skin of two Deer which probably belong to this genus, and

appear distinct from the preceding: 1. The Orenoka Deer (of the
: Company’s list). It came from Central America, is of a large size,
| of a bright red-brown colour, with the hair of the back short and
rather adpressed, the chin and under part of the body white, the tail
blackish ; 2. The Yucatan Deer, about the size of the American Deer
(C. Virginianus), but very distinct from the skin of that species mn
the same store ; the fur is short red brown with blackish tips.

15. Coassus, Gray; Subulo, H. Smith, Sundeval.

Horns simple, rudimentary, shelving back ; ears rather short, broad,
rounded ; tail short ; the facial line rather convex; the fur short, of
the forehead (in both sexes) elongate, forming a rhombic tuft between
the horns and face ; legs without any tuft on the outside of the meta-
tarsus, but with a pencil on the inside of the hocks. Confined to Tro-
pical or South America.

* Ears nakedish ; skull with a very small, shallow, suborbital pit ;

supraorbital foramens in a groove. East coast of America.
Coassus. /

1. Coassus Nemorrvacus. The Cueuacu-apaRa.

Pale brown; the hair dull-coloured, brown, with a yellow subterminal
band which wears off ; a paler streak over the eyes. Young: brown,
white spotted ; spots of sides unequal; nape dark. Skull elongate,
suborbital pit broad, subtrigonal shallow; grinders moderate, infra-
orbital ridge very distinct, sharp-edged. The intermaxillaries do not
reach to the nasal but fit into a notch in the maxilla. :

Cervus nemorivagus, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. vii. 485; Cuvier, ©
Oss. Foss. iv. 54. t. 5. f. 50; Fischer, Syn. 446, 618; H. Smith,
G. A. K.iv. 142. t. |; Sundev, Pecora, 60; Licht. Darstel. t. 21.—
Coassus nemorivagus, Gray, Cat. Osteol. B. M. 64; Knows. Menag.
68. t. 48.—Cervus nemorum, Desm. Mam. 446.—C. simplicicornis,
Illiger, Pr. Max. Abbild. t. .—Young? Moschus delicatula, Shaw,
Mus. Lever. t. 36.

Inhabits Brazils. :

A male specimen at Knowsley Menagerie was dark brown ; streak
on each side of the forehead, upper part of the legs and spot on the
angles of the lower lip blackish; streak over each eye yellowish ;
under lip and spot on upper lip near muffle, underside of the tail and
inner side of the upper part of the thighs white; muffle smooth,
bluish, upper edge slightly arched; ears small, lower half of the
inner side black.

This male was the size of a full-grown Roebuck, as is the largest
of the genus in the Menagerie.

There is a female at Knowsley which is probably a young female of
this 1 gti Mr. Fraser thus described it: “A female: dark grey,
tinged with brown, greyer on the head and neck ; the lower part, and
the inside of legs, the belly and round the eyes rust-coloured ; the
purple brown patch in the ears smaller and less distinet than C. rifus.
A small white stripe in front of the eyes and the under surface of the
tail white ; from the eyes to the nose short and thick compared with

‘the other specimens.”

432 Zoological Society.

*-2. Coassus rurus. The Cucuacu-ErTe or Prva. to sito

The fur bright shining red ; crown and neck grey; sides of face

and chest paler. Young: reddish, white spotted, spots of sidé un-
equal; nape with a distinct white-e dged dark central streak ; the

muffle carunculated, rather angularly produced above. |

Var. With white rings above the hoofs. malt

Cervus rufus, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. vii. 485 ; Cuvier, Oss. Foss.
W008.t50. 441; Ate Ne Bs f. 44 ; Hi Smith, G. A; Ka ay. 14008: ;
Pr. Max. Abbild. t. ; Fischer, Syn. 446, 618 ; Licht. Darst. t. 20;
Sundeval, Pecora, 60. —Cervus simplicicornis (Apara B.), H. Smith,
G. A. K. iv. 141.t. .—C. dolichwrus, Wagner, Supp. iv. 389.—
Cariacou de la Guyane, Buffon, ix. 90.—Biche rouge, Buffon, Supp.
ii. 126.—Gouazou pita, Azara.—Coassus rufus, Gray, Knows. Men,
69. t. 47.

Inhabits S. America.

The males cast their horns in the month of September, and they
are very shortly replaced by a new pair.

Mr. Fraser has kindly sent me the following description of the fe-
male at Knowsley :—‘‘A female: light red brown, neck and head
greyer; darker grey on the hocks and upper part of the fore legs ;
the forehead with one black stripe on each side a grey one in the
centre, which leaves two brown yellow stripes on each side; ears with
a purplish brown patch of about a third of the whole extent inside ; ;
the muffle is carunculated, of a purplish hue.”

3. CoaAssus sUPERCILIARIS. The Eveprowrep BROcKET.

Bright shining red ; neck and head grey ; forehead darker ; hocks
and front of the fore legs grey ; stripe in front of the eye and under-
surface of the tail white ; muffle deeply arched above ; ears moderate.

Coassus superciliaris, Gray, Gleanings Knows. Menag. t. 48, °°

Inhabits the Brazils. Para.

This species chiefly differs from the former in the form of the
muffle and in the presence of the white streak over the eyes. ‘There
is a male at Knowsley, and formerly there was a female in the Gar
dens of the Society.

A, Coassus auRITUS. LARGE-EARED BROCKET.

Bright pale red brown; head and neck grey; orbits pale brown-
ish; spot on side of upper lip, chin, belly, hinder side of fore and
front side of hinder thighs and under side of tail, white; crown dark
grey brown; ears very large, broad, acute, more than half the ence
of the head, with two lines of hairs in them.

Inhabits the Brazils.

There is a female of this species in the Gardens of the Society 3 ; it
greatly resembles the Indian Muntjac in the distribution of its colour:

In the British Museum there are two skulls which belong to these
species. They have the face shorter and thicker than the skull of
_C. nemorivagus, the nasals are wider behind ; the suborbital pit small
or less impressed, and the grinder larger.

The first belongs to a young specimen in the Museum Collection;
apparently of C. rufus. It has a small slightly impressed pit just in

Cuil. ie Ueik aki ill Sede

init Sa ta

eee, ee eT

ee

eS ee

ee
tke! as

;
;

Pm es <0
oe

Cork. Cuvierian. Society. 433

front of the edge of the.orbit.... The second belongs to a more adult
female, sent, without the skin, from Para by Mr. Reginald Graham ; it
is considerably larger than the preceding, and there is scarcely any
2a lal in front of the orbit, only a slight concavity of the
general surface. This skull exactly resembles that of C. superciliaris,
which was in the Zoological Society’s Gardens.

** Ears thickly covered with short hairs; skull with a very deep
_. oblong suborbital pit ; face short ; grinders large. West coast
‘of America. Pudu.

5. Coassus Pupv. The VENaADA.

Fur rufous, blackish in front and darker behind, and on the fore-
head and lower part of the leg; hairs ringed, of cheeks and neck grey-
ish, of forehead and ears bright rufous; ears short; tail very short.

Cervus humilis, Bennett, P. Z. S. 1831, 27. fem. ; Sundev. Pecora,
60.—C. rufus, Wagner, Supp. iv.— Capra Pudu, Molina.—Chevreuil,
Re Froriep’s Notiz. 1829; Férussac, Bull. Sci. xix. 95.—Cer-
vus Pudu, Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1846, 90.—Antilope (Mazama)

' mazama, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 291?

5 Tnhabits Chili; Conception and Chiloe (King). Brit. Museum.

dj It 2
y CORK CUVIERIAN SOCIETY.

April 7, 1852.—-C. B. Newenham, Esq., presented to the Society
a slab exhibiting fossil casts of foot-steps.
_; Dr. Haines wished to direct particular attention to the flag now
laid on the table by Mr. Newenham, first, in order that due merit
might be rendered to the discoverer, and in the second place, to indi-
cate the character, great interest, and importance of the discovery.
Mr. Newenham’s attention was drawn to this flag, lately laid down on
one of our pathways, when walking over it in a shower of rain, which
rendered the track more visible. All persons present may not be
aware of the value of data which carry us back, step by step, to the
knowledge of the primzeval states of animal life on the earth. This
is, Dr. Haines said, he believed, the first observation of the foot-
prints of the higher classes of animals made in Ireland. The first
diseovery of foot-marks was that of reptiles in the lower part of the New
Red Sandstone in Scotland; then they became known as common in the
New Red Sandstone of England and the continent, and in a part of
the same formation the foot-marks of birds were found in America.
Here we now have, the occurrence of foot-prints in a rock of greater
age, in this slab of millstone-grit from Kilrush, county of Clare, from
whence the flagging-material of our streets is obtained. Dr. Haines
went on to state, that some years since he had exhibited to this
Society and to the British Association some very beautiful and new
fossil casts referable to Annelids from this same rock, and pointed
out some traces which might possibly be the foot-markings of a crus-
taceous animal. Since then those flags have presented us with nume-
rous fossil, impressions, but until now, none referable to the track of
an animal of a high order. On this flag there are seyen pair of de-

434: Cork Cuvierian, Society. ©

cided foot-impressions, evidently the track of one animal; they are
very regular, about 41 inches in advance of each other, and over
3 inches apart laterally. Two or three of these feet show three toes
in front and one strong linear impression pointing directly backwards,
which caused some persons to think them at first the marks of a bird;
but they are not the walk of a biped, as a bird, with alternate steps;
and therefore it was said the bird was in the act of jumping forwards,
bringing both feet to the ground at once and nearly in a line. He,
Dr. Haines, thought them the track of a quadruped, that is, a fours
footed creature, and probably a reptile ; but it was not easy to recon-
cile the markings to any known mode of progression, and therefore
he made a second examination, when he discovered that there are the
impressions of another pair of feet between each of the former, which
satisfies every difficulty and proves the creature to have been qua-
drupedal. Those additional foot-prints, which Dr. Haines has just
discovered, are comparatively indistinct, so much so as to have been
at first entirely passed over by every one looking at the stone; but
now, on being pointed out, they are equally convincing, when taken
in relation with the other marks, to all who examine them.

The condition of the slab now is, that we have twenty-six impres-
sions instead of fourteen ; fourteen large, about 1 inch in length each,
and half an inch wide ; twelve smaller casts, nearly half an inch long,
giving the idea of the impression of one central toe only. These
smaller marks incline inwards towards each other, and also lie an inch
and a half in advance, and a little within the line of the larger feet.
In the original mould the righé feet, both small and large, are con-
stantly slightly in front of the line of advance of the feet of the left
side. The distance of the large impressions before the smaller ones
by the progress of the animal is about 24 inches. '

It seems clear then that this four-footed creature had two smaller
fore-feet and two larger hind-feet ; that in the alternate bringing up
of the feet as it walked, the hind-foot approached the fore-foot perhaps
pretty closely, as we must make allowance for those portions of the
feet not fully impressed in the mould. It would be quite possible to
calculate the length of the body and length of limbs from the data of
these foot-tracks ; and from the high relief of the casts of the hinder
feet and their width apart, the body must have been wide and heavy,
in relation to its other dimensions. To convey a short sketch of foot-
prints, Dr. Haines stated that about twenty-six years since was the
date of their earliest notice ; first in the New Red Sandstone, as already
mentioned ; then in older rocks which are called the Coal-measures,
in Bavaria, in America, and xow in Ireland, for the Millstone-grit is
of the lowest part of that series ; since then they have been discovered
so low down and remote in age as the Upper Devonian sandstones in
Morayshire ; and still more remote in time, in a sandstone at the base
of the Silurian rocks in Canada* ; thus proving an antiquity for the
vertebrated division of animals as far back as almost the first traces
of created being. : ,

* With regard to the Canadian foot-tracks, these have been referred by

Professor Owen, in a paper lately read before the Geological Society, to
_ Crustaceans.—Ep. Jestacs ) a8

Saati cael ieee

Miscellaneous. 435
MISCELLANEOUS.

TWIN MUSHROOM.

Mr. ANDERSON, gardener to the Earl of Stair at Oxenford Castle,
exhibited at the last Meeting of the Edinburgh Botanical Society a
singular twin mushroom, represented in Pl. XVI. C. It would
as if two mushrooms had united together by the summit of

their pileus in the young state, and that one had afterwards grown so
vigorously as to detach the other from the soil, and bear it on the tip
of its pileus inverted. The substance of the pileus of the two mush-
rooms is intimately united, as seen in fig. 2. In the lower mushroom
the lamellze are as usual in the lower surface, while in the upper sur-
face the pileus being inverted the lamellze appear above.

. 1. shows the two mushrooms united, with the lamellz on both sides.

7. 2. shows a section through the two mushrooms.

On the Circulation of the Blood in Insects. By M. Lion Durour.

I shall not refer to all the proofs which I have accumulated to show
that the tracheary apparatus of insects is solely an organ of respira-
tion, a vascular system intended exclusively for the circulation of air.
This subtle fluid penetrates, by an infinity of ramifications, into all the
tissues, to communicate to them the benefits of respiration, to give
the blood with which they are imbued that vivification, that nutritive
faculty, in search of which, in the higher animals, the vessels come to
a circumscribed respiratory organ, either lungs or gills. 1 only wish,
at present, to discuss the new facts lately brought before the Academy
in support of the theory of peritrachean circulation.

24 silkworms which have been fed on leaves powdered with blue

or rose-colour, produce blue or rose-coloured cocoons, is an incontest-

able fact. Neither do I deny the coloration of the tracheze observed

MM. Alessandrini and Bassi. But, whilst admitting these facts,
ince proyed by M. Blanchard, I am far from coinciding with him in
the consequences which he has deduced from them. The blue blood,

‘we are told, fills the abdominal cavities, the /acune, penetrates the

dorsal vessel, and nevertheless neither the muscles nor the viscera are
coloured ; they preserve their usual whiteness! What! those power-
ful locomotive muscles, into which, even with the naked eyes, we see
trachez of such large size penetrate, to perform the important fune-
tions of reparation and nutrition, receive no tinge from that blue blood,
which, even according to the hypothesis of peritrachean respiration,

“must insinuate itself everywhere! And those digestive viscera, so rich

in trachez of all Gimensions, the detection of which does tiot require

‘a microscope or even a simple lens—those ventricular parietes, through

which, even according to this author, the blue nutritive fluid trans-
‘udes—these viscera remain white! And those serifie glands, which
in the exercise of their secreting faculty can admit the blue colour

’ (for this is transmitted to these cocoons)—these glands offer no’ ap-

pearance of blue!
. Because the tracheze appear blue, is it necessary to coneltide that

this can only be cansed by the imprisonment of blue blood’ between

an external membrane and the true coat of the aériferous duct of

436 Miscellaneous.

the trachea? If the thoraco-abdominal cavity be filled by a blue
nutritive fluid, why should mot: the walls of the trachese, which, like
all the tissues of the organism, require nutrition and reparation, be
also penetrated by these blue particles? Is it necessary, in order to
explain this coloration, to recur to an intermembranular cavity, the
existence of which I think I have sufficiently disproved by facts and
arguments ? nith

Perhaps, in regard to the absence of coloration in the ramifications
of the trachese, M. Blanchard will imtrench himself behind these
words in his communication—‘ The trachez present the deepest tint
at their base, becoming gradually paler to the extremity.” This ar-
gument may appear valid if we only regard one of these canals sepa-
rately ; but, as every one knows, the isolated filaments of a blue cocoon
do not appear blue, although the whole of the filaments produce a
blue cocoon,—and the same effect must take place in the living tis-
sues of an insect, when the blood-vessels, however capillary they may
be, become pressed together in close ramifications for the performance
of their nutritive functions. —Comptes Rendus, Noy. 17, 1851.

On the Transmigration of Worms... By Cuarues Voor. _.

The worms, those Pariahs of the animal kingdom, haye long been
neglected by zoologists ; the intestinal worms in particular, from the
uncertainty which existed as to their organization and deyelopment,
have been united into an ill-defined group. It is nevertheless amongst
these animals that modern zoology has discovered some of the most re-
markable facts in the history of the animal organism and embryogeny;

The theory of spontaneous generation, attacked and overturned on
all sides, has long sought a last refuge in the history of the intestinal
worms. How has it been possible for an animal, a parasitic worm, de-
prived of sexual organs, to appear and propagate in the closed cayi-
ties of the bodies of man or animals? Such is the embarrassing
question put by the partisan of the ‘ generatio equivoea.” If we
dissect one of our little freshwater fishes, the stickleback (Gaste-
rosteus aculeatus), we shall find in the cavity of its body a worm be-
longing to the genus Bothriocephalus, which is entirely destitute of
generative organs. If we confine ourselves to this single fact, the
formation and reproduction of this parasite are no doubt difficult to
explain, and one is easily tempted to call in the aid of the Deus ew
machind of spontaneous generation. But a second observation shows
us, that at the moment when the fish in question becomes the prey of
some aquatic bird, its worm passes into the body of its destroyer,
where it receives its true development,—for it is then only that its
segments become filled with eggs, which, rejected with the exere-
ments of the bird, fall into the water and thus pass into the bodies of
the fishes which swallow these excrements.. Without pertonstins to
explain the history of all the parasitic worms as naturally as this, we
present the following facts as a new argument against their pretended
spontaneous generation. C098

All worms possess generative organs, provided they. find. the,.con-
ditions necessary for their development. . It.is. true that we find in
worms, Crustacea, Insects, &c., parasites, called Gregarine, totally

a
~
3
ta
7
S
:
;

Miscellaneous. 437

destitute of internal organs, but the embryogenic development of these
organisms is still too little known to permit us to arrive at any cer-
tain conclusion.
©) The division of Nematelmia includes among its members a worm
with an elongated, cylindrical body, resembling a brown horse-hair. Its
coriaceous skin ily absorbs the liquid which surrounds it. When
dried, its body becomes as brittle as a horny thread. This worm, known
by the name of Gordius, inhabits the water of springs, ditches, &c.
When taken from the water, it retains its life for a certain time, and
on being restored to that element resumes its usual movements. This
property is very useful to it during a certain period of its life. The
Gordius does not, as was long supposed, inhabit water only, but
the first portion of its life as a parasite in the bodies of various
insects, and especially in the abdominal cavity of grasshoppers, where
this worm, so large when compared with its habitation, may be found
rolled up into a ball. When its sexual organs are developed, it quits
its first habitation to finish its career in some piece of water, or in the
basin of some rustic spring, where it deposits its eggs in long chains.

We are still ignorant of the first stage in the development of the
Ascarides, which are very common in the human intestines. It is
known, however, that as soon as their eggs are mature, these worms
quit their ordinary habitation and sometimes even perforate the in-
testinal canal. Some observations made on a parasite of the frog,
serve not only to throw some light on the development of the Asca-
rides, but also on the presence of worms in the closed cavities of the
bodies of animals. Certain Nematoid worms deposit their young in
the blood-vessels of frogs. These little parasites, which are true
larvee, circulate during a certain time with the blood, until, having
arrived at the proper period of their development, they pierce the
walls of the capillary vessels. After secreting a capsule, which af
first is colourless, but afterwards becomes brown, the worm rolls itself
up spirally within it. When transparent portions of the mesentery of
a frog are examined under the microscope, these little capsules ma
frequently be seen, always arranged along the course of the blood-
vessels. The worm in this pupa state does not possess generative
organs; these are not developed until after it has left the capsule.
Sometimes the young worm, not finding the conditions necessary for
its further development, dies while still in the capsule, which then
becomes incrusted with calcareous matter, and remains in the midst
of the animal tissues in the form of a small stony concretion. A
great number of individuals of a worm of this group (Trichina spi-
valis), which presents these calcareous incrustations, has recently
been discovered in the muscles of the human body.

Every one knows the Tenia, or tapeworm, which frequently attains
an enormous length in the human intestines. Every one of its nu-
merous segments is filled with ovaries and testicles. At the period
when the eggs contained in the ovaries become mature, some of the
segments, either separated or attached to one another, become de-
tached and pass from the body with the excrements, It is not yet
known how the young tapeworms, thus dispersed, arrive in situations
favourable to their development, nevertheless the repartition of the

438 Miscellaneous.

Tenia and Bothriocephalus will throw some light on this point. Th
latter worm only occurs in Switzerland, Poland and Holland, whilst
the Tenia inhabits the intestines of the French and Germans. When
individuals belonging to these two nations live for a certain time in
Switzerland, they sometimes get. the Bothriocephalus, but never the
Tenia. In all the countries in which the Bothriocephalus is so fre-
quent, it is customary to water the plants used as food with the liquid
excrement procured from the cesspools. There is no doubt that some of
the eggs of the Bothriocephalus ejected with the excrements find their
way, with salads and other raw vegetables, into the human intestines,
These eggs contain a little embryo, which exhibits very lively move-
ments of contraction and dilatation ; the anterior portion of its body
is furnished with six retractile hooks. In the pulmonary cavity of
the common slug, some little, milk-white cysts of +45 inch in dia-
meter frequently occur ; each of these contains a young Tenia. It
is very probable that as soon as the slug has been devoured by some
other animal, the worm quits its envelope and developes ne -
ments. The animals of the genera Scolex and Tetrarhynchus, which
are so often met with in the intestines of marine fishes, are only the
young cephalic segments of Tenie, which afterwards fix themselves,
after losing the trunks armed with hooks, which are useful to them
during their migrations in the bodies of fishes. :
Occasionally the Tenia loses itself during its peregrinations ; its
metamorphoses then become arrested, and certain portions of its body
undergo morbid transformations ; hydatids are nothing but abortive
Tenias, of which the normal development sometimes depends upon
mere chance. The liver of rats and mice often contains an elongated
worm, the last segment of which is transformed into a bladder filled
with water; but as soon as this passes into the intestines of a cat,
the terminal vesicle of the parasite disappears, it developes new
ments, and becomes a true Tenia, long since described. by naturalists,
If during the summer some Lymnee or Paludine, of which the
shells have been removed, be held in pure water and their skins ne
torn, numbers of microscopic worms will be seen to issue from them,
appearing in the water like whitish clouds. These creatures, whose
body is terminated by a tail, have often been classed amongst the -
Infusoria under the name of Cercaria. The Monostomum mutabile,
which inhabits the aériferous cells of aquatic birds, produces embryos
which swim quickly, and within which a second embryo may be seen
moving ; the latter completely resembles the worms which are found
in the Lymnee, in which the Cercarie are formed. The primitive
embryos of the Monostomum probably leave the aériferous vessels of
the birds when the latter are in the water, and afterwards penetrate
into the mollusks. Here the Cercarie are formed by gemmation,
and they have been seen to penetrate into the larvee of aquatic insects
by the aid of the corneous points which they bear on their heads,
During this passage they lose their caudal appendage, and then ex-
hibit the form of the Trematode worms. After this they become
contracted, and surround themselves with an envelope as transparent
as glass, within which they await their further development, which
only takes place according as the insects undergo their metamor-

Meteorological Observations. 439

phosis, or become the Prey of birds, fishes, frogs, &e. Other Cer-
carie pass directly from the body of the mollusk into that of the
bird, &c. These-metamorphoses, taking place consequently in the
bodies of animals belonging to the principal types of the animal
kingdom, furnish the most evident proof against the old opinion, that
the parasitic worm could only exist within the animal for which it
was formed. On the contrary, the preceding facts appear to prove
to us, that the migrations of worms through various organisms are a
condition of their normal development. Classification will
nece y be much affected by these observations. Many species
and genera will be suppressed. Thus it has been discovered quite
recently, that a worm belonging to the family of Polystomata, the
genus Gyriodactylus, which is found on the branchize of many fresh-
water fishes, is only a transitory form which propagates by gemma-
tion. In the interior of this worm, which possesses all the organs of
the adult Trematoda, a young one is developed by gemmation, which
nearly attains the size of its mother, and finally passes out by an
opening on the abdominal side of the latter. Whilst it still remains
thin the body of its mother, it forms, by gemmation, a second
‘oung one within its own body ; so that in these worms, the mother
requently contains at once her daughter and grand-daughter.— Bid.
Univ. de Geneve, December 1851, p. 347.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1852.

Chiswick.—March 1, Fine. 2. Overcast : fine: clear, with sharp frost. 3. Clear
and frosty : fine : sharp frost at night. 4. Very fine: clear: severe frost at night.
. Frosty: bright sun: frosty. 6. Slight haze: clear. 7. Frosty, with haze:
: slight haze. 8. Uniform haze: overcast. 9. Cold dry haze: fine: clear, ©
Hazy : foggy at night. 11. Hazy: densely overcast. 12. Cloudy: clear.
Flying haze: cold anddry. 14. Uniformly overcast. 15. Foggy : dusky haze.
‘Slight drizzle: cloudy. 17,18. Cloudy and cold. 19. Cold haze: white
clouds: clear and frosty. 20. Clear and fine: frosty. 21, 22. Fine. 23. Slight
haze : fine: clear: frosty. 24. Overcast: densely clouded. 25. Clear: overcast.
26. Clear: cloudy: frosty. 27. Frosty: cloudy: clear. 28. Overcast. 29. Hazy:
fine: rain. 30. Rain: cloudy and mild: overcast. 31. Uniform haze: overcast
and cold: cloudy.

ee

Ba S

Mean temperature of the month ..........sscscseeseeees dedbibiee 36°-92
Mean temperature of March 1851 ........... Actas esGQiel72
Mean temperature of March for the last twenty-six years... 42 52
Average amount of rain in March — ..........sesseeeeessseeeereee 1°40 inch,

Boston.—March 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy. 3. Fine: snow a.m. and p.m. 4—7. Fine.
8,9. Cloudy. 10. Foggy.. 11. Cloudy. 12. Fine. 13. Cloudy. 14. Cloudy: rain
A.M, 15. Cloudy: rainp.m. 16, 17. Cloudy. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20—26. Fine.
27, 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine. 30, Cloudy: rain early a.m. and p.m. 31. Cloudy.
'_ Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Snow-showers., 2. Snow-showers : snow.
3. Snow: fine. 4. Snow: fine: light halo. 5. Thaw: clear: fine. 6. Fine:
clear: fine. 7. Fine: hazy. 8. Fog: fine: fog. 9. Fog. 10—15. Hazy: fine.
16. Drops: hazy: fine. 17. Hazy: fine: cloudy: fine. 18. Bright : fine: clondy:
fine. 19-—21. Bright: fine: clear: cloudy: aurora. 22, Cloudy: fine. 23. Fog:
cloudy. . 24. Bright: cloudy. 25. Hail-showers. 26. Hail-showers: snow-
showers, 27. Snow-showers._ 28. Snow: bright: snow: clear. 29. Cloudy:
snow-showers. 30. Bright: clear. 31. Cloudy.—This month has been remark-
.. ably fine and dry, with a high barometer and thermometer. The average quantity

of rain in March for six previous years was 2°55, and in one month only was the
quantity smaller, viz. Sept. 1846, when it was only “60. The average temperature
of March for twenty-six previous years 40°38, The average state of the baro-
meter has not been higher since May 1844, when it was 30213.

gZ.0 $z.0 Lg9.0v,|fz.£b| zg \19.92 |19.08 | oSr.0£ gz1.0£ 08.62 1g0.0£ bLr1.0F | uray
sebeerees seeeeeees "ou "a "Ou 1v Sy o.S+ 6£ gh 00.0£ 73.6% 07.6% 00$,6z 7$g.6z "rE
So. ZO. "Ou *S *MS gf 7 I § Se 9S 99.62 09.62 Sg.gz 007,62 glb.62 *of
10. gt. ‘9 79 | 9 | $98 | eb ty! Sv | QS $9.62 9.62 of.6z 112.62 ££S.6z i
rr. Heed a weweleeseceees wyeo "9 "Ou Se fb gf gt oS L9.6z £9.62 ot.6z $19,6z z£9.6¢ 4 €
ot. See ecenesleeecceres wyeo “Mm “M ce +E SLE Zz gt 09.62 $9.62 ££.6z 919.62 £99.62 "Lt
Pr. foeteree| aa | cal on | $F | Sh] S.ofl re | gy gl.6z 06,62 98.62 994.6% L9g.6z | ‘ot
sobocsens Servers sg] om tL ep tad ho ge | th get oe Loot €x1,0£ 39.62 146.62 $60.06 | ‘Sz
teseeeeeslerreveeeelsereseens! ot | gt | ag LE} ob | gv] gz 99 gr.of €r.0£ £8.62 198.62 Lgg.62 | “bz
reeseesesfeseeeetselereeescer! cog | emg | com.| £6 | $251 ott Se $9 Lo.o§ 16.6 £9.62 656.62 fLo.of | “Ez
eatanedealees “sel ama | s | as | ot | 86h | Eb! gz | 99 26.62 16,62 61.62 gor.o£ oz1.08 | ‘7
seteseeecleceresssilerresases! og | ogg | eng tb | gb gf} Lz | £9 Lg.6z 98.62 0g.6z Lor.o£ 161.08 4
seasesterlescseseesdeeeeeeseel ogg | egga | as’ | ch | $rb | gfl Se 9$ 06.62 $6.62 34.62 £or.0£ zbr.0f | oc@
seeeeeres "9 "9 Srv Sb Ev Lz Lt 90.0€ BI.0£ $9.62 gor .0f 9S 1.08 *6r
Pagecee pesrediapesenaneest gugg.t sct som fe 8 he f° SS) de $2.06 9z.0f 06.62 ZEr.o£ zgz.of | “gr
penpateesterwsncatppsteoheene omy 1 our Ch ogee ooh tek FSeE ee gh 9z.0f Bz.0£ 36.62 66z.0£ Ef£.08 | -Lr
seer] zo. | to. | om | ou | on] bb] se] tbl sg gb 9£.08 oF.of£ ¥o.0£ grl.of zov.of | ‘or
tteeeeeesl Coy leewenceee om 9 ‘QU gt Sop rb| <z¢ gt Pr.oF zv.o£ OT.of S1v.0f Lzv.o£ “Sr
teeseeeadleceseeseeleeseeeeeel oa | cour | eget ov | SLb gf] Sz | gb gr.of gb.o£ Lo.of Lrv.0£ zzv.0£ “br
os err ers *9 tb Sb ot 9z gv 1S.0€ LY.o0£ So.0€ 1Z£.0£ gzv.o£ fy
“ereesestleseeeeessleoeeeeseel creo | coun | au | £61 &b1 6€| Sc | éb E+.0 oF.o£ 00.0 gt £.0£ zgf.of | ‘trp
“eresesesfroceseeseleceeeeeeel unrgo | smu | vou | Seb | Sb] ob| $e | sp g£.of LE.0£ 76.62 L£1z.0£ obz.of | ‘Ir
sen] To. | ueo | vou | a | ch] bh | SE! oz | ob | zb.0f br.0f $0.0f oof.o£ zgf.of | or
peer spencer rena 9951 gt eer ls eh Sey T Sere} need cas L¥.0£ gb.of £1.0£ 9gf.of grv.cf | °6
scclitee Vnaaisiers Wagan: Ss. fy te ak a Oe ee ee SS.0§ $9.08 $z.0€ 6S%.08 . EvS.of | 8
ttterevesleseeeesee! eye "9 ‘ou LY gv of gz oS 69.08 L9.0€ 2£.0€ 6L5.0£ $99.08 *L
POP EN OOo el eee reernesisecnreees “M 9 "OU LY 6+ rf Sz gv 09.08 £S.0€ Zv.0£ 669.0£ 6£L.08 "9
fo. poems cg ee eet we fe hb tel br} Be li ct oe $1.08 of.0f g¥9.08 6EL.06 | 3 O
Et ea ey ON) Meta Ze Be TE on) Se) tail ts ne II.0€ 70.08 z1£.08 gis.of |
pas soneaspsneeneras *S | OU} ‘om | rE] zE | S.6cz| 6x | Sb 30.08 go.of 9.62 £56.62 foz.0f | “€
2 oe Ce eed ot ‘ou +E SE zil 6r 6+ 96.62 L3.6z Lb.6z 6>1.6z 0$ 3.62 ~
Sx. [rere] So, | com [oun] «m | x6} ze} zel se | 6b oL.6z LS.6z 6£.6z o1L.6% fog.6z | ‘r
:
Fe i ; ae : “= "ord $g ure $6 &? “UT | "xeyy | = *urd fg “ue £6 &? “oT wat "seat
aa | 8 B [eS] 8 | BE |arepes | 28 é BS
ad ’ : gol SE * | ‘ugg | ** |“ euAsTID *yotmpurg ‘fouyQ ais “HPYASTIO “qyUOTT
“Urey *pulAn *IajJoULOULIOY,y, *IoyoMlOIVg pe ae
‘AUNAUQC “asunpy youmpung yo “Uoysnojy “Cg *aoy ayz fg pun § NOLSOg 70 [waa “Ip Ag
Suopuory .9aU “MOLMSIHO 70 fyar0g josnzynarsoFy ay2 fo uaps

DE) 2y2 20 uosdmoYy, I Ag apuu suorynasasgg joarboposoazayy

THE ANNALS

_ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 54. JUNE 1852.

; _ XXXVIL—On the Reproduction of the Higher Cryptogamia and
the Phanerogamia. By Anruurn Henrrey, F.LS. &c.

eS [With a Plate.]

__ ~ Ewa report which I furnished to the British Association at the
_ last Meeting (1851), I gave an account of the historical develop-
ment of the question of the reproduction of the higher Crypto-
gams, confining myself to a summary of the different views en-
tertained by the various authors who have recently written on
this subject.
| That report was not accompanied by illustrations ; moreover,
since it was written I have had more leisure to investigate cer-
- tain points myself, and to weigh the general conclusions to be
deduced from them. Since the new lights which have been
thrown upon this subject must entirely change our views of the
Telations of those higher Cryptogams among themselves and to
the flowering plants, and since, moreover, they furnish a basis
for a more satisfactory classification of them than we have
hitherto possessed, I have thought it might be acceptable to the
readers of the ‘ Annals” if I laid before them an account of what
is known respecting the Cryptogams, without the detailed refer-
ence to authorities given in the British Association Report, to-
gether with a statement of the remarkable points suggested by
Hofmeister in reference to the relations of the Conifere to the
Cryptogamia on the one hand and the Angiospermous flowering
plants on the other.

eS PTI" | eres
> ees ae ar eae * nati F
'

Hepaticz.

It is well known that the appearance of the spore-fruits or
eapsules of the Hepatice is preceded by that of certain minute
organs termed the pistillidia, or as they are now more generally

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 29

¢

44.2 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

termed the archegonia, and the antheridia; from the former of
which the spore-fruit takes its origin, while the antheridia, after
discharging moving spiral filaments or spermatozoids, die away
and disappear. It has long been supposed that these organs
represented the sexual organs of the flowering plants, and that
an impregnation of the archegonia was effected by means of the
spermatozoids of the antheridia.

These antheridia and archegonia are produced in various situ-
ations ; in the frondose Hepaticee, such as Anthoceros, Riccia, &e.,
the antheridia and archegonia are developed in the cellular sub-
stance of the frond; in the leafy Jungermannia they are found in
the axils of the leaves or at the apex of the stem; but under all
circumstances they exhibit a structure having a common type.

The antheridia, whether they originate in excavations of the
cellular frond, as in Anthoceros, or as axillary products, present
themselves at first as cellular. papille which grow out, and by

multiplication of their cells are converted into stalked clavate or.

finally almost globular bodies ; during this growth the internal
cells have undergone a peculiar development and become de-
tached from the outer layer, so that this last appears as a simple
cellular membranous coat inclosing a cavity filled with free cel-
lules. At a certain epoch this stalked cellular sac, the perfect
antheridium, becomes ruptured above, and the contained cellules
emerge; in the interior of each of these is seen a spiral filament
coiled up, which soon breaks out of the cellule and exhibits active
rotatory motion ; these spiral filaments are the so-called sperma-
tozoids. In some Hepatice the antheridium is said to have a
double cellular coat.

The archegonia or pistillidia present greater differences. In
Anthoceros a single row, composed of four or five cells ranning
down from the surface of the frond form the archegonium; the
lowermost of these produces a free cell in its interior, and then
the cross septa of all above it are absorbed, so that an open canal
is formed leading down to the free cell at the bottom ; it is at this
period the impregnation is supposed to take place by a sperma-
tozoid penetrating into this canal and coming in contact with the
free cellule at the base of the archegonium, which then becomes
developed into the known pod-shaped capsule of Anthoceros.

In Pellia epiphylla the archegonium grows out from the
under side of the edge of the frond as a flask-shaped cellular
body, having a cellule (nucleus) within its cavity, which cellule,
atta impregnation, becomes developed into the sporiferous cap-
sule.

In the leafy Jungermannie the archegonia are similar flask-
shaped bodies, as also are those produced in Marchantia, &c. ; the
involucres which surround them are usually of later origin than

On

~~
~

yey

en _ srs
' . pclae ks

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 443

the archegonia themselves. In Riccia the antheridia and arche-
gonia originate very early, and the parenchyma of the frond
grows up around them as they advance in development; in the
case of the antheridium its walls become adherent to the enve-
loping cells ; the archegonium remains free, and the apex of the
neck hangs out from the surface of the enlarged frond.

Hofmeister states that he has several times seen spermatozoids
swimming about around the archegonia in longitudinal sections
of the involucres containing the archegonia of Jungermannia bicus-
pidata and J. divaricata, when these were brought quickly under
the microscope (Pl. XVII. A. fig. 1). Moreover in these species,
and also in J. bicrenata and scalaris, he found at the mouths of
archegonia which exhibited the first trace of the commencement
of the development of the fruit, more or less curled, colourless
filaments, which resembled the spermatozoids of each species in
size and aspect, but were motionless.

Muscti.

The antheridia and archegonia of the Mosses essentially re-
semble those of the Hepaticze, exhibiting a germ-cell as a free cell
produced in the base of the archegonium (or pistillidium) by free
cell-formation. The evidence of impregnation is altogether cir-
eumstantial as yet, but the existing facts and the analogies with
other families render it in the highest degree probable.

In this family, as also in the Hepaticz, we have in the condi-
tions of the reproductive system a most remarkable set of phz-
nomena, which, until the facts presently to be noticed were dis-
covered, seemed to have a close relation with those in the flower-
ing plants. The spores produce the leafy plant which bears anthe-
ridia and pistillidia, apparently the analogues of the stamens and
pistils of flowers ; but if we look a little more closely, we see that
the archegonia differ greatly from pistils (or ovaries), since they
do not contain ovules to be fertilized; but a single cell in their
interior becomes developed into a complete fruit, often borne
upon a stalk, and in the Mosses of very eomplex structure, which
gives origin to a great number of new bodies, the spores repro-
ducing the leafy form. Thus, the pistillidium, or as it is better
called, the archegonium, seems to bear a closer analogy to the
oyule than an ovary, and its free central cell to represent the em-
bryonal vesicle of the flowering plants. Thus Hofmeister, to
whom we owe most important researches on these subjects, com-
pares the cycle of development in Mosses and Hepatic to the
‘alternation of generations” in the animal kingdom, and he
considers the spore-fruit or capsule a distinct body, related only
by descent to the leafy stem, being in fact the next generation of
the plant. <A third generation is met with in the leafy-stemmed

29%

444 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

Mosses. and Jungermanniz, for their spores are developed into
ramified Confervoid structures, each capable of giving origin to
a number of buds producing distinct leafy stems. Therefore as
the leafy stems are also capable of increasing by gemme, we have
a process of multiplication occurring in all these generations
which collectively represent the cycle of life of a Moss or Jun-
germannia. .

Fixices.

Organs which might be considered as representatives of the
antheridia in Ferns were long sought in vain, till Nageli diseo-
vered peculiar cellular structures in the germinating fronds which
produce moving spiral filaments or spermatozoids. This disco-
very rendered the subject only more enigmatical, until Count
Suminski brought to light certain other most important facts in
reference to these and other bodies unknown to Nigeli, the re-
sult of which has been a complete revolution in our ideas of the
import of the various reproductive structures of the higher Cryp-
togamia. Suminski pointed out the maccuracy of Nageli’s ob-
servations on the antheridia, and demonstrated the existence of
archegonia, but he has been followed by several others, who, mostly
agreeing among themselves, have given an account of the course
of development of the organs, differmg in many respects from
that furnished by him.

The antheridia and archegonia of the Ferns are both found
upon the little Marchantia-like body (prothallium) developed
from the spore in its germination. The former are described
somewhat differently by different authors; occur abundantly on
the under surface of the prothailium, and according to some con-
sist of simple globular cells projecting from a cell of the prothal-
lium ; according to others, of a cellular papilla having a central
cavity: the latter seems to be the correct view. In this cavity
are produced a number of free cellules which are discharged by
its rupture at the apex, and these themselves severally burst and
give exit to a ciliated spiral filament (spermatozoid) which swims
actively, advancing with a rotatory motion through the water
under the microscope (Pl. XVII. B. fig. 3, 4).

The archegonia (Pl. XVII. B. fig. 1) are less numerous and
consist of cellular papillee considerably larger than the antheridia,
with a central canal leading down to a large globular cell im-
bedded in the substance of the prothallium; this canal is cer-
tainly closed at first and open afterwards, like the canal of the
arehegonia of Mosses, which it essentially resembles. At the
bottom of the canal, in the globular cell, 1s produced a free cell
as in the archegonia of the Mosses, and it is supposed by most
writers that one or more spermatozoids pass down the canal to

PS POL TY NLR MO

Higher Crypiogamia and the Phanerogamia. 445

impregnate this ; while Suminski asserts that the end of a sperma-
tozoid becomes developed into the embryo here, just as Schleiden
asserts the hollow tube to form the embryo in Phanerogamia.
After a time this cell begins to divide, and it is gradually con-
verted into an embryo (PI. XVII. B. fig. 2) with a bud above
and a radicle below, from which grows up the regular leafy stem
of the Fern*.

The prothallium often goes on growing for a long period in a
barren condition, even becoming multiplied by throwing off por-
tions which grow out as lobes from its margins ; antheridia gene-
rally present themselves in these. The archegonia are rarer, and
as a general rule only one of these becomes developed into a stem
on each prothailium. The fact of impregnation rests solely on
the evidence of Suminski and Mercklin, the latter of whom
states that it is so difficult to observe, that he only met with

- spermatozoids in the canal of the archegonium three times in the

course cf a twelvemonth’s investigation of the subject.

In this family we find a more complete exemplification of the
“alternation of generations,” for the spore produces a thalloid ge-
neration (the prothallium) on which the sexual organs are deve-
loped, then the archegonium or ovule gives origin to the fully-
formed plant composed of stem, leaves, and roots, multiplying
by a totally different process, namely the development of spores
consisting of simple cells. The sporiferous plant is here of in-
definitely long life, as, for example, in the Tree-ferns ;—the pro-
thallium on the contrary, unless it remains sterile, is of very short
duration ft.

EquISETACE.

This family has been shown by Thuret, Hofmeister, and others
to resemble the Ferns in its mode of reproduction. Its spores
produce in like manner a prothallium, which however is more
lobed and ramified, and of much longer duration than that of the
Ferns ; upon this are developed antheridia and archegonia, from
the latter of which arises the bud, which gives origin to the new
perfect spore-bearing Equisetum plant. The Equiseta thus stand
very close to the Ferns, the one family exhibiting the proponde-
rating development of the leaf, the other of stem in the ulti-
mate, spore-bearing form or second generation of the cycle.

* I have followed out the ter part of the stages of development of
the Ferns as described by Hofmeister, and can bear testimony to the ge-
neral correctness of his statements. I hope shortly to publish a complete
account of the germination from my own observations.

+ It may be mentioned that Hofmeister’s researches on the development

nan him to regard the Fern fronds as branches and the ramenta as true
eaves.

- 446 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

LyYCoPODIACER.

Two forms of the spore-fruits are known to exist in the species
included under the genus Selaginella, the oophoridia producing
four large spores, and the antheridia producing a large number
of small spores. Both kinds have not been discovered in all the
Lycopodiacee ; but in the genus Selaginella in which they do
occur, very remarkable facts have been observed in regard to
the development of the spores after leaving the spore-fruits.

The small spores, from the antheridia, after lying a certain time
on the damp earth, burst and emit a number of cellules, each of
which bursts and discharges a spermatozoid closely resembling
that of the Ferns and Equisetacez (Pl. XVII. D. fig. 8).

The large spores when examined soon after their emission from
the oophoridia are found to have a layer of minute cellular tissue
at the upper end beneath the external tough coat of the spore,
and opposite the part where this subsequently bursts open. by
valve-like flaps (Pl. XVII. D. fig. 1). After a time a number of
peculiar organs are developed in this cellular expansion or pro-
thallium, essentially analogous to the archegonia or ‘ ovules’ of the
Ferns, each consisting of a cellular papilla with a central canal
leading down to a free cell lying in a cavity in the prothallium
(Pl. XVII. D. fig. 2-5). It is presumed that a process of impreg-
nation takes place here through.the agency of the spermatozoids
of the small spores, after the outer coat of the large spore has
burst at its apex so as to lay bare the cellular prothaliium with
its archegonia. The free cell then begins to grow and subdivide,
and elongates into a filament which grows down into the cellular
tissue which now occupies part of the cavity of the spore. Its
terminal cell there .becomes developed mto a cellular mass
(D. fig. 6), upon which a bud with a radicle are soon distin-
guishable; from this bud arises the characteristic leafy stem of
the new plant of Selaginella (D. fig. 7), and at the same time an
adventitious root grows out (the primary radicle remaining abor-
tive). This embryo, as it may be called, then bursts through the
prothallium and grows out into the ordinary form of the species.

A similar series of phenomena have been observed in Jsoétes
lacustris. The small spores here also produce spermatozoids ;
while the large spores have a prothallium developed within the
outer spore-coat, on which archegonia are developed, and in one
of these a filamentous suspensor grows down, as in Selaginedlla,
into the cavity of the spore (which here becomes quite filled up
with cellular tissue), where it is developed into an embryo with
bud and radicle, from which the plant arises and bursts through
the coats of the spore. On

The conditions of those Lycopodiacee. in which only one kind

ee

“ee a A Cn ee
: rah Fs s

OE EE a ae a ae Tee ee RE FT pee

Higher Cryptogamia and the’ Phanerogamia. A447

of spore has hitherto been found, is as yet obscure, but the
above observations have been made by MM. Hofmeister and
Meéttenius, and so far as the existence of the prothallium’ with
the archegonia in Selaginella, and the development of the embryo
at the’ end of a suspensor growing down from the prothallium
‘are concerned, I can confirm them from my own observations.
T have not yet succeeded in seeing the spermatozoid produced
from the small spores, which however I found burst and empty
among the ‘germinating large spores. As the processes above
described occupy several months after the discharge of the spores
from the antheridia and oophoridia, there is some difficulty in
observing all the conditions. . ;
Hofmeister suggests, that in the genus Lycopodium, where
there is only one kind of spore, a prothallium is formed, which,
like that of the Ferns, produces both archegonia and antheridia.
The relations of the course of development here to what we
Meet with in other families of the vegetable kingdom, ‘will ‘be
spoken of presently in a general summary. — . .

ont: i
«The morphological import of the two kinds of spores of Pilu-
daria, asserted by Schleiden, has proved correct, although his
views with regard to the nature of the process of impregnation
shave been refuted. ‘The small spores (described above as pollen-
grains) have been discovered to bear the closest affinity with
those of Selaginella and Isoétes; since shortly after their emission
from the spore-sacs they burst and discharge cellules containing
spiral filaments (spermatozoids) (Pl. XVII. C. fig: 1), which‘soon
break out and swim freely about in the water. The saes whieh
produce the small spores therefore represent the antheridia here.

. The archegonia are closely allied to those of Selagineila, but'in
Pilularia only one is formed on each large spore. The large spore
soon after it becomes free exhibits a cellular growth, forming a
prothallium analogous to that of Selaginella at its upper end, in
which a central large cell becomes visible. The cells of the pro-
thallium multiply, and it projects at its apex through the summit
of the spore, the triangular lobes of the spore-coat separating to
expose it. The four cells above the large central cell grow out into
papillz (which Schleiden mistook for pollen-tubes), and an in-
tercellular passage is produced leading down to the large central
cell, in all probability affording access to-a fecundating sperma-
tozoid (Pl. XVII. C, fig. 2,3). This single central erchegonium
very closely resembles those found in the analogous prothallia of
Selaginella and Isoétes. There is never more than one developed.
When the spermatozoids can have access, the large cell of the

RHIZOCARPER.

448 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

archegonium soon exhibits a new development (C. fig. 4), which
results in the formation of an embryo, from which the new plant
grows up. )

The prothallium of Marsilea is developed in a similar manner,
- and likewise produces only one archegonium ; the cells bounding
the canal of this do not grow out in papille like those of Pilu-
laria.

Salvinia presents some points of difference. It has been ob-
served that the small spores remain coherent together even after
their sporangium is ripe, and cannot be isolated ; but when such a
sporangium is compressed, in water, under the microscope, there
escape from its ruptured walls ellipsoid cells divided into two to
six chambers, in each of which subsequently appear one to four
minute cellules, in the interior of which are developed sperma-
tozoids just like those of the Ferns.

The prothallium is produced by the large spores much in the
same way as in Pilularia and Salvinia, but in addition to the
archegonium at the apex, several others are subsequently developed
around it. The embryo is developed from the basal cell of the
archegonium, and, according to Hofmeister, never when the small
spores are carefully removed from contact with it. In very rare
cases two archegonia produce embryos. The import of the struc-
tures met with in Azolla is still very obscure, yet the disco-
veries, just referred to in the other Rhizocarpex, would lead us
to imagine that there is a close analogy between the two kinds of
organ found in that genus and those met with in Pilularia, &e.

If I might hazard a conjecture, I should be inclined to sup-
pose the cellular lobes found in the upper part of the ovule-like
sporangium of Azolla to be the prothallium; the ‘ points” seen
upon the cellular structure, which afterwards becomes divided
into the nine lobes, might possibly be archegonia ; but this isa
subject on which it is dangerous to venture without further exa-
mination of the organs.

FERTILIZATION OF PHANEROGAMIA.

In no department of physiological botany have greater ad-
vances been made within the last few years than in the study of
the sexual reproduction of plants. The particulars related in the
last few pages sufficiently demonstrate this in reference to the
Cryptogamia, and it will be seen to hold of the Phanerogamia
from what follows.

Most important contributions have been furnished to the
subject by R. Brown, Amici, Mohl, Hofmeister, Tulasne and
others, and I have satisfied myself of the truth of Amici’s views
as opposed to those of Schleiden. It has proved however that
the subject is not so simple as was imagined, while the re-

Pe

Se oe

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 449

searches of R. Brown and Hofmeister have revealed most. im-
portant facts with regard to the fertilization of the ovules of
the Conifer, which afford a link connecting the sexual repro-
duction of the vascular Cryptogamous plants most closely with
that of the Angiospermous flowering plants. But although the
processes in the Conifers stand intermediate between those of the
Rhizocarpez, &c., and those of the flowering plants, they are so
much simpler in the latter that it will make the explanation
clearer to take them first.

ANGIOSPERMOUS FLOwERING PLantTs.

One of the simplest cases is that of Orchis Morio. The ovule
springs from the placental surface as a single projecting cell,
which by subdivision soon becomes a cellular papilla (the nucleus)
composed of a central cell (the embryo-sac) surrounded by a sim-
ple cellular layer. The two coats gradually grow up over this,
and by the greater elongation of one side the ovule becomes
anatropous. The nucleus meanwhile loses its cellular coat, ap-
parently by absorption, and appears as a large oval sac inclosed
im the coats, consisting in fact merely of an embryo-sac. In the
apex of this, about the epoch when the pollen falls upon the
stigma, three cellules (embryonal vesicles) make their appearance
at the upper end of the embryo-sac, formed apparently by free

cell-formation around a globule of protoplasm. The pollen-

masses on the stigma send down pollen-tubes which traverse the
conducting tissue of the style and make their way to the pla-
centas, where they enter ordinarily singly (sometimes more than
one) into the micropyle canals of the ovules, and come in con-
tact with the outside of the apex of the embryo-sac, immediately
above where the embryonal vesicles lie; but the pollen-tube does
not penetrate the embryo-sac (Pl. XVII. F. fig. 1,2,3). Soon after
the pollen-tube has reached the embryo-sac, one (very rarely
two) of the embrycnal vesicles begins to swell, becomes divided
by a cross septum into two cells (F. fig. 4, 5), and while the
upper one grows out in a filamentous form through the micro-
pyle, by a continued process of cell-division, the lower cell en-
larges and divides repeatedly so as to form a cellular globule, the
embryo (F. fig. 6), which in this plant does not go on to produce
a cotyledon and radicle, as in most other cases. The filamentous
prolongation, the use of which is not evident, but which seems
analogous to the suspensor presently to be mentioned, meanwhile
decays away.

In other cases the details of the process are considerably mo-
dified... In the Cruciferee and Scrophulariacez for example, the
embryo-sac is a large cavity in the substance of a cellular nu-

450 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

cleus of considerable magnitude ; and while the embryonal vesicles
are produced in the upper part of the embryo-sac, a largé num=
ber of free cellules are produced'in the lower and middle parts
(the endosperm-cells) (Pl. XVII. F. fig. 8c). The pollen-tube has
here to break through the cellular tissue of the apex of the nu-
cleus which clothes the summit of the embryo-sac ; and the’ em-
bryonal vesicle, which becomes impregnated, grows at first into an
elongated cylinder (the suspensor) (Pl. XVII. F. fig. 7, 86), which
becomes divided by cross walls into a row of cells, the lowermost
of which becomes developed into the embryo (F. fig. 8, 9). This
then proceeds in its growth, and in the Dicotyledons is con-
verted into the embryo with two cotyledons and a radicle, in the
Monocotyledons into one with one cotyledon (or with the rudiment
of a second) and a radicle; in the course of this growth mostly
causing the endosperm to disappear by absorption, to make room
for it; in many cases even obliterating the nucleus (in the exal~
buminous seeds). In Nymphea the endosperm is not wholly ab-
sorbed, but remains surrounding the embryo, while the nuclews’
forms a layer exterior to this organ, so that this plant has a
double albumen. fo Ehde
The above views are diametrically opposed to those of Schleiden,
who, nevertheless, still maintais his original opinions, and more-
over has been supported in an elaborate essay by his ‘pupil’
Schacht. But the balance of evidence is decidedly against him,
and, as far as Orchis is concerned, I am convinced from my obser-
vations that he is in error. eames

GymnosrerMovus FLOWERING Piants.

The remarkable bodies called by their discoverer, Mr. Brown,
corpuscula, and the polyembryony, found in the ovules of Coni-
fers, have recently acquired great importance in the theories of.
reproduction, as will be seen presently. The following account
of the process of fertilization in the Coniferze is derived from
Hofmeister. .

The ovule of the Conifers consists of a short and thick nucleus
inclosed in a single, somewhat fleshy integument, leaving a wide
micropyle canal open (Pl. XVII. E. fig. 1). » At the time when
the pollen is shed the nucleus consists of delicate cellular tissue,
containing deep in its substance an embryo-sac (E. fig. 1 6), formed:
by the coalescence of a vertical series of a few cells; Taxus has:
often three embryo-sacs at first, the Abietinee and Juniperines
seldom more ‘than one. The pollen-grains pass through the wide
micropyle and come in contact with the summit of the nuclens,:
into the substance of which they send their pollen-tubes. This:
takes place very soon in Taxus and Juniperus; but not for several!

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 451

weeks in the Abietinex ; in Pinus sylvestris and others the pol-
len-tubes are not produced till still later.
_ At this time the embryo-sac is a simple cell ; but shortly after,
numerous free cell-nuclei appear in its cavity, and it soon be-
_ comes filled up with cellular tissue, which goes on increasing in
those Abietineze which require two years to ripen their seeds, till
the following winter season; the cells of the nucleus are much
multiplied. meanwhile. In March and April of the following
year the endosperm-cells multiply still more, and by absorption
of the walls of the parent-cells are set free, while the embryo-sae
inclosing them grows to more than twenty times its former size.
These cells become applied in layers to the walls of the embryo-
sac, until it at length again appears filled with cellular tissue
(Pl. XVII. E. fig. 25). After the embryo-sac has become filled
with cellular tissue, certain of the cells at the micropyle end of
it become larger than the rest, and grow into large cells (the
corpuscula) (EB. fig. 3d). Each of these corpuscles is separated
originally from the surfaee of the embryo-sae by a simple cell ;
this latter divides into four by two vertical septa crossing each
other, and then an intercellular passage is formed between their
imner.angles leading down to the corpusele (E. fig. 4 e).

The number of corpuscles is from, three to five in Pinus syl-
vestris and austriaca; mostly three in Abies balsamea and peeti-
nata; generally four (rarely five) in Pinus canadensis ; and five
to eight in Taxus and Juniperus.

Free cells are next produced im the cavity of each corpusele
(E. fig. 4, 5 d) ; some of them usually appear as it were pressed
against the upper end, and usually one at the lower end (E. fig.5/).
About the time the corpuscles become evident the pollen-tubes
resume their growth, advancing by breaking down the tissue of
the nucleus until they come in contact with the outside of the

a embryo-sac, one over each corpuscle (E. fig. 3c), while they per-
R forate the membrane of the embryo-sac to come into the canal
leading between the four cells down to the outside of the cor-
puscle, with which they finally come in contact (E. fig.5¢). Very
soon after this, the cell at the lower end of the corpuscle (the em-

— ="

RS ee ee

¥ bryonal vesicle) becomes greatly enlarged. In this a free cell is
4 found (E. fig. 6) which divides by a vertical septum into two
7 collateral halves (fig. 7), and then by another vertical septum at
‘ right angles into four elongated cells ; these are each divided by
2 a cross-wall, so that this cellular body (the proembryv) consists

of a short cylinder composed of eight cells. The four lower cells

elongate and become divided again by cross walls (fig. 8, 9) ; and

as the side walls of the upper cells are adherent to the walls of
the corpuscle, the growth causes the lower end of the corpusele to
be pushed downwards ; finally this gives way, while the cells of

452 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

the proembryo becoming much elongated, drive the point of the
proembryo deep into the substance of the nucleus (EH. fig. 10, 11),
which at this time becomes lax and half-dissolved. The longi-
tudinal series of cells, of which each proembryo presents four,
now become isolated into filaments (suspensors) (K. fig. 12,13),
and the cell at the lower extremity of each suspensor becomes
divided repeatedly to form an embryo (E. fig. 13 g), so that at
this time there are four times as many rudimentary embryos as
there are corpuscles *. Out of all these only one becomes fully
developed ; the rest are arrested and displaced by the growth of
that one which forms the embryo of the ripe seed.

Before leaving the subject, we may advert to the idea lately
propounded by Geleznoff, from his researches on the Larch, that
the embryo is formed from a cellule which originates in the end
of the pollen-tube and passes through an orifice into the cor-
puscle. This idea may easily have arisen from imperfect obser-

vation, and cannot be readily connected with anything observed
by other authors.

REVIEW oF THE PHENOMENA OF REPRODUCTION IN THE
FLOWERLEsS AND FLOWERING CoRMOPHYTES.

The discoveries which have been made within the last few
years seem to leave little doubt of the existence of sexuality,
down to the lowest of the Cormophytes, even if we refuse to ae
mit the evidence of its probable extension to the Thallophytes,
and so throughout the vegetable kingdom.

It is impossible moreover to mistake the striking connexion
between the various forms of the reproductive structures which
present themselves in the different groups ; and it may be worth
while to examine this point briefly here.

In the Angiospermous flowering plants, we find the perfect
plant producing pollen and ovules in distinct organs: the pollen
falling upon the stigma developes tubular prolongations which
pass down into the ovary and enter the ovules, where they come
im contact with the embryo-sac, and thus fertilize an embryonal
vesicle existing in the interior of that sac (a greater or less quan-
tity of endospermous cells also exists there). This then under-

oes subdivision into two cells, and while the upper of the pair .

of cells thus formed is developed more or less into a conferyoid
filament, called the suspensor, the lower cell becomes developed
into the embryo (mostly causing the absorption of the endo-
sperm), which acquires its distinct form with one or more coty-
ledons, and a radicle, before it is cast off from the parent. We

* This resembles the process in Mosses when the spore produces a con-
fervoid body, from which a number of stems bud out.

eee ae Te

a a ee eee

ed a ae a aa a

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 453

may say that these plants undergo all their metamorphoses
within the ovary, and are separated from the parent as rudi-
mentary perfect plants.

_In the Gymnosperms, the Conifers and the Cycads, the con-
ditions are more complicated. The carpels being open here, the
ovules are exposed and the pollen-grains come immediately to
the micropyle of the ovules instead of to a stigma; and the
pollen-tubes have to traverse only the substance of the nucleus
to reach the embryo-sac. But while the external conditions are
thus simple, those of the embryo-sac are much more complicated.
The endospermous cellular tissue formed within it becomes a
mass filling up its cavity, and on the upper-end of this appear
several structures, the corpuscles, presenting the most striking
resemblance to the archegonia of Selaginella, &c., consisting of
an enlarged cell crowned by four cells, leaving an intercellular
canal between them running down to the large cell. A pollen-
tube makes its way to, and passes down each of these canals, to
fertilize the central cell of each corpuscle ; just as Suminski and
De Mercklin describe a spermatozoid to pass down the canal of
the archegonium of the Ferns. The central cell then produces
four suspensors, at the end of each of which a rudimentary em-
bryo presents itself*—only one becoming fully developed. The
growth of these suspensors down from the central cell of the ar-
chegonium or corpuscle is precisely analogous to the growth of the
suspensor, producing the embryo-at its extremity, in Selaginella
and Isoétes.

The relations to the higher flowering plants are here clear
enough ; the difference existing only in the superaddition of all
the stages of development of the endospermous tissue between
the entrance of the pollen-tubes and the development of the em-
bryonal vesicles into the curpuseles, the central cells of which are
physiological analogues of the embryo-sac of the higher Phanero-
gamia ; while the embryo-sac itself is the morphological analogue.

The relations to the lower plants are more diversified ; they are
closest in the cases of Selaginella and Isoétes, which is the more
interesting on account of the many other affinities between the
Conifere and Lycopodiacee. The large spore of Selaginella is
analogous to the ovule of a Gymnosperm, its internal coat to the

_embryo-sac. The cellular prothallium, which is developed at the

summit of the cavity of the large spore of Selaginella, represents
the endospermous tissue of the Gymnosperm, and the archegonia
of the former are recognized in the corpuscles of the latter.
Thus, as in these corpuscles, cells become developed so as to

* This resembles the budding of several leafy stems from the Moss-
spore,

454 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

form suspensors, bearing embryos which they earry down into the
substance of the lower part of the ovule. In’ Selaginella the
germ-cell of the archegonium grows down into a suspensor, and
developes the embryo in the cellular tissue inside the nid oe
the spore quite below the prothallium.

The principal difference in Salvinia seems to be the asebini
of the suspensor, the embryo originating in the substance of the
prothallium, which has several archegonia. Pilularia differs —_
from Salvinia in having only one archegonium.

In these tribes of the Cryptogamia, the stage of development in
which the prothallia with the sexual organs appear—after the
spores have become entirely separated from the parent, thus
constituting separate entities,—is comparatively brief; it is a
transitory stage of the development of the forms representing
the species ; the prothallium bemg moreover very ee
and almost wholly inclosed in the spore-coat.

We find a very great difference in the Ferns and Equisetacere,
which may be grouped together. Here the representatives of the
pollen-grains, the small spores, disappear, or at least only one
kind of spore is formed; from this is developed a prothalium,
which becomes a more important and conspicuous structure.
No longer hidden in the spore-coat, it grows out into'a Mar-
chantia-like frond, well-provided with chlorophyll, having root-
fibrils, and lasting, especially in the Equisetacez, many months.
This structure produces not only archegonia, but also antheridia,
emitting spermatozoids. Hence the prothallium here combmes
the analogy to the endospermous tissue of the embryo-sac of the
Gymnosperms with an analogy to the pollen-mass.. Hence while
the stems and fronds of the Ferns, and the shafts of the Eqwseta
are represented by the stem and leaves of the Gymnosperms, the
fertile fronds and spikes of the former find their analogues’ in
the cones of the latter. The spike of the Lquisetum closely re-
sembles the cones of some Conifers; the fertile fronds of the
Ferns, especially in certain cases, approach to the cones of the
Cycads, with their numerous ovules on abundant anthers upon
each scale or leaf. The male and female influence lie as yet —
combined in the spores of the Ferns and Hquiseta, to become
disentangled during the development of the prothallium ; the
sexual influences are already separated in the cones of the Coni-
fers and Cycads, where the uniform spore of the Filicoids is re-
presented respectively by the pollen-mass or the embry yo-sac of
the ovule.

The Mosses present another kind of disintegration of the spe-"
cific form, if it may he so termed, into distinct existences, the
conditions of the prothallium.and ‘the spore-bearing generation.
being reversed here; the former being the more permanent;

ae ee ee. hee

RS Or

a

Be

Legh 4) A Oe

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phanerogamia. 455

the latter transitory. Moreover we have the two forms here existing
contemporaneously, the prothallium or fruit-form constituting the
vegetative structure which nourishes the spore-bearing form,
here reduced to a sporocarp ; while in the higher forms the pro-
thallium disappears soon after it gives birth to the leafy spore-
bearing plant.
The spore of the Mosses and Hepaticz represents the spore of
the Ferns, the large and small spores (combined) of the Lyco-
podiums and Rhizocarpez, and a combination of the pollen and
embryo-sac of the Gymnosperms*. When it germinates it pro-
duces the leafy plant, representing the prothallium of the higher
Cryptogamia and the endospermous tissue of the Gymnosperms
(and Angiosperms), and bearing antheridia and archegonia. The
archegonia then produce the spore-fruits, which represent the
fertile fronds of the Fern, the spikes of Equisetum, the sporo-
carps (collectively) of the Lycopodiacee and Rhizocarpez, and,
lastly, the anthers and ovaries of flowering plants. Therefore in
e Mosses we have nothing homologous with the stem and

-leaves of the higher Cryptogams and flowering plants in this

en ayaa form; these are only developed in the prothallium-
ormy.. -

_.Liooking at the more perfect Mosses alone, this idea of the
morphological relations of the leafy Moss-plant, of the prothal-
lium, namely, to the endosperm of Phanerogamia, seems rather
difficult to, accept; but when we examine more closely into the
various forms included under the families of Mosses and Hepa-
tice, it becomes less remarkable. _ The separation of these two
groups is by no means natural. There are no essential differ- .
ences in the antheridia and archegonia of the Mosses and Hepa-
tieze, and in the fully developed condition of their spore-bearmg
structures there is no universal character which will separate
them. Many of the leafy Jungermannie have the Confervoid de-
velopment of the prothallium from the spore ; the Jungermannie
have a vaginule, as also Radula and Anthoceros ; this last has a
columella, but like Riccia it is destitute of elaters. So that if
with Hofmeister we divide the plants belonging to these two
families into four groups,—1l. Mosses; 2. Jungermannie; 3.
Marchantiz, Targionez and Ricciex, and 4, Anthocerotez,—they
collectively form quite as natural a family as the Ferns or Rhi-
zocarpee. Then looking to the lower forms of this family, we

* Since some Mosses are dicecious, the sexual influence is represented
even in the spores; some are embryo-sac spores, others pollen-spores ; but
both kinds produce a prothallium.

+ There is also a her separation of existences in the Mosses and
some Hepaticz, for the spore produces a Confervoid body from which se-

_ yeral:stems bud out; this resembles the polyembryony of Gymnosperms.

456 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

find the prothallium, as in Spherocarpus and Anthoceros, reduced
to a cellular structure little more complex than the prothallium
of a Fern, which affords a link connecting it with that of Se/a-
ginella, &e., and so with the endospermous tissue of the Gym-
nosperms.

Finally, in the Characese we seem to meet with a group re-
duced to a prothallium, bearing archegonia (nucules) and anthe-
ridia (globules), in which the sole result of fertilization is the
development of a new prothallium from the central cell of the
archegonium, no spore-bearing form coming to light ; and thus
we get the opposite extremity of the scale, at the head of which
stand the Angiospermous flowering plants where the spore-
producing form alone is represented, since the formation of
the endosperm-cells in the embryo-sac before fertilization only
affords the most distant trace of its analogy to the prothallia of
the Cryptogams, an analogy which is only rendered clear by the
interposition of the Gymnosperms where this endosperm exhi-
bits so many characters relating it to the prothallium of Selagi-
nella, &e.

The following is a tabular view of the conditions *which pre-
sent themselves more or less distinctly in the Phanerogamia and
higher Cryptogamia.

The column marked Embryonic Form shows the growth or
increase taking place in the embryonal vesicle or germ-cell pre-
viously to its development into the new plant or plants of the
vegetative form. Where the 0 is placed it signifies that the em-
bryonal cell of the archegonium becomes directly developed into
one new plant of the vegetative form. :

The 0 placed in the column of the vegetative system of the
Hepaticee and Musci indicates the absence of this, since the im-
pregnation results in the growth of the sporangium, which-re-
mains attached to the persistent vegetative organs of the sexual

orm.
z [The bud-like nature of the production of the spores in the
higher Cryptogams is strongly indicated in a monstrous specimen
_of Eucamptodon perichetialis, Mont., described in the Annals of
Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. p. 354, by Dr. Montagne, where the sporangia
were filled with gemma like those of Liverworts, in the place of
spores. |

BR oe.

and the Phanerogamia. 457

ogamia

t

Higher Cryp

~padoy

“OAD S89] 10 910NL OIG
“Wd ay} Jo aosuadsng
*auo yng OATVIOGR

ITV ‘odrquia ue vonp
“ord Yyoua orm ‘s.10s
-nadsns anoy 07 wiSt0
Surard oporsoa peuodaquay

"804
“9087 pur woutpodoody
ur podopaop Ayysrs
4osuadsns snojuowry y

“soqny-ua[[og

2) A)
“ISOA euosAquiyy

*soqng-U9[[0g
seeeee sorosndtog
*sploz

-oyouniods = But
“WIYOD sOTNTTEO

sree BITOBOYOIY

IPL ee)

“ATHY
Ayyensn ‘s][90-tu19dsopuy

“eanTfeyyord Jo puyy
B our ovs-oArquiIa oY
ur podojoaop usodsopury

seen egies sor0ds Tremsg
“a1ods

Ot UTYQUA wnTTPeToud

Jepnyjao @ :sotods aZer7

*(¢ sume) snoudd

uayjod Bururwyu0o saoyaue
pue ‘soynao Surarezuo0o sod
“VO JO ULIOJ 94} SVT 4v Zuyuosoad
‘saAva, PoyIpoul Jo posodmod ss0Moyy

Was sengeseuveeneseas sas soee)s ortega Snood
10

‘sano poyvu Survoq

‘soavo, poytpou jo pasodaioa souog

LPP eee ee | so.ods yjeus
pue ‘sasods oS.1vy Ayoyuaed

a8 Suonpoad ‘(symay-as0ds ur pour,

“109 wodswoozryy on} ur) viBuvs0dg

*m193s Ajyvoy

etme en eneee

*m9}s Ayvay y

*m1948 Ayvoy
*(wyasmbiy) soavoy Aue

“}UOUIIPNA IITA SUL9}S 10

‘suradsomuy

‘sumadsoumt{y *g

‘mad
-1BD0ZITY puR
waourpodook'y *q

“BIPLOyIUE |-orpue ‘(wnyynyjord) | -oaods Jo pury ono Suronpoad saaroy ‘(sutaq) saavo] padoyaaop | ‘azoovjasinby
0 """\puB BfuoRoYory puo AvpOI[9d oyMUTEL Vipoyypour ssaj 40 oLoW UO wIBULLOdg)AjoAIssoox YYLM twoIs Vv pue susay “9
“pnq
SWI9}S ]RIOAVS YOrTAr
ie 10 jWoIy 4UOMIeTY ploadsy *puTyouo jo
“RIPON {UB |snoLo~MUOUT) W148 AJB] |-u0Q v OVUL Bayeu — sasods LM “TSN
O “""\pue vuoFoyory|e 10 puosy AVfNI[IO Y\-103 sompoutos osodg wnBuvsodglssr GQ ceseeeeeeeee pue monedayy “g
“MLLOF [UNXIS Oy F
JO SUIO}S [wVIoAOS ogur '
yno spnq wniuosoyor *(sno1a@rp 40 snoro
and jo [Jeo voy oY “BIployyue |-couout) yueyd oyty-t199s
uLods quouleyy Av[n{[Io -yipue viUoZayory|xv[NI[o9 Surqoursq Wr pe carga nee seo sensne 0 SOPH RRR E Rete Heel ewe teen eee 0 CoP e eee tees “Sees MOOBIRID ‘Vv
— *suvdIC) 9AtIVIOB0A, "mayskg aaronposdoy "maysig oarnyoSa,
“aNdOy OJUOAIQUIGT ema *sdnosp
‘(uoywusordiry yim) wo [enxeg *(aorsratp-q]0 Aq pardyyynan) wo aarywredo,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix.

ee ee a

458 Mr.A. Henfrey on the Reproduction of the

A curious law presented itself to me in the contemplation of
this table ; in each of the three “forms” under which the differ-
ent conditions of organization are arranged, a multiplication. may
take place. Now this is effected through a different kind of cell-
formation in each “ form.”

Cells are formed in three ways :—

1. By subdivision of an old cell which may become enlarged
in one or more directions, or may bud out laterally, before the
formation of the septum which divides it into two or more
chambers.

2. By subdivision of the entire contents of the parent-cell
into four or more portions, between which septa are usually
formed, but which then acquire special coats inside, and by
the solution of the parent-cell and the septa become free.

3. By the formation of a membrane around a small globular
mass of contents (nucleus) which has become isolated in the
eavity of the cell.

In the ‘ Vegetative form,’ the formation of spores and pollen-
grains is effected by the second process. [The embryo-sac of
Phanerogams is formed by the simple enlargement of a cell or
several coalescent cells of the tissue of the nucleus. ]

Tn the ‘Sexual form,’ the germ-cell of the arehegonium, which
is impregnated by the spermatozoid, is stated to be formed by
the third process, free cell-formation around a nucleus, and the
embryonal vesicle of the Phanerogams certainly originates in
this manner.

In the ‘Embryonic form,’ the multiplication which takes place
in Characee, Mosses, and in the suspensors of Conifers, is
effected by cell-division, in the first two cases preceded by bud-
ding; this is the first process, and that which occurs A
in the growth of tissues.

Recent Literature of the Subject.

1, Amicr. On the Fecundation of the Orchidez. (Memoir read at the Ita-
lian Scientific Congress, Genoa, 1846.) Abstracted in Annales des Se.
Nat. 3rd Ser. vii. 193 (1847); ‘and i in the Botanische Zeitung, v. 364,

1847.
2. Cricer. Ueber Befzuchtung bei den Orangen. Botanische Zeitung,
iv. 57, 1851.

3. GeLeznorFr. Mémoire sur l’Embryogenie du Meléze. Ann. des Se.
Nat. 3rd Ser. xiv. 189, 1850. .
4, Henrrey. On the Development of the Ovule in Orchis Morio. Pro-
ceedings of the Linnean Society of London, April 3, 1849.
5. Hormeister. Untersuchung des Vorganges bei der Befruchtung der
(£nothereen. Botanische Zeitung, v. 785, 1847. Abstracted'in Ann.
des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. ix. 65, 1848.
. Die Enstehung des Embryo der Phanerogamen : 4to, Leipzig,
1849. Abstract in Ann. des Se. Nat. 3rd Ser xi. 375, 1849. 90

:

SS a eh ee

ey eae
V

ey aan

_

ey, ae

‘iT

sa att

SET ee ce

i

Higher Cryptogamia and the Phaneroyamia. 459

7. Hormetsrer.) Ueber die Fruchtbildung und Keimung der héherer

»») Kryptogamen. . Botanische Zeitung, vii. 793, 1849.

8. ——-... Vergleichende Untersuchungen der Keimung, Entfaltung und

__ Fruchtbildung héherer Kryptogamen : 4to, Leipsie, 1851.

9. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Embryo der Personaten.

Flora, 1851, 450.

Ueber die Stellung der Moose im Systeme. Flora, 1852, 1.

; Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Zostera, Botanische Zeit-

ung, x. 121, 1852.

12. Merckiin. Beobachtungen an dem Prothallium der Farrnkrauter :

‘St. Petersburgh, 1850.

13. Zu den Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelungsgesch. der

; Farrnkrauter. Linnea, 1850, 723.

14, ee eee, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Rhizocarpeen : 4to, Frank-

~ furt, 1846.

15. ———. Beitrage zur Botanik, Heft i. 8vo, Heidelberg, 1850.

16. Mritpx. Ueber Antheridien bei keimenden Equiseten. Botanische
Zeitung, viii, 448, 1850.

17. - Desporarum Equisetorum germinatione. Linnea, 1850, 545.

18. Mont. Ueber die Entwickelung des Embryo von Orchis Morio.
Botanische Zeitung, v. 465, 1847. Abstracted in Ann. des Se. Nat.
3rd Ser. ix. 24, 1848.

19. Munuer, K. Beitrige zur Entwickelungsgesch. des Pflanzen-Embryo.

_ | Botanische Zeitung, v. 737, 1847. . Abstracted im Ann. des Sc. Nat.
3rd Ser. ix. 33, 1848.

20. NAGELI. Bewegliche Spiral-faden(Saamen-faden) an Farren. Schleiden

‘und Nigeli, Zeitschrift f.wiss. Botanik, Heft i. 168, 1844.

21. — . Ueber die Fortpflanzung der Rhizocarpeen. Ibid. Heft iii.

& iv. 188, 1846. Abstracted im Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. ix. 99,

8

10.
il.

errs 184 . ;

22. Pingav. Recherches sur la Formation de I’Embryon chez les Coni-
féres. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. xi. 83, 1849.

‘23. ScHacur. Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pflanzen-Embryo. (Verhand.
| -Nederlandsch. Koninkl. Instituut): 4to, Amsterdam, 1850. Abstracted
| in Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. xv. 80, 1850.
a4. — . _ Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrnkrauter.
“~~ Linnea, 1849, 753.
25. Ueber Antheridien der Lebermoose. Botanische Zeitung,
x. 153, 1852.

26. Scuimrer. Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur les
Mousses : 4to, Strasburg, 1848. Abstract in the Flora, 1848, 673.

27. ScwLeipeN. Grundziige der wissenschaftliche Botanik, vol. ii. 3rd

edition, Leipsie, 1850.

28. Suminski. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrnkriuter: 4to,
Berlin, 1848. Abstracted in Ann. des Se. Nat. 3rd Ser. xi. 114, 1849.
Annals of Natural History, 2nd Series, iv. 339, 1849.

29, Tuurer. Sur les Antheridies des Fougéres. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd

=> Ser. xi. 5, 1849.

30. ———. Mémoires sur les Antheridies, Part 2. Ibid. xvi. 5, 1852.

81, Tunasne, L. R. Etudes sur Embryogenie végétale. Ann. des Se.
Nat. 3rd Ser. xii, 21, 1849,

182..Wicanp. Zur Entwickelungsgesch. de Farrnkrauter. Botanische
ae i 17, 1849, . Abstracted in. Ann, des Sc. Nat. 3rd Ser. xi.
26, 1849.

3 sf The two following: papers, which preceded all the above by several years,
30*

460 On the Reproduction of the Cryptogamia.

‘should be consulted in reference to the Coniferz, since so much new it-
terest now attaches to the facts revealed in them:

Brown, R. On the Plurality and Development of the Embryos in the
Seeds of the Coniferze. Read before the British Association at Edin-
burgh, August 1834. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2nd Ser. Bot. xx. 193; An-
nals of Nat. History, Ser. 1. xii, 368.

Mrrsev and Spacu, Notes sur ’embryogénie des Pinus Laricio et
sylvestris, &e. ‘Ann, des Sc. Nat. 2nd Ser. Bot. vol. xx. 257.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
A. Hepatice.

Fig. 1. Jungermannia bieuspidata., An archegonium recently impregnated
(5), with another (a) unimpregnated. The first contains a rudi-
mentary fruit composed of two cells. In the inside of the perianth
inclosing the archegonia were found. several moving spermato-
zoids ; the arrows indicate the direction of the movements. (Hof-
meister.)

Fig. 2. A rudimentary fruit extracted from a somewhat older archegonium
of the same plant... (Hofmeister.)

B. Filices.

Fig. 1. Asplenium septentrionale. A vertical section of an archegonium, ~
just impregnated. _( Hofmeister.)

Fig. 2. Vertical section of the prothallium of the same plant, passing
through an embryo developed from the globular cell of the arche-
gonium ; the archegonium (a) is seen pushed aside by the enlarge-
ment of the embryo. (Hofmeister.) pean bt oh

Fig. 3. Antheridia of Pteris aquilina: a, unopened; 6, just | bursting;
ce, older one which has the walls of its cavity coloured. brown.
( Thuret.)

Fig. 4. Spermatozoids from Asplenium septentrionule. (Hofmeister.)

C. Rhizocarpee.

Fig. 1. Pilularia globulifera.. Small spore. The inner coat, which has
become protruded through the fissure of the outer coat, bursts
and discharges cellules, from some of which spermatozoids are
extricating themselves. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 2. The same plant. Vertieal section of a prothallium with central
archegonium, just before impregnation. (Hofmeister)

Fig. 3, The same plant.. Archegonium seen from above. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 4. The same plant. Vertical section of the prothallium with the em-

-. bryo in an advanced stage of development (a, archegonium).
(Hofmeister.)
D. Lycopodiacee.

Fig. 1. Selaginella Martensii. The inner coat of a large spore recently
discharged from the capsule, with the outer coat pepper off, so
as to show the young prothallium at the upper end. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 2. Selaginella denticulata. Vertical section of the prothallium and upper
half of a large spore, eleven months after sowing. Several arche-

- gonia are seen, one of which exhibits’ a central cell.» (Hofmeister.)

. 3. An archegonium of Selaginella Martensii. (Hofmeister.)..

Fig. 4. An.arechegonium, of Selaginella denticulata just impregnated, the
central cell divided into two by a cross wall. (Hofmeister.)

Fig. 5. An archegonium seen from above. (Hofmeister.)

if

Dr. Filippivon the Generationof an Hymenopterous Insect. 46%

Fig. 6: Vertical section of the prothallium and upper part of the large spore
of Selaginella denticulata, showing the embryo developed fromthe
central cell of one of the archegonia, carried down by the growth °
" of its suspensor, so as to be imbedded in the cellular tissue fillmg
; the upper part of the cavity of the spore. (Hofmeister:)

Fig. 7. Young embryo of S. denticulata breaking through the prothallium,
its bud now outside the spore. (Hofmeister.)

‘Fig. 8. Small spore of Selaginella helvetica bursting and discharging cel-
lules containmg spermatozoids. (Hofmeister.)

E. Phanerogamia Gymnospermia.

Fig. 1. Vertical section of an ovule of Pinus austriaca, from a cone just
flowered: a, nucleus; 6, embryo-sac.

Fig. 2. Vertical section of the ovule of Pinus sylvestris in May of the second

' year: b, embryo-sac filled with cellular tissue; c, pollen-tubes
' penetrating the nucleus.
Fig. 3. Portion of the embryo-sac and upper part of the nucleus of Pinus
'| Strobus: b, embryo-sae; c, pollen traversmg the tissue of the
nucleus (a); d, corpuscles.

Fig. 4. Vertical section of a corpuscle of Abies excelsa just ripe for impreg-
nation : 5, tissue filling the embryo-sae; d, free cells im the cavity
of the corpuscle ; ¢, the four cells between which the intercellular
canal passes.

Fig. 5~ Vertical section of a corpuscle of Pinus Strobus, to which the pol-

len-tube (c) has just arrived; d, free cells swimming in the con-
“tents ; f, embryonal vesicle.
Figs. 6-10. wire at stages of development of the suspensors of Pinus

Fig. 11. The suspensor just before separating.
Fig. 12. The same, detached below. : ;
Fig. 13. A suspensor (three bemg cut away), somewhat further advanced,
with the rudimentary embryo (g) at the base.
(All from Hofmeister.)

F. Phanerogamia Angiospermia.

Fig. 1. Ovule of Orchis Morio just impregnated (original).

Figs. 2-5. Successive stages of development of the embryo.

Fig. 6. Embryo with the suspensor-like filament which grows up out of
the micropyle (original).

Fig. 7. Embryo-sae of Veronica triphyllos: a, pollen-tube; 6, suspensor.
( Tulasne.) :

Fig. 8. More advanced: ec, endosperm-cells; d, embryo. (Tulasne.)

Fig. 9. More advanced embryo extracted. (Tulasne.)

XXXVII.— Upon the Mode of Generation of an Hymenopterous
Insect of the Family of the Pteromalide. By, Dr. Pu. pe
Fiirrt, Professor of Zoology at Turin.

{With a Plate.]

I. nap collected during the month of May 1851, from the
vineyards near Turin, a quantity of leaves rolled up by the
Rhynchites Betuleti, in order to study the development of the
embryo in the very transparent oya, which this little Coleopterous
insect lays in them. What was my surprise, howeyer, when I saw

462 Dr. Filippi on the Generation of an Hymenopterous Insect.

that the larger moiety of these ova was attacked by a parasite,
aid that in the interior of this parasite another was developed,
which when fully grown transformed itself into a nymph within
the ovum of the Rhynchites, and at last gave birth to a little
Hymenopterous insect of the numerous family of the Ptero-
malide \

Here is a summary of the facts. Among the ova which have:
just been deposited by the Rhynchites upon leaves still fresh and)
green, there are some which are altogether clear, and which when
examined by the microscope present no trace of embryonic ceils.
Regarding them attentively, we observe at some points of the
ova a very small animaleule, like an infusorium, provided with a’
tail which it moves briskly with a lashing motion; but which’
in form, and in the hairs which beset its body, resembles certain’
Dipterous larve (Pl. XVI. A. fig. 1 & 2). In most cases there
is but a single one in each ovum, but I have also seen two and
even three. No organs can be distinguished in the interior of the
parasite under this form; it is only later that a kind of vesicle
makes its appearance in it (fig. 3,6). Very soon the parasite loses
its mobility, and the internal vesicle, increasmg in size, distends’
the integument of the animal in which it is formed; so that the tail
drawn in by this distension, ends by disappearing, and the body |
of the first parasite becomes reduced to a mere sac (fig. 4, 5).
What I have called a vesicle becomes more and more developed,
presents first the outline of a head, and begins by its vermicular
motions to give signs of life (fig. 6).

It is in fact the larva of one of the Pteromalide, which, when
it has arrived at its complete development, appears armed with
two delicate and elongated jaws, without any trace of legs, and
simply with a projecting crest on the sides of the body (fig. 7).
When this larva is going to pass into the nymph condition (which
takes place eight or ten days after its first appearance), it changes
its skin—tears by this movement the envelope of the first parasite,
and spins a cocoon, in consequence of which the ovum of the
Rhynchites takes on a brown colour (fig. 8). Lastly, after another
delay of a week or so, the little Hymenopterous insect effects an
opening in the ovum and makes its exit. ;

I shall not at preseht give the figure and description of the:
perfect insect, which perhaps belongs to a new genus, but instead,
I will rather offer a few remarks upon the facts which I have just
detailed. The first question which I asked myself was, whether
this might not be the case of a parasite within a parasite, that is
to say, an ovum deposited by the Pteromalian female, in the body —
of a Dipterous larva, which feeds on the ovum of a Rhynchites;
but many circumstances have caused me to reject this interpre-
tation. T have examined about a hundred ova of Rhynchites thus’
attacked, and have always witnessed the series of metamorphoses

ee eee he eee ey ee ee eS

Dr. Filippi-on the Generation of an Hymenopterous Insect. 463

here set forth ; the first parasite never continued to live and be-
come developed on its own account. It is besides so small that
it. could not be perforated by the ovipositor of the Pteromalian
female ; and the larva of the latter is developed in its interior in
avery different manner from the other Jchneumonide which
arise from an ovum. The first parasite is, in truth, only the
generator of the Pteromalian larva; it is, to use Steenstrup’s
phrase, a nurse. How has it been formed and introduced into
the ovum of the Rhynchites? How do the spring broods of Pée-
romalide proceed? How do they live? When do they deposit
the product of their new copulation? for from the state of their
sexual organs we must suppose that they produce a new genera-
tion within the year. All this is to be discovered. However it
may be, this insect presents the only example known at present
in the class, of a true generation by nurses. The propagation of
the Aphides appears to me to be a very different affair. In fact,
the viviparous individuals of these imsects are true females and
have well-developed sexual organs: their young proceed from ova
which are developed in the ordinary manner, as M. Leydig has
recently demonstrated (Siebold and Kdolliker’s Zeitschrift. fiir
Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vol. ii.). The course of events here, is
just as if the viviparous females were fecundated by the influence
of the copulation of their immediate or remote progenitors. This
example of Parthenogenesis (according to the elegant expression
of Mr. Owen) takes place sometimes. exceptionally in other spe-
cies of insects. I shall eonfine myself here to mentioning the
singular ease, which was related to me recently by a celebrated
English entomologist, Mr. John Curtis, in his passage through
Turm ; of an isolated chrysalis of Bombyx polyphemus which he
had received from America, and from which a female procceded,
all of whose ova produced young. I believe that the same
thing sometimes takes place in the Bombyx Mori, although
altogether separated from the males. But we cannot speak
of ova inthe interior of the nurse of my Pteromalian, any more.
than in those of the Distomata or in the larvee of Meduside and

Perhaps these observations may throw some light upon the
complicated history of other parasitic insects, especially of
Xenos and of Meloé, which has been made known to us by
the beautiful investigations of Siebold and Newport.

Analogy leads us to believe that the active larve of these in-
sects, provided with three pair of legs, do not become transformed
into inert vermiform laryz, but produce them: there would then
bein these parasites also a nursing generation.

_{The Translator feels bound to remark, first, that in_ his

_ belief M. Leydig’s observations do not lead to the conclusion

that the viviparous Aphides are true females ; and secondly, that

464 Mr, J: Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Eeonomy,

the observations of Sichold and Newport quoted, are quite’ suf-
ficient to demonstrate that. the active larvee are transformed into
the inert larvee. ]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. A.

The figures 1, 4, 6,7 and 8 represent the ovum of the Rhynchites some-

what compressed i in order to show the parasites more distinctly.

Fig. 1. a, shows the first parasite, which is seen removed from the ovunt
and further magnified in fig. 2. 09

Fig. 3. represents the same animal a, with the interior vesicle 3, which-i is
the first indication of the second parasite, or of the larya of the
Pteromalian. In the following figures a and 6 have the same
signification.

Fig.8. A dorsal view of the nymph of the Pteromalian; ¢, the thrown- off
skin; d, the cocoon; e, the shell of the egg of the Rhynchites.

XXXVIII.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, ineluding remarks on
ther Structure, Functions, iconomy, and Systematic Arrange-
ment. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 275.]

169. Walckenaéra hiemalis.
Walckenaéra hiemalis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol, xviii. p- 632...

Numerous individuals of this species were observed running
actively on rails in meadows and pastures near Lanrwst in
December 1836 and January 1837: a

I cannot concur with M. Walckenaer in adding Walekenaira
hiemalis to the synonyma of Argus cucullatus, from which it
differs in size, colour, and organization (Hist. Nat. des Insect.
Apt. t. iv. p. 510). In the form of the anterior part of the
cephalo-thorax and in the disposition of the eyes, the males bod
these spiders are very dissimilar.

170. Walckenaéra bifrons.
Walekenatra bifrons, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 634.
Argus bifrons, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p..510.
Mr. T. Glover captured an adult male of this spider, which is
the only specimen I have had an opportunity of examining, in
June 1838 among coarse herbage in Gwydir, Wood, near Patan
y Coed, Caernarvonshire.

171. Wailckenaéra bicolor.

Walckenatra bicolor, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 635.

M. Walckenaer is of opimion that Walckenaéra bicolor should
rank as.a synonym of Argus elongatus (Hist. Nat. des Insect.
Apt. t. iv. p. 509) ; but they may be readily distinguished from
each other fa differences in size, structure, and colour. a

ir

SS ae eee =

soo vam) Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 465

oMales of this species, with ‘the palpal organs fully developed,
were taken in July 1836 on rails near Llanrwst.

172. Walckenaéra parva.

Walckenaéra parva, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 635.
Argus parvus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508.

In December 1836 and January 1837 this minute spider was
seen in considerable numbers on rails near Llanrwst.

173. Walckenaéra depressa.

Walckenaéra depressa, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
~~ Series, vol. viii. p. 482.

Adult males of Walckenaéra depressa were detected under stones
in a wood at Oakland in April 1835, and in June 1837 both
sexes were procured in the sanie locality.

174. Walekenaéra humilis.

Walckenaéra humilis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 636.
Argus humilis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 506.

Several specimens of this spider were found in October 1836
under slates in the garden belonging to Thomas Warner, Esq.,
of Crumpsall Green, near Manchester; others were observed
afterwards on rails at Crumpsall Hall; and in 1840 Miss Ellen
Clayton met with males and females of this species near Garstang
in Lancashire.

175. Walckenaéra cristata.
Walckenaéra cristata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. iii. p. 107; Research. in Zool. p. 317. pl. 2.
fig. 7-10.
Theridion bicorne, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 220. taf. 14. fig. 12.
Micryphantes cespitum, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes
Heft, p. 12 ; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 104. tab. 281. fig. 673, 674.
Argus bicornis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 365.

- Mr. Thomas Blackwall discovered this species in October 1832
under stones ‘and on rails in the neighbourhood of Manchester,
and I have since met with it in similar situations near Llanrwst ;
it has also been taken near Bradford in Yorkshire by Mr. R. H.
Meade.

176. Walckenaéra antica.

Theridion anticum, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 221. taf. 15. fig. 1,
Micryphantes tibialis, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 47. tab. 89.
“fig. 203, & viii. p. 107. tab. 282. fig. 675.

Walckenaéra apicata, Blackw. Linn. ‘Trans. vol. xviii. p. 637.
Argus anticus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 357.
apicatus, Walek. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 509.

466 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Ciconomy,

As the Argus anticus and Argus apicatus of M. Walckenaer are:
the same, and are identical with Walckenaéra antica, 1 have in=
cluded them among the synonyma of that. species, which was
observed on rails near Llanrwst in November 1837, and againim,
May 1838.

177. Walckenaéra pumila.

Walckenatra pumila, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p- 639.
Argus pumilus, Walck, Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 508.

Both sexes of this spider secrete themselves under stones in
moist pastures near Llanrwst. The male has the palpal organs
developed in May. |

‘178. Walckenaéra picina,

Walckenaéra picina, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 640.
Argus picinus, Walek. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 507.

A specimen of Walckenaéra picina, captured in the neighbour-
hood of Manchester, was received from Mr. T. Glover in June
1838; and in the following month another specimen was taken
near Llanrwst. Both individuals were adult males.

179. Walckenaéra nemoralis.

Walckenatra nemoralis, Blackw. Linn, Trans. vol. xviii. p. 641.
Argus nemoralis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. teiv. p..507. +

In March 1837 males of this species, in a state of maturity,
were found under stones in woods about Llanrwst.

Genus Pacnyenatua, Sund.

180. Pachygnatha Clerckit.

Pachygnatha Clerckii, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 208, &

1832, p. 258.

Listeri, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 10;

Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 142. tab. 430. fig. 1064.

Manduculus ambiguus, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. ili. p. 111; Research. in Zool. p. 359. pl. 3. fig. 3-5,

Theridion maxillosum, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 37. tab. 53.
fig. 122. . |

Linyphia maszillosa, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 267.

Clerckii, Walck, Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. li. p. 270.

Arachnologists, in their endeavours to identify the species con-.
stituting the genus Pachygnatha of Prof. Sundeyall, have involved
their synonyma in a labyrinth of such perplexing intricacy as to.
render any attempt at revision extremely difficult. Such being
the case, | submit the result of a careful investigation of the sub—
ject to the impartial consideration of zoologists, hoping that it

re ee

a a, ee ee ee

sae eee?

and’ Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. °' 46%

may tend to facilitate a more accurate knowledge of this small
but interesting group. .

"The Pachygnatha Listert of M. Koch and the Linyphia mazil-
losa of M. Walckenaer are evidently the same as Pachygnatha
Clerckii ; but the Theridion vernale of M. Hahn and the Pachy-~
gnatha Listeri of Prof. Sundeyall, which are included by M.
Walckenaer among the synonyma of Linyphia mazillosa, must
not be confounded with that species and with each other, Theri-
dion vernale being identical with the Pachygnatha Degeerti of
Prof, Sundevall. As M. Walckenaer states that the description
of his Linyphia Clerckii is borrowed from Prof. Sundevall’s ac-
count of Pachygnatha Clerckii, I am constrained, notwithstanding
the great disparity in size, to regard it as a synonym of the latter.
The spider represented by M. Koch as the Pachygnatha Clerckii
of Prof. Sundevall.(Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 146. tab. 430. fig. 1067)
is quite distinct from that species, and is admitted to be an im-
mature individual by M. Koch himself, who remarks, “ Ich fand
sie auf einer Reise in der Nahe von Zweibriicken, aber nur Weib-.
chen und diese nicht im Zustande vollstandiger Ausbildung ; ein
solches stellt die hier gegebene Abbildung vor.”

Mr. T. Blackwall met with Pachygnatha Clerckit, which pairs
in October, under stones and rubbish in the township of Crump-
sall, in the autumn of 1831 ; and I have since received specimens
of it from Yorkshire and Middlesex. In it are combined several
striking characteristics of the species composing the genera The-
ridion and Tetragnatha. Allied to the former by the structure
of the oral apparatus, and by the irregularity of the insignificant
web it fabricates, it resembles the latter in the form and relative
length of its legs, which it frequently extends in the same manner
as Tetragnatha extensa ; thus closely connecting the Theridiide
with the Epéiride.

181. Pachygnatha Listeri.

Pachygnatha Listeri, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829,-p. 210.
Manduculus limatus, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xvi. p. 667.

The Linyphia manducula of M. Walckenaer (Hist. Nat. des
Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 482) is the same as Manduculus limatus, and,
consequently, lapses into a synonym of Pachygnatha Listeri.
This species occurs under stones and on bushes in woods about
Oakland, and the male has the palpal organs completely de-
veloped in September. It has also been captured in Lancashire
and Yorkshire.

“In the ‘ Transactions of the Linnzan Society,’ vol. xviii. p. 668,
it is proposed to institute a comparison between Manduculus
limatus and the Linyphia tenebricola of M. Wider (Museum
Senckenbergianum, B. i. p. 267. taf. 18. fig. 2); as they differ,

468 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

however, very decidedly in structure and colour, no doubt they
are perfectly distinct. ifs

182. Pachygnatha Degeerit.

Pachygnatha Degeerii, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 211, &
1832, p. 259; Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 10; Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 143. tab. 430. fig: 1065. ine
Linyphia Degeerti, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 269.
Theridion vernale, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 38. tab. 53. fig. 123.
Manduculus vernalis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 125. #83
In autumn, adult males and females of this species may
frequently be seen running on the ground in various parts of
Lancashire and Denbighshire. A collection of spiders received
from Charles C. Babington, Esq., M.A., in 1840, and another
transmitted to me from Northamptonshire by the Rey. Hamlet
Clark in 1842, contained specimens of Pachygnatha Degeerii ; it
is found in Scotland also, Mr. J. Hardy having taken both sexes
in Berwickshire in the spring of 1849.

Family Epéiride.
Genus Eriitra, Walck.
183. Epéira quadrata.

Epeira quadrata, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.1i. p. 56 ; Sund.
Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 239 ; Koch, Die Arachn, B. y. p. 66.
tab, 162. fig. 381, 382. ;

Titulus 8, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p, 42. tab. 1. fig. 8.

This large and handsome Epéira appears to prefer wild un-
cultivated districts, and is not uncommon in many parts of

England and Wales. It pairs in autumn, and in October the

female attaches to the stems of heath or gorse a subglobose cocoon

composed of coarse yellow silk of a looseish texture, measuring
7gths of an inch in diameter, which sometimes comprises between

900 and 1000 spherical eggs of a yellow colour, agglutinated

together in a lenticular form. In constructing the cocoon the

female presses her spinners against the mass of eggs and attaches

a compound line to it, then drawing out the line by elevating

the body, she again applies the spinners to the eggs and cements.

the line to them in the form of a small loop; this operation)is.
continued (the lines being united to each other when the eggs

are covered) till the cocoon is completed, and, as it consists of a

congeries of short silken loops, it cannot be otherwise than loose

in texture. ig
The snare of this spider has the appearance of bemg con-
structed with geometrical precision, and is similar in design to

~, sand Systematie Arrangement of British Spiders. 469

the nets fabricated. by the Epéiride generally, It consists of an
elastic spiral line, thickly studded with minute globules of liquid
gum, whose circumvolutions, falling within the same plane, are
crossed by radii converging towards a common centre, which is
immediately surrounded by several circumvolutions of a short
spiral line devoid of viscid globules, forming a station from which
the toil may be superintended by its owner without the incon-
venience of being entangled in it. The viscid spiral line is ac-
commodated to the frequent and rapid changes in distance which
take place among the radii when agitated by winds or other
disturbing forces, by its extreme elasticity ; and, in consequence
of this property, insects which fly against the snare are more
completely entangled than they otherwise could be without doing
extensive injury to its framework. Near the net, and connected
with its centre by a strong line, the spider constructs a dome-
shaped cell of compact white silk which it usually occupies.

184. Epéira apoclisa,

Epéira apoclisa, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 61;
Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 243; Hahn, Die Arachn.
B. ii. p. 30. tab. 48. fig. 116.
virgata, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 26. tab. 46. fig. 113.
dumetorum, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 31. tab. 48. fig. 117;
_ Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst, erstes Heft, p. 2.
—— sericata, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 2;
. Die Arachn. B. xi. p. 110. tab. 385. fig. 914, 915.
arundinacea, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 2; Die Arachn. B. xi. p. 109. tab. 385. fig. 913.
— patagiata, Koch, Die Arachn. B. xi. p. 115. tab. 386.
fig. 916-919.
Titulus 6, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 36. tab. 1. fig. 6;

Much confusion in the synonyma of Epéira apoclisa has been
occasioned by some of its numerous varieties having, without
sufficient investigation, been described as distinct species. The
difficulties attending endeavours to reconcile conflicting opinions
in such cases are well known to naturalists, and as they are un-
usually great in this department of zoology, I may be permitted
to allege them as an exeuse for any errors into which I may in-
advertently have fallen in my attempt to elucidate this intricate
subject. Perhaps the Epéira foliata and the Epéira nauseosa of
M, Koch, ‘Die Arachniden,’ B. xi. pp. 119, 120, might be added
to the synonyma given above, but as I entertain some doubts on
this point, I have deemed it better to omit them.

Epéira apoclisa frequents gorse, heath and rank herbage
growing near the margins of lakes, pools and brooks, or in other

470 On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. °

damp situations, among which it constructs a dome-shaped cell
of white silk of a compact texture. In this cell, after distributing
upon its exterior surface the withered leaves of plants and closing
its entrance with a tissue of silk, the spider passes the winter
in a state of torpidity. During the summer and autumn the
female incloses in cells of a similar construction several subglobose
cocoons of yellow silk of a loose texture, measuring, on an average,
2yths of an inch in diameter, each of which contains about 220
spherical eggs of a pale brown colour, agglutinated together in'a
lenticular mass. On the 18th of July, 1846, both sexes of a
small insect belonging to the family [chneumonide, the female
of which is apterous, came out of a cocoon of this spider, and in
1842 I obtained specimens of the same insect from a cocoon of
Epéira umbratica.

M. Walckenaer, in referrmg to an interesting fact sengisled
by Lister, has strangely misinterpreted the meaning of that
author; he states that “ Lister a observé des larves d’Ichneumon
dans les nids de cette espéce” (Kpéira apoclisa) : “ces larves se
sont transformées sous ses yeux et ont pris leur vol dans lair ”
(Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. 11. p. 65). The source of error
will be immediately perceived on perusing the following passage
cited from the ‘ Tractatus de Araneis’ of the English naturalist,
page 40 :—“ In nido autem altero divulso triplicem, ut supra
dictum est, foetum observavi. Inter primum yero partum sex
aderant parvee Chrysalides sive Thece teretes, solide, utraque ex-
tremitate retusze, sublivide, id se. genus, e quibus Muscee tripiles,
a Moufeto nostro sic dicte, antiquis vero Jchneumones vespe ap-
pellate, excludi solent. Ex ipsis autem Araneolis natu majori-
bus, qui sc. horum vermiculorum voracitatem, dum in ovo, effu-
gerant, quotquot a me aéri expositi, protinus fila ejaculando
avolavere ; non injucundo sane spectaculo ! ”

The snares spun by Epéira apoclisa vary considerabl y in extent ;
upwards of 120,000 viscid globules are distributed upon the
elastic spiral lena in a net of large dimensions, yet, under favour-
able circumstances, the time required. for its completion seldom
exceeds forty minutes.

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol, xvii.
p. 79, I have asserted that the legs of all the males of this spe-
cles, whether British or foreign, which I had measured, were
shorter than those of the other sex ; since the publication of that
remark, however, I have met with several males whose legs ex-
ceeded in longitudinal extent those of the largest female in my
possession, showing that this spider varies as remarkably in, its
proportions as it does in colour.

1 +

ia

Bais,

>

Ther

On the Development and Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. 471
185. Epéira sealaris...

Epéira scalaris, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 46;
“Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 27. tab. 47. fig. 114; Blackw.
Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 127.
— pyramidata, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 242; Koch,
Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 2; Die Arachn. B. xi.
p- 107. tab. 384. fig. 912.

I have received specimens of this showy species from Stafford-
shire, Shropshire, Northamptonshire, Devonshire, and Middlesex,
but I have not observed it either in North Wales or Lancashire.

XXXIX.—Contributions to the History of the Development and

to the Minute Anatomy of the Infusorta. By Prof. Stein of
Pharand*. — ~
tatit 3 [With a Plate.]

I. Development of Vorticella microstoma, with Comparative Re-
‘ amarks upon the Mode of Development of the Gregarinide.

Iw a previous essay+ I have shown that all Vorticelline at an
eatlier or later stage of their development become encysted, by
drawing in their ciliated disc and contracting their bodies into a
ball; at the same time secreting around themselves a gelatinous
mass which solidifies into a firmer elastic covering. Very com-
monly a Vorticella will become encysted while still adherent to
its stalk, but in that case the stalk soon dies away and disappears,
a process which is first indicated by the breaking up of its con-
tamed muscular band into single portions. More frequently,
however, the action of a circlet of cilia developed close in front of
the hinder extremity of the Vorticella, detaches it from its stalk,
and it becomes encysted while freely swimming.

The Vorticella thus inclosed gyrates rapidly, and in exceptional
eases still appears provided with its posterior circlet of cilia,
though, in the majority of cases, this falls off as soon as the
encysting substance is excreted.

The body of the Vorticella inclosed within the cyst always
changes subsequently into a globular closed vesicle, which is
an 3, homogeneous in its interior, incloses the unchanged

and-like nucleus, and possesses besides a round cavity filled
with fluid ; the last however no longer changes its capacity like
the contractile space of the free animal to which it corresponds,
but appears always as a drop of one and the same size. In an
appendix to my earlier communication I further stated, that the

* From Siebold und Kélliker’s Zeitschrift, B. iii. H. 4, 1852.
+ Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1849.

472 Prof. Stein on the Development and

Vorticelle thus changed, ultimately became Acineta-like bodies,
by the included vesicular Vorticella-body extending itself some-
times on one side, sometimes on all sides, and thrusting out pro-
cesses of its wall, thus thinned. In this manner by one-sided
extension, the form described by Ehrenberg under the name of
Podophrya fiza as an independent species is produced, and by
the universal extension, one resembling the Actinophrys Sol of
Ehrenberg. I have since repeated this observation too often to
fear that it can be erroneous. Soon after that discovery, however,
I recognised the purpose of this change of the Vorticella-cysts
into Acineta. The nucleus of the Acinete, or what is the same
thing, the original Vorticella, becomes entirely metamorphosed
into an actively rotating offspring ; becoming contracted ito an
ovate body, which at its more pointed end carries a circlet of
long vibrating cilia, and at its more obtuse end is perforated by
a mouth which communicates with a distinct oral cavity. In the
interior of this offspring we observe already a long, oval, slightly
bent nucleus, and a round rhythmically contracting space*. It
perfectly resembles, in fact, a young Vorticella which has be-
come developed from a bud and is just ready to leave its parent.
Even if the change of Vorticella-cysts into Acinete could be
questioned, yet every doubt must disappear when we compare
the offspring of the Acineta with the offspring of a Vorticella by
gemmation, or even with a fully-developed contracted Vorticella,
which is in the act of becoming freed from its stalk. As both
the former and the latter commonly soon become fixed, and pro-
duce a stalk from their posterior extremities, so without doubt
does the offspring of the Acineta become fixed when it has left
the Acineta. Since the time at which these observations were
first made, I have observed many hundred Acinete with rotating
young, and have sometimes seen the offspring voluntarily ejected,
sometimes have pressed it out of the Acineta. The gap, which
the young tears in its passage through the wall of the Acineta,
becomes immediately closed again. The latter goes on stretch-
ing out and retracting its radiating filaments, like feelers, and
after a time produces in its interior a new nucleus for a second
offspring. )
Besides this propagation of Vorticelle by means of Acinete

* The presence of a contractile space in Infusoria, completely excluded
from the outer world, might of itself be considered sufficient to contradict
the view of O. Schmidt (Handbuch d. Vergleichende Anatomie, p. 220),
that the contractile spaces are vesicles opening externally at the surface of
the body and intended to pump in water. I say “contractile spaces or cavi-
ties” instead. of “vesicles” advisedly, because I could never see any in-
vesting membrane around the clear space, and because I know Infusorial
structures with many contractile spaces which occupy no determinate luca-
lity, but move backwards and forwards. Btre eH

aay sata oS oe ee aa

aT = =“

~ Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. ‘A473

there exists a second, which I surmised some years ago at first
“sight of the Vorticella-cysts, but which I was so fortunate as to
- discover only in the last summer holidays. An immense number
of my Vorticelle had become encysted, and I determined to ex-
amine them daily so as to observe once more through all its
stages the metamorphosis into Acineta-forms which 1 had pre-
viously seen so distinctly, and then to follow the further course
of the offspring of these Acinete. In order to get rid of all foreign
forms of Infusoria, which might possibly have produced a de-
“ception, from my further observations, I selected, on this oeca-
sion, the mud at the bottom of the infusion, in which mnume-
rable Vorticella-cysts lay scattered, and poured off all the water ;
I then rapidly evaporated the moisture contained in this mud
until it was perfectly dry. The remainder just baked to its sup-
port, was, after the lapse of a day, scraped off, and fresh spring
water, in which, as is well known, Infusoria are of rare occur-
‘rence, was poured over it. On re-examining the softened mud,
‘1 found my Vorticella-cysts in capital condition ; every free infu-
sorial‘organism had however disappeared, as might naturally be

~ Tomy great astonishment, within twelve hours later I found
‘at: the surface of the infusion a considerable number of free Vor-
ticelle, all of the normal size or considerably larger, and of these
a few became encysted again under my inspection.
»» In the course of a day all these free Vorticellg had disappeared
again, and they did not reappear subsequently. The consider-
sable size and number of the Vorticelle, and the fact that the in-
fusion:was covered, testify that these Vorticelle had not come from
without, during the twelve hours that had elapsed since the last
examination; they must then have arisen from the cysts by
voluntarily breakmg out of them. Probably these were such
Vorticellg as would not have become encysted of themselves, but
were constrained to do so when the evaporation of the water
threatened them with death.
_» In the following days the alterations in the interior of the
Vorticella~cysts were limited to the change of the merely sphe-
rically contracted Vorticella-body into a simple, closed, round
vesicle, in which no traces of the original organization of the
Vorticella were any longer to be detected. The contents of the
eyst were now perfectly similar to those of a simple cell with
sometimes coarsely granular, sometimes finely granular contents,
amidst which the unchanged band-like nucleus, and a clear un-
changeable space, lay imbedded. After about a weck’s watching
for further changes, I perceived that in many cysts the included
parental vesicle became. sacculated-looking and uneven, and that
in its interior many considerable hyaline spaces arose, which
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. cot |

474 Prof. Stein on the Development and

sometimes suddenly disappeared to reappear elsewhere. ') I be-
lieved now that this was the conimencement of the’ metamor-
phosis of the Vorticella-cysts into the Acineta-form:) ©)
But, seeking further, | came upon cysts in which one or a few
of the czecum-like projections of the parental vesicle had become
so much elongated that they had broken through the covering
of the cyst. Looking steadfastly at sucha projection, it sud-
denly burst at its apex and the whole contents of the parental
vesicle shot out, whilst its walls collapsed, and remained behind
like an empty wrinkled bladder with a few adherent granules,
within the cyst. ike
The free contents remained as a round, transparent, limpid
drop of jelly of about the same diameter as the cyst, in which
some thirty embryos, of the form of Monas colpoda or Monas
scintillans, sailed about with varied and active motion as if in a
little ocean. piaiap ine OW
After a time the drop of jelly became diffused, and its monadiec
inhabitants were scattered to the winds. More clearly and de-
eidedly could no observation be made than that: just deseribed ;
yet I should have been ready to believe myself deceived: by some
singular accident, had I not, in the following hours which I
passed with beating heart at my microscope, seen the very same
process in many cysts: as distinctly and decidedly as'the most
scrupulous criticism eould require. Soon also I succeeded in
bursting cysts, ripe but perfectly closed, by eareful pressure, ‘so
as to see the embryos slip one after another out of the parental
vesicle. UHLOa TISAI
I now proceeded to examine the mode of origin of the ems
bryos more closely, in which I succeeded all the better, as I pos-
sessed cysts of very different ages; for im a few I found the yet
unchanged Vorticella-body. 1 observed that in cysts, whose in-
eluded Vorticella-body was metamorphosed into a simple vesicle;
the band-like nucleus had broken up into as many single disci-
form bodies as, later, embryos were to be set free. This break-
ing up does not take place by successive acts of division, but in
the nucleus, round discs become marked off contemporaneously;
at the most different points; whilst the intermediate substance
of the nucleus becomes reabsorbed. The discs grow at the ex-
pense of one part of the liquefying granule-substance of ‘the
parental vesicle, whilst the other part becomes changed into the
gelatinous mass, m which, afterwards, the embryos swim. | The
perfect embryos are oval, somewhat notched on one’ side, and
wholly similar to the Monas colpoda, Ehr., or the M. scintillans,
but quite dissimilar to a Vorticella. The walls of its body are as
flexible as those of all ciliated Infusoria ; but beside this general
contractility, they unquestionably possess special motor organs ;

a ee Sa ee

Minute. Anatomy of the Infusoria: 475,

however,-on account of the minute sizeof the embryo, I fnslaee
voured iu vain to make these out with certainty..

Often it seemed as,if the anterior end were covered with very
short. cilia ; possibly, however, the repulsion of any fine granules
which approached this part might arise from such a fiabellar
organ as that possessed by the monads.

After these observations, the change of Vorticella-cysts ito
Acineta-forms might again appear doubtful ; but I was not to be
led astray by these considerations, especially since the one me-
thod of propagation did not necessarily exclude the other.. On
the other hand, I followed out day by day the innumerable Vor-
ticella-cysts still contained in my iniusion, and, within ten days,
1 had the satisfaction of finding the first Acineta-forms, whose
number now daily greatly increased.
» The above-described formation of young within the Acinete
was also frequently observed in the course of a few days more..
> There can now be no difficulty, after this long series of obser-
vations so frequently repeated and confirmed, in summing up
and justly expounding the whole cycle of the development of the
Vorticeliz... From my observations it is incontestable that the
nucleus—the. testis according to Ehrenberg—is the true and
only.organ of propagation of the Infusoria, and may thence be
called -henceforward the germ-nucleus (Keim-kern, nucleus ger-
minativus). A gland it is not, but a sharply defined homo-
mass of fine granules like, the nucleus in the interior of ~
acell, and like this, probably bounded by a membrane in its most
perfect condition. That, further, the fine granules in the inte-
rior of the body of an Infusorium never perform the. part of ova,
is just as certain, for in the last-described mode of development

of the Vorticella-cysts we have seen them one and all dissolved.

, With the “testis” the “ vesicule seminales” of Ehrenberg
must equally be given up,—those clear spaces in the interior of
the Infusoria, which in a note above I have stated to be nothing
but spaces filled with a clear fluid.

. From the “ germ-nucleus ” new animals proceed in two modes
asia of two forms. In each case the parental Vorticella must be-
come invested by a capsule, and its body change into a simple
globular vesicle. In each case the globular vesicle subsequently

, in order, either with a change in the wall of the cap-
sule to become a stalked or unstalked Acineta-form, or in. order
to burst the wall of the capsule and to set free the embryos
snug from the breaking up of the germ-nucleus.

These. embryos have at most the size of the very youngest
Vorticella observed by Mivenherg* and myself+, which also, ied

fe

oh Die Sodveiaetthinns. tab. 25. 3, La, t Loc..cit. p. 98.
31*

476 Prof. Stein on the Development and

sent no clear cilia, but are seated upon an excessively fine, non-

contractile stalk, and which, when they become free, present ex-

actly the same form and movements as the embryos which have
proceeded from the maternal vesicle. It is therefore perhaps as
good as certain, if I assume that the embryos fix themselves
soon after they are born, particularly as I frequently saw such
young Vorticelle again in my infusion soon after the first burst
cysts were observed. The production of numerous monad-like
embryos then, forms unmistakeably the concluding phase in
the course of development of the Vorticelle, and this course
—— be very simple were not the Acinete interposed in the
cycle.

How shall we now interpret this last phase? Two cireum-
stances throw light upon it. First the Acinete set free their

whole germ-nucleus as a ciliated individual, which, except in the.

want of a stalk, exhibits the whole organization of a Vorticella,
and is in no respect different from an individual which has arisen
by budding. The Acineta, therefore, is properly nothing else
than a Vorticella, which out of the still, pupa-condition, has re-
turned into active existence, but under an altered form. It sends
from the surface of its body delicate radiating processes, which
have independent movements, and not merely, as I previously
believed, serve to keep off enemies, but also certainly take in
nutriment by their surfaces, though naturally only in a fluid
form. That the Acinete can be nourished from without seems
to be a necessary conclusion, from the fact that I saw the germ-
nucleus change into an embryo only in Acinete of a certain size;—
not in the very small Acinete, which therefore must grow and
be nourished from without. The production of Vorticelle by the
intermediation of Acinete then is perfectly equivalent to gem-
mation ; it is a kind of mternal gemmation ; whilst propagation
by the change of the whole inner encysted body of a Vorticella
into numerous embryos is to be regarded as the equivalent of
the sexual propagation of the higher animals. In this manner
there is a sort of alternation of generations in the Vorticelle,
though perhaps not in so marked a form as in other Inverte-
brata ; since each early phase of development may change into
the final phase of the whole series, under peculiar conditions ;—
what these conditions are, however, I have not been able, as yet,
clearly to determine. The embryo may, under certain cireum-
stances, become encysted after a short period of existence, as the
very small cysts, often to be observed, demonstrate. Further, a
bud just freed from its parent may at once become encysted, and
the stalked Vorticelle are able to become so at all stages of their
growth. The cysts, from the smallest to the middle-sized, ap-
pear to be able to pass into the Acineta-form only ; from the

ae

-

me

< e lea e

Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria. 477

middle size upwards, they may either become Acinete, or imme-
diately produce monad-like embryos.

We may thus ideally arrange the different stages of develop-
ment through which the Vorticel/e pass: the largest end their
lives by becoming encysted ; the whole of the contents of their
bodies then passes into embryos, to which the dividing germ-
nucleus first gives origin.

The embryos become fixed, develope from their posterior ex-
tremity a stalk, which is at first not contractile, and graduaily
change their monad-like body into that of a common Vorticella.

As soon as this has taken place, their very much smaller size
only distinguishes them from the perfect Vorticelle. Even in
this imperfect condition they frequently multiply by continual
division and in a subordinate degree by external gemmation.
[This power of multiplication in the imperfect state, however, is
one of the most certain criteria that we have to do with an alter-
nation of generations.| By degrees the generations become larger
and larger ; certain individuals become encysted and pass into

the Acineta-form ; under this form they lead an independent

existence, but apply all their assimilated food to the re-formation
of the germ-nucleus, which they send forth from time to time in
the form of a common Vorticella. Finally, the last generation
become encysted, not to re-awake to an. independent existence,

‘but to break up ito a swarm of embryos.

At last then, after many aberrations from the right track,
without however having previously observed wrongly, I had
found the complete history of development of the Vorticelle, and
thereby set aside the observations of Pineau*, which, indeed,
bore the stamp of improbability about them. It becomes hereby
quite possible to explain the sudden appearance of Vorticelle in
infusions, without assuming a generatio equivoca, which has

-been so boldly advocated lately by Dr. Gros} and Dr. Reisek{.

For it is only necessary that a single Vorticella-cyst should
get into water previously free from Vorticelle, in order to people
it m a very short time with troops of them. There can be no
difficulty in understanding how such a cyst may be imported, if
one considers that owing to their minute size, they are as readily
carried about by the air, as the spores of plants. A brisk wind,
ruffling the surface of some stagnant water, will as easily carry
away any Vorticelle there may be on its surface, as particles of

. * Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 1845.
T Siebold und Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, Bd. iii. p. 68. Dr. Gros did me the
favour to call on me at Berlin, but did not succeed in showing any thing

“under the microscope by which his views might be justified.

“t. Entwickelungsgeschichte des Thieres und der Pflanzen durch Urzeu-

ogung. Berichte der Kaiserl. Akad. der Wissenschaften.zu Wien, 1851.

478 Prof. Stein on the Development and

water. ‘The cysts may, as the experiment cited above shows,’
remain dry a long time, and yet their development will proceed
as soon as they enter water again.

In the same way the wind may readily carry away Vorticella-
systems with the dust from dried-up pools. Should any one thmk
these suppositions too bold, let him examine the dry sand of the
roof-gutters, as two years ago I did frequently in order to make’
my pupils acquainted with the Tardigrada. Not uncommonly,
besides Tardigrada and their ova and different Rotifera, we find
Vorticella-cysts which may be readily recognized if the inclosed
body is yet unchanged. These cysts were either deposited in the
gutters by the winds, or they are the descendants of Vorticelle,
which came in this way and multiplied in the rain-water collected
im the gutters. an

T may be allowed, in conclusion, to recur to the starting-point
of my investigations upon the Infusoria ; this was, my researches
upon the Gregarine. The hope of finding the Infusoria not
much more perfectly organized than the Gregarine, and of dis-
covering a similar law of development for them, encouraged me
to enter upon the investigation of that difficult and famous class.
This hope has been fulfilled. Without at present entering into
any controversy upon the organization of the Infusoria, con
cerning which, after the course of development we have traced,
there will perhaps be no doubt, I will only point’ out how the
law of development enunciated by me for the Gregarine, essen-
tially harmonizes with that which governs the Vorticelle.

The Gregarine become encysted for the purpose of propa-
gation like the Vorticelle, only it is always two Gregarine which
become included in one capsule. The two encysted Gregarine
fuse into one ball, and then a great part of the contents of their
bodies becomes changed into spindle-shaped spores (the so-called
navicelle), whilst the remaining portion liquefies in order
to contribute to the bursting of the cyst and the expulsion of the
ripe spores. The encysted Vorticella changes also into a simple
globular body, and then its germ-nucleus breaks up into nume-
rous round discs. There is no reason why these should not be
called spores. These spores however become developed into em-
bryos in the parental cyst. Finally, the eysts burst, and, like the
spores of the. Gregarinide, they are driven forth swimming
in a part of the liquefied contents of the body of the parent. —

The investigations upon the Vorticelle may be considered to
strengthen those upon the Gregarimide. I bring forward the
Gregarine into prominence here intentionally, because’ IT see
that lately two very estimable observers, Bruch* and Leydig,

" * Siebold und Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, Bei
+ Miiller’s Archiv, 1851. At BABI MO

See te eR ee Rp Ee oA

LET He eee i eee

Minute.Anatomy of the Infusoria. 479.

endeavour to show the Gregarine to be larve of higher animals,
and especially to connect them with encysted Nematoid worms.

For many reasons this appears to me to be a vain attempt. I
will here bring forward only a few arguments. I am acquainted
with Gregarine of such peculiar forms, that one requires a very
strong imagination to deduce them from Nematoidea, or to sup-
pose they can pass into these; ‘The encysted Nematoidea are
always found in the cavity of the body of insects, never in their
intestinal canal, where alone encysted Gregaring are to be found.
» In the few insects which contemporaneously with the Grega-
rine lodge encysted Nematoidea, the cyst which incloses the
latter is always a well-organized structure of cells with clearly
marked nuclei, upon and in- which numerous trachee are distri-
buted. This tissue agrees perfectly in its finer structure with
the fatty mass of insects. The cyst of the Nematoidea is there-
fore plainly a product of the vital activity of the insect, not the
exudation of the inclosed worm. ‘The cyst of the Gregarine, on
the other hand, is always au amorphous. mass, and like the cyst
of Vorticelle, nothing but an excretion of the included Gregarina.
li, therefore, encysted Nematoidea change into Gregarine or vice
versa, their cyst must undergo a metamorphosis, which perhaps
no-one will assume, and of which as yet no observer has seen
anything... Perhaps I shall be able to find leisure for the pub-
lication of my complete researches upon the Gregarinide, and
then the doubts opposed to my views may perhaps be resolved...

_.. The remainder of the memoir contains descriptions of several
new forms of the Vorticelline, principally found upon Gammarus
pulex, Cyclops minutus and ‘Asellus. The first—

~ Spirochona gemmipara, has inflexible parietes, and is closely
allied to Epistylis.

| Dendrocometes paradozxus is a yery remarkable. body with se-
veral radiating branched arms, almost like some Xanthidia. Stein
supposes it, with great probability, to be the Acineta-form of
Spirochona.

_| Lagenophrys is nearly allied to Cothurnia. Three species of
it are described, from the legs of Cyclops, gill-laminz of Ase/lus,
and legs of Gammarus, One of these, L. nassa, is remarkable
for having an armed mouth like that of Nassula.

The most important physiological points are: that the germ-
nucleus of Spirochona contains a clear nucleated vesicle, but
otherwise answers to that of other Vorticellinz ;—that in the
oblique fission of Lagenophrys-the anterior half of the animal
goes on moving and feeding, and is seen to contain globules of
nutritive matter, while the posterior half never contains any, but
consists internally of a homogeneous finely granular parenchyma,
in which nothing more is to be seen than a median contractile

480. On the Development and Minute Anatomy of the Infusoria.

space, and the half of the original germ-nucleus, which often
remains clearly connected with the other half. “This appear-
ance cannot be reconciled with the idea of a defined intestinal
canal running circularly through the body of the Vorticella and
beset with stalked stomach-vesicles ; for smce the posterior half
of the body, before the commencement of the diagonal fission,
showed just as numerous nutritive masses (stomach-vesicles) as
the anterior, it is clear that this half must have contained a seg-

ment of the intestinal canal. By the cleft along the line of fission,

the intestinal canal, like the germ-nucleus, must. haye been eut
through in two places, and then it would have been impossible

for the anterior half of the animal to go on taking nourishment ;

but there must have been a time of rest, during which a new uni-

ting segment must have been developed between the two widely:

separated portions of the intestine.’

Prof. Stein proposes the following revision of the Vorticélling

(Ehr.) ; the Stentors to be excluded, as they are ciliated over their
whole surface.

Vorticelline.

1. Stalkless, free swimmers: Trichodina, Urocentrum.

2. Stalked ; stalk contractile: Vorticella, Carchesium, Zootham-:

niu.
3. Imbedded in a common gelatinous investment + Ophrydium.
4. Inclosed in a cup-shaped cell : Vaginicola, Cothurnia, Mitim-
nus, Lagenophrys.
5. Provided with a non-contractile stalk: Epistylis, Opereularia.
6. Wholly non-contractile bodies: Spirochona.

Of these, he says, that he has evidence that Vorticella, Vagie .

nicola, Cothurnia, Epistylis, and Opercularia possess distinct Aci-
neta-forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. D.

Fig. 1. Full-grown encysted Vorticella microstoma: a, the retracted oral
circlet of cilia; 5, the nucleus; c, the contractile space.

Fig. 2. A cyst separated from its stalk.

Fig. 3. The same more advanced. The nucleus has broken up imto spore-
like globules.

Fig. 4. The same still more developed. The mother-cyst or original body

of the Vorticella, d, has become sacculated, and many clear a
have appeared in it.
Fig. 5, One of the saceulations of the mother-cyst has burst through the

envelope and has given exit to the gelatinous mass e containing _

the spores.

Fig. 6. Acineta-form of Vorticella microstoma, which has arisen from a

cyst similar to fig. 2: 6, nucleus.

Fig. 7. The stalked Acinetenfortn of V. microstoma, until now dehekibed as.
Podophrys fixa: f, the young Vorticella, the result of the SARE. .

formation of the nucleus of the parent.
Fig. 8. The young, free Vorticella: a, b, c, as in fig. 1; g, posterior cirelet
of cilia,

:
“-
|
:
:

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Ieacinacee. 481

XL.—On some genera of the Icacinacee. By Joun Mizns, 7
eviite Esq., F.R.S., F.LS.

[Continued from p. 399.)

PorsaQuEIBA.

No botanist has ventured to assign a position in the system to
this very curious genus of Aublet until very lately, when M.
Tulasne has given a description of it in the 11th vol. (3rd ser.)
of the ‘ Ann. Sc. Nat.,’ where he has very correctly referred it to
Mr. Bentham’s tribe of the Icacinee. The analysis given in
plate 47 of Aublet’s work, though roughly drawn, is in the main
correct, and the details there shown will be more easily com-
prehended from the particulars I am now able to offer. The
ingu itions that stand in bold relief on the inner surface
of the petals, are produced by their pressure, while in bud, upon
the enclosed genitals ; the force of this compression is such, that
a portion of their fleshy substance is forced between the in-
terstices of the curiously formed stamens, stamping a counter
mould of their shape in the raised lines and deep cells that con-
stitute the peculiar character of the petals ; the upper and trans-
verse portions of the very elevated cruciform partitions thus pro-
duced are deep, while the lower pale is broad and hollow in its
centre, forming in this manner two very deep cells in the upper,
and three parallel cells in the lower moiety. This however, as
might naturally be expected, proves to be a variable character,
for in a new species described by M. Tulasne, the two upper
cells and the intervening deep keel are deficient, owing, it would
appear, to the circumstance of the anthers being only half the
length of those of the other species, so that the lower moiety
only of each petal presents two cavities in which the stamens are
lodged in the bud. The stamens are of very singular construc-
tion, and the figure in Aublet’s drawing affords a very ex-
idea of their form. In all the preceding genera, I

have described the bilobed anthers as being always distinctly
4-celled before they burst, although after dehiscence, from the
evolute mode of opening, they appear as if they had been only
bilocular. In Poraqueiba, however, this 4-celled structure is
rendered manifest in a much higher degree, for the cells are here
distinct, and even separated from one another for a
considerable distance by the intervention of a thick 4-sided
pyramidal connective, composed of coarse reddish-coloured
grains: this is covered by a whitish adhering cuticle, consisting
of a thicker crustaceous epidermis, and a thinner and. more

membranaceous inner tegument; the narrow cylindrical pollen-

482 Mr. J. Miers on some generavof the Ieacinaces.

cells, placed in the four salient angles of this connective, are
formed by the continuation of the same cuticle, which here ceases
to be adherent to the fleshy centre; the epidermis forms. the
anterior or external casing of the crustaceous cells, while the
inner tegument constitutes the posterior lining of. the cavity,
which is at the same time free from the connective, although in
contiguity with it, and which seems to form the receptacle for
the attachment and assimilation of the pollen-grains: the pollen-
cells, therefore, in reality appear to consist merely of a linear
separation between the two membranes at the angles of the
anther, and in all transverse sections of the same placed under
the microscope, no sutural break in the continuity of the epider-
mis is discernible on either margin, where by its reduplication
it becomes attached to the fleshy connective, nor is there any
indication of a line of rupture or dehiscence. \ I confess therefore
my inability to perceive, in any anther I have examined, the
smallest appearance of bursting of the pollen-cells.. M.'Tulasne,
on the contrary, states that they open longitudinally, by a fissure
along the face of the connective; but whether sinistrorsely, or
dextrorsely, or alternately so, he does not explain. In the ~
summit of the anther, the same continuous crustaceous cuticle
is extended, and drawn up into a short cylinder, or obtuse apical
point, without any intervening connective, which apical point is
again reflected downward along the upper portion of the anterior
face of the anther, vanishing: between the summits of thetwo
anterior pollen-cells; the nature or function of this process is
not apparent. In the structure of its pistillum, Poraqueiba re-
sembles that of Mappia. Of its fruit nothing is recorded, more
than that in its unripe state it is spherical; smooth, and mucro-
nated. Although M. Tulasne has given a very elaborate descrip-
tion of this genus, it appears to me the following is a more
correct expression of its character. Bis

PoraquerBa, Aubl.—Flores perfecti. Calyx imo. brevissime
cupulatus et carnosus, limbo 5-partitus, laciniis ovatis vel
subacutis, ciliatis, estivatione quincuncialiter imbricatis, per-
sistens. Petala 5, equalia, oblonga, carnosa, marginibus
summo apiceque propendenti imflexis, intus carina profunda
superne longitrorsim ex altera mediana transversali decurrente
et in laminam latam concavam usque ad imum. continuam,
cruciatim disposita, modo ut in locellos quinque. sic divisa
sunt, nempe, 2 superiora et 3 inferiora (vel carina suprema
defectu' solummodo in imo. 3-locellata), :locellis :profundis
glabris, carina suprema scabrido-papillosa, in compitum) fasei-
eulo pilorum donata, pilis rigidis albidis erecto-patentibus,
‘wstivatione valvata, sub anthes? reflexa. Stamina.5, cum petalis

—— MieJv Miers ‘ont some generaof the Teatinacer’’ 488°

‘disco hypogyno inserta, iisdem alterna, primum in locellos
~petalorum recondita, et circa pistillum arcte conniventia ; fila-
_>menta earnosa, incurva, compressa, superne dilatata, apice
“subito attenuata; anthere tetragonz, conico-oblongz, dorso
-‘gibbe, basi truncate, et abi versus dorsum apicifixe, apice
*-mucrone oblongo obtuso excentrico repente terminate, sub—2-
“lobe; 4-loculares, loculis crustaceis, cylindricis, angustis, in
~angulos connectivi centralis valde crassi late discretis, 2 anticis
brevioribus, propioribus, sursum attenuatis, 2 posticis summo
~attingentibus, incurvis, dehiscentia vix apparente (vel sec. cl.
~Tulasne rima longitudinali singulatim secus connectivi faciem
vapertis). Ovarium oblongum, pressione filamentorum sub-5-
2) sea apice conicum, liberum, glabrum, disco parvo stipita-
tum, 1-loculare: ovu/a 2 juxta apicem loculi subcollateraliter
~ superposita, podospermio carnoso suspensa. Stylus subbrevis,
»*tereto-subulatus, crassiusculus, erectus. Stigma obsolete
: 8-lobum, subeavum. Fructus immaturus sphericus, mucro-
mulatus, glaber ; cetera ignota.—Arbores excelse Guianenses
‘et Brasilienses, apice ramose ; folia petiolata, alterna, ovata,
3 acuta, integerrima, glabra ; inflorescentia terminalis et axillaris,
4 eee ttnncetiase, floribus parvulis, albis, imo 2-bracteatis.

Sea

EEIAY RS
: Bi Siinagueiia Guianensis, Aubl. Fl. Guian. i. 123. tab. 47.
7 _» Barreria theobromefolia, Willd. Sp. Pl.i. 1145 ; Spr. Syst. i.
f © 583. Meisteria anonyma, Scop. Gmel, Syst. i. 391 ;—8-or-
« gyalis, foliis oblongis, apice repente et breviter attenuatis,
-cutrinque acutis, glaberrimis, coriaceis, reticulato-venosis, supra
~ucidis, subtus ferrugineo-brunneis, sub lente punctis albidis
-O is et minutis notatis, rachi nervibusque prominulis
,et rufescentibus, margine undulato revolutis, petiolo brevi,
»-eanaliculato; racemo spicato axillari et terminali, floribus
parvis, alternis, subglabris, albis, imo 2-bracteatis et cum
pedicello brevissimo articulatis ; petalis ovato-linearibus, intus
» 5-locellatis, staminibus equilongis.—Guiana Gallica.—. s. in
ivherb: Mus. Brit. (Aublet).

~ This is described by Aublet as a fine tree 50 feet high with a
éopious branching summit: his original specimen, which exists
in the British Museum, accords well with the drawing given in
his work, only that the leaves being lower are somewhat larger ;
they answer however with his description, being 74 inches long,
ot 8 to 3 inches broad, on a petiole of 3 lines.

2. pibiontusiht Surinamensis, n. sp. Poraqueiba Guianensis,
io Puls Anns Se. Nat. (ser. 3) xi. 170 ;—fohis. ovato-oblongis,
apice longiuseule et repente attenuatis, glaberrimis, subtus

2il ferrugineo-glaucis, sub lente punctis albidis ereberrimis: et

484, Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Iecacinaces.

minutis notatis, costa nervibusque prominentibus, rufescenti-
bus, margine undulato reyolutis, petiolo longiuseulo, crasso,
eanaliculato; racemo spicato, axillari et terminali; floribus
paucis, alternis, albis, imo 2-bracteatis, et eum pedicello bre-
vissimo articulatis, petalis ovato-linearibus, extus adpresse
pubescentibus, intus 5-locellatis, staminibus: equilongis.—
Guiana Batava.—». s. in herb. Hook. et Mus. Brit. Surinam
(Hostman, no. 1209). tho

This species appears to me distinct from the former, the leaves
being much broader with a thicker and much longer petiole, and
a more lengthened and more branching panicle; its leaves
measure 63 inches long, 35 inches broad, on a fleshy petiole 3 inch
in length; the panicle is 34 inches long, composed of many di-
varicating branchlets. .

3. Poraqueiba sericea, Tulasne, loc. cit. p. 172 ;—excelsa, foliis
latissime ellipticis ve] ovato-ellipticis, basi rotundatis, vel ab-
rupte breviterque in petiolum longum validum decurrentibus,
apice mucronatis, supra glabris, subtus pilis minutissimis
sericeo-pubentibus, nervis venisque prominulis; panicula ra-
cemosa, axillari, cinereo-pubescente, folio breviore, floribus
approximatis, minoribus, imo bibracteolatis, et cum pedicello
brevissimo articulatis, inalabastro ovato-globosis, petalis ovato-
lanceolatis, imo 2-locellatis staminibus duplo longioribus, intus
pilis brevibus patulis albo-lutescentibus \ vestita. — Brasilia
eequatoriali, ad Egam Fluv. Nigri. (Popp. pl. no. 2597).

The leaves of this species are much larger and proportionally
broader than the former, being from 6 to 10 inches long, 4 to

7 inches broad, on a petiole 14 to 1% inch in length. The

axillary panicle is from 4 to 6 inches long, and the flowers are ~

barely 2 lines in length.
PENNANTIA.

The true affinity of this genus, established by Forster im 1778,
has not hitherto been sufficiently well understood. Jussieu
placed it among the genera of indeterminable position, hinting
at the same time its probable relation with Canariwm, a genus
belonging to the’ Terebinthacee. Bartling considered it should
be referred to the Euphorbiacee. Sprengel and. Meissner held
it to be an anomalous genus of the Terebinthacee. A. Richard
(Voy. Astrol. 368) pronounced its station to be quite uncertain.
Endlicher in his ‘ Prodromus’ of Norfolk Island plants, placed
it in Rhamnacea, a view confirmed by eee in his ‘ Introdue-
tion to Botany.’ Endlicher again, in his ‘Genera Plantarum,
arranged it among the doubtful genera of that family. Reisseck
subsequently gave an elaborate description of its characters, when

:
:

TT ee a a ee

PELE AS aa ae eT ee ae ST ee 7 Pr

a en a eae

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 485

he endeavoured to show that it was closely related to Mauria and
Rhus in Anacardiacea, in which opinion he was joined by Prof.
i in his ‘ Vegetable Kingdom, and also by Endlicher in
the 3rd Supplement of his ‘Genera Plantarum, Lastly, Dr.
Planchon (Hook. Icon. 778) dicated its affinity with the Ola-
eacee, The evidence I am now able to offer will prove satisfac-
torily that its true position is among the Icacinacee, although it
offers certain peculiarities deserving our attention. It will be
seen to accord with that family in all its most essential characters ;
viz. in its habit, its polygamous or dicecious flowers, its small
persistent 5-toothed calyx, its 5 fleshy linear petals with an in-
flexed apical point and valvate zstivation; its 5 hypogynous
stamens alternating with these and nearly equal to them in
length, with filaments induplicated in the bud; its somewhat
gibbous ovarium, entirely free, which by abortion is unilocular,
with ovules suspended from near the summit of the cell ; its dru-
us fruit, containing an osseous indehiscent putamen, which
encloses a single suspended seed, and an embryo with superior
radicle, enveloped in fleshy albumen. The peculiarities just
alluded to consist in the retroverted position of its ovule, as
shown in the development of the fruit, in a manner similar to
that seen im Euonymus, and which probably will be found to
exist in other genera of the Icacinacee. The summit of the
is furnished with a kind of dorsal and apical cristate
protuberance, which is prominent in the typical species, but less
so in the others, and which is also seen m the putamen of
Apodytes and Mappia; but below the extremity of this crest in
Pennantia, a very distinct foramen is evident, through which the
strophiole or funicular support of the suspended seed passes, and
which strophiole is evidently in connexion with the raphe-like
cord that is seen imbedded in the pulp, proceeding from this
point, along the external ventral side of the nut, to its base. A
corresponding termination of the funiculus is observable in the
putamen of Mappia ; but there no such aperture exists, although
the point of suspension is at the same spot, and a similar cord
is likewise seen externally, descending from that point, along the
ventral face to the base, asin Pennantia. Reisseck describes the
ovarium as being sometimes 2-locular, though generally 1-locular,
and in his analytical sections it is represented as having only a
single cell. Endlicher, however, in his ‘ Prodr. Fl. Norf’ had long
before stated it to be 3-locular, in the species from Norfolk
‘Island, a fact repeated in his ‘Genera Plantarum.’ A. Cunning-
ham, quoting the generic character upon Endlicher’s authority,
also describes the ovarium of the New Zealand species to be
S+locular (Ann. Nat. Hist. iii. 248). Endlicher, however, in the

3rd’Supplement of the ‘Genera Plantarum,’ evidently upon the

486 Mr.J. Miers on some generavof the Leatinace.

testimony of Reisseck, renounces his former. statement, and de-

scribes the ovarium as being unilocular, a discrepancy manifestly:

attributable to different. views, entertained at different times, in

regard to its affinity, it having been referred at one period.to:

Rhamnacee, at another to Anacardiacee: it is not recorded that
such views originated in any careful observations. upon its im
ternal structure. Reisseck im addition states, that, its. ovarium
(either 1- or 2-celled) has a single ovule suspended by a long:
filiform and erect placenta, which rises from the bottom of the
cell to near the summit, as in Rhus; but I have not been able to
observe any such feature, and the fact that the seed is suspended
from a strophiole which passes through a foramen near the apex
of the nut, and which is connected with the cord that descends
hence externally to the calyx, militates strongly against the pro-
bability of the existence of any such internal connexion. of the
podosperm with the base of the cavity. In Pennantia we see
the existence of a testa and integument furnished with a dorsal
raphe and a nearly basal chalaza, which I have not been able to.
detect in Mappia; but in the latter case, these features were, not.
distinguishable, on account of the seeds having been long desic~
cated, the albumen having become black, the integuments much,
decayed, and adhering to the cavity of the nut... The seed of.

Pennantia differs from that of Mappia in. having a much smaller,
and almost terete embryo, placed in the upper portion.of the,
albumen, in which respect it agrees with Apodytes, while in.

Mappia the cotyledons are of considerable size and foliaceous,.
as in Celastrus.. It should also be remarked, that in the New
Zealand and Norfolk Island species, the stigma is described as.
being large, pulviniform and sessile, exactly as it has erroneously
been figured in Stemonurus ; but, as in that genus, this will-be
seen to occur here alone in the ovuligerous flowers, and then
only after the ovarium has attained a considerable increment,
and advance towards maturity. I have met. with fertile female.
flowers only in the New Holland species, and there three very.
distinct and equal styles exist ; the ovarium is deeply grooved,
into three corresponding lobes, each lobe being distinctly 1-celled,
as. I have found to occur in Stemonurus. Only one of the ovules
im one of these cells becomes perfected, so that the fruit is only.
1-celled and 1-seeded, but partial deviations from this rule some-
times occur. The ripe fruit of- this same species. is an oval
drupe, surmounted by a sessile 3-lobed discoid plate, similar to.
that observed in the two other species. of Pennantia, and in every
species of Stemonurus, in Sarcostigma and in Discophora.,. As.
have traced in Pennantia Cunninghami the existence of several.

distinct styles or stigmata, and the subsequent conversion of these.

_ organs into sessile discoid. processes, we may safely infer that it

— st

Mr,J. Miers ‘on some generavof the Icacinacer. 487

is common toall the species of the several genera above 'men-

_ tioned ; that after impregnation the styles become flattened and

(OE SE I © ee a

expanded, until they form a sessile fleshy disc, more or less
lobed, upon the summit of the fruit: I feel convinced that Bauer,
when he made his drawing of P. Endlicheri, sketched the figure
of the ovarium after this transformation had taken place. The
fact of the existence of three distinct styles and three separate
cells in the ovarium, does not militate against the ordinary cha-
racter of the Jeacinacee, as demonstrated by the structure already
shown to exist in the genera previously described ; for though the

-ovarrum is there uniformly 1-celled, I have all along endeavoured

‘prove that such is the case only by abortion, and that

ly, in all those instances, it is in reality 3- or 5-celled. My
object in constantly maintaining that fact, has been to show the
fundamental difference in normal structure that exists between
the Icacinacee and the Olacacee. In regard to the circumstance
of the presence of three distinct styles in Pennantia, we must
remember the very analogous structure in several genera of the
section last described ; for instance in Apodytes, Rhaphiostylis
and Leretia ; but in those cases, two of these styles are nearly
obsolete, as are also two of the corresponding cells of the ovarium :
in’ allothese instances, the normal axis is in the centre of these
cells, although two of them be only rudimentary; for where the
ovarium is apparently only 1-celled, the ovules are invariably
suspended near the apex of the cavity, upon the side of the

_ abortive cells and of the two rudimentary styles. It is desirable

to keep these facts in view when we come to speak of Stemonurus
and Sarcostigma.
» Among the numerous specimens in Sir Wm. Hooker’s herba-
rium ‘of Pennantia corymbosa from New Zealand, I have not
been able to meet with a single ovarium that shows any trace of
an ovule; this, in every flower I have examined, exhibits itself
inthe form of a terete, narrow, conical, or subulate style-like
column, rising out of a pentangular hypogynous disc, and sur-
mounted by a distinctly clavate and undivided stigma. On
making sections both longitudinally and transversely, there ap-
pears nothing but a homogeneous fleshy mass: had I not en-
countered the necessary elements in the New Holland species,
we should have had no evidence to guide us to the real structure.
Thave already described the pistillum, existing in that species,
as appearing like three subulate processes, conjoined for two-
thirds of their length, the upper parts free and erect, the united
portions forming three distinct cells; one of these cells only
appears ovuligerous, the ovulary body occupying the whole space
of the cell and suspended by a short cord from the summit ; but

_ on account of the great tenuity of the walls of these cells, the

488 Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee.

soft texture of the ovule, and the minuteness of the parts, it is
difficult to extract it entire ; it bears at first sight the appearance
of a single ovule, but from the overlapping of the visible edges,
it would seem as if composed of two ovules pressed together : as
I failed to separate them, owing to the reasons just mentioned, I
cannot state with certainty that this body consists of two ovules.
The analogy of this structure with what I have observed in Ste-
monurus and other genera will be found most complete, and it
offers additional testimony to support what I have urged, in
regard to the normal structure of the whole family.

I have alluded to the fact of the unusual occurrence of a
raphe-like cord, imbedded in the pulp of the fruit, originating
in the calyx, ascending along the external ventral side of the
nut, and attaching itself to the strophiole of the seed which
protrudes through the foramen just below the apex: this cord
consists of two distinct threads, and apparently results from the
extended remains of the two abortive cells, or it may consist
merely of the nourishing fibres, become thickened, that con-
stituted originally the axile column of the united carpels: its
marked appearance in such a position is certainly an occurrence
worthy of notice. I shall be able to show, that under certain
circumstances, this external cord disappears, and the phenomena
then observed all tend to confirm the inferences just drawn in
regard to the true nature of this process.

Another fact remains to be mentioned that offers very instruc-
ive evidence. The two species of Pennantia from New Zealand
and from Norfolk Island, both produce a drupe containing a
solitary, hard, three-cornered nut, as has already been described :
though very different in dimensions, their structure is precisely
alike. The fruit of P. Cunninghami, on the contrary, encloses
a thin, soft and coriaceous putamen, which is oval, 1-celled, and
contains a single seed, resembling the two preceding species in
structure and attachment ; but the external cord is adherent, and
cannot be detached from it without rupture. Ihave found, how-
ever, one instance in which the putamen is distinctly 2-celled,
the cells being separated by a thin dissepiment, and each filled
by a single seed, suspended in the usual manner from the
summit of a thick internal cord, which originating in the base,
proceeds close to the walls of the putamen, attached to one side |
of the dissepiment, reaches the summit of the cells, where it
throws out two strophiolar processes, one into each cavity, from
which the seeds are respectively suspended: it need hardly be
suggested that the cord im question must be the elongated relic
of the abortive third cell. This is an instructive fact, showin
how necessary it is to trace the growth of seeds through all their
successive stages from their origin, in order to understand their

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 489
_ true structure and development. The circumstances observed

in Pennantia Cunninghami, of possessing three distinct styles and
-cells in the fertile ovarium (a character which, for aught we know
to the contrary, may be common to all the species), and of having
also.a drupe containing an oval coriaceous putamen, might in-

duce some botanists to place this species in a genus distinct from
the other hard-nutted species, but it appears to me that such
differences are not sufficient to authorize their generic separa-

tion; should it be thought otherwise, it might bear the name of

GATE NY OLS RR een CRETE IT

the section in which it is here placed. The following generic

‘character is almost wholly based upon my own observations.

“Penwanmta, Forst.—Flores polygamo-dioici. Calyx parvus,

_ erasso-discoideus, obsolete 5-dentatus, immutatus et persistens.
_ Petala 5, oblonga, carnosula, glabra, zstivatione valvata, apice
» inflexa, sub anthesi patentia. Stamina 5, petalis alterna, i lis-
dem longiora, ad marginem disci extus affixa ; filamenta fili-
formia, estivatione induplicata, in anthesi patentia : anthere
, oblonge, 2-lobe, e basi ad medium 2-fide, lobis connectivo
_ angustissimo et tenuissimo nexis, sejunctis, parallelis, subru-

nh », Gosis, apice basique interdum glandulis piliformibus donatis,

m 2-locellatis, valvulis e marginibus contiguis utrin-
que evolutis et hine rima longitudinali late hiantibus : in flori-
bus foemineis polline destitutis. Pollen sub-4-gonum, rarius
_ 8-gonum. Ovarium brevissimum, eonicum, glabrum, disco
_ Pentagono suffultum ; in floribus masculis teres, subulatum,
carnosum, effoetum, stigmate capitato terminatum : in floribus
| foeemineis conicum, profunde 3-sulcatum, textura tenui, 3-locu-
| lare, loculis 2 (rarius 1) effcetis: ovulum unicum (vel potius
gemellum ?) loculum implens, oblongum, funiculo sub-brevi
eX apice suspensum. Siyli 3, loculis ovarii continui, iis di-
midio breviores, erecti, subulati, stigmata totidem compressa,
emarginato-spathulata, stylisque demum in discum sessilem
_ epigynum fructus coronantem mutata. Drupa baccata, ovalis,
\-monopyrena. Putamen osseum vel coriaceum, ovatum vel
_» Ineequaliter 3-gonum, apice ex angulo dorsali cristatum, summo
. faciei ventralis angustioris subeayum, et hinc foramine par-
_ yulo perforatum, 1-loculare, loculo callo 2-lobo infra foramen
. notato,monospermum, Semen medio strophiole suspensum,
. loculo conforme ; strophiola crassa, foramen percurrens, et ad
apicem chord conspicuz per faciem externam putaminis ad
torum continue adnexa: ¢esta membranacea; raphe a stro-
_ phiola apicali usque ad chalazam basalem latere dorsali pro-
ducta. Albumen carnosum, dorso propter raphen immersum
suleatum : embryo isto dimidio brevior, apice inclusus, subteres,
Se aeiedn ovatis, carnosulis, parvulis, radicula supera
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 32

490 Mr. J, Miers on some genera of the. Icacinacez.

equilongis:—Arbores proceres in Nova Hollandia et insulis
Nove Zeelandiz Norfolkizeque ecrescentes, glaberrimi ; folia
elliptica, coriacea, nitentia, integra, vel interdum grosse subden-
tata, petiolata : corymbi terminales, rarius avillares, multiflori ;
flores parvi, ad pedicellos bracteatos articulati. HIRO

§ 1. Eurennantia. Putamen osseum, trigonum, sub apicem
foramine conspicuo perforatum. nS ee

1. Pennantia corymbosa, Forst. Prodr. 396; A. Cunningham in
Ann. Nat. Hist. ili. 248; Reisseck, Linnza, xvi. 339. tab. 12 ;
—arbor 6-orgyalis, ramis albo-punctatis; foliis cuneato-ob-
longis vel subellipticis, acutis, extra medium inequaliter gros-
seque dentatis, interdum integris, emarginatis, coriaceis, gla-
berrimis, supra lucidis ; panicula ampla, corymbosa, terminali,
diffusa, puberula, multiflora, alabastris ellipsoideis; petalis
patentibus, filamentis filiformibus, capillaceis, antheris ob-
longis ; drupa atro-purpurea.—Novya Zeelandia.—». s. in herb.
Hook.

This species is so fully described and figured as above quoted,
that it is not necessary to enter into any details. _Imay however
remark that its leaves are much smaller, and far less coriaceous
than the other two species, and being for the most part, coarsely
toothed, it bears a very different aspect. The upper leaves, as
in the specimens in Sir Wm. Hooker’s herbarium, scarcely ex-
ceed 1 or 14 inch m length; but. Reisseck states that the lower
leaves are usually 2 or 3 inches long, as they are represented: in
his drawing. The nut is double the size of that of the next
species*,

2. Pennantia Endlicheri, Reisseck, Linnea, xiii. 841. tab. 18.
P. corymbosa, Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. 80; Iconog. tab. 121; Ferd,
Bauer, Ill. Pl. Norf. tab. 165 ;—ramulis teretibus, fistulosis,
cortice viridi, lenticellis pallide fuscis maculato ; foliis elliptico-
oblongis, aut oboyatis, obtusis, retusisve, basi cuneatis, coria-
ceis, glaberrimis, supra nitentibus, subtus pallidioribus, nervis
venisque prominulis, margine reyolutis ; panicula corymbosa,
ampla, terminali, diffusa, multiflora, glabriuscula, floribus her-
maphroditis cum pedicellis bracteatis pubescentibus articulatis,
paucis masculis intermixtis, alabastris globoso-oyoideis glabris,
petalis luteo-viridibus, subreflexis, filamentis subulato-filifor-
mibus, antheris ovoideis : drupa minori, ovata, atro-purpurea,
stigmate coronata.—In Insula Norfolkize.—v. s. in herb. Hook.
(A. Cunn.). ALTUBIg
It is worthy of notice that the delineations and analytical de-

* Analytical details only, of the floral and carpological structure observed
in this species, will be appended to the drawing of P: Endlicheri;~ 20)

Sees ee

hat

OE ee PT aa es ETT 2 ony pL PON

mee,

Ce

Mr. J. Miers on some genera of the Icacinacee. 491

tails of this species given in the ‘ Linnea,’ though marked on
the plate as having been drawn by Reisseck, form a perfect fac-
simile of the plate in the ‘ Iconographia’ above-quoted, which is
a production of the pencil of Ferd. Bauer, and published four
years previously ; but in that of the ‘ Linnza’ several figures are
added which do not exist in the other, giving sections of the
ovarium, which are manifestly founded on error ; for the ovule is
there represented as being suspended at its apex from a long
ane eir springing from the base of the cell, as in Rhus.
uch faith is to be placed on the drawings of Bauer, who has
the reputation of having always correctly depicted what he saw,
and it is therefore necessary to make a remark in regard to the
in question, im which the ovarium is represented as
bearing no style, but crowned with a pulvinate, 3-lobed, sessile
stigma: this is so different from what I have observed in the
young flowers of the species from New Holland, that I suspect
the drawing was made from flowers advanced in age, where, by the
growth of the ovarium, the styles had become obliterated, and
the stigmata rendered sessile. Cunningham’s specimens of the
same plant are fructiferous only, and the berries are all crowned
with a sessile stigma, so that 1 am unable to solve the doubt as
to the fact in question, otherwise than from analogy, as shown in
the preceding
“The lower leaves of this species are described by Endlicher as
being 7} inches long and 5 inches broad, but in the specimens
in Sir Wm. Hooker’s herbarium the upper leaves are 43 inches
long, 24 inches broad, narrowed to the base into a somewhat
slender petiole 3 inch in length ; they are shining, very thick and
coriaceous: the corymb has its branches spreading broadly at
nearly right angles, and is about 3 inches long. The fruit is an
oyal drupe, much smaller than the other two species, being only
4 lines long, and encloses a 3-gonous nut 3 lines in length*.

§ 2. Dermatocarrpus. Putamen ovatum coriaceum.

3. Pennantia Cunninghami, n. sp. ;—omnino glaberrima, ramulis
teretibus, fistulosis, lenticellis pallidis verruculosis, foliis_ob-
longis, utrinque acutis, apice acuminatis et mucronulatis, crasso-
coriaceis, supra lucidis, nervis venisque immersis, subtus pal-
lidioribus, nervis rubentibus prominulis, integris, margine sub-
reyoluto undulatis, minutissime pellucido-punctulatis, petiolo
canaliculato : paniculis corymbosis, terminalibus, et axillaribus,
glabris, multifloris, folio deusidin brevioribus : alabastris ovoi-
deo-oblongis, ¢ staminibus demum exsertis, filamentis breyio-

*. This plant, with may i details, will be shown in plate 11 of the
* Contributions to Botany,’ &c.
o2*

492 Dr. H. Miller on the Male of the Argonaut

~ribus, mduplicatis ; ‘antheris lineari-oblongis, rugosis, elandu-
loso-pilosulis ; drupa oliveeformi.—New South Wales, County
of Camden.—(v. s. in herb. Hook.—spec. in flor.’ Mlawarra,
imaeatcrs in fruct. Five Islands: district, A. Cunning:
am. : As

These specimens may be said to be from the same locality, for
Illawarra, though on the mainland, is in the Five Islands district,
and opposite to those islands in lat. S. 34° 50’, a little to the
south of Port Jackson. From Cunningham’s journal, he does
not appear to have visited them, and all his specimens collected
about Illawarra are stated as from “ Five Islands.” The leaves
are larger than in the two foregoing species, are shining, smooth
and coriaceous, 55 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a petiole
% of an inch in length ; those of the specimen from Illawarra are
smaller, and evidently much younger ; the panicle is 8} inches
long, with its branches less spreading *. a

XLI.—WNote upon the Male of the Argonaut and the Hectocotylus.
By Dr. Henry Métuier of Wurzburg F. 5 WSB

Detxre Cuiaset and Cuvier§ were the first to describe the Hec-
tocotylus of the Argonaut (T’richocephalus acetabularis), and the
Hectocotylus of Octopus granulosus, which were considered by
them to be worms parasitic upon the Cephalopods. Later,
Costa|| asserted the Meetocotylus of the Argonaut to be the sper-
matophore of this creature.

Kolliker {[ soon afterwards discovered a third Hectocotylus
upon Tremoctopus violaceus (D. Ch.), and was led to regard the
three Hectocotyli as the males of the Argonaut, Octopus and
Tremoctopus, which had in vain been previously sought for.

Guided by the observations of Madame Power**, Kélliker sup-
posed that the male Argonauts (the Hectocotyli) were developed
like vermiform embryos, in separate groups of ova.

Last year M. Verany++ described a species of Octopus (O. ca-
~ rena) which had the right arm of the third pair more developed
than the rest, and provided with an oval globe at its free extre-
mity. :

* A representation of this species, with analytical details of its floral and
carpological structure, will be given in plate 12 of the ‘ Contributions to
Botany,’ &c.

+ From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xvi. No, 3.

{ Memorie, vol. ii. p. 223.

§ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 1819.

{j Annales des Sciences Nat. 1837.

{| Bericht von der zootomischen Anstalt zu Wurzburg, 1849,

** Annales des Sciences Nat. 1841. eet

tt Mollusques Mediterranéens, Génes, 1851,

A —— ee

Vey

Byes THEO

EET Me eS

and the Hectocotylus. 10 498
_ M. Filippi having seen this Octopus, made out that this ab-
normal arm was the Heetocotylus octopodis of Cuvier, upon which
Verany thought himself justified in concluding that the Hecto-
cotylus, octopodis was nothing more than the deciduous arm of
the Octopus, carrying male organs. As for the Hectocotyli of
the Argonaut, and of the Tremoctopus, Verany is of opinion that
they cannot be arms: so that the question of the nature of the
Hectocotyli has become more unsatisfactory than ever.

In studying the Hectocotyli at Messina in the course of last
year, I discovered the true male Argonaut, and I had the satis-
faction of being able to trace the connexion which exists between
this Argonaut, and the Hectocotylus Argonaute. This last is
nothing else than a part of the Argonaut which is developed
within a coloured sac, which occupies the place of the third arm
of the left side. _ All the male Argonauts which I have seen are
small (not beyond an inch in total length), and shell-less ; in the
latter respect resembling the females of this size.

~ Their superior arms are not expanded, but are pointed: the
sac of which I have just spoken incloses, without exception, a
single Hectocotylus, whose enlarged portion is contained within
the pedicle and attached at its base, whilst the rest of the body
is re and coiled up towards the side on which the suckers are

d.. ; .

¢ As soon as the sac is opened, or becomes cleft by the move-
ments of the Hectocotylus, this latter curves back, and at the same
time the sac inverts itself (se retourne), and becomes the coloured
capsule, described by Kolliker in the back of the detached Hee-
tocotylus.

The Argonaut itself contains a very large testis, whose situ-
ation and structure are exactly the same as in the ordinary Ocfo-
poda, and which incloses spermatozoa in different degrees of
development.

The excretory canal of this testis could not be demonstrated
im specimens preserved in spirits, which at present are the only
ones which have been examined with regard to this point.

However, it can scarcely be questioned that it debouches into
the Hectocotylus, since this always contains in the silvery sac de-
scribed by Kolliker, spermatozoa, which often fill also the canal
which proceeds from it (ductus deferens, KGlliker) as far as the
end of the filiform appendage, which very probably performs the
part of a penis.

It is then proved, that the Hectocotylus is formed upon a male
Argonaut, and is nothing else in short than an arm metamor-
phosed irregularly. This arm or the Hectocotylus is detached
when the seminal fluid formed in the true testicle of the Argo-
naut has been deposited in it, and from this moment it enjoys

494, M. L. R. Tulasne on the Ergot of Rye.

an apparently independent life. It lives on the female Argo-
nauts, fecundates them by a true copulation, as I have observed
in the Hectocotylus Tremoctopodis, and by this circumstance, by
its movements, by a kind of circulation, and by the long dura-
tion of its life after its detachment, it resembles a true male
animal.

However, it cannot be regarded as an independent animal,
having no organs of digestion, and not being the place in which
the semen is formed, but only an organ for its transport.

On the other hand, it is evident that the Hectocotylus is not
an ordinary spermatophore, since these, according to the inves-
tigations of Milne-Edwards, have not the least trace of organi-
zation, while the Heectocotyli possess muscles, nerves, ganglia
(the Hectocotylus possesses a chain of ganglia in the axis of its
body in the middle of the muscular tube), vessels, chromato-
phores, &c.

The Hectocotylus of the Argonaut is then the arm ‘of a male
Argonaut metamorphosed for the purpose of carrying the semen,
and therewith impregnating the female; an arm endowed with
so high a degree of independence that it truly deserves Cuvier’s
phrase, “un ver vraiment extraordinaire.”

I shall shortly publish nm MM. Siebold and K@lliker’s ‘ Zeit-

schrift fiir Zoologie’ a more elaborate memoir upon this subject.

XLI.—On the Ergot of Rye, Sclerotium Clavus, D.C.
By M. L. R. Turasne*.

Since botanists have been agreed in regarding the ergot of
Grasses as a vegetable production (Sclerotii spec., D.C. ; Sper-
media, Fries), almost all have distinguished in it two things: one
a fungoid, homogeneous and solid mass (Selerotium, D.C.; Noso-
carya, Fée), and the other a filamentous and sporiferous portion,
especially abundant towards the summit of the Ergot (Sphacelia,
Lév., Fée ; Ergotetia, Quekett). It is imagined that this latter
chiefly constitutes the parasitic fungus, and the body of the Ergot
is regarded as a monstrosity of the ovule (Léveillé+), a patholo-
gical production (Phoebus, Mougeot, &c.), or an hypertrophied
seed (Fée), no further inquiry having been made as to its real

* From the Comptes Rendus, December 8, 1851. Communicated by
Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S.

+ Vide Ann. des Se. Nat. 2nd Ser. xx. 218. Although M. Léveillé mis-
understood the nature of the Ergot of the Grasses, his opinion that the
Sclerotia are “ fungi arrested in their development, or rather a condensed
mycelium, the nature of which is to provide for the preservation of the spe-
cies ”’ (loc. cit. 216), acquires a further degree of certainty from the facts
mentioned in this note. ;

ee a ae ee ee

r.7 or" aa

M. L. R. Tulasne on the Ergot of Rye. 495

nature and destination, Yet its enormous volume in comparison

' with the Sphacelium deserved more attention, and should have led

toa suspicion that the latter did not play the most important part.
The discovery of a sporiferous portion of the Ergot was undoubt-
edly a considerable step forwards in the knowledge of this smgular
vegetable, the toxicological and medicinal virtues of which give
it a double interest ; but it does not appear at present that this
discovery sufficiently authorized the removal of the Ergot of
Grasses from the number of the Sclerotia, among which M. De-
Candolle properly placed it. In fact, the Ergot of Rye, which I
take as a type, is formed, like the majority of the Sclerotia, of a
very dense tissue of polygonal cells, intimately connected together,
and turgid with an oleaginous liquid. Moreover, an attentive
study of its development shows that it grows exactly in the man-
ner of a Sclerotium, that is to say, in the midst of a filamentous
tissue which invades the flower and in particular the ovary. One
circumstance however is peculiar to it, namely that it rudely re-
sembles the seed of Rye. The reason of this is, that it is deve-
loped in the unfecundated ovule of this plant ; for although the
i ents of the ovule are greatly dilated and rendered unre-
cognizable by the entophyte, they become enlarged without en-
tirely diverging from the form which they would have possessed
had they been destined to protect a true seed; and in this re-
spect they resemble ovaries of Wheat in which the Tilletia Caries
has taken the place of the seed. That which was at first called
the sphacelium (Léveillé), then the sacculus (Fée), in the Ergot,
is nothing more than the accumulation toward the summit (and
most frequently both around and within the still subsisting ex-
tremity of the ovary) of the filaments of the mycelium, of which
this sphacelium forms an integrant part, and of the conidia*
(sporidia of authors) which origmate from it; but as the fila-
ments and the conidia are found more or less abundantly on all
points of the Ergot, the supposed sphacelium is merely an acro-
genous production, as was imagined, and it would be wrong to
attribute precise limits to it.

If there were nothing more in the Ergot of Rye, than a Sclero-
tium with the mycelium which has produced it and the conidia,
scattered over the filaments of the latter, there would be no ne- |
cessity to make these last two into a particular entity, or to give
them a collective and special name (Sphacelia, Léy., Fée); for,
even combined with the Sclerotium itself (pseudostroma, Fée),
they do not constitute a complete plant (the Sphacelidium of Pée),
and taken together, are properly speaking only organs of vege-
tation. The fungus which arises from all this arrangement,

* Vide, with regard to this word, my note on the Reproductive Apparatus
in the Fungi, Comptes Rendus, March 31, 1851. (Annals of Nat. Hist.
2nd Ser. vol, viii. p. 114.)

496 M.L. R. Talasne on the Ergot of Rye.

which must be regarded as the term of the whole, is an elegant.

Spheria, and very probably the same which has received from

M. Fries the name of Cordyliceps* purpurea. This plant was’

first described at the commencement of the present century by
Schumacher, who stated that he found it upon the seeds of dis-
eased Cereals. It has been observed anew recently on the Sele-
rotium Clavus produced on Bromus sylvaticus (M. Roussel), on
Arundo Calamagrostis, and on an undetermined Grass (MM. Petit
and Bamberger, quoted by M. Desmaziéres) ; finally, according
to M. Mérat, who thought that it was to be regarded as a new

species of Onygena (Onygena cespitosa seu affinis, Mér. MS. in -

suopte herb.), M. Duméril has met with it on the Ergot of Rye.
Nevertheless it does not appear that the origin of this Cordy-
liceps has opened the eyes of botanists to the nature of the
Ergot of the Grasses; and although this mode of origin had
hitherto been regarded as merely accidental, I was desirous of

ascertaining by direct experiment that the final product of the

Ergot of Rye was really such as the preceding observations in-
dicated. With this intent therefore I this summer planted a
certain number which began to vegetate nearly two months
ago, and I now possess some which bear several examples of
Cordyliceps, which I have seen produced, and traced day by day
in their development.

If, after these explanations, other proofs of the true nature of
the Ergot of Rye should be judged necessary, I would cite as a
term of comparison the Cordyliceps typhina, Fries, the stroma of
which proceeds from a filamentous mycelium, altogether analo-
gous to that of Sclerotium Clavus, D.C., and which in like man-
ner becomes covered with innumerable acrogenous conidia before
giving birth to aggregated perithecia, differing im no respect in
their intimate structure from those of Cordyliceps purpurea, Fries,

The conclusion from all this is, that the Ergot of the Grasses,
if it be subject, like other plants, to the influence of cosmical cir-
cumstances, is not, as M. Fries imagined, incapable of propa-
gating by seeds, since it possesses at least two kinds: viz. 1. the
conidia, which precede and accompany the development of the
Selerotium, and which I have several times seen germinate and
become elongated into filaments, like the conddia of the Erysiphes
(fertilizing organs and spores, Léveillét), or like the spores pro-

* M. Fries usually writes, doubtless by abbreviation, Cordyceps; but
both are hybrid words, for which it will be perhaps conyenient to substi-
tute Claviceps, which preserves their signification.

+ Vide Ann. des Se. Nat. 8rd Ser. xv. 119; 120 & 178. M. Léveillé
seems to have mistaken the value which I have attributed to the reproduc-
tive cellules which arise in strings from the mycelium of the Erysiphes ; for
T have hitherto regarded them only as conidia (see my note on the Repro=
ductive Apparatus of Fungi cited above).

SY I a res Tn

ls 2 go aha aa cn Oe

Tie, Better

Bibliographical Notices. 497
perly so called of the Fungi; and 2.the spores of the Cordyliceps,

- inwhich probably resides the most perfect faculty of propaga-

tion, and a great portion of which are only ripened and disse-
minated about the period of the flowering of the Rye*.

An examination which I have made of the Ergot of Scirpus
Beothryon and Heleocharis multicaulis, and of their conidia, leads
me to think, contrary to the common opinion, that the Ergot of
the Grasses and that of the Cyperacee do not belong to an iden-
tical species of vegetable ; it will also be necessary to investigate
whether it is true that they are always identical in themselves,
or whether each may not embrace several distinct specific en-
tities.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Class Book of Botany ; being an Introduction to the study of the

_ Vegetable Kingdom. By J. H. Batrour, M.D. &c., and Pro-
_ fessor of Botany in the University of Edinburgh. Part I. Sérue-
aires and Morphological Botany. 8vo. Pp. 357. Edinburgh,
z » 1852,

Notices of introductory works on botany cannot fail to be very uni-
form in character, for all such books having the same object in view,
we have little more to do than to state our opinion of the success with
which the several treatises have been prepared. New matter is not
to be expected in them, at least such is the case with those published
in Britain ; for some continental botanists seem to forget that an Intro-
duction is intended to teach beginners of the study, not to conyey
information, however valuable and interesting, to those who have
made much advance, or are even masters in the science.

~The work before us makes no pretensions to be different in character
from other similar books ; but it does pretend, and we think justly; to
be not only the last of them, but also one of the best books to place in the
hands of a student. From the Professor’s peculiar success as a teacher,
and the especial attention which he is well known to pay to the pre-
peeaee of his lectures by accumulating every fact as it is made

own in the literature of the day, we certainly expected that such

would prove to be the character of his work. We have carefully
looked over the book, but find it impossible to select any part which
would by transference to our pages convey a good idea of the work
itself; for the publisher has so liberally supplied the author with
woodeuts, that without introducing them also we should not do it
justice. These cuts are more than a thousand in number in 360 p

of type, and they are such as to replace as far it can be done the
illustrations with which a lecturer teaches his class.

.* In like manner we see the Maples already clothed with young leaves
in spring, when the Rhytisma cerinum casts its linear spores to the winds.

498 Zoological Society.

We have not now before us the whole of the projected work, as
this Part is occupied with structural and morphological botany ex-.
clusively. 14

The brief recapitulation inserted at the end of each section will be
of peculiar value to the student.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
November 26, 1850.—R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

ON THE HABITS OF HELIX LACTEA.
By J. 8. Gaskoun, F.Z.S. erc.

As all facts relating to animated nature, elucidating the habits and
powers of living creatures, however low their station in the scale of
creation, must be interesting and instructive, I do not hesitate to place
before the Zoological Society a few observations I have been enabled
to make on some individuals of the genus Helix. In April 1849, I
purchased four or five specimens of Helix lactea (African), and placed.
them in water to be cleaned for my cabinet ; one, some hour or two
after immersion, resuscitated, and escaped from the vessel. These
specimens were selected from a great many others, all of which had
been together in a dry dusty drawer in the dealer’s shop for more than
two years, and had been imported by a merchant of Mogadore, in
whose possession they had remained, in a similar condition, for a still
longer period. ‘The test of submersion in water was afterwards prac-
tised on the whole stock of the dealer, and none reviving, it was con-
cluded all were dead. I placed the living stranger under a large glass
bell on a tub of earth, and it lived well on cucumbers and. the outside
leaves of cabbages, &c., quite alone, until the end of the following
October, when I discovered about thirty minute black helices, not the
twenty-fifth of an inch in diameter, crawling on the inside of the glass,
on the mould, &c. At first I had doubts as to their origin, but with
growth the markings and form of my African captive being approach-—
ed, the point was no longer to be mistaken. Some of these are now
(October 30, 1850) nearly as large as the parent, which measures 14
inch across the long diameter of the aperture, although the lip in no
instance has begun to evert ; thus twelve months have not sufficed to
attain the adult state. Now as the Helix is known to be bi-sexual,
and not hermaphrodite, it follows that in this instance impregnation
or conception must have occurred prior to the capture of the animal,
after which it fell into a state of suspended animation, and is traced
to have remained so for more than four years; and we know nothing
of the time it may have remained in the hands of the native gatherer
before he took his collectings to the town dealer for sale; and I see
no reason why, vitality having been latent for so lengthened a period,
it might not have continued so almost indefinitely, and on the resto-
ration of animation all the functions of the system resumed at once

ae

Zoological Society. 499
their natural powers: and what is most remarkable, utero-gestation
resumed its process to accomplish the period, from the time it had
been arrested, as though no circumstance had suspended the opera-
tion, and the time destined by Nature for its completion. I conclude
the Helix to be insusceptible of prospective fecundation, that is, one
communication of the sexes being sufficient for more than one con-
ception, or there would probably before this time have been another
brood of young ones, as the parent is still living and flourishing.

To render this paper more perfect, I will add a few other examples
relating to the same subject. Dr. Baird has recorded in the ‘Annals
of Natural History’ for July last, the circumstance of an Egyptian
Helix, the “Snail of the Desert,” the Heliz maculosa of De Férussac,
having remained gummed to a tablet in a show-case of the British
Museum during four years, when the existence of an apparently re-
cently formed epiphragm being observed, it was removed from the
tablet and placed in tepid water, and in a short time crawled away.
It fed on cabbage-leaf, and began very soon the completion of a re-
pair of the aperture of its shell, which had been broken prior to its

the suspension of animation having arrested the execution of
the work. It resuscitated on the 15th of March last, but has shown
neither signs nor result of fecundation, although still livmg.

I am indebted to Mr. T. Vernon Wollaston (who interspersed his
entomological pursuits, during a two seasons’ residence on the island,
with a no less fruitful and valuable research in terrestrial concho-
logy) for several species of living mollusks, principally Helices, indige-
nous to Madeira and its adjacent rocks: aA teens had lain in a box m
dry canvas bags for a year and a half, and had been restored to vitality
by placing them in water. They were put under glass shades, on
flower-pots filled with mould, or im large glass cases, and all fed well.
Three individuals of the Helix undata of Lowe, within forty hours,
deposited more than two hundred small, white, semipellucid pearl-like

_ eggs, which, on exposure to the air, soon became of an opake white ;

not in a covering, nor agglutinated, but together, loose in the earth.
One portion or nidus, about sixty in number, I immediately restored
to their situation, about three-quarters of an inch below the surface,
eovering them with mould, hoping therefrom to learn the period of
incubation. The parents burrowed their heads and bodies into the
earth, remaining im that position some twenty or thirty hours, or
forced themselves, shell and all, below the turf, and so deposited their
ova. Other species have also produced eggs.

Curious and instructive as these facts may be, perhaps the conti-
nuance of the vital principle in mollusks removed from their native
element may seem still more so, especially in the case of a bivalve,
which has so much less perfectly the power of excluding the influence
of atmospheric air on its animal substance; yet the latency of ani-
mation is a quality obviously necessary for the inhabitants of ponds
and other shallows, which of course at certain seasons are liable to be
dried, or the existence of the species would soon become extinct. An
Unio, which lives in ponds, and much resembles the British species,
Unio tumidus of Retzius, but is somewhat higher and shorter, was

500: Zoological Society:

packed up by the Rev. Robert: King, on the 26th of January:1849,
at Wide Bay in Australia, having been enclosed ina dry drawer for
231 days, but was first submitted to the test of water, when its valves:
opened and it was alive. On its arrival at Southampton about the
latter end of June 1850, 498 days after it had been taken from the
pond, Mr. Newnham, to whom it was consigned, in consequence of
what Mr. King had written, a second time placed it in water, when it
expanded its valves and was living. It was then forwarded, inter alia,
to the British Museum, and is restored to its element with full vital
powers, in the care of Dr. Baird of that establishment, to whom I am
indebted for this relation.

I have now living, the Helix Fraseri, Australia; H. lactea, Africa ;
HZ, turricula, Madeira; H, laciniosa, Madeira; H.undata, Madeira ;
H. tectiformis, Madewa ; and the Carocolla Wollastoni, Madeira.

On new Birps IN THE COLLECTION AT KNowsLey. By Mr.
Louis Fraser. In A LETTER TO THE SECRETARY.

Knowsley Hall, November 11, 1850.

Sir,—Having received a notification, through Lord Derby, of my
appointment to the Consulship at Whydah, my stay in England is
necessarily drawing to a close. I have endeavoured to meet your
wishes by forwarding a few brief descriptions from novelties contained
in this extraordinary Collection, and with his lordship’s permission 1
forward the original drawings made by Mr. Wolf, who has been en-
gaged here for some considerable time.

I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your obedient servant, =
Lovurs Fraser.
D. W. Mitchell, Esq., Sec. Zool. Soc. Lond.

The first specimen to which I would wish to draw the attention of
the Society is a Parrakeet of large size, which I propose calling —

PaLzorNis DERBIANUS. Top
Forehead, round the nostrils, a small stripe from the nostrils to the:
eyes, and a broad moustache, black ; head, towards the bill and round
the eyes, green, passing into a light yiolet-blue on the occiput and ear-
coverts ;_ the remaining upper parts of the bird, the thighs, vent and
under tail-coyerts green, being more yellow on the back of the neck
and centre of the wings; the shafts of the two centre tail-feathers:
dark purplish brown, with their webs, towards the apex, blue; from
the hinder part of the ears, down the side of the neck, and behind
the moustache, runs a narrow line of light rose-coloured purple, which
colour extends over the whole under surface; the under side of the
tail-feathers greyish yellow; bill black; feet the usual parrakeet
colour ; eyes pale straw-colour.
Length from base of beak to tip of tail, 20 inches. 9»

Curve of upper mandible... 2.36. 200.00 1# 4, i
Wa LGD Mosinee O) oolial Ape ee aR is L
Dell 220i, ied, Rar diadihas wolop.ahs TOR $y if

Hab. ?

a iis.

Zoological Society. — 501

‘This specimen has been many years in this collection, and I have
chosen for its specific name that of its noble owner. The species is
easily distinguished from all the other members of the genus by its
larger size, and the colours of the bill, head and breast.

‘The next bird is a second species of the same genus.

- PALHORNIS ERYTHROGENYS.

Male: Green; the back, between the shoulders, mealy ; cheeks
and ear-coverts red, which colour passes on to the hind head, where
it meets, in a more rosy tint; moustache black ; the tips of the two
centre tail-feathers blue ; upper mandible red, lower black ; legs grey.

Length from base of bill to end of tail, 153 inches.

Curve of upper mandible... .. 2... 13,
TN Sa Se Np eel pe +

Hab. ——?
, This bird is nearly allied to P. longicauda, Bodd., but is larger ;
the tint on the cheeks is different ; the belly and under wing-coverts
are green; the primaries are not edged with blue; the centre tail-
feathers are only blue for half their length ; and the rump is green.

Crax Apert.

Male: Black, with blue gloss; the lower part of the belly, vent,
under tail-coverts, and the tips of the tail-feathers, white ; cere beauti-
ful azure blue ;_bill yellowish green horn-colour ; eyes dark hazel.

Female: Red-brown; head and crest-feathers barred alternately
with black and white; rump and tail barred with brown, yellow and
dark brown ; yl black horn-colour ; eyes dark hazel.

Hab. f

The pair of birds from which the accompanying descriptions and
figures were taken, are now living in his lordship’s aviaries. A new
and beautiful species of a limited family like the Curassows must be
looked upon as a valuable addition to our stock of ornithological
acquaintances, and deserving of a distinguished cognomen. _ I there-
fore propose to name it after Her Most Gracious Majesty’s illustrions
consort, His Royal Highness Prince Albert, forming atthe same time
a companion to my Goura Victoria.

~The male is at once distinguished from its nearest ally (Crav_Alee-
tor, Linn.) by the blue cere: the female differs from all the speci=
mens I have had an opportunity of examining by the broad bands on
the tail.

PENELOPE NIGER.

Male: Black, with blue, and in some lights green reflections ; bill,
throat (nearly naked), tarsi and feet red.

Female: Daten, with green reflections, each feather having several
bars of rust-colour, the colour and markings being less distinct on the
under surface of the bird.

502 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.
Length from base of beak to tip of tail, 23 inches.
1

Gape 4 (eee 0) ee a WEG eto es be ate tele. ote enenare ic ” DOL
Wri 209 18 SOR PISS YO AVES Bf Wy Oyo,
ea ity: Gee re Sd sake Stead 112-5,
Woksi'!. 0, 2991 SAF Bele OF sar iE 23° °;,
Hab. ?

There are three specimens in this museum, two males and one
female ; one of the males lived in the aviaries for many years.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Thursday, 11th March, 1852.—Professor Balfour, Vice-President, in
the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. “Remarks on the Growth of the Jalap Plant (Zzogonium Purga),
and of the Scammony Plant (Convolvulus Scammonia), in the open
ground of the Botanic Garden,” by Prof. Balfour. After alluding
to the cultivation of the Jalap and Scammony plants in Britain, Dr.
Balfour read some remarks by Mr. M‘Nab on their mode of cultiva-
tion in the open air in the Botanic Garden.

2. ‘On the Rate of Growth of the Bamboo (Baméusa arundinacea)
in the Botanic Garden,’ by Mr. M‘Nab. The statement of the
growth of a bamboo stem in the Palm-house of the Royal Botanic
Garden, from the time it first showed itself above the soil (15th July,
1851) till the 31st of August, being a period of the year when arti-
ficial heat was almost entirely withheld, showed that on each day it
increased in length by quantities varying from 23 to 5% inches.

3. “Notice of a case of extensive Poisoning by one of the Cape:
Iridaceze,”’ by Allan Dalyell, F.R.S.E., late Lieutenant 27th Regiment.
Communicated by Dr. Douglas Maclagan. The perusal of an inter-
esting paper on Colchicum by Dr. J. M. Maclagan, reminded me
that I possessed the sketch of a Cape plant with whose poisonous.
properties I accidentally became acquainted. During 1841,—I write
from memory, when forming part of the demonstrative force ordered
to the Orange River—on one occasion after a march, arduous from
its length, but especially distressing from excessive drought, a halt)
was made on the banks of the Little Fish River, near the village
of Somerset. That evening, eighty of the baggage and artillery
oxen were reported dead, and next morning forty more were found
poisoned, having eaten the flowers of a small iris-like plant which grew:
in abundance around the encampment. ii

During the following year, in the “Tarka,”’ I had many opportu-:
nities of renewing acquaintance with the same plant,—not, however,

under similar circumstances ; itis only when oxen are so far exhausted
by over-driving, as to lose their discriminative instinct in the hurry)
of impetuous hunger, that poisoning follows its presence in theirs
grazing grounds. |

The nature of the locality where it grew, at the ‘‘ Tarka,’’ closely,

resembled that at Somerset; the flats above the bed of the“ Swart.

:
3

Botanical Society of Edinburgh 508

_kie” at the former, as. those of the Fish. River at the latter place,

produced it in abundance. The plant was always regarded as an
enemy, but I never saw it eaten by cattle except in the instance which
I have detailed. . a

It is not possible for me to state the precise time in which death
followed from eating it. I think, however, I may venture to offer
from three to nine hours as the most probable time. Long before
the heat of day had operated on the dead, the dilated eyes and the
frothy nostrils and mouths of the poisoned cattle were commented

nm, whilst we scrambled over them at morning parade, as indicative
of a more suffering death than such faithful companions of our toils
deserved. Symptoms of gastritis were marked by their previous
moanings : further than this, however, it is not in my power to speak
with certainty.

Iam indebted to the kindness of Prof. Balfour for the probable
botanical name of the plant. A rough sketch taken at the “ Tarka”’
has been identified: as that of Vieusseuxia tripetaloides, one of the
Tridaceze, an order numerously represented in Southern Africa.

‘Tt only remains for me to notice, that from the solidity of the
ground it is next to impossible that any of the roots could have been
got up ; poisoning was, therefore, due to the flowers, stem and leaves.
I have also-every reason to believe that every one of the oxen which
had eaten of the plant died.

Dr. Balfour stated that he had determined the plant as far as possi-
ble from the drawing by Mr. Dalyell, and that he considered it to be
Vieusseuwia tripetaloides, D.C., Iris tripetala, Thunberg, and Morea
tripetala,; Ker. He also stated that several of the Cape Iridacee
seemed to be poisonous, and referred especially to Homeria collina as
noticed in Dr. Pappe’s ‘ Prodromus of the Cape Medical Flora.’ “I
introduce this plant,” says Dr. Pappe, “(which is known to almost
every child in the colony as the Cape Tulip), not for its therapeutical
use, but for its noxious properties. The poisonous quality of its
rhizomes appears to have been known to some extent years ago, but
judging from the rapidity with which death ensued in a recent case,
when they had been eaten by mistake, it must be of a very poisonous
kind. -To Dr. Laing, Police Surgeon of Cape Town, I am indebted
for the particulars of a most melancholy case of poisoning caused by
this plant. A Malay woman, somewhat advanced in years, with her
three grandchildren respectively of the ages of twelve, eight, and six,
partook on 18th September 1850 of a supper consisting of coffee, fish
and rice, and ate along with this a small basinful of the bulbs of
Homeria collina. The exact quantity which each ate is not well
known, They appear to have supped between 7 and 8, and retired
to: bed at 9 o'clock, apparently in good health.

‘* About one in the morning the old woman awoke with severe nausea
followed by vomiting, and found the children similarly affected... She
endeavoured to call for assistance, but found herself too weak to leave
her bed; and when at five o’clock assistance arrived, the eldest girl
was’ found moribund, and expired almost immediately. The little
boy of eight years died an hour afterwards; and the youngest child

504 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

was found in a state of collapse, almost insensible, with cold extre-
mities, pulse scarcely 50 and irregular, pupils much dilated. The
symptoms of the grandmother were nearly similar, but in a lesser
deasts accompanied by constant efforts at vomiting. By using dif-
fusible stimulants, she and this child eventually recovered.”

‘4. “Notice of the Number of known Fossil Plants at different
Epochs, and of the Natural Orders to which they are referred,” by
Prof. Balfour. After alluding to the division of the Fossil Epochs
as given by Brongniart, viz. into the Reigns of Acrogens, of Gym-
nosperms, and of Angiosperms, Dr. Balfour proceeded to give an
analysis of the orders of Fossil Plants as given by Unger. The fol-
lowing general tabular view was compiled from Unger’s work :—

DicotyLeponovs Fossit PLants. Genera. Species.
DpalaniGiores: a2 tor4 ss seas 29s vneiigds 24 84
Waly cilorte ss iscisk & sscronn os deshieihs months 49 169
Corollifionea | 735 22 besisina sey olerntdes 30 73
Monochlamydesze Angiospermeze .......... 48 221

i Gymnospermeee.......:.. 56 363

Monocoty.Leponovs Fossit Puants. :
Dictypgente ss es. SS. oe ea Ree 2 5
Potdiondees si ao Leu eee egal ae 36 125
Chines Pes BPS. Jinks oe et 5 12

Acotryteponous Fossin PLANTS .......... 152 1172

UnceERTAIN Fosstu PLANTS .............. 38 167

These plants are arranged in different strata as follows :—
Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Old Red Sandstone 73

(older and middle Paleozoic) ..............
Carbonilevausc. i :<sco3kidiv > aac hate ce ae - 683
Lower Red Sandstone (Permian) .......... Lenetons 76
Magnesian Limestone... ..5 + .<++510+ eb sui eeewomines 21
Upper New Red Sandstone .........s00escenssucs 38
Shell Limestone «:,.9.6504:0 64s bonaio sek wie wae 7
Variegated, Marla... «0, 0.936. s;0: he ack ¢ bn 6 ae 70
ee vote Te ee er ee 126
Upper, Middle, and Lower Oolite (Jurassic) ........ 168
Wealden (Wealden Clay, Hastings Sandstone, Pem- 61

broke Heda) isk te ic fois 5 45 a a ee
Chalk: (Greangand) ; 5: 0,0) +,<3:5 no 0a.68 + een ee 122
SP ORtMARY: OCENE ao sait.c = is aside & epee} Rie 414

gig sk.; PRLDOOTIG. fas isn: 35 a Aig 0 Ni4 Sig co in eles 496
99652, TE AOCRIR, ad eine ous ® 2.0 bs Rag oe
DAIS, whriBecbie's WR Aa Re hen ne tee 31

Fossil species.........++++-2421

After alluding to Sir Charles Lyell’s observations on the Flora of
the Carboniferous Epoch, as given in his late introductory discourse
to the Geological Society, Dr. Balfour referred to Raulin’s account

Royal Institution. 505

of the Flora of the Tertiary Epoch in Central Europe. By this it
‘appears that—

_ 1. The Eocene Flora is composed of 127 species, of which 115 be-
long to Algee, Characeze, Ulvaceze, Palme, Naiadaceee, Malvacee,
Sapindaceze, Proteaceze, Papilionaceze, and Cupressinez.

2. Miocene Flora, 130 species, of which 69 are Algee, Palme,
Naiadacee, Apocynacese, Aceracese, Plataneee, Lemnacez, Papi-
lionaceze, Quercineze, Myricaceee, and Abietinez.

3. Pliocene Flora, 259 species, of which 222 are Alge, Fungi,
Mosses, Ferns, Palms, Ericaceze, Ilicineze, Aceraceze, Celtideze,
Rhamneze, Papilionacese, Juglandaceze, Salicineze, Quercinez, Be-
tulineze, Taxineze, Cupressineze, and Abietineze.

‘The Eocene species are allied to genera now found in intertropical
regions, India, Asiatic Islands, and Australia; some are peculiar to
the Mediterranean region. The Aquatics, which form nearly one-
third of the Flora, are related to genera now found in temperate
regions of Europe, and in North America.

The Miocene species belong to genera found now in India, Tropical
America, and other intertropical regions, but of which the greater
portion inhabit subtropical and temperate regions. Some are genera
found in India, Japan, and north of Africa.

The climate of Europe during the Tertiary Epoch appears to have
a becoming more and more temperate by a gradual process of
cooling.

Se eS

bit fe aes

ROYAL INSTITUTION. _

eR ESTE: er rere ee eee ae Ye

Upon Animal Individuality. “By Toomas H. Huxtey, F.R.S.,
Assistant-Surgeon R.N.

The Lecturer first briefly described the structure of the Diphydee
and Physophoridze—pointing out the general conformity of these
animals with the common Hydra.

They differ, however, in this important respect; that the body
in which the eggs are developed is in Hydra a simple process ; while
in the Diphydze and Physophoridz the corresponding body presents
every degree of complication from this form to that of a free-
swimming, independent “‘ Medusa.”

Still more striking phenomena were shown to be exhibited by the
Salpe. In this genus each species has two forms. In the example
chosen these forms were the S. democratica and the S. mucronata ;
the former is solitary and never produces ova, but developes a pecu-
liar process, the “ gemmiferous tube ;”” upon which and from which
the associated Salpe mucronate are formed by budding.

Each of these carries a single ovum, from which the first form is
again developed.

The Salpa mucronata, which is thus produced from the Salpa de-
mocratica, is just as highly organized as the latter. It has as com-
plete a circulatory, nervous, and digestive apparatus, and moves
about and feeds as actively ; no one unacquainted with its history

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ix. 33

we ST ATO oe, ae +

“506 Royal Institution.

would-dreamiof its being other than a distinet individual animal, and
for such it has hitherto passed. a to otste
‘But the Salpa mucronata has exactly the same relate to thes.
democratica that the free-medusiform egg-produeing body of Physalia
,or-Felella has-to the Physalia or Veletia; and this pred rpmene cit
_ body.is homologous with: the fixed medusiform body»of Dip.

which again is homologous with the semi-medusiform, fixed: body! of
-a Tubularia and with the egg-producing process of the Hydra.

Now as all these bodies are homologous with one another; one of
two conclusions is possible: either, considering the Salpa mucronata
to be an individual, we are logically led to look upom the: egg-
producing process of Hydra as an mdividual also ; which: seems
absurd : or starting with the assumption that the egg-producing
process of Hydra is a mere organ, we arrive at the conclusion: that
the Salpa mucronata is a mere organ also ; hie appears md
startling.

The whole question appears to turn upon the meaning of the word
‘*individual.”’

This word the Lecturer endeavoured to show always eeson merely,
‘‘a single thing of a given kind.” fs

There are, however, several kinds of Individuality.

. First, there is what may be called: arbitrary individuality, which

depends wholly upon our way of regarding a thing, and is therefore

merely temporary : such is the individuality of a landscape, or =
eriod of time ; a century for instance:

Secondly, there is an individuality which depends upon ma
else: than) our’ will or caprice ; this something isa fact or law of co-
existence which cannot: be materially altered without resend the
individuality in. question.

Thus a Crystalis an individual thing in virtue: of its forms Word-
ness, transparency, and: other: co-existent qualities ; pound) it: into
powder, destroy the co-existence of these qualities, and it loses its
individuality.

Thirdly, there is a kind of individuality which is constituted and
defined bya factor law of succession: ' Pheenomena which occur in
a definite cycle are considered as one m consequence of the’ law which
connects them.

As’a simple instance we may take the individuality of the beat ‘of
a pendulum. An individual beat is the sum of the successive places
of the bob of the pendulum, asit passes from a state of rest to a:state
of rest again.

Such ‘is the mdividuality of living, organized beings. Riven Or- -

ganized being has been formless and will again be formless; the indi-
vidual: animal or ‘plant is the sum of the incessant changes page
succeed one another between these two periods of rest:

The individual animal is one beat of the pendulum of life, birth
‘and death are: the two: points of rest, and the vital force is like the
velocity of ‘the pendulum, \a constantly ‘varying “quantity “between
these ‘two: zero points... ‘They different forms which ‘an: animal may
assume correspond with the successive places:of the pendulum:: 90!

a i

oe ae a, a oey

ET a te a tN SET CT ae

Royal Institution. 307

bosIne man himself, the individual, zoclogically speaking; is) not: a
state of man at any particular moment«as infant, child, youthoor
man’; but the sum of all these, with the implied fact of their definite
croIncthis case, and in most of the higher animals, the forms” or
_ states of the individual are not naturally separated from one another ;
‘they pass into:one another, undistinguishably. fv
other animals, however, nature draws lines of demarcation

‘between the different forms ; thus, among insects the individual takes
»three forms, the-caterpillar, the chrysalis, and the butterfly. -These

. do not pass into one another insensibly, but are separated by appa-

rently sudden changes; each change being accompanied by a sepa-
eration of the individual into two parts. One part is left behind and
‘dies, it receives the name of a skin or cast ; the other part continues
the existence of the individual under a new form.
The whole process is called Ecdysis: it is a case of what:might' be
btermed coneentric fission.
The peculiarity of this mode of fission is—that of the two portions
into which» the individual becomes divided at each moult, one is un-
able to maintain an independent existence and therefore ceases to be
of any importance; while the other continues to carry on all the

- dfanetions of animal life and to represent in itself the whole indivi-

~duality of the animal. From this circumstance there is no objection
«to any independent form being taken for, and spoken of, as the whole
individual, among the higher animals...) )
eo Bute the: lower animals the mode of «representation of the
-dndividual is iif erent, and any independent form ceases, im many cases,
»to represent the whole individual; these two modes, however; pass
into one another insensibly. |
-\o/Phe best illustration of this fact may be taken from the develop-
oment of the Echinoderms, as it has been made kuown by the brilliant
ediseoveries of Prof. Miller.

The Echinus lividus stands in the same relation to its Pluteus, as
basbutterfly to its caterpillar;)in the course of development only a
oslight.ecdysis takes: place, the skin of the Plutews becoming for the
“most part converted into the skin of the Echinus.:

But in Asterias, the Bipinnaria which corresponds: with the Plu-
‘deus; givesoup only a portion of its integument to the developed
© Asterias; the remaining and far larger portion lives for a time after
© its separation as an independent form.

The Bipinnaria and the Starfish are as much forms of the same
‘individual as:are the Pluteus and Echinus, or the caterpillar and but-

terfly; but here the development: of one form is not necessarily fol-
lowed: by the destruction of the other, and the individual is, fora time
at any rate, represented by two co-existing forms.
~ This temporary co-existence:of two forms of the individual: might
become permanent, if the Asterias, instead: of carrying off the intes-
»tinal.canal of the Bipinnaria, developed one of sits own ; and thisvis
exactly what«takes place in the Gyrodactylus, whose singular deve-
lopment has been described by Von Siebold.
33*

508 Royal Institution.

But the case of the Gyrodactylus affords us an easy transition to
that of the Trematoda, the Aphides, and the Salpze, in which the
mutual independence of the forms. of the individual is carried to its
greatest extent ; so that even on anatomical grounds it is. demon-
strable that the difference between the so-called “skin ’’ of the cater-
pillar, the free Bipinnaria, and the Salpa democratica, is not in kind,
but merely in degree.

Each represents a form of the individual ; the amount of ge:
pendent existence of which a form is capable, cannot affect its ho-
mology as such.

The Lecturer then proceeded to point out that the doctrine of the
“ Alternation of Generations,” and all theories connected with it, rest
upon the tacit or avowed assumption, “ that whatever animal form
has an independent existence is an individual animal,’’—a doctrine
which, he endeavoured to show, must, if carried out, inevitably lead
to Merardities and contradictions, as indeed Dr, Carpenter has already
pointed out.

There i is no such thing as a true case of “ Alternation of Gene-
rations’? in the animal “kingdom ; there is only an alternation of
true generation with the totally distinct process of Gemmation or
Fission.

It is indeed maintained that the latter processes are equivalent to
the former ; that the result of Gemmation as much constitutes an
individual, as the result of true Generation; but in that case the
tentacles of a Hydra, the gemmiferous tube of a Salpa, nay, the legs
of a Centipede or Lobster, must be called individuals.

And if it be said that the bud must have in addition the power. of
existing independently, to constitute an individual; there is the case
of the male Argonaut, which has been just shown by H. Miiller to
have the power of detaching one ofits arms (a result of gemmation),
which then leads a separate existence as the Hectocotylus.

Without a misuse of words, however, no one would call this a
separate individual.

In conclusion the Lecturer stated his own views thus :

The individual animal is the sum of the phenomena presented by
a single life; in other words, it is, all those animal forms which pro-
ceed from a single egg, taken together.

The individual is represented in very various modes in the Animal
Kingdom : these modes pass in nature insensibly one into the other ;
but for the purposes of clear comprehension they may be thus distin-
guished and tabulated.

Representation of the Individual.
I. By Successive Inseparable Forms.

Ascaris. A. Forms little different= Growth. |
Triton. | B,,,Forms,markedly different= Metamorphosis.

Fi igi Ti

ae eyo

a

:
i
t
e
¢

:
i
>

F

ne

a ee eee Sr ee ee ee

Ny as ee

Miscellaneous. 509
IL. By Successive Separable Forms.
wit 03 horrs 1, Earlier Forms not Independent.
~ Cockroach. A. Forms little different=Growth with Ecdysis,
_ Beetle. B. Forms markedly different = Metamorphosis
i with Eedysis.
2. Earlier Forms partially Independent.

_ Starfish.
III. By Successive and Co-existent Separable Forms.
~~ a. External Gemmation. b. Internal Gemmation.
A. Forms little different. All the Forms produce Eggs.
Nais. Gyrodactylus?
Hydra.

B. Forms markedly different. Last Forms only produce Eggs.
oriay *,* Last Forms produced.
to ois, Generally :
1 «Medusa. Fluke.

Locally :

oF J Salpa. Aphis.
“© These various modes of Representation of the Individual are ulti-
mate facts. One is neither more nor less wonderful or explicable
than another; any theory which. pretends to account for the Suc-
cessive and Co-existent forms. of the Aphis-individual, must also
account for the Successive forms of the Beetle-individual or of the
Horse-individual—since they are pheenomena of essentially the same
nature.
_ When the forms of the individual are independent, it becomes
desirable to-have some special name by which we may denote them,
80 as to avoid the incessant ambiguity of the two senses of the word
‘individual.’ For these forms the Lecturer some time ago proposed
the name ‘Zooid.’ Thus the Salpa-individual is represented by two
Zooids ; the Fluke by three; the Aphis by nine or eleven, &e.
© The use of this term is of course a mere matter of convenience, and
has nothing to do with the question of Individuality itself.

MISCELLANEOUS.

THE COLLARED SNAKE, COLUBER NATRIX.
Tuts species, which is generally called the Common Snake, appears
to have a much more limited distribution in the British Islands than
is generally supposed,—much more so than the common adder, the
viviparous lizard, the blind worm, or the frog and toad.

I am assured on the following authorities, that it is not found in
the undermentioned. districts—viz. the western part of South Wales,
by Mr. Fortune, by my son-in-law Mr. Stokes, and several other
naturalists and sportsmen ; in Norfolk, by Mr. Edwards ; in Northum-
berland, by Capt. Widdrington, R.N.; in the Eastern Border, viz.

510 Miscellaneous.

not in North Durham nor in Berwickshire, by Dr. George Johnston ;
the latter further observes, “Ihave heard that it has been taken in
the Isle of Arran, and dntieed some one told me that it was Common
there. I myself never saw it in any part of Scotland T have visited.”

This snake has an extended geographical distribution ; it is found
in the southernmost part of Europe, and as far north as Denmark and
Sweden: more than one continental species of reptiles are found ‘in
the latter country that are not found in the British Islands. © ~~~

The adder is very common in South Wales, where it grows to a
large size ; it is also common and large in the northern parts of Seot-
land.

I should be very much obliged to any naturalist who would give —
me further information on this subject.—J. E. Gray.

Note on the most important Result of the Sericicultural Experiments
made with the assistance of M. Eugene Robert at the Expert-
mental Silkworm Establishment at Sainte-Tulle. By M. Gui Ri1n-
MENEVILLE.

In this note M. Guérin-Méneville lays before his readers an ollbiial
document certifying the success of some experiments made by him on
a large scale, for the purpose of disinfecting the silkworm establish-
ments in which the disease called Muscardine is prevalent. — Itis well
known that this malady is a plague to the cultivators of silkworms
im all countries;—in France it causes annually a loss of millions. \\ |

For a period: of five years, M. Guérin has gone every spring into
the south of France to one of the principal raisers of silkworms,
M. Eugéne Robert, well known for his zeal in behalf of this branch
of French agriculture.

It will be seen from the report of which the following is an shail,
and which was made im obedience to a decree of the Prefect of the
department of the Basses-Alpes, that something useful has resulted
from these labours. The commission of inquiry consisted of the Sub-
prefect of the arrondissement in which the experiments: took place,
and of five other gentlemen, principally connected: with ‘the _
manufacture.

The report states that the Commissioners proceeded ‘on: the 16th
June, 1851, to ascertain the state of the silkworm establishments of
Sainte-Tulle and Rousset, and the results of the processes employed
by MM. Guérin and Robert with the view of arresting the ravages
of the muscardine. This disease only becomes a source of serious

rejudice to the cultivator, when, having appeared in an establishment,

it leaves behind it the germs of an infection which becomes more and
more fatal every year, and often compels the cultivator to renounce
his business. _M. Guérin’s process accordingly consists in a fumiga-
tion, the nature of which will be hereafter revealed, which interrupts
the transmission of the museardine from one year to another,—pene-
trating into every corner and fissure of an infected apartment, aanroe
ing the vitality of the Botrytis which contains the germ of the
demic and reducing it to an inert state, and this at.a-cost and witha
facility. which. renders: it within reach of the means. of the» most

ee Es Nee)

7.) Seon Pe

aE a
a
*

Miscellaneous. 511

humble cultivator... M. Guérin also. proposes to act directly by the
same process on the egg of the silkworm; but,his experiments,on this
object. were not sufficiently completed to be brought under, the notice
of the Commission. fd
At Sainte-Tulle,, the establishment of M. E, Robert, the erop
amounted to 381 k. 4h., and did not present any appearance of mus-
eardine, ..Up to this period the establishment had every year been
more or less ravaged by the disease.

. At the establishment of M. J. Coutet, which is precisely opposite
that of M..E. Robert, one-fourth of the silkworms had. been thrown
out of the window, and during the few minutes which the Commission
spent near the frames, its members. collected several of the animals
seized by the contagion: The return would be nothing, or very
miserable.

_ The vast.establishment of Madame Robert, situated about 100 paces
from that of M. E. Robert, was closed, but the heaps of diseased
worms which were found thrown out, sufficiently indicated the state
of the crop. Madame Robert, from 22 ounces (550 gr.) of eggs, -has
only obtained a return of from 25 to 30 kilogr. of cocoons. The Com-
‘mission was unable to sce the other establishments at Sainte-Tulle,
but it appears that their state was very similar.

_- At Rousset, at the establishment of MM. Eugtne Robert and Co:,
‘the crops from 1845 to 1850 had diminished, owing to the ravages of
the muscardine, from 500 kilogr. of cocoons for 500 gr. of eggs, to
106 kilogr. in 1850. The net produce of this year is 456 kilogr.
5 hect.—difference 350 kilogr. 5 heet.. Other establishments in the
neighbourhood in which the process of M. Guérin-Méneville had not

-been applied presented the same results as those at Sainte-Tulle.

In presence of these facts the Commission would not: hesitate ‘to

_pronounce the object attained and the plague of epidemic muscardine

-yanquished, if a wise reserve did not render it advisable to multiply
experiments before proclaiming this great service rendered to agricul-
ture. It expresses a wish therefore that a new inquiry should ‘take
place in 1852; and that the commission to be appomted should visit
the establishments at Sainte-Tulle and Rousset not only at the period
of gathering, but during the whole course of the cultivation. |

4 \Inconclusion; the Commission recommends the laborious and use-

‘ful researches of M: Guérin-Méneville to the notice of the Govern-

‘ment.—Revue Zoologique.

On. the Petrifaction of Organized Bodies (especially Shells) in the

ewisting Seas.. By M. Marcet pr SeRRES.

L believe it was first’ proved by me that, like the seeds of Chara
in the lakes of Scotland, shells are even now becoming petrified in
the bosom of the Mediterranean. It is only necessary for this pur-
pose: that the water, whether fresh or salt, should contain a suffi-
cient quantity of calcareous salts, to take the place of those which
composed, during life, the shells of Mollusca, the solid tubes of An-
nelida; the stony habitations of polypes, or lastly woods and seeds.

» «Repose does not appear to be necessary for this substitution, for it

‘takes placein the midst of the violent agitations of the sea ; but there

512 Miscellaneous.

is another condition which singularly favours the transformation of
an organic substance more or less charged with animal into purely
inorganic matter,—this is the presence of some support ; metallic
bodies in particular exercise the greatest influence on this phase
menon.

Thus a vase of copper; which I have laid before the Academy of

Sciences of Montpelier, after remaining for some time in the bosom.

of the Mediterranean, was thrown out upon the shore, covered with
a very hard calcareous incrustation of several centimetres in thickness.
This incrustation had attached to it several rolled pebbles, as well as
fragments of various sizes of a considerable number of shells. Some
a these fragments are of sufficient size to enable us to recognize the
ecies to which they belong. Amongst them it is easy to disti
' e Cardium tuberculatum, Venus gallina, Cerithium vulgatum, and
some portions of an Ostrea ; all species now existing in the Mediter-
ranean. These shells, completely petrified, have been converted into
carbonate of lime, at the same time that they have lost the animak
matter which they originally contained.. Their hardness and solidity
are greater than those of some petrified species from tertiary forma-
tions.

After the completion of the calcareous deposit which covers the
surface of this vase, individuals of Serpula echinata, Lam., and Flus-
tra depressa, Lamx., had attached themselves to the solid mass,
where they continued to live until the period of the vase being thrown
upon the shores of the Mediterranean.

We must. therefore. distinguish two epochs in the circumstances
which had taken place on the surface of this vase from the time of its
falling into the sea, to that of its rejection on the shore. The first
and most ancient is that of the formation of the incrustations and of
the petrifaction of the shells... The second, and more recent, is that
in which the marine animals attached and developed themselves on
the surface of. these incrustations, the materials of which had passed,
into the solid state.

In the collection of M. Doumet, Mayor of Cette, there exists an

anchor which exhibits the same circumstances, and which is also co- ©

vered, with a layer of solid calcareous matter. This contains spe-
cimens of Pecten, Cardium, and Ostrea completely petrified, and the
hardness of which is, equal to that of fossil species from secondary
formations. On the surface of the deposit in which the anchor is
imbedded, there are Anomie and Serpule which were living when the
anchor was got out of the sea; these present no trace of alteration.

Judging fr rom the size, the form, and the mode of fabrication of
this anchor, it would appear to belong to the period when Saint Louis
embarked. for the Holy Land, and with the more reason from its having
been found close to the grau of Aiguesmortes. If this be the case,
much time cannot be necessary for the production of these pheeno-
mena.

There are also in. M. Doumet’s collection several pieces of wood
drawn from the Mediterranean, which present the same faets, and
point to two different epochs. These fragments, covered with, incrus-
tations and petrified shells, prove that whenever organized bodies are

ee

— ye eee Ss

ye Se
”

—— so

ee eee

_ Miscellaneous. 513

fl sesaegat analogous cireumstances, they pass into’ a stony state and
trified like the greater part of the organic remains of geo-
5: ca carole which have been immersed in salt or fresh water.”
© Lastly, I have observed in the same collection, urns and amphore
of Roman origin, which, when drawn from the Mediterranean, pre-
sented incrustations of various thicknesses, but of considerable soli-

3 These stony deposits, like those already mentioned, contained,
snibedded

in their substance, petrified shells. Their surfaces also
were covered with polypes, Serpule, and Anomie, which, not bemg in
the least altered, must have been living when these vases were taken
out of the sea. It is to be presumed that similar facts are much more
common than I had supposed, when commencing my researches on
the petrifaction of the shells of our epoch. It is therefore to be
ee, that naturalists living in sea-ports or near collections
devote their attention to these phenomena, which possess the
greatest interest, as establishing an evident relation between what is
now taking place in the world and the events which occurred in a
world when no human being was an eye-witness.

_ An objection has been raised to my observations which does not ap-
pear to me to be well-founded, considering the facts referred to in my
previous researches. It has been supposed that the shell-grit which is
constantly in course of formation in the present seas, and the petri-
factions which are found in it, are deposits of the tertiary epoch ; but
to render this a serious objection, it would be necessary that the or:
ganized bodies thrown out upon their shores y the Mediterranean,
and probably by other seas, should belong to that geological period.
Now, every one knows that all the organized bodies which I haye
noticed in my previous researches, as well as those which I have just
mentioned in this note, belong to existing species, and have never
been met with, at least up to the present time, in the tertiary forma-
tions,—so, as long as they shall not be found there, they must be

_ considered as belonging to the present period, because we observe

them in nature.

Some persons, admitting that these facts prove incontestably that
shells become petrified in our existing seas, haye supposed that they
must be regarded as fossils, because they have been transformed into
new inorganic elements, and become petrified in the true acceptation
of this term. Those who have raised this objection have added that
it was instilled into them by Cuvier, who considered petrified bodies
as true fossils.

It may be observed, that the state, in which fossil organized bodies
are presented to us, is of no use in the determination of the period in
which they were interred, and can teach us nothing relative to their
date. In fact, a great many species of the tertiary formations still
retain their shell, and are less altered than those which I have laid
before the Academy, for they are not petrified at all. ‘Therefore we
must only regard as fossils those organic remains which are found in

logical deposits.’ This mode of thinking has led me to d
the subfossil organized bodies by the name of humatiles ; they belong
principally to the alluvial and diluvial deposits.— Bibliotheque Unt-
verselle, March 1852.

514 Meteortlogioal Observations.

Additions and Corrections to Mr, Davidson’ s Paper on the Hage |

cation of the Brachiopoda.

P. 364, insert “3*. Ter. septigera, Lovén, 1846 ; Index Moll. Seand.

= p. 29.—Had. Finmark.”’

P. 371, Mr. Forbes’s name “‘ depressa’’ must be adopted for the Mons |
risia, because the name seminulum was intended by Philippi for
an Argiope, although his figure may have heen taken from more
than one shell. —

P. 373, line 13, for “only one” read “only one septum.”

P. 373. 45. Argiope Forbesti. From examination of specimens in
Mr. Hanley’s cabinet, it appears that this species is the Neapo-
litana of Scacchi, and in part, at least, the seminulum of Seta :
Scacchi’s name has priority of both the others.

P. 374, line 8, for branchial read brachial!

P. 375, line 25, for “‘an exception” read “ no exception.”

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1852.

Chiswick.—April 1. Overcast and cold: fine: clear and frosty. 2. Cold dry
haze: clear and frosty. 3. Slightfog: fine: clear. 4. Slight haze: overcast:
clear. 5,6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8. Cold and dry: clear. 9. Very fine. 10. Clear
hazy. ll. Foggy: very fine. 12. Hazy: clear at night. 13. Hazy: very fine =
clear. 14. Dry haze: fine, with very dry air: clear. 15. Foggy: slight haze.
16. Cloudy and cold. 17. Clear and fine. 18. Cloudy and cold. 19. Clear and
cold : cloudy : clear, with sharp frost at night. -20. Clear: very fine: sharp frost
at night. 21. Clear, with excessively dry air. 22. Foggy: fine: clear. 23. Fine,
with hot sun. 24. Boisterous. 25. White clouds: fine: clear and frosty at.

night. 26. Clear: fine: clear and frosty. 27. Cloudy: frosty at night. 28. —
Cloudy and fine: rain at night. 29. Rain: densely clouded. 30. Cloudy and fine. —

Mean temperature of the month ........cceesceeeeereee Sespeay cg 44°8]
Mean temperature of April 1851 we... RHA yl 44 -56
Mean temperature of April for the last twenty-six years ... 47 *30
Average amount of rain in April —....0......sscceeesescsccereee 1°65 inch.

Boston.—April 1—4. Fine. 5—7. Cloudy. 8. Fine. 9. Cloudy. 10,11. Fine. ©

12. Cloudy. 13,14. Fine. 15—17, Cloudy. 18. Cloudy: rain A.m. 19. Cloudy.

20,21. Fine, 22. Cloudy. - 23. Fine. 24. Fine: stormy. 25,26. Fine. 27. —

Cloudy. 28. Fine: rainp.m. 29. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 30. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—April 1. Clear: fine: clear. 2. Cloudy: fine: clear: |
fine. 3. Bright: fine: clear: fine. 4—7. Clear: fine.. 8. Bright: damp. 9. —

Clear : fine: cloudy: fine: 10.'Clear: fine: aurora. 11. Hazy: fine: clear :‘fine =
aurora. 12,13. Bright: fine: warm: fine. 14. Bright: fine: warm: fine:

aurora. 15—17. Bright: fine: warm: fine. 18. Cloudy: fine: clear: fine:

aurora. 19. Bright: fine: clear: fine. 20. Drops: fine: clear: fine: S. aurora.
21. Clear: fine: clear: aurora. 22, 23. Bright: cloudy: aurora. 24. Clear: fine.
25. Clear: fine: aurora, — 26. Cloudy : fine. 27. Bright : fine: clear: fine. 28.
Cloudy : fine; showers: fine. 29. Fog: damp. 30. Cloudy: clear: fine.

This month has been unprecedentedly fine, dry and warm, with the barometer —

high.
Mean temperature of this month ......... peiacasehatnccnietaeell 47°64
Mean temperature-of April for preceding twenty-five years ... 43 ‘28
Average amount of rain in April for six years ..6..e..cconscesee 2 inches.

The most singular meteorological phenomenon this month was the perpendi- —

cular column of light which appeared above the sun at-setting, extending about

15° in height, wider than the apparent diameter of the sun, following his course —

northwards, and continuing one evening for 55 minutes. It appeared at sunset on
the6th, 11th, 16th, 24th, 26th and 27th, and once or twice before I noted the
date, either this month or March, also before sunrise.

TUG pA LYS Pees

#1}
BY

od ye

SLoNA0jodscuy QPesi.nugsowe WIGS PA we Lpoubeos GE LYS CAG.Qey OL ps PpoLgsc

ae
4

OY (HTe4AICER

a)

ni
i

NL ON

f jOHeaLon*

i

T} PoeLoy

AS

i

ha

11.0 | 0%,0 | 7.0 of.S% 196.60) 9.Sb joo.zt |£9,45| rz1.08 111.0 11,62 $£0,08 ITT,0£ |*uveyy
wearer eee tr. toe eeeeee ur "MUM “M SY ' gt LS tb 99 19,67 69.62 01.6% gS .6z 009.67 of
P go. £0, gt. | asa | ‘ms | ms | 2b]. 2S gS} of | 19 9,62 £9.62 2£,6z 939.6% o7g.6z | “bz
9 |aabeseentftereeettel gf, [oder] og | ome fob | BrS 6b} $b | +9 11,6 $g,6z oL,6% $6.67 gS1.08 “jgz
*s seseeeees! ogg | on | om, LESb | 6b] © gh] Sz | 9S 40,0 $1,0£ bL.6z rbr,0& | gor.0f | *4e ¢
reeree ry) Pee em eee el Pee eee ee "ou ou "ou Se gh ¢.Lv Le £9 g1,0£ Lr,of $9.6 £66.62 110,08 “gt
wpeveseedensecasedliasereersl enewen | (4g 9 zy | 19.) §.4b1 of | 0S 07,08 L@,0& 68.62 006.6% 226.6% 4), j
a sephe]eseegseenl May 9 ‘a9 | Sev | 6b] ob] ££ | ES 26,08 gf.of 99.6% 968.6 £06.62 | “be
“Shasveee|vevopscvelapessedesl gga | Mag — [9g Sp | 6b] cS| eb | 99 gz.0£ £1,0£ 0$ 6% zbg.6 196.6% | *he
sasevenesfeensnetns vos | Sb | 6b) S.2S) Sb | of 70.08 $6.62 £$.6z 17g.6% £gg.6c | “ze
se egeees vas. | «bb | eS bh) LE jor 66.6% 20,08 2L.6% 156.62 to.0£ 1%
EEO, frresereteletenevesd omy | rg | sme | Lb | 6b) S98) re). 6 66.62 98.6% wL,6% £b0.08 grr.of Mel 4
ws AW ere eewel eee nn etael tere eeene "§ “ul ‘ou LY foS Sev ot gh 98.6% 6.6% bl.oz 690.0£ 960.08 61@
AA | Great” Sy, 10, ‘9g | cou | +o Se | $£S bh! bE | of 0.08 16,62 Lv.62 £9L.6z orolof “gI
wHheeeeee|eeedaeens] TQ, ‘uu [MUM | Ly | $$ ev} 1£-| of 96.6% 10,0 35.62 L£g.6 £$6:6¢ "LI
; 2 sevedereelereeeceesleeteneees| eoenee | HORg "9 gb zs Sth Sz “S or.o£ £1,0£ 19.6% 196,62 LEo,0£ ‘Or
i ae peers sete Role esse"). sagen! | ets | cre Ly | ¥S | S.ov}: ab | 09 gt,o£ o%,08 9f,6z glo,08 blrof | hs
By [Foner ilenseeenss long eestor) fog | ghar) els |Br§ | SS. Of] Gee) Eh £z,08 17,0 0g.6e 1L1,0f zoz.of | “br
7G Er ehieredinveeeouslervodares) ogg | eosa| ag) | 08 | 28 | 8% gz] gh 6r.0f 61,08 26.6% vLz.0f fff | ‘tx
: ep. [Sees eee Manes oogn le) oeeses] opgg’ |. chy i) So | S| th) de | LS gt.of $1,0f 26,6z gfz.08 giz.of | ctr
MN 2) ae esieoy pa eeeeewelsoreneees "9 ‘aso 9 9b os ov gt $s g1.0£ £1,0£ $8.62 bbr.of LLr.of£ “It
@ vebeguces|tnereceeslereecever| senses | *MIM! 9 | BED oS SY gz 09 gI.0£ 77,08 $3.62 6g1.0£ £6z,0£ ‘or )
| Fi fothatevaglewerernreiesererelommm| coud | ves | $Lb | 6p Lv) be | €£$ Lz.0£ 62,08 96.62 Lof.of zrt.o£ *6
i > tevdenerslereeseersleteeeeree! agian! OU 9 Bd os Cobb gz $$ T£,0f£ 92.08 68.62 z£z0f oLlt.o£ *g
: Fed seessceslesseveeteleeererees! oa | eouu| “OU + 6b Sv) ob oS Sf.0£ g2.0£ . 08.67 oS$1.0£ grz.of oh
* 2 sdvedeceelaneeeceerltaneaeses] aay ‘ua | *ou Sb | ob tb] 6¢ LS 7.08 £1.08 £4,62 1r1.0f gbr.0f "9
Pm) ES bereeee eer eeeerleneeweeet| eoweee oye) ‘ou Sib Bd LY gz gs Z1.0£ 07,08 94.6% 660,0£ rb1.0£ “f
: tareerees| oweFveel sogil 9 | “98 zy" ist £v| of | of gf.o£ g2,08 08.6% Lvr.of g$1.08 +O
. Vabeeeses[ereeseeseleeterseee! agg | tg | 9g zy | gb | 68] 6c | 1S €£.0€ gz.0£ 36.67 bz,08 gtt.of “t
| rapteevarliversveeelereseseel eQgge] 9 | ‘au | gb | Lb | ob] $e | 2S 7.08 L108 96.6% gt.of tof.of |
eWeaveerlapors eV ipeowinee) Ged eis) “om [gh | eb} Tier ic Me lore gt.of or.of |. 9.62 $to.0f foz.0f | x
‘i mw ce vardoare fo ee om] xe | ord fe ‘ure $6 & Big i\g ‘xvi ey
Ke is ie fe ees ts a he “ A aie: rs “
ra oe ea F jetting 4 p Pa “most on cdapoyapaes. {£PUIEO ia E | a 3, “perio apo}
PULA auomgL eB ung gonkeq,

‘XANIUG “OsUMT yUNpung yn “OASNOID “CD “APY 9y7 fig pun £ NoAsog 7 ‘Twa “AN Aq
ayy yo uosdmoyy, “49 apo suorymaasqQ

bey shied cy hie’ easton v

eS ee ee ee ee

516

INDEX to VOL. IX.

ACALYPTUS, on the British species
of, 204.

Kchatina, new species of, 119,

AGES observations on the genus,

Acrosalenia, new species of, 81.

Adams, A., on the genus Cyllene, 148;
on a new species of Macgillivrayia,
242.

Adams, H. and A., on a new genus of
Chitonidee, 355.

Agaricus, new species of, 192.

Alauda, new species of, 346.

Alces, on the species of, 415.

Algee, list of, taken in Cork Harbour,
244.

Alligators, on the species of, inhabit-
ing Ceylon, 329.

a hila, new species of, 46.

glacialis, notice respecting, 156.

aaa cevaast new species of, 49.

Anderson, Mr., on a twin-mushroom,
435.

Animal individuality, observations on,

Annelida, on the circulation and respi-
ration of the, 154.

Apodytes, new species of, 387.

Argonaut, on the male of the, 492.

Aschersonia, new species of, 199,

Avenella, new British species of,
403.

Axis, on the species of, 424,

Babington, C. C., on a new British
Viola, 12; on British Rubi, 123; on
a monstrosity in the petals of Hon-
keneja peploides, 156.

Backhouse, J., jun., on the Hieracium
plumbeum, ‘50.

Balfour, Prof., on the growth of va-
rious kinds of mould in syrup, 236;
Class Book of Botany, noticed,497 ;
on the number of known ‘fossil
plants, 504,

Bamboo, on the rate of growth of the,
502.

Benson, W. H., on some new species
of Helix, 404.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on some Fungi

from St. Domingo, 192; on British
Fungi, 317, 377.
Birds, list of, procured in Kordofan,

342.

Blackwall, J., on the British spiders, ;

15; 268, 464,

Blanchard, E., on the circulation of the
blood and nutrition i in insects, 74,

Blastocerus, on the species of, 427.

Blood, on the circulation of the, in
insects, 74, 435. -

Books, new :—Gosse’s Naturalist’s
Sojourn in Jamaica, 50; Latham’s
Man and his Migrations, 54; La-
tham’s Ethnology of the British
Colonies and pendencies, “545
Sclvp-Longetianepe Odonates ou
Libellules d’Europe, 56; MaeGil-
livray’s Narrative of the Voyage of

ns Rattlesnake, 132; Dixon’s
Gaaiet and Fossils of the Tertiary
and Cretaceous Formations of Sus-
sex, 135; Moore’s Popular History
of British Ferns, 141; maT
British species of us Li-
chens, 226; ieee
reali-Americana) ; Prodromus
Flore Batavze, 340 ; He s Ve-
getation of Europe, 411; Pfeiffer’s
Conspectus yclostomaceorum,
412; Balfour’s Class Book of Bo-
tany, en re

Botanical Society of Edinb
ceedings of he 70, 150 ei Re,
5

Bowerbank, J. $., on the probable
dimensions of Carcharodon Mega-
lodon, 120.

Brachiopoda, notes and descriptions
of some, 249; on a new classifica-
tion of recelt: 361, 514) °°

Repos C. E., on British Fungi, 317,
377

Bulimus, new species of, 119.”

Bullidee, on the olfactory appariitus
in the, 188.

Buteo, new species of, 342. :

Butterilies, on the appearance of sib
swarms of, 355.

mou

ee ee ee ee

a ee

INDEX.

Capreolus, on the species of, 426.

Carcharodon Megalodon, on the pro-
bable dimensions of, 120.

Cariacus, on the species of, 428.

Carroll, J., on mollusea dredged in
Cork Harbour, 157 ; on alge taken
in Cork Harbour, 244.

Cassidulidz of the Oolites, on the,

Cervulus, on the species of, 425.
us, on the species of, 417.
ylon, notes on the natural history
329,

on some new species of,

ue Fico)
Chalcis new species of, 42.
Chitonidz, on a new genus of, 355.

Sis, new species of, 45.

ide of the Oolites, on the, 81.
W.,.0on a new British ies
of ‘on, 191, 293; on the Venus
_undata of authors, 400.

silia, new species of, 278.

passus, on the species of, 431.
yoecus, On a new species of, 359.
Coluber natris, on the distribution of,

Crustacea of the Antilles, notes on
_ the habits of the, 77.

Cryptogamia, on the reproduction of
the, 441.

Tene, monograph of, 148.
Cee a ease of extensive
"poisoning by one of the Cape Iri-

y on, 245.

Davidson, T., notes and descriptions

__ of a few Brachiopoda, including a
mon

h of the French Liasic
Spiers, 249 on a classification
[recent Brachiopoda, 361, 514.

Davies, J. B., on the abnormal struc-
ture of a turnip, 239.
new ies of, Ps ai
Deer, synopsis of the species of, 3
Demostachys, new species of, 399.
i notes on the British, 1.
Dinornis, on the cranium of the large
“species of, 149.
Dixon’s, F., Geology and Fossils of

517

the Tertiary and Cretaceous For-
mations of Sussex, noticed, 135.
Dolphin, on the Gangetic, 161, 279.
Dothidea, new species of, 385.
Duchassaing, Dr. P., on the habits of
the Crustacea of the Antilles, 77.
Dufour, L., on the circulation of the
blood in insects, 435.
Dujardin, M., on the nervous system
of insects, 246.
saster, on the British oolitic ies
mi 206, 294. esr
= cone on the occurrence
of, 76.
Epéira, on the British ies of, 468.
Epipona, new species of, 47.
Equisetacez, on the reproduction and
development of the, 445.
Eschricht, Prof., on the Gangetic dol-
phin, 161, 279.
Eulophus, new species of, 41.
Eupelmus, new species of, 41.
Poo, net ies of 197.
erns, Moore’s Popular History of
British, noticed, 141.
Filices, on the reproduction and deve-
lopment of the, 444.
Filippi, Ph. de, on the mode of gene-
ration of an hymenopterous insect
rs we family of the Pteromalide,

Focillon, A., on the insects injurious
to the rape crops, 356.

Fraser, L., on some new birds, 500.

Fungi, description of some, from St.
ee 192; new British, 317,

Furcifer, on the species of, 427.

Gaskoin, J. S., on the habits of Helix
lactea, 498.

Ghiliani, M., on the appearance of
large swarms of buttentics, 355,

ene J.,on trees struck bylightning,

Gosse, P. H., Naturalist’s Sojourn in
Jamaica, noticed, 50.

Gould, J., on Notornis Mantelli, 234,

Saat Dr., notice of testimonial to,

Gray, J. E., on the genus Acosta of
D’Orbigny, 52; on Prof. Lovén’s
homologies of Mollusca, 215; on
H on latifrons, 407 ; on the
species of Deer, 413 ; on the distri-
bution of the collared snake in the
British islands, 509.

518

Gregarinide, on the development of
the, 471.

Guérin-Méneville, M.; ona species of
Coceus indigenous to France, eapa-
ble of furnishing colouring matter,
3585 on the muscardine disease of
silkworhd, 510. :

Haines, Dr., on fossil casts of foot-
on the Milstone-gritof Kilrush,

33

Hancock, A., on the olfactory appa-
ratus in the Bullidee, 188.

Harvey’s, W. H., Nereis Boreali-Ame-
ricana, noticed, 229.

Hectocotylus, on the, 492.

Hedychrum, new species of, 45.

Helix, new species of, 113, 404.

Helix lactea, on the habits of, 498.

‘Henfrey’s, A., Vegetation of Europe,
noticed, 411; ; on the reproduction
of the higher Cryptogamia and Pha-
nerogamia, 441.

Hepatice, on the reproduction and
development of the, 441.

Hexagonia, new species of, 196.

Hiatula, new species of, 193.

Hieracium plumbeum, notice of, as a
British plant, 150.

Hincks, Rev. T., on the occurrence of
Eolis Landsburgii, 76.

Holectypus, on the British oolitie spe-
cies of, 94.

Holothurice, on the development of
mollusks in, 23, 103.

Honkeneja peploides, on a monstro-
sity in the petals of, 156.

Huxley, T. H., on the anatomy and
physiology of Salpa and Pyrosoma,
242 on animal individuality, 505.

Hyboclypus, on the British oolitic
species of, 99.

Hyelaphus, on the species of, 424.

Hyperoodon. latifrons, observations
on, 407.

Hypoxylon, new species of, 202.

Teacina, new ‘species of, 225.

feacinaceze, on the affinities of the,
218; on some generaof the,387,481.

Infusoria, on the development and mi-
nute anatomy of the, 471.

Insects, on some hymenopterous, 44 ;
on the circulation of the blood and
nutrition in, 74; 435; on the nervous
system of, 246.

Invertebrata, on the general cavity of
the body of the, 157.

INDEX.

Iridaceze, case of extensive ‘poisoning
by one of the Cape, 502." \'*9
Larus glaucus, notice res’ othe
occurrence of, 244)) "o> cele
Latham’s,- Dr. R. G., Man* and his
Migrations, noticed, 54; Ethno-
logy of the British Colonies and
Dependencies, noticed, 26%:
Lawson, G., on some plants found
near Londonj 238.
Layard, E. L. rambles in Ceplon 200.
Lea, J. and H. C., on a new genus of
the family Melanianas and on new
species of Melania, 58, 142.
Lecanora tartarea, on the development
of the sporidia and spores of, 352.
Leighton’s, Rev. W. A., British spe-
cies of Angiocarpous Lichens; no-
ticed, 226.
sy ts Clarkiz, observations on,191,
3 3
Lereboullet, Dr., ona iountrodae 0 ob-
served in the cockchafé?, 240.
aoa on the genus and ——
391.

Leucospis, new species of, 41..
Linyphia, on the British species of,
15.

Lorica, characters of the ‘new’ genus,
356; binrolé
Lovén’s, Prof., homologies. of Mol-
lusea, ébservatibas on, 215.0001

Lowe, Rev. R. T., on new Maderan .

land-shells, 112, 275. SoM
Lycopodiacez, on the re
and development of the, 446. >
M‘Cosh, Rev. Dr., tables ‘illustrative
of the morphology of plants, 71; on
Fuchsia, considered morph
eally, 152. i19

242

MacGillivray’s, J., Narrative: ef ie
Voyage of H.M. S: a no-
ticed, 132.

Macgow an, D. J., on the Tallow-tree
of China, 349.

M‘Nab, Dr. G., on Nymphaea ample,
151.

M‘Nab, W., on the rate of growth of
the bamboo, 502.

Mantell, G. A.,on ‘the discovery’ of a
pe specimen of the ———
23

Mappia, new species’ of, 393.» oad

Marcel de Serres, M., on the:petri-

Macgillivrayia, on a new species of |

i sll - ‘

Miers, J., on the affinities of the Ola-

Yo seacezey 128; on the affinities of the
————- 218; on some genera

of the: Icacinacez, 387, 481.

) Mirafra, new species of, 346.
Mitchell,-W., on the correspondence
oq between the angles formed by the
on Veins of the leaves, and those formed
Mo, the branches of the stem, 70.

-on the of smell in

ous, 155; rare Irish, 157,

-¢9 356 on Prof. Lovén’s homologies
of the, 215.

Monodontomerus, new species of, 43.

Moore’s, T., Popular History of Bri-

tish Ferks, noticed,-141.

SMogquin-Tandon, M., on the organ of
smell in the fluviatile and terrestrial

lege Mollusea, 155.
— of various kinds of, in
-lo

Male Prof, on the development of

oe amollusks in Holothurie, 23, 103.
Miiller, Dr. H., on the male of the

ge gee and the Hectocotylus,

eriéne, on the British species of,

eo BD, 268655 8 eat
Notornis Mantelli, description of, 231,
sit 2340
aclichites,:; ‘on- the British oolitic
species of, 297.

“Siamese Ee” Sea ea Ge

Turner, jn. 9.
" Olaeacee, on the affinitiés of the,

a Eon Victoria regia, 351.
Owen, Prof. on the cranium: of the
large ies of Dinornis, 149.
Pachychilus, characters of the new
-wiqgenus, 58. B al

INDEX.
arr sds aet ap British species of,

~519

Panolia, on the species ‘of, 420.

Panus, new species of, 194.

Pelopzeus, new species of, 47.

Penelope, new species of, 501.

Pennantia, observations on the genus,
484.

Peziza, new species of, 201.

Phanerogamia, on the ‘reproduction of
the, 441; on the fertilization of,
448.

Plants, localities for rare British, 12,
150, 238; tables illustrative of the
morphology of, 71 ; results of some
experiments relative to the growth
of alpime, 238; on the number of
known fossil, 504.

Pleurosigma, deseriptions of the Bri-
tish species of, 1.

Polyporus, new species of, 195.

Polyzoa, notes on some Seotch, 403.

Poraqueiba, observations on the ge-
nus, 481].

Prosopis, new species of, 50.

Pteromalide, on the generation of an
hymenopterous imsect of the family

of the, 461.

a new species of, 275.

Pygaster, on the British oolitic spe-
cies of, 89.

5 . = the British oolitic species
of, 311.

Pyrosoma, on the anatomy and -
siology of, 242. f

Qua , A. de, on the circulation
and respiration of the Annelida,
154; on the general cavity of the
body of invertebrate animals, 157.

Rape crops, on the insects injurious
to the, 356.

Raphiostyhs, on the species of, 390.

Reptiles, discovery of the remains of
several orders of, m the Old Red
Sandstone and shales of Scotland,
76.

Rhizocarpez, on the reproduction and
development of the, 447.

Rhynchonella, observations on” the
genus, with descriptions of new spe-
cies, 249.

Royal Institution, proceedings of the,
505.

520

Rubi, descriptions of British, 123.
Rucervus, on the species of, 421.
Rusa, on the species of, 421.

Rye, on the ergot of, 494.

Salpa, on the anatomy and physiology
of, 242.

oe _Clavus, observations on,
494,

Scolia, new species of, 46.

Selys-Longchamps’, E. de, Revue des
Odonates ou Libellules d’Europe,
noticed, 56.

Shells, new :—58, 112, 142, 148, 191,
242, 275, 293, 355, 404; on the
petrifaction of, in the existing seas,
5kgs;

Sibbald, J., on the structure and re-
production of Volvox Globator, 351.

Silkworms, on the muscardine disease
of, 510.

Simpson, Prof., on the growth of
alpine plants, 238.

Smith, F., on some new hymenopte-
rous insects, 44.

Smith, Dr. J. A., on the oceurrence of
the black tern near Coldstream,
73; on the sea-bream, 154.

Smith, Rey. W., on the Diatomacex,
with descriptions of British species
included m the genus Pleuro-
sigma, 1.

Spheeria, new species of, 203, 317, 377.

si catalogue of British, 15, 268,
464.

Spirifers, monograph of the French
liasie, 260.

Steenstrup’s alternation-theory, ob-
servations on, 109, 508.

Stein, Prof., on the development and
a anatomy of the Infusoria,
471.

Stereum, new species of, 198.

Sterna nigra, Linn., occurrence of,
near Coldstream, 73.

Stillingia sebifera, on the uses of, 349.

Strickland, H. E., on some birds pro-
cured in Kordofan, 342.

Tarandus, on the species of, 416.

Telerpeton Elginense, notice respect-
ing, 76.

Terebratella, new species of, 257.

Terebratula, new species of, 255.

Terebratulina, observations on the
genus, 255.

END OF THE NINTH VOLUME.

INDEX.

Terebrirostra, new species of, 258.
Tetraponera, new species of, 44.
Thecidez, on French liasic, 258.
Thompson, W.., notice of the late, 246.
Thompson, W., notice of Anas gla-
cialis, 156; on a specimen of Larus
glaucus, 244.
Thomson, W. T..C., on the develop-
ment of the sporidia and spores of
Lecanora tartarea, 352; on some
Scotch zoophytes and polyzoa, 403.
Pode, on the British species of,

Tulasne, L. R., on the ergot of rye,

494,

Me H. N. jun., notice of the late,
359.

Turnip, abnormal structure of a, 239.
Uredo, new species of, 200.

Ustilago, new species of, 200.
Veall, S., notice of the late, 79.

_ Venus undata, description of, 400.

Victoria regia, observations on, 351.
Vinegar plant, description of the, 236.
Viola, notice of a new British, 12.
Vitrina, new species of, 112.
Vogt, C., on the transmigration of
~ eg ~*~ ;
olvox globator, structure and repro-
duction of, 351.
res on the development of the,
—_ W., on the Dasyurus ursinus,
45,

Walckenaéra, on the British species
of, 272, 464.

Walker, F., on Chalcidites, with de-
scriptions of new species, 39.

Walpole, W. W., on rare Irish mol-
lusea, 356.

Walton, J., on two new British genera
of insects belonging to the family

ES uaiianece =n: 204.
orms, on the transmigration of, 436.

Wright, S., on mollusca dredged in
Cork Harbour, 157. —

Wright, Dr. T., on the Cassidulide of
the Oolites, with descriptions of
some new species of that family, 81,

: 206, oes

oological Society, proceedings of the,
58, 149, 231, 3 413, 498.
Zoophytes, notes on some Seotch,403,

nes ee ee ee

ee

'Sowerbr set

The €

ie Se an .
= saaabe ae hi? bare

oer |
ed hed

ees, att en Te Ree ve ey ape Gays 2 eee es bl Nias ela wre... Lie

; x
ae
4
a.
q

jee

ees ee

jb a ne ace

Jt nat. scxe.

WH Baily.

Printed hyHullmandd &Walton
La._d Py€aster conoideus, Wright.
%a.—e Hyboclypus caudatus, _,,
3.a._c. Nuclechtes Agassizn, *
4 a._e. Acrosalenia Wiltonii, i

Ann k Mag. Nat.list. 5.2 V019 PLLIV

_D

a Th.

2741p at. size

, Printed by Hulinandel k Wakon
la—d Py§aster Morrisi, Wnight
2a—d Pygurus Bhamenbachii, Koch kDunker.
Sa—e Pyg§uruspentagimalis, Wright.

pon eT,
cs

TO GTP Cungloy J

Mid 6 1A S

ae ie eg 3 RS aac ia Dian Ned ptt BA = Sepp, ae hid ts

ca aon

Oe

per Ten, Coy Buy?

cn gs nn hsp

ape PPEE L

es tieaie ne spins err pir PORK ULE oe ie 7
TTA AT COR AG Soy TUN Bey tecetiats ll ae

Amn Mag Wat. Hist S.2. Vol. 9. PTE

SJDe C. Sowerby set

eee nt
ae brine.

Pa

sd ba
a

ST De €. Sowerby sof ;

puedes
a a apie

q

S De C. Sowerby se#

? Davidson. delet lth

SS nen ei saan a ee we Fs Ae aS r we :

Si Cie eea ew cay eels ee moe ae ce am, oe

SE:

Nat. Att

Mag

-

2

Ann.& Me

-PUXAV.

Nat.Hist. S.2. Vol.9

Ann. & Mag.

@,
Se

2

!
or

onteh

oer,

TDe €. Sowerby set

=
R&S
4 ic
=
8
yy
5

~
©
Bey
a ~s
q S
a E

‘Sowerby set 4 .

SDe €.

QH The Annals & magazine of
: natural history

A6

ser.2

v.9

Biological
& Medica}
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

1 Ais
oe Yi
playin Me re
Weg Nyy
fav ye} tk

te

x cn

Myths ee
ax

te

}
REVERT Ie Be
Bhawan

Eire BY
Pati

HAAS
eawiba

La hae
Wegiy Bae to
t: 4% Bodh UG